Harman International 2010 Catalog by Harman International

HARMAN INTERNATIONAL Full-Line Catalog

2010

Introduction: Corporate Overview

Page 2

Harman Pro’s HiQnet® finally enables system components to reach beyond themselves. From microphone to speaker, the whole is at last greater than the sum of the parts. With a single software application at its heart, HiQnet® is complex enough to handle system-wide configuration, routing, and control, flexible enough to traverse any cable, and intelligent enough to be truly plug ‘n’ play. Now we all speak one language. With HiQnet® it simply is as simple as connect, configure and control.

Intelligent Power. Unleased. For 60 years, Crown has designed and manufactured professional power amplifiers, microphones and computer-controlled audio components and software with pride and innovation. Crown products are developed for a wide range of uses, from mobile PA systems for musicians and DJs to large installations in stadiums and arenas. Incorporating the best of proven technologies and state-of-the-art advances, including the latest in integrated, network-controlled audio, Crown continues to be the intelligent choice for professional audio.

AKG’s remarkable microphones and headphones are a synthesis of leadingedge industrial design, innovative electronics and world-class acoustics. AKG is also a technological powerhouse with over 1,500 international patent applications and the largest, bestequipped research and development facilities in the world. For over 60 years, AKG has used its considerable expertise and know-how to develop products that serve markets as diverse as music, recording and broadcast to permanent installation. For its many customers, “it all comes back to the sound” and as long as good sound and long, useful product life are important, they will keep coming back to AKG.

What makes dbx the most well-respected dynamics processing company? Besides years of leadership and expertise in the processing field, we have combined our detection and summing methods, known as True RMS Level Detection and True RMS Power Summing, to be “true” to the sounds that are heard by the human ear. dbx has patented integrated circuit designs that can detect and then process natural sounds over a broad range of signals. Wouldn’t all musicians want their voices to be heard at their best?

BSS Audio has amassed an international reputation for prov iding reliable equipment that addresses the real needs of musicians. BSS’s name can also be found in recording studios and in broadcast studio output. Their products, either live sound systems or fixed installations, are thoroughly researched and tested. The results are powerful, ergonomically packaged equipment. The complete reliability gained through the excellent design and quality assurance is why top performing artists and theatres throughout the world regularly choose BSS Audio systems.

Playback the last 60 years of music and motion picture recording and one name stands alone: JBL. Before THX and Dolby, before stereo and even hi-fi, there was JBL. Today, JBL’s well-earned reputation has placed its speakers in all types of professional institutions, including legendary recording studios, famous concert venues and premier movie houses. Throughout those 60 years of technical breakthroughs, award winning designs and continuing innovations the facts still remain: JBL loudspeakers continue to be the one benchmark for quality, the singular reference for accuracy in the playback of recorded sounds; the leader, the innovator, the authority.

Table of Contents: Section:

Contact Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Section:

Drawing from a heritage of over 30 years in mixing console design and manufacture, Soundcraft has developed a unique insight into professional audio requirements. From live sound to recording and broadcast, Soundcraft mixing consoles are built to perform and are responsible for delivering thousands of events day after day all around the world. With professional features, intuitive operation and uncompromised sound quality, Soundcraft has built a global reputation for delivering optimum performance every time.

Section:

For over 60 years, the Studer name has been synonymous in the world of professional audio with innovation, elegant design and unsurpassed excellence in engineering. Today, Studer is acknowledged as the leader is Digital Mixer Technology and offers the widest range of digital broadcast consoles and system components available from any manufacturer.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 01 HiQnet . Full Line Catalog Acoustics . . . . . . . . . . . 21 02 AKG Full Line Catalog Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 03 BSS Full Line Catalog International . . . . . . . . 175 04 Crown Full Line Catalog Professional Products . . . 243 05 dbx Full Line Catalog Professional . . . . . . . . . 275 06 JBL Full Line Catalog 341 07 Lexicon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00 Full Line Catalog 365 08 Soundcraft . . . . . . . . . . . . Full Line Catalog 409 09 Studer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Full Line Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425 10 Index Complete Product Listing Harman Pro Group | 2010

Lexicon measures its success by the simple fact that they are the world-wide choice in digital processing by engineers, producers and performers. Their uncompromised integrity has proven to be extremely successful over the years. History was made when our Reverb line was introduced at the 1978 AES Convention. It was considered the first commercially viable digital reverb system. Lexicon’s innovations haven’t stopped since. We continue to forge strategic partnerships that will ensure that our systems are always compatible with our customers’ needs.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 00 Introduction Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

AKG Acoustics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BSS Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Crown Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dbx Professional Products . . . . . . . JBL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lexicon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Soundcraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Studer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

426 426 426 427 427 428 428 428

Page 3

Introduction: Contact Information HiQnet

www.harmanpro.com/hiqnet

8760 South Sandy Parkway, Sandy, Utah 84070, USA, Tel: (801) 566-8800, Fax: (801) 568-7662 For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.harmanpro.com/hiqnet

www.akg.com

AKG Acoustics

AKG Acoustics GmbH Lembรถckgasse 21-25, A-1230 Vienna/AUSTRIA, Tel: (+43 1) 86 654-0,* www.akg.com, e-mail: sales@akg.com, Hotline: (+43 676) 83200 888, hotline@akg.com AKG Acoustics, U.S. 8400 Balboa Boulevard. Northridge, CA 91329, U.S.A., Tel: (+1 818) 920-3212, e-mail: akgusa@harman.com

Harman Pro Group | 2010

For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.akg.com

www.bssaudio.com

BSS Audio

8760 South Sandy Parkway, Sandy, Utah 84070, USA, Tel: (801) 566-8800, Fax: (801) 568-7662 For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.bssaudio.com

Crown Audio, Inc.

www.crownaudio.com

1718 W. Mishawaka Road, Elkhart, IN 46517, USA, Tel: (574) 294-8000, www.crownaudio.com Section:

For other products and distributors worldwide, see our website: www.crownaudio.com

www.dbxpro.com

dbx Professional Products

8760 South Sandy Parkway, Sandy, Utah 84070, USA, Tel: (801) 566-8800, Fax: (801) 830-7662 International Fax: (801) 568-7583, web: www.dbxpro.com, www.driverack.com, email: customer@dbxpro.com For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.dbxpro.com

www.jblpro.com

JBL Professional

8500 Balboa Blvd, Northridge, CA 91329, USA Tel: (818) 894-8850, Domestic Sales Fax: (818) 830-7801, International Sales Fax: (818) 830-7801, Customer Service Fax: (818) 830-7881, web: www.jblpro.com For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.jblpro.com

Lexicon

www.lexiconpro.com

8760 South Sandy Parkway, Sandy, UT 84070, USA, Tel: (801) 566-8800, Fax: (801) 568-7662, web: www.lexicon.com For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.lexiconpro.com

Soundcraft

www.soundcraft.com

Cranborne House, Cranborne Road, Potters Bar, Herts EN6 3JN UK Tel: +44 (0) 1707 665000, Fax: +44 (0) 1707 660742, e-mail: info@soundcraft.com For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.soundcraft.com

Studer Professional Audio GmbH

Althardstrasse 30, CH-8105 Regensdorf-Zurich Switzerland, Tel: +41 44 870 75 11, Fax: +41 870 71 34, e-mail: info@studer.ch For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.studer.ch

Page 4

www.studer.ch

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Section:

Page 5

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

Work Workfaster fasterand andbetter betterthan thanever everbefore. before.Meet Meetthe theperfect perfect partner partner toto the the audio audio system system designer designer and and letlet HiQnet HiQnet System System Architectâ&#x201E;˘ Architectâ&#x201E;˘transform transformyour yourlife. life.Seize Seizethe thebenefits benefitsofofthe the only onlyconfiguration configurationand andcontrol controlapplication applicationtotoaddress addressthe the entire entireaudio audiosystem. system.

Page 6

overview

System Architect version 2 brings with it a new system design philosophy centered on workflow, and the use of a diagrammatic representation of the installed or live sound venue. Devices understand both their physical and logical placement - in racks, arrays and rooms - ‘educating’ System Architect about how they are to be used. System Architect can then begin automating many of the the laborious laborious system systemdesign designtasks tasksforforfree. free. Panels Monitoring for monitoring and group and grouped–device control panels are control created are created automatically. automatically. Routing Ethernet AVB networked audio is as simple as dragging audio signals onto Harman Pro Group | 2010

individual devices or entire output zones. With the widest range of audio devices at your disposal in a single software interface, you’ll be With theatwidest range of suddenly audio devices at your disposal in a single software interface, you’ll be amazed how the world becomes a calmer place. amazed at how the world suddenly becomes a calmer place.

Let System Architect work for you.

Section:

Let System Architect work for you.

Page 7

your yourworkflow workflow

System version 2 features a new philosophy centered workflow . Tellstage the of YourArchitect workflow becomes the core of system Systemdesign Architect operation. Tell theon application which application stage thecurrently design process you are the interface willitself tailorfor itself that giving the designwhich process youofare configuring, andat,theand interface will tailor thatfor function, function, youneed the tools need the tools you don’t. you thegiving tools you and you hiding theand toolshiding you don’t.

Instead Insteadofofjumping jumpingstraight straightininatatthethedevice devicelevel, level,System SystemArchitect Architectnow nowbegins beginswhere whereyour yourthought thought Harman Pro Group | 2010

. .ToTohelp, process layoutofofthe thevenue venue help,thethefirst firststage stageofofthethedesign designprocess process processbegins begins– –bybyconsidering consideringthethelayout ofofthetheinstalled is isliterally diagrammaticrepresentation representation installedororlive livesound soundvenue. space. literallytotodraw drawa adiagrammatic

With Withthis thisinformation, information,System SystemArchitect Architectwill willnow nowknow knowthetheareas areasofofthethevenue: venue:

Section:

• where devices can be physically located • where devices can be physically located

• which contain loudspeakers to which amplifier channels are connected • which contain loudspeakers to which amplifier channels are connected

• which need monitoring • which need monitoring

• which need control panels • which need control panels

The Thesubsequent subsequentstages stagesofofthethedesign designprocess processallow allowthetheHiQnet HiQnetdevices devicestotobebearranged arrangedbybyboth boththeir their physical physicaland andlogical logicalplacement. placement.InInessence essenceSystem SystemArchitect Architectallows allowsyou, you,thethedesigner, designer,toto‘educate’ instruct it

and . . about responsibilities andtheir theirbehavior behavior abouthow howdevices devicesare aretotobebeused used– –their theirresponsibilities

And Andwith withthat thatknowledge, knowledge,System SystemArchitect Architectis isable abletotoprovide provideautomation automationofofmany manyofofthetheonce oncelaborious laborious system systemdesign designtasks tasksforforfree. free.

We Architect. Weknow knowhow howyou youdesign designaudio audiosystems. systems.Now Nowsosodoes doesSystem your software.

Page 8

venuedefinition

Step one to to define the Venue. Step oneis is define the Venue.

Venue’ mode, enables venue plan an existing venue plan an canexisting be imported, and to be imported, and traced withblocks. the simple traced with the simple building building can blocks. Vertices be added and removed, and Vertices can be added andquick removed, and snapped to grid easily for and simple snap-to-gridofeasily for quick and simple replication the venue within System recreation of the venue within System Architect. Architect.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

The designer within the dedicated Within the dedicated ‘Draw Venue’‘Draw mode,

Section:

Care has been taken to make the process as simple as bird’s possible so that, within a matter of minutes, a complete plan eye view of venue the venue becomes the space in which work. view of the becomes the space in which you you work. System Architect is now ready for you to start informing it about where devices physically belong…

Page 9

adding addingdevices devices

Devices Devices now arenot now only added belong to System on the main Architect canvas, by their butphysical are added location, to System literally Architect replicating bywhere their physical they willlocation. be found in the real world. Drag Drag from from thethe vast vast array array of of HiQnet HiQnet devices devices

Harman Pro Group | 2010

into into thethe appropriate appropriate rack rack room room in in thethe building, building, for example. for example. Inside Inside thethe room, roomthe rackmount devices can devices be racked can be or racked, loudspeakers or loudspeakers arranged in arranged arrays. in arrays.

Section:

associatingamplifiers amplifiers 01 associating

In In order order forfor System System Architect Architect to to understand understand thethe lastlast detail detail of of how how thethe devices devices and and thethe building building interact, interact, thethe next laststage stageofofdesign designisistotoinstruct instruct thethe application application how how amplifiers amplifiers areare used. used. ByBy dragging-and-dropping dragging-and-dropping thethe amplifier amplifier channels channels from from thethe intelligent intelligent filter filter listlist to to thethe areas areas in in thethe venue, venue, you you educate educate System System Architect Architect about abouthow how they they areare wired wired to to thethe loudspeakers loudspeakers in in thethe physical physical domain. domain. System System Architect Architect can can now now group group these these logical logical channels channels and and start start automating automating control. control.

Page 10

automatedcontrol

Sosit now sitback back and relax while Architect Now So now sit back and and relax. relax Because whileSystem System it understands Architect the turns the Venue a system monitoring panel. physical turns the location Venue into of into devices, a system the monitoring main Venue panel. view has already become a system-wide monitoring panel. If a device exhibits an error condition â&#x20AC;&#x201C; System If a device exhibits an error condition â&#x20AC;&#x201C; System Architect Architect knows where itcondition isturn andthe soâ&#x20AC;&#x201C;rack can turnArchitect the knows If a device where exhibits it is and an error so can System room yellow rack roomityellow onroom the level knows or red, where depending is and on or the sored, can leveldepending turn of the the condition. rack Simple. yellow of the condition. or red, depending onSimple. the level of the condition. Simple.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Each and every area of the venue to which amplifier channels have been Each and every connected, area ofgets the aVenue control to panel which generated amplifier channels just for itself, been have accessible associated, directlyhas from anthe automatically-generated Venue. control panel accessible directly from the Venue, grouping the Behind the scenes, appropriate parameters System onArchitect your behalf. automatically groups the

Section:

amplifier channels and associates the controls on your behalf.

For any rack and array with one or more of the same device type, System Architect will automatically create a Master Panel for grouped control and make it instantly accessible. Additional Custom and Master Panels can be added to different Areas, tuning the Venue into the main control panel for the system.

Page 11

space space science. science. space spacescience. science.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Design Designthe thecomplete complete Section:

a uaduidoi o s yssyt setm em ww i t hi t h HiQnet HiQnetSystem SystemArchitectâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Architectâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s familiar familiar and and friendly friendly drag-and-drop drag-and-drop interface. interface. Configure Configureallalldevices devicesand androute route audio audioseamlessly seamlesslyacross acrossthetheentire entire network. network. Customize Customize control control interfaces interfaces forformultiple multiplecomputer computerand andtouch touchscreen screen control control with with thethe integrated integrated designer. designer.SetSet upup security security and and remote remote access access forfor thethe entire entire system. system. AllAll this this from from aa single single application. application. Upload Upload and and go. go.

Page 12

installedsound Use multiple connection methodologies such as USB, serial or Ethernet simultaneously. Regardless of the interface on the device, HiQnet enables System Architect to unite the system. Take powerful configuration and control of multiple devices from best-in-class brands from the Harman Pro Group: microphones from Configure and control all devices in the system from multiple AKG, processing from dbx, amplification from Crown and powered computers running System Architect. Automatically discover devices loudspeakers from JBL. and synchronize parameter values without needing to have the original design file loaded. Make use of the established Harman HiQnet communications language to connect, configure and control the entire audio system. Configure the entire system Personalize control interfaces with the

alertingoffrom a single window. or Ethernet simultaneously. Regardless the interface on the

integrated control panel designer without

device, HiQnet enables SystemArchitect to unite the system.

the need for a secondary application.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

for control from a remote computer andasset up serial email Use multiple connection methodologies such USB,

Customize your design from a pre-installed library of controls and backgrounds, or Configure control all devices in the system from multiple Lock downand control of all computers running System the devices in the system Architect. Automatically discover devices and synchronize parameter values without needing to have the with System Architect’s original design security file loaded. comprehensive configuration pages.

create and add your own. Drag and drop controls from device default panels or design first and associate with device parameters later. Create control panel

Section:

shortcuts to launch the panel automatically.

Restrict access to authorized personnel only – password protect the software and configure device front panel control for multiple users.

Configure the entire system for control from a remote computer and set up email alerting from a single window.

Lock down control of all the devices in the system with System Architect’s comprehensive security configuration pages. Restrict access to authorized Set device or system presets to recall automatically. Use the integrated personnel only – password Scheduler to recall presets at different times of the day, with daily, weekly, protect the software and monthly or even annual recurrences. Or use the Logic Rules Wizard to configure device front panel trigger presets based on detailed conditions – right down to the individual control for multiple users. parameter level.

Optimize custom-designed control interfaces for touch screen computer use. Maximize the window space and hide the operating system and background applications. applications – even hide the mouse pointer.

Page 13

performance performancespaces spaces

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Address Address allall devices devices in in thethe signal signal path from path a single from ainterface. single interface Manually – from drag and microphone drop devices to speaker. into the Venue Manually View drag or allow andSystem drop devices Architect intodiscover the Venue andView loador

Section:

devices allow automatically. System Architect discover and load devices automatically.

Launch Launch individual individual device device interface interface panels panels directly directly from from thethe device device in in thethe Venue Venue forfor offline offline configuration, configuration, or or real-time real-time control control of of livelive devices. devices.Access Access separate separate processing processing and and monitoring monitoring functions functions directly directly from from thethe device’s device’s main main panel panel swiftly swiftly and and easily. easily.The The uniform uniform processing processing lock lock icon icon design design allows allows immediate immediate familiarity familiarity across across different different device device types. types.

Organize devices into Racks to Configure Configure device device presets presets within within System System Architect Architect and and recall recall any any combination combination of of these these directly directly from from thethe console’s console’s internal internal cue cue list.list.The The Soundcraft Soundcraft Vi6Vi6 and and Studer Studer Vista Vista series series of of consoles consoles can can now now bebe masters masters of of thethe show show and and thethe system. system.

Configure Configure and and control control allall connected connected devices devices by running by running SystemSystem Architect Architect on a laptop on a laptop computer computer at the front-of-house or even the front-ofposition. house console.

replicate how they are used in Organize devices into Racks to the real world. Once in Racks, replicate how they are used in two or more like-devices will be the real world. Once in Racks, treated as a group and can be two or more like-devices will be controlled from automaticallytreated as a group and can be generated Master Panels, controlled from automaticallyinstantly accessible from generated Master Panels, the Rack itself. Organizing instantly accessible from devices into Racks also the Rack itself. Organizing assists with searching for devices into Racks also devices and parameters assists with searching for during system configuration. devices and parameters during system configuration.

Page 14

Configure preset settings for all devices within the system and assign these to the production consoleâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s internal cue Harman Pro Group | 2010

list. Take command of the complete system as you step through the show. Better still, let the front-of-house engineer run HiQnet System Architect on a laptop and tweak each device in the system all the way from microphone to speaker without leaving the best seat in the house.

Section:

stage manager.

Page 15

Harman Pro Group | 2010

1, 1,2, 2,3, 3,4... 4...

Section:

1, 1, 2, 2, 3, 3, 4... 4... ...and ...and counting. counting.With With now now over over 9090 HiQnet HiQnet models models currently currently addressable addressable from from System System Architect Architect - and - and with withmore more toto come come - you youcan cantruly trulytake takecontrol controlover overthethe fullfull audio audio system. system.LetLet System SystemArchitect Architectdiscover discoverallallconnected connecteddevices deviceswith withitsitsplugplugand-play and-playarchitecture. architecture. Link Replicate devicethe control real world with the by integrated organizing Grouping loudspeakers Wizard. into arrays. Walk Walk the venue the venue withwith a wireless a wireless tablet tabletcomputer computer and andaddress addresseach eachdevice devicewith withthe thededicated dedicatedtablet tabletmode. mode. Log Logand andarchive archive system systemevents. events.AllAllthethecontrol controlwithout withoutthethefuss. fuss. Sit Sitback backand andenjoy enjoythe theshow. show.

Page 16

livesound Discover all connected devices and let them automatically negotiate their own network addresses. The plug-and-play architecture employed by the HiQnet communications language and System Architect makes system setup a breeze.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Configure and control each device with as normal the wireless with tablet the wireless computer tablet display computer displayoptimized mode, mode, optimized to maketouse make of the use of the tablet full full tablet screen. screen. Switch Switch between between the the standard desktop and tablet layout with

Enter data directly into context-sensitive alphanumeric keypads when

the dedicated button located in onthe the main

using a Tablet PC. These keypads appear automatically when the data

window for Ribbon application convenient for convenient access withaccess the

entry field is touched with the stylus, and disappear when the data is

tabletthe with stylus. tablet stylus.

entered. Each keypad understands the properties of the parameter from

Section:

which it was called, enabling system tuning with precision on a Tablet PC and putting control literally at your fingertips.

Organize compatible loudspeakers Organize compatible into separate Arrays,loudspeakers mirroring their into separate Arrays, their use in the real world.mirroring Just as with use in the real Just as with Racks, two or world. more like-devices Racks, two or more like-devices within an Array will be treated as a within Array be treatedfrom as a groupan and can will be controlled Keepand Log yourself archive in control all system by events. logging Use and archiving the powerful all system view filters events. to narrow Use the powerful down system viewevents filters quickly to narrow anddown easily. system Sort and events view quickly events by andtype, easily. name, Sort and view date, time,events priority, by details type, name, or device date, time, priority, address. Manually detailsarchive or device and address. export Manually a complete archive log inand standard exportdatabase a complete log in standard format or configure database the application format or to

group and can be controlled from automatically-generated Master automatically-generated Master Panels, instantly accessible from

Panels, instantly from the Array itself. accessible And just as with the Array itself. And just as with Racks, organizing devices into

Racks, into Arraysorganizing also assistsdevices with searching Arrays also assists with searching for devices and parameters during for devices and parameters during system configuration. system configuration.

configurelogs archive the automatically. application to archive logs automatically.

Page 17

AKG HUB HUB4000 4000 4000 QQ – enables – enables connection 700, DMSWMS 700, 4500/4000 SR 4000 AKG WMS HUB 4000 Q –connection one ofto DMS thetomost advanced and / and IVM 4500 andprofessional 4.IVM Offers 4. Offers wireless wireless system system frequency frequency coordination coordination with 1with Click 1 innovative wireless systems available today. Setup,Setup, Click environment environment scan and scanwireless and wireless connection connection monitoring. monitoring.

BSS Soundweb London – freely-configurable DSP platform,

Harman Pro Group | 2010

parameters of London which can be exported from design application HiQnet BSS Soundweb London Architect™ for control from System Architect Custom Panels.

Crown I-Tech HD Series – Class I touring amplifier with networked

Crown – amazing and ease of BSS use Audio, with onboard audioI-Tech and aseries new DSP engine power co-developed with including DSP designed for touring sound and installed sound applications. Linear Phase FIR filters and LevelMax™ limiters.

Section:

01 Crown Macro-Tech i Series – ruggedly-constructed Class I amplifiers built to iwithstand years ofamplifiers abuse on the road, whileperfectly continuing Crown Macrotech series – cinema which deliver the Macro-Tech legacywith of unparalleled sonic accuracy and detail. matched performance each award-winning JBL ScreenArray® system.

Crown 2-channel CTs Series – exceptional performance, flexibility

Crown 2-channel CTs series – now including multi-channel variants, and value for installed sound applications, with optional speaker all with optional speaker management, EQ. networked audio and management, EQ, networked audio System Architect control. System Architect control.

Crown CTs Series – four-channel and eight-channel Crown CTsmulti-channel series – now including multi-channel variants, all with variantsspeaker of the acclaimed CTs Series, including fully integrated speaker optional management, EQ. networked audio and System management, EQ, networked audio System Architect control. Architect control.

Page 18

systemdevices

Crown CDi series Series––professional cinema amplifiers which deliver perfectly Crown CDi amplifiers designed and matched built for performance with each award-winning JBL SrceenArray® loudspeaker installed sound applications. system and include integrated speaker management and EQ.

Crown DSiseries series – cinema amplifierswhich whichdeliver deliverperfectly perfectly matched matched Crown DSi – cinema amplifiers performance loudspeaker performance with witheach eachaward-winning award-winningJBL JBLSrceenArray® ScreenArray® system.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

system and include integrated speaker management and EQ.

Crown XTi Series – rugged and lightweight amplifiers designed for

Crown XTi series – rugged and lightweight amplifiers designed for portable PA with on board DSP and USB connectivity. Also controllable portable PA with on board DSP and USB connectivity. from dedicated PA software application HiQnet Band Manager™.

Section:

JBL VPSeries Series – the ultimate power,fidelity, fidelity,reliability reliability and and control control JBL VP – the ultimate in inpower, perfectly suited for aa variety variety ofofdemanding, demanding, professional professional applications applications perfectly suited with optional networked audio. with standard standardnetworked networkedcontrol, control,and and optional networked audio.

JBL VerTec® DP series – powered line arrays with superb audio

JBL VerTec® DP series – powered line arrays with superb audio quality, robust amplification and integral digital signal processing with quality, robust amplification and integral digital signal processing networked control, and optional networked audio. with networked control and networked audio options.

Lexicon PCM Series – an artful blend of heritage and innovation,

Lexicon

the PCM92, PCM96 and and PCM PCM96 96 Surround Surround deliver deliver new and legendary Lexicon reverbs, delays and modulation effects.

Page 19

AKG AKG Acoustics Acoustics GmbH GmbH Lemböckgasse Lemböckgasse 21–25 21–25 P.O.B. P.O.B. 158 158 A-1230 A-1230 Vienna, Vienna, Austria Austria Tel:Tel: +43 +43 (1)(1) 86654-0 86654-0 www.akg.com www.akg.com

AKG AKG Acoustics, Acoustics, U.S. U.S. 8500 8500 Balboa Balboa Boulevard Boulevard Northridge, Northridge, CACA 91329, 91329, USA USA Tel:Tel: (818) (818) 920.3212 920.3212

BSS BSS Audio Audio 8760 8760 South South Sandy Sandy Parkway, Parkway, SaltSalt Lake Lake City, City, Utah, Utah, 84070, 84070, USA USA Tel:Tel: (801) (801) 566-8800 566-8800 www.bssaudio.com www.bssaudio.com

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Crown Crown Audio, Audio, Inc. Inc. 1718 1718 W.W. Mishawaka Mishawaka Road Road Elkhart, Elkhart, IN IN 46517, 46517, USA USA Tel:Tel: (574) (574) 294-8000 294-8000 www.crownaudio.com www.crownaudio.com

dbx dbx Professional Professional 8760 8760 South South Sandy Sandy Parkway Parkway Sandy, Sandy, Utah Utah 84070, 84070, USA USA Tel:Tel: (801) (801) 568-7660 568-7660 www.dbxpro.com www.dbxpro.com

Section:

01 02

JBLJBL Professional Professional 8500 8500 Balboa Balboa Blvd Blvd Northridge, Northridge, CACA 91329, 91329, USA USA Tel:Tel: (818) (818) 894-8850 894-8850 www.jblpro.com www.jblpro.com

Lexicon Lexicon Pro Pro 8760 8760 So.So. Sandy Sandy Parkway Parkway Sandy, Sandy, Utah Utah 84070, 84070, USA USA Tel:Tel: (801) (801) 568-7567 568-7567 www.lexiconpro.com www.lexiconpro.com

Soundcraft Soundcraft Cranborne Cranborne House House Cranborne Cranborne Road Road Potters Potters BarBar Herts Herts EN6 EN6 3JN, 3JN, United United Kingdom Kingdom Tel:Tel: +44 +44 (0)1707 (0)1707 665000 665000 www.soundcraft.com www.soundcraft.com

Harman Harman Pro Pro North North America America 8500 8500 Balboa Balboa Boulevard Boulevard Northridge, Northridge, CACA 91329, 91329, USA USA Tel:Tel: (818) (818) 920.3212 920.3212

Studer Studer Professional Professional Audio Audio Studer Studer Professional Professional Audio Audio GmbH GmbH Riedthofstrasse Riedthofstrasse 214 214 CH-8105 CH-8105 Regensdorf, Regensdorf, Switzerland Switzerland Tel:Tel: +41 +41 (0)44 (0)44 870 870 7575 1111 www.studer.ch www.studer.ch

Harman Harman Pro Pro North North America America 8500 8500 Balboa Balboa Boulevard Boulevard Northridge, Northridge, CACA 91329, 91329, USA USA Tel:Tel: (818) (818) 920.3212 920.3212

harmanpro.com harmanpro.com Page 20

5638_09_0_Cover_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_0_Cover_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

8:52 Uhr

Seite 1

Professional Audio Catalog Portable PA Recording & Broadcast Installed Sound Tour Sound

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

01 02

Page 21

Ian

Paice

Ravi

Hubert

Jakhotia

9_1_Content_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_1_Content_USA_fsch

Harman Pro Group | 2010

01.12.2009

Layla

8:43 Uhr

Seite 5638_09_1_Content_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_1_Content_USA_fsch 2

01.12.2009

Ian

8:43 Uhr

von Goisern Seite 2

Ian

Paice

Hal Ravi

Ravi

Stage

Insta

Recording

Handheld Microphones

Goosene

Microphones

Winer Jakhotia Hubert

Jakhotia

Recording C 12 VR C 451 B, C 451 B/ST C 414 XLS C 414 XL II

von Goisern

Terry

6 7 8 9

Hubert

C 535 EB C5 D 7, D 7 S, D 7 LTD D 5, D 5 S D 770 P 5, P 5 S, P 3 S D 88 S/XLR, D 88 S/Jack D 77 S/XLR, D 77 S/Jack D 55 S D 44 S

Section:

Bozzio

Layla

Bakken

Hal

D 112 D 40 C 430 P4 P2

Winer

Jack Blades/

Terry

AKG Blue Line

Nightranger

Bozzio

Yngwie

CK 91, CK 92, CK 93, CK 94 C 391 B, SE 300 B, CK 98

Perception

Rebekka

Malmsteen

Perception 820 Tube Perception 420 Perception 220 Perception 170 Perception 120 Perception 120 USB

Missy Bakken

Elliott

ngwie

Malmsteen

Missy

Sepultura Yngwie Malmsteen

Missy

Elliott

Sepultura

14 14 14 14 15

Hal

Terry

30 30 31 31 31

CK 31, CK CK 47 CK 80

System De CGN 321 E CGN 323 E CHM 21

Jack Blades

C 518, C 519 C 411, C 516 ML

32 33

Head-worn Microphones

Rebekka

18 19 19 20 20 21

Capsule M

Compact S

Clip-on Microphones

Bozzio

HC 577 C 520, C 555 L

34 35

CK 77 WR C 417, CK 55 L

36 37

Bakken Lavalier Microphones

Nightran

Paging M

D 58 E D 542, D 5 D 542 ST-S

Systems

DSR 700 DHT 700 DPT 700 CU 700

74 75 75 75

SR 4500 HT 4500 PT 4500 CU 4000/BP 4000

HUB 4000 Q HiQnetTM Microphones for WMS 4500 System Components Multi-Channel Systems

78 79 79 80 81

WMS 450

WMS 4500

Brooks & Dunn

Installation System De GN Series GN E Serie GN ESP Se GN E 5Pin HM 1000 GN 155 Se

Wireless

Elliott DMS 700

Sepultura

16 17

26 27 28 28 29 29

Instrument Microphones

ULS Series CK 61-ULS CK 62-ULS CK 63-ULS C 480 B CK 69-ULS

Reference Architectura

Nightranger

10 11 11 12 12 13 13

Rebekka

24 24

25 von GoisernModular S 26

Jack Blades/

Recording & Broadcast C 214 C 4000 B C 3000 C 2000 B C 1000 S C 4500 B-BC D 230

76 77 77 78

SR 450 WMS 450 Sets HT 450 PT 450

WMS 40 PR

SR 40 PRO HT 40 PRO PT 40 PRO WMS 40 PRO S GB 40 FLEXX Transformer Se

82 82 83 83

Brooks &Brooks Dunn & Dun

Headphones

Headsets

Headphones K 271 MK II K 171 MK II K 240 MK II K 141 MK II K 181 DJ K 81 DJ

Page 22

Headsets 94 94 95 95 96 96

K 702 K 99 K 77 K 44 K 10

97 97 98 98 99

HSD 271 Single HSC 271 HSC 171 HSD 271 HSD 171

Content

Recording Recording Stage Stage Installed Installed Microphones

Microphones

Recording

C 12 VR C 451 B, C 451 B/ST C 414 XLS C 414 XL II

C 12 VR 26 C 451 27 B, C 451 B/ST C 414 28 XLS C 414 29 XL II

Microphones

Handheld Microphones Handheld Microphones Gooseneck Microphones Gooseneck Microphones Boundary Layer andBoundary Layer and Microphones Shotgun Microphones C 535 26 EB C 535 44 EB Reference 44 Projects Reference 60 Projects Shotgun 60

C 5 44 44 Microphone Series Architectural Series C 5 27 Architectural 62 Microphone C 747 V11 62 C 747 78 V11 D 7, D45 7 S, D 7 LTD 45 D 7, D 28 7 S, D 7 LTD C 547 79 BL C 547 BL Modular Series Modular D 5, D46 5S 46 Series D 5, D 29 5S C 542 80 BL C 542 BL D 770 46 D 770 46 Installation 65 Installation C 562 80 CM C 562 CM 65 Recording & Broadcast Recording & Broadcast P 5, P 47 5 S, P 3 S 47 P 5, P 5 S, P 3 S System Description System66Description C 568 B 66 C 568 81 B C 214 C 214 30 30 48 D 88 S/XLR, D 88 S/Jack D 88 S/XLR, 48 D 88 S/Jack GN Series GN Series 67 CK 98 81 67 CK 98 C 400031B 31 C 4000 B 48 D 77 S/XLR, D 77 S/Jack D 77 S/XLR, 48 D 77 S/Jack GN E Series GN E Series 68 68 C 300031 31 C 3000 D 55 S49 D 55 S GN ESP69Series Microphone 69 Mixer Microphone Mixer GN ESP49Series C 200032B 32 C 2000 B D 44 S49 49 Series D 44 S GN E 5Pin 70 GN E 5Pin 70 Series C 100032S 32 C 1000 S AMM 10 AMM 10 82 HM 1000 71 HM 1000 71 C 450033B-BC 33 C 4500 B-BC DMM 4/2/2 DMM 4/2/2 84 Instrument Microphones Instrument Microphones GN 155 Set 71 GN 155 Set 71 D 230 33 33 D 230 DMM 4/2/4 DMM 4/2/4 85 D 112 D 112 50 50 Capsule Modules Capsule Modules ULS Series ULS Series D 40 50 50 D 40 Conference SystemConference System CK 31,72 CK 32, CK 33 72 CK 31,51 CK 32, CK 33 CK 61-ULS CK 61-ULS 34 C 430 51 C 430 34 CS 5 CS 5 86 CK 47 73 73 CK 47 51 CK 62-ULS CK 62-ULS 34 P 4 51 P 4 34 CS 2 90 CS 2 CK 80 73 73 CK 80 51 CK 63-ULS CK 63-ULS 34 P 2 51 P 2 34 C 480 34 B 34 C 480 B Compact Series Compact Series CK 69-ULS 35 Microphones CK 69-ULS 35 Clip-on Clip-on Microphones System74Description 74 System Description AKG Blue Line AKG Blue Line C 518, C 519 C 518,52 C 519 52 E, CGN 521 E CGN 321 74 CGN 321 74 E, CGN 521 E C 411, C 516 ML 53 C 411, C 516 ML 53 CK 91, CK 92, CK 93, CK 94 CK 91,36 CK 92, CK 93, CK 94 36 75 CGN 323 E, CGN 523 E CGN 323 75 E, CGN 523 E B, SE 300 B, CK 98 37 C 391 B, SE 300 B, CK 98C 391 37 CHM 21 75 CHM 21 75

Perception

Perception 820 Tube Perception 420 Perception 220 Perception 170 Perception 120 Perception 120 USB

Perception 38 820 Tube Perception 39 420 Perception 39 220 Perception 40 170 Perception 40 120 Perception 41 120 USB

78 79 80 80 81 81

82 84 85

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Content

86 90

Head-worn Microphones Head-worn Microphones Please note that some of thesePlease products note that some of these products HC 577 HC 57754 54 Microphones Paging Paging Microphones 38 C 520,55 C 555 L 55 C 520, C 555 L 39 D 58 E 39 D 542, D 542 E Lavalier Microphones Lavalier Microphones 40 D 542 ST-S CK 77 40 WR CK 77 56 WR 56 C 417,57 CK 55 L 57 C 417,41 CK 55 L

D 58 E76 D 542,76 D 542 E D 542 77 ST-S

may not be available in your country. may not be available in your country. 76 For details, please contact yourForlocal details, please contact your local 76 dealer or national AKG distributor dealer or visit or national AKG distributor or visit 77 our website at: www.akg.comour website at: www.akg.com

Section:

WirelessWireless Systems

Systems

DMS 700

DSR 700 DHT 700 DPT 700 CU 700

DSR 700 94 DHT 700 95 DPT 700 95 CU 70095

WMS 4500

SR 4500 HT 4500 PT 4500 CU 4000/BP 4000

SR 4500 96 HT 4500 97 PT 4500 97 CU 4000/BP 98 4000

HUB 4000 98 PRO HUB 4000 Q 98 Q WMS 40 TM HiQnet99 99 HiQnetTM 94 SR 40 PRO Microphones for WMS 4500 99 Microphones for WMS 4500 99 95 HT 40 PRO System 100 System Components 100Components 95 PT 40 PRO Systems 101 Multi-Channel Systems Multi-Channel 101 95 WMS 40 PRO Sets GB 40 FLEXX WMS 450 WMS 450 Transformer Set SINGLE SR 450 SR 450 102 102 96 WMS102 450 Sets 102 WMS 450 Sets 97 HT 450 103 HT 450 103 97 PT 450 103 PT 450 103 98

WMS 40 PRO

Headphones Headphones Headsets

Headphones

K 271 MK II K 171 MK II K 240 MK II K 141 MK II K 181 DJ K 81 DJ

K 271114 MK II K 171114 MK II K 240115 MK II K 141115 MK II K 181116 DJ K 81 116 DJ

114 114 115 115 116 116

IVM 4 Wireless

108 108 109 109 110 110 110 111

AppendixAppendix

Headsets

K 702 K 99 K 77 K 44 K 10

IVM 4 Wireless

In-Ear104 Monitoring In-Ear Monitoring SR 40104 PRO HT 40105 PRO SST 4 105 SST 4108 PT 40105 PRO 105 IVM 4108 Sets IVM 4 Sets WMS106 40 PRO Sets SPR 4109 SPR 4 106 GB 40107 FLEXX IP 2 109 IP 2 107 Transformer 107 Set SINGLESPC 4 107 SPC 4110 SRA 2W SRA 2W 110 RA 4000 RA 4000 W 110 W IVM 4111 Multi-Channel Systems IVM 4 Multi-Channel Systems

K 702117 K 99 117 K 77 118 K 44 118 K 10 119

Headsets

HSD 271117 Single HSC 271117 HSC 171118 HSD 271118 HSD 171119

HSD 119 271 Single HSC 271 120 HSC 171 120 HSD 121 271 HSD 121 171

Accessories Accessories Matrix 119 Guide Application 120 Patents Key 120 to Product Names 121 Specifications – 121 comparison chart Alphabetical Index

Accessories 122-125 Accessories 126-127 Matrix Application 128-129 Guide Patents 130 Key to131 Product Names Specifications – comparison 132-148 chart Alphabetical 149 Index

Content

122-125 126-127 128-129 130 131 132-148 149

3 Content

Page 23

Recording C 12 VR C 451 B, C 451 B/ST C 414 XLS C 414 XL II

26 27 28 29

Recording & Broadcast C 214 C 4000 B C 3000 C 2000 B C 1000 S C 4500 B-BC D 230

30 31 31 32 32 33 33

ULS Series

Harman Pro Group | 2010

CK 61-ULS CK 62-ULS CK 63-ULS C 480 B CK 69-ULS

34 34 34 34 35

AKG Blue Line CK 91, CK 92, CK 93, CK 94 C 391 B, SE 300 B, CK 98

36 37

Perception

Section:

Page 24

Perception 820 Tube Perception 420 Perception 220 Perception 170 Perception 120 Perception 120 USB

38 39 39 40 40 41

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Recording

Section:

Microphones

AKG â&#x20AC;&#x201C; a brand that has built an enviable world-wide reputation for performance, dependability and service. A microphone for every

requirement â&#x20AC;&#x201C; television studios, motion-picture production centers, theaters, stadiums, concert halls, opera houses, communication links, schools, home tape recorders. The personal choice of hundreds of performers.

Page 25

5638_09_2_Recording_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_2_Recording_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

7:06 Uhr

Seite 6

Recording Vocals Strings Brass • Recreates the performance of the legendary C 12 microphone

•

• A special edge-terminated dual-large-diaphragm AKG transducer

•

• Nine remotely-selectable pickup patterns from omni to figure-eight

•

• Comes complete with all accessories and all-metal carrying case 221

•

Harman Pro Group | 2010

•

C 12 VR

Section:

The C 12 VR is a perfect reincarnation of the legendary C 12 microphone including its famous “voice-friendly” sound. True to the original design, the mic uses the same 6072A dual-triode tube, hand-selected for the lowest noise and optimum sonic characteristics. The sound of the C 12 VR can be described as the perfect blend of warmth, clarity and presence. The C 12 VR comes complete with windscreen, all-metal shock-mount, power supply/remote control unit, connecting cable and individually-measured response graphs. Item number: C 12 VR

2221Z00040

cardioid

• Polar pattern: • Frequency range: • Sensitivity: • Max. SPL for 3% THD: • Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): • Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): • Preattenuation pad: • Bass cut filter:

Page 26

omnidirectional

cardioid, omnidirectional, figure-eight, and 6 intermediate positions, remotely selectable 30 to 20,000 Hz 10 mV/Pa (-40 dBV); 10-dB increase, selectable by internal switch 128/138/148 dB 22 dB-A 72 dB 10 dB, 20 dB, selectable 6 dB/octave at 100 Hz, 12 dB/octave at 130 Hz

figure-eight

• • • • • • • • • • •

Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Cable: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

≤200 ohms ≥1,000 ohms from supplied N 12 VR power supply from supplied N 12 VR power supply 12-pin DIN 10 m (33 ft.) green/gold 42 dia. x 225 mm (1.7 dia. x 8.9 in.) 680 g (24 oz.)/4.5 kg (9.9 lbs.) H 15/T, MK-Tube, N 12 VR, W 42 PF 80

Recording Recording Percussions Lectern Drums • Identical acoustics to the legendary C 451 EB + CK1 • Accurate, ruler-flat on-axis response with life-like transient response

• Transformerless output circuit delivers wide dynamic range and loss-free low-end response 160

• Separate 3-position pre-attenuation pad and bass roll-off switch

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• Also available as factory-matched stereo pairs complete with accessories and metal “Sound Tools Case”

C 451 B Responding to growing demand, AKG has recreated the sonic performance of the legendary C 451 EB + CK 1 combination in a modern new microphone. The new C 451 B has dramatically improved specifications and reliability. The new non-modular microphone has an extremely light diaphragm for insensitivity to handling noise, and still retains the incredible transient response of the original. The nickel-plated, all-metal chassis is attractive and provides excellent protection from RF interference and the rigors of handling. The C 451 B transformerless output section ensures it is an excellent tool for capturing transient-rich signals such as drums, percussion and acoustic guitar. Item numbers: C 451 B C 451 B/ST

Section:

2895Z00010 2895Z00210 (Matched stereo pair)

cardioid

• • • • • • • • • • •

cardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 9 mV/Pa (-41 dBV) 135/145/155 dB (0/-10/-20 dB) 18 dB-A 76 dB 0 dB, 10 dB, 20 dB selectable flat, 12 dB/octave at 75 or 150 Hz, selectable ≤200 ohms ≥1,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power

• • • • • • •

Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

≤2 mA 3-pin XLR satin nickel plated 19 dia. x 160 mm (0.75 dia. x 6.3 in.) 125 g (4.4 oz.)/760 g (1.7 lbs.) SA 60, Sound Tool Case, W 90 B 18, H 30, H 50, H 85, H 300, PF 80, ST 305, W 32

Recording & Broadcast

Page 27

5638_09_2_Recording_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_2_Recording_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

7:06 Uhr

Seite 8

NEW

Professional Studio Recording Choir Miking Professional Stage Miking Drum Overhead Miking Classic Music Recording • AKG C 414 – A legend since 1971

•

• Nine selectable pickup patterns enable to choose the perfect setting for every application

•

• Lock Mode: all controls can be disabled easily for trouble-free use

•

• Peak Hold LED even detects shortest overload peaks

•

• Incredible Dynamic Range of 152 dB

•

• Leading-edge technology and state-of-the-art components ensure shortest signal path and extra protection against moisture

•

• Designed, engineered and built in Vienna, Austria

•

159

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• Three switchable different bass cut filters and three pre-attenuation levels

C 414 XLS

Section:

For over 60 years, leading musicians and engineers have used legendary AKG microphones to capture their sound so their audience hears every nuance. The C 414 family has been one of the world’s most widely-used and respected studio and stage microphones. AKG has continually set new benchmarks for useful features, improved technical specifications and ease of use to answer requests from everdemanding recording studios, broadcast stations and audio engineers. The new models C 414 XLS and C 414 XL II offer nine pickup patterns which enable to choose the perfect setting for every application. For live-sound applications and permanent installations all controls can be disabled easily for trouble-free use. A Peak Hold LED displays even shortest overload peaks. The C 414 XLS maintains the sonic character of the legendary C 414 B-ULS, the longest-lived C 414 model. Engineered for highest linearity and neutral sound, it is the most universal and versatile large diaphragm microphone for decades. Widely used for accurate, beautifully detailed pickup of any acoustic instrument the new C 414 XLS combines proven reference quality, leading-edge technology and state-of-the-art components. Item number: C 414 XLS C 414 XLS Stereo Set

3059Z00050 3059Z00230 Stereo Set – selected with AKG’s sophisticated matching method.

C 414 B-XLS: omnidirectional

C 414 B-XLS: cardioid

C 414 B-XLS: wide cardioid

C 414 B-XLS: hypercardioid

• Polar pattern: • Frequency range: • Sensitivity: • Max. SPL for 0.5% THD: • Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): • Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): • Preattenuation pad: • Bass cut filter slope: • Electrical impedance: • Recommended load impedance:

Page 28

omnidirectional, wide cardioid, cardioid, hypercardioid, figure eight and 4 intermediate Settings 20 to 20,000 Hz (see frequency response traces) 23 mV/Pa (-33 dBV) ± 0.5 dB 200/400/800/1600 Pa = 140/146/152/158 dB (0/-6/-12/-18 dB) 6 dB-A (0 dB preattenuation) 88 dB -6 dB, -12 dB, -18 dB, switchable 12 dB/octave at 40 Hz and 80 Hz; 6 dB/octave at 160 Hz ≤200 ohms ≥2,200 ohms

C 414 B-XLS: figure-eight

• • • • • • • •

Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

48 V phantom powe approximately 4.5 mA 3-pin XLR to IEC dark grey/silver 50 x 38 x 160 mm (2.0 x 1.5 x 6.3 in.) 300 g (10.6 oz.) H 85, PF 80, Soundtool Case, W 414 H 50, ST 305

Recording

NEW

Lead Vocals Lead Instruments Choir Miking Drum Overhead Miking Classic Music Recording • AKG C 414 – A legend since 1971 • Nine selectable pickup patterns enable to choose the perfect setting for every application • Lock Mode: all controls can be disabled easily for trouble-free use • Peak Hold LED even detects shortest overload peaks

• Incredible Dynamic Range of 152 dB • Three switchable different bass cut filters and three pre-attenuation levels

• Designed, engineered and built in Vienna, Austria

Harman Pro Group | 2010

159

• Leading-edge technology and state-of-the-art components ensure shortest signal path and extra protection against moisture

C 414 XL II The C 414 XL II is the successor of the famous C 414 B-TL II. It shows the unique sonic signature of the highly sought after AKG C 12 which enables lead vocals and solo instruments to be placed even in a dense mix. The unrivalled up-front sound is also well-known for distant miking applications like classic music recording or drum ambience miking. The XL II version differs from the XLS version in one major respect – the capsule. Both, the slight presence boost and the impressive spatial reproduction is similar to the legendary C 12 microphones. The new models C 414 XLS and C 414 XL II offer nine pickup patterns which enable to choose the perfect setting for every application. For live-sound applications and permanent installations all controls can be disabled easily for trouble-free use. A Peak Hold LED displays even shortest overload peaks. The C 414 comes complete with carrying case, pop filter, windscreen, and spider-type shock mount. Item number: C 414 XL II C 414 XL II Stereo Set

Section:

3059Z00060 3059Z00240 Stereo Set – selected with AKG’s sophisticated matching method.

C 414 B-XL II: omnidirectional

C 414 B-XL II: cardioid

C 414 B-XL II: wide cardioid

C 414 B-XL II: hypercardioid

omnidirectional, wide cardioid, cardioid, hypercardioid, figure eight and 4 intermediate Settings 20 to 20,000 Hz (see frequency response traces) 23 mV/Pa (-33 dBV) ± 0.5 dB 200/400/800/1600 Pa = 140/146/152/158 dB (0/-6/12/-18 dB) 6 dB-A (0 dB preattenuation) 88 dB -6 dB, -12 dB, -18 dB, switchable 12 dB/octave at 40 Hz and 80 Hz; 6 dB/octave at 160 Hz ≤200 ohms ≥2,200 ohms

C 414 B-XL II: figure-eight

• • • • • • • •

Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

48 V phantom power approximately 4.5 mA 3-pin XLR to IEC dark grey/gold 50 x 38 x 160 mm (2.0 x 1.5 x 6.3 in.) 300 g (10.6 oz.) H 85, PF 80, Soundtool Case, W 414 H 50, ST 305

Recording & Broadcast

Page 29

5638_09_2_Recording_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_2_Recording_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

7:06 Uhr

Seite 10

Professional studio recording Lead vocals Lead instruments Ensemble recording Professional stage miking

• • AKG’s legendary 1” edge-terminated large diaphragm sound

•

• Outstanding dynamic range (up to 156 dB SPL, ultra-low noise)

•

• Roadworthy design • Integrated suspension to reduce mechanical noise

•

• Switchable 20 dB attenuation pad and low cut switch • Rugged double mesh grill for high RF immunity but unaffected acoustics

•

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• All-metal die-cast body with shock- and scratch-resistant finish • Spider-type shock mount H 85 included • Metal carrying case included • Designed, engineered and built in Vienna, Austria

C 214

Section:

AKG's industry-leading C 414 microphones are already a permanent fixture in the world's biggest recording studios and a highly respected work horse for independent artists, broadcasting, and on-stage miking as well. The new C 214 is designed as a cost-effective alternative to the high-end, industry-leading C 414 family. It captures sound combining one side of the legendary C 414 dual-capsule system and AKG’s patented Back-Plate Technology which results in an outstanding performance close to the famous C 414 B-XLS. Like the C 414 models, the C 214 is capable of handling the rigors of high-pressure sound such as loud brass instruments and guitar amps, with a sensitivity perfect for voice and orchestral instruments as well. Additionally, the microphone offers a 20 dB Attenuation pad, 13 dB noise floor, and a low cut switch—all in an elegant but rugged package. Additional features include an integrated suspension, a double mesh grill high RF immunity without affecting acoustics. The circuitry in the C 214 provides maximum SPL capability with minimum noise and the gold-plated XLR-type output connector offers loss-free signals.

Stereo Set – selected with AKG’s sophisticated matching method.

Item number: C 214 C 214 Stereo Set

3185Z00010 3185Z00110

The C 214 comes complete with a robust metal carrying case, windscreen, and spider-type suspension mount included. Available also as a computer matched stereo pair. Niere

• • • • • • • • • • • •

Page 30

Cardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 20 mV/Pa 136 / 156 dB SPL 13 dB-A 81 dB 0/-20 dB, switchable 160 Hz, 6 dB/Octave, switchable ≤200 ohms ≥1,000 ohm 12 to 52 V ≤2 mA

• • • • • •

Dynamic range: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories:

• Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

123/143 dB (0/-20 dB) (A-weighted) 3-pin XLR matte grayish blue 160 x 56 mm (6.3 x 2.2 in.) 280 g (9.9 oz.) / 1450 g (3.2 lbs.) H 85 Shock Mount, W 214 Windscreen, Metal Carrying Case H 85, Sound Tool Case, W 214 B 18 PF 80, SA 61, ST 305

Recording & Broadcast

NEW Recording Vocals Concert hall Strings

Guitar and bass amps Lead instruments Lead vocals Professional stage miking Professional studio recording

• One of the most silent condenser microphones available today • Up front sound in the mix • Selectable cardioid, hypercardioid and omnidirectional polar patterns for every recording situation

• Diaphragm with patented Edge-Terminated Back-Plate Technology • Proven performance for more than 15 years 53 for both studio and stage

• Handles extremely high SPLs up to 155 dB

161

• Comes complete with H 85 spider-type shock mount and metal carrying case

C 3000

C 4000 B The genuine 1-inch dual-diaphragm condenser transducer with selectable cardioid, omnidirectional and hypercardioid polar patterns will enchant you with its unique state-of-the-art sound. Designed for miking up vocals, brass, acoustic and electric guitar and kick drum, the C 4000 B can handle every recording situation. Exceptionally high headroom and extremely low self noise put the C 4000 B among the condenser microphones with the widest dynamic range available today and it will give equally excellent results in the studio and on stage. Item number: C 4000 B 2820Z00110 cardioid

Since its introduction in 1993 our C 3000 has become a standard for a wide range of both studio and onstage applications. The new redesigned C 3000 is a cost-effective and aesthetically pleasing product update which maintains the popular characteristics of the C 3000, however a new sleek and classy finish showcases AKG’s new Corporate Design. It is a great selection for both recording and live sound applications, where maximum sound quality and robustness are a must, and the competitive price makes the C 3000 a must-have. The new C 3000 features a cardioid pickup pattern, a 20 Hz to 20 kHz frequency response, low noise electronics, high SPL capability and an internal shock mount, which drastically reduces handling noise from mic stands or cables. The switchable 10 dB preattenuation pad increases the SPL capability by 10 dB and accommodates loud instruments like brass instruments or guitar amplifiers with ease. The switchable firstorder 500 Hz low frequency filter eliminates the proximity effect for close-miking. Item number: C 3000 2785Z00130

hypercardioid

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 0.5% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Preattenuation pad: Bass cut filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

omnidirectional

omnidirectional, cardioid, hypercardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 25 mV/Pa (-32 dBV) 145/155 dB 8 dB-A 86 dB 10 dB, switchable 12 dB/octave at 100 Hz ≤200 ohms ≥1,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤2 mA 3-pin XLR silver grey 58 dia. x 183 mm (2.3 dia. x 7.2 in.) 450 g (1 lb.)/1 kg (2.2 lbs.) H 85, Sound Tool Case, W 4000 B 18, PF 80, SA 61, ST 305

cardioid

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 0.5% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Preattenuation pad: Bass cut filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions 19 dia. x 160 mm (0.75 dia. x 6.3 in.): Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

cardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 25 mV/Pa (-32 dBV) 140/150 dB 14 dB-A 80 dB 10 dB, switchable 6 dB/octave below 500 Hz ≤200 ohms ≥1,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤2 mA 3-pin XLR matte grayish blue max. 53 mm (2.1 in.), length: 162 mm (6.4 in.) 320 g (11.3 oz.)/950 g (2.1 lbs.) Sound Tool Case, H 85 B 18, PF 80, SA 61, ST 305, W 414

Recording & Broadcast

Page 31

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• Switchable low cut filter (500 Hz, 6 dB/octave) eliminates proximity effect

182

• Complete with accessories in “Sound Tool Case”

• Switchable attenuation pad enables for high SPL up to 150 dB

Section:

5638_09_2_Recording_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_2_Recording_USA_fsch

Recording Vocals Brass Percussions

01.12.2009

7:06 Uhr

Seite 12

Recording Live sound TV, motion picture, video production ENG/EFP (Outdoor)

• Entry-level home recording microphone

•

• Ideal multitrack recording “workhorse” thanks to very low self noise

• Known as “the Swiss Army mic” for its incredible flexibility

• Cardioid polar pattern for multiplicity of applications

• Battery status LED for accurate monitoring of battery life 53

33,5

160

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• Included PB 1000 presence boost adapter adds high-end brilliance to sound • Comes in metal “sound tools” carrying case

C 1000 S

C 2000 B

Section:

One of the basic rules of recording is that the quality of the recorded signal is determined by the weakest link in the signal chain. Today, any microphone needs to match the high quality of 24-bit recording media. One of the most important requirements for the C 2000 B was therefore high sensitivity. This allows you to lay clean, noise-free tracks with no risk of noise levels from many individual tracks combining in the mix. Its high SPL capability makes the C 2000 B a highly versatile microphone that can be used even for extremely loud instruments. The C 2000 B will give perfect results for demo recordings, in the rehearsal room, as well as in the best recording studios. Item numbers: C 2000 B

2786Z00110

cardioid

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 5% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Preattenuation pad: Bass cut filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

Page 32

The versatility of the C 1000 S makes it extremely popular and it’s ideally suited for all kinds of recording and live sound applications. If phantom power isn’t available, this mic can be powered by a standard 9 V battery, making it perfect for ENG or location recording. With its new battery monitoring electronics, the C 1000 S now features an LED warning light that warns when battery life falls below 45 minutes. The pickup pattern can be quickly switched from cardioid to hypercardioid simply by attaching the PPC 1000 polar pattern converter provided to the microphone capsule. The PB 1000 Presence Boost Adapter supplied with the C 1000 S adds 3 to 5 dB of high-end enhancement between 5 and 9 kHz, improving speech clarity and adding definition to instrument sounds. Item number: C 1000 S

cardioid 30 to 20,000 Hz 20 mV/Pa (-34 dBV) 140/150 dB 20 dB-A 74 dB 10 dB, switchable 6 dB/octave below 500 Hz ≤200 ohms ≥1,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤2 mA 3-pin XLR silver grey 53 dia. x 159 mm (2.1 dia. x 6.3 in.) 325 g (11.5 oz.)/950 g (2 lbs.) H 85, Sound Tool Case B 18, PF 80, SA 61, ST 305

2331A00070

cardioid

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

•

• Included PPC 1000 allows the microphone to be switched from cardioid to hypercardioid pickup

• High SPL capability • Complete with accessories in “Sound Tool Case”

• Can be powered by internal 9-V battery or by phantom power

230

• Exceptionally smooth frequency response

•

hypercardioid (with PPC 1000 mounted)

cardioid, hypercardioid (with PPC 1000 mounted) 50 to 20,000 Hz 6 mV/Pa (-44 dBV) 137 dB 21 dB-A 73 dB ≤200 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power or internal 9 V battery approx. 2 mA 3-pin XLR matte silver enamel 34 dia. x 220 mm (1.4 dia. x 8.7 in.) 320 g (11.3 oz.)/650 g (1.4 lbs.) PB 1000, PPC 1000, SA 63, Sound Tool Case, W 1000 H 30, PF 80, ST 305

•

Recording & Broadcast Vocals Radio/on air Brass Drums

Recording TV, motion picture, video production ENG/EFP (Outdoor)

• Large-diaphragm condenser capsule with cardioid pickup and “voice-friendly” tuning • Unique acoustical design and minimal proximity-effect

• Omnidirectional reporter’s microphone • Rugged all-metal body • Long shaft for ease of handling • Integrated windscreen 50

• Integrated pop screen for minimum blowing noise

182

215

• Switchable 20-dB pad and 120-Hz bass roll-off filter

C 4500 B-BC

D 230

The AKG C 4500 B-BC is a front-address, large-diaphragm condenser microphone designed for critical on-air broadcast work as well as for recording of high-SPL instruments such as bass drum, various brass instruments and guitar amps. Thanks to its innovative acoustical design and patented internal multi-layer pop filter, the C 4500 B-BC has minimal proximity effect enabling close-up use without bass build-up and its front-address format makes it easy to position for best results. Comes complete with H 85 spider-type shock mount, W 4000 windscreen and metal carrying case.

This rugged dynamic ENG microphone delivers exceptional sensitivity and clarity in the demanding news gathering field. The extended shaft allows for easy placement of station flags without typical handling problems. The body is made of extremely rugged diecast metal with a non-reflective surface for low-profile on-camera operation. Stand adapter included.

Item number: C 4500 B-BC 2820Z00120

Item number: D 230 2558Z00020

Section:

omnidirectional

cardioid

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• Transformerless output circuit ensures zero susceptibility to RF and EMI

cardioid 30 to 20,000 Hz 20 mV/Pa (-34 dBV) 145/155 dB 8 dB-A 86 dB 20 dB, switchable 6 dB/octave at 120 Hz ≤200 ohms ≥1,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤2 mA 3-pin XLR silver grey 58 dia. x 183 mm (2.3 dia. x 7.2 in.) 450 g (1 lb.)/1 kg (2.2 lbs.) H 85, Sound Tool Case, W 4000 B 18, PF 80, SA 61, ST 305

• • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

omnidirectional 40 to 20,000 Hz 2.5 mV/Pa (-52 dBV) ≤320 ohms ≥1,000 ohms 3-pin XLR dark grey 50 dia. x 218 mm (2 dia. x 8.3 in.) 225 g (7.9 oz.)/840 g (1.9 lbs.) SA 44 H 30, SA 61, W 23, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

Recording & Broadcast

Page 33

5638_09_2_Recording_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_2_Recording_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

7:06 Uhr

Seite 14

Ultra Linear Series A line of small diaphragm modular condenser microphones The AKG Ultra Linear Series is a line of small diaphragm modular condenser microphones with the highest technical performance standards. The ULS system is a universally acclaimed and accepted tool for high-end digital recording, film and video production as well as serious live sound reinforcement.

CK 62-ULS

CK 61-ULS

•

CK 63-ULS dB

150

Harman Pro Group | 2010

CK 61-ULS

Section:

CK 61-ULS Cardioid Capsule The ruler-flat frequency response and consistent polar pattern of the CK 61-ULS make it ideal for critical recording and live sound applications where consistent suppression of off-axis sound is an important requirement. Includes foam windscreen.

cardioid

Specifications (measured with C 480 B) • Polar pattern: • Frequency range: • Sensitivity: • Max. SPL for 0.5% THD: • Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): • Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): • Preattenuation pad: • Powering (IEC 61938): • Current consumption: • Finish: • Dimensions: • Net/shipping weight: • Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

CK 62-ULS CK 62-ULS Omnidirectional Capsule Identical to CK 61ULS, except for omnidirectional polar pattern. For more reverberant sounding recordings. Includes foam windscreen.

omnidirectional

CK 63-ULS CK 63-ULS Hypercardioid Capsule Identical to CK 61ULS, except for hypercardioid polar pattern. Better off-axis rejection provides better channel separation and higher gain-before-feedback. Includes foam windscreen.

hypercardioid

CK 61-ULS: CK 62-ULS: cardioid omnidirectional 20 to 20,000 Hz 40/20/6.3 mV/Pa (-28/-34/-44 dBV) 134/140/144 dB

CK 63-ULS: hypercardioid

13/11/17 dB-A 81/83/77 dB +6/0/-10 dB, selectable through C 480 B through C 480 B matte black 21 dia. x 23/27 mm (0.8 dia. x 0.9/1.1 in.) 25 g ( 0.9 oz.)/150 g (5.3 oz.) W 32 windscreen A 61

• Optional accessories for C 480 B comb ULS/61: A 61, H 30, H 50, H 85, H 300, PF 80, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

Page 34

•

C 480 B The C 480 B is part of a system designed specifically for excellent audio quality and maximum flexibility. Its electronic circuitry coupled to a transformerless output stage assures completely linear transfer characteristics across the entire audio bandwidth, while achieving self-noise figures close to the theoretical minimum. This, in combination with a typical SPL handling capability of 140 dB broadband means a dynamic range exceeding 125 dB, making the system suitable for the most critical digital recording applications. Gold plated switch and connector contacts guarantee consistent performance. A specially designed output stage drives difficult loads (e.g. excessively long cables) with no signal degradation. Two sets of switches offer a two-step highpass filter and two gain manipulation stages of either -10 dB or +6 dB. Also available: C 480 B comb-ULS/61comprising a C 480 B preamplifier, CK 61-ULS cardioid capsule, foam windscreen and stand adapter.

C 480 B comb ULS/61 • Polar pattern: • Frequency range: • Sensitivity: • SPL capability: • Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): • Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): • Preattenuation pad: • Bass cut filter: • Impedance: • Recommended load impedance: • Powering (IEC 61938): • Current consumption: • Connector: • Finish: • Dimensions: • Net/shipping weight: • Standard accessories:

•

cardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 40/20/6.3 mV/Pa (-28/-34/-44 dBV) 134/140/144 dB 13/11/17 dB-A 81/83/77 dB +6/0/-10 dB, selectable 12 dB/octave at 100 Hz ≤150 ohms ≥2,000 ohms/1000 pF 48 V phantom power ≤2 mA 3-pin XLR matte black 21 dia. x 173 mm (0.8 dia. x 6.9 in.) 140 g (4.9 oz.)/500 g (1.1 lbs.) SA 60, Sound Tool Case, W 32

ULS Series Recording Theater, onstage miking TV, motion picture, video production BC-ENG/EFP • Two shotgun capsules in one, using two-partinterference tube

• Ultra-low noise • Long shotgun for recording from medium distances 317

176

• Short shotgun for close-up video recording

Harman Pro Group | 2010

CK69-ULS

CK 69-ULS CK 69-ULS Shotgun Capsule Two shotgun capsules in one, with quick and easy conversion from long to short shotgun applications, from hypercardioid to directional polar patterns.In its long shotgun configuration, the CK 69-ULS will deliver perfect results for film/TV outdoor applications or indoor front of stage recording from approximately 20 to 24 feet (6 to 8 m). If you unscrew the front half of the interference tube, the same capsule becomes a short shotgun for use in TV, film and video close-up work. Additionally, the short shotgun mode is ideal for interviews in noisy environments. The CK 69-ULS operates flawlessly in high humidity environments and windscreens are provided for both long and short configurations.

Section:

02 W 48, W 49

Response in long shotgun mode

Response in short shotgun mode

C 480 B + CK 69-ULS

Item numbers: CK 61-ULS CK 62-ULS CK 63-ULS C 480 B C 480 B comb-ULS/61 CK 69-ULS

2231Z00210 2231Z00220 2231Z00250 2180Z00150 2200Z00330 2669Z00010

CK 69-ULS hypercardioid/directional 20 to 18,000 Hz 54/27/8.5 mV/Pa (-25/-31/-41 dBV) 134/140/142 dB 11/9/15 dB-A 83/85/79 dB +6/0/-10 dB, selectable through C 480 B through C 480 B matte black 21 dia. x 176/317 mm (0.8 dia. x 6.9/12.5 in.) 70 g (2.5 oz.)/500 g (1.09 lbs.) W 48, W 49 A 61, H 30

Recording & Broadcast

Page 35

5638_09_2_Recording_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_2_Recording_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

7:07 Uhr

Seite 16

AKG Blue Line Moderately-priced modular condenser microphone system The AKG Blue Line is a moderately-priced modular condenser microphone system with extraordinary performance and flexibility. With five different microphone capsules and lots of accessories to choose from, you can customize a Blue Line system to get perfect results on any recording or sound reinforcement job. The basic element of the Blue Line system is the SE 300 B preamp module that transforms the phantom power for the capsule and matches the output impedance to your mixer. The SE 300 B uses AKG’s High Density Surface Mount Device electronics to deliver higher sensitivity, lower noise, better phase and frequency response plus lower distortion than older designs. The transformerless output electronics preserve the full fidelity of the audio spectrum and has extremely low LF distortion. Each precision AKG mic capsule has active transducers with ultra-low mass, gold-sputtered diaphragms. The bayonet coupling system on the SE 300 B and each capsule makes it easy to change modules even under difficult conditions and has self-cleaning contacts to maintain perfect signal integrity even after years of use in hostile environments.

•

Harman Pro Group | 2010

•

36 CK92

CK91

CK94

CK93

Section:

CK 91

CK 92

CK 93

CK 94

CK 91 Cardioid Capsule Flat frequency response and a consistent cardioid polar pattern make the CK 91 an ideal tool for applications where good off-axis rejection is required. Foam windscreen included.

CK 92 Omnidirectional Capsule Since the frequency of omnidirectional microphones does not change with the distance from the sound source for physical reasons, the CK 92 omni capsule has no proximity effect. Instead, it offers exceptionally neutral presentation of a source in its ambient sound field, providing consistent results regardless of the distance between microphone and source. Includes foam windscreen.

CK 93 Hypercardioid Capsule Similar to the CK 91, the CK 93 features a consistent hypercardioid polar pattern. A hypercardioid provides a much higher ratio of direct to ambient sound than a cardioid does. With this high separation, the CK 93 is an excellent choice for multitrack recording. High gain before feedback makes the CK 93 a very useful tool in live sound applications, too. Includes foam windscreen.

CK 94 Figure-Eight Capsule This figure-eight capsule prefers sound arriving from opposite directions and efficiently suppresses off-axis sounds. The CK 94 is a perfect tool for situations where sound sources face each other. Recommended applications include interviewing, choir miking, drum overheads as well as M/S stereo techniques in combination with a cardioid or hypercardioid microphone. Includes foam windscreen.

cardioid

Specifications (measured with SE 300 B) • Polar pattern: • Frequency range: • Sensitivity: • Max. SPL for 1% THD: • Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): • Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): • Powering (IEC 61938): • Current consumption: • Connector: • Finish: • Dimensions: • Net/shipping weight: • Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

Page 36

omnidirectional

CK 91: cardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 10 mV/Pa (-40 dBV) 132/142 dB 17 dB-A 77 dB through SE 300 B through SE 300 B bayonet mount dark grey 19 dia. x 36/51 mm (0.7 dia. x 1.4/2 in.) 35 g (1.2 oz.)/ 200 g (7.1 oz.) W 90 A 91

hypercardioid

CK 92: omnidirectional 20 to 20,000 Hz 10 mV/Pa (-40 dBV) 132/142 dB 17 dB-A 77 dB through SE 300 B through SE 300 B bayonet mount dark grey 19 dia. x 36/51 mm (0.7 dia. x 1.4/2 in.) 35 g (1.2 oz.)/ 200 g (7.1 oz.) W 90 A 91

figure-eight

CK 93: hypercardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 10 mV/Pa (-40 dBV) 132/142 dB 17 dB-A 77 dB through SE 300 B through SE 300 B bayonet mount dark grey 19 dia. x 36/51 mm (0.7 dia. x 1.4/2 in.) 35 g (1.2 oz.)/ 200 g (7.1 oz.) W 90 A 91

CK 94: figure-eight 20 to 20,000 Hz 10 mV/Pa (-40 dBV) 132/142 dB 22 dB-A 72 dB through SE 300 B through SE 300 B bayonet mount dark grey 19 dia. x 43/59 mm (0.7 dia. x 1.7/2.3 in.) 45 g (1.9 oz.)/ 200 g (7.1 oz.) W 90 A 91

AKG Blue Line Recording Theater, onstage miking TV, motion picture, video production Percussions • AKG Blue Line cardioid microphone • Switchable bass cut filter and 10-dB preattenuation pad • Insensitive to handling noise 19 AKG

• Capsule mounts directly on SE 300 B powering unit

262

247

• High resistance to RF interference

Harman Pro Group | 2010

110

lin

CK98

P12-48

C 391 B

SE 300 B

CK 98

AKG Blue Line Microphone Combination, C 391 B Cardioid Versatile cardioid condenser microphone comprising an SE 300 B powering/output module and CK 91 cardioid capsule. Foam windscreen and stand adapter included. AKG Blue Line SE 300 B Transformerless Powering/Output Module. The SE 300 B operates from any 9 to 52 V phantom power supply. It incorporates a switchable 12 dB/octave bass cut filter at 75 Hz to eliminate footfall noise and a switchable 10-dB preattenuation pad for high-SPL sound sources. A transformerless output stage ensures pristine full-range audio and prevents low-frequency distortion. Stand adapter included.

Item numbers: CK 91 CK 92 CK 93 CK 94 C 391 B SE 300 B CK 98

2439Z00010 2439Z00020 2439Z00030 2439Z00060 2442Z00010 2439Z00080 2439Z00040

Specifications • Polar pattern: • Frequency range: • Sensitivity: • Max. SPL for 1% THD: • Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): • Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): • Preattenuation pad: • Bass cut filter: • Impedance: • Recommended load impedance: • Powering (IEC 61938): • Current consumption: • Connector: • Finish: • Dimensions: • Net/shipping weight: • Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

Section:

hypercardioid/directional

cardioid

C 391 B cardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 10 mV/Pa (-40 dBV) 132/142 dB 17 dB-A 77 dB 10 dB, switchable 12 dB/octave at 75 Hz ≤200 ohms ≥1,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤2 mA 3-pin XLR dark grey 19 dia. x 146 mm (0.7 dia. x 5.7 in.) 115 g (4 oz.)/420 g (14.8 oz.) SA 60, W 90 A 91, B 18, H 30, H 50, H 85, H 300, PF 80, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

CK 98 Short Shotgun The CK 98 combines high sensitivity and controlled directivity. It offers excellent reach, thanks to a very tight polar pattern and exceptionally low self noise. Small size and low weight make the CK 98 ideal for boom applications. The smooth, wideband frequency response makes it a superb choice for edge-of-stage and ceiling placement in theaters. Includes foam windscreen.

Specifications • Polar pattern: • Frequency range: • Sensitivity: • Max. SPL for 1% THD: • Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): • Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): • Powering (IEC 61938): • Current consumption: • Connector: • Finish: • Dimensions: • Net/shipping weight: • Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

CK 98 hypercardioid/directional 20 to 20,000 Hz 25 mV/Pa (-32 dBV) 124/134 dB 17 dB-A 77 dB through SE 300 B through SE 300 B bayonet mount dark grey 19 dia. x 247/262 mm (0.7 dia. x 9.7/10.3 in.) 80 g (2.8 oz.)/500 g (1.1 lb.) W 98 A 91, H 30

Recording & Broadcast

Page 37

5638_09_2_Recording_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_2_Recording_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

7:07 Uhr

Seite 18

Professional studio recording Lead vocals Lead instruments Guitar and bass amps Brass • An ECC 83 dual-triode tube circuitry emphasizes even-order harmonics for rich, smooth and three-dimensional sound • The elegant remote control unit allows selection of 9 different pickup patterns from omnidirectional to cardioid to figure 8

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• The switchable bass cut filter (80 Hz, 12 dB/oct) reduces unwanted rumble or footfall noise

•

• A 20 dB allenuation pad enables for high SPL applications up to 155 dB

•

• A ground lift switch prevents unwanted hum if necessary

•

• Designed and engineered in Vienna, Austria

•

Perception 820 Tube

Section:

In 2005 AKG has launched the very first Perception models – a completely new series of microphones showing legendary AKG Sound & Quality at an outstanding price level. The brand-new Perception 820 Tube delivers real tube sound quality. It is not only the new flagship model of the Perception Series but also raises the bar in its class of affordable tube microphones. In contrast to many other affordable tube microphones, the Perception 820 Tube delivers real tube sound quality thanks to the dual one-inch large diaphragm capsule and the sophisticated ECC 83 dual-triode circuitry. The elegant remote control unit allows selection of 9 different pickup patterns and controls the switchable bass-cut filter and the preattenuation pad. Moreover, a ground lift switch prevents unwanted hum if necessary. It comes complete with a spider-type shock mount and a metal carrying case. AKG’s industry-leading Perception Series of condenser microphones are recognized for their outstanding quality and versatile capabilities at an affordable price. The Perception 820 Tube raises the bar in its class – It shows real tube sound, the highest dynamic range, the most comprehensive features and comes complete with useful accessories at an unbeatable price.

Item numbers: Perception 820 Tube

3101H00100 cardioid

• Type • Polar pattern: • • • • • • • • • • • •

Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 0.5 % THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Preattenuation pad: Bass cut filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector:

Page 38

1-inch dual-diaphragm, true condenser pressuregradient omnidirectional, cardioid, figure eight plus six intermediate patterns (selectable on Remote Control Unit) 20 to 20,000 Hz 20 mV/Pa (-34 dBV ±3 dB) 135/155 dB SPL (0/-20 dB) 16 dB-A 78 dB -20 dB (switchable on Remote Control Unit) 12 dB/Oktave, 80 Hz (switchable on Remote Control Unit) ≤200 ohms ≥1.000 ohms via Remote Control Unit dedicated 7-pin male XLR

omnidirectional

• • • •

Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Remote Control Unit:

• Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

figure eight

53 dia. x 212 mm high (2 x 8.3 in.) 870 g/5.4 kg / 1.9/11.9 lbs. Audio/control input: dedicated 7-pin female XLR connector Audio output: standard 3-pin male XLR connector, balanced, pin 2 hot Polar pattern selector: 9-position detented rotary switch Bass cut filter switch: 2-position toggle switch Preattenuation switch: 2-position toggle switch Power voltage: 210-240 VAC or 110-120 VAC, selectable Primary fuse: 125 mA / 250 V slow-blow Sound Tool Case, Mic/power cord EU/UK/US, spider suspension PF 80, ST 305

Perception Orchester and Ensemble recording A/B, X/Y, and M/S stereo recording Ambience recording Grand piano, woodwinds, brass Percussions

Vocals Drums and percussions Acoustic instruments Guitar and bass amps • One-inch large-diaphragm, true condenser cardioid transducer • Rugged all-metal body • Roadworthy construction

• Back-to-back multi-pattern transducer

• Switchable 20 dB preattenuation pad

• True condenser technology

• Switchable bass cut filter

• High sensitivity and 155 dB maximum SPL capability

• Legendary AKG sound quality • Designed and engineered by AKG in Vienna, Austria

• Switchable 20 dB preattenuation pad • Legendary, pristine AKG sound quality

Perception 420

Perception 220

Perception 420 is a multi-pattern large-diaphragm condenser microphone for more demanding professional studio recording applications. Offering high sensitivity and 155 dB maximum SPL, the Perception 420 delivers a warm transparent sound quality ideally suited for ensemble recording, grand piano, woodwind and brass instruments as well as drums and percussion instruments. In addition, three selectable polar patterns – cardioid, omnidirectional or figure-eight – allow a wide range of stereo miking techniques and ambient recording. The microphone's chassis is made of figure-eight precision-tooled zinc/aluminum alloy and boasts a dent resistant stainless-steel wire-mesh front grille. It comes complete with a spider-type shock mount in an cardioid aluminum carrying case.

The Perception 220 is a large-diaphragm true condenser microphone offering outstanding build quality and excellent value. Its many useful features and included accessories make this microphone uncommonly versatile. It delivers a classic warm, clear sound and conforms to the stringent standards defined for AKG recording products. These standards are based on AKG’s six decades of experience in making microphones and on input from sound engineers around the world who use AKG products every day. Its 1-inch large-diaphragm true condenser transducer brings AKG studio quality to the project studio as well as all other areas of recording and live sound applications. A switchable bass cut filter and preattenuation pad make it perfectly suited even for loud sound sources producing sound pressure levels up to 155 dB SPL. The rugged and roadworthy design makes it also a perfect choice for on-stage applications.

Item number: Perception 420 3101H00200 (8 units multipack version)

Item number: Perception 220 3101H00190 (8 units multipack version)

• Capsule: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

omnidirectional

Dual-capsule,1-inch large-diaphragm, true condenser pressure-gradient microphone Polar pattern: Cardioid, omnidirectional, figure-eight Frequency range: 20 to 20,000 Hz Sensitivity: 28 mV/Pa (-31 dBV) Max. SPL for 0.5% THD: 135/155 dB SPL (0/-20 dB) Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): 16 dB-A Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): 78 dB Preattenuation pad: 0 dB, -20 dB Bass cut filter: 12 dB/octave, 300 Hz Impedance: ≤200 ohms Recommended load impedance: ≥1,000 ohms Powering: 48 V phantom power to DIN/IEC Current consumption: ≤2 mA Connector: 3-pin XLR Finish: metallic blue/nickel grille Dimensions: 53 dia. x 160 mm/2 x 6.3 in. Net/Shipping weight: 525 g (18.5 oz.)/1,970 g (4.3 lb.) Standard accessories: metal case, spider suspension Optional accessories: PF 80, ST 305, W 4000

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• Complete with spider-type shock mount and aluminum carrying case

• Switchable bass cut filter

Section:

cardioid

Capsule: Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 0.5% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Preattenuation pad: Bass cut filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/Shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

1" Large Diaphragm True Condenser cardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 18 mV/Pa (-35 dBV) 135 dB/155 dB (0/-20 dB) 16 dB-A 78 dB 0 dB, -20 dB 12 dB/octave at 300 Hz <200 ohms ≥1,000 ohms 48 V phantom power <2 mA 3-pin XLR metallic blue/nickel grille 53 dia. x 165 mm (2.1 dia. x 6.5 in.) 525 g (18.5 oz.)/1,970 g (4.3 lb.) metal case, spider suspension PF 80, ST 305, W 4000

Recording & Broadcast

Page 39

5638_09_2_Recording_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_2_Recording_USA_fsch

Drums and percussions Acoustic instruments Ensemble recording A/B and X/Y stereo miking Perfect for live and studio use

01.12.2009

7:07 Uhr

Seite 20

Vocals Instruments Home recording Podcasting • General-purpose cardioid recording microphone • Roadworthy construction • Switchable 20 dB preattenuation pad

• Switchable 20 dB preattenuation pad

• Switchable bass cut filter

•

• Designed and engineered by AKG in Vienna, Austria

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• Heavy-duty, roadworthy, all-metal construction

•

• Extended frequency response

• Professional small-diaphragm, true condenser cardioid microphone

•

• AKG sound quality

•

• Designed and engineered by AKG in Vienna, Austria

•

Section:

•

Perception 170

Perception 120

The Perception 170 is a small-diaphragm true condenser microphone offering outstanding build quality and excellent value. Its ½-inch capsule delivers outstanding clarity and transient response and conforms to the stringent standards defined for AKG recording products.

The Perception 120 is a 2/3-inch diaphragm condenser microphone that offers solid build quality, outstanding performance, and excellent value. The low-mass diaphragm delivers a clear sound with accurate sonic detail. A switchable 20 dB preattenuation pad and bass cut filter make the Perception 120 an excellent choice for a wide range of recording and live sound applications.

The Perception 170’s design is based on AKG´s six decades of experience in making microphones and on input from sound engineers around the world who use AKG products every day. A switchable preattenuation pad enable the Perception 170 to be used close to sound sources delivering SPLs up to 155 dB. The heavy-duty, all-metal chassis and reliable gold-plated XLR-type output make the PERCEPTION 170 an excellent choice for a variety of live sound applications, too.

Item number: Perception 170 3101H00180 (8 units multipack version)

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Page 40

Item number: Perception 120 3101H00160 (8 units multipack version)

cardioid

Capsule: Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 0.5% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted) Preattenuation pad: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/Shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

Backed by AKG's six decades of experience in making microphones and input from sound engineers around the world, the Perception 120 now brings AKG studio quality to musician and project studio applications.

0.5 inch diaphragm, externally polarized condenser cardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 12 mV/Pa (-38 dBV) 135 / 155 dB SPL (0 / -20 dB) < 21 dB-A 73 dB 0 dB, -20 dB ≤200 ohms ≥1,000 ohms 48 V phantom power ≤2 mA 3-pin XLR-type (pin #2 hot) metallic blue 22 dia. X 160 mm/0.09 x 6.3 in. 130 g (4.6 oz.)/455 g (16 oz.) stand adapter H 30, H 50, H 300, SA 60, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305, PF 80, W 32

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

cardioid

2/3" Diaphragm True Condenser cardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 22 mV/Pa (-33 dBV) 130/150 dB (0/-20 dB) 22 dB-A 72 dB 0 dB, -20 dB 12 dB/octave at 300 Hz <200 ohms ≥1,000 ohms 48 V phantom power <3 mA 3-pin XLR metallic blue 53 dia. x 165 mm (2.1 dia. x 6.5 in.) 525 g (18.5 oz.)/955 g (33.7 oz.) stand adapter PF 80, ST 305, W 4000

Perception Podcasting Voice overs Home recording Rehearsal recording

NEW

• Real Plug-and-Play (no installation, no drivers, no reboot required) • Supports Windows 7, Windows XP, Windows Vista and Mac OS • Integrated high-quality Analogue-to-Digital Converter (24-bit, 128x oversampling) for convincing sound quality and low noise • Two-third-inch condenser capsule with a low-mass diaphragm delivers sonic details • Switchable bass-cut filter reduces mechanical vibration and wind noise • Switchable attenuation pad for close-up miking and loud instruments • Blue LEDs indicate operation

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• Integrated pop filter avoids plosives effectively • Tripod table stand, swivel mount and USB cable included • Designed and engineered in Vienna, Austria

Perception 120 USB In 2005 AKG launched the very first Perception models – a completely new series of microphones showing legendary AKG sound and quality at an attractive price level. In 2008 the new Perception Series continued this success story with four new models. Since April 2009 the highly anticipated Perception 820 Tube microphone is not only the brand-new flagship model of the Perception Series but also raises the bar in its class of affordable tube microphones.

Section:

The Perception 120 USB is the very first USB-equipped microphone from AKG, offering studio-quality sound performance without requiring any installation or drivers. With the widespread USB standard and its ease of use, this new model allows users without any recording experience to make professional-quality recordings from their home. It is a real plug-and-play device enabling customers to do podcasts, voiceovers and studio-quality rehearsal-recordings quickly and easily. The USB is a widely known interface for audio equipment like sound cards, active monitors and outboard equipment, which makes the Perception 120 USB one of the most versatile microphones available. In its class, the Perception 120 USB is the only USB microphone with an integrated analogue-to-digital converter with 24-bit and 128x oversampling. Instead of usual one-chip-solutions the high-quality analogue-to-digital converter provides convincing sound quality and low noise. The Perception 120 USB includes a two-third-inch condenser capsule with a low-mass diaphragm delivering accurate sonic details, an integrated pop filter that avoids plosives, a switchable bass cut filter and an attenuation switch. It supports Windows XP, Windows Vista and MAC OS X but also the new Windows 7. The Perception 120 USB comes complete with everything you need: a tripod table stand, a swivel mount, a quick start guide and an USB cable.

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Capsule: Polar pattern: Frequency range: Preattenuation pad: Bass cut filter: Powering: USB support: Sampling rate: Analog-to-digital converter: Oversampling: Supported operating systems: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/Shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

Item number: Perception 120 USB

3101H00060 cardioid

2/3" Diaphragm Condenser Cardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 0, -20 dB 6 dB/octave at 120 Hz provided by USB connection USB 1.1, 2.0 44.1 and 48 kHz Built-in high-quality 24-bit ADC 128x Windows XP, Windows Vista, Windows 7, Mac OS Mini-USB matte grayish blue 53 dia. x 165 mm ( 2.1 dia. x 6.5 in.) 460 g (18.8 oz.)/1050 g (37.0 oz.) Stand adapter, table stand, USB cable PF 80, ST 305, W 4000

Recording & Broadcast

Page 41

Handheld Microphones C 535 EB C5 D 7, D 7 S, D 7 LTD D 5, D 5 S D 770 P 5, P 5 S, P 3 S D 88 S/XLR, D 88 S/Jack D 77 S/XLR, D 77 S/Jack D 55 S D 44 S

44 44 45 46 46 47 48 48 49 49

Instrument Microphones D 112 D 40 C 430 P4 P2

50 50 51 51 51

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Clip-on Microphones C 518, C 519 C 411, C 516 ML

52 53

Head-worn Microphones HC 577 L C 520, C 555 L

54 55

Lavalier Microphones

Section:

Page 42

CK 77 WR C 417, CK 55 L

56 57

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Stage

Section:

Microphones

Sound engineers and artists appreciate microphones as valuable instruments for achieving exactly the sound they have in mind.

AKG offers exactly the right microphones for every application and any kind of acoustic environment-microphones that have been known to provide the high level of quality and ruggedness needed to stand up to the rigors of day-to-day usage on stage.

Page 43

5638_09_3_Stage_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_3_Stage_USA_fsch

Recording Vocals Sound/AV company Drums

01.12.2009

7:28 Uhr

Seite 24

Vocals Recording Live sound Sound/AV company

• Classic vocal and instrument microphone • Rugged metal body • Switchable bass cut filter ø ~46

• Condenser vocal microphone for onstage use

•

• XLR connector module with 24-carat gold plated pins for optimized connectivity

•

• 24-carat gold plated transducer case for optimum conductivity and resistance to corrosion and humidity

•

• Spring steel wire-mesh grill for extreme ruggedness incl. reliable control of pops and wind noise ~184

185.2

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• Internal elastic suspension • Innovative mic design based on professional user research 23.5

C 535 EB

Section:

The professional vocal/instrument microphone from AKG for stage and studio use, the C 535 EB provides the ultimate combination of excellent, highly detailed audio and exceptional ruggedness. Perfect weight distribution ensures fatigue-free handling – another asset for discriminating vocalists! Bass cut/rolloff filters and a switchable preattenuation pad let you match the frequency response and output level to the most diverse recording and onstage miking situations. The C 535 EB is one of the great, legendary microphones.

This professional condenser vocal microphone will make your voice cut through the loudest mix – on any stage. Its cardioid polar pattern ensures maximum gain before feedback and has been optimized for use with in-ear monitor systems. The gold plated transducer case does not only give the microphone a sophisticated esthetic touch but also makes the transducer extremely resistant to corrosion and humidity. The result is superior audio performance. The design of the all new AKG C 5 reflects the latest results of AKG’s longstanding research with professional users optimizing handling and ease-ofuse whilst providing outstanding premium audio performance.

C 535 WL 1: C 535 EB microphone element with threaded connection for use with various AKG WMS handheld transmitters. Item numbers: C 535 EB C 535 WL1

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Preattenuation pad: Bass cut filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

Page 44

Item numbers: C 5: 3138Z00160 (6 units multipack version) C 5 WL1 3082Z00020

2135Z00030 2782Z00150

cardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 7 mV/Pa (–43 dBV) 130/144 dB 21 dB-A -14 dB 12 dB/Oktave bei 100 Hz ≤200 Ohm ≥600 Ohm 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤2.5 mA 3-pin XLR matte black 46 dia. x 184 mm (1.8 dia. x 7.25 in.) 300 g (10.6 oz.) / 800 g (1.8 lbs.) Microphone bag, SA 61 B 18, H 30, H 50, SA 44, W 23, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: cardioid Frequency range: 65 to 20,000 Hz Sensitivity: 4 mV/Pa (-48 dBV ) Max. SPL for 1%/3% THD: 140/145 dB SPL Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): 25 dB-A Impedance: ≤200 ohms Recommended load impedance: ≥2000 ohms Powering (IEC 61938): 9 to 52 V phantom power Current consumption: typ. 3 mA Connector: 3-pin XLR Finish: matte grayish blue Dimensions: length: 185.2 mm (7.3 in.); diameter: 51 mm (2 in.) Net/shipping weight: 345 g (12.2 oz.) / 660 g (1.5 lbs.) Standard accessories: Microphone bag, SA 51, PB 1000 Optional accessories: B 18, H 30, H 50, SA 44, SA 61, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305, W 23, W 880, W 3004

Handheld Microphones

NEW

Vocal Recording Live PA/rental company • Dynamic reference microphone • Hum compensation coil • Patented AKG Laminated VarimotionTM diaphragm • New acoustical design of inner windscreen

Hum compensation coil

• Precision metal dust filter Metal dust filter Mechanical-pneumatic suspension

Harman Pro Group | 2010

185.2

D7S

23.5

AKG`s new reference dynamic microphone delivers high end performance and noble sound in every studio and on every stage. The new Laminated VarimotionTM diaphragm deep-drawing process allows the diaphragm itself to be fine-tuned with no extra tuning resonators. This leads to a quantum leap in audio performance under each surrounding conditions and sound volume. D 7 creates that subtle and opened sound in all frequency ranges condenser mics are famous for, but it also has the powerful resonance from a dynamic microphone.

Section:

The integrated high-pass filter eliminates permanent all handling noises and the new acoustical designed inner windscreen makes you feel more secure in live use. The precision metal dust filter provides a consistent objection to the diaphragm. The original inner windscreen can be replaced with the extra windscreen supplied with the microphone, this offers a clear sound for a long time. Available versions: D 7: standard version D 7 S: version with on/off switch D 7 WL 1: D 7 microphone capsule for WMS 4500 D 7 LTD: now available in glossy chrome finish Item numbers: D7 D7S D 7 WL 1 D 7 LTD

• • • • • • • • • • •

3139Z00010 3139Z00020 3082Z00030 3139Z00030

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1%/3% THD Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Buss cut filter: Impedance: Recommended load Impedance: Humbucking coil: Connector:

Supercardioid 70 to 20,000 Hz 2.6 mV/Pa (-52 dBV) 147 / 156 dB SPL 18 dB-A 76 dB 80 Hz, 6 dB/octave, always active ≤ 600 ohms ≥ 2000 ohms Integrated on capsule 3-pin XLR

• • • • •

Finish: Dimensions: Net / shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

matte grayish blue length: 185.2 mm (7.3 in.); diameter: 51 mm (2 in.) 340 g (12 oz.) / 655 g (1.45 lbs.) Microphone bag, SA 61, replacement inner windscreen H 30, H 50, SA 44, SA 61, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305, W 23, W 880, W 3004

Stage Microphones

Page 45

5638_09_3_Stage_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_3_Stage_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

Vocals Recording Live sound Sound/AV company

7:28 Uhr

Seite 26

Live sound Brass Woodwinds Drums

• Extremely rugged vocal/speech microphone

• Extremely rugged instrument/vocal microphone

• Available with or without on/off switch

• Highly efficient windscreen

185.2

23.5

The D 5 dynamic vocal microphone for lead and backing vocals delivers a powerful sound even on the noisiest stage. Its frequency independent supercardioid polar pattern ensures maximum gain before feedback. The D 5 stands for a crisp sound that cuts through every mix. AKG made the first microphone diaphragm ever whose thickness varies across its diameter. The new Laminated Varimotion diaphragm deep-drawing process allows the diaphragm itself to be fine-tuned with no extra tuning resonators, leading to a quantum leap in audio performance. The dual shock mount eliminates any kind of mechanical noise for trouble-free live use. The audience will hear nothing but the pristine sound of your voice!

180

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

•

• For smooth frequency response and maximum gain before feedback

D5S

•

• High performance Varimotion diaphragm (AKG patent)

• Spring steel wire-mesh grill for extreme ruggedness and reliable control of pops and wind noise

•

• Frequency response optimized for intelligibility

• Patented AKG Laminated Varimotion diaphragm

• Innovative mic design based on professional user research

•

D 770 Dynamic microphone for miking instruments and backing vocals in tough night-after-night onstage use. The D 770 features a cardioid polar pattern and uses a patented AKG Varimotion diaphragm. The D 770 is fitted with a shock absorbing steel wire-mesh inner grill to protect the transducer from damage, and further protection is provided by the rugged die-cast housing and a wire-mesh outer grill. The outer grill and a layer of special fabric beneath it form a very effective windscreen that will suppress pop and breath noise as well as sibilance. The extended frequency response of the D 770 slightly emphasizes the mid and treble ranges to ensure good intelligibility. Item number: D 770

Available Versions D 5: for standard applications. D 5 S: with on/off switch.

2696Z00010

Item numbers: D5 3138Z00190 D5S 3138Z00200 D 5 WL 1 3082Z00010 (6 units multipack version)

• • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1%/3% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

Page 46

supercardioid 70 to 20,000 Hz 2.6 mV/Pa (-52 dBV) 147/156 dB SPL 18 dB-A ≤600 ohms ≥2000 ohms 3-pin XLR matte grayish blue length: 185.2 mm (7.3 in.); diameter: 51 mm (2 in.) 340 g (12 oz.)/ 655 g (1.45 lbs.) 655 g (1.45 lbs.) Microphone bag, SA 51 H 30, H 50, SA 44, SA 61, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305, W 23, W 880, W 3004

• • • • • • • • • • • • •

cardioid 60 to 20,000 Hz, at 1 cm (0.4 in.): 20 to 20,000 Hz 2.5 mV/Pa (-52 dBV) 147/156 dB 22 dB-A ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 3-pin XLR matte black 50 dia. x 181 mm (2 x 7.1 in.) 290 g (10.4 oz.)/650 g (1.4 lbs.) microphone bag, SA 44 H 30, H 50, SA 61, W 23, W 880, W 3004, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

Handheld Microphones Vocals Live Sound

Backing Vocals Live Sound Instruments

• Super cardioid polar pattern designed for lead vocals • Rugged wire mesh cap with internal protective wiremesh cap • Die-cast metal body

• Rugged performance microphone designed for backing vocals and instruments • Rugged wire mesh cap with internal windscreen

• Complete with stand adapter and zip bag

• Die-cast metal body • Complete with stand adapter and zip bag

Harman Pro Group | 2010

P3 S

P5S

The P 5 is a dynamic handheld microphone for lead vocals. The super cardioid polar pattern guarantees for utmost gain before feedback and makes the voice cut through the mix more easily. Its heavy duty metal body will take some tough handling. This microphone is available with or without on/off switch.

The P 3 S microphone is ideal for backing vocals, guitar, wind instruments and many other applications.

Section:

Metal case and wire mesh grill ensure exceptional ruggedness. Gold plated XLR connectors optimize signal transmission and provide a high resistance to corrosion.

Gold plated XLR connectors optimize signal transmission and provide a high resistance to corrosion.

Item number: P3S

Item numbers: P5 P5S

• • • • • • • • • • •

3100H00140

3100H00110 3100H00120

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for % THD: Impedance: Net/shipp. weight: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

supercardioid 40 to 20,000 Hz 2.5 mV 144 dB SPL 2,000 ohms 200/240 g (7.1/8.5 oz.) 3-pin XLR stage black 190*51 mm (7.5 * 2 in.) SA 45, microphone bag H 30, H 50, SA 44, SA 61, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305, W 23, W 880, W 3004

• • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for % THD: Impedance: Net/shipp. weight: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

cardioid 60 to 20,000 Hz, at 1 cm (0.4 in.): 20 to 20,000 Hz 2.5 mV 144 dB SPL 2,000 ohms 260/300 g (9.2/10.6 oz.) 3-pin XLR stage black 190*51 mm (7.5 * 2 in.) SA 45 H 30, H 50, SA 44, SA 61, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305, W 23, W 880, W 3004

Stage Microphones

Page 47

5638_09_3_Stage_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_3_Stage_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

Lead vocals Live Sound

7:28 Uhr

Seite 28

Backing vocals Live Sound Instruments

• Rugged performance microphone designed for lead vocals

•

• Rugged performance microphone designed for backing vocals and instruments

• Available with 16 foot (5 m) XLR/XLR cable or 16 foot (5 m) XLR/jack cable • On/off switch

•

• Available with 16 foot (5 m) XLR/XLR cable or 16 foot (5 m) XLR/jack cable • On/off switch

0 52.5

• Sturdy die-cast metal body 0 52.5

Harman Pro Group | 2010

186

• Sturdy die-cast metal body

Section:

D 88 S/XLR D 88 S/Jack

D 77 S/XLR D 77 S/Jack

The D 88 S is a dynamic handheld microphone for lead vocalists. The super cardioid polar pattern guarantees for utmost gain before feedback and makes the voice cut through the mix more easily. Its heavy duty metal body will take some tough handling. The microphone comes with an integrated on/off-switch, stand adapter and the choice of 5 m (16 ft.) XLR/XLR or XLR/JACK cable.

The D 77 S microphone is ideal for backing vocals, guitar, wind instruments and many other applications. Metal case and wire mesh grill for exceptional ruggedness.

Item numbers: D 88 S/XLR D 88 S/Jack

The microphone comes with an integrated on/off-switch, stand adapter and the choice of 5 m (16 ft.) XLR/XLR or XLR/JACK cable. Item numbers: D 77 S/XLR D 77 S/Jack

3100H00080 3100H00090

3100H00060 3100H00070

supercardioid

• • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Impedance: Net/shipp. weight: Finish: Dimensions:

• Standard accessories:

• Optional accessories:

Page 48

supercardioid 40 to 20,000 Hz 2.5 mV/Pa 300 ohms 260 g (0.57 lbs.)/1,200 g (2.65 lbs.) black length: 186 mm (7.3 in.) diameter: 52.5 mm (2.07 in.) stand adapter D 88 S/XLR: 5m (16.5 ft.) XLR to XLR cable D 88 S/Jack: 5m (16.5 ft.) XLR to 1/4" jack cable W 23, W 880, H 30, H 50, SA 44, SA 61, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

• • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Impedance: Net/shipp. weight: Finish: Dimensions:

• Standard accessories:

• Optional accessories:

cardioid 40 to 20,000 Hz 2.5 mV/Pa 600 ohms 260 g (0.57 lbs.)/1,200 g (2.65 lbs.) black length: 178 mm (7 in.) diameter: 52.5 mm (2.07 in.) stand adapter D 77 S/XLR: 5m (16.5 ft.) XLR to XLR cable D 77 S/Jack: 5m (16.5 ft.) XLR to 1/4" jack cable W 23, W 880, H 30, H 50, SA 44, SA 61, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

Handheld Microphones Vocals Karaoke

Vocals Karaoke

• Vocal/general-purpose microphone

• Sturdy die-cast metal body

• On/off switch

• Rugged wire mesh cap with internal protective basket

• 16 foot (5 m) cable w/mini jack and 1/4" adapter

• 16 foot (5 m) cable w/mini jack and 1/4" adapter 0 52.5 226

243

0 53

D 44 S

Easy to use microphone for jobs ranging from hi-fi recording and karaoke to didacting or other speech recording applications. The true allround microphone with an impact resistant plastic body and fixed cable with mini jack plug and 1/4" adapter.

Easy to use microphone for jobs ranging from hi-fi recording and karaoke to didacting or other speech recording applications. The true allround microphone with an impact resistant rugged full metal microphone housing and fixed cable with mini jack plug and 1/4" adapter.

Integrated ON/OFF switch; cardioid polar pattern.

Item number: D 55 S

Section:

3100H00040

Item number: D 44 S

3100H00030

cardioid

• • • • • • •

Harman Pro Group | 2010

D 55 S

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Impedance: Net /shipp. weight: Finish: Dimensions:

• Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

cardioid 70 to 18,000 Hz 2.5 mV/Pa 600 ohms 380 g (0.84 lbs.)/920 g (2.03 lbs.) black length: 243 mm (9.6 in.) diameter: 52.5 mm (2.07 in.) fixed 5 m (16.5 ft.) cable, w/mini jack plug, mini to 1/4" adapter plug W 23, W 880, H 30, H 50, SA 44, SA 61, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

cardioid

• • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Impedance: Net/shipp. weight: Finish: Dimensions:

• Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

cardioid 70 to 18,000 Hz 2.5 mV/Pa 600 ohms 290 g (0.64 lbs.)/820 g (1.81 lbs.) black length: 226 mm (8.9 in.) max. diameter: 53 mm (2.1 in.) fixed 5 m (16.5 ft.) cable, w/mini jack plug, mini to 1/4" adapter plug W 23, W 880, H 30, H 50, SA 44, SA 61, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

Stage Microphones

Page 49

5638_09_3_Stage_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_3_Stage_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

Bass instruments Live sound Recording

7:29 Uhr

Seite 30

Instruments Live sound • Dynamic microphone designed for drums and percussions, wind instruments, and guitar amps

• Large-diaphragm dynamic microphone for bass instruments • Extremely high SPL capability

• Patented AKG Varimotion diaphragm technology

• Classic microphone for stage and studio applications

• Custom built capsule mounting

•

• Spring steel wire-mesh cap • Rugged all-metal body withstands typical tough handling on stage 44 104

Harman Pro Group | 2010

D40

Section:

D 112

D 40

The D 112 has earned a well-deserved reputation worldwide as the best kick drum microphone ever made. Heavy-footed drummers won’t faze it, because the D 112 handles up to 160 dB SPL with no audible distortion. A specially engineered diaphragm with a very low resonance frequency maintains solid and powerful response below 100 Hz, while a narrow band presence rise at 4 kHz punches through dense mixes with little or no added EQ. The result is a kick drum sound that ideally balances precise definition and forceful impact. The D 112 is also an excellent choice for use with bass cabinets, trombones, etc.

The D 40 with its solid all-metal body will stand up to the hardships of nightafter-night onstage use "with a smile".

Built-in windscreen, SA 60 stand adapter included.

The Varimotion diaphragm deep-drawing process allows the diaphragm itself to be fine-tuned with no need for tuning resonators, leading to a quantum leap in audio performance. The transducer is protected by a sturdy wire-mesh cap and takes extremely high sound pressure levels with ease. An integrated stand adapter and standard H 440 mounting bracket for snare drums, tom-toms, etc. make the D 40 a highly versatile tool for use on drums, percussions, wind instruments, and guitar amps.

Drum-Set with D 112 Drum-Set Big II: 1 x D 112, 2 x C 1000 S, 4 x C 519

Drum-Set with D 112 and D 40 Rhythm-Pack: 1 x D 112, 2 x C 430, 3 x D 40

Item number: D 112 Drum-Set Big II

Item number: D 40 Rhythm-Pack

2220Z00010 2581Z00120

2815Z00050 2581Z00130

omnidirectional

• • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 0.5% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

Page 50

cardioid 20 to 17,000 Hz 1.8 mV/Pa (-55 dBV) outside measurement range 21 dB-A 73 dB ≤210 ohms ≥600 ohms 3-pin XLR dark grey metallic enamel 150 x 70 x 115 mm (5.9 x 2.8 x 4.5 in.) 380 g (13.4 oz.) / 990 g (2.2 lbs.) SA 60 ST 1, ST 45, ST 305

omnidirectional

• • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1/3 % THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

cardioid 75 to 20,000 Hz 4 mV/Pa (-48 dBV) 144/156 dB SPL 18 dB-A ≤200 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 3-pin XLR dark stage blue length 104 mm (4.1 in.) height (incl. stand adapter): 79 mm (3.1 in.) max. dia.: 44 mm (1.7 in.) 245 g (8.6 oz.) / 380 g (13.4 oz.) H 440 ST 1, ST 45, ST 305

• • • • •

• • • • • • • • • • •

Instrument Microphones Cymbals and overhead Live sound Recording

Drums and percussion Instrument amps Brass Live sound

• Miniature condenser microphone for cymbal and overhead miking • Phantom or battery powering options • Mounts securely on all commercial microphone stands

• Dynamic microphone designed for drums and percussions, wind instruments and guitar amps • Response tailored for neutral reproduction of instrument sounds • Integrated stand adapter and external bracket

Live sound Bass instruments • Dynamic microphone designed for low-pitched instruments • Powerful sound with great bass range • Handles highest sound pressure levels • Integrated stand adapter • Rugged all-metal body withstands typical tough stage use

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• Rugged all-metal body withstands typical tough stage use

0 19

C 430

Specifically designed for cymbal and overhead miking, the frequency response of the C 430 ensures a uniquely crisp sound. With its extremely compact external dimensions, this microphone will keep a low profile in any application without compromising audio quality. The major benefits of the C 430 include: • Easy to use with any mixer, with no need to use the EQ • Trouble-free use on open-air stages • Mounts securely on all commercial microphone stands. Item number: C 430

The P 4 microphone with its solid metal case will stand up to typical stage use.

Rugged all metal microphone for bass instruments such as bass drum, trombone or bass amplifier.

An integrated stand adapter and a mounting bracket for tom tom etc. make this microphone highly versatile for use on drums, percussions, wind instruments and guitar amps.

It delivers powerful sound with a high energy low end.

cardioid

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% /3% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering: (IEC 61938) Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

Section:

The P 2 microphone package includes a black carrying case.

The hum-compensation coil on top of the capsule reduces external interference.

Item number: P4

2795Z00010

3100H00130

Item number: P2

cardioid

cardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 7 mV/Pa (-43 dBV) 126/130 dB 33 dB-A 61 dB ≤200 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤2 mA 3-pin XLR matte black 19 dia. x 79 mm (0.7 x 3.1 in.) 23 g (1.1 oz.) / 192 g (6.8 oz.) microphone bag, SA 60, W 32 B 18, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

• • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for % THD: Impedance: Net/shipp. weight: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

3100H00150

cardioid

cardioid 60 to 18,000 Hz 2.4 mV 152 dB SPL 2,000 ohms 200/240 g (7.1/8.5 oz.) 3-pin XLR stage black 100*79*44 mm (3.9*3.1*1.7 in.) H 440, microphone bag ST 1, ST 45, ST 305

cardioid 60 to 20,000 Hz 2.3 mV 157 dB SP 2,000 ohms 400/450 g (14.1/15.9 oz.) 3-pin XLR stage black 130*132*60 mm (5.1*5.2*2.4 in.) microphone bag ST 1, ST 45, ST 305

Stage Microphones

Page 51

5638_09_3_Stage_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_3_Stage_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

Brass Drums Percussions Recording

7:29 Uhr

Seite 32

Brass Drums Percussions Woodwinds • Miniature condenser clip-on microphone for wind instruments, drums, and percussions

•

• Ideal for miking drums and percussions

• Miniature gooseneck for accurate microphone alignment

•

• Including wireless direct adapter for easy use with AKG PT 40 PRO and PT 450

•

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• Detachable microphone cable

• Integrated gooseneck

• Transducer shock mount for high mechanical-noise rejection

• Continuously adjustable vise type clamp

•

212

199

• Miniature cardioid condenser clamp-on microphone with shock mounted capsule

47 46

C 518

Section:

C 519

The ultimate miniature condenser microphone for drums and percussions. Its cardioid polar pattern rejects overspill from nearby instruments. A continuously adjustable vise-type clamp makes it easy to fix the microphone securely on the top hoop of most drums or percussion instruments. An external shock mount provides high mechanical-noise rejection. A special snap-on stabilizer knee will keep the gooseneck bent at a defined angle. The C 518 M features an integrated, switchable bass cut for adjusting the microphone’s frequency response to your instrument’s sound. The unique adapter plate A 400 allows easy attachment of the AKG pocket transmitters PT 450 and PT 40 PRO. Versions C 518 M for external phantom powering C 518 ML for use with the B 29 L battery power supply, AKG WMS Series bodypack transmitters, or the MPA V L adapter for external phantom powering.

Current consumption: Connector: Cable: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight (microphone and cable): • Standard accessories:

• • • • • •

• Optional accessories:

Page 52

The C 519 M features an integrated, switchable bass cut for adjusting the microphone’s frequency response to your instrument’s sound. The unique adapter plate A 400 allows easy attachment of the AKG pocket transmitters PT 450 and PT 40 PRO. Versions C 519 M for external phantom powering C 519 ML for use with the B 29 L battery power supply, AKG WMS Series bodypack transmitters, or the MPA V L adapter for external phantom powering. Item numbers: C 519 M 3065Z00110 C 519 ML 3065Z00120 (6 units multipack version)

Item numbers: C 518 M 3064Z00110 C 518 ML 3064Z00120 (6 units multipack version)

• • • • • • • • •

The C 519 clips onto the bell of a trumpet, saxophone, trombone, tuba, or any other wind instrument (e.g. didgeridoo). Room to move for the wind section at last! Its tight cardioid polar pattern makes the C 519 an ideal tool for use near monitor wedges, and its flat frequency response delivers a natural, powerful, and clear sound.

cardioid 60 Hz to 20,000 Hz 5 mV/Pa (-46 dBV) 130/132 dB SPL 31 dB-A 63 dB ≤200 ohms ≥2000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power or battery powering from B 29 L, or AKG bodypack transmitter ≤ 2 mA 3-pin mini XLR 1.5 m (5 ft.) matte black length: 200 mm (7.9 in.); max. width: 47 mm (1.9 in.) C 518 M: 220 g (7.8 oz.) / 450 g (15.9 oz.) C 518 ML: 110 g (3.9 oz.) / 330 g (11.7 oz.) H 518, microphone bag, W 44; C 518 ML: A 400 adapter for AKG PT 40 or PT 450 B 18, for C 518 ML: B 29 L, MPA V L

• • • • • • • • •

Current consumption: Connector: Cable: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight (microphone and cable): • Standard accessories:

• • • • • •

• Optional accessories:

cardioid 60 Hz to 20,000 Hz 5 mV/Pa (-46 dBV) 130/132 dB SPL 31 dB-A 63 dB ≤200 ohms ≥2000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power or battery powering from B 29 L, or AKG bodypack transmitter ≤ 2 mA 3-pin mini XLR 1.5 m (5 ft.) matte black length: 213 mm (4.8 in.); max. width: 47 mm (1.9 in.) C 519 M: 195 g (6.9 oz.) / 430 g (15.2 oz.) C 519 ML: 85 g (3 oz.) / 310 g (11 oz.) microphone bag, W 44; C 519 ML: A 400 adapter for AKG PT 40 or PT 450 B 18, for C 519 ML: B 29 L, MPA V L

Clip-on Microphones 14,2

9,7

Live sound Sound/AV company

26,7

Recording Strings Concert hall Sound/AV company

• Cardioid instrument microphone with miniature mounting bracket

• Ultra-light vibration pickup

• High mechanical-noise attenuation

• Condenser transducer in sealed enclosure

• Including wireless direct adapter for easy use with AKG PT 40 PRO and PT 450

• Cable with lockable mini XLR connector

• Detachable microphone cable • Ideal for miking up accordions and guitar, piano, keyboard, or organ amplifiers

235

• Ideal for miking up acoustic guitars and other string instruments

Harman Pro Group | 2010

C 411

C 516 ML

Weighing only 18 grams (0.6 oz.), this ultra-light condenser pickup is ideal for acoustic guitar, mandolin, violin and most other stringed instruments. The C 411 will give a clear and uncolored sound without changing the balance of the instrument. Attaching the C 411 on or near the bridge is easy with the included non-marring, reusable, solvent-free adhesive compound. You can also fix the C 411 anywhere else on the instrument, depending on the desired sound and the vibration performance of the instrument.

Lightweight cardioid miniature microphone for use on accordions, guitar speakers, piano and keyboard/organ cabinets.

C 411 L: For use with the B 29 L battery power supply, AKG WMS Series bodypack transmitters, or the MPA V L adapter for external phantom powering.

The C 516 ML is the only version available and can be used with the B 29 L battery power supply, AKG WMS Series bodypack transmitters, or the MPA V L adapter for external phantom powering. The unique adapter plate A 400 allows easy attachment of the AKG pocket transmitters PT 450 and PT 40 PRO.

C 411 PP: For hardwire applications, with standard XLR connector for phantom powering. Item number: C 411 L C 411 PP

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938):

• • • • • • • •

Current consumption: Connector: Cable: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

Section:

Using two C 516 MLs (one on the bass and one on the treble side) and an optional B 29 L battery power supply is an ideal way to mic up an accordion.

Item number: C 516 ML 3063Z00120 (6 units multipack version)

2571Z00030 2571Z00040

• • • • • • •

The included screws and double-sided, solvent-free adhesive pads make it easy to install the microphone on your instrument or amp exactly where you need it.

figure-eight (vibration pickup) 10 to 18,000 Hz 2 mV/ms-2 (incl. MPA V L) 100 dB ≤200 ohms unbalanced ≥1,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power or battery powering from B 29 L or AKG bodypack transmitter ≤2 mA 3-pin mini XLR 1.5 m (5 ft.) matte black 27 x 14 x 9.5 mm (1.1 x 0.5 x 0.3 in.) 18 g (0.7 oz.)/150 g (5.5 oz.) adhesive compound, microphone bag B 29 L, MPA V L, B 18,

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

•

cardioid 60 Hz to 20,000 Hz 5 mV/Pa (-46 dBV) 130/132 dB SPL 31 dB-A 63 dB ≤200 ohms ≥2000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power or battery powering from B 29 L, or AKG bodypack transmitter Current consumption: ≤ 2 mA Connector: 3-pin mini XLR Cable: 1.5 m (5 ft.) Finish: matte black Net/shipping weight (microphone and cable): 46 g (1.6 oz.) / 320 g (11.3 oz.) Standard accessories: A 400 adapter for AKG PT 40 or PT 450, 2 doublesided adhesive rubber plates, 3 countersunkbolts (3 x 30 mm), 3 self-tapping screws (2.9 x 13 mm), elastic adhesive compound, H 516, microphone bag, W 44 Optional accessories: B 18, B 29 L, MPA V L

Stage Microphones

Page 53

5638_09_3_Stage_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_3_Stage_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

7:29 Uhr

Seite 34

Theater, Lectern Recording Broadcast

• • Head-worn microphone with continuously adjustable behind-the-neck headband and microphone arm

•

• Excellent comfort

•

• Insensitive to moisture, perspiration, and salts

145

• Dual-diaphragm transducer for cable noise suppression

•

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• Compatible with all standard wireless systems 205

• Microphone arm provides choice of left or right-hand use

HC 577 L

Section:

The new AKG HC 577 L has been designed to be invisible in the limelight. It is so small it will virtually disappear on stage or on camera, while providing perfect mobility and pristine audio quality. A patented body design protects the microphone’s dual-diaphragm transducer from moisture and perspiration. Mechanical noise, cable noise, etc. are reduced to a minimum. The microphone uses a CK 77 omnidirectional transducer that has been an industry standard for lavalier capsules for years and ensures superior audio performance. The HC 577 L uses dual-ear temple pieces for extreme stability and optimum comfort. Item number: HC 577 L (Single pack)

3141Z00010

HC 577 L 3141Z00110 (6 units multipack version)

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Cable: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

Page 54

omnidirectional 20 Hz to 20 kHz 8 mV/Pa (-42 dBV) 133 dB 26 dB-A 68 dB ≤3.5 kohms ≥10 kohms 1.5 to 12 V ≤0.6 mA 3-pin mini XLR 1.5 m (5 ft.) flesh tone 205 mm (8.1 in.), max. diameter: 145 mm (5.7 in.) 28 g (0.99 oz.) / 150 g (5,3 oz.) PB 77, W 77 B, moisture shield B 18, MPA V L, W 77 M/P, W 77 M, W 77

Head-worn Microphones

195

• Head-worn microphone with continuously adjustable behind-the-neck headband

Head-worn microphone for lectern Handsfree use Aerobics Speech

134

102

134

195

Head-worn microphone Handsfree use Lead and backing vocals

• Head-worn microphone with continuously adjustable behind-the-neck headband

• External shock mount for high mechanical-noise rejection • Miniature gooseneck for precise positioning near the user’s mouth

• Moisture shield

• Microphone arm provides choice of left or right-hand use

• Optimum audio and intelligibility even at high ambient noise levels

C 520

C 555 L

Head-worn condenser microphone with maximum dynamic range for perfect vocal sound. Its cardioid polar pattern effectively rejects unwanted ambient noise. An ideal choice for frontmen, singing keyboardists, drummers, guitarists, and dancers. The microphone arm mounts either on the left or right side of the headband as desired. The C 520 provides the perfect solution for any performer needing a handsfree microphone. A transducer shock mount reduces handling noise to a minimum. The moisture shield prevents perspiration from penetrating into the transducer element, ensuring a high degree of humidity protection for the microphone.

The new C 555 L head-worn microphone from AKG is rugged, extremely easy to use, and offers outstanding price/performance. The C 555 L is the ideal microphone for any handsfree application including gymnastics instruction, presentations, or onstage performance. The C 555 L rests securely and comfortably on the head, and can be attached to the left or right side of the behind-the-neck headband as desired. A transducer shock mount reduces handling noise to a minimum. The moisture shield prevents perspiration from penetrating into the transducer element, ensuring a high degree of humidity protection for the microphone.

Versions C 520 for external phantom powering C 520 L for use with the B 29 L battery power supply, AKG WMS Series bodypack transmitters, or the MPA V L adapter for external phantom powering.

The C 555 L is the only version available and can be used with the B 29 L battery power supply, AKG WMS Series bodypack transmitters, or the MPA V L adapter for external phantom powering.

Item numbers: C 520 3066Z00050 C 520 L 3066Z00060 (6 units multipack version)

Item number: C 555 L 3066Z00200 (6 units multipack version)

• • • • • • • • •

• • • • •

Current consumption: Connector: Cable: Finish: Dimensions:

• Net/shipping weight: • Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• Microphone arm provides choice of left or right-hand use

cardioid 60 to 20,000 Hz 5 mV/Pa (-46 dBV) 130/132 dB SPL 31 dB-A 63 dB ≤200 ohms ≥2000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power or battery powering from B 29 L, or AKG bodypack transmitter ≤2 mA C 520: 3-pin male XLR; C 520 ML: 3-pin mini XLR C 520: 3 m (10 ft.); C 520 ML: 1.5 m (5 ft.) matte black length: 195 mm (7.7 in.); max. diameter: 134 mm (5.3 in.) C 520: 26 g (0.9 oz.) / 380 g (13.4 oz.) C 520 L: 26 g (0.9 oz.) / 260 g (9.2 oz.) W 44 B 18, B 29 L, MPA V L

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Section:

Polar pattern: cardioid Frequency range: 80 to 20,000 Hz Sensitivity: 35 mV/Pa (-29 dBV) Max. SPL for 1%/3% THD: 126/130 dB SPL Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): 22 dB-A Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): 72 dB Impedance: ≤200 ohms Recommended load impedance: ≥2000 ohms Powering (IEC 61938): 9 to 52 V phantom power or battery powering from B 29 L, or AKG bodypack transmitter Current consumption: ≤ 2 mA Connector: 3-pin mini XLR Cable: 1.5 m (5 ft.) Finish: matte black Dimensions: length: 195 mm (7.7 in.); max. diameter: 134 mm (5.3 in.) Net/shipping weight: 26 g (0.9 oz.) / 260 g (9.2 oz.) Standard accessories: W 444 Optional accessories: B 18, B 29 L, MPA V L

Stage Microphones

Page 55

5638_09_3_Stage_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_3_Stage_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

7:29 Uhr

Seite 36

Clip-on microphone for lectern (handsfree use) Houses of worship Recording Theater, onstage miking

• • Excellent tool for recording and broadcast applications

•

• Resistant to moisture, perspiration, and salts

5,5

15,5

• Dual-diaphragm transducer for suppression of cable noise

CK77

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• Superior sound, compatible to all popular wireless transmitters References: GERMANY: Musical Bonifazius

CK 77 WR

Section:

Extremely small omnidirectional lavalier microphone. The patented dual-diaphragm capsule has been designed specifically to protect the transducer from moisture and perspiration. The capsule uses two vertical diaphragms mounted back to back and connected out of phase to cancel out mechanical and cable noise, etc. Available versions: C 577 WR black, with phantom adapter CK 77 WR L black, with mini-XLR connector CK 77 WR L/P flesh-tone, with mini-XLR connector Item numbers: C 577 WR CK 77 WR L CK 77 WR L/P

• • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938):

• • • • •

Current consumption: Connector: Cable: Finish: Dimensions:

Page 56

2441Z00310 2441Z00390 2441Z00400

omnidirectional 20 to 20,000 Hz 8 mV/Pa –42 dBV) 133 dB SPL 26 dB-A 68 dB CK 77 WR (C 577 WR) (≤3,500 (≤400) ohms) CK 77 WR (C 577 WR) (≥10,000 (≥2.000) ohms) CK 77 WR: 1.5 to 12 V; C 577 WR: 9 to 52 V to DIN/IEC ≤0,6 mA CK 77 WR: 3 -pin mini XLR “L”, C 577 WR: 3-pin XLR 1.5 m (5 ft.) various matte colors 5.5 dia. x 14 mm (0.2 dia. x 0.55 in.)

• Net/shipping weight: • Standard accessories:

• Optional accessories:

CK 77 WR: 0.4/85 g (0.014/3 oz.) C 577 WR: 0.4/146 g (0.014/5.2 oz.) CK 77 WR: adhesive compound, H 40/1, H 41, moisture shield, PB 77, W 77; C 577 WR: adhesive compound, H 39, H 40/1, H 41, moisture shield, PB 77, W 77 W 77 M, W 77 M/P, W 77 Set, W 77 M/P Set

Lavalier Microphones Clip-on microphone for lectern (handsfree use) Houses of worship

Houses of worship Lectern Tour guide TV, motion picture, video production

• Extremely light, inconspicuous lavalier microphone • Inconspicuous clip-on microphone

• Excellent audio quality across the full bandwith

• Natural, airy sound • High ambient noise rejection

Harman Pro Group | 2010

7,5

C 417

CK 55 L

Affordable professional miniature condenser microphone. Its broadband, flat audio reproduction in an omnidirectional format is ideal for all types of broadcast and theatrical applications. The sound is extremely open and natural, making it ideal for wireless or hardwire multi-mic situations. An attachment clip, tiepin and windscreen are supplied with each C 417. C 417 PP: For hardwire applications, with standard XLR connector for phantom powering. C 417 L: With mini XLR connector for use with B 29 L battery operated power supply, MPA V L external phantom power adapter, or AKG WMS bodypack transmitters.

Low-profile, cost efficient clip-on microphone for applications including houses of worship, lecturers, etc. Connects to AKG bodypack transmitters.

Item numbers: C 417 PP C 417 L

The CK 55 L provides a natural sound, with a slight rise above 10 kHz for added clarity. Its cardioid polar pattern and bass rolloff combine to suppress unwanted ambient noise. Item number: CK 55 L

Section:

6000H17200

2577Z00120 2577Z00080

• • • • • • • • •

• • • • • •

Current consumption: Connector: Cable: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight:

• Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

omnidirectional 20 to 20,000 Hz 17 mV/Pa (-35 dBV) 118/126 dB 34 dB-A 60 dB ≤200 ohms ≥1,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power or battery powering from B 29 L or AKG bodypack transmitter ≤2mA C 417 PP: 3-pin XLR, C 417 L: 3-pin mini XLR C 417 PP: 3 m (10 ft.), C 417 L: 1.5 m (5 ft.) matte black 7.5 dia. x 15 mm (0.3 x 0.6 in.) C 417 PP: 68/220 g (2.5/8.1 oz.) C 417 L: 8/160 g (0.3/5.9 oz.) H 40/1, H 41, microphone bag, W 407 B 18, for C 417 L: B 29 L, MPA V L

• • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938):

• • • • • • • •

Current consumption: Connector: Cable: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

cardioid 15 to 18,000 Hz 8.8 mV/Pa (-41 dBV) 118 dB 34 dB-A 60 dB ≤200 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 1.5 to 10 VDC or 9 to 52 V phantom power using MPA V L ≤2 mA 3-pin mini XLR 1.6 m (5 ft. 4 in.) matte black dia.: 8 x 23 mm (0.3 x 0.9 in.) 2.5/115 g (0.08/4 oz.) Clip, W 55 B 18, B 29 L, MPA V L

Stage Microphones

Page 57

Gooseneck Microphones

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Reference Projects Architectural Microphone Series

60 62

Modular Series Installation System Description GN Series GN E Series GN ESP Series GN E 5Pin Series HM 1000 GN 155 Set

65 66 67 68 69 70 71 71

Capsule Modules CK 31, CK 32, CK 33 CK 47 CK 80

72 73 73

Compact Series System Description CGN 321 E, CGN 521 E CGN 323 E, CGN 523 E CHM 21

74 74 75 75

Paging Microphones D 58 E D 542, D 542 E D 542 ST-S

Section:

76 76 77

Boundary Layer and Shotgun Microphones C 747 V11 C 547 BL C 542 BL C 562 CM C 568 B CK 98

78 79 80 80 81 81

Microphone Mixer AMM 10 DMM 4/2/2 DMM 4/2/4

82 84 85

Conference Systems CS 5 CS 2

Page 58

86 90

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Installed

Section:

Microphones

Creating sound systems that ensure optimum intelligibility even in difficult acoustic environments is a major challenge to innovative

designers. AKG offers products at several budget levels that are easy to install and unobtrusive in appearance providing premium AKG solutions to help designers meet their unique challenges.

Page 59

5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch 5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch 01.12.200901.12.2009 7:41 Uhr

Seite 7:41 Uhr 40

Seite 40

China

Office of the Te Hong Kong

Harman Pro Group | 2010

China

St. Anthony Ch

Section:

Installed Installed

Germany: Düsseldorfer Germany: Landtag Düsseldorfer Landtag (Building of the Düsseldorf (BuildingLand of theParliament) Düsseldorf Land Parliament)

Sound Sound

Austria

Piarist Church,

Intelligent, high-performance Intelligent, high-performance sound systems sound havesystems becomehave a prerequisite become a for prerequisite any kind offorevent any kind todayofwhere event intelligibility today whereand intelligibility excellentand excellent sound are of sound paramount are ofimportance. paramount Regardless importance.ofRegardless the scale ofofan theevent, scalethe of an acoustics event, the of aacoustics venue, orofthe a venue, type oforsound the type system of sound to be system to be designed, AKG designed, has the AKG right has products. the right It isproducts. obvious that It is the obvious acoustical that the requirements acoustical requirements of a stadium of differ a stadium greatly differ from those greatlyoffrom a place those of a place of worship, a oftheater, worship, or aa business theater, orconference. a businessAKG’s conference. experience AKG’sgained experience in more gained than in sixmore descades than six of successful descades ofactivities successful in the activities in the professional audio professional industryaudio will help industry you will find help the best you find solutions the best for your solutions application. for your application. USA

CourtSmart Co

Page 60

Installed Sound

China

Hungary

Switzerland

Syria

China

Austria

Thailand

USA

Office of the Telecommunication Authority, Hong Kong

St. Ann's Church

SWX Swiss Exchange in Zurich

Academy Fantasia, Bangkok

Opera House in Damascus

County Council Chambers, Los Alamos, New Mexico

Harman Pro Group | 2010

St. Anthony Church, Hong Kong

Hungarian and Ukrainian Presidents Rely on AKG Sound Quality

Section:

02 Austria

China

Austria

Norway

USA

Austria

Canada

USA

Piarist Church, Vienna

CourtSmart Courtroom, Massachussetts

Tong Zhou Qu Financial Department

Bank Austria in Downtown Vienna

St. Martin's Cathedral in Eisenstadt

MinistĂ¨re de la Justice du QuĂŠbec

Conference Centre in Stord

Ford Motor Company, Regional Trade Show Displays, Dearborn, Michigan

Page 61

5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

7:41 Uhr

Seite 42

Legislative assembly, conference center Lecture hall, lectern House of worship Boardroom Courtroom

Design your own mic Harman Pro Group | 2010

Architectural Microphone Series •

High resistance to RF interference

•

Gold sputtered ultra-low mass diaphragms

•

Switchable bass cut filter and preattenuation pad

•

Bayonet coupling system with self-cleaning contacts

•

3 different polar patterns to match different room acoustics

•

Flat frequency response for excellent acoustic performance

•

More than 6,840 different body styles for unlimited freedom of design

Section:

Architectural Series microphones will match any interior design perfectly. A variety of capsule body styles, goosenecks in selectable lengths, various colors and finishes are available, a range of mounting modules allow proper installation. It has never been so easy to design a sound system that blends in perfectly with any architecture! Architectural Series microphones use the same transducers as the classic AKG Blue Line microphones famous for ruler-flat frequency response, low self-noise, and consistent studio-grade polar patterns. The Architectural Series includes three highly accurate transducers, a cardioid, an omni, and a hypercardioid. All capsules use the tried and tested bayonet coupling of the AKG Blue Line Series. It allows every capsule to be replaced quickly and easily if, for instance, a different pickup pattern is required for acoustical reasons. The self-cleaning contacts of the bayonet coupling maintain perfect signal integrity even after years of use in hostile environments. Architectural Series goosenecks are the same proven modules as those available for the Discreet Acoustics Modular Series. Each gooseneck must pass extremely severe quality tests designed to ensure that the gooseneck will bend precisely to the desired shape and resist unintentional bending. A complete line of mounting and installation accessories makes installing and positioning the microphones child's play at any venue. All shock mounts are made of a special rubber mixture with a high damping factor for reliable minimization of mechanical noise.

Page 62

Gooseneck Microphones Step 1: Select the pickup pattern. Three high quality Blue Line Series studio microphone capsules with different pickup patterns have been specifically styled for the Architectural Series to provide the perfect choice for any kind of room acoustics and every microphone position. Blue Line microphones are used by professionals in the motion picture, recording, broadcasting, and sound reinforcement industries worldwide. Their ultra-light diaphragms reduce mechanical noise to a minimum. High rejection of RF and electromagnetic interference make these capsules ideal tools for every application.

CK 92: Omnidirectional

Omni capsule with smooth, well-balanced sound.

Read more about the Blue Line Series on page 16/17. CK 93: Hypercardioid

Consistent cardioid polar pattern and high off-axis rejection throughout frequency range.

Consistent hypercardioid polar pattern, high off-axis rejection throughout frequency range.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

CK 91: Cardioid

Step 2: Select the body style. Each capsule is available in five different body styles from soberly geometrical to softer, rounder shapes, so Architectural Series microphones will perfectly match any environment.

Section:

Responding to the needs and imagination of architects and designers, all Architectural Series capsule modules are available in five different body styles.

Here are some examples:

Capsule • Type: • Frequency range: • Polar pattern: • Sensitivity @ 1000 Hz: • Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): • Max. SPL for 1% THD: • Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): • Electrical impedance: • Recommended load impedance: • Powering (IEC 61938): • Connector: • Finish: • Dimensions:

CK 91

CK 92 CK 93 Prepolarized condenser microphone 20 Hz to 20 kHz 20 Hz to 20 kHz 20 Hz to 20 kHz Cardioid Omnidirectional Hypercardioid 10 mV/Pa (-40 dBV) 10 mV/Pa (-40 dBV) 10 mV/Pa (-40 dBV) -17 dB-A -17 dB-A -17 dB-A 132 dB 132 dB 132 dB 77 dB 77 dB 77 dB <200 ohms <200 ohms <200 ohms >1000 ohms >1000 ohms >1000 ohms 9 to 52 VDC phantom power 9 to 52 VDC phantom power 9 to 52 VDC phantom power Depending on selected connector module Selectable Depending on selected gooseneck model and capsule body style

Installed Microphones

Page 63

5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

Step 3: Select the gooseneck installation module. Installation requirements and possibilities vary from venue to venue. For mobile use on a table stand, permanent installation in a conference table, with an automatic microphone mixer, or on a discussion system microphone station, the Architectural Series installation modules provide a perfect solution for every application.

Seite 44

The programmable switch can be configured with a variety of applications using jumpers. Possible functions are: On/Off Push-to-Talk Push-to-Mute Naturally the LED ring and bass cut can also be activated and deactivated on an individual basis.

3 or 5-pin XLR module (E type):

Harman Pro Group | 2010

All modules of the 3 and 5-pin versions are supplied with an integral connector. The 5-pin XLR connector is used for the separate transmission of audio and control signals for the lighting ring.

7:41 Uhr

Step 4: Select a gooseneck. To ensure optimum audio quality, the microphone capsule needs to be placed as close to the talker's mouth as possible. The closer the microphone sits to the sound source, the higher the usable gain before feedback will be and the less unwanted noise will be picked up. No matter whether you will mount the microphone on a lectern or conference table, the Architectural Series provides a gooseneck of suitable length. All you need to do is specify the required length when ordering.

3-pin XLR module with switch (ESP type):

The programmable mute switch means that these modules are suitable for a wide variety of applications. Flush mount module:

Section:

02 The particularly elegant look of the Flash Mount module makes it perfect for installation in desktops.

Online Configurator: Designing your personal mic was never so much fun! It is very easy to assemble your individual gooseneck microphone with the online configurator: Select the acoustics, design and required technology for your project and see the results immediately.

Step 5: Select the color or finish. Architectural Series microphones are available in different colours and finishes and fit in perfectly with any environment. Here are some examples:

RAL 8023

RAL 8016

RAL 8011

RAL 7032

RAL 7024

RAL 7016

RAL 6029

RAL 6000

RAL 5012

RAL 5002

RAL 4008

RAL 3003

RAL 2000

RAL 1013

RAL 1004

Gold plated

Chrome plated

Silk white

Silk black

â&#x20AC;Ś

www.akg.com

Page 64

Gooseneck Microphones

GN-Series: Installation Standard installation hardware For permanent installation, a 3/8" screw is mounted from below. Two supplied rubber buffers reduce structure-borne noise. The screw requires a 14 mm (0.6 in.) opening.

Hidden cable duct

Tabletop installation

Optional installation hardware MF-DA Mounting flange The MF-DA mounting flange is the modular solution for situations where it is impractical to fix a gooseneck from below. The rugged, all-metal MF-DA can be screwed on permanently and allows you to route the cable above or below the tabletop. This installation method is very popular for altars and lecterns.

MF-DA

Optional installation hardware ST 45 Table stand Harman Pro Group | 2010

The ST 45 table stand is the modular solution for mobile applications or installations where supporting surfaces must not be changed. GN Series goosenecks screw directly onto the ST 45. Rugged construction and shock absorbing rubber feet ensure optimum stability and reduce footfall noise. ST 45

GN E + GN ESP-Series: Installation PS 3 F-LOCK Classic theft-proof fixture for easy, material-friendly installation. Required mounting hole: 17 mm (0.7 in.)

Section:

Theft-proof lock

ST 45 + SA 60 For easiest installation and takedown of mobile sound systems, the ST 45 table stand can be teamed up with the SA 60 stand adapter. The massive base plate and shockabsorbing rubber feet eliminate footfall noise.

H 600 The H 600 offers optimum attenuation of structure-borne noise, high flexibility, and a theft-proof lock. Required mounting hole: 53 mm (2.1 in.) Including reduction socket A 608

H 500 The H 500 is the most cost efficient solution for easy installation and takedown of sound systems. Required mounting hole: 50 mm (2 in.)

ST 1 + SA 60 The ST 1 table stand can be teamed up with the SA 60 stand adapter. It is especially useful for uneven surfaces where the ST 45 base plate cannot be used.

Installed Microphones

Page 65

5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

7:41 Uhr

Seite 46

Modular Series Fully modular system for maximum requirements The Modular Series from AKG Acoustics is being used worldwide and has proven its worth for many years. It brilliantly fulfils the three key requirements that are essential for sound system applications.

Low profile: The extremely compact design and matte finish underscore the inconspicuous appearance of the Modular Series. The low-profile installation modules ensure quick setup and takedown of all versions of the Modular Series.

Modularity: Depending on the specific purpose, “special wishes” can often be fulfilled only by modular systems. The Modular Series offers a choice of five capsule modules with different polar patterns and frequency responses. A wide range of goosenecks and installation modules is also available. Besides, there are special-purpose modules for applications that are not covered by any other products available. They can be used as wireless or lavalier microphones as well as for single-user applications.

The excellent response and extremely good intelligibility make the Modular Series the first choice whenever quality and reliability have top priority. Small wonder that decision makers all over the world appreciate AKG as a professional partner.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Reliability: A wide range of features minimizes the risk of operating errors, material fatigue, or signal dropouts. The LED ring and self-cleaning gold-plated contacts for the threaded connections are standard, the switchable bass rolloff filter too.

The deep groove of the thread prevents the capsule from being misaligned.

Added reliability: maximum contact area The size of the contact area between the microphone capsule and the gooseneck determines the reliability of the entire installation. Instead of the failure-prone conventional point contacts, all Modular Series products use large-area, selfcleaning gold plated contacts that engage in groove-andtongue fashion. In addition, a hard, rugged thread stabilizes the

joint. The extremely deep groove of the thread prevents misalignment and ensures long useful life of all Modular Series products even if they are used in installations that are frequently reconfigured or in mobile systems. A seemingly small detail, this feature will make your work definitely easier.

Long strips of self-cleaning, gold plated contacts fit together seamlessly.

Section:

Added reliability: tested for stability A high quality gooseneck bends precisely into the desired shape and is resistant to inadvertent readjustment. This stability of shape depends entirely on consistent resilience of the springs inside the gooseneck. Therefore, all Modular Series Gooseneck Modules are subjected to a rigorous quali-

ty test during which they are bent into extreme shapes and must keep their shape until bent again. Any gooseneck that does not pass this test is rejected immediately.

Added reliability: useful indicator LED All Installation Modules provide an LED ring. A world first, it uses special circuitry to operate off standard phantom power or a separate power supply. The LED ring indicates system status:

• Off: If none of the above functions is desired, the LED ring can be deactivated. In this mode, it is practically invisible.

• Mic on: The LED ring glows to indicate that the system has been wired correctly and phantom power is on. Thus, the operator will know at a glance whether the hardware has been installed correctly. There is no need to test each microphone.

Mic On

Added reliability: hidden controls The phantom power adapter contains two jumpers that let you activate a 250 Hz bass rolloff and deactivate the LED ring. Since the jumpers are hidden inside the adapter case they cannot be realigned unintentionally.

Page 66

Hidden inside the case, the two jumpers are protected from unintentional misalignment.

Off

Gooseneck Microphones Conference Houses of worship Lectern • Rugged construction • Compatible with all Modular Series capsules • Highly reliable contacts for capsule modules • Integrated LED ring status indicator 500

• Integrated switchable bass rolloff

160

305

• Attached XLR connector or unterminated cable ends SWEDEN: Hässleholms Kulturhus, Varberg Town Hall CHINA: Tong Zhou Qu Financial Department NEW ZEALAND: Parliament NORWAY: Froland Church, Stord Conference Centre

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Some References:

GN Series For permanent screw-on installation, AKG offers goosenecks in various lengths: GN 15: approx. 15 cm (6 in.); GN 30: approx. 30 cm (12 in.); GN 50: approx. 50 cm (20 in.). Except for the GN 30 oc with unterminated cable ends, all come with a DPA in-line XLR phantom power adapter with integrated 250 Hz bass rolloff and LED ON/OFF jumper. The DPA connects to any standard mixer input with 9 to 52 V power supply. The mini XLR connector will thread through any hole from 11 mm (0.44 in.) in diameter. This eliminates the need for large holes or awkward unsoldering and resoldering of the much larger phantom power adapter during installation.

Section:

Standard accessory: Phantom power adapter The external phantom power adapter of the GN series makes setting up the goosenecks much easier, since a small hole will suffice for threading through a mini XLR connector. Having disconnected the cable, the integrated bass cut can be set quite easily inside the phantom power adapter. The phantom power adapter will operate off any available phantom power supply from 9 to 52 V, powering both the condenser capsule and the LED ring.

GN 15 Item numbers: GN 15 GN 30 GN 30 OC GN 50

GN 30

GN 50

2765Z00010 2765Z00030 2765Z00050 2765Z00080

Standard installation hardware included

• • • • • • • • •

Bass rolloff filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Cable: Finish: Dimensions:

• Net/shipping weight • Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

250 Hz, -10 dB at 50 Hz ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤3 mA 3-pin male XLR; GN 30 OC: stripped and tinned leads 1.5 m (5 ft.) matte dark grey max. dia.: 20 mm (0.8 in.), length: 160/305/500 mm (6.3/12/20 in.) 72/400 g (2.5/14.1 oz.), 110/522 g (3.9/18.4 oz.), 120/495 g (4.2/17.5 oz.) DPA phantom power adapter, screw set with rubber bush B 18, MF-DA installation flange, H 600, ST 1, ST 45

Installed Microphones

Page 67

5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

7:42 Uhr

Seite 48

Conference Houses of worship Lectern • Rugged construction

•

• Compatible with all Modular Series capsules

•

• Highly reliable contacts for capsule modules

•

• Integrated LED ring status indicator

•

• Integrated, switchable bass cut

•

• Integrated gold-plated XLR connector

• 380

SWEDEN: Hässleholms Kulturhus, Varberg Town Hall CHINA: Tong Zhou Qu Financial Department NEW ZEALAND: Parliament NORWAY: Froland Church

•

235

GN E Series

Section:

•

572

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Some References:

All E-Series modules come with an integrated connector for quick setup and takedown.The goosenecks are available in various lengths. GN 15 E: 23.5 cm (9.2 in.); GN 30 E: 38 cm (15 in.); GN 50 E: 57.2 cm (22.3 in.). Of course the GN E series also has an integrated 250 Hz bass rolloff filter and LED ON/OFF jumper. Optimum suppression of structure-borne noise An essential feature of the installation hardware described below is the attenuation of structure-borne noise that prevents the transmission of unwanted noise (footfall etc.). The amount of attenuation is determined by the material mix of the rubber shock mount. Modular Series installation modules use a mixture that is extremely efficient at frequencies below 250 Hz (e.g., knocking noise). Unlike standard rubber mixturees (fig.1) that respond to vibrations very slowly, the special AKG rubber mixture (fig. 2) absorbs vibrations practically immediately. This prevents successive shocks from adding up. This rubber mixture is used in the H 600 and H 500.

Fig. 1

Fig. 2

GN 15 E

Item numbers: GN 15 E GN 30 E GN 50 E

• • • • • • • •

2765Z00020 2765Z00040 2765Z00090

Bass rolloff filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions:

• Net/shipping weight: • Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

Page 68

250 Hz, -10 dB at 50 Hz ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤3 mA 3-pin male XLR matte dark grey max. dia.: 20 mm (0.8 in.), length: 235/380/572 mm (9/14.9/22.3 in.) 112/396 g (3.9/13.9 oz.), 160/530 g (5.6/18.7 oz.), 160/535 g (5.6/18.8 oz.) DPA phantom power adapter (integrated) B 18, H 500, H 600, PS 3 F-lock, SA 60, ST 1, ST 45

GN 30 E

GN 50 E

Gooseneck Microphones Conference Houses of worship Lectern Paging Applications • Programmable mute switch • High RFI (Radio Frequency Interference) immunity • Rugged construction • Compatible with all Modular Series capsules • Highly reliable contacts for capsule modules 600

• Integrated LED ring status indicator

GN ESP Series

260

• Integrated, gold-plated XLR connector

Harman Pro Group | 2010

405

• Integrated, switchable bass cut

The new GN ESP Series features a programmable mute switch to cover a wide range of applications. A bank of jumpers makes it easy to select the desired switch function for every situation:

Section:

• on/off • push-to-talk • push-to-mute The mode selection jumpers are hidden inside the housing so they cannot be realigned unintentionally. An LED Ring provides a clearly visible MIC ON/OFF indication. The bank of jumpers also allows the LED Ring and the integrated bass rolloff filter to be enabled or disabled. In addition, the new electronic circuit design provides high immunity to radio-frequency interference. Programmable Mute Switch

Item numbers: GN 15 ESP GN 30 ESP GN 50 ESP

• • • • • • • •

GN 15 ESP

GN 30 ESP

GN 50 ESP

2765Z00450 2765Z00460 2765Z00470

Bass rolloff filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions:

• Net/shipping weight: • Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

250 Hz, -10 dB bei 50 Hz ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤3.5 mA 3-pin male XLR matte dark grey max. dia.: 20 mm (0.8 in.), length: 260/405/600 m (10.2/15.9/23.6 in.) 140/430 g (4.9/15.2 oz.), 184/516 g (6.5/18.2 oz.), 194/573 g (6.8/20.2 oz.) DPA phantom power adapter (integrated) B 18, H 500, H 600, PS 3 F-lock, SA 60, ST 1, ST 45

Installed Microphones

Page 69

5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

7:42 Uhr

Seite 50

Conference Houses of worship Lectern • Gooseneck with gold-plated 5Pin XLR connector

•

• Compatible with all Modular Series capsules

•

• Extra large controllable LED ring • Highly reliable contacts for capsule modules

•

572

• Integrated switchable bass cut

•

Harman Pro Group | 2010

•

380

Some References:

•

235

SWITZERLAND: SWX Swiss Exchange, Zurich

GN E 5Pin Series

Section:

Similar to the GN E Modules, the GN E 5Pin Modules come with an integrated connector with phantom power adapter. One special feature is the 5-pin XLR connector, which ensures that the extra-large LED ring can be activated and deactivated using a separate power supply, e.g., a Logic out from any automatic mixer. The LED ring is extra large for enhanced visibility. Of course the GN E 5Pin also has the same features as all Modular Series installation modules, such as a gold-plated thread for screwing on the capsule, integrated switchable bass cut, and extremely strong joints that will withstand the toughest kind of usage. 5-pin connector The 5-pin XLR connector allows the audio signal and the control voltage for the LED ring to be fed separately. Connector pinout 1 – Audio ground 2 – LED ring + 3 – Audio inphase 4 – LED ring – 5 – Audio return Item numbers GN 15 E 5Pin GN 30 E 5Pin GN 50 E 5Pin

GN 15 E 5Pin

2765Z00390 2765Z00400 2765Z00410

5-pin XLR connector

• • • • • • • • •

Bass rolloff filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight

• Optional accessories:

Page 70

250 Hz, -10 dB at 50 Hz ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤3 mA 5-pin male XLR matte dark grey 20 Ø x 235/380/572 mm, (0.8 Ø x 9/14.9/22.4 in.) 112/396 g (3.9/13.9 oz.) 160/530 g (5.6/18.7 oz.) 160/535 g (5.6/18.8 oz.) H 500, H 600, SA 60, ST 1, ST 45

GN 30 E 5Pin

GN 50 E 5Pin

Hanging/Gooseneck Microphones

Conference Houses of worship Surveillance Theater, onstage miking

Conference Houses of worship Lectern • Elegant floor stand

• Hanging module with rugged thread connection and self-cleaning, gold plated contacts

• Compatible with all Modular Series capsules

• Compatible with all Discreet Acoustics Modular capsules

• Integrated LED ring

• Integrated switchable LED ring

• Screw-on extension tube

• Rugged all-metal construction

• Integrated bass rolloff filter 1490

Some References:

• Rugged all-metal construction

USA: Austrian Embassy in Washington AUSTRIA: Kaiserebersdorf Parish

• Non-reflective anthracite finish • 95° pickup angle

107

Harman Pro Group | 2010

110

Some References:

NORWAY: Stord Conference Centre 13,5

HM 1000

GN 155 Set

Using microphones flown from the ceiling to record music or speech in houses of worship, conference rooms, or on theater stages is becoming more and more popular. A 10 m (33 ft.) special cable that is treated specially to reduce twisting to a minimum even if the temperature varies and a spring steel hanging clamp for precise microphone alignment will keep the microphone securely in its position.

Elegant gooseneck module with integrated LED ring status indicator and heavy, shock-mounted floor stand in matte gray finish for use with all Discreet Acoustics capsule modules. Suitable for stand-alone use on stage or placed in front of a lectern. Two flexible gooseneck sections allow optimum alignment with users in different positions.

A switchable LED ring helps the sound engineer to check system function during the soundcheck.

A supplied screw-on extension tube can be used to raise the microphone for tall users. The attached 10 m (33 ft.) cable with XLR phantom power adapter is long enough to reach the edge of most stages without using an extension cable. Excellent for use as a lectern microphone in houses of worship, meeting halls, etc.

Item number: HM 1000

Item number: GN 155 Set

2765Z00100

Section:

2765Z00180

GN 155 Choir*

WMS 450/155 Choir*

Compatible with all Discreet Acoustics Modular Capsules.

This combines the best of the WMS 450 wireless system with the GN 155 Choir for specialized wireless choir mic applications.

*Available only in the USA. For more details please visit www.akg.com/usa

• • • • • • • • • • • •

Bass rolloff filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current Consumption: Connector: Cable: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

250 Hz, -10 dB at 50 Hz ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤2 mA 3-pin male XLR 10 m (33 ft.) matte dark grey 13.5 dia. x 50 mm (0.5 dia. x 2.0 in.) 400/600 g (14.1 oz./1.3 lbs.) spring steel hanging clamp B 18

• • • • • • • • • • • •

Bass rolloff filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current Consumption: Connector: Cable: Finish: Dimension: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

250 Hz, -10 dB at 50 Hz ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤3 mA 3-pin male XLR 10 m (33 ft.) matte dark grey 180 x 1,490 mm (7.1 in. x 4 ft. 11 in.) 3.6/4.8 kg (8/10.6 lbs.) ST 305, extension tube B 18

Page 71

5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch

Conference Houses of worship Lectern Theater, onstage miking

Recording Surveillance

7:42 Uhr

Seite 52

Conference Houses of worship Lectern Theater, onstage miking

• Screw-on Capsule module • Omnidirectional polar pattern • Suited for recording or surveillance use

•

• Wide frequency range

• Hypercardioid polar pattern

•

• 360° pickup angle

• Suited for use in acoustically critical rooms/situations

•

• Wide frequency range

• Highly efficient windscreen

• 125° pickup angle

• Wide frequency range 13,5

13,5

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Some References:

CHINA: Hong Kong Office of the Telecommunication Authority, Tong Zhou Qu Financial Department GERMANY: Hannover Town Hall NEW ZEALAND: Parliament Building, Wellington SWITZERLAND: SWX, Swiss Exchange, Zurich

SWEDEN: Hässleholms Kulturhus, Varberg Town Hall

CK 31

Section:

Item number: CK 31

Page 72

• 13,5

CANADA: Ministère Justice, Québec GERMANY: Bavarian State Chancellery USA: Austria’s Embassy in Washington AUSTRIA: St. Martin's Cathedral, Eisenstadt

CK 33

The CK 32 is used primarily for recording or surveillance applications.

The CK 33 has been designed primarily for use in acoustically critical rooms/situations.

Due to its high sensitivity in all directions, the CK 32 omnidirectional capsule is an excellent choice for all applications requiring ambience pickup. The body is identical to that of the CK 31 and CK 33.

Due to the narrow 95° pickup angle, the hypercardioid polar pattern is a good choice for all situations when noise typically arrives from the sides especially in houses of worship, where people talk into the microphone from greater distances, or where several talkers are grouped side by side. The body is identical to that of the CK 31 and CK 32.

Item number: CK 32

2765Z00210

Item number: CK 33

2765Z00220

2765Z00200

• • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938):

• • • • • •

Current Consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories:

•

Some References:

CK 32

Capsule modules have been designed for a wide range of applications in fixed or temporary sound systems and provide excellent audio as well as high gain before feedback. These rugged capsules provide a choice of polar patterns and can be combined as needed to obtain the optimum solution for every application. The CK 31 is the perfect choice for any application where more than one person would use the microphone or the user would talk into the microphone from widely varying angles.

• 95° pickup angle

• Screw-on Capsule module

• Wide pickup angle

• Highly efficient windscreen 20

• Cardioid polar pattern

• Screw-on Capsule module

• Highly efficient windscreen

01.12.2009

cardioid 50 to 20,000 Hz 20 mV/Pa (-34 dBV) 125 dB 21 dB-A 73 dB ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power, requires DPA adapter (supplied with most Installation Modules) ≤3 mA Modular Series standard matte dark grey 13.5 dia. x 20 mm (0.5 dia. x 0.8 in.) 5/88 g (0.17/3.1 oz.) W 30

omnidirectional 20 to 20,000 Hz 14 mV/Pa (-34 dBV) 125 dB 20 dB-A 74 dB ≤600 ohms ≤2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power, requires DPA adapter (supplied with most Installation Modules) ≤3 mA Modular Series standard matte dark grey 13.5 dia. x 20 mm (0.5 dia. x 0.8 in.) 5/88 g (0.17/3.1 oz.) W 30

hypercardioid 50 to 20,000 Hz 20 mV/Pa (-34 dBV) 125 dB 21 dB-A 73 dB ≤600 ohms ≤2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power, requires DPA adapter (supplied with most Installation Modules) ≤3 mA Modular Series standard matte dark grey 13.5 dia. x 20 mm (0.5 dia. x 0.8 in.) 5/88 g (0.17/3.1 oz.) W 30

•

Gooseneck Microphones Conference Houses of worship Lectern Theater, onstage miking

Conference Houses of worship Lectern Theater, onstage miking

• Screw-on Capsule module

• Hypercardioid polar pattern

• Provides optimum audio for speech miking

• Provides excellent intelligibility in acoustically difficult environments

• Studio quality directional design

• Directional design

• Wide frequency range

• Speech optimized frequency response

• 80° pickup angle

USA: Austria’s Embassy in Washington, CourtSmart

CK 47

13,5

The CK 47 combines an 80° pickup angle, studio quality audio, and clean off-axis response. It is an ideal tool wherever studio-standard sound quality is required or for inexperienced talkers. The CK 47 comes complete with a W 70 windscreen.

CK 80

130

123

153 146

Some References:

GERMANY: Düsseldorf Land Parliament SWEDEN: Hässleholms Kulturhus, Varberg Town Hall NORWAY: Froland Church

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Some References:

13,5

An 80° pickup angle and speech optimized frequency response provide excellent intelligibility in acoustically critical environments. Its outstanding price/performance ratio is just as convincing as its sound and high gain before feedback.

Section:

Complete with W 80 windscreen. Item number: CK 47

2765Z00230

• • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938):

• • • • • •

Current Consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories:

Item number: CK 80

hypercardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 16.5 mV/Pa (-36 dBV) 133 dB 20 dB-A 74 dB ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power, requires DPA adapter (supplied with most Installation Modules) ≤3 mA Modular Series standard matte dark grey 13.5 dia. x 146 mm (0.5 dia. x 5.7 in.) 39/248 g (1.4/8.7 oz.) W 70

2765Z00240

• • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938):

• • • • • •

Current Consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories:

hypercardioid 60 to 15,000 Hz 30 mV/Pa (-30 dBV) 125 dB 17 dB-A 77 dB ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power, requires DPA adapter (supplied with most Installation Modules) ≤3 mA Modular Series standard matte dark grey 13.5 dia. x 146 mm (0.5 dia. x 4.8 in.) 15/208 g (0.5/7.3 oz.) W 80

Installed Microphones

Page 73

The quick & affordable solution for any sound system

Harman Pro Group | 2010

With its Compact Series AKG offers a cost efficient alternative for installations where a lean budget has top priority. This is why the Compact Series goosenecks come with only one flexible section, a rigid connection between gooseneck and capsule, and a 3-pin gold-plated XLR connector for joining the gooseneck to the cable. The Compact Series offers a user-friendly system that fulfils its basic functions just perfectly. While an excellent price-performance ratio achieved by focusing on essential features, no compromise was made with regard to the sound of the capsules. Each of these capsules provides the outstanding, “legendary” AKG sound that enjoys worldwide popularity and accounts for the company’s success. Acoustic excellence made in Austria by AKG! You can choose between goosenecks 30 or 50 cm (12 or 20 in.) long, with either a cardioid or hypercardioid polar pattern, and a cardioid hanging module. For the tough requirements of everyday usage, the DAC Series features rugged all-metal parts and is designed as a true plug-and-play solution. Quick setup and takedown as well as permanent installations all are possible. The Compact Series is the unique alternative for applications where budget, not modularity, is a major consideration. Moreover, the Compact Series can be combined with the Modular Series, so that modules with additional features can be used as well wherever they are actually needed.

Section:

Compact: The integrated capsule

Compact: The basis

A special feature of the Compact Series is that the gooseneck and microphone capsule form an inseparable unit. The rugged metal front grill is joined permanently to the gooseneck, the contacts inside are soldered. This protects the delicate condenser capsule against mechanical stress and electromagnetic interference, and ensures maximum reliability and excellent audio.

The gooseneck foot features an XLR connector with gold-plated contacts, making connecting and mounting incredibly easy. The metal case also houses the electronic components of the microphone. The extrastrong flexible section lets you position the microphone precisely as required.

7:42 Uhr

Conference Houses of worship Lectern • Cardioid polar pattern

•

• 30 or 50 cm (12 or 20 in.) long

•

• 125° pickup angle

•

• Especially suited for inexperienced talkers

•

• Connects easily via gold-plated XLR connector

•

CGN 321 E

CGN 521 E

The cardioid polar pattern is the most popular because its uses are almost limitless. The 125° pickup angle is especially suited for inexperienced or very “vivacious” talkers who often fail to talk directly into the microphone. The choice of two different lengths and the flexible joint ensure optimum alignment of the gooseneck to any talker position. Numerous options for installation are available, such as mounting on a stand or tabletop, while optional accessories include a lockable mounting fixture. Item numbers: CGN 321 E CGN 521 E

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

2965Z00010 2965Z00030

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Bass cut filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight:

• Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

Page 74

Seite 54

580

Compact Series

01.12.2009

380

5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch

cardioid 70 to 18,000 Hz 18 mV/Pa (-35 dBV) 125 dB 21 dB-A 73 dB 250 Hz, -10 dB at 50 Hz ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤3 mA 3-pin male XLR matte dark grey 13.5 Ø x 380/580 mm (0.5 Ø x 15/23 in.) CGN 321 E: 160/480 g (5.7/17 oz.), CGN 521 E: 170/500 g (6/17.7 oz.) windscreen B 18, PS 3 F-Lock, H 500, H 600, SA 60, ST 1, ST 45

Gooseneck/Hanging Microphones Conference Houses of worship Lectern Surveillance

Conference Houses of worship Lectern • Hypercardioid polar pattern • 30 or 50 cm (12 or 20 in.) long

• Condenser Hanging Microphone

• 95° pickup angle

• Cardioid polar pattern

• For acoustically difficult environments

• 10 m (33 ft.) cable • Especially suited for choir recordings

• Connects easily via gold-plated XLR connector

86 13,5

• 125° pickup angle

380

580

• Integrated spring steel clamp for optimum alignment

CGN 323 E

CGN 523 E

The hypercardioid polar pattern with its narrow 95° pickup angle is suited best for situations where noise typically occurs from all sides (particularly in houses of worship), where people talk into the microphone from a greater distance, or where several talkers are grouped side by side. Two different lengths are available. The flexible joint ensures optimum alignment of the gooseneck to any talker position. Several options are available for installation, i.e., stand, tabletop installation, and lockable. Item numbers: CGN 323 E CGN 523 E

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

• Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

The Compact Series Condenser Hanging Microphone provides both ease of use and a high level of functionality. There is hardly any more affordable and simpler solution for recording choirs at houses of worship. Suspended from the ceiling or a beam, the hanging microphone is aligned and then fixed in the correct position. Now use the spring steel clamp to adjust the correct angle, and off you go!

Item number: CHM 21

2965Z00020 2965Z00040

CHM 21

cardioid 50 to 19,000 Hz 18 mV/Pa (-35 dBV) 125 dB 21 dB-A 73 dB 250 Hz, -10 dB at 50 Hz ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤3 mA 3-pin male XLR matte dark grey 13.5 Ø x 380/580 mm (0.5 Ø x 15/23 in.) CGN 323 E: 160/480 g (5.7/17 oz.), CGN 523 E: 170/500 g (6/17.7 oz.) windscreen B 18, PS 3 F-Lock, H 500, H 600, SA 60, ST 1, ST 45

• • • • • • • • • • • • •

Section:

2965Z00050

cardioid 70 to 18,000 Hz 18 mV/Pa (-35 dBV) 125 dB 21 dB-A 73 dB 250 Hz, -10 dB at 50 Hz ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤3 mA 3-pin male XLR 10 m (33 ft.)

• Finish: matte dark grey • Dimensions: 13.5 Ø x 55 mm (0.5 Ø x 2.1 in.) • Net/shipping weight: 20/480 g (0.7/17 oz.) • Standard accessories: spring clamp • Optional accessories: B 18

Installed Microphones

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Length of cable: 10 m

110

Page 75

5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch

Noisy environment Ticket window, bank counter, reception desk, restaurant Bus, train, taxi

7:42 Uhr

Seite 56

Houses of worship Ticket window, bank counter, reception desk, restaurant 20

• Hypercardioid microphone • Small and inconspicuous

01.12.2009

• Close-talking microphone • Extremely rugged

• Microphone with rugged, all-metal body

•

• Frequency response optimized for intelligibility

•

• Long useful life even in tough day-to-day usage

•

• Frequency response tailored to speech use

• No phantom power required

•

• No phantom power required

•

300

Harman Pro Group | 2010

D 58 E

Section:

D 542 D 542 E

Special, hypercardioid close-talking dynamic microphone for communication and intercom use in noisy environments (train stations, airports, restaurants, ticket windows, reception desks, bank counters, etc.). Small and lightweight, the D 58 E has an integral XLR connector for mounting on a gooseneck or microphone cable. The D 58 E is a small and inconspicuous, extremely rugged close-talking microphone. Item number: D 58 E

1632Z00150

Rugged, affordable dynamic cardioid gooseneck microphone for communications use. The D 542 provides a frequency response tailored to speech use for optimum intelligibility as well as good off-axis rejection for high gain before feedback and suppression of unwanted ambient noise. The all-metal body ensures a long useful life for the microphone even in tough day-to-day use. The D 542 E features a built-in XLR connector for quick connection, while the D 542 has been designed for permanent (single-hole or screw-on) installation and comes with a 6 ft. 4 in. (2 m) fixed, unterminated cable. The D 542 ST-S is mounted on a table stand with an on/off switch and coiled cable with 3-pin XLR connector. Item numbers: D 542 D 542 E

• • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: SPL capability: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Optional accessories:

hypercardioid 70 to 10,000 Hz 0.72 mV/Pa (-63 dBV) 130 dB ≤240 ohms ≥500 ohms 3-pin XLR matte, black 20 dia. x 42 mm (0.8 dia. x 1.6 in.) 40/150 g (1.4/5.3 oz.) GNS 36, W 32

• • • • • • • • • • • •

6000H14610 6000H14620

• Net/shipping weight: • Optional accessories:

Page 76

cardioid 150 to 15,000 Hz 2.2 mV/Pa (-54 dBV) 133 dB 21 dB-A 73 dB ≤530 ohms ≥2,000 ohms unterminated cable ends D 542 E: 3-pin male XLR D 542: 2 m (6 ft., 4 in.) matte grey/black microphone: 34 dia. x 345 mm (1.3 dia. x 13.5 in.) gooseneck: dia. 13 x 300 mm (0.51 x 11.8 in.) D 542: 275/422 g (9.6/14.8 oz.) D 542 E: 285/334 g (10.0/11.7 oz.) D 542 E: PS 3 F-Lock

Paging Microphones Houses of worship Ticket window, bank counter, reception desk, restaurant • Microphone with rugged, all-metal body • Frequency response optimized for intelligibility

345

• Long useful life even in tough day-to-day usage • Frequency response tailored to speech use

• No phantom power required 120

160

Harman Pro Group | 2010

D 542 ST-S Rugged, affordable dynamic cardioid announcement microphone set for communications use. The microphone is mounted on a table stand with a built-in ON/OFF switch and coiled cable with 3-pin XLR connector for “plug & play” ease of use. D 542 STS provides a frequency response tailored to speech use for optimum intelligibility as well as good off-axis rejection for high gain before feedback and suppression of unwanted ambient noise. The matte gray/black, all-metal body ensures a long useful life for the microphone even in rough day-to-day use. Item number: D 542 ST-S

• • • • • • • • • • • •

Section:

6000H14600

• Net/shipping weight:

cardioid 150 to 15,000 Hz 2.2 mV/Pa (–54 dBV) 133 dB 21 dB-A 73 dB ≤530 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 3-pin male XLR approx. 50 to 100 cm (20 to 40 in.), coiled matte grey/black microphone: 34 dia. x 345 mm (1.3 dia. x 13.5 in.) gooseneck: dia. 13 x 300 mm (0.51 x 11.8 in.); table stand (l x w x h): 160 x 120 x 65 mm (6.3 x 4.7 x 2.5 in.) 805/1,125 g (1.8/2.5 lbs.)

Installed Microphones

Page 77

5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

7:42 Uhr

Seite 58

NEW

Conference and lectern Houses of worship Theater, onstage miking Broadcast and recording • Immune to RF interference

•

• Speech optimized frequency range

•

• Enhanced hypercardioid polar pattern

•

• High SPL capability

•

• Premium microphone for ubiquitous application

AKG C 747

Harman Pro Group | 2010

A History of Sound: The C 747, the so called „pencil microphone“, was first built in 1987. Due to its excellent technical specifications, especially the wide and flat frequency range, it was used for the recording of all kinds of musical instruments. Because of its brilliant sound reproduction and its inconspicuous optical appearance, it was quickly known as an ideal overhead microphone. This is one of many reasons why this microphone found its way into a great number of Broadcast Stations, Recording Studios, Theatres, Opera Houses, Churches, Conference Rooms and Lecture Halls. Another big advantage of the C 747 is that the microphone will not change the sound or level too much even when the person speaking is moving a lot. So it came that the C 747 finally found its way into installed sound systems as a perfect speech and lectern microphone. The C 747 is now one of the most versatile microphones in the AKG product range and over the years it has been available in various versions and model types such as hanging module, capsule for modular gooseneck microphones and in a boundary layer microphone. What’s New in V11: As it is more and more used in conference applications, we carefully redesigned the C 747 to better cope with some specific installed sound issues. The new C 747 V11 will have an integrated RFi shield to block out unwanted interference by mobile phones, wireless mics and the like. Also we have fine tuned the frequency response to give especially the spoken word an outstanding presence, without changing the flavour of the classic C 747 sound. An enhanced polar pattern provides consistent off-axis rejection to control ambient noise and feedback in acoustically difficult environments. This makes the C 747 V11 an excellent choice for noisy discussion groups or reverberant pulpits while it is forgiving enough to clearly pick up talkers moving around in front of the microphone. A switchable LF roll-off filter suppresses mechanical noise. The low-impedance transformerless preamp operates on 9 to 52 V phantom power. The C 747 V11 ships with an extensive accessory set including a shock mount/adapter, mini gooseneck, stand adapter, mounting clamp, thread link, and windscreen. Item number: C 747 V11

• • • • • • • • • • • •

2226Z00110

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Bass cut filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector:

Page 78

137

Section:

PA 621 PHANTOM POWER ADAPTER FOR 9 TO 52 VOLTS AUSTRIA

110

C 747 V11

hypercardioid 30 to 18,000 Hz 8.5 mV/Pa (-42 dBV) 133 dB 32 dB-A 73 dB 12 dB/octave at 150 Hz ≤400 ohms ≥1,500 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤2 mA 3-pin XLR

• • • • •

Cable: Finish: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

3 m (10 ft.) stage blue 25/750 g (0.9 oz./1.7 lbs.) H 47, MSH 70, SA 47, SHZ 80, W 70 B 18, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

Boundary Layer and Shotgun Microphones Conference Houses of worship Lectern Theater, onstage miking • “Non-crush” case • Inconspicuous and rugged • Hypercardioid polar pattern • Easy to repaint

Harman Pro Group | 2010

185

120

C 547 BL Hypercardioid, studio-quality boundary layer microphone with rugged, “non-crush” case and switchable bass-cut filter for reducing footfall noise, ideal for tough on-stage assignments. Other benefits include optimum acoustic properties, high directivity, and neutral sound. Having the same frequency response, the C 547 BL can be combined with the CK 47 with excellent results. Primarily designed for use in houses of worship, theaters, and conferencing, the C 547 BL is also a good choice for miking kick drums and other instruments.

Item numbers: C 547 BL

• • • • • • • • • • • •

Section:

2447Z00010

hypercardioid 30 to 18,000 Hz 8.5 mV/Pa (-42 dBV) 133 dB 22 dB-A 72 dB 12 dB/octave at 150 Hz ≤400 ohms ≥1,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤2 mA 3-pin XLR

• • • • • •

Cable: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

3 m (10 ft.) matte dark grey 185 x 120 x 19 mm (7.3 x 4.7 x 0.8 in.) 160/420 g (5.6 /14.8 oz.) W 547 B 18

Installed Microphones

Page 79

Recording 5

• Small and inconspicuous (only 3.1 inches wide x .2 inches high) – no mic stand needed • Extended frequency response • Frequency-independent hemispherical pickup • High sensitivity • Extremely rugged with high SPL capability

01.12.2009

7:42 Uhr

Seite 60

Recording Surveillance Ticket window, bank counter, reception desk, restaurant

3 12

5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch

• Small, low-profile boundary layer microphone • Wide frequency range

•

• High sensitivity

•

• Ideal for inconspicuous installation in a room

•

• Suited for surveillance or recording

•

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Some References: USA: CourtSmart

C 542 BL

Section:

The C 542 BL is an excellent tool for accurately capturing the “room sound” of acoustic instruments, ensembles or choirs in recording applications. The C 542 BL can be attached to the walls or floor of a studio or even directly onto an instrument permanently or temporarily using the supplied adhesive compound. It can also be placed on the lid of a grand piano and deliver spectacular results. The ultra-thin case doesn’t color the sound and since the front-facing transducer picks up direct sound from the source and the reflections from the surface, everything is accurately reproduced. Item number: C 542 BL

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: omnidirectional (hemispherical) Frequency range: 20 to 20,000 Hz Sensitivity: 20 mV/Pa (-34 dBV) Max. SPL for 1% THD: 130 dB Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): 16 dB-A Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): 78 dB Bass cut filter: switchable flat or 150 Hz, 12 dB/octave Impedance: ≤600 ohms Recommended load impedance: ≥2,000 ohms Powering (IEC 61938): 9 to 52 V phantom power Current consumption: ≤2 mA Connector: 3-pin XLR Cable: 3 m (10 ft.) conn. cable with XLR connector, fixed Finish: dark grey Dimensions: 80 dia. x 5 (10) mm (3.1 x 0.2/0.4 in.) Net/shipping weight: 56 g (2 oz.)/245 g (8.6 oz.) Standard accessories: adhesive compound Optional accessories: B 18

Page 80

2762Z00010

C 562 CM The C 562 CM flush-mount boundary microphone uses the same transducer as the C 542 BL. The C 562 CM has been designed specifically for permanent, “invisible” mounting in ceilings, walls, tables, stage props, etc. Owing to its high sensitivity, the C 562 CM is a perfect tool for surveillance or live recording since a single microphone can cover an entire room. The supplied XLR phantom power adapter connects to the microphone cable through a miniature connector so installation holes can be smaller than the diameter of the phantom power adapter. Item number: C 562 CM

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

2262Z00030

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Cable: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

omnidirectional (hemispherical)l 20 to 20,000 Hz 25 mV/Pa (-32 dBV) 130 dB 16 dB-A 78 dB ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 Ohm 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤2 mA 3-pin XLR 0.5 m (20 in.) matte nickel plated 20 dia. x 28 mm (0.8 dia. x 1.1 in.) 30/195 g (1.1/76.9 oz.) installation hardware, phantom power adapter B 18

Boundary Layer and Shotgun Microphones Houses of worship Lectern Recording Theater, onstage miking TV, motion picture, video production

Houses of worship Lectern Recording Theater, onstage miking TV, motion picture, video production

• Compact, short shotgun microphone

• Short shotgun for use in noisy environments

• Integrated, switchable bass rolloff filter minimizes mechanical noise

• Mounts directly on SE 300 B powering unit or connects via 10 ft. (3 m) cable

• Ideal for theater, sound reinforcement, film, and TV applications • Suitable for camera-mounted use

• Quick-lock bayonet mount for easy connection to powering unit

Harman Pro Group | 2010

262

247

253

C 568 B

CK 98

High directivity and wide frequency response in a relatively short shotgun make this microphone a perfect tool for theater, sound reinforcement, and film/TV applications. Due to its compact and lightweight design, the C 568 B is ideal for camera mount applications. Below 500 Hz it functions as a hypercardioid microphone; above 500 Hz the acoustic interference tube introduces increasing directivity. A switchable 12 dB/octave 120 Hz bass rolloff filter effectively suppresses impact and wind noise. The rugged, allmetal body contains the built-in preamp. Phantom powering (9–52 V) required; foam windscreen and stand adapter included. Item number: C 568 B

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

The CK 98 combines high sensitivity and controlled directivity. It offers excellent reach, thanks to a very tight polar pattern and exceptionally low self noise. Small size and low weight make the CK 98 ideal for boom applications. The smooth, wideband frequency response makes it a superb choice for edge-of-stage and ceiling placement in theaters. Includes foam windscreen.

Section:

The CK 98 is an AKG Blue Line Series capsule. For details, see pages 16/17. Item numbers: CK 98 SE 300 B

2439Z00040 2439Z00080

2168Z00040

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: SPL capability: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Bass rolloff filter: Impedance: Recommended load impedance: Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

hypercardioid/directional 20 to 20,000 Hz 11 mV/Pa (-39 dBV) 128 dB 18 dB-A 76 dB 12 dB/octave at 120 Hz ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤2 mA 3-pin XLR dark grey 21 dia. x 253 mm (0.8 dia. x 10 in.) 160/715 g (5.6 oz./1.6 lbs.) SA 60, W 68 B 18, H 30, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

• • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Polar pattern: Frequency range: Sensitivity: Max. SPL for 1% THD: Equivalent noise level (IEC 60268-4): Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): Powering (IEC 61938): Current consumption: Connector: Finish: Dimensions: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessories:

hypercardioid/directional 20 to 20,000 Hz 25 mV/Pa (-32 dBV) 124/134 dB 17 dB-A 77 dB through SE 300 B through SE 300 B bayonet mount dark grey 19 dia. x 247/262 mm (0.7 dia. x 9.7/10.3 in.) 80/500 g (2.8 oz./1.1 lb.) W 98 H 30

Installed Microphones

Page 81

5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

7:43 Uhr

Seite 62

Conference and lectern Houses of worship Boardrooms Courtrooms Clubs & pubs •

No rack or central unit needed

•

Fits in standard installation frames

•

Flush mount microphone mixing system

•

Easy to install due to CAT 5 connectivity

•

Trailblazing range of little problem solvers

Harman Pro Group | 2010

AMM 10 Supermodular Mixer System Speaker Out 3 x Mic Inputs

Section:

The AMM 10 is the perfect solution for small rooms: A distributed mixing system consisting of various input and output modules designed to fit standard installation frames. No need for a central unit or a rack for the sound equipment – the mixing modules are directly mounted into cable conduit, walls, ceilings, tables … Wherever you require a microphone input or an audio connector for your PC or CD player, the AMM 10 is the system of your choice. Each of the modules comes with a low noise, high efficient amplifier and a plug terminal connector. Connected via CAT 5 cables, the system is extremely flexible and easy to install.

AUX Input

Sum Amplifier

PC/MP3 Input Wireless Mic Input

• Input: Nominal input level: Input impedance: Phantom power: • Output: Nominal output level: Output impedance: THD: S/N ratio: Current consumption:

AMM 10 REC Output Module • System input: Nominal input level: Input impedance: THD: S/N ratio • Output: Nominal output level: Output impedance: Current consumption:

Page 82

AMM 10 Mic/Line Input Module 3-pin female XLR, balanced -60/0 dBu, switchable 5 kohms @ 1kHz systembus, balanced, stereo +6 dBu 6.6 kohms (Sum Output) < 0.08% @ 1 kHz/-40 dBu 80 dB (0 dBu), 60 dB (-60 dBu) 16 mA

stereo, unbalanced +6 dBu 11 kohms (Sum) < 0.08% @ 1 kHz > 80 dB unbalanced, stereo; 1 x 3,5mm Jack; 2 x RCA -20….+6 dBu 50 ohms 12 mA

AMM 10 C-Mic Input Module 3-pin female XLR, balanced -60/-40 dBu, switchable 2 kohms @ 1kHz +24 V DC systembus, balanced, stereo +6 dBu 6.6 kohms (Sum Output) < 0.08% @ 1 kHz/-40 dBu 80 dB (-40 dBu), 60 dB (-60 dBu) 20 mA

AMM 10 Headphone-Output Module • Output: Nominal output level: Output impedance: THD: S/N ratio: Audio bandwidth : Treble control: • Bargraph Display: Display range: Display steps: Current consumption:

AMM 10 AUX Input Module 2 x RCA, unbalanced -20 … +6 dBu, switchable 20 kohms @ 1kHz systembus, balanced, stereo +6 dBu 6.6 kohms (Sum Output) < 0.08% @ 1 kHz > 80 dB 12 mA

unbalanced, 3.5mm Stereo jack connector 0 dBu > 32 ohms < 0.1% @ 1 kHz > 80 dB 40Hz … 20 kHz 10 kHz, +/- 12 dB unbalanced, stereo -20….+3 dB -20, -10, 0, +3 dB 30 mA

Microphone Mixer

C-Mic Input Module with Phantom Power: Input module for condenser microphones. The module provides a 24 V phantom power supply, input level control as well as a switch to define the designated panorama position (left, middle, right).

AUX Input Module: Input module for line level signals from CD, DVD, PC or MP 3 players. The module provides two cinch and one jack connector inputs and an input level control.

Recording Output Module: The recording output module works as a driver for recording devices like CD recorders, tape decks, PCs, MP3 recorders, etc. On the front panel the module provides 2 RCA connectors, a 3.5 mm jack connector output and an output volume control.

Headphone Output Module: The headphone output monitoring module provides an output volume control, a 2 x 4 step bargraph display and a 3.5 mm jack connector output.

Control and SUM Output Module: Stereo sum amplifier module with tone control for treble and bass as well as an output level control. The internal plug terminal provides the sum output and a separate recording output (with fixed output level). The plug terminal also provides terminals for the signal bus including strain relief and an insert point for a remote control (to be introduced later).

Stereo Line Out Module: Break-out-box for Supermodular mixer system. The module provides 2 XLR Connectors for the connection of two active speakers.

Mic/Line Input Module:

AMM 10 Sum-Output Module • System input: Nominal input level: Input impedance: • System Output: Nominal output level: Output impedance: THD: S/N ratio: Bass control: Treble control:

Mic Input Module:

AUX Input Module:

stereo, balanced +6 dB 0 ohm (Sum) unbalanced, stereo +6 dBu 100 ohms < 0.08% @ 1 kHz/-40 dBu > 80 dB 100 Hz, +/-12 dB 10 kHz, +/- 12 dB

Item number: AMM 10 AUX/Line IN AMM 10 C-Mic IN AMM 10 D-Mic IN AMM 10 Input Transformer AMM 10 Monitoring OUT AMM 10 Output Transformer

SUM Output Module:

6000H21020 6000H21030 6000H21010 6000H21100 6000H21060 6000H21110

AMM 10 PSU AMM 10 Recording OUT AMM 10 Starter Pack AMM 10 Sum Amplifier AMM 10 USB IN AMM 10 XLR OUT

REC Output Module:

System (for all modules) • Signalbus connector type: Max cable cross-sect: Max cable cross-sect: • Operating voltage: Current consumption: Operating temperature range: • Dimensions (WxHxD): • Net weight:

6000H21090 6000H21070 6000H21000 6000H21050 6000H21040 6000H21080

Headphone Output Module:

2x9 pin strip terminal 0.5 mm2 / AWG 20 0.12 mm2 / AWG 26 +/-12 V (+/-10%) 20 mA 0°C … 55°C 50x50x55 mm (installation depth) 70 g

Installed Microphones

Page 83

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Mic/Line Input Module: Input module for dynamic microphones and symmetrical line level signals. The module provides an input level control as well as a switch to define the designated panorama position (left, middle, right).

Section:

5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

7:43 Uhr

Seite 64

Conference and lectern Houses of worship Boardrooms Courtrooms Broadcasting Studio Automatic Microphone Mixer

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• 4 microphone and 2 stereo AUX inputs

•

• 1 recording output and 1 master output

•

• Digital signal processing including dbx® compressor/limiter

•

• Intelligent mixing algorithm with noise sensitive threshold

•

• 19” all-metal case with integrated power supply

•

DMM 4/2/2

Section:

The DMM 4/2/2 is a processor controlled digital automatic mixer with four balanced microphone inputs, two stereo AUX inputs and one master output. A unique and highly effective, intelligent mixing algorithm automatically allocates gain among the system microphones (NOM attenuation). A special noise detection function and the “Noise Sensitive Threshold” algorithm (NST) prevent accidental activation of input channels. The mixing algorithm also includes a “Last Mic On” function and a “Best Mic On” mode. Each input channel features low cut as well as LF and HF shelving filters. A dbx® compressor/limiter is included in the algorithm to compensate for level differences and provide a significant improvement in sound quality. Each channel offers switchable gain (Mic/Line, Mic-Lo/Mic-Hi), switchable phantom power, and an incremental level control with LED level and peak hold display. The automixing and ducking functions can be enabled and disabled for each microphone and AUX channel separately. An expansion connector enables multiple DMM 4/2/2 mixers to be daisy-chained for larger systems. A rear-panel control I/O port provides logic in and outputs for controlling external devices. The DMM 4/2/2 is housed a rugged 19” case with an integrated power supply. Item numbers: DMM 4/2/2

6000H18990

INPUTS: MIC/LINE 1-4: • Type: • Nominal level: • Max. level: • Frequency response: • Dynamic range: • Impedance: • Phantom power: AUX 1-2: • Type: • Nominal level: • Max. level: • Frequency response: • Dynamic range: • Impedance: OUTPUTS: LINE MONO: • Type: • Nominal level: • Max. level: • Frequency response:

Page 84

3-pin female XLR connector balanced -6 dB +15 dB 20 Hz – 16k Hz >90 dB >8 kohms 48 VDC 2x RCA jacks unbalanced ±0 dB +15 dB 20 Hz – 22 kHz >90 dB >15 kohms

1x 3-pin female XLR connector balanced ±0 dB +10 dB 20 Hz – 20 kHz

• Dynamic range: • Impedance:

>90 dB <100 ohms

RECORDING L/R: • Type: • Nominal level: • Max. level: • Frequency response: • Dynamic range: • Impedance:

2x RCA balanced ±0 dB +10 dB 20 Hz – 20 kHz >90 dB <100 ohms

CONTROL • Analog:

General • Sampling rate: • Format: • Operating temperature: • Max. humidity during operation: • Power supply: • Max. power requirement: • Size: • Color: • Weight:

I/Os on 26-pin. Sub-D connector for remote control via logic contacts and VCAs.

48 kHz 24 Bit +5 °C to +45 °C 83% 100 – 240 VAC/50-60 Hz 35 VA 483 x 44 x 203 mm (19.0 x 1.7 x 8.0 in.) black (RAL 9005) 3.5 kg (7.8 lbs.)

Microphone Mixer Conference and lectern Houses of worship Boardrooms Courtrooms Broadcasting Studio Automatic Microphone Mixer • 4 microphone and 2 stereo AUX inputs • 1 stereo recording output and 1 stereo master output • Digital signal processing including dbx® compressor/limiter • Intelligent mixing algorithm with noise sensitive threshold

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• 19” all-metal case with integrated power supply

DMM 4/2/4 The DMM 4/2/4 is a digital automatic stereo mixer with four balanced microphone inputs, two stereo AUX inputs and one stereo recording output and one stero master output. A unique and highly effective, intelligent mixing algorithm automatically allocates gain among the system microphones (NOM attenuation). A special noise detection function and the “Noise Sensitive Threshold” algorithm (NST) prevent accidental activation of input channels.

Section:

The mixing algorithm also includes a “Last Mic On” function and a “Best Mic On” mode. Each input channel features low cut as well as LF and HF shelving filters. A dbx® compressor/limiter is included in the algorithm to provide a significant improvement in sound quality. Each channel offers switchable gain (Mic/Line, Mic-Lo/Mic-Hi), switchable phantom power, and an incremental level control with LED level and peak hold display. The automixing and ducking functions can be enabled and disabled for each channel separately. An expansion connector enables multiple DMM 4/2/4 mixers to be daisy-chained for larger systems. A rear-panel control I/O port provides logic in and outputs for controlling external devices. Also available on the rear side is a RS 232 interface for PC connectivity. The DMM 4/2/4 is housed a rugged 19” case with an integrated power supply.

Item numbers: DMM 4/2/4

6000H19000

3-pin female XLR connector balanced -6 dB +15 dB 20 Hz – 16k Hz >90 dB >8 kohms 48 VDC 2x RCA jacks unbalanced ±0 dB +15 dB 20 Hz – 22 kHz >90 dB >15 kohms

OUTPUTS: LINE Stereo: • Type: • Nominal level: • Max. level: • Frequency response: • Dynamic range: • Impedance:

1x 3-pin female XLR connector balanced ±0 dB +10 dB 20 Hz – 20 kHz >90 dB <100 ohms

RECORDING L/R: • Type: • Nominal level: • Max. level: • Frequency response: • Dynamic range: • Impedance:

2x RCA balanced ±0 dB +10 dB 20 Hz – 20 kHz >90 dB <100 ohms

CONTROL • Analog: • PC Connectivity:

I/Os on 26-pin. Sub-D connector for remote control via logic contacts and VCAs. RS 232

General • Sampling rate: • Format: • Operating temperature: • Max. humidity during operation: • Power supply: • Max. power requirement: • Size: • Color: • Weight:

48 kHz 24 Bit +5 °C to +45 °C 83% 100 – 240 VAC/50-60 Hz 35 VA 483 x 44 x 203 mm (19.0 x 1.7 x 8.0 in.) black (RAL 9005) 3.5 kg (7.8 lbs.)

Installed Microphones

Page 85

5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

7:44 Uhr

Seite 66

CS 5 Conference system Complex installations made easy.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

In designing the CS 5, the engineers at AKG made every effort to develop a conference system that was as easy to install and set up as possible. Each component can be connected to the next in any desired order, within a distance between components of up to 164 feet (50 m). The last link in the chain is connected to the Base Unit again to create a closed-circuit digital audio bus. Therefore, the system will not break down even if a connection between any two components fails (due to a defective cable or similar cause). The result is maximum flexibility and reliability in day-to-day operation. Every twelfth microphone station is connected to a power supply that also feeds the nearest eleven stations. On powering up, the CS 5 BU Base Unit automatically identifies the complete system configuration – which may even be stored on a Master ID Card.

5 steps to perfect conferencing:

1 Unlimited expandability The heart of each CS 5 system is the CS 5 BU Base Unit. A single CS 5 BU can control more than 1,000 microphone stations, and the special wiring system of the digital audio bus ensures virtually failsafe operation.

2 Choice of microphones Specializing in acoustics, AKG has led the way in research and development for more than six decades. The Discreet Acoustics Modular Series offers professional quality microphones for every application, every „impossible challenge

That’s it. Enough time left before the conference begins…! Section:

3 Dual microphone stations Each AKG CS 5 microphone station can be used by two persons simultaneously yet independently. Two headphone outputs allow each user to select and listen to a different signal (e.g., their preferred language). This easy-to-use feature makes the system uncommonly convenient for delegates.

4 Wireless transmission Even a system with only a single microphone station can benefit from infrared wireless transmission. Delegates can listen to presentations in up to seven languages to keep abreast of the latest developments.

5 Software included

You can download detailed information about the new AKG CS 5 from: www.akg.com

Page 86

While other manufacturers offer various control software packages as more or less expensive extras, AKG supplies basic CS 5 Control Software for planning, setting up, managing, and documenting a conference along with the hardware, at no extra cost.

Conference System

Perfect sound

in every situation.

Field studies show that every application places a different set of requirements on a sound system. The Discreet Acoustics Modular Series and CS 5 Conference System from AKG offer a custom solution for every situation to ensure optimum intelligibility and fatigue-free working.

• CS 5 BU The user-friendly, digital central controller for systems of any size provides all inputs and outputs for everything from a simple discussion setup to the most complex conference system. The integrated infrared system will function automatically, with no extra adjustments needed.

• CS 5 DU Harman Pro Group | 2010

Basic microphone station for use in discussion systems, with selectable microphones to suit a variety of room acoustics. Extremely easy to use, floor and three interpreted language channels each independently selectable for two delegates, yes/no voting function.

• CS 5 VU Microphone station that can be configured as a delegate or chairperson station, for use with selectable microphones to suit a variety of room acoustics. Display and multifunction soft keys; up to 63 language channels independently selectable for two users; 1, 3, 5-way voting/polling function.

• CS 5 IU Interpreter station for use with selectable microphones. Four input channels selectable: floor, two pre-selected languages, relay. An external microphone input allows the station to be used either with a gooseneck microphone and separate headphones or a headset.

Section:

• CS 5 IRT1/CS 5 IRT2 Infrared radiators providing wireless transmission of up to seven language channels for persons (e.g., observers) listing to a conference without asking for the floor.

• CS 5 IRR7 Rugged infrared receiver for up to seven selectable channels, for use with headphones, e.g., AKG K 77. Operates for more than 12 hours per battery charge.

• CS 5 CU50 Rugged charging flightcase for up to fifty IRR 7 infrared receivers, with intelligent charging circuitry. CK 31 Cardioid microphone with 125-degree pickup angle.

CK 47 The ideal microphone capsule for studio-quality sound and inexperienced talkers. Throughout its 80-degree pickup angle.

CK 32 Omnidirectional microphone with high sensitivity.

CK 80 The CK 80 with its 80-degree pickup angle does not only provide good intelligibility in acoustically difficult environments.

CK 33 Hypercardioid microphone with narrow pickup angle of 95 degrees.

GN 30 CS/GN 50 CS The GN 30 CS (12 in./30 cm) and GN 50 CS (20 in./50 cm) goosenecks feature an extra wide LED ring and an extremely rugged screw thread for highly reliable contact to the microphone module.

Installed Microphones

Page 87

5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

7:44 Uhr

Seite 68

CS 5 Conference system With the new CS 5 Digital Conference System, AKG has created a product line that covers any application from a small discussion setup to large, complex conference systems, easily meeting the most varied requirements. Comprising very few yet extremely versatile system components, the new CS 5 from AKG offers maximum flexibility and outstanding price/performance.

•

Digital controller for any size systems

•

Ease of use

•

Complete with all inputs and outputs needed for complex systems

•

Integrated infrared signal output

•

Free basic control software included

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

CS 5 BU (Base Unit) The CS 5 BU ensures easy, user-friendly control of everything from a small discussion setup to a large conference system. The Base Unit provides all the inputs and outputs needed to manage a complex audio system. It controls 64 audio channels that can be individually programmed and assigned to interpretation channels or NOM limitation. To ensure maximum reliability, all microphone stations and interpreter stations are „daisy-chained“ together and connected back to the Base Unit, forming a closedcircuit digital audio bus. Thus, the entire system will continue operating perfectly, with no interruption, even if one of the bus cables breaks. To power the system, a CS 5 PS 12 power supply is connected to every twelfth microphone

Item number: CS 5 BU 19col

Page 88

Rear panel

7650X01000

• DC 48 V/3A IN Input Voltage: Power Requirement: Input Level: • LINE IN Impedance: • TELEPHONE IN Input Level: Impedance: Input Level: • EFFECT IN Impedance: Input Level: • TAPE IN Impedance: • EXT. LANG IN Input Level: Impedance: • EXT. MIC IN Input Level: Impedance:

station, ensuring consistent signal levels. Unlike competitive techniques, AKG’s approach to keeping consistent signal levels throughout the system is uncommonly cost efficient. Every CS 5 Conference System comes complete with a FREE basic control software package so the entire system can be controlled from a computer from day one. • Digital controller for any size systems • Ease of use • Complete with all inputs and outputs needed for complex systems • Integrated infrared signal output • Free basic control software included

Minimum 46 3 -

Nominal 48 0 20 0 20 0 20 -10 20 0 20 -40 20

Maximum 50 4 +6 +6 +6 -4 +6 -34 -

Unit VDC W dBu kohms dBu kohms dBu kohms dBu kohms dBu kohms dBu kohms

• OUTPUT LEVELS

• • • •

Line Out: Telephone Out: Effect Out: Tape Out: OUTPUT Load Impedance: OUTPUT S/N Ratio (Ext. Mic. Vol. Red.): OUTPUT Frequency Range (-3 dB): HEADPHONE OUTPUT Power: Load Impedance: Frequency Range (-3 dB): S/N Ratio: Height: Width: Depth inc. Connector Protrusion: Weight:

Minimum 88 20 8 45 70

Nominal 0 0 0 -10 1 90 90 32 1/1.75/44 19/482 4.25/108 3.2/1450

Maximum Unit +6 dBu +6 dBu +6 dBu -4 dBu kohms dB 20k Hz 200 mW ohms 22k Hz dB rack unit/in./mm in./mm in./mm lbs./g

Conference System Conferencing Interpreting Voting Discussion

Conferencing Interpreting Voting Discussion

•

Choice of microphones for every kind of system and room acoustics.

•

Ease of use.

•

3+1 languages selectable for two users.

•

Yes-No-Voting function.

•

Choice of microphones for every kind of system and room acoustics.

•

Display and multifunction soft keys for ease of use.

•

Up to 63 language channels independently selectable for two users.

•

1, 3, 5-way voting/polling function.

•

Dip-switch selectable president and delegate operating modes.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

CS 5 DU

CS 5 VU

Optional installation frame CS 5 MF for CS 5 DU and CS 5 VU.

The CS 5 VU provides two operating modes, reducing the number of different components needed for a conference system.

The CS 5 DU is the basic microphone station for use in discussion systems. Like all other CS 5 microphone stations, the CS 5 DU provides maximum acoustic flexibility.

Section:

Choose from two goosenecks of different lengths and five microphones with different polar patterns to meet every requirement of any type of conference system. In addition to the usual PTT key, this microphone station offers two advanced features previously found on more expensive conferencing equipment only:

In a small discussion system with CS 5 DU microphone stations, the chairperson would typically use a CS 5 VU. In President mode, it provides a priority function and allows the user to start votes or polls. The display will then indicate the time left for voting and the results. In a larger conference system, the CS 5 VU can be used both by delegates and by the president. In Delegate mode, it provides all voting and language selection functions independently for two delegates.

A bank of dip switches allows each headphone output to be assigned independently to either the floor channel or one of three interpreted language channels. The PTT key also provides a simple yes/no voting function.

A bank of dip switches allows the CS 5 VU to be set to President mode with priority and 1, 3, or 5-way voting/polling functions. In computer-controlled conference systems, chip-card identification is available as an option.

Item numbers: CS 5 DU CS 5 MF

Item numbers: CS 5 VU CS 5 ID10

2770Z00210 2770Z00100 (optional)

• POWER SUPPLY Supply Voltage: Power Consumption: • MIC INPUT Frequency Range (-3 dB): • LOUDSPEAKER OUTPUT Power: Frequency Range (-3 dB): Signal/Noise Ratio: • HEADPHONE OUTPUT Power: Load Impedance: Frequency Range (-3 dB): • Width: • Depth: • Height: • Weight:

Minimum 46 150

Nominal 48 1.5 -

Maximum 50 3 16k

Unit V W Hz

200 70

0.3 -

1.2 22k -

W Hz dB

8 45

30 32 10.1/257 5.8/147 1.9/73 2.0/900

60 22k

mW ohms Hz in./mm in./mm in./mm lbs./g

2770Z00220 2770Z00100 (optional)

Minimum 46 150

Nominal 48 1.5 -

Maximum 50 3 16k

Unit V W Hz

200 70

0.3 -

1.2 22k -

W Hz dB

8 45

30 32 10.1/257 5.8/147 1.9/73 2.0/900

60 22k

mW ohms Hz in./mm in./mm in./mm lbs./g

Installed Microphones

Page 89

5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_4_Installed_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

7:44 Uhr

Seite 70

CS 2 Conference System

Conference

The quick & affordable solution for any application.

• Quick Setup and Takedown. Even of large Systems. • Ease of use. No training needed.

AKG Conference Systems are fully modular and therefore highly flexible, allowing users to create a custom system for any conference application. From microphone capsules to power supplies, designers will find exactly the right components for every type of conference system. AKG Conference Systems use standard single-cable wiring for quick and easy setup and takedown of mobile systems. In addition, single-cable wiring will save time and money in fixed installations, too. Furthermore each Microphone Unit can be used even by two persons when choosing the CK 31 cardioid capsules due to its wide pickup angle.

• For System with up to 80 Microphone Units each Base unit. • Voice activation or manual PPT control. Some References USA: Austria’s Embassy in Washington CHINA: Education and Manpower Bureau Hong Kong, Tong Zhou Qu Financial Department

Harman Pro Group | 2010

The base Unit

CS 2 BU The Base Unit – The Heart of the CS 2

Section:

The Base Unit controls up to 80 Microphone Units. For appropriate power supply use a CS PS 20 for up to 40 Microphone Units, two CS PS 20s for up to 80 Units. Furthermore it can be “daisy-chained” to add as many Microphone Units to the system as required.The Base Unit provides all the inputs and outputs usually needed for a conference system, plus some more including an effects insert, headphones jacks, etc. The CS 2 Base Unit provides automatic NOM (Number of Open Microphones) attenuation. System gain will decrease by approx. 2 dB any time the number of open microphone doubles, even if they are connected to different units in a multiple Base Unit setup. The result is a substantially lower risk of feedback even if the number of open microphones varies constantly. The NOM Limitation function allows the number of simultaneously open microphones to be limited to one, two, three, four, or five. This function can be disabled on any Microphone Unit e.g., one mounted on a lectern, will come on any time, no matter how many mics are already opened. Moreover an automatic Voice activation function can be selected.

Specifications CS 2 BU INPUTS 1–4: • Connectors: • Nominal input level: • Type: • Max. input level for <1% THD&N: LINE INPUT: • Connector: • Nominal input level: • Type: • Input impedance at 1 kHz: • Max. input level for <1% THD&N: AUX IN: • Connectors: • Nominal input level: • Type: • Input impedance at 1 kHz: • Max. input level for <1% THD&N: OUTPUTS REC OUT: • Connectors:

Page 90

4 x male 15-pin D-Sub HD +10 dBu electronically +13 dBu 3-pin female XLR ±0 dBu transformer balanced 30 kohms +17 dBu 2 x female RCA -10 dBu unbalanced 33 kohms +15 dBu 2 x female RCA

Item numbers: CS 2 CU* CS 2 DU* CS 5 MF CS 2 BU CS PS 20 CS MK 1.25 fm CS MK 2.5 fm CS MK 5 fm CS MK 10 fm CS MK 20 fm GN 30 CS GN 50 CS CS MK AC-EU CS MK AC-US CS MK AC-UK

Chair Unit-Desktop version Delegate Unit-Desktop version Mounting Frame for flush mount Base Unit Power Supply Connecting cable, 1.25 m (4 ft.) Connecting cable, 2.5 m (8 ft. 3 in.) Connecting cable, 5 m (16 ft. 5 in.) Connecting cable, 10 m (33 ft.) Connecting cable, 20 m (66 ft.) Gooseneck, approx. 30 cm (12 in.) long Gooseneck, appox. 50 cm (20 in.) long EU power cable US power cable UK power cable

2770Z00010 2770Z00020 2770Z00100 6000H34000 6000H36000 2770Z00110 2770Z00120 2770Z00130 2770Z00140 2770Z00150 2765Z00270 2765Z00280 6000H36020 6000H36030 6000H36040 * w/o gooseneck and microphone capsule

• Nominal output level: • Max. output level at 1% THD&N: • Audio bandwidth: • Min. load impedance: • THD & N at 1 kHz: • S/N ratio (22 Hz to 22 kHz, QPK): LINE OUTPUT: • Connector: • Nominal output level: • Max. output level at 1% THD&N: • Audio bandwidth: • Min. load impedance: • THD & N at 1 kHz: • S/N ratio (22 Hz to 22 kHz, QPK): SYSTEM: • Operating voltage: • Current consumption: • Max. power requirement: • Net/shipping weight: • Package contents:

±0 dBu +17 dBu 15 Hz to 50 kHz 500 ohms 0.01% 88 dB 3-pin male XLR ±0 dBu +10 dBu 20 Hz to 40 kHz 300 ohms 0.02% 88 dB 23 to 36 VDC 170 to 200 mA 7.2 W 2.5 kg (6.2 lbs.)/3.2 kg (7.1 lbs.) Base Unit without power supply

Conference System CS 2 DU Delegate Unit/CS 2 CU Chair Unit The CS 2 is the ideal solution for venues where no sound engineer is available permanently such as meeting rooms, town halls, etc. The central Base Unit controls microphone channels and a priority button allows one or more chairpersons to call the meeting to order. Two types of Microphone Units are available, the Chair Unit with a priority button (any number of Chair Units can be used in a system) and the Delegate Unit. Providing two loudspeakers, two headphone outputs, and a “Voice Zoom” function, each version can be used by two persons. For permanent flush mounting e.g. in a tabletop an optional mounting frame CS 5 MF is available.

Five different ready-to-use cables in standard lengths between 4 ft. (1.25 m) and 66 ft. (20 m) are available for connecting the individual Microphone Units together. This does not only save time but increases the reliability of the system. A range of optional accessories will solve any installation problem. With its wide variety of options, the CS 2 is more flexible than many “fully digital” systems. Plus, the AKG brand name stands for excellent sound and high reliability.

CS 2 DU Delegate Unit *

System Components

CS 2 CU Chair Unit *

reliable minijack connection for quick change

4. Connecting Cables

1. Capsules

Cable lengths: 1.25 m (4 ft.) to 20 m (66 ft.)

Choose from five different microphone capsules CK 31

CK 32

CK 33

CK 47

5. Base Unit Control unit for up to 80 Microphone Units, cascadable

Gooseneck are available in two different lenghts 50 cm (18 in.) 30 cm (12 in.)

GN 50 CS GN 30 CS

3. Microphone Units

CS 2 CU

Section:

CK 80

2. Goosenecks

CS 2 DU

K 10 conference headphones. for further information please see page 99

6. Power Supply

CS 5 MF

Specifications CS 2 CU/DU INPUTS: • Compatible Goosenecks: Compatible Microphones: • Type: • Input Impedance: • Supply Voltage: • Max. Input Level: OUTPUTS: Line • Connector: • Type: • Rated Output Level: • Audio Bandwith: • S/N Ratio, 22 Hz–22 kHz, QPK: • System Compatibility:

Chair and Delegate Microphone Units. Optional flush mounting frame for permanent installation.

GN 30 CS, GN 50 CS CK 31, CK 32, CK 33, CK 47 or CK 80 unbalanced, with DC supply voltage 1.5 kΩ 5.5 V DC 25 dB

15-pin male HD D-sub Transformer balanced, floating +10 dBu 55–35,000 Hz 81 dB Microphone station input on Base Unit, compatible with CS 1 0.25% 105 dBu (22 HZ–22 kHz, QPK, Noise Gate On)

• THD @ 1 kHz: • Equivalent Input Noise: HEADPHONES AND BUILT-IN SPEAKERS: • Headphones Connectors: 2 x mini TRS jacks

Power supply (w/o IEC power cord) for each 40 Microphone Units.

CS PS 20

• Output Power for <1% THD): • Min. Headphones Load Impedance: • Audio Bandwith: • S/N, 22 Hz–22 kHz, QPK: • THD @ 1 kHz: • Equivalent Input Noise: • Digital Potentiometer Attenuation: SYSTEM: • Adjustable Functions:

• • • • • • •

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Bottom panel dip switches and pots on each Microphone Unit allow many functions to be adjusted individually. • Voice Activation threshold • Voice Activation hold time • Microphone automute after user stops talking • Enable/disable NOM limitation • Voice Activation ON/OFF Bottom panel dip switches • Priority level • “Voice Zoom” ON/OFF • Loudspeaker/headphones level reset or last setting • Adjustable compression

The CS 2 uses AKG's famous Modular Series capsules that connect to the Microphone Units via a GN 30 CS (approx. 12 in./30 cm) or GN 50 CS (approx. 20 in./50 cm) gooseneck. A rugged, threaded TRS mini jack with gold plated contacts ensures a firm, wobble-free mechanical joint and excellent electrical contact.

Operating Voltage: Current Consumption: Max. Power Requirement: Size (l x b x h,desktop version): Net/Shipping Weight: Finish: Package Contents:

0.48 W >8 Ω 30–45,000 Hz 81 dB 0.25% 92 dBu (22 HZ–22 kHz, QPK, Noise Gate On) 32 stages from 0 to -42 dB linear, -82 dB max. Voice Activation threshold, Voice Activation hold time Microphone automute ON/OFF, Enable/disable NOM limitation, Voice Activation ON/OFF, Priority Level, Compression ON/OFF, “Voice Zoom” ON/OFF, Headphones/speaker volume reset/last setting, Adjustable compression 20–36 V DC 35–63 mA 1,9 W 257 x 153 x 74 mm (1.0 x 6.0 x 2.9 in.)) 950 g/1,5 kg (2.1/3.3 lbs) Dark grey, matte black Station without microphone and cables

Installed Microphones

Page 91

DMS 700 DSR 700 DHT 700 DPT 700 CU 700

94 95 95 95

WMS 4500 SR 4500 HT 4500 PT 4500 CU 4000/BP 4000 HUB 4000 Q HiQnet TM Microphones for WMS 4500 System Components Multi-Channel Systems

96 97 97 98 98 99 99 100 101

WMS 450

Harman Pro Group | 2010

SR 450 WMS 450 Sets HT 450 PT 450

102 102 103 103

WMS 40 PRO

Section:

SR 40 PRO HT 40 PRO PT 40 PRO WMS 40 PRO Sets GB 40 FLEXX Transformer Set SINGLE

IVM 4 Wireless In-Ear Monitoring SST 4 IVM Sets SPR 4 IP 2 SPC 4 SRA 2W RA 4000 W IVM Multi-Channel Systems

Please note that some of these products may not be available in your country. For details, please contact your local dealer or national AKG distributor.

Page 92

104 105 105 106 107 107

108 108 109 109 110 110 110 111

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Wireless

Section:

Systems

AKG wireless microphone systems include several ranges of products for projects of any scale, from small club gigs to sports events to stadium concerts. To complete the line, AKG has designed the IVM 4, a first-rate wireless in-ear monitor system which features ultra-precise modulation, full flexibility for any live environment, and a choice of 1,200 frequencies.

Page 93

5638_09_5_Wireless_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_5_Wireless_USA_fsch

DMS 700 Broadcast Houses of worship Conference/installation Courtrooms Live sound Sound/AV companies

01.12.2009

8:02 Uhr

Seite 74

Professional digital wireless system for broadcast, installed and live sound applications. Premium audio quality, ultra-wide tuning range and proprietary signal encryption for sensitive information.

â&#x20AC;˘

NEW

â&#x20AC;˘

DMS 700 - Digital Microphone System AKGâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s revolutionary DMS 700 is designed to deliver the very best audio quality, channel quantity and quick and easy operation. It is the first professional digital wireless system that meets worldwide transmission regulations. Up to 155 MHz frequency range of transmitters and receiver gives the user the necessary flexibility even in a crowded RF environment and the encryption offers the necessary security for sensitive audio transmissions. Ideal for broadcast applications, conferences, courtrooms, houses of worship, stage and music performances. The digital audio transmission finally eliminates distortions and significant noise levels at high audio frequencies known from analogue wireless systems. It also protect you from bad audio performance due to low RF link quality.

â&#x20AC;˘

â&#x20AC;˘ Digital true-diversity receiver with 19" all-metal case

â&#x20AC;˘ Signal encryption prevents unintended signal reception for sensitive applications

â&#x20AC;˘ Ultra-wide tuning range of 155 MHz

Harman Pro Group | 2010

â&#x20AC;˘ Up to 100 channels can be operated simultaneously â&#x20AC;˘ Quick setup mode, spectrum analyzer and rehearsal functions for easy setup

â&#x20AC;˘ Infrared link of all frequency and setup data to the transmitter â&#x20AC;˘ Transmitter batteries status monitoring â&#x20AC;˘ Low-cut filter, 3-band Equalizer, dbxÂŽ Compressor and dbxÂŽ Limiter included

DSR 700

Section:

DMS 7

155 MHz ultra-wide frequency range The DSR 700 digital true-diversity receiver offers an ultra-wide bandwidth of up to 155 MHz for a robust and most flexible operation. Select the receiving frequency from pre-programmed frequency groups and sub-channels of your receiver or set it directly in 25 MHz-increments. Each pre-programmed frequency group provides up to 40 intermodulation-free channels. It has a better resistance to interference to provide more channel security and reliable transmission. Using both frequency bands and a customized frequency table allows operation of more than 100 channels simultaneously.

Environment scan â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Spectrum analyzer The Environment Scan function converts the receiver into a spectrum analyzer. It searches the receiverâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s entire frequency band for active radio frequencies and shows them in a frequency spectrum graph in the display. Digital Signal Processing

The build-in digital signal processor offers a variable low-cut filter, a semi-parametric equalizer, a dbxÂŽ limiter and compressor.

Encryption & digital transmission Digital transmission makes it possible to broadcast sensitive audio information with absolute confidence. The audio encryption offers you the highest security for, courtroom, boardroom and other confidential meeting applications. The transmitter uses a digital data stream to transmit battery and mute status to the receiver. Quick & easy setup Great attention was paid to ensure an easy and user-friendly operation with a quick setup feature. The receiver will find interference-free channels and transmit the related setup data to the transmitter via infrared.

DSR 700 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Digital True-Diversity Receiver â&#x20AC;˘ Carrier frequency range Band 1: 548 to 698 MHz, Band 2: 710 to 865 MHz â&#x2030;¤ 155 MHz (country dependent) â&#x20AC;˘ Switching Bandwidth â&#x20AC;˘ Sensitivity 10 dBÎźV / -97 dBm â&#x20AC;˘ Diversity system digital true diversity â&#x20AC;˘ Modulation / Bit rate Digital / < 200 kbps â&#x20AC;˘ Audio bandwidth 25 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 20,000 Hz (Âą3dB) â&#x2030;¤ 0.05% â&#x20AC;˘ T.H.D. â&#x20AC;˘ Signal/noise ratio XLR typ. 115 dB(A), AES3 typ. 120 dB(A) (A-weighted) â&#x20AC;˘ Audio outputs 2 x analog: 3-pin XLR sockets balanced 2 x analog: TS 1/4" / 6.3 mm jack sockets unbalanced 1 x digital: AES3 XLR socket (48 kHz) with wordclock IN (BNC) â&#x20AC;˘ Audio sampling 32 Bit / 44.1 kHz

Page 94

Item number: Item number depends on the frequency band. Your dealer will be glad to provide information on which combinations are available in your country.

â&#x20AC;˘ Audio output level â&#x20AC;˘ Low cut â&#x20AC;˘ Equalizer Compressor Limiter Transmitter battery meter PC interface Power supply Dimensions Standard 1U-rack: â&#x20AC;˘ Net weight â&#x20AC;˘ Standard accessories â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

XLR balanced: +12 dBu (max.) 0 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 300 Hz, variable 3 Band (Parameters: low gain, mid gain, mid frequency, high gain) dbx (parameters: gain, threshold, ratio, attack, release) dbx (parameter: threshold) 7-segment transmitter battery information Ethernet via HUB 4000 Q, HiQnet System Architect Software 90 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 240 VAC, 50â&#x20AC;&#x201C;60 Hz, 0.4 A 480 mm (18.9 in.) Ă&#x2014; 43 mm (1.7 in.) Ă&#x2014; 200 mm (7.87 in.) (w x l x d) 2.3 kg (81 oz.) 2 UHF antennas

DMS 700 • Rugged all-metal construction

• Rugged & compact metal construction

• Up to 50 mW software selectable RF-output power

• D 5 or C 5 microphone element

• 8 hours battery life and 7-segment battery status display

• 8 hours battery life and 7-segment battery status information

• Infrared data link

• Integrated charging contacts for 2 hour quick-charging of rechargeable batteries inside transmitter

• Status data transmission to receiver • Integrated charging contacts for 2 hour quick-charging of rechargeable batteries inside transmitter

• Connector for external mute switch • Professional mini-XLR audio input

DHT 700

DHT 700 is a professional handheld transmitter with a robust metal body. AKG’s legendary D 5 dynamic, D 7 reference dynamic and C 5 condenser microphone capsules for lead and backing vocals deliver a powerful sound even on the noisiest stage. The D 5’s and D 7’s patented laminate VariomotionTM diaphragm and the supercardioid pickup pattern ensure maximum gain-beforefeedback. The ultra-wide bandwidth of up to 155 MHz, up to 50 mW output power and the built-in helical antenna provides the most flexible operation. An infrared data link sends all setup data to the assigned transmitter. The bright graphic display clearly shows channel, frequency, output power and battery status. Item number: Item number depends on RF output and frequency range. Your dealer will be glad to provide information on which combinations are available in your country.

CU 700

Harman Pro Group | 2010

700

• Status data transmission to receiver

DPT 700 DPT 700 is a highly-professional bodypack transmitter with a rugged metal chassis. The ultra-wide bandwidth of up to 155 MHz and up to 50 mW RF output power provides the most flexible operation. An infrared data link will send all setup data to the assigned transmitter. The bright graphic display shows channel, frequency, output power and battery status information. The DPT 700 has a jack for an optional external mute switch that mutes the audio signal even when the transmitter is not easy to reach. The 3-pin mini-XLR audio input is compatible with any lavalier or headworn microphone and provides a bias voltage of 5 V (the connector has to be modified for non-AKG microphones)

Section:

Item number: Item number depends on RF output and frequency range. Your dealer will be glad to provide information on which combinations are available in your country.

• 2-hour quick charging.

• Two slots that fit both DHT 700 and DPT 700. • LED status information • Optional 19-inch rack mount unit

DHT 700 – Digital Handheld Transmitter • Carrier frequency range: Band 1: 548 to 698 MHz, Band 2: 710 to 865 MHz ≤ 155 MHz (country-dependent) • Switching Bandwidth: • RF output power: 50 mW max. (ERP) • Modulation / Bit rate: Digital / < 200 kbps • Audio bandwidth: 25 – 20,000 Hz (±3dB) ≤ 0.05% • T.H.D.: • Signal/noise ratio > 120 dB(A) (A-weighted): • Microphone capsules: D 5, D 7 – dynamic (super cardioid), C 5 – condenser (cardioid) • Max. SPL: D 5 ≤ 140 dB SPL, C 5 ≤ 140 dB SPL ≥ 8 hours LR6 AA alkaline batteries • Battery life: ≥ 8 hours AA rechargeable batteries (NiMH, > 2100 mAh) • Dimensions: 231 mm (9.1 in.) length, 52 mm (2 in.) dia. • Net weight: 336 g (11.8 oz.) • Standard accessories: 2 AA size LR6 batteries, stand adapter, windscreen

DPT 700 – Digital Bodypack Transmitter • Carrier frequency range: Band 1: 548 to 698 MHz, Band 2: 710 to 865 MHz ≤ 155 MHz (country-dependent) • Switching Bandwidth: • RF output power: 50 mW max. (ERP) • Modulation / Bit rate: Digital / < 200 kbps • Audio bandwidth: 25 – 20,000 Hz (±3dB) ≤ 0.05% • T.H.D.: • Signal/noise ratio > 120 dB(A) (A-weighted): • Audio input: TB3M / 3-pole mini-XLR socket (max. 2.5 Vrms) ≥ 8 hours LR6 AA alkaline batteries • Battery life: ≥ 8 hours AA rechargeable batteries (NiMH, > 2100 mAh) • Dimensions: 83.5 mm (3.3 in.) × 64.1 mm (2.5 in.) x 22 mm (0.86 in.) (w x h x d) • Net weight: 82 g (2.9 oz.) without batteries • Standard accessories: 2 AA-size LR6 batteries, belt clip • Optional accessory: RMS 4000 external mute switch

Wireless Systems

Page 95

5638_09_5_Wireless_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_5_Wireless_USA_fsch

WMS 4500

01.12.2009

8:02 Uhr

Seite 76

Wireless system with network capability for installed and live sound. Maximum performance – ultra-compact dimensions.

•

Theater, onstage miking Conference Houses of worship Live sound Sound/AV companies

•

• True diversity receiver with all-metal case

• output for controlling external devices

• Available in eight UHF bands 30 MHz wide each, with up to 1,200 selectable frequencies

• Integrated data interface for controlling and monitoring from a PC via System ArchitectTM

• Using several frequency bands allows up to 70 channels to be operated simultaneously

•

• Transmitter battery status monitoring and tone code squelch

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• Auto Setup, Environment Scan, and Rehearsal functions for quick and easy setup • Backlit, programmable color display and jog wheel with selectable warning signal for ease of use

SR 4500

Section:

WMS 4

The SR 4500 true diversity receiver provides maximum ease of use and the widest range of functions in its class. Its accurate battery life readout is a previously unavailable, invaluable advantage in live sound applications. A complete line of accessories makes the SR 4500 your first choice for every application.

The transmitter uses a pilot tone to transmit battery status data to the receiver that displays the remaining battery capacity. The pilot tone decoder also allows the detection and display of other important information including the current position of the transmitter MUTE switch.

Auto Setup and Environment Scan functions automatically analyze the local RF environment, find usable frequency groups, and set frequencies. The optional HUB 4000 Q integrates the SR 4500 into a HiQnetTM system. With the PC control software System ArchitectTM setting up and monitoring highly complex systems is incredibly easy. A logic output allows remote control of external devices, e.g., an automatic microphone mixer.

Naturally, the SR 4500 operates in an extremely wide UHF band (30 MHz) and each frequency preset provides up to 19 intermodulation-free channels*. The maximum number of selectable frequencies is 1200. Using several frequency bands allows you to operate as many as 70 channels simultaneously.

A large, backlit color display and a jog wheel make the SR 4500 easy to use and a programmable LED ring indicates important system parameters at a glance. Housed in a half-rack, all-metal case, the SR 4500 is the most compact, reliable, and powerful UHF receiver in its price bracket.

The SR 4500 is fully compatible to its predecessor SR 4000. It offers two additional frequency bands in the range of 500 - 530 and 570 to 600 MHz, which give you even more flexibility in multichannel applications. Item number: The item number depends on the frequency band. Your dealer will be glad to provide information on which combinations are available in your country.

* The actual number of channels that can be used simultaneously depends on local frequency plans.

• RF carrier frequency ranges: • • • • •

Modulation: Audio bandwidth: THD: Signal/noise ratio: Audio outputs:

• Dimensions: • Weight: • Standard accessories:

Page 96

500-530, 570-600, 650 to 680, 680 to 710, 720 to 750, 760 to 790, 790 to 820, 835 to 863 MHz FM 35 to 20,000 Hz <0.3% typical >120 dB(A) typical balanced 3-pin XLR; unbalanced TS 1/4" jack; output level adjustable to -30, 0, +6 dB 200 x 44 x 190 mm (7.8 x 1.7 x 7.4 in.) 972 g (2.2 lbs.) Prack mounting kit, 2 UHF antennas

WMS 4500 • Bodypack transmitter with rugged aluminium body

• Operates for up to 15 hours on AA size dry batteries, 12 hours on optional BP 4000 battery pack with integrated Smart Battery Management System

• 30 MHz wide UHF band, up to 1200 selectable frequencies

• 30 MHz wide UHF band, up to 1200 selectable frequencies • Choice of six interchangeable microphone elements • Backlit display and jog switch for ease of use • Charging contacts for easy battery charging on optional charger

• Up to 50 mW RF output for maximum immunity to interference and dropouts

• Backlit display and jog switch for ease of use • Up to 50 mW RF output for maximum immunity to interference and dropouts

• Optional remote mute switch • Operates for up to 15 hours on AA size dry batteries, 12 hours on optional BP 4000 battery pack with integrated Smart Battery Management System • Charging contacts for easy battery charging on optional charger

Harman Pro Group | 2010

4500 HT 4500

HT 4500 is a professional handheld transmitter with a rugged body and connects to a choice of six different microphone elements to cover a wide range of applications. Microphone elements include dynamic and condenser cardioid and hypercardioid models. The 30 MHz wide UHF band provides up to 1200* selectable frequencies, and several preset frequency banks for various countries help you set up a multichannel system very quickly. A backlit display makes it very easy to tune the HT 4500 to the same frequency as the SR 4500 receiver. A pilot tone system continuously sends transmitter status data including MUTE switch position and remaining battery life to the receiver. Integrated charging contacts let you charge the optional BP 4000 battery pack without having to remove it from the transmitter. After only one hour, the battery pack will be fully charged and you can use the transmitter for 12 hours continuously. The HT 4500 is fully compatible to its predecessor HT 4000. It offers two additional frequency bands in the range of 500 - 530 and 570 to 600 MHz, which give you even more flexibility in multichannel applications.

Item number: The item number depends on RF output and frequency band. Your dealer will be glad to provide information on which combinations are available in your country.

PT 4500 Bodypack transmitter with rugged die-cast magnesium body. The 30 MHz wide UHF band provides up to 1200* selectable frequencies, and several preset frequency banks for various countries help you set up a multichannel system very quickly.

Section:

A backlit display makes it very easy to tune the PT 4500 to the same frequency as the SR 4500 receiver. A pilot tone system continuously sends transmitter data including MUTE switch position and remaining battery life to the receiver. Integrated charging contacts let you charge the optional BP 4000 battery pack without having to remove it from the transmitter. After only one hour, the battery pack will be fully charged and you can use the transmitter for 12 hours continuously. The 3-pin mini XLR input with adjustable gain accommodates both portable instruments and a variety of AKG microphones for every application. An optional RMS 4000 remote mute switch allows the user to mute the transmitter without having to fumble for the on-board mute switch. The PT 4500 is fully compatible to its predecessor PT 4000. It offers two additional frequency bands in the range of 500 - 530 and 570 to 600 MHz, which give you even more flexibility in multichannel applications. Item number: The item number depends on RF output and frequency band. Your dealer will be glad to provide information on which combinations are available in your country.

• Carrier frequency ranges: • • • • • •

Modulation: Audio bandwidth: THD: S/N ratio: RF radiation: Battery life:

• Dimensions: • Net weight: • Standard accessories:

500-530, 570-600, 650 to 680, 680 to 710, 720 to 750, 760 to 790, 790 to 820, 835 to 863 MHz FM 35 to 20,000 Hz <0.3% typical >120 dB(A) 50 mW max. (ERP) 2 AA size dry batteries: 15 hours typ.; BP 4000: 12 hours typ. length: 247 mm (9.7 in.); diameter: approx. 39 mm (1.5 in.) 125 g (11.3 oz.) 2 AA size dry batteries, SA 63 stand adapter

• Carrier frequency ranges: • • • • • •

Modulation: Audio bandwidth: THD: S/N ratio: RF radiation: Battery life:

• • • •

Dimensions: Net weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessory:

500-530, 570-600, 650 to 680, 680 to 710, 720 to 750, 760 to 790, 790 to 820, 835 to 863 MHz FM 35 to 20,000 Hz <0.3% typical >120 dB(A) typical 50 mW max. (ERP) 2 AA size dry batteries: 15 hours typ.; BP 4000 rechargeable battery pack: 12 hours typ. 70 x 90 x 25 mm (2.8 x 3.5 x 1 in.) 95 g (3.4 oz.) 2 AA size dry batteries, belt clip RMS 4000 external mute switch

Wireless Systems

Page 97

• Charger with two charging compartments for two HT 4500, PT 4500 transmitters, or BP 4000 battery packs

• Usefull tools like Device Manager, Environment Scan, RF Monitor and Programmer Guide

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• Apple iPhone application for controlling and monitoring of an AKG wireless system via Wifi (HUB 4000 Q needed) with an iPhone (available from fall 2009).

HUB 4000 Q

The CU 4000 charger provides two charging compartments to charge either two transmitters (HT 4500, PT 4500) or two BP 4000 battery packs simultaneously. The heart of the charging system is the BP 4000 rechargeable battery pack with built-in active monitoring circuitry. An integrated microprocessor continuously monitors battery status and accurately calculates the remaining battery life. This puts an end to the nightmare of batteries failing on stage. A processor controlled pulse charging system charges the battery pack quickly yet gently, and several monitoring circuits and a temperature sensor prevent the battery pack from being overcharged. To eliminate memory effect, the CU 4000 automatically checks whether the battery pack needs servicing and automatically starts a recovery cycle when you press the RECOVER button.

2887Z00060 7801H00050 7801H00060 7801H00070

BP 4000

CU 4000 charger with HT 4500 and PT 4500

Page 98

AKG SYSTEM ARCHITECT PLUG-IN: • Setup of the wireless system with a single click with 1 Click Setup.

CU 4000 BP 4000

Charging current: Operating voltage: Charging time: Recovery cycle: Dimensions: Weight: Standard accessories:

• Supports DSR 700 (DMS 700, available from fall 2009), SST 4 (IVM 4) und SR 4500 (WMS 4500)

• Easy to use and intuitive user interface

• One-hour quick charging of two transmitters

• • • • • • •

200

136

173

• Fully charged BP 4000 battery pack lasts for 12 hours and can be charged more than 1000 times to keep operating cost low

Item numbers: CU 4000 w/o power supply EU power supply US power supply UK power supply

Seite 78

• Monitoring and controlling of a wireless system with the System Architect™

• Microprocessor controlled charge/discharge monitoring function

8:02 Uhr

• HiQnet™ ethernet interface for connecting up to eight AKG devices to a HiQnet™ network

• Smart current management system permanently monitors battery parameters to prevent overcharging and suggest recovery cycle

Section:

01.12.2009

5638_09_5_Wireless_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_5_Wireless_USA_fsch

1.5 A 12 V DC, 1.3 A 1 hour typical approx. 8 hours approx. 92 x 173 x 85 mm (3.6 x 6.8 x 3.3 in.) 580 g (1.2 lbs.) 2 BP 4000 battery packs, power supply

The HUB 4000 Q enables you to connect up to eight AKG devices to the HiQnet™ system developed by Harman Professional. Being a true plug and play device, all you need to do to install the HUB 4000 Q is to connect it to your computer via a commercial CAT-5 network cable. For large wireless systems, you can of course add several HUB 4000 Qs using standard Ethernet switches (or routers, wireless hubs, ...), allowing you to configure and monitor the entire setup from a single computer. The System Architect™ control software, once installed on the computer, will automatically identify all HUB 4000 Qs connected to the computer. The AKG designed, channel-oriented user interface in System Architect™ provides intuitive control and makes setting up the system child's play using 1 Click Setup Device Manager, Environment Scan, RF Monitor and many other functions. The HUB 4000 Q quickly and easily integrates the DMS 700, WMS 4500 wireless systems and In Ear Monitoring system IVM 4 into any complex HiQnet™ environment. The AKG Wireless Controller iPhone application controls and monitors the entire AKG wireless system via Wifi and the HUB 4000 Q. Item numbers: HUB 4000 Q w/o power supply: EU power supply: AC 12/EU US power supply: AC 12/US UK power supply: AC 12/UK

• • • • • • •

2999Z00140 7801H00010 7801H00020 7801H00030

Power supply : Current consumption: Ambient temperature: Connectors for AKG devices : Connector for network card: Dimensions: Weight:

12 V DC +/- 2V 200 mA max. -10° C to +60° C RJ11 RJ45 200 x 190 x 44 mm (7.8 x 7.5 x 1.7 in.) 970 g (2.2 lbs.)

WMS 4500

The HiQnet TM advantage • HiQnet™ is a communications protocol or language for audio devices

connect. configure. control.

• System Architect™ is the software for central system control • System-wide intuitive configuration and monitoring Product panel with 16 DSR 700 stripes

• Built on standard network technologies

HiQnet™ is a communications protocol or language with which all device-types within the full audio signal path can communicate.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

The HiQnet™ advantage: HiQnet™ provides efficient configuration and control of complex audio systems as well as convenient monitoring of important parameters of all audio devices on the network. The HiQnet™ protocol enables compatible devices from different manufacturers to be connected to the same HiQnet™ network. For this purpose, HiQnet™ uses standard network technology such as the Ethernet protocol or commercial CAT-5 network cables.

1 Click Setup

The entire HiQnet™ system is configured and controlled with a single software application – Harman Pro System Architect™. A comprehensive core PC application into which device-specific plug-ins developed by each Harman Pro brand can be loaded. System Architect™ has been written entirely from the ground up to achieve the goal of accommodating all requirements from all the links in a signal chain. System Architect™ has been optimized for use in both tour sound and installation environments and includes features enabling quick and easy system configuration for both disciplines. For more information, visit www.hiqnet.harmanpro.com AKG HiQnet iPhone application

Section:

Microphones for WMS 4500 Systems The microphone elements listed below can be used with the HT 4500 only, whereas the lavalier and head-worn models are compatible with the DPT 700, PT 4500, PT 450 and PT 40 PRO bodypack transmitters.

NEW D 5 WL 1

D 7 WL 1

C 5 WL 1

C 535 WL 1

Item number: 3082Z00010

Item number: 3082Z00030

Item number: 3082Z00020

Item number: 2782Z00150

To give you maximum flexibility in tailoring a WMS 4500 system to your voice, application and budget, there is a large selection of microphone capsules available. For handheld use, choose between the smooth, powerful sound of the D 5 or D 7 dynamic capsules or the clear articulate sound of the C 535 EB or C 5 condenser capsules.

HC 577 L

C 520

C 555 L

C 417

Item number: 3141Z00110*

Item numbers: Item number: Item numbers: L 3066Z00060* L 3066Z00200* L 2577Z00080

CK 55 L

CK 77 WR

CK 97-C/L

C 411

C 518

C 519

Item number: 6000H17200

Item numbers: L 2441Z00390 L/P 2441Z00400

Item number: 2497Z00080

Item number: Item numbers: Item numbers: Item number: 2571Z00030 ML 3064Z00120* ML 3065Z00120* ML 3063Z00120*

For lavalier and headset applications, you have a choice of broadcast/concert proven AKG models with a range of pickup patterns, size and other features. No other company gives you more options to customize a wireless system than the AKG WMS 4500.

C 516

* (6 units multipack version)

Wireless Systems

Page 99

5638_09_5_Wireless_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_5_Wireless_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

8:02 Uhr

Seite 80

PS 4000 W

PSU 4000

ASU 4000

Multi-Coupler • Supplies antenna signal and DC power for four SR 450, SR 4000 or SR 4500 receivers • Two expansion outputs allow signal cascading up to 3 additional PS 4000s from one antenna feed • Eight BNC antenna signal + DC outputs • LED status indicators that show antenna and/or cable problems

Central power supply • Powers up to 3 PS 4000s for DC connecting 12 SR 450, SR 4000, SR 4500 • Powers CU 4000, HUB 4000, HPA 4000 • 3 DC outputs • IEC power cable with universal power supply that operates anywhere in the world

Remote power supply Remote power supply for complex antenna networks • BNC input and output • Locking DC input • Status LED • Water-resistant case

Item number: 2997Z000401)

Item number: 3009Z00100

• Weight: • Standard accessories: • Optional accessories:

Section:

500 to 865 MHz 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 dB switchable 2 BNC sockets, 50 ohms 10 BNC sockets, 50 ohms 12 VDC 200 x 190 x 44 mm (7.8 x 7.5 x 1.7 in.) 970 g (2.2 lbs.) RMU 4000 MK PS connecting cable

• • • • • •

90 VAC to 264 VAC 47 to 63 Hz 3 outputs, 12 VDC each DC OUT 1: 2.5 A, DC OUT 2-3: 2 A 1.3 kg (3.2 lbs.) 200 x 190 x 44 mm (7.8 x 7.5 x 1.7 in.)

• • • • •

Carrier frequency range: RF input: RF output: Operating voltage: Dimensions:

• Weight:

500 to 865 MHz 1 BNC socket, 50 ohms 1 BNC socket, 50 ohms 12 V DC 78 x 50 x 50 mm (3.1 x 2.0 x 2.0 in.) 167 g (5.9 oz.)

AB 4000

SRA 2 B/W

RA 4000 B/W

High-performance antenna booster for inserting into long antenna cables. One AB 4000 can compensate for approx. 17 dB of cable attenuation. Up to three AB 4000 boosters can be used in series for extremely long cable runs. • BNC input and output • DC Input • Water-resistant case • Status-LED

Active, wideband directional antenna • For indoor or outdoor use, specifically, for setting up radio links for distances up to 300 m (1000 feet) • Integrated high-performance antenna booster for use with long cable runs • Water-resistant case, BNC output • Remote powering option and status LED

Omnidirectional wideband booster antenna • For indoor or outdoor use, specifically, for near-field antenna setups with no preferred direction • Integrated high-performance antenna booster for use with long antenna cables • Remote powering option and status LED • Rugged, water-resistant case, BNC output

Item number: 3009Z00020

• • • • •

Carrier frequency range: Gain: Coverage angle: RF output: Operating voltage:

• Dimensions: • Weight:

Item number: 3009Z00160

500 to 865 MHz approx. 17 dB to 7 dB, selectable 1 BNC socket, 50 ohms 1 BNC socket, 50 ohms 8 VDC from PS 4000 W or ASU 4000 via connecting cable 110 x 35 mm (4.3 x 1.4 in.) 150 g (5.3 oz.)

• • • • •

Carrier frequency range: Antenna gain: Coverage angle: Booster gain: Operating voltage:

• Dimensions: • Weight:

Item number: 2632Z00320

500 to 865 MHz 4.5 dB 70° 17 dB 8 VDC from PS 4000 W or ASU 4000 via connecting cable 230 x 240 x 26 mm (9 x 9.4 x 1.0 in.) 250 g (8.8 oz.)

• • • •

Carrier frequency range: Gain: RF output: Operating voltage:

• Dimensions: • Weight:

500 to 865 MHz 17 dB 1 BNC socket, 50 ohms 8 VDC/46 mA from PS 4000 W or ASU 4000 via connecting cable 220 x 38.5 mm (8.7 x 1.5 in.) 65 g (2.3 oz.)

HUB 4000 Q

ZAPD 21

RMS 4000

RMS 4/SPORT

Network integrator for connecting up to eight devices (SR 4500, SST 4) to an Ethernet network for programming and monitoring.

2-into-1 antenna combiner for indoor and outdoor use of near-field antenna setups. Can be used either to split signals or combine them as needed.

Remote Mute Switch The RMS 4000 lets a user mute and unmute the PT 450 or PT 4500 transmitters easily, discreetly and securely when the transmitter is under vestments or a costume. Cable length: 110 cm (43 in.)

Perfect for football referees. Available only in the USA. www.akg.com/usa

Item number: 2999Z001402)

Item number: SERVSON760

Item number: 3009Z00120

Page 100

Input voltage: Frequency: Output voltage: Max. output current: Weight: Size:

4000

Carrier frequency range: Gain: RF inputs: RF outputs: Operating voltage: Dimensions:

1) PSU

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• • • • • •

2) The HUB 4000 Q/HUB 4000 and PS 4000 W with the stated item numbers include no power supply. Please order the appropriate power supply for each unit separately: EU: AC 12/EU 7801H00010, US: AC 12/US 7801H00020, UK: AC 12/UK 7801H00030

Item number: 2996Z001002)

w/o power cable 2997Z00040 w/EU power cable 2997Z00010 w/US power cable 2997Z00020 w/UK power cable 2997Z00030

System Components (WMS 4500/450)

System Description/Multi-Channel Systems

Multi-Channel Systems 2 x SRA 2B/W

w/UK power cable 2997Z00030

PS 4000 W

WMS 450

Harman Pro Group | 2010

PS 4000 W

WMS 4500

Example: 10-Channel System for Tour Sound

PS 4000 W

10 x SR 4500

DC Out 1 DC Out 2 DC Out 3

PSU 4000

Fitting all components into flight cases as well as the shortest possible setup time are essential for festivals with several acts performing in succession. While one performer is on stage, backstage preparations for the following act must be completed so that it can be started without any drawn-out interruptions due to alterations or soundchecks. Wireless systems in particular require meticulous RF and audio performance tests to be carried out before they are connected to the FOH mixer. The advanced software of the SR 4000 receiver makes all this easy. Rehearsal Mode, Auto Setup, and Frequency Scan are just a few of the features that help set up all the RF connections quickly and efficiently. In the example shown above, a complete 10-channel wireless system including antenna splitters, power supply unit, and headphone amplifiers can be fitted into a compact 8-space-rack. You can also fit two small flight cases with five chargers each for the transmitters, so that all transmitters can be charged completely and simultaneously within just one hour. And, the complete tour sound package takes up so little space it can be transported in a standard station wagon â&#x20AC;&#x201C; the ideal solution for any band on tour.

Specification: 10 x SR 4500 10 x HT/PT 4500 5 x CU 4000 1 x PSU 4000

True Diversity Receiver Handheld or bodypack transmitter Charging unit Central power supply

3 x PS 4000 W 2 x SRA 2 B/W 24 x MK PS 2 x MKA 20

Section:

Charging case including 5 CU

Another excellent choice for smaller touring sound systems is the WMS 450, which is compatible with many of the system expansion components of the WMS 4000 for cost-effective, yet state-of-the-art performance. For example, a complete 4-channel system including a PSU 4000 power supply unit and PS 4000 antenna multi-coupler with two front-mounted antennas will fit into a 3-space rack! All thatâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s necessary to hook it up is to connect a single power cable and the audio lines. All other components, such as the transmitter, can be stored in a 2-space-drawer.

Antenna splitter Active wideband directional antenna 0.65 m Antenna cable 20 m Antenna cable

Your dealer or the AKG Distributor for your country or region will be glad to help you in designing multichannel systems for your specific needs.

Wireless Systems

Page 101

5638_09_5_Wireless_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_5_Wireless_USA_fsch

WMS 450

01.12.2009

8:03 Uhr

Seite 82

Highly flexible wireless system, easy to use and expandable for the most sophisticated applications.

•

Conference Houses of worship Live sound Musical, opera

•

• Diversity receiver with all-metal case • Up to 12 channels can be used simultaneously in each frequency band

177

202,4

•

• Auto Setup and Rehearsal functions for quick and easy setup

•

• Quick infrared transmission of all frequency and setup data to the transmitter

•

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• Programmable warning functions using two-color display backlighting to indicate critical operating conditions

SR 450

Section:

WMS 4

The SR 450 diversity receiver is your best choice for cost-efficient, high-performance multichannel systems. Up to 12 channels can be used simultaneously within the same frequency band and even large systems will work smoothly in environments hostile to RF transmission. Being compatible with professional WMS 4000 antenna splitters, power supplies, and high quality remote antennas, the WMS 450 enables you to set up highly complex wireless systems. In Auto Setup mode, the receiver will scan the available bands, find an

SETS

WMS 450 Vocal Set D 5 • 1 HT 450 handheld transmitter with D 5 microphone element, 1 SR 450 receiver • 1 stand adapter, 1 AA size battery, 2 antennas, rack mounting kit, power supply

WMS 450 Vocal Set C 5 • 1 HT 450 handheld transmitter with C 5 microphone element, 1 SR 450 receiver • 1 stand adapter, 1 AA size battery, 2 antennas, rack mounting kit, power supply

interference-free channel, and transmit the related frequency data to the assigned transmitter via infrared. This technique reduces the time it takes to set up a multichannel system to a few minutes. A Rehearsal function, a programmable display clearly indicating all important system parameters, two-color display backlighting warning the user of critical conditions from a distance, and a transmitter battery status display on the receiver enhance reliability and add to ease of use.

WMS 450 Headworn Set

• 1 PT 450 bodypack transmitter 1 SR 450 receiver 1 C 555 L head-worn microphone • 1 belt clip, 1 AA size battery, 2 antennas, rack mounting kit, power supply

Item number: SR 450: The item number depends on the frequency band and type of power supply. Your dealer will be glad to provide information on which combinations are available in your country.

WMS 450 Guitar Set

• 1 PT 450 bodypack transmitter 1 SR 450 receiver 1 MKG L cable, 2 antennas, • 1 belt clip, 1 AA size battery, 2 antennas, rack mounting kit, power supply

SR 450 • RF carrier frequency ranges: • • • • •

Modulation: Audio bandwidth: THD at 1 kHz: Signal-to-noise: Audio outputs:

• Dimensions: • Weight: • Standard accessories:

Page 102

WMS 450 Presenter Set

• 1 PT 450 bodypack transmitter 1 SR 450 receiver 1 C 407 L lavalier microphone • 1 belt clip, 1 AA size battery, 2 antennas, rack mounting kit, power supply

650 to 680, 680 to 710, 720 to 750, 760 to 790, 790 to 820, 835 to 863 MHz FM 35 to 20,000 Hz <0.3% typ. >120 dB(A) typ. balanced XLR and unbalanced TS 1/4" jack, balanced level switchable to -30 or 0 dBm approx. 200 x 44 x 190 mm (7.8 x 1.7 x 7.4 in.) 972 g (2.2 lbs.) 2 antennas, power supply, rack mounting kit

• Extremely compact bodypack transmitter

• Infrared data download from receiver for instant setup

• Infrared data download for instant setup

• Long battery life (6 hours with single AA size dry battery, 8 hours with optional high performance rechargeable battery) for low operating cost

• Battery status display and data transmission

• Battery capacity display and data transmission

• Integrated charging contacts for charging batteries inside transmitter

• Ergonomically styled body with anti-slip finish for confident and easy handling

• Connector for external mute switch

73,5

• Available with D 5 or C 5 microphone element

176,2

WMS 450

450 HT 450

The HT 450 is a high-performance, compact handheld transmitter for a host of applications. It is available either with the well-balanced, powerful sound of the D 5 dynamic microphone or the detailed clarity of the C 5 condenser microphone. Many innovative features enhance both system reliability and user friendliness. An LC display indicates all important system data at a glance, including frequency, preset country code, available battery capacity, low battery capacity warning, as well as transmission status. An infrared transmission link will feed all frequency and setup data to the assigned transmitter within seconds. A noiseless ON-MUTE/PRG-OFF switch and status LED add to the transmitter's user-friendliness.

Item numbers: CU 400 2934Z00040 w/o power cable 2934Z00010 w/EU power cable 2934Z00020 w/US power cable 2934Z00030 w/UK power cable

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• Professional mini XLR audio input

PT 450 The PT 450 is a high-performance, compact bodypack transmitter for a host of applications. Many innovative features enhance both system reliability and user friendliness. An LC display indicates all important system data at a glance, including frequency, preset country code, available battery capacity, low battery capacity warning, as well as transmission status. An infrared transmission link will feed all frequency and setup data to the assigned transmitter within seconds. The PT 450 bodypack transmitter uses a rugged case, and the mini XLR input allows you to connect a wide selection of AKG microphones or portable instruments. A special jack lets you connect an optional external mute switch enabling the user to mute the audio signal even if the transmitter is difficult to reach.

Section:

Item number: HT 450 and PT 450: Item numbers depend on RF output and frequency band. Your dealer will be glad to provide information on which combinations are available in your country.

CU 400 charger • • • •

HT 450 • Carrier frequency ranges: • • • • • •

Modulation: Audio bandwidth: THD: S/N Ratio (A-weighted) RF output: Battery life:

• Dimensions: • Weight: • Standard accessories:

Plug-in charging Two universal charging slots Charging time <2 hours Status LEDs

650 to 680, 680 to 710, 720 to 750, 760 to 790, 790 to 820 and 835 to 863 MHz FM 35 to 20,000 Hz <0.7% typ. at rated deviation/1 kHz >120 dB(A) typ. max. 50 mW (ERP) 1.5 V AA size dry battery: 6 hours typ.; 1.2 V NiMH, 2,100 mAh AA size rechargeable battery: 8 hours typ. 236.9 x 51.1 mm max. dia. (9.3 x 2 in.) 240 g (8.5 oz.) 1 AA size dry battery, stand adapter

PT 450 • Carrier frequency ranges: • • • • • •

Modulation: Audio bandwidth: THD: S/N ratio (A-weighted) RF output: Battery life:

• • • •

Dimensions: Net weight: Standard accessories: Optional accessory:

650 to 680, 680 to 710, 720 to 750, 760 to 790, 790 to 820 and 835 to 863 MHz FM 35 to 20,000 Hz <0.7% typ. at rated deviation/1 kHz >120 dB(A) typ. max. 50 mW (ERP) 1.5 V AA size dry battery: 6 hours typ.; 1.2 V NiMH, 2100 mAh AA size rechargeable battery: 8 hours typ. 60 x 73.5 x 30 mm (2.4 x 2.9 x 1.2 in.) 90 g (3.2 oz.) 1 AA size battery, belt clip external mute switch

Wireless Systems

Page 103

5638_09_5_Wireless_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_5_Wireless_USA_fsch

WMS 40 PRO

01.12.2009

8:03 Uhr

Seite 84

The plug & play wireless solution

•

Live sound Houses of Worship Conference Sound/AV company, Gyms

•

• • SR 40 FLEXX: Three selectable frequencies, balanced XLR and unbalanced jack outputs, adjustable squelch, multichannel capability up to nine* channels operating simultaneously

•

• SR 40 DUAL: Two single-frequency receivers in a single case, balanced TRS output jacks, multichannel capability up to seven* channels operating simultaneously

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• SR 40 SINGLE: Single fixed frequency, balanced TRS output jack, multichannel capability up to seven* channels operating simultaneously

SR 40 PRO

Section:

WMS 4

The new WMS 40 PRO Series is the optimum solution for small stages, clubs, places of worship, hotels, and gyms. With their plug and play concept and fixed frequencies, these systems set up quickly and are easy to use. The transmitters will operate for more than 30 hours off a single AA size battery. The WMS 40 PRO systems are available in three versions to match any application and budget: FLEXX: Maximum flexibility, three selectable frequencies for interference-free reception, adjustable transmitter input gain. DUAL: Two receivers in a single unit for exceptionally cost efficient two-channel systems. SINGLE: The easy-to-use single-channel wireless systems. Also compatible with Microtools Series GB 40 and TM 40 transmitters.

WMS 40 PRO Series products are available in several complete systems and can be used in many countries without paying any fees or obtaining permits.

All SR 40 PRO versions provide an output level control for optimally matching the receiver’s output level to the connected equipment and feature a rugged metal case for freestanding or rack mounted use.

• Carrier frequency: • • • •

Audio bandwith: THD at 1 kHz: Signal/noise ratio: Power requirement:

• Audio outputs:

• Dimensions: • Net weight (exc. of batteries): • Package:

Page 104

SR 40 FLEXX 660 to 865 MHz, 3 selectable frequencies 35 to 20,000 Hz typ. 0.8% typ. 110 dB(A) 120/230 V AC

SR 40 DUAL 660 to 865 MHz, 2 fixed-frequency receivers in single case 40 to 20,000 Hz typ. 0.8% typ. 110 dB(A) 120/230 V AC

SR 40 SINGLE 660 to 865 MHz, 1 fixed frequency

bal. XLR and unbal. 1/4" jack, output level adjustable at rated deviation: 500 mV rms. 200 x 190 x 44 mm (7.8 x 7.4 x 1.7 in.) 665 g (1.5 lbs.) SR 40 FLEXX, AC adapter

bal. adjustable 500 bal. 1/4" jack, output level, adjustable at rated deviation: 500 mV rms. 200 x 190 x 44 mm (7.8 x 7.4 x 1.7 in.) 674 g (1.4 lbs.) SR 40 DUAL, AC adapter

bal. 1/4" jack, output level, adjustable at rated deviation: 500 mV rms.

40 to 20,000 Hz typ. 0.8% typ. 110 dB(A) 120/230 V AC

200 x 190 x 44 mm (7.8 x 7.4 x 1.7 in.) 581 g (1.3 lbs.) SR 40 SINGLE, AC adapter

WMS 40 PRO • Extremely compact, light bodypack transmitter

• Operates for more than 30 hours off a single AA size battery

• Ergonomic styling and anti-slip finish for confident and easy handling

• Built-in contacts for charging batteries inside the transmitter on optional CU 400 charger

• PT 40 FLEXX: three selectable frequencies

• HT 40 FLEXX: three selectable frequencies

PT 40:

• PT 40 PRO: single fixed frequency 73,5

• HT 40 PRO: single fixed frequency Ø 51,1

236,9

PT 40 PRO

The WMS 40 PRO Series handheld transmitters feature exceptional ruggedness, anti-slip finish for ease of handling, and elegant styling. They are available in two versions: the HT 40 FLEXX is included in the FLEXX systems, the HT 40 PRO in the DUAL and SINGLE systems. Operating for more than 30 hours off a single AA size battery, the transmitters save money due to their reduced battery replacement need. Rechargeable batteries can be charged inside the transmitter on the optional CU 400 charger.

The WMS 40 PRO Series bodypack transmitters are rugged, extremely compact, and light. A mini XLR connector allows you to connect many AKG microphones or portable instruments. The PT 40 PRO bodypack transmitter is available in two versions: the PT 40 FLEXX is included in the FLEXX systems, the PT 40 PRO in the DUAL and SINGLE systems.

A noiseless on/mute/off switch and a status LED add to user-friendliness.

Operating for more than 30 hours off a single AA size battery, the transmitters save money due to their reduced battery replacement need. Rechargeable batteries can be charged inside the transmitter on the optional CU 400 charger.

Item number: Item numbers differ from country to country. Please ask your dealer for details.

CU 400

• Carrier frequency: Audio bandwith: THD at 1 kHz: Signal/noise ratio: RF output: Power requirement: Battery life: Dimensions: Net weight: (exc. of batteries) • Package:

• • • • • • • •

HT 40 FLEXX 660 to 865 MHz, 3 selectable frequencies 65 Hz to 20 kHz typ. 0,8% typ. 110 dB(A) typ. 10 mW (ERP) 1 AA size battery typ. 30 h (for 2200 mAh) 236.9 x 51.1 dia. mm (9.3 x 2 in.) 195 g (6.95 oz.)

HT 40 PRO 660 to 865 MHz, 1 fixed frequency 65 Hz to 20 kHz typ. 0,8% typ. 110 dB(A) typ. 10 mW (ERP) 1 AA size battery typ. 30 h (for 2200 mAh) 236.9 x 51.1 dia. mm (9.3 x 2 in.) 195 g (6.95 oz.)

PT 40 FLEXX 660 to 865 MHz, 3 selectable frequencies 35 Hz to 20 kHz typ. 0,8% typ. 110 dB(A) typ. 10 mW (ERP) 1 AA size battery typ. 30 h (for 2200 mAh) 60 x 73.5 x 30 mm (2.4 x 2.9 x 1.2 in.) 60 g (2.1 oz.)

PT 40 PRO 660 to 865 MHz, 1 fixed frequency 40 Hz to 20 kHz typ. 0,8% typ. 110 dB(A) typ. 10 mW (ERP) 1 AA size battery typ. 30 h (for 2200 mAh) 60 x 73.5 x 30 mm (2.4 x 2.9 x 1.2 in.) 60 g (2.1 oz.)

HT 40 FLEXX, 1 AA size dry battery, 1 semitransparent replacement clip, 1 stand adapter

HT 40 PRO, 1 AA size dry battery, 1 semitransparent replacement clip, 1 stand adapter

PT 40 FLEXX, 1 AA size dry battery, 1 labeling sheet

PT 40 PRO, 1 AA size dry battery, 1 labeling sheet

Wireless Systems

Page 105

Harman Pro Group | 2010

40 PRO HT 40 PRO

Section:

5638_09_5_Wireless_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_5_Wireless_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

8:04 Uhr

Seite 86

WMS 40 PRO Sets

•

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Vocal

FLEXX

DUAL

SINGLE

Maximum flexibility

2 in 1 receiver saves cost

Easy to use.

Three selectable frequencies for interference-free reception, adjustable transmitter input gain

Two receivers in a single unit for exceptionally cost efficient two-channel systems

The easy-to-use single-channel wireless systems. Unpack and get going.

• Three selectable frequencies • Diversity receiver • Adjustable squelch • Multichannel capability: up to nine* channels operating simultaneously • Rugged bodies

• Two single-frequency receivers in a single unit • Metal case • Miniature transmitters • Single-battery powering • Multichannel capability: up to seven* channels operating simultaneously

• Single, fixed frequency • Metal case • Miniature transmitters • Single-battery powering • Multichannel capability: multichannel capability up to seven* channels operating simultaneously

1 handheld transmitter or 1 bodypack transmitter, 1 receiver

2 handheld transmitters or 2 bodypack transmitters, 1 receiver

1 handheld transmitter or 1 bodypack transmitter, 1 receiver

• Vocal Set DUAL

• Vocal Set SINGLE

SR 40 FLEXX HT 40 FLEXX

SR 40 DUAL 2 x HT 40 PRO

SR 40 SINGLE HT 40 PRO

• Instrumental Set DUAL SR 40 DUAL 2 x PT 40 PRO MKG L cable

SR 40 FLEXX PT 40 FLEXX MKG L cable

Instrumental

• Presenter Set DUAL

Sports

• Presenter Set FLEXX

SR 40 DUAL PT 40 PRO C 555 L, HT 40 PRO

Presenter

SR 40 FLEXX PT 40 FLEXX CK 55 L

Special

SR FLEXX GB FLEXX

NEW

* Depending on local frequency plans. For details, please contact your dealer or visit www.akg.com/wms40pro Please note that some of these products may not be available in your country. For details, please contact your local dealer or national AKG distributor.

Page 106

SR 40 SINGLE PT 40 PRO MKG L cable

SR 40 SINGLE PT 40 PRO C 555 L

SR 40 FLEXX PT 40 FLEXX C 555 L

• Guitar Set FLEXX

• Instrumental Set SINGLE

• Sports Set SINGLE

• Sports Set FLEXX

• Presenter Set SINGLE SR 40 SINGLE PT 40 PRO CK 55 L

• Transformer Set SINGLE SR 40 SINGLE SO 40 Snapon Transmitter

Item number: Item numbers differ from country to country. Please ask your dealer for details.

•

• Vocal Set FLEXX

• Instrumental Set FLEXX

Section:

•

WMS 40 PRO Sets/Microtools Live sound

NEW

â&#x20AC;˘ Smallest switchable miniature transmitter â&#x20AC;˘ 3 different battery covers included â&#x20AC;˘ Swiveling FlexJack connector matching every guitar â&#x20AC;˘ Extended frequency response optimized for guitars and basses â&#x20AC;˘ 11 hours battery life for AAA size dry/ 6 hours for rechargeable batteries for low operating cost

Vocals Live sound Sound/ AV company Transformer Set SINGLE SR 40 SINGLE SO 40 â&#x20AC;˘ Professional XLR connector matching all dynamic microphones â&#x20AC;˘ Ultra-light, glass ďŹ ber reinforced miniature case

â&#x20AC;˘ Extremely low operating cost

Transformer Set Single

The GB 40 FLEXX guitarbug is probably the easiest and least invasive way to integrate a guitar, bass, or portable keyboard into a wireless system in next to no time.

The SO 40 snapon transmitter is probably the most cost-efďŹ cient way to upgrade a hardwire microphone for wireless use. All you have to do is disconnect the microphone cable and plug the snapon transmitter into the XLR connector on the microphone. The snapon transmitter with its small and light glass ďŹ ber reinforced case will add less weight to the microphone than the cable did.

A â&#x20AC;&#x153;FlexJackâ&#x20AC;? swiveling jack plug connects the transmitter to every type of output jack, and the GB 40 FLEXX guitarbug will automatically â&#x20AC;&#x153;hugâ&#x20AC;? the instrument. Therefore, and because it is incredibly small, the GB 40 FLEXX guitarbug will never get in the way while you play, and keep a low profile, too. Since the transmitter sits right on the output jack, the noiseless on/mute/off switch and status LED are always easy to check and operate. Naturally, the GB 40 FLEXX guitarbug also provides an input gain control. Also available as WMS 40 Pro Guitar Set FLEXX.

Item number: Item numbers differ from country to country. Please ask your dealer for details.

â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

Carrier frequency: Modulation: Audio bandwith: THD at 1 kHz: Signal/noice ratio: Power requirement: RF output: Battery life:

â&#x20AC;˘ Dimensions: â&#x20AC;˘ Net weight (exc. of batteries): â&#x20AC;˘ Package:

Harman Pro Group | 2010

GB 40 FLEXX

Section:

An input gain control lets you match the SO 40 snapon transmitter to the microphone output level. A noiseless on/off switch allows you to mute any microphone with no on/off switch. Frequencies are color coded for easy identification in a professional setup using several WMS 40 PRO systems simultaneously.

Item number: Item numbers differ from country to country. Please ask your dealer for details.

660 to 865 MHz, 3 fixed frequencies FM 40 to 20,000 Hz typ. 0.8% typ. 103 dB (A) 1 AAA size batteries 5 mW (ERP) <11 hours (dry batteries), <6 hours (rechargeable battteries) 76 x 20 x 28 mm (3 x 0.8 x 1.1 in.) 28 g (1 oz.) GB 40, long adapter plug, 3 battery covers, 2 Velcro strips,1 AAA size dry battery

â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

Carrier frequency: Modulation: Audio bandwith: THD: Signal/noice ratio: Power requirement: RF output: Battery life:

â&#x20AC;˘ Dimensions: â&#x20AC;˘ Weight: â&#x20AC;˘ Standard accessories:

660 to 865 MHz FM 40 to 20,000 Hz typ. 0.8% typ. 103 db (A) single 1.5 V AAA size battery typ. 5 mW (ERP) >10 hours (dry batteries), <5 hours (rechargeable battteries) 22 x 30 x 98 mm (0.9 x 1.2 x 3.9 in.) 36 g (1.3 oz.) 1 AAA size battery, black replacement battery compartment cover

Wireless Systems

Page 107

5638_09_5_Wireless_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_5_Wireless_USA_fsch

IVM 4

01.12.2009

8:04 Uhr

Seite 88

Wireless in-ear monitor system with unique signal processing capabilities for live applications and professional installations

•

Live sound Sound companies Theater Places of worship

•

207

•

• 44

• Stereo transmitter with compact all-metal case

200

• Professional digital signal processing: dbx compressor, EQ, binaural room, simulations for a natural listening experience

•

• RF output adjustable up to 100 mW

•

• Available in four 30 MHz wide UHF bands with 1200 frequencies each

•

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• Preprogrammed frequency preset banks

•

• Backlit display and jog control for ease of use

SST 4

Section:

The SST 4 is the first stereo transmitter ever to combine all the features required for professional in-ear monitoring in a single, compact device. The SST 4 allows the input signal to be processed individually to meet the requirements of both the artist and the sound system environment. An integrated dbx compressor, many EQ settings, and optimized binaural room simulation algorithms provide outstanding high performance signal processing flexibility. Preprogrammed frequency preset banks ensure an easy and reliable startup. Up to 14 intermodulation-free channels* can be used within a 30 MHz wide UHF band. In addition, up to 1200 frequencies can be selected manually. These features allow the IVM 4 to be used together with any AKG WMS 400 or WMS 4000 wireless microphone system. The SST 4 lets you adjust the RF output within the approved range, which is particularly important when the in-ear monitor system is used together with a complex wireless microphone system. This allows optimum system matching for improved reliability. A complete line of accessories is available for multichannel applications. A large, backlit display gives a clear picture of all important settings and levels. When used in dark environments, the brightness of the display can be reduced. The input signal level is digitally adjustable within a range of ±20 dB. A pair of Loop Out jacks carries the unprocessed input signal for daisy-chaining several SST 4s. Unique integrated signal processing for a natural listening experience and a complete set of inputs and outputs make the SST 4 an ideal tool for professional applications.

IVM 4 Item number: The item number depends on the frequency band and type of power supply. Your dealer will be glad to provide information on which combinations are available in your country.

* The actual number of channels that can be used simultaneously depends on local frequency plans.

SETS**

IVM 4 Set

• 1 SST 4 stereo transmitter 1 SPR 4 bodypack stereo receiver 1 pair of IP 2 earphones • 1 rod antenna, 1 rack mounting kit, 2 AA size batteries, 12-pc. color code set, 1 AC adapter **SST 4 also available separately.

• • • • • • • • • •

RF carrier frequency range: Modulation: RF radiation: Audio Bandwith: THD: Signal/noise ratio: Audio Inputs: Dimensions: Weight: Standard accessories:

Page 108

500 to 530, 570 to 600, 790 to 820, 835 to 865 MHz FM, MPX Stereo up to 100 mW 35 to 20,000 Hz <0.8% typical >90 dB(A) typical 2 x XLR/jack hybrid connector; max. 10 dBV 200 x 44 x 190 mm (7.8 x 1.7 x 7.4 in.) 1,070 g (2.36 lbs) Power supply, RMU 4000 rack mounting kit, Color Coding Kit, UHF antenna

SPR 4 Set

• 1 SPR 4 bodypack stereo receiver 1 pair of IP 2 earphones • 2 AA size batteries

IVM 4 • High-quality, high-comfort earphones

105

• Bodypack receiver with rugged magnesium case

• Excellent, wide-range audio reproduction

• Combined on/off and volume control for ease of use

• Auto Setup and Environment Scan functions for identifying clean frequencies

• High isolation for ambient-noise rejection • Inconspicuous finish

• Operates for up to eight hours off two AA size dry batteries, seven hours off optional BP 4000 battery pack with integrated Smart Battery Management system.

12 27

• Backlit display and jog control for ease of use • Received signal strength and battery status metering • Bottom panel contacts for direct battery charging on optional charger

SPR 4

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• Individual mix function

IP 2

The SPR 4 bodypack receiver features a rugged die-cast magnesium case. Auto Setup and Environment Scan functions for finding clean frequencies make setting up extremely easy. The 30 MHz bandwidth allows manual selection of 1200 frequencies or the system chooses from preprogrammed frequency preset banks.The SPR 4 provides a backlit display and jog control for ease of use. The display indicates the received signal strength and battery status along with other parameters. Integrated charging contacts allow the optional BP 4000 battery pack to remain inside the receiver whilst being charged on the CU 4000 charger (optional).The BP 4000 will be charged to capacity in only one hour, and can power the SPR 4 for about seven hours.

The IP 2 earphones connect to the SPR 4 bodypack receiver. These high quality earphones provide a wide-range sound with sharply contoured bass reproduction as well as excellent isolation to suppress high ambient noise levels encountered, e.g., on a loud concert stage. An integrated sliding cable tie and the supplied soft-rubber earmolds in three different sizes enable the earphones to adapt to every shape of ear and head.

Section:

The IP 2 earphones are included in the IVM 4 Sets and in the SPR 4 Sets and are also available single packed.

The only control the artist needs to operate is an ergonomically shaped volume control with integrated on/off switch. Placed in the center of the SPR 4 top panel, the volume control with its clearly discernible detents can be operated intuitively even if it is positioned outside the user's field of vision. An Individual mix function allows a personalized monitor mix to be set up even where only a small sound system with no separate monitor mixer is available. To accommodate the individual preferences of users, the SPR 4 has been designed to drive a large number of different types of earphones. Item number: The item number depends on RF output and frequency band. Your dealer will be glad to provide information on which combinations are available in your country.

• • • • • • • •

RF carrier frequency ranges: Modulation: Audio Bandwith: THD Signal/noise ratio Channel separation Audio Output Battery Life

• • • •

Dimensions Weight Standard accessories Optional Accessories

500 to 530, 570 to 600, 790 to 820, 835 to 865 MHz FM, MPX Stereo 35 to 20,000 Hz <0.8% typical >90 dB(A) typical >40 dB(A) 3.5 mm jack, 150 mW (rms)/16 ohms 6 to 10 hours, volume dependent, 2 AA batteries or BP 4000 70 x 90 x 25 mm (2.8 x 3.5 x 1 in.) 165 g (5.82 oz.) 2 AA size dry batteries, belt clip, Color Coding Kit BP 4000 with CU 4000 Charging Unit

Item number: 3052H00040

• • • • • • •

Frequency Range: Sensitivity: Max. Input Power: Rated impedance: Connector: Weight: Cable:

12 to 23,500 Hz 121 dB SPL/V 25 mW 16 Ohm 3.5 mm stereo jack 3 g (0.11 oz.) 1.15 m/3.8 ft.

Wireless Systems

Page 109

5638_09_5_Wireless_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_5_Wireless_USA_fsch

IVM 4

01.12.2009

8:04 Uhr

Seite 90

Wireless in-ear monitor system with unique signal processing capabilities for live applications and professional installations

Accessories SPC 4

SRA 2 W

RA 4000 W

Wide-band antenna combiner • Combines antenna signals of up to four SST 4 stereo transmitters • Powers transmitters via antenna lines • Daisy-chaining capability for setting up multichannel systems

Passive wide-band directional antenna • For indoor and outdoor use, preferred-direction coverage • Water-resistant, rugged case with BNC input

Passive wide-band omnidirectional antenna • For indoor and outdoor use, coverage with no preferred direction • Water-resistant, rugged case with BNC input

Item number: 3053Z00010

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• • • • • • •

Item number: 3009Z00150

RF carrier frequency range: System Gain: RF Inputs: RF Output: Operating Voltage: Power Supply (for SST4): Dimensions:

• Weight: • Standard Accessories: • Optional Accessories:

500 to 865 MHz 0 dB 4 BNC sockets, 50 ohms 1 BNC socket, 50 ohms 12 VDC/900mA 12 VDC/2A 200 x 190 x 44 mm (7.8 x 7.5 x 1.7 in.) 1,193 g (2.63 lbs) Rack Mounting kit MK PS connecting cable

• • • • •

Carrier frequency range: Antenna gain: Coverage angle: RF Input: Dimensions:

• Weight:

Multi-Channel Systems

Section:

Item number: 2632Z00310

500 to 865 MHz 4 dB 70° 1 BNC socket, 50 ohms 268 x 268 x 25 mm (10.6 x 10.6 x 1 in.) 287 g (10.1 oz.)

• • • • •

Carrier frequency range: Antenna gain: RF Input: Dimensions: Weight:

500 to 865 MHz 1 dB 1 BNC socket, 50 ohms 240 x 38.5 mm (9.4 x 1.5 in.) 65 g (2.3 oz.)

Example of a four-channel IVM 4 system

Example of a four-channel IVM 4 system SRA 2 W

The SPC 4 wideband antenna combiner allows the set up of large wireless in-ear monitor systems. A single antenna combiner enables the output signals of up to four SST 4 stereo transmitters to be combined into one composite antenna signal. Besides this antenna management function, the SPC 4 powers the SST 4 stereo transmitters connected to it, thus reducing the number of plug-in AC adapters in the rack. You can use either an SRA 2 W passive directional antenna or an RA 4000 W passive omnidirectional antenna for the wireless monitor system. The four-channel in-ear monitor system shown in the example drawing occupies only 3 U of rack space.

4 x SST 4 IN 1

IN 2

IN 3

SPC 4

IN 4

ANTENNA OUT

DC-SST

DC-SPC 4

DC OUT 1 DC OUT 2 Power cable Antenna cable

PSU 4000

Equipment: 4 x SST 4 4 x SPR 4 1 x SPC 4 1 x PSU 4000 1 x SRA 2 W 4 x MK PS 1 x MKA 5

Page 110

Stereo Transmitter Stereo Pocket Receiver Power Combiner Central Power Supply Passive Wide-Band Directional Antenna 0.65 m antenna cable 5 m antenna cable

Illustration: Two channels of IVM 4 and four channels of WMS 450

Accessories/Multi-Channel Systems

Multi-Channel Systems

2 x SRA 2B/W

Power cable Antenna cable Audio cable

2 x ZAPD 21

Example Drawing: 8 Channels IVM 4 and 16 Channels WMS 4500 PS 4000 W

PS 4000 W

PS 4000 W 4 x SST 4

4 x SST 4 IN 1

IN 2

IN 3

IN 4

IN 1

IN 2

IN 3

IN 4

DC-SST DC-SPC 4 ANTENNA OUT

ANTENNA OUT

SPC 4

IN 2

DC-SST

DC-SPC 4

PS 4000 W

ANTENNA OUT

16 x SR 4500

DC-SPC 4

SRA 2 W

SPC 4

DC OUT 1

DC OUT 2

DC OUT 3

DC OUT 1

DC OUT 2

DC OUT 3

PSU 4000

Equipment: 8 x SST 4 Stereo Transmitter 8 x SPR 4 Stereo Pocket Receiver 2 x SPC 4 Power Combiner 16 x SR 4500 True Diversity Receiver 16 x HT/PT 4500 Handheld or Portable Transmitter 12 x CU 4000 Charging Unit

Harman Pro Group | 2010

IN 1

SPC 4

DC OUT 1

DC OUT 2

DC OUT 3

PSU 4000

3 x PSU 4000 Central Power Supply 4 x PS 4000 W Antenna Splitter 2 x SRA 2 B/W Active Wide-Band Directional Antenna 2 x SRA 2 W Passive Wide-Band Directional Antenna 2 x MKA 5 5 m Antenna Cable 2 x MKA 20 20 m Antenna Cable 48 x MK PS 0.65 m Antenna Cable

Section:

Example Drawing: 8 Channels IVM 4 and 16 Channels WMS 4500 Total mobility of performers on stage is not the only ingredient of a hot show. A personalized, true stereo CD-quality monitor mix makes every musician feel perfectly at ease. The minimal leakage of in-ear monitors makes crosstalk from onstage wedges a thing of the past. These benefits for both musicians and sound engineers make sure that every show will be a success. Using an IVM 4 wireless in-ear monitor system in conjunction with a WMS 4500 and/or WMS 450 wireless microphone system is a complete, single-source professional solution for any application including the most complex live acts. The PSU 4000 central power supply powers the rack mounted SPC 4 antenna combiners and PS 4000 antenna splitters. All transmitters and receivers in the system are powered via the internal antenna cables. What's more, this kind of multichannel system requires only a single transmitting antenna and two receiving antennas. In the example drawing shown on this page, the signals of eight SST 4 stereo transmitters are combined into a single antenna signal. The daisy-chaining capability of the antenna combiners allows up to 16 channels to be fed to a single antenna. The IVM 4 frequencies being coordinated with the wireless microphone frequencies, the setup-to-soundcheck time for a multichannel system including wireless in-ear monitors is not appreciably longer than for a conventional wireless microphone system alone. In the example drawing the entire wireless system including the SST 4 stereo transmitters, SPC 4 antenna combiners, SR 4500 and PS 4000 and PSU 4000 components occupies no more than 17 U of rack space. Picture: 4 Channels IVM 4 and 8 Channels WMS 4500 Your dealer or the AKG Distributor for your country or region will be glad to help you in designing multichannel systems for your specific needs.

Wireless Systems

Page 111

Headphones K 271 MK II K 171 MK II K 240 MK II K 141 MK II K 181 DJ K 81 DJ K 702 K 99 K 77 K 44 K 10

114 114 115 115 116 116 117 117 118 118 119

Headsets

Harman Pro Group | 2010

HSD 271 Single HSC 271 HSC 171 HSD 271 HSD 171

Section:

Page 112

119 120 120 121 121

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Headphones Headsets

Section:

Headsets and headphones from AKG have become the worldwide professional industry standards. The diversity of AKGâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s product range comprises optimum solutions for every application. Each headset or headphone includes the t

leading-edge technology, high-quality materials and exceptional performance AKG has been known for throughout the world.

Page 113

5638_09_6_Headphones_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_6_Headphones_USA_fsch

Studio

01.12.2009

8:15 Uhr

Seite 94

Studio

• Professional circumaural hi-fi stereo studio headphones

• Professional hi-fi stereo studio headphones

•

• For onstage and studio use

• For broadcast and DJ use

•

• Leatherette and velvet ear pads

•

• High noise attenuation

• High ambient noise attenuation

• Automute feature mutes headphones when they are taken off

• Rugged construction for tough handling

The newly designed AKG legend, K 271 MK II combines the benefits of AKG’s circumaural design for extreme comfort and a closed-back design for maximum isolation from ambient noise. Thanks to its XXL transducers, the K 271 MK II sounds clean, smooth and very rich. The K 271 MK II is the perfect choice for any application where sonic bleed could cause problems such as broadcast work. Another important feature of the K 271 MK II is the addition of a switch in the headband that mutes the audio just as soon as the headphones are taken off.

K 171 MK II

The newly designed K 171 MK II combines the benefits of a closed-back design with the lightweight and comfort of supra-aural headphones. The K 171 MK II is an excellent choice for DJ and broadcast applications where no sound can bleed from the headphones into live microphones. The closedback, loud and rugged design gives the K 171 MK II a different low-frequency character and maintains its comfort and flexibility.

Item numbers: K 271 MK II

2470Z00190

Item numbers: K 171 MK II

2908Z00190

EK 300 EK 500 S Earpads velvet (pair) Earpads leatherette (single)

6000H10080 (Connecting cable: 3 m/10 ft.) 6000H10100 (Connecting cable: 5 m/16.5 ft., coiled) 2955M10020 2058Z10010

EK 300 EK 500 S Earpads velvet (pair) Earpads leatherette (single)

6000H10080 (Connecting cable: 3 m/10 ft.) 6000H10100 (Connecting cable: 5 m/16.5 ft., coiled) 2955M10010 2908Z13010

• • • • • • •

Type: Sensitivity: Audio Bandwidth: Max. Input Power: Rated Impedance: Earpads: Cables:

• • • •

Connector: Stereo Adapter: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories:

closed-back, dynamic headphones 91 dB/mW, 104 dB/V 16 to 28,000 Hz 200 mW 55 ohms leatherette, velvet 3 m single-sided, 5 m coiled cable (99,9% oxygen-free); plug-in cable on headphones (mini-XLR connector) gold plated stereo mini jack gold plated 1/8" to 1/4" screw-on adapter 240 g (8.5 oz.)/550 g (19.4 oz.) velvet earpads, 5 m coiled cable, 3 m single-sided cable

110

200

K 271 MK II

185

110

190

Harman Pro Group | 2010

205

Page 114

•

• Single-sided, detachable 3 m cable and 5 m coiled cable

•

• Patented Varimotion speakers

Section:

•

• • • • • • •

Type: Sensitivity: Audio Bandwidth: Max. Input Power: Rated Impedance: Earpads: Cables:

• • • •

Connector: Stereo Adapter: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories:

closed-back, dynamic headphones 94 dB/mW, 107 dB/V 18 to 26,000 Hz 200 mW 55 ohms leatherette, velvet 3 m single-sided, 5 m coiled cable (99,9% oxygen-free); plug-in cable on headphones (mini-XLR connector) gold plated stereo mini jack gold plated 1/8" to 1/4" screw-on adapter 200 g (7.1 oz.)/500 g (17.6 oz.) velvet earpads, 5 m coiled cable, 3 m single-sided cable

Headphones Studio

• Professional hi-fi stereo studio headphones

• Self-adjusting headband for optimum fit

• Undistorted sound even at high volume levels

• Leatherette and velvet ear pads

• Semi-open, circumaural design

• Semi-open supraaural earphones

• Patented Varimotion speakers

• Single-sided, detachable 3 m cable and 5 m coiled cable

110

K 141 MK II

200

K 240 MK II

190

110

The K 240 MK II is a newly updated version of AKG’s most successful headphones with Varimotion technology and XXL transducers. The K 240 MK II’s semi-open ear cups have around-the-ear coupling to deliver solid bass, accurate mids and crystal-clear highs.

The K 141 MK II is a newly updated version of the AKG legend with XXL transducers with Varimotion technology to deliver higher sensitivity, wide dynamic range and higher SPL, plus its lower impedance also allows it to be used with computers and other devices with low-power output.

Thanks to its lower impedance and improved sensitivity, it can be used with low-output audio sources to deliver its incredible sound. The detachable OFC cable has gold-plated plugs for easy transportation and years of loss-free signal transfer.

The gimbalsuspended earcups and self-adjusting headband makes these comfortable to wear. The detachable OFC cable has gold-plated plugs for easy transportation and years of loss-free signal transfer.

Item numbers: K 240 MK II

2058Z00190

Item numbers: K 141 MK II

EK 300 EK 500 S Earpads velvet (pair) Earpads leatherette (single)

6000H10080 (Connecting cable: 3 m/10 ft.) 6000H10100 (Connecting cable: 5 m/16.5 ft., coiled) 2955M10020 2058Z10010

• • • • • • •

Type: Sensitivity: Audio Bandwidth: Max. Input Power: Rated Impedance: Earpads: Cables:

• • • •

Connector: Stereo Adapter: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories:

semi-open, dynamic headphones 91 dB/mW, 104 dB/V 15 to 25,000 Hz 200 mW 55 ohms leatherette, velvet 3 m single-sided, 5 m coiled cable (99,9% oxygen-free); plug-in cable on headphones (mini-XLR connector) gold plated stereo mini jack gold plated 1/8" to 1/4" screw-on adapter 240 g (8.5 oz.)/550 g (19.4 oz.) velvet earpads, 5 m coiled cable, 3 m single-sided cable

Harman Pro Group | 2010

190

Studio

Section:

2144Z00190

EK 300 6000H10080 (Connecting cable: 3 m/10 ft.) EK 500 S 6000H10100 (Connecting cable: 5 m/16.5 ft., coiled) Earpads leatherette (single) 2144Z16010

• • • • • • •

Type: Sensitivity: Audio Bandwidth: Max. Input Power: Rated Impedance: Earpads: Cables:

• • • •

Connector: Stereo Adapter: Net/shipping weight: Standard accessories:

semi-open, dynamic headphones 101 dB/mW, 114 dB/V 18 to 24,000 Hz 200 mW 55 ohms leatherette, velvet 3 m single-sided, 5 m coiled cable (99,9% oxygen-free); plug-in cable on headphones (mini-XLR connector) gold plated stereo mini jack gold plated 1/8" to 1/4" screw-on adapter 225 g (7.9 oz.)/550 g (19.4 oz.) velvet earpads, 5 m coiled cable, 3 m single-sided cable

Headphones/Headsets

Page 115

5638_09_6_Headphones_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_6_Headphones_USA_fsch

Professional DJ use

01.12.2009

8:16 Uhr

Seite 96

DJ use Small clubs and parties

• Professional DJ headphones • Stereo/mono selector

• Semi-professional DJ headphones

• High sound pressure level

• Closed-back design

•

• Professional 3D-Axis folding mechanism

• High sound pressure level

•

• 3D-Axis folding mechanism

•

188

70 95

K 181 DJ

K 81 DJ

The K 181 DJ is the ultimate tool for professional DJs – high performance closed-back headphones with the best possible sound, and maximum SPL that should be exceptionally rugged and easy to bend or fold into any listening position.

Great sound for small venues. Semiprofessional DJs too need dependable equipment. The K 81 DJ fit the bill perfectly. Their closed-back earphones, for instance, provide optimum isolation from ambient noise.

Section:

The K 181 DJ have been designed in cooperation with leading international DJs. Their distinguishing features include 3D-Axis professional folding mechanism, high sound pressure level, closed-back earphones, stereo/mono selector, bass boost switch, frequency range from 5 Hz to 30 kHz, detachable cable, and rubberized finish. Item number: K 181 DJ

Type: Sensitivity: Audio Bandwidth: Max. Input Power: Rated Impedance: Cable:

• • • •

Connector: Stereo Adapter: Net/shipping weight: Optional accessories:

Page 116

Item number: K 81 DJ

3103Z00010

• • • • • •

The K 81 DJ will take heavy usage easily, and their high SPL capability ensures excellent sound quality. Finally, their level of wearing comfort is as impressive as their powerful low end and accurate imaging. With AKG’s 3D-Axis folding mechanism for ease of handling the K 81 DJ fold down into a thin package and are ready for use anytime.

closed-back, dynamic headphones 120 dB/V 5 to 30,000 Hz 3,500 mW 42 ohms 1.8 m single-sided (99,9% oxygen-free); plug-in cable on headphones (mini-XLR connector) gold plated stereo mini jack gold plated 1/8“ to 1/4“ screw-on adapter 280 g (9.9 oz.)/597 g (21.1 oz.) coiled cable

• • • • • •

3102H00010

Type: Sensitivity: Audio Bandwidth: Max. Input Power: Rated Impedance: Cable:

• Connector: • Stereo Adapter: • Net/shipping weight:

closed-back, dynamic headphones 115 dB/V 16 to 24,000 Hz 2,000 mW 32 ohms 2.5 m single-sided (99,9% oxygen-free); plug-in cable on headphones (mini-XLR connector) gold plated stereo mini jack gold plated 1/8“ to 1/4“ screw-on adapter 150 g (5.3 oz.)/343 g (12.1 oz.)

212

195

Harman Pro Group | 2010

165

195

Headphones Monitoring Mastering Mixing

Home recording Musical instruments Monitoring

• Flat wire voice coil

• Semi-open hi-fi stereo headphones

• Patented VarimotionTM two-layer diaphragm

• Low weight for excellent comfort

• “3D Form” ear pads for perfect fit

• Skin compatible leatherette ear pads • Excellent price/performance

• Individually tested and numbered

Harman Pro Group | 2010

215

212

185

113 199

K 702

K 99

The K 702 are the new reference for open-back dynamic AKG headphones. They combine an extremely accurate response with yet unseen agility and spaciousness. This is achieved by using revolutionary flat-wire voice coils and a patented VarimotionTM two-layer diaphragm. A totally open design and a high performance cable complete these reference headphones. Their comfortable, specially shaped “3D-form” ear pads and a padded genuineleather headband ensure a perfect fit. They are individually tested and numbered.

The newly designed K 99 are semi-open stereo headphones which combine excellent sound and optimum price/performance.

Section:

Self-adjusting headband, soft leatherette circumaural earpads, and low weight ensure pleasant fit. Large, high-performance 1.6 inch (40 mm) speakers provide a natural, uncolored sound.

K 702 – experience pure perfection. Item number: K 702

• • • • • • • • •

Item number: K 99

2458Z00190

Type: Sensitivity: Audio Bandwidth: Max. Input Power: Rated Impedance: Cable: Connector: Stereo Adapter: Net/shipping weight:

open-back, dynamic headphones 105 dB/V 10 to 39,800 Hz 200 mW 62 ohms 3 m single-sided (99,9% oxygen-free) gold plated stereo jack plug 6.3 mm (1/4“) gold plated convertible jack plug 3.5/6.3 mm (1/4“ to 1/8“) 235 g (8.3 oz.)/850 g (30 oz.)

• • • • • • • • •

6000H09230

Type: Sensitivity: Audio Bandwidth: Max. Input Power: Rated Impedance: Cable: Connector: Stereo Adapter: Net/shipping weight:

semi-open, dynamic headphones 112 dB/V 18 to 22,000 Hz 200 mW 32 ohms 3 m single-sided (99,9% oxygen-free) stereo mini plug convertible jack plug (1/8" to 1/4") 210 g (7.4 oz.)/400 g (14.1 oz.)

Headphones/Headsets

Page 117

5638_09_6_Headphones_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_6_Headphones_USA_fsch

Monitoring Noisy environment

01.12.2009

8:16 Uhr

Seite 98

Project studios Home recording

• Closed back circumaural headphones

• Excellent comfort

•

• 170

Harman Pro Group | 2010

106

215

K 77

Section:

The newly designed K 77 are cost-efficient headphones for various applications. These closed-back headphones are an all-round performer with solid bass and clean highs at a valuable price. A self-adjusting headband, leatherette earpads, and gimbal suspension ensure excellent comfort.

The K 44 are cost-efficient headphones for different applications, as Project Studios and Home Recording. These closed-back headphones are a true all-round performer with solid bass and clean highs at a value price. The AKG self-adjusting headband, leatherette ear pads, and gimbal suspension ensure good comfort.

Item number: K 77

Item number: K 44

• • • • • • • • •

6000H09210

Type: Sensitivity: Audio Bandwidth: Max. Input Power: Rated Impedance: Cable: Connector: Stereo Adapter: Net/shipping weight:

Page 118

K 44

closed-back, dynamic headphones 115 dB/V 18 to 20,000 Hz 200 mW 32 ohms 3 m single-sided (99,9% oxygen-free) stereo mini plug convertible jack plug (1/8" to 1/4") 190 g (6.7 oz.)/400 g (14.1 oz.)

• • • • • • • • •

6000H09170

Type: Sensitivity: Audio Bandwidth: Max. Input Power: Rated Impedance: Cable: Connector: Stereo Adapter: Net/shipping weight:

closed-back, dynamic headphones 115 dB/V 18 to 20,000 Hz 200 mW 32 ohms 2.5 m single-sided (99,9% oxygen-free) stereo mini plug convertible jack plug 3.5/6.3 mm (1/8" to 1/4") 190 g (6.7 oz.)/400 g (14.1 oz.)

Headphones/Headsets Conference Tour guide Interpretation system Language lab, language school

Intercom and on-air use • Professional single-earphone headset derived from K 271 Studio headphones • Closed-back earphones • Shock mounted dynamic microphone

• Extremely rugged, supraaural dynamic headphones • Easy to clean, hygienic

• Noiseless microswitches for automatic microphone muting

• Ideal conference headphones

• Headphone auto-mute function

165

160

109

200

K 10

HSD 271 Single

Lightweight yet extremely rugged mono headphones. Plastic coated steel wire headband, individually adjustable supraaural earphones. Easy-to-clean, hygienic plastic earcups. Fully serviceable, single cable.

The HSD 271 is also available in a special version with a single earphone. This model is ideal for all jobs where the user needs to listen to "air-borne" sounds as well as information on the headphones.

Ideal conference headphones.

To ensure excellent audio, the Single version uses the same high quality dynamic microphone and shock mount minimizing mechanical noise. The microphone can be placed on your left or right.

Item number: K 10

Section:

2246Z00130 Item number: HSD 271 Single

• • • • • • • • • • •

Harman Pro Group | 2010

230

109

Type: Sensitivity: Frequency range: Impedance: Power handling capybility: THD: Headband pressure: Finish: Cable: Connector: Net/shipping weight:

Dynamic, supraaural/closed-back 98 dB SPL/1 mW 100 to 13,000 Hz 360 ohms 200 mW <1% 2.8 N black 1.5 m (5 ft.), single entry gold plated TS mini jack plug 72 g (2.5 oz.)/110 g (3.9 oz.)

2955Z00240

MICROPHONE: • Type: • Polar pattern: • Frequency range: • Sensitivity: • Max. SPL for 1%/3% THD: • Equivalent noise level: • Impedance: • Recommended load impedance: HEADPHONES: • Type: • Sensitivity: • Frequency range: • Power rating: • Rated impedance: • T.H.D.: SYSTEM: • Connector: • Cable:

• Finish: • Weight:

dynamic hypercardioid 60 to 17,000 Hz 1 mV/Pa (-60 dB) 124/128 dB 15 dB-A ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms closed-back, circumaural dynamic headphones 94 dB SPL/mW, 104 dB/V 16 to 28,000 Hz 200 mW 55 ohms <0.3% 6-pin mini XLR connector 2 x 3-conductor, separable, 3 m (10 ft.) long, coiled ection, with 6-pin female mini XLR connector, 1/4" TRS jack plug (headphones), and 3-pin XLR connector (microphone) matte black 265 g (9.4 oz.)/670 g (23.5 oz.)

Headphones/Headsets

Page 119

5638_09_6_Headphones_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_6_Headphones_USA_fsch

Studio and broadcast applications

01.12.2009

8:16 Uhr

Seite 100

On-air commentating on radio and TV

• Professional headset derived from K 271 Studio headphones

• Professional headset derived from K 171 Studio headphones

• Closed-back earphones for optimum ambient-noise attenuation

• Closed-back earphones

• Shock mounted condenser microphone optimized for intelligibility of speech • Microphone arm swiveling through 270 degrees for left or right-hand use

•

• Shock mounted condenser microphone

•

• Switchable bass cut filter

•

• Complete with two pairs of replaceable ear pads (velour and leather)

•

• Headphone auto-mute function

•

This professional headset has been designed specifically for broadcast use. Its high quality condenser microphone is shock mounted to minimize mechanical noise. The phantom power adapter integrated in the 3-pin XLR microphone connector provides a switchable bass cut filter. Complete with two pairs of (velour and leather) ear pads that are easy to remove and clean.

Section:

Item number: HSC 271

2955Z00140

MICROPHONE: • Type: • Polar pattern: • Frequency range: • Sensitivity: • Max. SPL for 1% THD: • Equivalent noise level: • Signal/noise ratio (A-weighted): • Impedance: • Recommended load impedance: • Power requirement: • Current consumption: HEADPHONES: • Type: • Sensitivity: • Frequency range: • Power rating: • Rated impedance: • T.H.D.: SYSTEM: • Connector: • Cable:

• Finish: • Weight:

100

Page 120

Supraaural, closed-back earphones make this professional headset the ideal choice for on-air use. Derived from the high quality, extremely accurate K 171 Studio headphones, the HSC 171 uses a speech optimized condenser microphone. Depending on your preferences or available space, you can place the microphone to the left or right of your mouth. The 3-pin XLR microphone connector provides an integrated phantom power adapter with a switchable bass cut filter. Item number: HSC 171

prepolarized condenser microphone cardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 25 mV/Pa 126 dB 22 dB-A 72 dB ≤200 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤2 mA closed-back, circumaural dynamic headphones 91 dB SPL/mW, 104 dB/V 16 to 28,000 Hz 200 mW 55 ohms <0.3% 6-pin mini XLR connector 2 x 3-conductor, separable, 3 m (10 ft.) long, coiled section, with 6-pin female mini XLR connector, 1/4" TRS jack plug (headphones), and 3-pin XLR connector w/inte-grated HSC-PA phantom power adapter (microphone) matte black 300 g (10.6 oz.)/755 g (26.4 oz.)

HSC 171

190

HSC 271

185

110

200

205

110

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• Switchable bass cut filter

2955Z00120

• Finish: • Weight:

prepolarized condenser microphone cardioid 20 to 20,000 Hz 25 mV/Pa 126 dB 22 dB-A 72 dB ≤200 ohms ≥2,000 ohms 9 to 52 V phantom power ≤2 mA closed-back, supraaural dynamic headphones 94 dB SPL/mW, 107 dB/V 18 to 26,000 Hz 200 mW 55 ohms <0.4% 6-pin mini XLR connector 2 x 3-conductor, separable, 3 m (10 ft.) long, coiled section, with 6-pin female mini XLR connector, 1/4" TRS jack plug (headphones), and 3-pin XLR connector w/inte-grated HSC-PA phantom power adapter (microphone) matte black 250 g (8.8 oz.)/720 g (25.2 oz.)

Headsets Recording studio and broadcast applications

Live sound use • Professional headset derived from K 171 Studio headphones • Closed-back earphones

• Professional headset derived from K 271 Studio headphones

• Shock mounted dynamic microphone

• Closed-back earphones for optimum ambient-noise attenuation

• Noiseless microswitches for automatic microphone muting

• Dynamic microphone optimized for intelligibility of speech

• Complete with two pairs of replaceable ear pads (velour and leather)

• Shock mounted transducer • Microphone arm swiveling through 270 degrees for left or right-hand use, with integrated mute switch • Headphone auto-mute function

With its high quality dynamic microphone that is shock mounted to minimize mechanical noise, the HSD 271 is an ideal tool for high quality productions. AKG lightweight construction and the patented AKG self-adjusting headband ensure excellent comfort for many hours on end. Complete with two pairs of (velour and leather) ear pads that are easy to remove and clean. Item number: HSD 271

• Finish: • Weight:

dynamic hypercardioid 60 to 17,000 Hz 1 mV/Pa (-60 dB) 124/128 dB 15 dB-A ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms closed-back, circumaural dynamic headphones 91 dB SPL/mW, 104 dB/V 16 to 28,000 Hz 200 mW 55 ohms <0.3% 6-pin mini XLR connector 2 x 3-conductor, separable, 3 m (10 ft.) long, coiled section, with 6-pin female mini XLR connector, 1/4" TRS jack plug (headphones), and 3-pin XLR connector (microphone) matte black 305 g (10.8 oz.)/760 g (26.6 oz.)

200

110

HSD 171

Supraaural, closed-back earphones make this headset a truly professional tool for live sound use. Derived from the high quality, extremely accurate K 171 Studio headphones, the HSD 171 uses a speech optimized dynamic microphone that is shock mounted on a microphone arm swiveling through 270 degrees. Item number: HSD 171

2955Z00040

205

200

HSD 271

110

• Finish: • Weight:

Section:

2955Z00020

dynamic hypercardioid 60 to 17,000 Hz 1 mV/Pa (-60 dBV) 124/128 dB 15 dB-A ≤600 ohms ≥2,000 ohms closed-back, supraaural dynamic headphones 94 dB SPL/mW, 107 dB/V 18 to 26,000 Hz 200 mW 55 ohms <0.4% 6-pin mini XLR connector 2 x 3-conductor, separable, 3 m (10 ft.) long, coiled section, with 6-pin female mini XLR connector, 1/4" TRS jack plug (headphones), and 3-pin XLR connector (microphone) matte black 255 g (9 oz.)/725 g (25.4 oz.)

Headphones/Headsets

Harman Pro Group | 2010

205

101

Page 121

5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

8:34 Uhr

Seite 102

Accessories â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Windscreens W 23

W 30

W 32

W 44

For use with ball head microphones approx. 50 mm

For use with CK 31, CK 32, and CK 33

For use with microphones approx. 50 mm (2 in.) in diameter, e.g., CK 61-ULS

For use with C 520

Item number: 6000H06210

Item number: 2765Z00300

Item number: 6000H06240

Item number: 2344Z01010

Harman Pro Group | 2010

W 48

W 49

W 68

For use with CK 69-ULS

For use with C 568 B

Item number: 2569Z40010

Item number: 2569Z41010

Item number: 2168Z30010

Section:

02 W 77 W 77/P

W 77 M

For use with CK 77 WR and C 577 WR

Wire mesh windscreens for use with CK 77 WR and C 577 WR

Item number: 2421Z01010

Item number: black: 9999N06240 flesh-tone (/P): 9999N06250

Item numbers: black: 6000H05760 flesh-tone (/P): 6000H05780

W 77 Set

W 90

W 98

Windscreen-Set for use with CK 77 WR and C 577 WR

For use with AKG Blue Line capsules CK 91/92/93/94, and C 451 B

For use with CK 98

Item number: 6000H05750

Item number: 2496Z00010

Item number: 2439Z30010

W 70 For use with CK 47 and C 747 V11

102

Page 122

Accessories

W 407

W 414

W 444

W 547

For use with C 417

For use with C 414 XLS, C 414 XL II and C 3000

For use with C 555 L

For use with C 547 BL

Item number: W 407: 2366Z06010

Item number: 2802Z05010

Item number: 2656Z10010

Item number: 2448Z00010

W 1000

W 3001

W 3004

W 4000

For use with ball head microphones approx. 40 to 50 mm (1.6 to 2 in.) in diam.

For use with C 1000 S

For use with ball head microphones approx. 40 to 50 mm (1.6 to 2 in.) in diam.

For use with C 5, C 5 WL 1, D 5, D 5 WL 1, D 7, D 7 WL 1, P 3 S and P 5 / P 5 S

For use with C 4000 B and C 4500 B-BC

Item number: 6001H05120

Item number: 2331Z14010

Item number: 2630Z00010

Item number: 2630Z00040

Item number: 2802Z02010

Harman Pro Group | 2010

W 880

Section:

Accessories â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Supports

H 30

H 40/1

H 41

H 47

Universal shock mount

Tie clip for use with all lavalier microphones

Tie pin for use with all lavalier microphones

Shock mount for use with C 747 V11

Item number: 2183Z00010

Item number: 2544Z00030

Item number: 2544Z00020

Item number: 2423Z01010

H 50

H 85

H 300

Stereo bar for use with C 747 V11

Universal shock mount for all microphones with shaft diameters from 19 to 26 mm (0.75 to 1 in.), e.g. C 414 XLS und C 414 XL II.

Clip for X/Y or MS configurations

Item number: 6000H05710

Item number: 2803Z00080

Item number: 2595Z00010

103

Page 123

5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

8:35 Uhr

Seite 104

Accessories â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Supports/Stand Adapters

Harman Pro Group | 2010

H 500

H 600

SA 44

Shock mount for goosenecks with integrated XLR connector, e.g., CGN 321 E.

Shock mount for all goosenecks 8 mm (0.3 in.) in diameter including reducing socket A 608

For vocal microphones

Item number: 6000H01900

Item number: 2426Z00030

Item number: 6001H06320

SA 47

SA 60

SA 61

For use with C 747 V11

For use with straight-shaft microphones

For use with conical-shaft microphones

Item number: 2186Z00050

Item number: 6000H60010

Item number: 6000H61010

Section:

02 SA 63 For use with WMS handheld transmitters Item number: 6000H63010

Accessories â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Stands/Phantom Power Adapters/Cables ST 1

ST 45

ST 46

Folding mini tripod dia.: 260 mm (10 in.), h: 85 mm (3.3 in.)

Low-profile table stand w/off-center threaded stub dia.: 115 mm (4.5 in.)

Miniature stand for small microphonesdia.: 70 mm (2.8 in.), h: 45 mm (1.8 in.)

Item number: 6000H04200

Item number: 6000H03080

104

Page 124

Item number: 6000H03060

Accessories

ST 305

B 18

B 29 L

Heavy-duty table stand dia.: 170 mm (6.7 in.), h: 95 mm (3.7 in.)

Battery operated phantom power supply for one condenser microphone

Battery operated power supply and mini mixer for one or two microphones with L-plug

Item number: 6000H03050

Item number: 2198Z00020

Item number: 6000H04620

MKG L

Phantom power adapter with XLR connector for L type MicroMic microphones with integrated bass roll-off switch.

Instrument cable for wireless bodypack transmitters.

Item number: 3170H00020

Item number: 2455Z00500

Harman Pro Group | 2010

MPA V L

Section:

Other Accessories

A 61

A 91

GNS 36

MF-DA

180째 swivel joint for connecting C 480 B and capsule

Swivel adapter for connecting SE 300 B and capsule

360 mm (14 in.) gooseneck, black

Mounting flange for use with GN Series

Item number: 2363Z00010

Item number: 2491Z00010

Item number: 6000H03440

Item number: 2647Z00010

MSH 70

PF 80

PS 3 F-LOCK

SHZ 80

Short gooseneck for use with C 747 V11

Universal pop filter for use with vocal recording microphones

Lockable panel-mount XLR connector for goosenecks with integrated 3-pin XLR connector, e.g., CGN 321 E.

Slotted screw link for use with C 747 V11

Item number: 2419M01020

Item number: 6000H06320

Item number: 2425Z00010

Item number: 3416Z01020

105

Page 125

5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

8:35 Uhr

Seite 106

Accessories Matrix

Boundary Layer and Shotgun Microphones 106

Page 126

H 600

H 300 n

H 47

H 41

H 30

H 85

H 40/1

W 4000

W 3004

W 3001

W 1000

W 880

W 547

W 444

W 414

W 407

W 98

W 90

W 77 Set

W 77 M

W 77, W 77/P

W 80

W 70

W 68

W 48/ W 49

W 44

W 32

W 30

W 23

H 50

C 12 VR C 451 B/C451 B/ST C 414 XLS C 414 XL II C 214 C 4000 B C 3000 C 2000 B C 1000 S C 4500 B-BC D 230 C 480 B/ULS 61 CK 69-ULS C 391 B CK 98 Perception 820 Perception 420 Perception 220 Perception 170 Perception 120 (USB) C5 C 535 EB D 7/D 7 S/D 7 LTD D 5/D 5 S D 770 P 5, P 5 S, P 3 S D 44 S, D 55 S, D 77 S, D 88 S D 112 D 11, D 22 C 430 P 4, P 2 C 518 M, C 519 M C 518 ML, C 519 ML C 411 L C 516 ML HC 577 C 520 C 555 L CK 77 WR C 417 CK 55 L GN E/GN ESP Serie GN Serie GN E 5Pin Serie GN 155 Set CK 31, CK 32, CK 33 CK 47 CK 80 CGN 321 E/CGN 521 E CGN 323 E/CGN 523 E D 58 E D 542 E HM 1000, CHM 21 C 747 V11 C 547 BL C 542 BL, C 562 CM C 568 B

Supports

H 500

Lavalier Microphones

Headworn Microphones

Clip-on Microphones

Handheld Microphones

Section:

Instrumental Microphones

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Recording and Broadcast Microphones

Product

Windscreens

n n

n n n

n n

n n n

n n n n n

n n n

n n

n n n

n n

All accessories listed above are available separately. Accessories supplied as standard with specific products are listed in the specifications tables for the appropriate products.

Accessories Matrix

Handheld Microphones Instrumental Microphones

Clip-on Microphones Headworn Microphones Lavalier Microphones Boundary Layer and Shotgun Microphones

SHZ 80

PS 3 F-LOCK

PF 80

MSH 70

MF-DA

GNS 36

A 91

Other Accessories

A 61

MPA V L

B 29 L

B 18

ST 46

ST 45

ST 1

SA 63

SA 61

SA 60

SA 47

SA 44

ST 305

Phantom Power Adapters

Stands

n n

n n n

n n

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Recording and Broadcast Microphones

Product

Stand Adapters

n n

Section:

n n n

n n

n n n

n n

n n n

107

Page 127

5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

8:35 Uhr

Seite 108

Application Guide Recording Microphones Standard

Advanced

Premium

C 1000, C 2000 B, Perception 170

C 3000, C 4000 B, Perception 220, Perception 420, Perception 820

C 214, C 414 XL S, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR

Lead/Solo Vocals

C 1000 S, C 2000 B, Perception 120

C 3000, C 4000 B, Perception 220, Perception 420, Perception 820

C 214, C 414 XL S, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR

Backing Vocals

C 1000 S, C 2000 B, Perception 120

C 3000, C 4000 B, Perception 220, Perception 420, Perception 820

C 12 VR, C 414 XLS

Acoustic Guitar

C 2000 B, Perception 170, Perception 120

C 1000 S, C 3000, C 4000 B, Perception 220, Perception 420

C 214, C 414 XL S, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR, C 451 B

Guitar-Amp

C 2000 B, Perception 170, Perception 120

C 1000 S, C 3000, C 4000 B, Perception 220, Perception 420, Perception 820

C 214, C 414 XL S, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR

Application Speech

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Double Bass

C 4000 B

D 112, Perception 420, Perception 820

C 214, C 414 XL S, C 414 XL II

Perception 220

C 3000, C 4000 B, Perception 420, Perception 820

C 214, C 414 XL S, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR, D 112

Violin

C 451 B, C 1000 S, C 3000, C 4000 B, Perception 120, Perception 220

C 214, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR, Perception 420, Pereption 820

C 414 XL S

Cello

C 451 B, C 1000 S, C 3000, D 112, Perception 220, Perception 820

C 4000 B, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR, Perception 420

C 214, C 414 XL S

Zither

C 2000 B, Perception 170, Perception 120

C 1000 S, C 3000, C 4000 B, C 414 XL S, Perception 220, Perception 420, Perception 820

C 214, C 451 B, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR

C 3000, C 214, Perception 220

Perception 420, Perception 820, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR

C 414 XLS

Grand Piano (Rock & Jazz)

C 2000 B, Perception 170, Perception 120

C 1000 S, C 3000, C 4000 B, C 414 XLS, Perception 220, Perception 420, Perception 820

C 451 B, C 214, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR

Upright Piano

C 2000 B, Perception 170, Perception 120

C 1000 S, C 3000, C 4000 B, C 414 XLS, Perception 220, Perception 420, Perception 820

C 451 B, C 214, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR

C 2000 B, C 3000

C 4000 B, Perception 220, Perception 420, Perception 820

C 214, C 414 XL S, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR

Saxophone

C 2000 B, Perception 170, Perception 120

C 3000, C 4000 B, C 414 XLS, Perception 220, Perception 420, Perception 820

C 214, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR

Trombone

C 3000

C 4000 B, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR, Perception 220, Perception 820

C 214, C 414 XLS, Perception 420

French Horn

C 3000

C 4000 B, Perception 220, Perception 820

C 214, C 414 XLS, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR, Perception 420

C 3000, Perception 220

C 4000 B, D 112, C 214, C 414 XLS, C 12 VR, Perception 420

C 414 XLS

C 1000 S, C 2000 B, Perception 820

C 3000, C 4000 B, C 214, Perception 220, Perception 420

C 414 XLS, 414 XL II, C 12 VR, C 451 B

Flute

C 1000 S, Perception 170, Perception 120, Perception 820

C 2000 B, C 3000, C 4000 B, Perception 220, Perception 420

C 214, C 414 XLS, 414 XL II, C 12 VR, C 451 B

Harmonica

C 1000 S, Perception 170, Perception 120, Perception 820

C 2000 B, C 3000, C 4000 B, C 414 XLS, Perception 220, Perception 420

C 214, C 414 XL II, C 451 B

C 2000 B, D 112, Perception 170

C 1000 S, C 3000, C 4000 B, Perception 220, Perception 420, Perception 820

C 451 B, C 214, C 414 XLS, C 414 XL II, C 12 VR

Kick Drum

C 3000, Perception 220

C 4000 B, Perception 420, Perception 820

D 112, C 214, C 414 XLS

Snare Drum

Perception 170

C 1000 S

C 451 B, C 214, C 414 XLS, C 414 XL II

TOM-TOMS

C 2000 B, Perception 170

C 451 B, C 1000 S, C 3000, C 4000 B, D 112, Perception 220, Perception 420, Perception 820

C 214, C 414 XLS, C 414 XL II

Bass-Amp

Grand Piano (classical)

Section:

Trompet

Tuba Clarinet

Bongos/Congas

Cymbals

Perception 170

Perception 820

C 451 B

Perception 170, Perception 120

C 1000 S, C 2000 B, C 4000 B

C 451 B

Application

Standard

Advanced

Premium

Lead Vocals

P 5, D 88 S, WMS 40 PRO, SO 40

D 5, C 5, C 520, WMS 450

D 7, D 7 LTD, C 535 EB, WMS 4500

P 3 S, P 5, D 77 S, D 88 S

D 5, C 5, C 520

D 7, D 7 LTD, C 535 EB

Piano

D 770 x2, C 430 x2, Perception 170, Perception 220

C 411 + C 1000 S, C 516 x2, C 391 B x2, C 3000 x2, C 542, C 214

C 4000 B x2, C 480 B/CK 61, C 414 XLS

Acoustic String Instruments

D 77 S, D 770, WMS 40 PRO, Perception 170, C 430

C 411, C 1000 S, C 3000, D 40, WMS 450, C 214

C 451 B, C 4500 B-BC, WMS 4500

HI-HAT

Stage Microphones

Backing Vocals/Choir

108

Page 128

Application Guide

Stage Microphones Application Wind Instruments Electric Guitar Amp Bass Guitar Amp Upright Bass

Standard

Advanced

D 77, P 4, P 2, P 3 S, WMS 40 PRO, Perception 220 C 519, C 1000 S, C 3000, D 40, WMS 450, C 214

Premium C 4500 B-BC, WMS 4500

D 77 S, D 770, P 4, P 2, P 3 S, Guitar Set FLEXX, Perception 220

D 40, C 516, WMS 450, C 3000, C 214

C 4500 B-BC, WMS 4500, C 414 XL II

D 770, P 2, Guitar Set FLEXX + GB 40, Perception 220

D 40, WMS 450, C 516, D 112, C 214

C 4500 B-BC, WMS 4500

C 411, C 516, C 214

D 112

D 5, D 40, D 112, C 1000 S, C 2000 B, C 3000, C 214

C 4000,C 4500 B-BC, C 480 B / CK 61

Snare Drum

D 77 S, P 4, Perception 170

D 40, C 518, C 214

C 451 B, C 747 V11, C 480 B / CK 61

Bass Drum

C 542 BL

D 112, C 4500 B-BC, C 547BL

D 770, C 430, Perception 120, Perception 170

C 1000 S C 391 B, C 451, C 535 EB, C 3000, C 214

C 4000 B, C 414 XLS

D 77 S, P 4, P 2, Perception 170, Perception 420

D 40, C 518, C 519, C 451 B, C 3000, C 214

C 4000 B

Standard

Advanced

Premium

Conferencing, Podium, Discussions Ceiling Mount/Choir – Flown

CHM 21

HM 1000 + CK 31/CK 33

HM 1000 + CK 47

Ceiling Mount/Choir – Boundary Mic

C 542 BL

C 562 CM

C 547 BL

Handheld microphone – wireless

WMS 450 Vocal Set

WMS 4500

DMS 700

Handheld microphone – hardwire

D 7, C 535 DMS 700, C 520 L

Cymbals/Hi-Hat Toms Toms/Percussion

Harman Pro Group | 2010

P 2, Perception 220 D 88 S, D 770, P 4, P 2, P 3 S, P 5, C 430, Perception 120, Perception 170, Perception 220, Perception 420

Home Recording

Installed Microphones Application

Lavalier/Headset – wireless

WMS 450 Presenter Set

WMS 4500

Lavalier/Headset – hardwire

CK 55 L + MPA V L

C 555 L + MPA V L

C 520

Stand/Table Mount – Boundary Mic

C 542 BL

C 562 CM

C 547 BL

Stand/Table Mount – Gooseneck

CGN 321 E

GN ESP + CK 31/CK 33

Architectural Series, C 747 V11

Theatres and Multipurpose Halls Ceiling Mount/Choir – Flown

CHM 21

HM 1000 + CK 31/CK 33

HM 1000 + CK 47

Ceiling Mount/Choir – Boundary Mic

C 542 BL

C 562 CM

C 547 BL

Handheld microphone – wireless

WMS 450 Vocal Set

WMS 4500

DMS 700

Handheld microphone – hardwire

D7, C 535 EB

Lavalier/Headset – wireless

WMS 450 Presenter Set

WMS 4500

DMS 700, CK 77, HC 577 L

Lavalier/Headset – hardwire

CK 55 L + MPA V L

C 417 L + MPA V L

C 577 WR

Stand/Table Mount – Boundary Mic

C 542 BL

C 562 CM

C 547 BL

Stand/Table Mount – Gooseneck

CGN 321 E

GN ESP + CK 31/CK 33

Architectural Series, C 747 V11

Houses of Worship Altar, pulpit – Boundary Mic

C 542 BL

C 562 CM

C 547 BL

Altar, pulpit – Gooseneck

CGN 321 E

GN ESP + CK 31/CK 80

Architectural Series, C 747 V11 HM 1000 + CK 47

Ceiling Mount/Choir – Flown

CHM 21

HM 1000 + CK 31/CK 33

Handheld microphone – wireless

WMS 40 PRO Vocal Set

WMS 450 Vocal Set

WMS 4500

Handheld microphone – hardwire

D 7, C 535 EB

Lavalier/Headset – wireless

WMS 40 PRO Sports Set

WMS 450 Headworn Set, WMS 450 Presenter Set

C 520 L, WMS 4500 + PT 4500

Lavalier/Headset – hardwire

CK 55 + MPA V L

C 417 L + MPA V L

HC 577 L + MPA V L

HM 1000 + CK 80

HM 1000 + CK 31/CK 33

HM 1000 + CK 47

C 542 BL

C 562 CM

C 547 BL

WMS 40 PRO Vocal Set

WMS 450 Vocal Set

WMS 4500

Leisure Centers, Restaurants, Clubs, Bars, … Ceiling Mount/Choir – Flown Ceiling Mount/Choir – Boundary Mic Handheld microphone – wireless Handheld microphone – hardwire Headset – wireless

D 7, C 535

WMS 40 PRO Sports Set

WMS 450 Headworn Set

C 520 L, WMS 4500 + PT 4500

Headset – hardwire

C 555 L + MPA V L

C 520

Stand/Table Mount – Boundary Mic

C 542 BL

C 562 CM

C 547 BL

Stand/Table Mount – Gooseneck

CGN 321 E

GN ESP + CK 31/CK 80

Architectural Series, C 747 V11

Section:

109

Page 129

5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

8:35 Uhr

Seite 110

Patents

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

110

Page 130

Patent Numbers

Description

Related Products

AT 395.225 DE 4.103.784 JP 2.815.488

Electrostatic transducer

C 12 VR, C 214, C 414 XLS, C 414 XL II C 4000 B, C 4500 B-BC

AT 392.182 DE 4.021.661

Electrode support for condenser transducer

C 5, C 5 WL1, C 451 B, C 1000 S, C 2000 B, CK 91, CK 92, CK 93, CK 94, CK 98

AT 403.751 US 6,185,809 EP 814.637 (DE, DK, FI, FR, GB, IT, NL)

Varimotion â&#x20AC;&#x201C; multiple-thickness diaphragm for dynamic transducer

D 40, D 5, D 5 S, D 5 WL1, D 7, D 7 S, D 7 WL 1, D 7 LTD, D 230, D 770, K 141 MK II, K 171 MK II, K 240 MK II, K 271 MK II, K 702

AT 407.322 US 6,351,543

Pressure compensation cavity for condenser transducer

CK 77 WR, C 577 WR, HC 577

AT 411.513 US 6,510,231

Electrostatic transducer

C 2000 B

US 6,622,820

Pop filter

C 4500 B-BC

AT 408.706 US 6,639,991 ZL 01116806

Acoustics slot resistor for dynamic transducer

K 141 Studio MK II, K 171 Studio MK II, K 240 Studio MK II, K 271 Studio MK II

AT 408.280 GB 2.349.230 US 6,344,730

Remaining battery life

WMS 450, WMS 4500, IVM 4

AT 410.994 ZL 021302618 US 6,619,969

Plug

GB 40 FLEXX

AT 414.198 JP 3.984.595 US 7,172,052 ZL 200410003774.6 RU 2.282.954

3D-Axis folding mechanism

K 181 DJ, K 81 DJ

AT 413.923 RU 2.282.953 JP 3.984.954 ZL 200410003773.1 US 7,072,483

3D-Axis folding mechanism

K 181 DJ, K 81 DJ

ZL 0211301956

Stereo multiplex Encoder

IVM 4

EP 641.143 (AT, DE, DK, FR, GB, NL, SE) JP 3.565.908 US 5.544.249

Method of Simulating Sound Impression

SST 4, IVM 4

AT 412.682 ZL 02131918.9 US 6,789,311 JP 4271919

Flat wire voice coil

K 702

US 7,439,706

Battery control

HT 4500, PT 4500, CU 4000, BP 4000, SPR 4,

EP 1.923.994

Audio Compressor

IVM 4, DMS 700

Patents/Key to Product Names

Key to AKG Product Names Here is a list of the prefixes and suffixes we use to designate the various types of products:

Accessory Prefixes:

Microphone, Headphone, and System Suffixes:

Condenser microphone, e.g., C 5

Battery power supply, e.g., B 18, B 29 L

Bass rolloff or bass cut filter, e.g., C 568 B

GNS

Condenser microphone capsule, e.g., CK 98

Gooseneck system, e.g., GNS 36

Boundary microphone, e.g., C 400 BL

Support, e.g., H 30

MPA

Ceiling mount microphone, e.g., C 562 CM

Phantom power adapter for microphones, e.g., MPA V L

Dynamic microphone, e.g., D 5

GN Gooseneck for Discreet Acoustics Series microphones, e.g., GN 15 E

HSC Headset with condenser microphone, e.g., HSC 271

HSD

MSH Gooseneck for microphones, e.g., MSH 70

SA Stand adapter, e.g., SA 60, SA 61

XLR connector. e.g., GN 15 E. Also used for some earlier microphone models, to distinguish versions with XLR connectors, e.g., C 535 EB, from versions with DIN connectors

Headset with dynamic microphone, e.g., HSD 271

Floor or table stand, e.g., ST 1, ST 45

Microphones or systems with miniature-XLR connector, e.g., C 417 L

Handheld transmitter for wireless microphone systems, e.g., HT 4500

K Headphones, e.g., K 240 MK II

PT Bodypack transmitter for wireless microphone systems, e.g., PT 4500

SE Powering module for modular microphones, e.g., SE 300 B

SR Stationary receiver for wireless microphone systems, e.g., SR 4500

WMS

Windscreen, e.g., W 23, W 32

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Microphone, Headphone, and System Prefixes:

Section:

Modular System like D 3800 M or C 519 M

ML Microphones or systems with miniature-XLR connector, e.g., C 518 ML

/P Microphones in flesh-color finish, e.g., C 477 WR L/P

PP Microphones with phantom power adapter provided, e.g., C 417 PP

S On/off switch, e.g., D 5 S

Wireless microphone system, e.g., WMS 4500

111

Page 131

5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch

01.12.2009

8:35 Uhr

Seite 112

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Recording Microphones

Im pe da nc e

Ba ss cu tf ilt er

pa d Pr ea tte nu at ion

Si gn (A al/n -w o eig ise ht ra ed tio )

Eq u (IE ival C ent 60 n 26 ois 8- e 4) le ve l

M ax fo . SP rx L % TH D

cardioid, omnidirectional, figure-eight, and 6 intermediate positions, remotely selectable

30 to 20,000 Hz

10 mV/Pa (-40 dBV) 10-dB increase, selectable by internal switch

for 3% THD: 128/138/148 dB

22 dB-A

72 dB

10 dB, 20 dB, selectable

6 dB/octave at 100 Hz, 12 dB/octave at 130 Hz

≤200 ohms

C 451 B

cardioid

20 to 20,000 Hz

9 mV/Pa (-41 dBV)

for 0.5% THD: 135/145/155 dB (0/-10/-20 dB)

18 dB-A

76 dB

0 dB, 10 dB, 20 dB selectable

flat, 12 dB/ octave at 75 or 150 Hz, selectable

≤200 ohms

C 414 XL S

omnidirectional, wide cardioid, cardioid, hypercardioid, figure eight

20 to 20,000 Hz (see frequency response traces)

23 mV/Pa (-33 dBV) ± 0.5 dB

for 0.5% THD: 200/400/800/ 1600 Pa = 140/146/152/ 158 dB (0/-6/ -12/-18 dB)

6 dB-A (0 dB preattenuation)

88 dB

-6 dB, -12 dB, -18 dB, switchable

12 dB/octave at 40 Hz and 80 Hz 6 dB/octave at 160 Hz

≤200 ohms

C 414 XL II

omnidirectional, wide cardioid, cardioid, hypercardioid, figure eight

20 to 20,000 Hz (see frequency response traces)

23 mV/Pa (-33 dBV) ± 0.5 dB

for 0.5% THD: 200/400/800/ 1600 Pa = 140/146/152/ 158 dB (0/-6/ -12/-18 dB)

6 dB-A (0 dB preattenuation)

88 dB

-6 dB, -12 dB, -18 dB, switchable

12 dB/octave at 40 Hz and 80 Hz 6 dB/octave at 160 Hz

≤200 ohms

Cardioid

20 to 20,000 Hz

20 mV/Pa

for 0.5 % THD: 136 / 156 dB SPL

13 dB-A

81 dB

0/-20 dB, switchable

160 Hz, 6 dB/ Octave, switchable

≤200 ohms

omnidirectional, cardioid, hypercardioid

20 to 20,000 Hz

25 mV/Pa (-32 dBV)

for 0.5% THD: 145/155 dB

8 dB-A

86 dB

10 dB, switchable

12 dB/octave at 100 Hz

≤200 ohms

C 3000

cardioid

20 to 20,000 Hz

25 mV/Pa (-32 dBV)

for 0.5% THD: 140/150 dB

14 dB-A

80 dB

10 dB, switchable

6 dB/octave below 500 Hz

≤200 ohms

C 2000 B

cardioid

30 to 20,000 Hz

20 mV/Pa (-34 dBV)

for 5% THD: 140/150 dB

20 dB-A

74 dB

10 dB, switchable

6 dB/octave below 500 Hz

≤200 ohms

C 1000 S

cardioid, hypercardioid (with PPC 1000 mounted)

50 to 20,000 Hz

6 mV/Pa (-44 dBV)

for 1% THD: 137 dB

21 dB-A

73 dB

cardioid

30 to 20,000 Hz

20 mV/Pa (-34 dBV)

for 0.5% THD: 145/155 dB

8 dB-A

86 dB

omnidirectional

40 to 20,000 Hz

2.5 mV/Pa (-52 dBV)

C 480 B combULS/61

cardioid

20 to 20,000 Hz

40/20/ 6.3 mV/Pa (-28/-34/-44 dBV)

for 0.5% THD: 134/140/ 144 dB

13/11/17 dB-A

81/83/77 dB

+6/0/-10 dB, selectable

CK 61-ULS

cardioid

20 to 20,000 Hz

40/20/ 6,3 mV/Pa (-28/-34/-44 dBV)

(for 0,5% THD) 134/140/144 dB

13/11/17 dB-A

81/83/77 dB

+6/0/-10 dB, selectable

C 4000 B

C 4500 B-BC

D 230

112

Page 132

Se ns iti vit y

C 12 VR

C 214

Section:

Fr eq ue nc yr an ge

Po lar pa tte rn

Comparison chart

≤200 ohms

20 dB, switchable

6 dB/octave at 120 Hz

≤200 ohms

≤320 ohms

12 dB/octave at 70 and 150 Hz

≤150 ohms

Op tio na la cc es so rie s

ac ce ss or ies

Ne t/s hi pp in g

from supplied N 12 VR power supply

12-pin DIN

green/gold

42 dia. x 225 mm (1.7 dia. x 8.9 in.)

680 g (24 oz.)/ 4.5 kg (9.9 lbs.)

H 15/T, MK-Tube, N 12 VR, W 42

≥1,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power

≤2 mA

3-pin XLR

satin nickel plated

19 dia. x 160 mm (0.75 dia. x 6.3 in.)

125 g (4.4 oz.)/ 760 g (1.7 lbs.)

SA 60, Sound Tool Case, W 90

≥2,200 ohms

48 V phantom power

approximately 4.5 mA

3-pin XLR to IEC

dark grey/silver

50 x 38 x 160 mm (2.0 x 1.5 x 6.3 in.)

300 g (10.6 oz.)

H 85, PF 80, Soundtool Case, W 414 X

H 50, ST 305

≥2,200 ohms

48 V phantom power

approximately 4.5 mA

3-pin XLR to IEC

dark grey/gold

50 x 38 x 160 mm (2.0 x 1.5 x 6.3 in.)

300 g (10.6 oz.)

H 85, PF 80, Soundtool Case, W 414 X

H 50, ST 305

≥1,000 ohm

12 to 52 V

≤2 mA

3-pin XLR

matte grayish blue

160 x 56 mm (6.3 x 2.2 in.)

280 g (9.9 oz.)/ 1450 g (3.2 lbs.)

H 85 Shock Mount, W 214 Windscreen, Metal Carrying Case H 85, Sound Tool Case, W 214

B 18, PF 80, SA 61, ST 305

St an da rd

Di m en sio ns

we ig ht Fin ish

from supplied N 12 VR power supply

Cu rre nt

≥1,000 ohms

Po we rin g

Co nn ec to r

co ns um pt ion

61 93 8) (IE C

Re c loa omm d im end pe ed da nc e

Comparison chart

PF 80

≥1,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power

≤2 mA

3-pin XLR

silver grey

58 dia. x 183 mm (2.3 dia. x 7.2 in.)

450 g (1 lb.)/ 1 kg (2.2 lbs.)

H 85, Sound Tool Case, W 4000

B 18, PF 80, SA 61, ST 305

≥1,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power

≤2 mA

3-pin XLR

silver grey

53 dia. x 162 mm (2.1 dia. x 6.4 in.)

320 g (11.3 oz.)/ 950 g (2.1 lbs.)

H 85, Sound Tool Case

B 18, PF 80, SA 61, W 414 X, ST 305

≥1,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power

≤2 mA

3-pin XLR

silver grey

53 dia. x 159 mm (2.1 dia. x 6.3 in.)

325 g (11.5 oz.)/ 950 g (2 lbs.)

H 85, Sound Tool Case

B 18, PF 80, SA 61, ST 305

≥2,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power or internal 9 V battery

approx. 2 mA

3-pin XLR

matte silver enamel

34 dia. x 220 mm (1.4 dia. x 8.7 in.)

320 g (11.3 oz.)/ 650 g (1.4 lbs.)

PB 1000, PPC 1000, SA 63, Sound Tool Case, W 1000

H 30, PF 80, ST 305

≥1,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power

≤2 mA

3-pin XLR

silver grey

58 dia. x 183 mm (2.3 dia. x 7.2 in.)

450 g (1 lb.)/ 1 kg (2.2 lbs.)

H 85, Sound Tool Case, W 4000

B 18, PF 80, SA 61, ST 305

3-pin XLR

dark grey

50 dia. x 218 mm (2 dia. x 8.3 in.)

225 g (7.9 oz.)/ 840 g (1.9 lbs.)

SA 44

H 30, SA 61, W 23, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

3-pin XLR

matte black

21 dia. X 173 mm (0.8 dia. x 6.8 in.)

140/500g (4.9 oz./1.1 lbs)

W 32 windscreen, SA 60, Sound Tool Case

A 61, H 30, H 50, H 85, H 300, PF 80, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

matte black

21 dia. x 23/27 mm (0.8 dia. x 0.9/ 1.1 in.)

25 g ( 0.9 oz.)/ 150 g (5.3 oz.)

W 32 windscreen

A 61

≥1,000 ohms

≥2.000 ohms// 1.000 pF

through C 480 B

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

113

Page 133

Recording Microphones

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

Seite 114

Im pe da nc e

Ba ss cu tf ilt er

Pr ea tte nu at ion

pa d

8:35 Uhr

Si gn (A al/n -w o eig ise ht ra ed tio )

Eq u (IE ival C ent 60 n 26 ois 8- e 4) le ve l

M ax fo . SP rx L % TH D

Se ns iti vit y

01.12.2009

CK 62-ULS

omnidirectional

20 to 20,000 Hz

40/20/6.3 mV/ Pa (-28/-34/ -44 dBV)

for 0.5% THD: 134/140/144 dB

13/11/17 dB-A

81/83/77 dB

+6/0/-10 dB, selectable

CK 63-ULS

hypercardioid

20 to 20,000 Hz

40/20/6.3 mV/ Pa (-28/-34/ -44 dBV)

for 0.5% THD: 134/140/144 dB

13/11/17 dB-A

81/83/77 dB

+6/0/-10 dB, selectable

CK 69-ULS

hypercardioid/ directional

20 to 18,000 Hz

54/27/8,5 mV/ Pa (-25/-31/ -41 dBV)

134/140/142 dB (for 0,5% THD)

11/9/15 dB-A

83/85/79 dB

+6/0/-10 dB, selectable

CK 91

cardioid

20 to 20,000 Hz

10 mV/Pa (-40 dBV)

132/142 dB (for 1% THD)

17 dB-A

77 dB

CK 92

omnidirectional

20 to 20,000 Hz

10 mV/Pa (-40 dBV)

132/142 dB (for 1% THD)

17 dB-A

77 dB

CK 93

hypercardioid

20 to 20,000 Hz

10 mV/Pa (-40 dBV)

132/142 dB (for 1% THD)

17 dB-A

77 dB

CK 94

figure-eight

20 to 20,000 Hz

10 mV/Pa (-40 dBV)

132/142 dB (for 1% THD)

22 dB-A

72 dB

CK 98

hypercardioid/ directional

20 to 20,000 Hz

25 mV/Pa (-32 dBV)

124/134 dB (for 1% THD)

17 dB-A

77 dB

C 391 B

cardioid

20 to 20,000 Hz

10 mV/Pa

132/142 dB (for 1% THD)

17 dB-A

77 dB

/- 10 dB, selectable

12 dB/octave at 75 HZ

≤200 ohms

Perception 820 Tube

cardioid

20 to 20,000 Hz

20 mV/Pa (-34 dBV ±3 dB)

135/155 0/-20 dB (0,5% dB) (for 0,5% THD)

16 dB-A

78 dB

/-20 dB (selectable via remote control)

12 dB/octave at 80 Hz (selectable via remote control)

≤200 ohms

Perception 420

Cardioid, omnidirectional, figure-eight

20 to 20,000 Hz

28 mV/Pa (-31 dBV)

135/155 0/-20 dB (0,5% dB) (for 0,5 % THD)

16 dB-A

78 dB

0 dB, -20 dB

12 dB/octave at 300 Hz

≤200 ohms

Perception 220

cardioid

20 to 20,000 Hz

18 mV/Pa (-35 dBV)

135 dB/155 dB (0/-20 dB) (for 0,5% THD)

16 dB-A

78 dB

0 dB, -20 dB

12 dB/octave at 300 Hz

<200 ohms

Perception 170

cardioid

20 to 20,000 Hz

12 mV/Pa (-38 dBV)

135 / 155 dB SPL (0 / -20 dB) (for 0,5% THD)

< 21 dB-A

73 dB (re 1 Pa)

0 dB, -20 dB

12 dB/octave at 300 Hz

≤200 ohms

Perception 120

cardioid

20 to 20,000 Hz

22 mV/Pa (-33 dBV)

130/150 dB (0/-20 dB) (for 0,5% THD)

22 dB-A

62 dB

0 dB, -20 dB

12 dB/octave at 300 Hz

<200 ohms

Perception 120 USB

cardioid

20 to 20,000 Hz

0 dB, -20 dB

6 dB/octave at 120 Hz

114

Page 134

Fr eq ue nc yr an ge

Po lar pa tte rn

5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch

Op tio na la cc es so rie s

ac ce ss or ies

we ig ht

W 32 windscreen

A 61

through C 480 B

matte black

21 dia. x 23/27 mm (0.8 dia. x 0.9/ 1.1 in.)

25 g ( 0.9 oz.)/ 150 g (5.3 oz.)

W 32 windscreen

A 62

through C 480 B

matte black

21 dia. x 176/ 317 mm (0.8 dia. x 6.9./ 12.4 in.)

70/500g (2.4 oz./1.1 lbs.)

W 48, W 49

A 61, H 30

through SE 300 B

bayonet mount

dark grey

19 dia. x 36/51 mm (0.7 dia. x 1.4/2 in.)

35 g (1.2 oz.)/ 200 g (7.1 oz.)

W 90

A 91

through SE 300 B

bayonet mount

dark grey

19 dia. x 36/51 mm (0.7 dia. x 1.4/2 in.)

35 g (1.2 oz.)/ 200 g (7.1 oz.)

W 90

A 91

through SE 300 B

bayonet mount

dark grey

19 dia. x 36/51 mm (0.7 dia. x 1.4/2 in.)

35 g (1.2 oz.)/ 200 g (7.1 oz.)

W 90

A 91

through SE 300 B

bayonet mount

dark grey

19 dia. x 43/59 mm (0.7 dia. x 1.7/ 2.3 in.)

45 g (1.9 oz.)/ 200 g (7.1 oz.)

W 90

A 91

through SE 300 B

bayonet mount

dark grey

19 dia. x 247/ 262 mm (0.7 dia. x 9.7/10.3 in.)

80 g (2.8 oz.)/ 500 g (1.1 lb.)

W 98

A 91, H 30

9 to 52 V phantom power

≤2 mA

3-pin XLR

dark grey

19 dia 146 mm (0.7 dia. x 5.7 in.)

80/500g (2.8 oz./1.1 lbs.)

W 98

A 91, H 30

via remote control

7-pin XLS (this product only)

53 dia. x 212 mm (2.1 dia. x 8.3 in.)

870/5400g (1.9/11.9 lbs.)

Sound Tool Case, EU/UK/US energyand microphone cable, spider suspension

PF 80, ST 305

≥1,000 ohms

St an da rd

Ne t/s hi pp in g

25 g ( 0.9 oz.)/ 150 g (5.3 oz.)

Fin ish

21 dia. x 23/27 mm (0.8 dia. x 0.9/ 1.1 in.)

Co nn ec to r

matte black

Cu rre nt

Di m en sio ns

co ns um pt ion

61 93 8)

through C 480 B

Po we rin g

through C 480 B

Section:

≥1,000 ohms

48 V phantom power

≤2 mA

3-pin XLR

metallic blue/ nickel grille

53 dia. x 165 mm/ 2 x 6.3 in.

525 g (18.5 oz.)/ 1,970 g (4.3 lb.)

metal case, spider suspension

PF 80, ST 305, W 4000

≥1,000 ohms

48 V phantom power

<2 mA

3-pin XLR

metallic blue/ nickel grille

53 dia. x 165 mm (2.1 dia. x 6.5 in.)

525 g (18.5 oz.)/ 1,970 g (4.3 lb.)

metal case, spider suspension

PF 80, ST 305, W 4000

≥1,000 ohms

48 V phantom powe

≤2 mA

3-pin XLR-type (pin #2 hot)

metallic blue

22 dia. X 160 mm/ 0.09 x 6.3 in.

130 g (4.6 oz.)/ 455 g (16 oz.)

SA 45

H 30, H 50, H 300, SA 60, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305, PF 80, W 32

≥1,000 ohms

48 V phantom power

<3 mA

3-pin XLR

metallic blue

53 dia. x 165 mm (2.1 dia. x 6.5 in.)

525 g (18.5 oz.)/ 955 g (33.7 oz.)

stand adapter

PF 80, ST 305, W 4000

Mini USB

matte grayish blue

53 dia. x 165 mm (2.1 dia. x 6.5 in.)

460 g (18.8 oz.)/ 1050 g (37.0 oz.)

stand adapter, table stand, USB cable

PF 80, ST 305, W 4000

provided by USB connection

Harman Pro Group | 2010

≥1000 ohms

(IE C

Re c loa omm d im end pe ed da nc e

Comparison chart

115

Page 135

Im pe da nc e

Ba ss cu tf ilt er

pa d

Seite 116

Pr ea tte nu at ion

Si gn (A al/n -w o eig ise ht ra ed tio )

8:35 Uhr

Harman Pro Group | 2010

M ax .S PL

Eq u (IE ival C ent 60 n 26 ois 8- e 4) le ve l

01.12.2009

Se ns iti vit y

Fr eq ue nc yr an ge

Po lar pa tte rn

5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch

C 535 EB

cardioid

20 to 20,000 Hz

7 mV/Pa (–43 dBV)

for 1% THD: 130/144 dB

21 dB-A

cardioid

65 to 20,000 Hz

4 mV/Pa (-48 dBV)

for 1%/3% THD: 140/145 dB SPL

25 dB-A

D 7/D 7 S

Supercardioid

70 to 20,000 Hz

2.6 mV/Pa (-52 dBV)

for 1%/3% THD 144/156 dB SPL

18 dB-A

D 5/D 5 S

supercardioid

70 to 20,000 Hz

2.6 mV/Pa (-52 dBV)

for 1%/3% THD: 144/156 dB SPL

18 dB-A

≤600 ohms

cardioid

60 to 20,000 Hz, at 1 cm (0.4 in.): 20 to 20,000 Hz

2.5 mV/Pa (-52 dBV)

for 1%/3% THD: 144/156 dB

22 dB-A

≤600 ohms

supercardioid

40 to 20,000 Hz

2.5 mV

140 dB SPL

2,000 ohms

cardioid

60 to 20,000 Hz, at 1 cm (0.4 in.): 20 to 20,000 Hz

2.5 mV

140 dB SPL

2,000 ohms

D 88 S/XLR D 88 S/Jack

supercardioid

40 to 20,000 Hz

2.5 mV/Pa

300 ohms

D 77 S/XLR D 77 S/Jack

cardioid

40 to 20,000 Hz

2.5 mV/Pa

600 ohms

D 55 S

cardioid

70 to 18,000 Hz

2.5 mV/Pa

600 ohms

D 44 S

cardioid

70 to 18,000 Hz

2.5 mV/Pa

600 ohms

D 112

cardioid

20 to 17,000 Hz

1.8 mV/Pa (-55 dBV)

for 0.5% THD: outside measurement range

21 dB-A

D 40

cardioid

75 to 20,000 Hz

4 mV/Pa (-48 dBV)

for 1/3 % THD: 144/156 dB SPL

18 dB-A

D 770

P 5/P 5 S

-14 dB

12 dB/Oktave bei 100 Hz

≤200 Ohm

≤200 ohms

76 dB

80 Hz, 6 dB/octave, always active

≤ 600 ohms

Section: P3S Stage Microphones

116

Page 136

73 dB

≤210 ohms

≤200 ohms

3-pin XLR

matte black

46 dia. x 184 mm (1.8 dia. x 7.25 in.)

300 g (10.6 oz.)/ 800 g (1.8 lbs.)

Mikrofonetui, SA 61

B 18, H 30, H 50, SA 44, W 23, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

≥2000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power

typ. 3 mA

3-pin XLR

matte grayish blue

length: 185.2 mm (7.3 in.) diameter: 51 mm (2 in.)

345 g (12.2 oz.)/ 660 g (1.5 lbs.)

Microphone bag, SA 51, PB 1000

B 18, H 30, H 50, SA 44, SA 61, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305, W 23, W 880

≥ 2000 ohms

3-pin XLR

matte grayish blue

length: 185.2 mm (7.3 in.) diameter: 51 mm (2 in.)

340 g (12 oz.)/ 655 g (1.45 lbs.)

Microphone bag, H 30, H 50, SA 44, SA 61, SA 61, ST 1, ST 45, replacement inner ST 46, ST 305, windscreen W 23, W 880, W 3004

≥2000 ohms

3-pin XLR

matte grayish blue

length: 185.2 mm (7.3 in.) diameter: 51 mm (2 in.)

340 g (12 oz.)/ 655 g (1.45 lbs.)

Microphone bag, SA 51

H 30, H 50, SA 44, SA 61, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305, W 23, W 880

≥2,000 ohms

3-pin XLR

matte black

50 dia. x 181 mm (2 x 7.1 in.)

290 g (10.4 oz.)/ 650 g (1.4 lbs.)

microphone bag, SA 44

H 30, H 50, SA 61, W 23, W 880, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

3-pin XLR

stage black

190*51 mm (7.5 * 2 in.)

200/240 g (7.1/8.5 oz.)

Microphone bag, SA 45

H 30, H 50, SA 44, SA 61, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305, W 23, W 880, W 3004

3-pin XLR

stage black

190*51 mm (7.5 * 2 in.)

260/300 g (9.2/10.6 oz.)

SA 45

H 30, H 50, SA 44, SA 61, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305, W 23, W 880, W 3004

Zinc/alloy diecast

length: 186 mm 260 g (0.57 lbs.)/ (7.3 in.) diameter: 1,200 g (2.65 lbs.) 52.5 mm (2.07 in.)

stand adapter D 88 S/XLR: 5m (16.5 ft.) XLR to XLR cable D 88 S/Jack: 5m (16.5 ft.) XLR to 1/4" jack cable

W 23, W 880, H 30, H 50, SA 44, SA 61, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

Zinc/alloy diecast

length: 178 mm 260 g (0.57 lbs.)/ (7 in.) diameter: 1,200 g (2.65 lbs.) 52.5 mm (2.07 in.)

stand adapter D 77 S/XLR: 5m (16.5 ft.) XLR to XLR cable D 77 S/Jack: 5m (16.5 ft.) XLR to 1/4" jack cable

W 23, W 880, H 30, H 50, SA 44, SA 61, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

Zinc/alloy diecast

length: 243 mm (9.6 in.) diameter: 52.5 mm (2.07 in.)

380 g (0.84 lbs.)/ 920 g (2.03 lbs.)

fixed 5 m (16.5 ft.) cable, w/mini jack plug, mini to 1/4" adapter plug

W 23, W 880, H 30, H 50, SA 44, SA 61, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

Plastics

length: 226 mm (8.9 in.) max. diameter: 53 mm (2.1 in.)

290 g (0.64 lbs.)/ 820 g (1.81 lbs.)

fixed 5 m (16.5 ft.) cable, w/mini jack plug, mini to 1/4" adapter plug

W 23, W 880, H 30, H 50, SA 44, SA 61, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

≥600 ohms

3-pin XLR

dark grey metallic enamel

150 x 70 x 115 mm (5.9 x 2.8 x 4.5 in.)

380 g (13.4 oz.)/ 990 g (2.2 lbs.)

SA 60

ST 1, ST 45, ST 305

≥2,000 ohms

3-pin XLR

dark stage blue

length 104 mm (4.1 in.) height (incl. stand adapter): 79 mm (3.1 in.) max. dia.: 44 mm (1.7 in.)

245 g (8.6 oz.)/ 380 g (13.4 oz.)

H 440

ST 1, ST 45, ST 305

Ca bl e

St an da rd

Op tio na la cc es so rie s

Ne t/s hi pp in g

ac ce ss or ies

Di m en sio ns

we ig ht Fin ish

≤2.5 mA

Cu rre nt

9 to 52 V phantom power

Po we rin g

≥600 Ohm

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Co nn ec to r

co ns um pt ion

61 93 8) (IE C

Re c im omm pe e da nd nc ed e loa d

Comparison chart

Section:

117

Page 137

Im pe da nc e

Ba ss cu tf ilt er

pa d

Seite 118

Pr ea tte nu at ion

Si gn (A al/n -w o eig ise ht ra ed tio )

8:35 Uhr

Harman Pro Group | 2010

M ax .S PL

Eq u (IE ival C ent 60 n 26 ois 8- e 4) le ve l

01.12.2009

Se ns iti vit y

Fr eq ue nc yr an ge

Po lar pa tte rn

5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch

C 430

cardioid

20 to 20,000 Hz

7 mV/Pa (-43 dBV)

for 1% /3% THD: 126/130 dB

cardioid

60 to 18,000 Hz

2.4 mV/Pa

152 dB SPL

2,000 ohms

cardioid

60 to 20,000 Hz

2.3 mV/Pa

157 dB SP

2,000 ohms

C 518/C 518 ML

cardioid

60 Hz to 20,000 Hz

5 mV/Pa (-46 dBV)

for 1%/3% THD: 130/132 dB SPL

31 dB-A

63 dB

≤200 ohms

C 519/C 519 ML

cardioid

60 Hz to 20,000 Hz

5 mV/Pa (-46 dBV)

for 1%/3% THD: 130/132 dB SPL

31 dB-A

63 dB

≤200 ohms

figure-eight (vibration pickup)

10 to 18,000 Hz

2 mV/ms-2 (incl. MPA V L)

for 1% THD: 100 dB

C 516 ML

cardioid

60 Hz to 20,000 Hz

5 mV/Pa (-46 dBV)

for 1%/3% THD: 130/132 dB SPL

31 dB-A

63 dB

≤200 ohms

HC 577 L

omnidirectional

20 Hz to 20 kHz

8 mV/Pa (-42 dBV)

for 1% THD: 133 dB

26 dB-A

68 dB

≤3.5 kohms

C 520/C 520 L

cardioid

60 to 20,000 Hz

5 mV/Pa (-46 dBV)

for 1%/3% THD: 130/132 dB SPL

31 dB-A

63 dB

≤200 ohms

C 555 L

cardioid

80 to 20,000 Hz

35 mV/Pa (-29 dBV)

for 1%/3% THD: 126/130 dB SPL

22 dB-A

72 dB

≤200 ohms

omnidirectional

20 to 20,000 Hz

8 mV/Pa (-42 dBV)

for 1% THD: 133 dB

37 dB / 26 dB-A

68 dB

CK 77 WR (C 577 WR) (≤3,500 [≤400] ohms)

C 411

33 dB-A

61 dB

≤200 ohms

≤200 ohms unbalanced

Stage Microphones

Section:

CK 77 WR/ C 577 WR

118

Page 138

St an da rd

≤2 mA

3-pin XLR

matte black

19 dia. x 79 mm (0.7 x 3.1 in.)

23 g (1.1 oz.)/ 192 g (6.8 oz.)

microphone bag, SA 60, W 32

B 18, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

3-pin XLR

stage black

100*79*44 mm (3.9*3.1*1.7 in.)

200/240 g (7.1/8.5 oz.)

H 440, microphone bag

ST 1, ST 45, ST 305

3-pin XLR

stage black

130*132*60 mm (5.1*5.2*2.4 in.)

400/450 g (14.1/15.9 oz.)

microphone bag

ST 1, ST 45, ST 305

Ca bl e

Ne t/s hi pp in g

Op tio na la cc es so rie s

Di m en sio ns

ac ce ss or ies

Fin ish

we ig ht Co nn ec to r

co ns um pt ion

61 93 8) (IE C

9 to 52 V phantom power

Cu rre nt

≥2,000 ohms

Po we rin g

Re c im omm pe e da nd nc ed e loa d

Comparison chart

9 to 52 V phantom power or battery powering from B 29 L, or AKG bodypack transmitter

≤ 2 mA

3-pin mini XLR

matte black

length: 200 mm (7.9 in.) max. width: 47 mm (1.9 in.)

220 g (7.8 oz.)/ 450 g (15.9 oz.) (microphone and cable): C 518 ML: 110 g (3.9 oz.)/ 330 g (11.7 oz.)

H 518, microphone B 18, for C 518 ML: bag, W 44 B 29 L, MPA V L C 518 ML: A 400 adapter for AKG PT 40 or PT 450

1.5 m (5 ft.)

≥2000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power or battery powering from B 29 L, or AKG bodypack transmitter

≤ 2 mA

3-pin mini XLR

matte black

length: 213 mm (4.8 in.) max. width: 47 mm (1.9 in.)

195 g (6.9 oz.)/ 430 g (15.2 oz.) (microphone and cable): C 519 ML: 85 g (3 oz.)/ 310 g (11 oz.)

microphone bag, W 44 C 519 ML: A 400 adapter for AKG PT 40 or PT 450

B 18, for C 519 ML: B 29 L, MPA V L

1.5 m (5 ft.)

≥1,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power or battery powering from B 29 L or AKG bodypack transmitter

≤2 mA

3-pin mini XLR

matte black

27 x 14 x 9.5 mm (1.1 x 0.5 x 0.3 in.)

18 g (0.7 oz.)/ 150 g (5.5 oz.)

adhesive compound, microphone bag

B 29 L, MPA V L, B 18

1.5 m (5 ft.)

≥2000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power or battery powering from B 29 L, or AKG bodypack transmitter

≤ 2 mA

3-pin mini XLR

matte black

46 g (1.6 oz.)/ 320 g (11.3 oz.)

A 400 adapter for AKG PT 40 or PT 450, 2 doublesided adhesive rubber plates, 3 countersunkbolts (3 x 30 mm), 3 selftapping screws (2.9 x 13 mm), elastic adhesive compound, H 516, microphone bag, W 44

B 18, B 29 L, MPA V L

1.5 m (5 ft.)

≥10 kohms

1.5 to 12 V

≤0.6 mA

3-pin mini XLR

flesh tone

28 g (0.99 oz.)/ 150 g (5,3 oz.)

PB 77, W 77 B, moisture shield

B 18, MPA V L, W 77 M/P,W 77 M, W 77

1.5 m (5 ft.)

≥2000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power or battery powering from B 29 L, or AKG bodypack transmitter

≤2 mA

C 520: 3-pin male XLR C 520 ML: 3-pin mini XLR

matte black

length: 195 mm C 520: 26 g (7.7 in.) max. (0.9 oz.)/380 g diameter: 134 mm (13.4 oz.) C 520 L: (5.3 in.) 26 g (0.9 oz.)/ 260 g (9.2 oz.)

W 44

B 18, B 29 L, MPA V L

C 520: 3 m (10 ft.) C 520 ML: 1.5 m (5 ft.)

≥2000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power or battery powering from B 29 L, or AKG bodypack transmitter

≤ 2 mA

3-pin mini XLR

matte black

length: 195 mm (7.7 in.) max. diameter: 134 mm (5.3 in.)

W 444

B 18, B 29 L, MPA V L

1.5 m (5 ft.)

CK 77 WR (C 577 WR) (≥10,000 [≥2.000] ohms)

CK 77 WR: 1.5 to 12 V C 577 WR: 9 to 52 V

≤0,6 mA

CK 77 WR: 3 -pin mini XLR “L”, C 577 WR: 3-pin XLR

various matte colors

Harman Pro Group | 2010

≥2000 ohms

Section:

205 mm (8.1 in.), max. diameter: 145 mm (5.7 in.)

26 g (0.9 oz.)/ 260 g (9.2 oz.)

5.5 dia. x 14 mm CK 77 WR: 0.4/ CK 77 WR: adhesive W 77 M, W 77 M/P, (0.2 dia. x 0.55 in.) 85 g (0.014/3 oz.) compound, H 40/1, W 77 Set, C 577 WR: 0.4/ H 41, moisture W 77 M/P Set 146 g (0.014/ shield, PB 77, W 77, 5.2 oz.) C 577 WR: adhesive compound, H 39, H 40/1, H 41, moisture shield, PB 77, W 77

1.5 m (5 ft.)

119

Page 139

Installed Microphones

Im pe da nc e

Ba ss cu tf ilt er

pa d Pr ea tte nu at ion

Si gn (A al/n -w o eig ise ht ra ed tio )

≤200 ohms

cardioid

15 to 18,000 Hz

8.8 mV/Pa (-41 dBV)

for 1% THD: 118 dB

34 dB-A

60 dB

≤200 ohms

Im pe da nc e

Ba ss cu tf ilt er

Pr ea tte nu at ion

pa d

60 dB

Si gn (A al/n -w o eig ise ht ra ed tio )

34 dB-A

M ax .S PL

Eq u (IE ival C ent 60 n 26 ois 8- e 4) le ve l

M ax .S PL

for 1%/3% THD: 118/126 dB

Eq u (IE ival C ent 60 n 26 ois 8- e 4) le ve l

Se ns iti vit y

17 mV/Pa (-35 dBV)

GN 15 E / GN 30 E / GN 50 E

250 Hz, -10 dB at 50 Hz

≤600 ohms

GN 15 ESP / GN 30 ESP / GN 50 ESP

250 Hz, -10 dB bei 50 Hz

≤600 ohms

GN 15 / GN 30 / GN 50

250 Hz, -10 dB at 50 Hz

≤600 ohms

GN 15 E 5Pin / GN 30 E 5Pin / GN 50 E 5Pin

250 Hz, -10 dB at 50 Hz

≤600 ohms

CK 31

cardioid

50 to 20,000 Hz

20 mV/Pa (-34 dBV)

for 1% THD: 125 dB

21 dB-A

73 dB

≤600 ohms

CK 32

omnidirectional

20 to 20,000 Hz

14 mV/Pa (-34 dBV)

125 dB (for 1% THD)

20 dB-A

74 dB

≤600 ohms

CK 33

hypercardioid

50 to 20,000 Hz

20 mV/Pa (-34 dBV)

125 dB (for 1% THD)

21 dB-A

73 dB

≤600 ohms

CK 47

hypercardioid

20 to 20,000 Hz

16.5 mV/Pa (-36 dBV)

for 1% THD: 133 dB

20 dB-A

74 dB

≤600 ohms

120

Page 140

Seite 120

Se ns iti vit y

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

8:35 Uhr

20 to 20,000 Hz

Po lar pa tte rn

CK 55 L

01.12.2009

omnidirectional

Fr eq ue nc yr an ge

Stage Microphones

C 417/C 417 L

Fr eq ue nc yr an ge

Po lar pa tte rn

5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch

Op tio na la cc es so rie s

ac ce ss or ies

B 18, for C 417 L: B 29 L, MPA V L

C 417 PP: 3 m (10 ft.), C 417 L: 1.5 m (5 ft.)

≥2,000 ohms

1.5 to 10 VDC or 9 to 52 V phantom power using MPA V L

≤2 mA

3-pin mini XLR

matte black

dia.: 8 x 23 mm (0.3 x 0.9 in.)

2.5/115 g (0.08/4 oz.)

Clip, W 55

B 18, B 29 L, MPA V L

1.6 m (5 ft. 4 in.)

≤3 mA

3-pin male XLR

matte dark grey

max. dia.: 20 mm 112/396 g (3.9/ DPA (0.8 in.), length: 13.9 oz.), 160/530 g phantom power 235/380/572 mm (5.6/18.7 oz.), adapter (integrated) (9/14.9/22.3 in.) 160/535 g (5.6/18.8 oz.)

≥2,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power

≤3.5 mA

3-pin male XLR

matte dark grey

max. dia.: 20 mm 140/430 g (4.9/ (0.8 in.), length: 15.2 oz.), 110/522 g 260/405/600 m (3.9/18.4 oz.), (10.2/15.9/23.6 in.) 194/573 g (6.8/20.2 oz.)

DPA phantom power adapter (integrated), PS 3 F-lock

B 18, H 500, H 600, A 608, SA 60, ST 45, PS 3 F-lock

≥2,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power

≤3 mA

3-pin male XLR GN 30 OC: stripped and tinned leads

matte dark grey

max. dia.: 20 mm 72/400 g (2.5/ (0.8 in.), length: 14.1 oz.), 110/522 g 160/305/500 mm (3.9/18.4 oz.), (6.3/12/20 in.) 120/495 g (4.2/17.5 oz.)

DPA phantom power adapter, screw set with rubber bush

B 18, MF-DA installation flange, H 600, ST 1, ST 45

≥2,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power

≤3 mA

5-pin male XLR

matte dark grey

20 Ø x 235/380/ 112/396 g (3.9/ 572 mm, (0.8 Ø x 13.9 oz.) 160/530 g 9/14.9/22.4 in.) (5.6/18.7 oz.) 160/535 g (5.6/18.8 oz.)

≥2,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power, requires DPA adapter (supplied with most Installation Modules)

≤3 mA

Modular Series standard

matte dark grey

13.5 dia. x 20 mm (0.5 dia. x 0.8 in.)

5/88 g (0.17/3.1 oz.)

W 30

≤2,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power, requires DPA adapter (supplied with most Installation Modules)

≤3 mA

Modular Series standard

matte dark grey

13.5 dia. x 20 mm (0.5 dia. x 0.8 in.)

5/88 g (0.17/3.1 oz.)

W 30

≤2,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power, requires DPA adapter (supplied with most Installation Modules)

≤3 mA

Modular Series standard

matte dark grey

13.5 dia. x 20 mm (0.5 dia. x 0.8 in.)

5/88 g (0.17/3.1 oz.)

W 30

≥2,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power, requires DPA adapter (supplied with most Installation Modules)

≤3 mA

Modular Series standard

matte dark grey

13.5 dia. x 146 mm (0.5 dia. x 5.7 in.)

39/248 g (1.4/8.7 oz.)

W 70

Ca bl e

ac ce ss or ies St an da rd

we ig ht Fin ish

Co nn ec to r

co ns um pt ion

Cu rre nt Cu rre nt

61 93 8) (IE C Po we rin g

9 to 52 V phantom power

Harman Pro Group | 2010

≥2,000 ohms

Ca bl e

H 40/1, H 41, microphone bag, W 407

Op tio na la cc es so rie s

C 417 PP: 68/ 220 g (2.5/8.1 oz.) C 417 L: 8/160 g (0.3/5.9 oz.)

St an da rd

Ne t/s hi pp in g

7.5 dia. x 15 mm (0.3 x 0.6 in.)

Ne t/s hi pp in g

we ig ht Di m en sio ns

matte black

Fin ish

C 417 PP: 3-pin XLR, C 417 L: 3-pin mini XLR

Co nn ec to r

≤2mA

Po we rin g

9 to 52 V phantom power or battery powering from B 29 L or AKG bodypack transmitter

Re c im omm pe e da nd nc ed e loa d

≥1,000 ohms

Di m en sio ns

co ns um pt ion

61 93 8) (IE C

Re c im omm pe e da nd nc ed e loa d

Comparison chart

B 18, H 500, H 600, SA 60, ST 1, ST 45, PS 3 F-lock

Section:

02 1.5 m (5 ft.)

H 500, H 600, SA 60, ST 1, ST 45

121

Page 141

60 to 15,000 Hz

17 dB-A

77 dB

cardioid

70 to 18,000 Hz

Harman Pro Group | 2010

18 mV/Pa (-35 dBV)

for 1% THD: 125 dB

21 dB-A

73 dB

GN 155 Set

Installed Microphones

Section:

250 Hz, -10 dB at 50 Hz

≤600 ohms

250 Hz, -10 dB at 50 Hz

≤600 ohms

250 Hz, -10 dB at 50 Hz

≤600 ohms

CGN 321 E / CGN 521 E

cardioid

70 to 18,000 Hz

18 mV/Pa (-35 dBV)

for 1% THD: 125 dB

21 dB-A

73 dB

250 Hz, -10 dB at 50 Hz

≤600 ohms

CGN 323 E / CGN 523 E

hypercardioid

50 to 19,000 Hz

12 mV/Pa (-35 dBV)

for 1% THD: 125 dB

21 dB-A

73 dB

250 Hz, -10 dB at 50 Hz

≤600 ohms

D 58 E

hypercardioid

70 to 10,000 Hz

0.72 mV/Pa (-63 dBV)

130 dB

D 542 / D 542 E

cardioid

150 to 15,000 Hz

2.2 mV/Pa (-54 dBV)

for 1% THD: 133 dB

21 dB-A

73 dB

≤530 ohms

D 542 ST-S

cardioid

150 to 15,000 Hz

2.2 mV/Pa (-54 dBV)

for 1 % THD: 133 dB

21 dB-A

73 dB

≤530 ohms

C 747 V11

hypercardioid

30 to 18,000 Hz

8.5 mV/Pa (-42 dBV)

133 dB

32 dB-A

73 dB

12 dB/octave at 150 Hz

≤400 ohms

C 547 BL

hypercardioid

30 to 18,000 Hz

8.5 mV/Pa (-42 dBV)

for 1% THD: 133 dB

22 dB-A

72 dB

12 dB/octave at 150 Hz

≤400 ohms

C 542 BL

omnidirectional (hemispherical)

20 to 20,000 Hz

20 mV/Pa (-34 dBV)

for 1% THD: 130 dB

16 dB-A

78 dB

switchable flat or 150 Hz, 12 dB/octave

≤600 ohms

C 562 CM

omnidirectional (hemispherical)l

20 to 20,000 Hz

25 mV/Pa (-32 dBV)

for 1% THD: 130 dB

16 dB-A

78 dB

C 568 B

hypercardioid/ directional

20 to 20,000 Hz

11 mV/Pa (-39 dBV)

128 dB (for 1% THD)

29 dB

18 dB-A

CK 98

hypercardioid/ directional

20 to 20,000 Hz

25 mV/Pa (-32 dBV)

for 1% THD: 124/134 dB

17 dB-A

77 dB

122

Page 142

Im pe da nc e

≤600 ohms

HM 1000 CHM 21

Ba ss cu tf ilt er

pa d

Seite 122

Pr ea tte nu at ion

for 1% THD: 125 dB

8:35 Uhr

Si gn (A al/n -w o eig ise ht ra ed tio )

30 mV/Pa (-30 dBV)

01.12.2009

Eq u (IE ival C ent 60 n 26 ois 8- e 4) le ve l

M ax .S PL

hypercardioid

Se ns iti vit y

CK 80

Fr eq ue nc yr an ge

Po lar pa tte rn

5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch

≤240 ohms

≤600 ohms

76 dB

12 dB/octave at 120 Hz

≤600 ohms

Op tio na la cc es so rie s

ac ce ss or ies

we ig ht

13.5 dia. x 123 mm (0.5 dia. x 4.8 in.)

15/208 g (0.5/7.3 oz.)

W 80

≥2,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power

≤2 mA

3-pin male XLR

matte dark grey

13.5 dia. x 50 mm (0.5 dia. x 2.0 in.)

400/600 g (14.1 oz./1.3 lbs.)

spring steel hanging clamp

B 18

10 m (33 ft.)

≥2,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power

≤3 mA

3-pin male XLR

matte dark grey

13.5 Ø x 55 mm (0.5 Ø x 2.1 in.)

20/480 g (0.7/17 oz.)

spring clamp

B 18

10 m (33 ft.)

≥2,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power

≤3 mA

3-pin male XLR

matte dark grey

180 x 1,490 mm (7.1 in. x 4 ft. 11 in.)

3.6/4.8 kg (8/10.6 lbs.)

ST 305, extension tube

B 18

10 m (33 ft.)a

≥2,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power

≤3 mA

3-pin XLR

matte dark grey

13.5 Ø x 380/ 580 mm (0.5 Ø x 15/23 in.)

CGN 321 E: 160/ 480 g (5.7/17 oz.), CGN 521 E: 170/ 500 g (6/17.7 oz.)

windscreen

B 18, PS 3 F-Lock, H 600, SA 60, ST 1, ST 45, H 500

≥2,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power

≤3 mA

3-pin XLR

matte dark grey

13.5 Ø x 380/ 580 mm (0.5 Ø x 15/23 in.)

CGN 323 E: 160/ 480 g (5.7/17 oz.), CGN 523 E: 170/ 500 g (6/17.7 oz.)

windscreen

B 18, PS 3 F-Lock, H 600, SA 60, ST 1, ST 45, H 500

≥500 ohms

3-pin XLR

nickle matte

20 dia. x 42 mm (0.8 dia. x 1.6 in.)

40/150 g (1.4/5.3 oz.)

≥2,000 ohms

D 542: unterminated cable ends D 542 E: 3-pin male XLR

matte grey/black

3-pin XLR

matte grey/ matte black

microphone: 34 dia. x 345 mm (1.3 dia. x 13.5 in.) gooseneck: dia. 13 x 300 mm (0.51 x 11.8 in.) table stand (l x w x h): 160 x 120 x 65 mm (6.3 x 4.7 x 2.5 in.)

805/1,125 g (1.8/2.5 lbs.)

Harman Pro Group | 2010

≥2,000 ohms

Ca bl e

matte dark grey

St an da rd

Ne t/s hi pp in g

Modular Series standard

Fin ish

≤3 mA

Co nn ec to r

9 to 52 V phantom power, requires DPA adapter (supplied with most Installation Modules)

Cu rre nt

≥2,000 ohms

Po we rin g

Di m en sio ns

co ns um pt ion

61 93 8) (IE C

Re c im omm pe e da nd nc ed e loa d

Comparison chart

GNS 36, W 32

microphone: 34 dia. D 542: 275/422 g x 345 mm (1.3 dia. (9.6/14.8 oz.) x 13.5 in.) D 542 E: 285/334 g gooseneck: dia. 13 (10.0/11.7 oz.) x 300 mm (0.51 x 11.8 in.)

D 542 E: PS 3 F-Lock

D 542: 2 m (6 ft., 4 in.)

Section:

02 approx. 50 to 100 cm (20 to 40 in.), coiled

≥1,500 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power

≤2 mA

3-pin XLR

stage blue

9 dia. x 137 mm (0.35 dia. x 5.4 in.)

25/750 g (0.9 oz./1.7 lbs.)

H 47, MSH 70, SA 47, SA 80, SHZ 80, W 70

B 18, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

3 m (10 ft.)

≥1,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power

≤2 mA

3-pin XLR

matte dark grey

185 x 120 x 19 mm (7.3 x 4.7 x 0.8 in.)

160/420 g (5.6 /14.8 oz.)

W 547

B 18

3 m (10 ft.)

≥2,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power

≤2 mA

3-pin XLR

dark grey

80 dia. x 5 (10) mm (3.1 x 0.2/0.4 in.)

56 g (2 oz.)/ 45 g (8.6 oz.)

adhesive compound

B 18

3 m (10 ft.) conn. cable with XLR connector, fixed

≥2,000 Ohm

9 to 52 V phantom power

≤2 mA

3-pin XLR

matte nickel plated

20 dia. x 28 mm (0.8 dia. x 1.1 in.)

30/195 g (1.1/76.9 oz.)

installation hardware, phantom power adapter

B 18

0.5 m (20 in.)

≥2,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power

≤2 mA

3-pin XLR

dark grey

21 dia. x 253 mm (0.8 dia. x 10 in.)

160/715 g (5.6 oz./1.6 lbs.)

SA 60, W 68

B 18, H 30, ST 1, ST 45, ST 46, ST 305

through SE 300 B

bayonet mount

dark grey

19 dia. x 247/ 262 mm (0.7 dia. x 9.7/10.3 in.)

80/500 g (2.8 oz./1.1 lb.)

W 98

H 30

123

Page 143

DSR 700

Band 1: 548.1 to 697.9 MHz Band 2: 710.1-864.9 MHz

<=155 MHz (country-dependent)

DHT 700

Band 1: 548.1-697.9 MHz Band 2: 710.1-864.9

<=155 MHz (country-dependent)

DPT 700

Band 1: 548.1-697.9 MHz Band 2: 710.1-864.9

SR 4500

Seite 124

T.H .D .

Au di o

Si gn (A al/n -w o eig ise ht ra ed tio )

8:35 Uhr

Ba nd wi th

01.12.2009

M od ul at ion

RF Ou tp ut Po we r

Ba nd wi dt h Sw itc hi ng

Ca rr Ra ier ng Fre e qu en cy

5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch

25-20.000 Hz

<= 0,05 %

Analog: XLR balanced typ. 115 dB(A) Digital: AES3 typ. 120 dB(A)

max. 50 mW (ERP)

Special FSK

35-20.000 Hz

<= 0,05%

analog: XLR balanced typ. 115 dB(A) digital: AES3 typ. 120 dB(A)

<=155 MHz (country-dependent)

max. 50 mW (ERP)

Special FSK

25-20.000 Hz

<= 0,05%

typ. >120 dB(A)

500-530, 570-600, 650-680, 680-710, 720-750, 760-790, 790-820 und 835-863 MHz

<=30 MHz (country-dependent)

35-20.000 Hz

typ. <0,3 %

typ. >120 dB(A)

HT 4500

500-530, 570-600, 650-680, 680-710, 720-750, 760-790, 790-820 und 835-863 MHz

<=30 MHz (country-dependent)

max. 50 mW (ERP)

35-20.000 Hz

typ. <0,3%

typ. >120 dB(A)

Section:

PT 4500

<=30 MHz (country-dependent)

max. 50 mW (ERP)

35-20.000 Hz

typ. <0,3%

typ. >120 dB(A)

500-530, 570-600, 650-680, 680-710, 720-750, 760-790, 790-820 und 835-863 MHz

SR 450

650-680, 680-710, 720-750, 760790, 790-820, 835-863 MHz

<=30 MHz (country-dependent)

35-20.000 Hz

typ. <0,3 %

typ. >120 dB(A)

HT 450

650-680, 680-710, 720-750, 760790, 790-820, 835-863 MHz

<=30 MHz (country-dependent)

max. 50 mW (ERP)

35-20.000 Hz

typ. <0,7% (at 1 kHz)

typ. >120 dB(A)

PT 450

650-680, 680-710, 720-750, 760790, 790-820, 835-863 MHz

<=30 MHz (country-dependent)

max. 50 mW (ERP)

35-20.000 Hz

typ. <0,7% (at 1 kHz)

typ. >120 dB(A)

Wireless Systems

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Special FSK

SR 40 FLEXX

660-865 MHz, 3 selectable frequencies

35-20.000 Hz

typ. <0,8% (at 1 kHz)

typ. 110 dB(A)

HT 40 FLEXX

660-865 MHz, 3 selectable frequencies

max. 10 mW (ERP)

65-20.000 Hz

typ. <0,8% (at 1kHz)

typ. 110 dB(A)

PT 40 FLEXX

660-865 MHz, 3 selectable frequencies

max. 10 mW (ERP)

40-20.000 Hz

typ. <0,8% (at 1 kHz)

typ. 110 dB(A)

GB 40 FLEXX

660 to 865 MHz, 1 fixed frequency

5 mW (ERP)

40-20.000 Hz

typ. <0,8% (at 1 kHz)

typ. 103 dB (A)

SR 40 PRO SINGLE

660-865 MHz, 1 fixed frequency

40-20.000 Hz

typ. <0,8% (at 1 kHz)

typ. 110 dB(A)

SR 40 PRO DUAL

660-865 MHz, 2 fixed frequency receivers in single case

40-20.000 Hz

typ. <0,8% (at 1 kHz)

typ. 110 dB(A)

HT 40 PRO

660-865 MHz, 1 fixed frequency

max. 10 mW (ERP)

65-20.000 Hz

typ. <0,8% (at 1 kHz)

typ. 110 dB(A)

124

Page 144

max. 140 dB/SPL

TB3M/3-pol. Mini-XLR (max. 2,2 Vrms)

Op tio na la cc es so rie s

ac ce ss or ies

Ne t/s hi pp in g

SRA 2 B/W, SRA 2 W, RA 4000 B/W, RA 4000 W, PS 4000 W, MK PS, MKA 20, AB 4000, ASU 4000

231 x 52 mm dia. (9.1 x 2 in.)

336 g (9,1x2 in.)

2 AA size dry batteries, windscreen, stand adapter

W 3004

typ. 8 h with 2 x 1,5 V (AA) 83.5 x 64.1 x typ. 8 h with 1 x 1,2 V-NiMH22 mm Akku, 2.100 mAh (AA) (3.2 x 2.5 x 0.8 in.)

82 g (2.9 oz) without batteries

2 x AA size dry batteries, external belt clip

Mute-Switch RMU 4000, MKG L

200 x 190 x 44 mm (7.8 x 1.7 x 7.4 in.)

972 g (2.2 lbs.)

Rack mounting kit, 2 UHF antennas

SRA 2 B/W, SRA 2 W, RA 4000 B/W, RA 4000 W, PS 4000 W, PSU 4000, MK PS, MKA 20, MKA 5, AB 4000, ASU 4000

2 AA size dry batteries: 15 hours typ BP 4000: 12 hours typ.

length: 247 mm (9.7 in.): diameter approx. 39mm (1.5 in.)

125 g (11.3 oz.)

2 x AA size dry batteries, stand adapter

2 AA size dry batteries: 15 hours typ BP 4000 rechargeable battery pack: 12 hours typ.

70 x 90 x 25 mm (2.8 x 3,5 x 1 in.)

95 g (3.4 oz.)

2 x AA size batteries, belt clip

>= 8 hrs. with 2x 1.5V LR6 AA batteries >= 8 hrs. with 2x 1.2V AA rechargeable batteries (NiMH, >2100 mAh)

balanced 3-pin XLR unbalanced TS1/4" jack output level adjustable to -30, 0, + 6 dB

balanced 3-pin XLR unbalanced TS1/4" jack output level adjustable to -30 or 0 dB

St an da rd

Di m en sio ns

2 BNC UHF antennas, EU-Standard IEC Power Cord, US-Standard IEC Power Cord

Lif e

2300 g (81oz.)

2 x analog: XLR sockets balanced 2 x analog: ¼ inch / 6.3mm jack sockets unbalanced 1 x digital: AES/EBU XLR socket (48 kHz) with Wordclock IN (BNC, 48 kHz)

external Mute-Switch RMS 4000, MKGL

Section: approx. 200 x 44 x 190 mm (7.8 x 1.7 x 7.4 in.)

972 g (2,2 lbs.)

2 antennas, power supply, rack mounting kit.

typ. 6 h with 1 x 1,5 V-Batt. AA 236,9 x 51,1 mm size dry battery typ. 8 h with 1 x max. dia. (9,3x2 in.) 1,2 V-NiMH-Akku, 2.100 mAh AA size rechargeable battery

240 g (8.5 oz.)

1 x AA size dry battery, stand adapter

typ. 6 h with 1 x 1,5 V-Batt. AA 60 x 73,5 x 30 mm size day battery typ. 8 h with 1 x (2.4 x 2.9 x 1.2 in.) 1,2 V-NiMH-Akku, 2.100 mAh AA size rechargeable battery

90 g (3.2 oz.)

1x AA size battery, belt clip

200 x 190 x 44 mm (7.8 x 7.4 x 1.7 in.)

665 g (1.5 lbs)

Power supply (SMPS 100–240 V)

ca. 236,9 x Ø 51,1 mm (9.3 x 2 in.)

195 g (6.95 oz.)

1 x AA size dry battery, Stand adapter, Semitransparent replacement clip

CU 400

60 g (2.1 oz.)

1 x AA size dry battery, labeling sheet

CU 400

76 x 20 x 28 mm (3 x o.8 x 1.1 in.)

28 g (1 oz.)

GB 40, long adapter plug, black battery cover, 2 Velcro strips, 1 AAA size battery

bal. 1/4" jack, output level adjustable, at rated deviation: 500 mV rms.

200 x 190 x 44 mm (7.8 x 7.4 x 1.7 in.)

581 g (1.3 lbs.)

SR 40 SINGLE, Power supply

bal. 1/4" jack, output level adjustable, at rated deviation: 500 mV rms.

200 x 190 x 44 mm (7.8 x 7.4 x 1.7 in.)

647 g (1.4 lbs.)

SR 40 DUAL, Power supply

236,9 x Ø 51,1 mm (9,3 in. X dia 2,0 in.)

195 g (6,95 oz.)

1 AA size battery, stand adapter, semitransparent replacement clip

balanced XLR and unbalanced 1/4"jack, outputlevel adjustable, at rated deviation: 500 mV rms typ. 30 h mit 1 x 1,2 V-NiMHAkku, 2200 mAh (AA)

typ. 30 h with 1 x 1,2 V-NiMH- 60 x 74 x 30 mm Akku, 2200 mAh (AA) (2.4 x 2.9 x 1.2 in.) typ. 11 h with 1 x 1,5 V-Batt. (AAA) typ. 6 h with 1 x 1,2 VNiMH-Akku, 1000mAh (AAA rechargeable)

typ. 30 h with 1 x 1,2 VNiMH-Akku, 2200 mAh AA rechargeable

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Standard 1U-rack 480 x 43 x 200 mm (18.9 x 1.7 x 7.87 in.)

Ba tte ry

In pu t Au di o

Au di o

Ou tp ut

we ig ht

Comparison chart

SRA 2 B/W, SRA 2 W, RA 4000 B/W, RA 4000 W, PS 4000 W, PSU 4000, MK PS, MKA 20, MKA 5, AB 4000, ASU 4000

external Mute-Switch RMS 4000, MKGL

CU 400

125

Page 145

Si gn (A al/n -w o eig ise ht ra ed tio )

typ. 110 dB(A)

SO 40 SINGLE

660-865 MHz, 1 fixed frequency

typ. 5 mW (ERP)

40-20.000 Hz

typ. <0,8% (at 1 kHz)

typ. 103 db (A)

max. 100 mW

FM, MPX Stereo

35-20.000 Hz

<0,8% typ.

>90 dB(A) typ.

FM, MPX Stereo

35-15.000 Hz

<0,8% typ.

>90 dB(A) typ.

M ax .S PL

Se ns iti vit y

dynamic

hypercardioid

60 to 17,000 Hz

1 mV/Pa (-60 dB)

for 1%/3% THD: 124/128 dB

15 dB-A

HSC 271

prepolarized condenser microphone

cardioid

20 to 20,000 Hz

25 mV/Pa

for 1% THD: 126 dB

22 dB-A

HSC 171

prepolarized condenser microphone

cardioid

20 to 20,000 Hz

25 mV/Pa

for 1% THD: 126 dB

22 dB-A

HSD 271

dynamic

hypercardioid

60 to 17,000 Hz

1 mV/Pa (-60 dB)

for 1%/3% THD: 124/128 dB

HSD 171

dynamic

hypercardioid

60 to 17,000 Hz

1 mV/Pa (-60 dBV)

for 1%/3% THD: 124/128 dB

126

O CR

co n

<=30 MHz (country-dependent)

Cu rre nt

500-530, 570-600, 790-820, 835-865 MHz

Re c im omm pe e da nd nc ed e

SPR 4

Im pe da nc e

<=30 MHz (country-dependent)

Fr eq ue nc yr an ge

500-530, 570-600, 790-820, 835-865 MHz

Po lar pa tte rn

SST 4

loa d

typ. <0,8% (at 1 kHz)

Eq u (IE ival C ent 60 n 26 ois 8- e 4) le ve l Si gn a (A l/n -w o eig ise ht ra ed tio )

40-20.000 Hz

Po w (IE erin C g 61 93 8)

T.H .D .

Ba nd wi th Au di o

M od ul at ion

RF Ou tp ut Po we r

Sw itc hi ng

HSD 271 Single

Headsets

Seite 126

max. 10 mW (ERP)

Page 146

8:35 Uhr

660-865 MHz, 1 fixed frequency

Section:

01.12.2009

PT 40 PRO

Ty p

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Wireless Systems

Ca rr Ra ier ng Fre e qu en cy

Ba nd wi dt h

5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch

≤600 ohms

≥2,000 ohms

72 dB

≤200 ohms

≥2,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power

≤2 mA

72 dB

≤200 ohms

≥2,000 ohms

9 to 52 V phantom power

≤2 mA

15 dB-A

≤600 ohms

≥2,000 ohms

15 dB-A

≤600 ohms

≥2,000 ohms

60 g (2,11 oz.)

PT 40 PRO, 1 AA size dry battery, labeling sheet

typ. 10 h with 1 x 1,5 V-Batt. 22 x 30 x 98 mm typ. 5 h with 1 x 1,2 V-NiMH- (0,9 x 1.2 x 3.9 in.) Akku, 1000mAh AAA rechargeable

36 g (1.3 oz)

1 AAA size battery, black replacement battery component cover.

200 x 44 x 190 mm (7.8 x 1.7 x 7.4 in.)

1.070 g (2.36 lbs.)

Power supply, RMU 4000 rack mounting kit. Color Coding Kit, UHF antenna

165 g (5.82 oz.)

2 AA size dry batteries, belt clip, color coding kit

SPC 4, PSU 4000, SRA 2 W, RA 4000 W, MKA 5, BP 4000 and CU 4000 Charging Unit

Ne t/s hi pp in g

55 ohms

<0.3%

6-pin mini XLR connector

2 x 3-conductor, separable, 3 m (10 ft.) long, coiled ection, with 6-pin female mini XLR connector, 1/4" TRS jack plug (headphones), and 3-pin XLR connector (microphone)

matte black

265 g (9.4 oz.)/ 670 g (23.5 oz.)

â&#x2030;¤2 mA

closed-back, circumaural dynamic headphones

91 dB SPL/mW, 104 dB/V

16 to 28,000 Hz

200 mW

55 ohms

<0.3%

6-pin mini XLR connector

2 x 3-conductor, separable, 3 m (10 ft.) long, coiled section, with 6-pin female mini XLR connector, 1/4" TRS jack plug (headphones), and 3-pin XLR connector w/integrated HSC-PA phantom power adapter (microphone)

matte black

300 g (10.6 oz.)/ 755 g (26.4 oz.)

â&#x2030;¤2 mA

closed-back, supraaural dynamic headphones

94 dB SPL/mW, 107 dB/V

18 to 26,000 Hz

200 mW

55 ohms

<0.4%

6-pin mini XLR connector

matte black

250 g (8.8 oz.)/ 720 g (25.2 oz.)

closed-back, circumaural dynamic headphones

91 dB SPL/mW, 104 dB/V

16 to 28,000 Hz

200 mW

55 ohms

<0.3%

6-pin mini XLR connector

2 x 3-conductor, separable, 3 m (10 ft.) long, coiled section, with 6-pin female mini XLR connector, 1/4" TRS jack plug (headphones), and 3-pin XLR connector (microphone)

matte black

305 g (10.8 oz.)/ 760 g (26.6 oz.)

closed-back, supraaural dynamic headphones

94 dB SPL/mW, 107 dB/V

18 to 26,000 Hz

200 mW

55 ohms

<0.4%

6-pin mini XLR connector

2 x 3-conductor, separable, 3 m (10 ft.) long, coiled section, with 6-pin female mini XLR connector, 1/4" TRS jack plug (headphones), and 3-pin XLR connector (microphone)

matte black

255 g (9 oz.)/ 725 g (25.4 oz.)

Ty pe

Fin ish

200 mW

ST SY

Ca bl e

16 to 28,000 Hz

Co nn ec to r

T.H .D .

94 dB SPL/mW, 104 dB/V

P AD

Se ns iti vit y

closed-back, circumaural dynamic headphones

Cu rre nt

Ra te d

im pe da nc e

we ig ht

70 x 90 x 25 mm (2.8 x 3.5 x 1 in.)

Po we rr at in g

Fr eq ue nc yr an ge

co ns um pt ion

Battery Life 6 to 10 hours, volume dependent, 2 AA batteries or BP 4000

CU 400

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Op tio na la cc es so rie s

typ. 30 h with 1 x 1,5 V-Batt. 60 x 73,5 x 30 mm (AA) typ. 30 h with 1 x 1,2 V- (2.3 x 2.8 x 1.1 in.) NiMH-Akku, 2200 mAh AA rechargeable

2x XLR/jack hybrid connector max. 10 dBV 3.5 mm jack, 150 mW (rms)/16 ohms

St an da rd

Ne t/s hi pp in g

Di m en sio ns

Lif e Ba tte ry

Au di o

In pu t

Ou tp ut

we ig ht

ac ce ss or ies

Comparison chart

Section:

127

Page 147

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Headphones

St an Ac dar ce d ss oir es

we ig ht Ne t/s hi pp in g

Ad ap te r St er eo

Co nn ec to r

Ca bl es

Ea rp ad s

Seite 128

closed-back, dynamic headphones

16 to 28,000 Hz

91 dB/mW, 104 dB/V

200 mW

55 ohms

leatherette, velvet

3 m single-sided, 5 m coiled gold plated gold plated 1/8" to 240 g (8.5 oz.)/ velvet earpads, cable (99,9% oxygen-free) stereo mini jack 1/4" screw-on 550 g (19.4 oz.) 5 m coiled cable, plug-in cable on headphones adapter 3 m single-sided (mini-XLR connector) cable

K 171 MK II

closed-back, dynamic headphones

18 to 26,000 Hz

94 dB/mW, 107 dB/V

200 mW

55 ohms

leatherette, velvet

3 m single-sided, 5 m coiled gold plated gold plated 1/8" to 200 g (7.1 oz.)/ velvet earpads, cable (99,9% oxygen-free) stereo mini jack 1/4" screw-on 500 g (17.6 oz.) 5 m coiled cable, plug-in cable on headphones adapter 3 m single-sided (mini-XLR connector) cable

K 240 MK II

semi-open, dynamic headphones

15 to 25,000 Hz

91 dB/mW, 104 dB/V

200 mW

55 ohms

leatherette, velvet

K 141 MK II

semi-open, dynamic headphones

18 to 24,000 Hz

101 dB/mW, 114 dB/V

200 mW

55 ohms

leatherette, velvet

3 m single-sided, 5 m coiled gold plated gold plated 1/8" to 225 g (7.9 oz.)/ velvet earpads, cable (99,9% oxygen-free) stereo mini jack 1/4" screw-on 550 g (19.4 oz.) 5 m coiled cable, plug-in cable on headphones adapter 3 m single-sided (mini-XLR connector) cable

K 181 DJ

closed-back, dynamic headphones

5 to 30,000 Hz

120 dB/V

3,500 mW

42 ohms

1.8 m single-sided gold plated gold plated 1/8“ to 280 g (9.9 oz.)/ (99,9% oxygen-free) plug-in stereo mini jack 1/4“ screw-on 597 g (21.1 oz.) cable on headphones adapter (mini-XLR connector)

K 81 DJ

closed-back, dynamic headphones

16 to 24,000 Hz

115 dB/V

2,000 mW

32 ohms

2.5 m single-sided gold plated gold plated 1/8“ to 150 g (5.3 oz.)/ (99,9% oxygen-free) plug-in stereo mini jack 1/4“ screw-on 343 g (12.1 oz.) cable on headphones adapter (mini-XLR connector)

K 702

open-back, dynamic headphones

10 to 39,800 Hz

105 dB/V

200 mW

62 ohms

3 m single-sided (99,9% oxygen-free)

gold plated stereo jack plug 6.3 mm (1/4“)

gold plated convertible jack plug 3.5/6.3 mm (1/4“ to 1/8“)

K 99

semi-open, dynamic headphones

18 to 22,000 Hz

112 dB/V

200 mW

32 ohms

3 m single-sided (99,9% oxygen-free)

stereo mini plug

convertible jack 210 g (7.4 oz.)/ plug (1/8" to 1/4") 400 g (14.1 oz.)

K 77

closed-back, dynamic headphones

18 to 20,000 Hz

115 dB/V

200 mW

32 ohms

3 m single-sided (99,9% oxygen-free)

stereo mini plug

convertible jack 190 g (6.7 oz.)/ plug (1/8" to 1/4") 400 g (14.1 oz.)

K 44

closed-back, dynamic headphones

18 to 20,000 Hz

115 dB/V

200 mW

32 ohms

2.5 m single-sided (99,9% oxygen-free)

stereo mini plug

convertible jack plug 3.5/6.3 mm (1/8" to 1/4")

K 10

Dynamic, supraaural/ closed-back

100 to 13,000 Hz

98 dB SPL/ 1 mW

200 mW

360 ohms

1.5 m (5 ft.), single entry

gold plated TS mini jack plug

128

Page 148

8:36 Uhr

K 271 MK II

Section:

01.12.2009

Im pe nd an ce

Po we r

Ra te d

M ax . In pu t

Se ns iti vit y

Au di o

Ty p

Ba nd wi th

5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch

235 g (8.3 oz.)/ 850 g (30 oz.)

190 g (6.7 oz.)/ 400 g (14.1 oz.) 72 g (2.5 oz.)/ 110 g (3.9 oz.)

so ire s

s, ble, ed

Alphabetical Index Accessories

122-125

CK 31, CK 32, CK 33

GN E Series

Accessories Matrix

126-127

CK 47, CK 80

GN ESP Series

P 5/P 5 S

CK 55 L

GN Series

Perception 120

CK 61-ULS

HC 577 L

Perception 120 USB

CK 62-ULS

HiQnet TM

Perception 170

CK 63-ULS

HM 1000

Perception 220

CK 69-ULS

HSC 171

120

Perception 420

CK 77 WR

HSC 271

120

Perception 820 Tube

CK 91, CK 92, CK 93, CK 94

HSD 171

121

PT 40 PRO

105

37, 81

HSD 271

121

PT 450

103

HSD 271 Single

119

PT 4500

AMM 10 Application Guide

82 128-129

Architectural Microphone Series

BP 4000

C 1000 S

C 12 VR

C 214

C 2000 B

C 3000

C 391 B

C 4000 B

C 411

C 414 XL II

C 414 XLS

C 417

C 430

C 4500 B-BC

CK 98 CS 2

CS 5

HT 40 PRO

105

RA 4000 W

CU 4000

HT 450

103

Reference Projects

CU 700

HT 4500

SE 300 B

D 112

HUB 4000 Q

D 230

Installation/Modular Series

Specifications â&#x20AC;&#x201C; comparison chart

D 40

IP 2

109

D 44 S

IVM 4

108

D 5, D 5 S

IVM 4 Multi-Channel Systems 111

D 542 ST-S

IVM 4 Sets

108

D 542, D 542 E

K 10

119

C 451 B, C 451 B/ST

C 480 B

D 55 S

K 141 MK II

115

C 516 ML

D 58 E

K 171 MK II

114

C 518

D 7, D 7 S, D 7 LTD

K 181 DJ

116

C 519

D 77 S/XLR, D 77 S/Jack

K 240 MK II

115

C 520

D 770

K 271 MK II

114

C 535 EB

D 88 S/XLR, D 88 S/Jack

K 44

118

C 542 BL

DHT 700

K 702

117

C 547 BL

DMM 4/2/2

K 77

118

C 555 L

DMM 4/2/4

K 81 DJ

116

C 562 CM

DMS 700

K 99

117

C 568 B

DPT 700

Key to Product Names

131

C 747 V11

DSR 700

Microphone Elements

CGN 321 E, CGN 521 E

GB 40 FLEXX

107

CGN 323 E, CGN 523 E

GN 155 Set

CHM 21

GN E 5Pin Series

P3S

Patents

130

Harman Pro Group | 2010

s, ble, ed

Alphabetical Index

110

132-148

SPC 4

110

SPR 4

109

SR 40 PRO

104

SR 450

102

SR 4500

SRA 2W

110

SST 4

108

System Description/ Compact Series

System Description/ Modular Series

Section:

System Components/Wireless 100 Transformer Set SINGLE

107

Wireless Multi-Channel Systems

101

WMS 40 PRO

104

WMS 40 PRO Sets

106

WMS 450

102

WMS 450 Sets

102

WMS 4500

129

Page 149

5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_7_Appendix_USA_fsch

Notes

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

130

Page 150

01.12.2009

8:36 Uhr

Seite 130

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

Joe Cocker

Page 151

5638_09_0_Cover_USA_fsch.qxp:5638_09_0_Cover_USA_fsch

Candy Dulfer

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

02 03

www.akg.com AKG Acoustics GmbH Lemböckgasse 21–25, 1230 Vienna /AUSTRIA, phone: + 43 1 86654 0 e-mail: sales@akg.com AKG Acoustics, U.S. 8400 Balboa Boulevard, Northridge, CA 91329, U.S.A., phone: + 1 818 920 3212 e-mail: akgusa@harman.com For other products and distributors worldwide visit www.akg.com Specifications subject to change without notice.

PROA015800

Page 152

01.12.2009

8:52 Uhr

Seite 132

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

02 03

Professional Audio Signal Processing

BSS_Full-Line2010_HPro.indd 1

.10

BSS AUDIO

And Distribution Equipment

12/4/09 3:30:29 PM

Page 153

BSS Audio is world renowned for outstanding sound quality and reliable equipment that satisfies the real Harman Pro Group | 2010

demands of professional musicians and high-profile installations. Products from BSS Audio are used on major tours, in recording and broadcast studios, churches, casinos, arenas, and nightclubs on every continent.

Section:

Audio Signal Processing Why do so many sound industry veterans swear by BSS Audio? Because with every performance, installation, broadcast, and recording, these professionals put their reputations on the line. The pros demand superior sound quality and a proven track record. They can count on it with BSS Audio.

BSS_Full-Line2010_HPro.indd 2

Page 154

12/4/09 3:30:35 PM

Contents:

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

(6)

Soundweb™ London: networked signal processors

(12)

Soundweb™ Lite: signal processor

FDS-366T OMNIDRIVE™ COMPACT plus: loudspeaker management system

(13)

BSS_Full-Line2010_HPro.indd 3

FDS-336T/FDS-334T Minidrive™: loudspeaker management systems

(14)

WHISEWORKS™ - Neville Thiele Method™ Filters

(15)

FCS-960: dual mode graphic equalizer

(16)

FCS-966: constant Q graphic equalizer

(17)

AR-133: active DI box/line balancer

(18)

Product Specifications

12/4/09 3:30:41 PM

Page 155

Reliability: The uncompromising reliability achieved through superb design and meticulous quality assurance is why more artists regularly choose BSS Audio systems. From the rock-solid AR-133 Direct Injection Box, to the state of the art Soundweb London networked signal processors, BSS Audio offers the very best in signal processing.

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

Including BSS Audio components as an integral part of any sound installation will ensure years of dependable performance and reliability.

BSS_Full-Line2010_HPro.indd 4

Page 156

12/4/09 3:30:57 PM

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

Live Sound: Twenty years of live sound experience let you focus on the job at hand.

BSS_Full-Line2010_HPro.indd 5

For over 25 years, BSS Audio equipment has been manhandled on and off of trucks and planes, city after city, tour after tour. And every time the show started, the performers and the techs knew their BSS Audio gear would work. No wonder top performing artists like Metallica, Diana Krall, David Bowie, and Oasis regularly choose BSS Audio systems.

12/4/09 3:31:12 PM

Page 157

Soundweb™ London Networked Signal Processors

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

The power, flexibility and reliability for any scale of installed sound system. Long before networked digital audio, BSS Audio™ gained its reputation for elegant-sounding signal processing and crossovers. Innovative technologies like Progressive Knee Subtractive Compression, mid-filter crossover limiting, dynamic equalization and ADE™ restoration of leading-edge information in noise gates have elevated BSS Audio to almost cult status among live sound and recording engineers. We’ve leveraged this analog audio expertise into what many believe are the best-sounding digital signal processing algorithms available. Beginning with Soundweb™ Original…and now with the Soundweb™ London family of networked digital signal processing systems, we’ve brought the same warmth and clarity to a vast

BSS Audio - Full-line Catalog

BSS_Full-Line2010_HPro.indd 6

Page 158

palette of DSP modules. All are deployed within an intuitive, easy-to-use design and maintenance interface called HiQnet™ London Architect™. So you’re not just getting, for example a generic compressor module; you’re getting digital processing closely based on the acclaimed sound of our DPR-402. From automixers to graphic and parametric EQs, from duckers to delays, you can hear the BSS Audio difference. Bottom line: we’re a highly-regarded crossover and analog signal processing company who started making digital signal processing devices, not a DSP company who ventured into the complex world of high-end professional audio.

12/4/09 3:31:19 PM

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

BSS_Full-Line2010_HPro.indd 7

BSS Audio

12/4/09 3:31:27 PM

Page 159

Soundweb™ London

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Built on the foundations of an industry standard Our Soundweb™ Original series sent ripples through the sound contracting world. The first largescale system to offer a distributed, programmable DSP system with robust capabilities and simple controls on a single Cat 5 cable, it has inspired a host of imitators. Yet there are key areas where the original Soundweb philosophy still stands above the rest:

Section:

• Easy creation of virtually any audio system design with a free-design programmable DSP system that places no restrictions on signal path, sub-mixing or object location • The ability to change how your audio system behaves according to the type of event you are holding, just with the recall of a preset • Easy and quick addition of more signal processing within the system without increasing your hardware budget • Fast implementation of specification changes during or post-design • The appropriate level of end-user control without providing overlycomplex interfaces

The same philosophy is at the heart of Soundweb™ London. Moreover, the experience with, and suggestions from thousands of clients have enabled BSS Audio to enhance Soundweb London’s power and flexibility to unprecedented levels including:

With years of experience to count on, Soundweb London represents your wisest choice when investing in programmable DSP technology.

The system approach fully realized No one else can offer our level of integration. Because only Soundweb London is the backbone of a completely unified system solution with microphones, consoles, amplifiers and loudspeakers from sister Harman Pro companies AKG Acoustics® , Soundcraft®, Crown Audio® and JBL Professional® , as well as dbx Professional

Easy to design System design should be drag-anddrop easy. Our Soundweb™ Original software application, Soundweb™ Designer took system design and control to an unprecedented level. Now HiQnet™ London Architect™ brings even more power to your design creativity. You enjoy total flexibility of signal path flow and connectivity, a massive range of processing objects modeled on classic BSS Audio processors, and the freedom to design the system exactly how you want it.

BSS Audio - Full-line Catalog

BSS_Full-Line2010_HPro.indd 8

Page 160

• Pristine audio quality, with advanced A/D and D/A conversion, together with 96kHz-capable audio processing and networking • Simple, easy-to-learn drag-and-drop system design, now even more powerful with named CobraNet™ bundle assignment, signal path navigation and scalable DSP objects • Ethernet based control over Cat 5 cable, with network audio via CobraNet™ with redundant capability • An extensive range of control options to offer clients simple or sophisticated control interfaces • Easy expansion or reconfiguration of system hardware in the field

Products® and BSS Audio™ signal processing devices. Harman Pro is in the unique position to be able to provide components for the entire signal path and through the use of HiQnet™, the Harman Pro Communications Protocol, integration of these components has never been easier. System integrators will be familiar with having to waste expensive engineering time translating different protocols, so that products using disparate languages will communicate. Imagine how much easier it is when all of your system elements “speak” the same language. Via HiQnet™ London Architect™ software, you can also add integrated monitoring of Crown Audio PIP-LITE, USP3 and USP3/ CN Programmable Input Processor (‘PIP’) modules, as used in the CTs series of amplifiers. You can also configure BSS Audio FDS-334T and FDS-336T Minidrive processors and the industry standard FDS-366T OMNIDRIVE COMPACT plus system. One control application can monitor amplifier performance, speaker conditions, log events and report errors back to the operator.

12/4/09 3:31:32 PM

HiQnet™ London Architect™ uses the familiar drag-and-drop design interface that Soundweb users will know well, but has been dramatically enhanced to provide a more powerful, flexible and user-oriented interface:

— these are just a few of the ways in which we’ve made HiQnet London Architect the most powerful design software in its class.

Easy to install Each Soundweb London processor is totally self-contained, so devices can be installed locally to their amplifier racks rather than in one centralized location. Category 5 cable is used to interconnect system devices and Ethernet hardware, with network hops of 300 feet (100 meters) possible. Digital audio bus The digital audio bus featured on the BLU-800, BLU-320, BLU-160 and BLU-120, is a fault-tolerant bus of 256 channels. In addition to providing a backbone for the transportation of multiple channels, the bus also facilitates the creation of large, fault-tolerant, centralized matrices containing multiple bus-capable devices.

Proven DSP processing objects All the familiar Soundweb™ Original processing objects are included; many modeled on the classic and respected BSS Audio analog processors. The platform has also been

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• dockable tool menus • creation of zones • layout scrolling, zooming and minimap windows • new innovative processing objects such as scalable mixers that make design and object selection easier than ever • new control panels with vast galleries of controls • highly informative docking windows • the ability to copy control values across objects

designed to enable future software releases to include new leading edge DSP functions.

Create custom control panels One of the advantages inherited from Soundweb™ Designer has been made even easier. Simple mouse clicks create control panels and pages and add “unbound” elements such as meters and faders that can then be tied to distinct processing objects. Not forgotten is the “traditional” method of creating panels by dragging controls directly onto these custom panels. Pages can also be nested within panels, increasing their versatility, offering neater layout of controls and taking the concept to an unprecedented level.

Section:

Soundweb™ London Family of Products With a choice of seven different processors within the Soundweb London family and input / output card flexibility within each device, Soundweb London represents a truly flexible and scalable system. Whether you require the high bandwidth audio networking of a digital audio bus, CobraNet compatibility, DSP capability, input / output expansion or a specific mix of functionality, Soundweb London offers the building blocks of a tailor made system.

CHASSIS

CARD SLOTS

INPUTS

OUTPUTS

CONFIG.

DISPLAY

LOGIC

RS-232

SIGNAL PROCESSING

COBRANET

BLU-800

19”

BLU-80

19”

BLU-320

19”

BLU-32

19”

E E

BLU-160

19”

BLU-16

19”

BLU-120

19”

BLU-BOB1

Half-Rack

BLU-BOB2

19”

BSS_Full-Line2010_HPro.indd 9

E E

BSS Audio

12/4/09 3:31:33 PM

Page 161

Soundweb™ London Blu-100

Networked Signal Processor The Soundweb London BLU-100 offers a fixed configuration of 12 inputs and 8 outputs, configurable signal processing and a high bandwidth, fault tolerant digital audio bus.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

The BLU-100 has open architecture which is fully configurable through HiQnet™ London Architect. A rich palette of processing and logic objects and a “drag and drop” method of configuration provide a simple and familiar design environment. This processor features a low latency, fault tolerant digital audio bus of 64 channels which uses standard Category 5e cabling giving a distance of 100m between compatible devices. Fiber media converters can be used to increase the distance between devices to over 40km. The BLU-100 is compatible with the entire Soundweb London family and its 64 channel digital audio bus represents channels 1-64 of the larger 256 channel digital audio bus when integrated with the BLU-800, BLU-320, BLU-160, BLU-120 and BLU-BOB devices.

Section:

Phantom Power, Signal Present and Clip information per channel is easily accessible, without the requirement for a PC, from clear front panel LED indication. A bi-directional locate function allows devices to be identified both from and within HiQnet London Architect. 12 Control Inputs and 6 Logic Outputs allow the BLU100 to be integrated with GPIO compatible devices. The Soundweb London Interface Kit, comprehensive documentation which details how Soundweb London systems can be integrated with third party control systems, is included within the installation of HiQnet London Architect. The BLU-100 and the other members of the Soundweb London family provide the building blocks of the perfectly tailored system solution.

BSS Audio - Full-line Catalog

BSS_Full-Line2010_HPro.indd 10

Page 162

Analog Inputs provide software configurable gain in 6dB steps up to +48dB per channel and software selectable Phantom Power per channel.

12/4/09 3:31:37 PM

Blu-BOB1 & Blu-BOB2 (Break-Out Boxes) Output Expanders

The BLU-BOB output channels are easily configured by six DIP switches located on the rear of the

Harman Pro Group | 2010

The Soundweb London BLU-BOB or “break-out box” offers 8 channels of analog audio output expansion via the Soundweb London high bandwidth, fault tolerant digital audio bus.

device, which select consecutive channels in groups of eight. This simple configuration allows selection of any 8-channel range from the 256 channels available on the digital audio bus. Output channel assignments are configured by DIP switch selection only. The BLU-BOB is not configured by HiQnet™ London Architect.

Section:

Wall Controllers BLU-10

BLU-6

BLU-8

BLU-3

(available in white, black and blue)

(available in white and black)

sw9015US

sw9012US

BLU-3

BSS_Full-Line2010_HPro.indd 11

BSS Audio

12/4/09 3:32:02 PM

Page 163

Soundweb™ Lite Standalone Signal Processor

Harman Pro Group | 2010

The demand for simple standalone DSP processing led BSS Audio to introduce the Soundweb Lite 3088 Signal Processor. This standalone non-networked 8x8 unit draws on the phenomenal success of the larger networked Soundweb

Section:

Soundweb™ Original

SW9088iis and associated products, but provides a cost-effective solution for situations where the design requires a maximum of 8 inputs and 8 outputs.

• Freely configurable DSP • Network carries control data and 8 channels • Distributed processing, of 24-bit/48kHz digital networking and DSP audio • Proprietary networking • Easy system design and requires no external configuration using hardware or set-ups Soundweb™ Designer software

SW9012 (UK Version)

SW9015 (UK Version)

SW9015 (US Version)

BSS Audio - Full-line Catalog

BSS_Full-Line2010_HPro.indd 12

Page 164

SW9012 (US Version)

• High network tolerance and stability • Variety of limited- access control options • Systems can be easily expanded or updated • Optional Audio/Video matrix and in-wall control panels available

12/4/09 3:32:12 PM

FDS-366T OMNIDRIVE™ COMPACT plus FDS-336T Minidrive™ / FDS-334T Minidrive™ Loudspeaker Management Systems

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

03 The OMNIDRIVE and Minidrive systems represent the ultimate in loudspeaker management, monitoring, and zone control. Minidrive™ provides the same core functions as the OMNIDRIVE range: crossover (LinkwitzRiley, Bessel or Butterworth, WHISEWORKS - Neville Thiele Method Filters), mid-band limiters, equalization (assignable to inputs and outputs), and input and output delay. But the price is made lower than the OMNIDRIVE’s by omitting a few of the OMNIDRIVE’s more advanced features. The FDS-366T OMNIDRIVE features WHISEWORKS – Neville Thiele Method™* filter technology, letting you take your loudspeakers closer to their operating bandwidths without fear of over-excursion. One FDS-366T OMNIDRIVE COMPACT plus can

drive a true stereo 3-way system, or 3 bi-amp outputs for monitors. Add more units and MIDI slave linking to make stereo 4, 5 and even 6-way systems. The OMNIDRIVE COMPACT Plus and Minidrive all have completely flexible routing allowing any input to be sent to any output making the FDS series of products suitable for a diverse range of applications. You can configure, control, and monitor the FDS-366T, FDS-336T and FDS-334T via HiQnet™ London Architect™.

BSS_Full-Line2010_HPro.indd 13

BSS Audio

12/4/09 3:32:19 PM

Page 165

Whiseworks – Neville Thiele Method Filters Included with Soundweb™ London, Soundweb™ Original, OMNIDRIVE COMPACT plus and Minidrive

“The cleanest and clearest filters I’ve heard to date.”

What are NTM™* Filters all about?

A NTM™ Crossover Filter is a new type of electrical/acoustical filter offering significant performance advantages over all previous crossover filter types in audio applications. The filter was developed by Neville Thiele (pronounced “Teel”).

Andy Dockerty, Adlib Audio, UK

How do they work?

Harman Pro Group | 2010

“The new filters allow me to put more power to the devices without fear of overload or over-excursion. Once adjusted, sounds better than standard filters. The system seemed louder and clearer. We were setting off alarms in the car park!”

Section:

The NTM crossover uses a unique notched response to achieve a very steep roll-off rate outside the pass-band. The 4th order NTM crossover amplitude response looks like this: NTM Roll-off

Notches in the responses speed-up the rate of roll-off. Beyond the notch, the response rises again, but remains respectably attenuated.

Ferrit, Promix/Electrotec, Las Vegas, Nevada, USA

Advantages

*WHISEWORKS - NTM™* and WHISEWORKS - Neville Thiele Method™ are trademarks of Precision Audio Pty. Ltd.

“The biggest step forward in digital crossover technology since Linkwitz-Riley.” Jerry Wing, Britannia Row Productions, UK

For many years, Linkwitz-Riley crossovers have been the ‘industry standard’ as they offered the best compromise for most of the important parameters.

The new NTM crossover shapes now represent the optimal combination of characteristics for most applications, assuring it at least a place alongside Linkwitz Riley, if not becoming the new industry standard.

BSS Audio - Full-line Catalog

BSS_Full-Line2010_HPro.indd 14

Page 166

Like the Linkwitz-Riley crossover shape, NTM crossovers maintain a flat amplitude response against frequency, and hold the drivers in-phase throughout the crossover region, preventing beam tilting. Additionally however, the 8th order NTM filter gives the fastest roll-off rate of any of the common crossover shapes. The 4th order NTM filter also offers the best group delay flatness of any crossover shape with a roll-off of at least 24dB/Octave, whilst offering a higher cut-off rate than any other 4th order crossover.

12/4/09 3:32:28 PM

FCS-960 & FCS-966 Graphic Equalizers

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

FCS-960 Of all the features that distinguish the FCS series among professional-grade equalizers, Constant Q filters are probably the most prominent. Compared to the earlier “gyrator” style of filters, Constant Q filters provide a smoother and more predictable interaction between adjacent faders, and the resulting EQ curve more closely resembles the actual fader positions. And each fader on the FCS equalizers has +/– 15dB of adjustable gain, more than many competitive graphic equalizers. When you consider the FCS series’ proven history of quality and reliability as well as their impressive feature set, you understand why so many industry veterans include these equalizers in their racks.

The FCS-960 is the graphic EQ of choice among some of the biggest names in the touring business. Dual mode operation accommodates both Wide Q for Room Contouring (to find the smoothest response) and Narrow Q for monitoring (to “notch out” particular frequencies) on each channel. The FCS-960 provides two channels in 3U of rack space. Constant Q-filters with filter-bypass center taps are controlled by high grade, 45mm faders with molded polymer fader knobs. These prominent knobs eradicate visual parallax error even under low light conditions. Also included are sweepable/switchable Hi-pass filter, Gain control and electronically balanced inputs and outputs.

BSS_Full-Line2010_HPro.indd 15

Dual Mode Graphic Equalizer

BSS Audio

12/4/09 3:32:40 PM

Page 167

FCS-966 FCS-966

Constant Constant Q Graphic Q Graphic Equalizer Equalizer

Harman Pro Group | 2010

roomroom or loudspeaker or loudspeaker response. response. The FCS-966 The FCS-966 is commonly is commonly filtersfilters are very are musical very musical usedused for stage for stage monitors monitors and is and is TheseThese gentle boostboost and cut andshelving cut shelving engineered engineered usingusing knowledge knowledge gentle type,type, which which can be can used be used to add to add and experience and experience gained gained fromfrom the the (or remove) roomroom effects effects that that FCS-960. FCS-960. Modern Modern components components (or remove) change withwith temperature, temperature, audi-audiand manufacturing and manufacturing techniques techniqueschange numbers numbers or humidity. or humidity. allowallow premium premium quality quality and reliand reli-enceence ability ability to beto retained be retained at a lower at a lower priceprice point. point. Traditionally, Traditionally, muchmuch general general equalization equalization takestakes placeplace on the on the faders faders alone, alone, but this but restricts this restricts the use theof use theoffaders the faders at each at each end end of theofscale the scale for further for further precision precision EQ work. EQ work. So BSS Audio So BSS Audio provides provides the FCS-966 the FCS-966 withwith separate separate LF LF and HF andcontour HF contour filters, filters, which which can can change change an overall an overall sound sound balance balance without without disturbing disturbing a detailed a detailed

Section:

16 16BSS Audio - Full-line Catalog BSS Audio - Full-line Catalog BSS_Full-Line2010_HPro.indd BSS_Full-Line2010_HPro.indd 16 16

Page 168

12/4/09 12/4/09 3:32:54 3:32:54 PM PM

Active DI, Line Balancing & Signal Distribution

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

AR-133 Active DI Box/Line Balancer

The AR-133 is a single channel DI box with high input impedance, W" jack input and parallel link ouputs to feed backline amps. Though itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s a favorite among highprofile touring professionals, the AR-133 is priced to be affordable for all musicians, studios and PA companies. The rugged aluminum extrusion caseâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s unique arch design lets you run cables back underneath the unit for neat cable management.

The AR-133 includes phantom power and battery supplies. Should the phantom power from the console fail or accidentally switch off, the AR-133 automatically switches over to the internal 9V battery, providing uninterrupted use. Numerous applications can be satisfied by the AR-133. For example, as well as the traditional guitar use, the AR-133 can be used with keyboards, DJ mixers, link outputs, and other electronic sources. The AR-133 can also be used as an active balancing device.

The AR-133 uses an enhanced version of the same audio path as the AR-116, regarded by many as an industry standard. The sound quality is legendary, particularly on acoustic and bass guitars.

BSS_Full-Line2010_HPro.indd 17

BSS Audio

12/4/09 3:33:04 PM

Page 169

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

Product Specifications: The BSS Audio website, located at bssaudio.com is updated regularly and provides a great source for all the latest news and product specifications. You will find useful information in the form of brochures, user manuals, technical data sheets, applications guides and software updates. The website also contains contact information for all sales, technical support and service enquiries. 18

BSS Audio - Full-line Catalog

BSS_Full-Line2010_HPro.indd 18

Page 170

没

Product information:

All specifications are subject to change. 漏2006 All Rights Reserved, Harman International Industries, Inc. BSS Audio, Soundweb, London Architect, OMNIDRIVE, Minidrive, and HiQnet are trademarks of Harman International Industries. WHISEWORKS NTM and Neville Thiele Method are trademarks of Whiseworks Pty., Ltd. All other trademarks are the property of their respective holders.

12/4/09 3:33:13 PM

Soundweb London – Networked Signal Processors

BLU-16, BLU-32, BLU-80, | BLU-120, BLU-160, BLU-320 and BLU-800 4

B S

+ –

blu-160/blu-120

A S

+ –

(rear diagrams)

blu-800, blu-320

+ –

(rear diagram)

blu-16

(rear diagram)

C C OPTO + –

1 1

2 2

CONTROL INPUTS LOGIC OUTPUTS

7 7

8 8

R R

+ –

100-240VAC ~ 50/60Hz 35VA

T1AL-250V FUSE

LOCATE

RS232

ETHERNET

+ –

Front Panel Led Indicators: Per Input: Other: Analogue Inputs: Mic/Line Inputs Input Impedance Maximum input level CMRR Input Noise (E.I.N.) Phantom power A/D Latency: Digital Inputs: Input impedance: Sample Rate: Sample Rate conversion: THD+N: Latency: Analogue Outputs: Maximum Output Level Frequency Response THD Dynamic Range Crosstalk D/A Latency Digital Outputs: Input impedance:

+ –

RS232

ETHERNET

Signal Present, CLIP, SYNC/48V, I/O card type (IN, OUT, DIG) LCD Display, Conductor active, Net Link active, Data Activity. Up to 16 electronically balanced on Phoenix Combicon removable screw connectors Nominal gain 0dB, electronically switchable up to +48dB,in +6dB steps 3.5kΩ +20dBu with 0dB input gain,+8dBu with 12dB gain >75dB at 1KHz <-128dBu typical with 150Ω source 48V nominal, selectable per input 38.7/Fs Up to 16 AES/EBU or S/PDIF on Phoenix/Combicon removable screw connectors 110 ohm (AES/EBU), 75 ohm (S/PDIF) 48kHz or 96kHz 8kHz-96kHz -140dB 3/Fso + (56.581/Fsi) + (55.658/Fso). Up to 16 electronically balanced on Phoenix/Combicon removable screw connectors +19dBu 15Hz-20KHz (+0.5dB/-1dB) <0.01% 20Hz to 20KHz, +10dBu output 108dB typical, 22Hz-22KHz unweighted <-75dB 28/Fs Up to 16 AES/EBU or S/PDIF on Phoenix/Combicon removable screw connectors. 110 ohm (AES/EBU), 75 ohm (S/PDIF)

+ –

1 1

2 2

CONTROL INPUTS LOGIC OUTPUTS

7 7

8 8

R R

+ –

OUT

LOCATE

+ –

B C C OPTO + –

SECONDARY

+ –

100-240VAC ~ 50/60Hz 35VA

T1AL-250V FUSE

IN PRIMARY

(rear diagrams)

+ –

Blu-32/blu-80

A S

BUDDYLINK / 48K

Sample Rate: Sample Rate conversion: THD+N: Latency: Control Ports: 12 inputs and 6 outputs Control Input Voltage Control Input Impedance Logic Output Voltage Logic Output Impedance Logic Output Current Watchdog Output: Opto Output current Withstanding voltage Series Impedance Control Network (All Models): Connectors Maximum cable length CobraNet™ Audio Network: Connectors: Maximum cable length Power and Dimensions: Mains Voltage Power Consumption BTU Rating Operating Temperature Range: Dimensions Weight

Harman Pro Group | 2010

chitect, demarks

Product Specifications:

48kHz or 96kHz 8kHz-96kHz -140dB 3/Fso + (56.581/Fsi) + (55.658/Fso). 0 to 4.5v 4.7kΩ to +5V (2-wire mode), >1MΩ (3-wire mode) 0 or +5V unloaded 440Ωs 10mA source, 60mA sink Phoenix/Combicon connector for failsafe control 14mA maximum 80V maximum (Off) 220Ω (isolated) RJ45 Ethernet connector 100m/300ft on Category 5 cable between device and Ethernet switch (BLU-80, BLU-32 only) 2 x RJ45 connectors 100m/300ft on Category 5 cable between device and Ethernet switch

Section:

85-270V AC, 50/60Hz <35VA <120 BTU/hr 5(41) to 35(95) degrees C(degrees F) (h (U) x w x d): 1.75" (1U) x 19" x 11.3" (45mm x 483mm x 287mm) 18.6 lbs / 8.4kgs (estimated)

Soundweb London BLU-100 – Networked Signal Processor BLU-100

(rear diagram) Front Panel Led Indicators: Per Input: Other: Analog Inputs: Mic/Line Inputs: Input Impedance: Maximum Input Level: CMRR: Input Noise (E.I.N.): Phantom Power: A/D Latency: Analog Outputs: Maximum Output Level: Frequency Response: THD: Dynamic Range:

Signal Present, CLIP, 48V (Input only) COM, STAT, ERR, PWR 12 electronically balanced on Phoenix Combicon removable screw connectors Nominal gain 0dB, electronically switchable up to +48dB,in +6dB steps 3.5kΩ +20dBu with 0dB input gain,+8dBu with 12dB gain >75dB at 1KHz <-128dBu typical with 150Ω source 48V nominal, selectable per input 37/Fs [0.77ms@48k] 8 electronically balanced on Phoenix/Combicon removable screw connectors +19dBu 20Hz-20KHz (+0.5dB/-1dB) <0.01% 20Hz to 20KHz, +10dBu output 108dB typical, 22Hz-22KHz unweighted

Crosstalk: Output Impedance: D/A Latency: Control Ports: Control Input Voltage: Control Input Impedance: Logic Output Voltage: Logic Output Impedance: Logic Output Current: Watchdog Output: Opto Output Current: Withstanding Voltage: Series Impedance: Control Network: Connectors: Maximum Cable Length: BLU link: Connectors: Maximum Cable Length:

<-75dB 40Ω balanced and 20Ω unbalanced 29/Fs [0.60ms@48k] 12 inputs and 6 outputs 0 to 4.5v 4.7kΩ to +5V (2-wire mode), >1MΩ (3-wire mode) 0 or +5V unloaded 440Ωs 10mA source, 60mA sink Phoenix/Combicon connector for failsafe control 14mA maximum 80V maximum (Off) 220Ω (isolated) RJ45 Ethernet connector 100m/300ft on Category 5 cable between device and Ethernet switch 2 x RJ45 Ethernet connectors 100m/300ft on Category 5e cable between devices

BSS Audio incorporates high quality mechanical fans in some products. All mechanical fans have a limited life expectancy. We recommend annual inspection of fans for dust occlusion and excessive noise. Fan assemblies should be replaced after six to ten years of use. Environmental factors such as elevated temperature, dust, and smoke can adversely affect fan life. Systems exposed to these conditions should be inspected more frequently. Fan replacement can be performed either at the factory or by an experienced technician in the field. Please contact BSS Technical Support for more information on purchasing replacement parts or product service. BSS Audio has a policy of continued product improvement and accordingly reserves the right to change features and specifications without prior notice.

BSS_Full-Line2010_HPro.indd 19

BSS Audio

12/4/09 3:33:17 PM

Page 171

Product Specifications: Soundweb London BLU-100 – (Specifications Continued) Max. Number of Nodes: Latency: Pass Through Latency: Power and Dimensions: Mains Voltage:

60 11/Fs [0.23ms@48k] 4/Fs [0.08ms@48k]

Power Consumption: BTU Rating: Operating Temp. Range: Dims: (H(U) x W x D): Weight:

100-240V AC, 50/60Hz

FCS Series – Graphic Equalizers

<55VA <188 BTU/hr 5 (41) to 35 (95) degrees C (degrees F) 1.75” (1U) x 19” x 9.0” (45mm x 483mm x 229mm) 7.5 lbs / 3.4 kgs (estimated)

| FCS-960, FCS-966 CHANNEL 2 OUTPUT

MAINS POWER

CHANNEL 1 INPUT

OUTPUT

INPUT

SELECT

220 VOLTAGE

FCS-960 (rear diagram)

Pin 2 + (Hot) Pin 3 - (Cold)

BALANCED CONNECTIONS

Tip + (Hot) Ring - (Cold)

Harman Pro Group | 2010

+ –

240

FCS-966 (rear diagram)

FCS-960 Inputs: Impedance Max Input Level Connector Output Section: Output Max Output Level Connector System Performance: Frequency Response Distortion (THD) Output Noise (Flat) Channel Separation (FCS-960) Gain Control Range Peak Indicator Bypass Filter Power and Dimensions: Power Requirements Power Consumption Dimensions (HxWxD):

Section:

Weight

OUTPUT 2

INPUT 2

FCS-966 Input Section: Input Impedance Maximum Input Level CMRR Output section: Output Impedance Maximum Output Level Filters: HP filter LF contour HF contour Frequency bands General Performance Frequency Response Noise Dynamic Range Cross Talk Distortion Gain control Power and Dimensions: AC Power Dimensions Weight

10kΩ, electronically balanced +20dBu XLR3-31 Electronically balanced and floating +20dBu into 600Ω XLR3-32 ±0.25dB 20Hz-20kHz <0.005% 20Hz-20kHz @ +4dBu <-93dBu 22Hz-22kHz unweighted >80dB from 20Hz-20kHz ±10dB +18dBu Passive fail-safe bypass relay MFB Constant Q type 50/60Hz, 90V-264V < 00VA 00" x 19" x 00" 000mm x 483mm x 000mm 6.6 lbs / 3 kg (estimated)

FDS-Series – Loudspeaker Management Systems

OUTPUT 2

INPUT 2

10kΩ, electronically balanced >+20dBu >-40dB @1kHz <50Ω, electronically balanced >+20dBu into 600Ω OUT to 250Hz @ 12dB/octave ±6dB shelving @ 50Hz 6dB/octave ±6dB shelving @ 14kHz 6db/octave ±15dB on ISO centers with a Q of 4 5Hz to 45kHz ±1dB <-94dBu 22Hz to 22kHz > 115dB >-80dB @1kHz <0.005%THD (80kHz measurement BW) 20Hz-20kHz +10dB to ∞ 115/230V AC, 50/60Hz, 30VA 19" x 5.25" x 7.1" / 483mm x 134mm x 180mm 6.6lbs / 3kgs

| FDS-366T, FDS-336T and FDS-334T INPUTS

FLOATING BALANCED OUTPUTS CONTROLLER INTERFACES RS232

FDS-334T

(rear diagram)

MIDI OUT

MIDI THRU

MIDI IN

INPUTS

FLOATING BALANCED OUTPUTS CONTROLLER INTERFACES RS232

FDS-336T

(rear diagram)

MIDI OUT MIDI THRU

100-240VAC ~ 50/60Hz 35VA

MIDI IN

FLOATING BALANCED OUTPUTS

FDS-366T

(rear diagram)

FDS-366T Input Section: Input Impedance Maximum Input Level CMRR Input gain Input Connector

10kΩ, electronically balanced +20dBu >50dB 30Hz-20kHz +/-15dB variable in 0.1dB steps XLR-3F

RS485

RS232

PROGRAM SELECT

MIDI OUT

MIDI IN

C/MIC

LANCED

INPUTS

A/AES

AES/EBU Interface: Input Sample Rate 44.1kHz, 48kHz, 88.2kHz, 96kHz Output Section: Output Impedance <50Ω, electronically balanced and floating Maximum Output Level +20dBu into 600Ω or greater Output Gain ±21dB, variable in 0.1dB steps Output Connector XLR-3M. transformer Balancing optional

BSS Audio - Full-line Catalog

BSS_Full-Line2010_HPro.indd 20

Page 172

100-240VAC ~ 50/60Hz 35VA

RS485

12/4/09 3:33:18 PM

FDS-Series – (Specifications Continued) Crossover Filters: Slopes Type

6, 12, 18, 24, 36, 48 or 52dB per octave (Filter type dependant) WHISEWORKS–NTM™, Bessel, Butterworth, or LinkwitzRiley

Crossover Slopes

Limiters: Mid-filter EQ: Up to 38 bands of EQ Type Frequency range Delay: Delay Time Delay Time Resolution Delay Units Power and Dimensions Power Requirements Power Consumption Dimensions (HxWxD): Weight (shipping)

4 channels +20dBu, into 600Ω, electronically balanced 47Ω >108dB unweighted 22Hz-22kHz < ±0.25dB, 15Hz-20kHz with filters out < 0.01%, 20Hz-20kHz @ +10dBu input level 48kHz > 80dB, 20Hz-20kHz 24-bit, input and output Mono 4-way, stereo 2-way Mono 6-way, stereo 3-way, stereo 2-way with A+B sum 2-way, any combination of 2 inputs to up to 6 outputs with individual passbands Bessel, 12 & 24dB/octave; Linkwitz-Riley, 12, 24 or 48dB/octave; Butterworth, 6, 12, 18, 24 or 48dB/octave; WHISEWORKS-NTM, 36 & 52dB/octave 2-stage limiters with threshold of -10 to +20dBu

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Delays: Available on Inputs A, B, and C Outputs 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 Delay step 11 microseconds minimum Max Delay time 2.6 seconds EQ: Max number of EQ filters > 50 depending on crossover slopes EQ Type Parametric, Bell or shelving on any filter EQ Gain ±15dB, variable in 0.2dB steps Bandwidth 0.05 to 3 octaves, variable in 0.05 steps EQ frequency 15Hz to 20kHz Dynamic slope 2:1 to 20:1 (dynamic EQs only) General Performance (filters out) Frequency response 10Hz - 20kHz, ±0.25dB 10Hz - 40kHz, +/-2dB Dynamic range >112dB, unweighted 22Hz to 22kHz, >117dB when AES/ EBU inputs used Channel Separation >80dB, 30Hz-20kHz Distortion (THD) <0.005%, 20Hz - 20kHz @+10dBu output Power and Dimensions AC Power 90V-264V AC, 50/60Hz, 30VA Dimensions 19” x 1.75” x 11.5” / 483mm x 45mm x 292mm Weight 8.4lbs / 3.8kgs MINIDRIVE Inputs Max Level +20dBu Input Impedance 10kΩ, electronically balanced Outputs FDS-336T 6 channels

FDS-334T Max Output Level Output Impedance General Performance: Dynamic Range Frequency Response Distortion (THD) Audio Sample Rate Channel Separation A/D & D/A Conversion: Crossover Filters: FDS-334T FDS-336T

Dependent upon used crossovers slopes. High and Low shelving at 6dB or 12dB/octave or fully parametric with bandwidth of 0.05 to 3.0 octaves 15Hz to 16kHz, gain of ±15dB in 0.5 dB steps 635ms maximum delay on each input to output path 21μs steps Milliseconds, meters, feet or frames per second 50/60Hz, 90V-264V < 30VA 1.75" x 19" x 8" 44.4mm x 483mm x 203mm 6.2 lbs / 2.8 kg

Section:

AR-133 – Active DI Box/Line Balancer AR-133 Section: Input Max Input Level Connectors Output Section: Output Transformer Connector

1MΩ (pad at 0dB), 47kΩ (pad at -20dB), 47kΩ (pad at -40dB) +9dBu (pad at 0dB), +29dBu (pad at -20dB), +49dBu (pad at -40dB) Two Parallel ¼" jacks, parallel XLR connector (unbalanced) Max Output Level +8dBu into 600Ω or greater XLR3-32

General Performance: Distortion (THD) < 0.005% at 1kHz, 0dBu output Noise <-105dB unweighted, 22Hz-22kHz* Frequency 30Hz to 20kHz, +0dB/-1dB Power and Dimensions Main/Standby Power 9 volt PP3 type, battery preferably alkaline Current drain phantom: <7.5mA; battery: <2mA Phantom Power +20 volts DC to +48 volts DC Dimensions 2.3" x 4.9" x 5.6" / 59 mm x 124 mm x 143 mm Weight 1.4 lbs / 650 gms, excluding batteries * Noise measured relative to maximum output.

BSS_Full-Line2010_HPro.indd 21

BSS Audio

12/4/09 3:33:18 PM

Page 173

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

04 03

Professional Audio Signal Processing and Distribution Equipment 8760 S. Sandy Parkway, Sandy, Utah 84070, USA tel: +1 (801) 566-8800, Fax: +1 (801) 568-7662

bssaudio.com

BSS_Full-Line2010_HPro.indd 22

Page 174

12/4/09 3:33:23 PM

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Crown Power Amplifiers 速

Section:

03 04

Page 175

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Section:

Page 176

CTs CTs 2-Channel 2-Channel Series Series

Harman Pro Group | 2010

INSTALLED SOUND

Section:

CTs CTs Multi-Channel Multi-Channel Series Series CTs CTs Multi-Channel Multi-Channel with with CobraNet CobraNet

TM TM

CDi CDi Series Series DSi DSi Series Series

Page 177

AMPLIFIERS INSTALLEDSOUND SOUND AMPLIFIERS INSTALLED CTs Series: The New Standard CTs Series: The New Standard CTs 600, CTs 1200, CTs 2000, CTs 3000 CTs 600, CTs 1200, CTs 2000, CTs 3000

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

Foundation Foundation

FEATURES  FEATURES

High power density. channel • • High power density. AllAll twotwo channel models a 2U chassis. models in ain2U chassis. New Crown Switching Power Supply • • New Crown Switching Power Supply lighter weight. forfor lighter weight. Selectable “Constant-Voltage” • • Selectable “Constant-Voltage” or or low-impedance operation channel. low-impedance operation perper channel. 100V direct outputs models. • • 100V direct outputs onon all all models. Fully PIP2-compatible. • • Fully PIP2-compatible.

POWER OUTPUT* POWER OUTPUT* Models Models

2-ohm Dual 4-ohm 4-ohm Dual 8-ohm 8-ohm Dual16-ohm 16-ohm Dual70V70V Dual 100V 100V Dual 4-ohm 4-ohm 2-ohm Dual Dual Dual Dual Dual Dual channel)(per(per channel)(per(per channel)(per(per channel) channel) channel) Bridge Bridge (per(per channel) channel) channel) channel) (per(per channel) (per(per channel)

CTs 600 150W 150W 300W 300W 300W 300W CTs 600 CTs 1200 250W 250W 600W 600W 600W 600W CTs 1200 CTs 2000 1,000W 1,000W 1,000W 1,000W1,000W 1,000W CTs 2000 CTs 3000 1,500W 1,500W 1,500W 1,500W1,250W 1,250W CTs 3000

16-ohm 16-ohm Bridge Bridge

100V 100V Bridge Bridge

140V 140V Bridge Bridge

200V 200V Bridge Bridge

300W 300W 300W 300W 300W 300W 600W 600W 600W 600W 600W 600W 600W 600W 600W 300W ‡ ‡ 300W ‡ ‡ 600W ‡‡ 300W 600W 600W 600W 600W 500W 1,200W 1,200W1,200W 1,200W1,200W 1,200W 1,200W1,200W 1,200W 300W ‡ ‡ 500W ‡ ‡1,200W ‡‡ 625W 1,000W 1,000W1,000W 1,000W 2,000W 2,000W 2,000W 2,000W2,000W 2,000W2,000W 2,000W 2,000W 2,000W2,000W 2,000W 625W 625W 1,500W 1,500W1,500W 1,500W 3,000W 3,000W 3,000W 3,000W2,500W 2,500W3,000W 3,000W 3,000W 3,000W3,000W 3,000W 625W

*Maximum average power in watts at rated THD, *Maximum average power in watts at rated THD, 20 20 Hz Hz - 20- 20 kHz.kHz.

Page 178

8-ohm 8-ohm Bridge Bridge

‡With T-170V or TP-170V. ‡With T-170V or TP-170V.

0W‡ 0W‡ 0W 0W

Frequency Response (at 1 watt, 20 Hz - 20 kHz): ±0.25 dB. Signal to Noise Ratio below rated power (20 Hz to 20 kHz): 105 dB A-weighted. Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) at full rated power, from 20 Hz to 20 kHz: CTs 600/1200: < 0.1%. CTs 2000/3000 < 0.35%. Damping Factor: 10 Hz to 100 Hz: > 3000. Crosstalk (below rated power, 20 Hz to 1 kHz): > 80 dB. Common Mode Rejection (CMR) (20 Hz to 1 kHz): 50 dB. DC Output Offset: < ±2 mV. Input Impedance (nominal): 10 kilohms balanced, 5 kilohms unbalanced. Maximum Input Level: +20 dBu before input compression, +32 dBu absolute maximum. Load Impedance: (Note: Safe with all types of loads) CTs 600/1200 Stereo: 2/4/8/16 ohms, 70V, 100V Bridge Mono: 4/8/16 ohms, 140V. CTs 2000/3000 Stereo: 2/4/8/16 ohms, 70V, 100V Bridge Mono: 4/8/16 ohms, 140V, 200V. Voltage Gain (at maximum level setting): 8/4 ohm operation, 1.4V sensitivity CTs 600 35:1 (31 dB) CTs 1200 50:1 (34 dB) CTs 2000 63.9:1 (36 dB) CTs 3000 71.4:1 (37 dB). 26 dB: 20:1 (26 dB). 70V operation, 1.4V sensitivity or 100V operation, 2.0V sensitivity: 50:1 (34 dB). AC Line Voltage and Frequency Configurations Available (±10%): 120VAC/60Hz, 230VAC/50 Hz. Power Draw at Idle (120VAC mains): CTs 600/1200: 24W (standby mode) CTs 2000/3000: 35W (standby mode). Cooling: Continuously variable speed forced air, front-to-back airflow. Dimensions: 19 in. (48.3 cm) W x 3.5 in. (8.9 cm) H x 14.25 in. (36.2 cm) D. Weight: Net, Shipping CTs 600: 22.8 lb (10.3 kg), 27.7 lb (12.6 kg) CTs 1200: 23.4 lb (10.6 kg), 28.3 lb (12.8 kg) CTs 2000: 27.0 lb (12.2 kg), 32.0 lb (14.5 kg) CTs 3000: 27.7 lb (12.6 kg), 32.7 lb (14.8 kg).

Front Panel Controls and Indicators

Bridge Mode Indicator: Yellow LED illuminates when the rear-panel Mode Switch is set to the “Bridge” position.

Ready Indicator: Green LED, one per channel, illuminates when the channel is initialized and ready to produce audio output. Indicator is off when PIP puts the amplifier in standby mode via the control system. Signal Indicators: Three green LEDs per channel indicate the amplifier’s input and output signal levels. Signal: input signal is above –40 dBu. –20 dB: amplifier output is 20 dB below clipping. –10 dB: amplifier output is 10 dB below clipping. Clip Indicator: Red LED, one per channel, illuminates when the channel’s output signal reaches the onset of audible clipping. The Clip Indicator also will illuminate during Thermal Level Control (TLC) limiting or when the input compressor/limiter is protecting the amplifier from input overload. Thermal Indicator: Red LED, one per channel, illuminates when the channel has shut down, or is very near shutting down, due to thermal stress or overload. Fault Indicator: Red LED, one per channel, flashes when the amplifier output channel has stopped operating. Data Indicator: Yellow LED indicates control data activity (if the amplifier is equipped with an IQ-PIP2 module, and connected to a control system). Power Indicator: Blue LED indicates amplifier has been turned on and AC power is available. The LED will flash when the AC line voltage is 15% above or 25% below the nominal rated value. Cooling Vents: Front-to-rear forced airflow. Power Switch: Push-on / push-off switch.

Back Panel Controls and Connectors

Power Cord Connector: Standard 15 amp IEC inlet. Voltage is indicated above IEC inlet. Reset Switch: Resets the circuit breaker that protects the power supply. Speaker Connectors: One four-pole touch-proof terminal strip. Accepts up to 10 AWG terminal forks. Input Connectors: Balanced 2-pin terminal block connector, one per channel, on the standard PIP2-BBY module. Channel Level Control: One 21-position detented rotary attenuator per channel, ranging from minus infinity (–70 dB) to 0 dB gain. Mode Switch: Two-position switch is used to select the amplifier’s mode of operation: Dual or Bridge-Mono.

Highpass Filter: One 3-position switch per channel selects between OFF, 35Hz and 70Hz 3rd-order filters. “Y” Input Switch: When set to ON, this switch parallels the input signals of the two channels for use when the input signal is mono. Also can be used to daisy-chain the signal to another amplifier. Ventilation Grille: Front-to-rear forced airflow.

Options

PIP2 modules, including the PIP-Lite, PIP-USP3, and PIP-USP3/CN.

Protection Systems

Thermal Level Control (TLC): If an amplifier channel starts to overheat, the TLC circuit will engage the input compressor. By compressing the input, the amplifier will not generate as much heat and will have a chance to cool down. Junction Temperature Simulation (JTS): In the CTs 600/1200, if excess power is demanded, JTS circuitry limits the drive level of the output devices to a safe range, preventing damage. Fault: The amplifier will light the Fault LED if the amplifier output stage stops operating. AC Under-/Over-Voltage Protection: If the AC line voltage drops below 25% or rises above 15% of the nominal operating voltage of the amplifier, the amplifier’s power supply turns off and the blue Power LED flashes. The amplifier will turn back on when the AC line voltage returns to safe operating levels. Circuit Breaker: This breaker protects the amplifier from excessive AC current draw. DC Output Servo: The output servo circuit protects your drivers by eliminating DC offset, even in the presence of very large asymmetrical signals. In-rush Limiting: A soft-start circuit in the power supply minimizes the amplifier’s current draw during power-on. Variable-speed Fan: Two continuously variable speed fans direct the airflow through the amplifier for cooling.

Regulatory Certifications

Other Applications

9/07

136317-2B

INSTALLED SOUND

rown’s CTs Series amplifiers provide exceptional performance, flexibility and value for installed sound applications. CTs Series amplifiers feature independent selection of high and low impedance operation for a specific channel, plus power levels and features that were carefully chosen to match the requirements of fixed install design. Easy integration with HiQnet™ and CobraNet™ allows CTs amplifiers to deliver a comprehensive lineup of monitoring and control features along with digital audio transport for an award-winning digital audio solution.

Page 179

Harman Pro Group | 2010

V ge

 SPECIFICATIONS

Section:

AMPLIFIERS INSTALLEDSOUND SOUND AMPLIFIERS INSTALLED CTs Multi-Channel Series: The New Standard CTs Multi-Channel Series: The New Standard CTs 4200, CTs 8200 CTs 4200, CTs 8200

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

Flexibility Flexibility

FEATURES  FEATURES

High power density: Four-channel model a 2U chassis, • • High power density: Four-channel model in ain2U chassis, eight-channel model a 3U chassis. eight-channel model in ain3U chassis. New Crown Switching Power Supply lighter weight. • • New Crown Switching Power Supply forfor lighter weight. Selectable “Constant-Voltage” low-impedance (4/8 ohm) • • Selectable “Constant-Voltage” or or low-impedance (4/8 ohm) operation channel-pair. operation perper channel-pair. 100V direct outputs. • • 100V direct outputs. New “FIT” (Fault Isolation Topology) circuitry isolates fault • • New “FIT” (Fault Isolation Topology) circuitry isolates fault conditions without affecting neighboring channels. conditions without affecting neighboring channels. Accept new accessory modules. • • Accept new MCMC accessory modules.

POWER OUTPUT* POWER OUTPUT* Models Models

All channels driven All channels driven 4-ohm 8-ohm 4-ohm DualDual8-ohm DualDual70V70V DualDual † †

1 channel driven 1 channel driven 4-ohm 8-ohm 4-ohm DualDual8-ohm DualDual 70V70V DualDual † †

All channel pairs driven 1 channel driven All channel pairs driven 1 channel pairpair driven 8-ohm Bridge 16-ohm Bridge100V 100V Bridge 8-ohm 8-ohm Bridge 16-ohm Bridge 100V Bridge 8-ohm Bridge 16-ohm Bridge Bridge Bridge 16-ohm Bridge 100V Bridge † † † †

CTs 4200 260W 260W 180W 180W 220W 220W 270W 270W 220W 220W 250W 250W 520W 520W 400W 400W 220W 220W CTs 4200 † † † † † † CTs 8200 200W 200W 160W 160W 200W 200W 270W 270W 220W 220W 250W 250W 400W 400W 320W 320W 200W 200W CTs 8200 average power in watts at 1kHz at 0.1% THD. average power in watts at 1kHz at 0.1% THD. *Maximum *Maximum †Constant Voltage full-bandwidth power ratings support to 20 to automatic high-pass filters. †Constant Voltage full-bandwidth power ratings support 100100 Hz Hz to 20 kHzkHz duedue to automatic high-pass filters.

Page 180

560W 440W 440W 250W 250W 560W † † 540W 440W 440W 250W 250W 540W

 SPECIFICATIONS

Front Panel Controls and Indicators

Bridge Mode Indicator: Yellow LED, one per channel pair, illuminates when the channel pair’s Mode Switch is set to the “Bridge” position. If Mode switch is changed while amplifier is powered up, Bridge LED will flash, indicating that the amplifier must be powered off and on to reset the Mode. Ready Indicator: Green LED, one per channel, illuminates when the channel is initialized and ready to produce audio output.

Signal Indicator: Green LED, one per channel, illuminates to indicate the presence of analog input signals above –40 dBu. Clip Indicator: Red LED, one per channel, illuminates when the THD of the channel’s output signal rises to a level typically considered as the onset of audible clipping. The Clip Indicator also will illuminate during Thermal Level Control (TLC) or input overload. Thermal Indicator: Red LED, one per channel, flashes when a state of thermal stress or overload has caused the channel to shut down. If the power supply goes into thermal overload, all channel LEDs will flash. Fault Indicator: Red LED, one per channel, flashes when a fault condition has occurred in the channel. Ventilation Grille: Front-to-rear forced airflow. Data Indicator: Yellow LED indicates IQ Loop data activity (if the amplifier is equipped with an IQ-MC module, and connected to an IQ Loop). Power Indicator: Blue LED indicates amplifier has been turned on and AC power is available. Indicator also flashes if the amplifier shuts off due to an under-/over-voltage condition on the AC mains. Power Switch: Amplifier is on when the switch is in the IN position.

Back Panel Controls and Connectors

AC Power Cord Connector: IEC inlet, type 320; 100/120VAC units: 15A; 220/230/240VAC units: 10A. Voltage is indicated above IEC inlet. Output Connectors: One four-pole terminal strip for every two channels with touch-proof cover. Accepts up to 10 AWG terminal forks. Accessory Panel: CTs 4200 accepts an optional VCA-MC4A module. CTs 8200 accepts an optional VCA-MC8 module. Channel Level Controls: One 21-position detented rotary potentiometer per channel, ranging from infinity (–70 dB) to 0 dB attenuation. Input Connectors: Removable Phoenix-style barrier connectors for balanced input. Also can be used as a CobraNet input or a backup for CobraNet. Mode Switch: Used on each consecutive pair of channels, this four-position switch is used to select the amplifier’s mode of operation: Dual 8/4 ohms, Dual 70V, Bridge-Mono 16/8 ohms, and BridgeMono 100V. Cooling Vents: Front-to-rear forced airflow. Options Control Modules: VCA-MC4A: VCA module for CTs 4200A. VCA-MC8: VCA module for CTs 8200. Wall-mount level control panels for use with VCA module: 1-VCAP: Single-gang panel with 1 VCA channel volume control. 4-VCAP: Two-gang panel with 4 VCA channel volume controls. T-170V: This is an autoformer that allows 100V output from the amplifier, and allows other amplifiers without direct constant voltage output to be easily integrated into distributed systems. TP-170V: This is a rack-mountable panel with four autoformers as described above.

Protection Systems

Thermal Level Control (TLC): If an amplifier channel starts to overheat, the TLC circuit will engage that channel’s input compressor. By compressing the input, the amplifier will not generate as much heat and will have a chance to cool down. The degree of compression is proportional to the amount of overheating. If the channel becomes too hot for safe operation even after full TLC limiting, the channel will shut off, and the Thermal Indicator for that channel will flash brightly to alert the user that a state of thermal stress or overload has cause the channel to shut down. FIT (Fault Isolation Topology): Isolates faults within affected channels. Fault: If an amplifier channel requires service, the corresponding Fault indicator will illuminate to alert the user of this condition. If this occurs, return the amplifier to the Crown factory or to an authorized Crown service center. High-Pass Filter: A fixed 35-Hz (70-Hz in CTs 4200) high-pass filter per channel pair is automatically inserted when the mode switch is set to either of the constant-voltage settings. The high-pass filter corner frequency in the CTs 8200 can be set to 70 Hz, or bypassed, with a service option. AC Under-/Over-Voltage Protection: If the AC line voltage varies out of an acceptable range, the amplifier’s power supply turns off and the blue Power LED flashes. The amplifier will turn back on when the AC line voltage returns to safe operating levels. Under-Voltage Limit

Models

Over-Voltage Limit

100VAC (CTs 8200 only)

90VAC

110VAC

120 VAC units

108VAC

132VAC

220V/230V/240V units

198VAC

264VAC

Section:

Power Fuse: A fuse protects the amplifier from excessive AC current draw. Inrush Limiting: A soft-start circuit in the power supply minimizes the amplifier’s current draw during power-on. Variable-speed Fan: Continuously variable speed fan directs the airflow through the amplifier for cooling. Regulatory Certifications

Other Applications

8/07

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Frequency Response (at 1 watt, 20 Hz - 20 kHz): ±0.5 dB. Phase Response (at 1 watt, 10 Hz - 20 kHz): ±35°. Signal to Noise Ratio below rated power (20 Hz to 20 kHz): 100 dB unweighted. Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) at 1 watt, from 20 Hz to 20 kHz: < 0.05%. Intermodulation Distortion (IMD) 60 Hz and 7 kHz at 4:1, from 163 milliwatts to full bandwidth power: < 0.05% (typical). Damping Factor: 10 Hz to 400 Hz: >180. Crosstalk (below rated power, 20 Hz to 1 kHz): > 80 dB. Common Mode Rejection (CMR) (20 Hz to 1 kHz): > 50 dB. DC Output Offset (shorted input): < ±5 mV. Input Impedance (nominal): 20 kilohms balanced, 10 kilohms unbalanced. Maximum Input Level (before input compression): + 20 dBu. Load Impedance: (Note: Safe with all types of loads) Stereo: 4/8 and 25 ohms (70V) Bridge Mono: 8/16 and 50 ohms (100V) Voltage Gain (at maximum level setting), 1.4V sensitivity, 4/8 Ohm Operation: 20:1 (26 dB); 70V Operation: 50:1 (34 dB) 100V Operation: 71.4:1 (37 dB) AC Line Voltage and Frequency Configurations Available (±10%): 120V/60 Hz, 220/230/240V/50 Hz. Power Draw at Idle (120VAC mains, all channels in 4/8 ohm mode): 58W. Power Draw at Idle (120VAC mains, all channels in 70V mode): 77W. Cooling: Continuously variable speed forced air, front-to-back airflow. Dimensions (Width, Height, Depth): CTs 4200: 19 in. (48.3 cm) W x 3.5 in. (8.9 cm) H x 16.25 in. (41.3 cm) D. CTs 8200: 19 in. (48.3 cm) W x 5.25 in. (13.3 cm) H x 16.25 in. (41.3 cm) D. Weight (Net, Shipping): CTs 4200: 27 lb 8 oz (12.5 kg), 32 lb (14.5 kg) CTs 8200: 36 lb 6 oz (16.5 kg), 47 lb (21.3 kg).

136318-1K

INSTALLED SOUND

rown’s CTs Multi-Channel Series offers wide flexibility for a wide range of installed sound applications. CTs Multi-Channel Series amplifiers offer independent selection of high- and low-impedance operation for each channel pair, making these amps ideal for multi-zone installations.

Page 181

INSTALLEDSOUND SOUND AMPLIFIERS INSTALLED AMPLIFIERS CTs Multi-Channel Series: With CobraNet CTs Multi-Channel Series: With CobraNet CTs 4200USP/CN, CTs 8200USP/CN CTs 4200USP/CN, CTs 8200USP/CN

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

CobraNet Capable Capable CobraNet TM TM

FEATURES(input (inputmodule) module)  FEATURES

Mbps Ethernet single-plug solution CobraNet audio, • • 100100 Mbps Ethernet single-plug solution forfor CobraNet audio, HiQnet™ control monitoring. andand HiQnet™ control andand monitoring. Analog audio inputs allow CobraNet network audio input, • • Analog audio inputs allow CobraNet network audio input, CobraNet audio backup, a hardwire emergency override CobraNet audio backup, or or a hardwire emergency override CobraNet audio. of of CobraNet audio. digital analog conversion with floating point • • 2424 bitbit digital to to analog conversion with 3232 bit,bit, floating point DSP processing. DSP processing. Firmware upgrades network. • • Firmware upgrades viavia thethe network. user selectable presets. • • 1010 user selectable presets. Reliable FLASH memory backup parameters. • • Reliable FLASH memory backup of of all all parameters.

POWER OUTPUT* POWER OUTPUT* Models Models

CTs 4200USP/CN CTs 4200USP/CN CTs 8200USP/CN CTs 8200USP/CN

All channels driven 1 channel driven All channel pairs driven 1 channel driven All channels driven 1 channel driven All channel pairs driven 1 channel pairpair driven 4-ohm 8-ohm 4-ohm 8-ohm 8-ohm Bridge 16-ohm Bridge 100V Bridge 8-ohm 8-ohm Bridge 16-ohm Bridge 100V Bridge 4-ohm DualDual 8-ohm DualDual 70V70V DualDual 4-ohm DualDual8-ohm DualDual 70V70V DualDual 8-ohm Bridge 16-ohm Bridge 100V Bridge Bridge 16-ohm Bridge 100V Bridge † † † † † † † †

260W 180W 180W 220W 220W 270W 270W 220W 220W 250W 250W 520W 520W 400W 400W 220W 220W 560W 560W 440W 440W 250W 250W 260W † † † † † † † † 200W 160W 160W 200W 200W 270W 270W 220W 220W 250W 250W 400W 400W 320W 320W 200W 200W 540W 540W 440W 440W 250W 250W 200W

*Maximum average power in watts at 1kHz at 0.1% THD. *Maximum average power in watts at 1kHz at 0.1% THD. †Constant Voltage full-bandwidth power ratings support to 20 to automatic high-pass filters. †Constant Voltage full-bandwidth power ratings support 100100 Hz Hz to 20 kHzkHz duedue to automatic high-pass filters.

Page 182

 SPECIFICATIONS USP/CN CobraNet Module Specifications (for amplifier specifications, see the CTs MultiChannel Series pages)

Connectors:

AUX Connector Configurable for AUX input, AUX output and Listen Bus. Listen Bus is also supported through CobraNet. Network Connector The dual RJ45 CobraNet connectors allow a Primary & Secondary connection to the 100Mb Ethernet network. Should the Primary connection lose link activity with the network, the input module will automatically switch to the Secondary connection to ensure uninterrupted audio and control. The indicators on the RJ45 connectors display network information concerning the Ethernet and CobraNet connections. Preset Indicator Signals the number of the current preset, if active, by flashing a series of flashes equal to the current preset number.

Switches:

Reset/Preset Switch Used to change presets, restore settings to factory default or restore all the presets to the factory defaults. During operation of the switch, the Data indicator flashes as an aid to the user. Accessible with a straightened paper clip through the rear panel, the switch selects the next user preset if pressed for less than 2 seconds, resets the module to preset “0” if pressed for more than 2 seconds.

General:

Memory Backup: Non-volatile FLASH memories for backup of run-time parameters, presets, and program storage. Communications: 100Mb Fast Ethernet conforming to IEEE 802.3.

D/A and A/D Conversion: 24 bit. Latency:

DSP processing: 1 ms or 1000 µs. Digital-to-analog conversion: 250 µs. Analog-to-digital conversion: 250 µs. Amplifier: 100 µs. Total: 1.6 ms or 1000 µs. Dynamic Range: 103 dB typical (A-weighted, 20Hz–20kHz, audio sourced from muted CobraNet channel). Distortion: < 0.1% THD+N, 20Hz–20kHz. Frequency Response: ± 0.5 dB, 20Hz–20kHz. Input/Output Monitor Accuracy: Typically ±1dB. Maximum Input Level: + 20 dBu.

Regulatory Certifications

Other Applications

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Indicators:

IQ Data Indicator Flashes when the module receives a valid command that is addressed to the CTs 4200 USP/CN and CTs 8200USP/CN.

Overall Audio Performance:

DSP Processing: Two processors, 32 bit, Floating Point, 724 µs latency.

Section:

CTs 8200USP/CN Back Panel (note USP/CN CobraNet™ module at top left)

139279-2

2/08

INSTALLED SOUND ®

he Crown CTs 4200USP/CN and CTs 8200USP/CN power amplifiers have an integrated 3rd generation, DSP-based input module. It connects the amplifier to a 100 Mbps Ethernet network allowing it to be remotely controlled and monitored via System Architect™ software. In addition, the input module allows the transport of real-time digital audio via CobraNet™ over the same Ethernet network. The amplifiers connect to a HiQnet™ audio control/monitor network using standard 100 Mbps Ethernet hardware (switches, Network Interface Cards, and cables). CobraNet™ audio is available over the same 100 Mbps Ethernet network, providing a simple-to-install, single-plug solution for audio distribution, control, and monitoring.

Page 183

AMPLIFIERS INSTALLEDSOUND SOUND AMPLIFIERS INSTALLED CDi Series: 2/4/8 Ohm, 70V/100V channel CDi Series: 2/4/8 Ohm, 70V/100V perper channel CDi 1000, CDi 2000, CDi 4000, CDi 6000 CDi 1000, CDi 2000, CDi 4000, CDi 6000

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

Versatility Versatility

FEATURES  FEATURES

Onboard digital signal processing includes crossovers, • • Onboard digital signal processing includes crossovers, filters, delay, output limiting. EQEQ filters, delay, andand output limiting. Computer connectivity USB allows setup • • Computer connectivity viavia USB allows fastfast setup andand configuration with HiQnet™. configuration with HiQnet™. Barrier strip outputs, removable Phoenix-style input. • • Barrier strip outputs, removable Phoenix-style input. Extremely versatile, handling a wide range speaker • • Extremely versatile, handling a wide range of of speaker impedances outputs. impedances andand outputs. Switch-mode universal power supply. • • Switch-mode universal power supply. Speaker presets crossover frequencies, limiting, • • Speaker presets forfor crossover frequencies, EQ,EQ, limiting, compression, delay, subharmonic synthesis. compression, delay, andand subharmonic synthesis.

POWER OUTPUT* POWER OUTPUT* Models Models

2-ohm 2-ohm DualDual channel) (per(per channel)

4-ohm 8-ohm 4-ohm DualDual 8-ohm DualDual 70V70V DualDual channel) (per(per channel) (per(per channel) (per(per channel) channel) channel)

CDi 1000 700W** 700W** 500W 500W 275W 275W 500W 500W CDi 1000 CDi 2000 1,000W** 1,000W** 800W 800W 475W 475W 800W 800W CDi 2000 CDi 4000 1,600W** 1,600W** 1,200W 1,200W 650W 650W 1,000W 1,000W CDi 4000 CDi 6000 3,000W** 3,000W** 2,100W 2,100W 1,200W 1,200W 2,500W 2,500W CDi 6000

4-ohm 4-ohm Bridge Bridge

1,400W** 500W 500W 1,400W** 2,000W** 800W 800W 2,000W** 3,200W**1,000W 1,000W 3,200W** 6,000W**2,500W 2,500W 6,000W**

*Maximum average power in watts 1 kHz at 0.5% THD.**With **With THD.‡100Vp ‡100Vp *Maximum average power in watts at 1atkHz at 0.5% THD. 1%1% THD.

Page 184

100V‡ 100V‡ DualDual channel) (per(per channel)

140V Bridge 140V Bridge

1,000W 1,000W 1,600W 1,600W 2,000W 2,000W 5,000W 5,000W

 SPECIFICATIONS Performance

Output Power: See power charts below. Voltage Gain at 1kHz: CDi 1000: 30.5 dB CDi 2000: 32.9 dB CDi 4000: 34.2 dB CDi 6000: 37.1 dB Frequency Response: +0/–1 dB from 20 Hz to 20 kHz at 1 watt into 4 ohms. Load Impedance: Safe with all types of loads. Rated for 2 to 8 ohms in Stereo mode, 4 to 16 ohms in Bridge-Mono mode. Sensitivity: 1.4V. Signal to Noise Ratio (below rated 8-ohm power at 1 kHz): 100 dB (A weighted).

Output EQ: 8 parametric filters per channel with adjustable Q, ±15 dB boost/cut. This 8-filter EQ section can NOT be bypassed. Filters are enabled individually. Delay: Up to 50 msec total delay per channel. Output Limiter: Prevents clipping and protects loudspeakers. Choice of –3, –6, or –12 dB threshold per channel.

HiQnet USB Connector: Type B, connects to a USB port on a PC.

Presets: 20 presets. 19 are user-definable

CDi-Series amplifiers are protected against shorted, open or mismatched loads; overloaded power supplies; excessive temperature; chain destruction phenomena; excessive output current, and input overload damage. They also protect loudspeakers from input/ output DC, large or dangerous DC offsets and turn-on/turn-off transients.

Front Panel Controls and Indicators

Crosstalk: > 70 dB below rated power, 20 Hz to 1 kHz.

LCD Screen: Backlit liquid crystal display shows speaker presets and signal processing.

Input Stage: Input is electronically balanced and employs precision 1% resistors.

Signal Indicator: Green LED, one per channel, illuminates when a very low-level signal is present at input.

Maximum Input Signal: +22 dBu typical. AC Line Voltage and Frequency Configurations Available: 100V, 120V, 220-240V, 50/60 Hz. AC Line Current: CDi 1000: 6.8A CDi 2000: 8.3A CDi 4000: 10.5A At Idle: Draws no more than 38 watts. CDi 6000: 15.3A At Idle: Draws no more than 180 watts.

–10 Indicator: Green LED flashes when output signal exceeds –10 dB below clip. –20 Indicator: Green LED flashes when output signal level exceeds –20 dB below clip. Ready Indicator: Green LED, one per channel, illuminates when the amplifier is ready to produce audio. Clip Indicator: Red LED, one per channel, turns on at the threshold of audible distortion. Temp Indicator: Red LED, one per channel, illuminates under excessive temperature conditions.

Operating Temperature: 0° C to 40° C at 95% relative humidity (non-condensing).

Power Indicator: Blue LED illuminates when the amplifier has been turned on and has power.

DSP Section

Rear Panel Controls and Connectors

AC Line Connector:

CDi 1K, 2K, 4K: NEMA 5-15P (15A). CDi 6000: NEMA 6-10P (20A) IEC C20 (20A). Input Connector: Two 3-pin removable Phoenix-type connectors each accept a balanced line-level input signal.

Protection

Included Accessories

Non-touch cover Locking level-control knobs.

Construction Chassis: Steel.

Cooling: Proportional speed fan with front-torear airflow. Dimensions: EIA Standard 19-in. rack mount width (EIA RS-310-B), 3.5 in. (8.9 cm) high and 12.25 in. (31.11 cm) deep behind mounting surface. CDi 6000 is 16.2 in. (41.15 cm) deep. Net Weight: CDi 1K. 2K, 4K: 19 lb (8.6 kg). CDi 6K: 24 lb (10.9 kg).

he CDi Series of Crown® amplifiers are professional tools designed and built for installed sound applications. The series includes four models which are identical except for output power: CDi 1000, CDi 2000, CDi 4000 and CDi 6000. All are rugged and lightweight, and offer unmatched value in their class. CDi-Series amplifiers feature an LCD screen with DSP speaker presets. Other features include a switch-mode universal power supply, useful function indicators, proportional-speed fanassisted cooling, removable Phoenix-style inputs, barrier strip outputs for low-Z or 70V/140V loads, short-circuit protection and more.

Section:

Shipping Weight: CDi 1K, 2K, 4K: 22 lb (10.0 kg). CDi 6K: 30 lb (13.6 kg).

Regulatory Certifications

Note: All measurements apply to all models of CDi Series amplifiers in stereo mode with 8-ohm loads and an input sensitivity of 26 dB gain, 1 kHz at rated power unless other otherwise specified. Specifications for units supplied outside the U.S.A. may vary slightly at different AC voltages and frequencies.

5/09

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Damping Factor: Better than 500 from 20 Hz to 400 Hz.

Input Impedance (nominal): 20 k ohms, balanced; 10 k ohms, unbalanced.

Output Connectors: 4-position barrier strip with connectors for dual louspeakers or bridge-mono loudspeaker. Dual connectors work with 2-8 ohm or 70V/100V loads. Bridge-mono connectors work with 4-8 ohm or 140V loads.

139648-4

INSTALLED SOUND

Page 185

AMPLIFIERS INSTALLEDSOUND SOUND AMPLIFIERS INSTALLED DSi Series: 8 ohm DSi Series: 2,2, 4,4, 8 ohm DSi 1000, DSi 2000, DSi 4000, DSi 6000 DSi 1000, DSi 2000, DSi 4000, DSi 6000

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

One-touch One-touch Performance Performance

FEATURES  FEATURES

Intuitive front-panel LCD screen, automatic presets popular • • Intuitive front-panel LCD screen, automatic presets forfor popular speaker systems quick, easy configuration. JBLJBL speaker systems forfor quick, easy configuration. Onboard digital signal processing includes crossovers, filters, • • Onboard digital signal processing includes crossovers, EQEQ filters, delay, output limiting. delay, andand output limiting. Computer connectivity USB allows setup configura• • Computer connectivity viavia USB allows fastfast setup andand configurawith HiQnet™. tiontion with HiQnet™. Barrier strip outputs, removable Phoenix-style input. • • Barrier strip outputs, removable Phoenix-style input. ® ® models THX -approved. • • AllAll models areare THX -approved.

POWER OUTPUT POWER OUTPUT Models Models

DSi 1000 DSi 1000 DSi 2000 DSi 2000 DSi 4000 DSi 4000 DSi 6000 DSi 6000

2-ohm 4-ohm 8-ohm 2-ohm DualDual 4-ohm DualDual 8-ohm DualDual channel) (per(per channel) (per(per channel) (per(per channel) channel) channel)

4-ohm 4-ohm Bridge Bridge

8-ohm 8-ohm Bridge Bridge

† † † † 700W* 475W 275W 275W 1,400W* 1,400W* 950W 700W* 475W 950W 1,000W* 800W 800W 475W 475W 2,000W* 2,000W* 1,600W 1,600W 1,000W* 1,450W* 1,200W 1,200W 650W 650W 3,000W* 3,000W* 2,400W 2,400W 1,450W* 3,000W* 2,100W 2,100W1,200W 1,200W 6,000W* 6,000W* 4,200W 4,200W 3,000W*

Maximum average power in watts 1 kHz at 0.5% THD.*With *With THD.†Not †Not rated 100V versions. Maximum average power in watts at 1atkHz at 0.5% THD. 1%1% THD. rated for for 100V versions.

Page 186

 SPECIFICATIONS Performance

CDi 1000: 6.8A CDi 2000: 8.3A CDi 4000: 10.5A At Idle: Draws no more than 38 watts.

CDi 6000: 15.3A At Idle: Draws no more than 180 watts.

Operating Temperature: 0° C to 40° C at 95% relative humidity (non-condensing).

DSP Section

Input EQ: 6 parametric filters per channel with adjustable Q, ±15 dB boost/cut. Also adjustable high and low shelving filters. This 8-filter EQ section can be bypassed. Crossover Filters: Highpass and lowpass per channel. Butterworth 6/12/18/24 dB per octave, Linkwitz-Riley 24/48 dB per octave. Also includes ±15 dB bandpass gain and polarity control. Output EQ: 8 parametric filters per channel with adjustable Q, ±15 dB boost/cut. This 8-filter EQ section can NOT be bypassed. Filters are enabled individually. Output Limiter: Prevents clipping and protects loudspeakers. Choice of –3, –6, or –12 dB threshold per channel. Delay: Up to 50 msec total delay per channel. Presets: 20 presets. One is “DSP OFF.” Fifteen are factory-set for JBL Cinema systems. Four are user-definable.

Front Panel Controls and Indicators

Level: Detented rotary level control, one per channel. Power Switch: On/off switch applies AC power to the amplifier. Sel/Prev/Next Buttons: Three buttons near the LCD screen are used to access menu items and front panel lockout. LCD Screen: Backlit liquid crystal display shows speaker presets and signal processing. Signal Indicator: Green LED, one per channel, illuminates when a very low-level signal is present at input. –10 Indicator: Green LED flashes when output signal exceeds –10 dB below clip. –20 Indicator: Green LED flashes when output signal level exceeds –20 dB below clip. Ready Indicator: Green LED, one per channel, illuminates when the amplifier is ready to produce audio. Clip Indicator: Red LED, one per channel, turns on at the threshold of audible distortion. Temp Indicator: Red LED, one per channel, illuminates under excessive temperature conditions. Power Indicator: Blue LED illuminates when the amplifier has been turned on and has power.

Rear Panel Controls and Connectors AC Line Connector: DSi 1K, 2K, 4K: NEMA 5-15P (15A). DSi 6000: NEMA 6-10P (20A) IEC C20 (20A). Input Connector: Two 3-pin removable Phoenix-type connectors each accept a balanced line-level input signal. Output Connectors: 4-position barrier strip with connectors for dual louspeakers or bridge-mono loudspeaker. HiQnet USB Connector: Type B, connects to a HiQnet network. HD-15 Connector: For cinema I/O compatibility with DSi-8M System Monitor. See Figure 1.

Protection

DSi-Series amplifiers are protected against shorted, open or mismatched loads; overloaded power supplies; excessive temperature; chain destruction phenomena; excessive output current, and input overload damage. They also protect loudspeakers from input/output DC, large or dangerous DC offsets and turn-on/turn-off transients

Construction

Chassis: Steel. Cooling: Proportional speed fan with front-torear airflow. Dimensions: EIA Standard 19-in. rack mount width (EIA RS-310-B), 3.5 in. (8.9 cm) high and 12.25 in. (31.11 cm) deep behind mounting surface. DSi 6000 is 16.2 in. (41.15 cm) deep. Net Weight: DSi 1K. 2K, 4K: 19 lb (8.6 kg). DSi 6K: 24 lb (10.9 kg). Shipping Weight: DSi 1K, 2K, 4K: 22 lb (10.0 kg). DSi 6K: 30 lb (13.6 kg).

Regulatory Certifications

3/09

139622-3

INSTALLED SOUND ngineered from the ground up for unmatched quality and performance, the Crown DSi Echannel Series of power amplifiers offers four models of 500W, 800W, 1200W and 2100W per at 4 ohms. Onboard digital signal processing includes crossovers, EQ filters, delay ®

and output limiting. Rear panel HD-15 connector provides easy input/output connectivity between DSi amplifiers and the new DSi-8M System Monitor. At the touch of a button, Crown’s DSi cinema amplifiers deliver perfectly matched performance with each awardwinning JBL ScreenArray system, making this the ultimate cinema solution.

Page 187

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Section:

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Section:

Page 188

Harman Pro Group | 2010

COMMERCIAL AUDIO Preamplifier-Mixers

Section:

Amplifiers Mixer-Amplifiers XM Business Music Systems

Page 189

COMMERCIAL AUDIO PREAMPLIFIER-MIXERS PREAMPLIFIER-MIXERS COMMERCIAL AUDIO 14M, 28M 14M, 28M

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

Adaptable Adaptable

FEATURES  FEATURES • • • • • • •

Page 190

• 4 or 4 or 8 inputs, 1 or 2 output channels. 8 inputs, 1 or 2 output channels. • Ideal Ideal commercial industrial use. forfor commercial andand industrial use. • Balanced Balanced Phoenix-type mic/line inputs; RCA inputs. Phoenix-type mic/line inputs; RCA inputs. • Balanced Balanced Phoenix-type outputs. Phoenix-type lineline outputs. • AnyAny input sent output. input cancan be be sent to to anyany output. • Priority Priority muting. muting. • Independent Independent bass treble controls each input. bass andand treble controls forfor each input.

Model Model

Inputs Inputs

System Zones System Zones

14M 14M 28M 28M

44 88

Single-zone Single-zone Two-zone Two-zone

 SPECIFICATIONS Performance

Frequency Response (at line out): 20 Hz to 20 kHz +/- 1 dB. Signal to Noise Ratio (master volume at minimum): 100 dB. THD: 0.05% typical with 800 mV balanced input, 1V output. Input Sensitivity (volts RMS for full output at maximum gain): Balanced mic inputs: 3 mV. Balanced line inputs: 800 mV. RCA connectors: 400 mV. Input Impedance (nominal): Mic: 400 ohms. Line: 100 kilohms. RCA: 50 kilohms. Crosstalk (all controls at “10”): –50 dB at 1kHz.

Tone Controls: Bass and Treble non-detented potentiometers on each input channel. Bass ±10 dB at 100 Hz, Treble ±10 dB at 10 kHz.

Line Out Connector: One 3-pin balanced Phoenix-type connector per output channel. Level controlled by master volume control.

Power Indicator: Blue LED indicates power on.

Input Connectors: Mic/Line Connector: 3-pin Phoenix-type, balanced, one per input channel.

Input Signal Presence Indicator: Green LED, one for each input channel, illuminates when input signal exceeds –24 dBu (line) or –70 dBu (mic). Output Signal Presence Indicator: Green LED, one for each output channel, illuminates when output signal level exceeds 100 mV. Clip Indicators: Red LED, one per output channel. Illuminates at threshold of audible distortion. Output Volume Controls: One per output channel. Detented potentiometer with knob.

Back Panel Controls and Connectors Fuse: Protects the power supply.

Phantom Power: 15 VDC.

Auxiliary Power Input: 2-position terminal strip for 24 VDC (±10%) backup power. Accepts up to 10 AWG terminal forks.

AC Line Voltages Available: 100V 50/60 Hz 120V 60 Hz 220V 50/60 Hz 230V 50/60 Hz 240V 50/60 Hz Operating Temperature/Humidity: 0° C to 40° C at 95% relative humidity (non-condensing). Storage Temperature: –20° C to 85° C.

Front Panel Controls and Indicators

Power Switch: Pushbutton on-off switch. The power switch does not affect the 24V DC auxiliary power input. Input Volume Controls: Microphone/line, four in 14M, eight in 28M. Detented potentiometers with knobs.

AC Power Inlet: Detachable IEC.

Mixer Config Switch: A DIP switch with two functions: 1. Assigns an input as the priority input for each output, thereby temporarily muting the remaining inputs. Muting is activated by contact closure. 2. Global enable switch for phantom power. Does not affect RCA inputs. Default position is off. Priority Connector: 3-pin Phoenix-type connector allows Input 1 or Input 5 (28M only) to mute other input signals by contact closure.

The tone generator has been omitted. Call Crown Tech Support if you have a tone generator question. Mic/line Switch: Selects mic-level or line-level signals. One switch for each balanced input

Included Accessories

Power cord Detachable rack ears Phoenix-type connectors Spade lugs

Dimensions

EIA Standard 19-inch (48.3-cm) rack mount width (EIA RS-310-B) with rack ears, 1.7-inch (4.3-cm) height and 10.7-inch (27.18-cm) depth behind the mounting surface.

Weight

Net Weight: 14M: 8.7 lb (3.9 kg) 28M: 8.7 lb (3.9 kg) Shipping Weight: 14M: 14 lb (6.4 kg) 28M: 14 lb (6.4 kg)

Section:

Regulatory Certifications

Input Routing Switch (28M only): DIP switches that assign each input signal to each output. Two switches per input.

12/07 he Crown® 14M and 28M are high-value mixers for commercial and industrial audio. The mixers are part of Crown’s Commercial Audio Series, which also includes mixer-amplifiers and power amplifiers. These low-cost units provide all necessary features in a simple building-block format. Some applications include schools, hospitals, factories, restaurant/retail, houses of worship, fitness facilities, A/V boardrooms, correctional facilities, and small offices. Typical uses are paging, background music, security and evacuation instructions. Input routing allows each input to be assigned to any output. You can add more mixers for more inputs, or add more power amps (or mixer-amps) to handle more zones. Other features include priority muting and phantom power.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Line Output Level (nominal): 1.2 V into 10 kilohms.

Dual RCA Input Connector: For stereo music signals, unbalanced, summed together, two connectors per input channel.

138119-1D

COMMERCIAL AUDIO

Page 191

COMMERCIAL AUDIO AMPLIFIERS COMMERCIAL AUDIO AMPLIFIERS 180A, 280A, 1160A 180A, 280A, 1160A

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

PowerZone Zone Power

FEATURES  FEATURES

Ideal commercial industrial use. • • Ideal forfor commercial andand industrial use. Balanced Phoenix-type inputs; touch-proofed screw-terminal • • Balanced Phoenix-type lineline inputs; touch-proofed screw-terminal speaker outputs. speaker outputs. Advanced protection system includes output current limiting, • • Advanced protection system includes output current limiting, protection, circuit breaker/fuse, thermal protection. DCDC protection, circuit breaker/fuse, andand thermal protection. 1 or 2 inputs; 1 to 2 amplifier output channels. • • 1 or 2 inputs; 1 to 2 amplifier output channels.

POWER OUTPUT* POWER OUTPUT* Models Models

180A 180A 280A 280A 1160A 1160A

4-ohm 4-ohm

70V/100V 70V/100V

80W 80W 80W 80W 80W 80W 80W 80W 160W 160W 160W 160W

Inputs Inputs

*Minimum guaranteed power in watts 1 kHz 0.5% THD. *Minimum guaranteed power in watts at 1atkHz withwith 0.5% THD.

Page 192

System Zones System Zones

Single-zone 1 1 Single-zone Two-zone 2 2 Two-zone Single-zone 1 1 Single-zone

 SPECIFICATIONS Performance

Frequency Reponse (at 1 watt from 4-ohm tap): 70 Hz to 19 kHz +/- 1 dB. Frequency Response (at line out): 20 Hz to 20 kHz +/- 1 dB. Power Bandwidth (at 4-ohm tap, 2 dB below maxium 1 kHz power): 50 Hz to 20 kHz with < 0.5% THD Signal to Noise Ratio (ref. to rated power, master volume at minimum): 85 dB. DC Output Offset: < ±5 mV. THD: Less than 0.5% at rated power at 1 kHz. Input Sensitivity (for full output at maximum gain): 800 mV. Input Impedance (nominal): 100 kilohms. Minimum Load Impedance: 100V output: 160 ohms. 70V output: 80 ohms. 4-ohm output: 4/8 ohms.

Line Output Level (nominal): 1V into 10 kilohms. AC Line Voltages Available: 100V 50/60 Hz 120V 60 Hz 220V 50/60 Hz 230V 50/60 Hz 240V 50/60 Hz Operating Temperature/Humidity: 0° C to 40° C at 95% relative humidity (non-condensing). Storage Temperature: –20° C to 85° C.

Front Panel Controls and Indicators

Power Switch: Pushbutton on-off switch. The power switch does not affect the 24V DC auxiliary power input. Power Indicator: Blue LED indicates power on.

Protection

Clip Indicators: Red LED, one per output channel. Illuminates at threshold of audible distortion.

DC-Fault Load Protection: Included.

Master Volume Controls: One per output channel. Detented potentiometer with knob. Tone Controls: Bass and Treble non-detented potentiometers on each channel. Bass ±10 dB at 100 Hz, Treble ±10 dB at 10 kHz.

Back Panel Controls and Connectors

Current Limit Protection: Included. Thermal Limit Protection: Over-temperature thermal cutout.

Included Accessories

Power cord Detachable rack ears Screws for rack ears Non-touch cover for output connectors Phoenix-type connectors Spade lugs

Optional Accessories

1-VCAP remote volume control for one channel. 4-VCAP remote volume control for four channels.

Dimensions

EIA Standard 19-inch (48.3-cm) rack mount width (EIA RS-310-B) with rack ears, 3.5-inch (8.9-cm) height and 12.2-inch (31.0-cm) depth behind the mounting surface (not including nontouch cover). 4.1 inches (10.5 cm) high including feet. 13.9 inches (35.2 cm) deep from front of knobs to back of non-touch cover.

Weight

Net Weight:

180A: 21.0 lb (9.5 kg) 280A: 25.3 lb (11.5 kg) 1160A: 25.3 lb (11.5 kg)

Shipping Weight:

Section:

180A: 26.0 lb (11.8 kg) 280A: 30.3 lb (13.7 kg) 1160A: 30.3 lb (13.7 kg)

Regulatory Certifications

Cooling

Convection cooled.

9/07

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Crosstalk (all controls at “10”): –70 dB at 1kHz.

Output Signal Presence Indicator: Green LED, one for each output channel, illuminates when output signal level exceeds 100 mV (45 dB below full power) from the 4-ohm tap.

138118-2A

COMMERCIAL AUDIO

he Crown® 180A, 280A and 1160A are high-value amplifiers for commercial and industrial audio. They provide 4-ohm and constant-voltage outputs (70V and 100V). The amps are part of Crown’s Commercial Audio Series, which also includes mixers and mixer-amps. These low-cost units provide all necessary features in a simple building-block format.

Page 193

COMMERCIAL AUDIO AMPLIFIERS COMMERCIAL AUDIO AMPLIFIERS 660A 660A

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

6-Channel 6-Channel

FEATURES  FEATURES

6 inputs; 6 amplifier output channels. • • 6 inputs; 6 amplifier output channels. Balanced Phoenix-type inputs; touch-proof screw-terminal speaker • • Balanced Phoenix-type lineline inputs; touch-proof screw-terminal speaker outputs. outputs. Advanced protection system includes output current limiting, • • Advanced protection system includes output current limiting, protection, circuit breaker/fuse, thermal protection. DCDC protection, circuit breaker/fuse, andand thermal protection. Ideal commercial industrial use. • • Ideal forfor commercial andand industrial use.

POWER OUTPUT* POWER OUTPUT* Model Model

4-ohm 4-ohm

70V/100V 70V/100V

Inputs Inputs

System Zones System Zones

660A 660A

60W 60W

Six-zone Six-zone

*Minimum guaranteed power in watts 1 kHz 0.5% THD. *Minimum guaranteed power in watts at 1atkHz withwith 0.5% THD.

Page 194

 SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS Frequency Reponse (at (at 1 watt from 4-ohm Frequency Reponse 1 watt from 4-ohm tap): 100100 Hz Hz to 19 kHzkHz +/- +/1 dB. tap): to 19 1 dB. Frequency Response (at (at lineline out): 20 20 Hz Hz to 20 Frequency Response out): to 20 kHzkHz +/- +/1 dB. 1 dB. Signal to Noise Ratio (ref.(ref. to rated power, Signal to Noise Ratio to rated power, master volume at minimum): 85 85 dB.dB. master volume at minimum): DCDC Output Offset: < ±5 mV.mV. Output Offset: < ±5 THD: Less than 0.5% at rated power at 1atkHz. THD: Less than 0.5% at rated power 1 kHz. Input Sensitivity (for(for fullfull output at maximum Input Sensitivity output at maximum gain): 800800 mV.mV. gain): Input Impedance (nominal): 100100 kilohms. Input Impedance (nominal): kilohms. Minimum Load Impedance: Minimum Load Impedance: 100V output: 160160 ohms. 100V output: ohms. 70V70V output: 80 80 ohms. output: ohms. 4-ohm output: 4/84/8 ohms. 4-ohm output: ohms. Crosstalk (all(all controls at “10”): –70–70 dB dB at at Crosstalk controls at “10”): 1kHz. 1kHz.

AC AC Line Voltages Available: Line Voltages Available: 100V 50/60 Hz Hz 100V 50/60 120V 60 60 Hz Hz 120V 220V 50/60 Hz Hz 220V 50/60 230V 50/60 Hz Hz 230V 50/60 240V 50/60 Hz Hz 240V 50/60 AC AC Voltage Tolerance: +10%/–20%. Voltage Tolerance: +10%/–20%. Operating Temperature/Humidity: 0° 0° C toC 40° Operating Temperature/Humidity: to 40° C atC 95% relative humidity (non-condensing). at 95% relative humidity (non-condensing). Storage Temperature: –20° C toC 85° C. C. Storage Temperature: –20° to 85°

Front Panel Controls andand Indicators Front Panel Controls Indicators Power Switch: Pushbutton on-off switch. Power Switch: Pushbutton on-off switch. Power Indicator: Blue LEDLED indicates power on.on. Power Indicator: Blue indicates power

Current Limit Protection: Included. Current Limit Protection: Included. Thermal Limit Protection: Over-temperature Thermal Limit Protection: Over-temperature thermal cutout. thermal cutout.

ClipClip Indicators: RedRed LED, oneone perper output Indicators: LED, output channel. Illuminates at threshold of audible channel. Illuminates at threshold of audible distortion. distortion.

DC-Fault Load Protection: Included. DC-Fault Load Protection: Included. Turn On/Turn Off:Off: No No thumps or pops. Turn On/Turn thumps or pops.

Volume Controls: OneOne perper output channel. Volume Controls: output channel. Detented potentiometer with knob. Detented potentiometer with knob.

Included Accessories Included Accessories

Power cord Power cord Detachable rack ears Detachable rack ears Screws for for rack ears Screws rack ears Non-touch cover for for output connectors Non-touch cover output connectors Phoenix-type connectors Phoenix-type connectors Spade lugs Spade lugs

Tone Controls: Bass andand Treble non-detented Tone Controls: Bass Treble non-detented potentiometers on on each channel. Bass ±10±10 dB dB potentiometers each channel. Bass at 100 Hz,Hz, Treble ±10±10 dB dB at 10 kHz. at 100 Treble at 10 kHz.

Back Panel Controls andand Connectors Back Panel Controls Connectors Reset Switch: Resets thethe circuit breaker thatthat Reset Switch: Resets circuit breaker protects thethe power supply. 220/230/240V units protects power supply. 220/230/240V units have a fuse instead. have a fuse instead.

Optional Accessories Optional Accessories

1-VCAP remote volume control for for oneone channel. 1-VCAP remote volume control channel. 4-VCAP remote volume control for for fourfour chan4-VCAP remote volume control channels. nels.

Input Connectors: Detachable 3-pin PhoenixInput Connectors: Detachable 3-pin Phoenixtype, high-impedance balanced, oneone perper chantype, high-impedance balanced, channel.nel. AC AC Power Inlet: Detachable IEC.IEC. Power Inlet: Detachable

Dimensions Dimensions

Amplifier Outputs Connectors: OneOne perper Amplifier Outputs Connectors: channel, 4-position terminal strip with COM channel, 4-position terminal strip with COM (Common), 4 ohms, 70V70V andand 100V terminals (Common), 4 ohms, 100V terminals for for channels 1-41-4 andand oneone 4-position terminal channels 4-position terminal strip (4 ohms, + and – for each channel) for for strip (4 ohms, + and – for each channel) channels 5 and 6. Accepts up up to 10 AWG termichannels 5 and 6. Accepts to 10 AWG terminalnal forks. Non-touch cover included. forks. Non-touch cover included.

EIAEIA Standard 19-inch (48.3-cm) rackrack mount Standard 19-inch (48.3-cm) mount width (EIA(EIA RS-310-B) withwith rackrack ears, 3.5-inch width RS-310-B) ears, 3.5-inch (8.9-cm) height andand 12.2-inch (31.0-cm) depth (8.9-cm) height 12.2-inch (31.0-cm) depth behind thethe mounting surface (not(not including nonbehind mounting surface including nontouch cover). 4.14.1 inches (10.5 cm)cm) high includtouch cover). inches (10.5 high includinging feet. 13.9 inches (35.2 cm)cm) deep from front feet. 13.9 inches (35.2 deep from front of knobs to back of non-touch cover. of knobs to back of non-touch cover.

VCA Connector: Each pairpair of channels hashas a 4-a 4VCA Connector: Each of channels Weight Weight pinpin Phoenix-type connector for for twotwo VCA control Phoenix-type connector VCA control Weight: Weight: lines of +10 VDC andand ground. Compatible with lines of +10 VDC ground. Compatible with NetNet 30.3 lb (13.7 kg)kg) 30.3 lb (13.7 Crown 1-VCAP andand 4-VCAP modules. Crown 1-VCAP 4-VCAP modules. Shipping Weight: Shipping Weight: 35.3 lb (16.0 kg)kg) 35.3 lb (16.0 Cooling Cooling Convection cooled. Convection cooled.

Section:

Regulatory Certifications Regulatory Certifications

11/08 11/08

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Load Impedance: Load Impedance: Ch.Ch. 1-4:1-4: 4 ohms andand 70V/100V. 4 ohms 70V/100V. Ch.Ch. 5-6:5-6: 4 ohms. 4 ohms.

Protection Protection

Output Signal Presence Indicator: Green LED, Output Signal Presence Indicator: Green LED, oneone for for each output channel, illuminates when each output channel, illuminates when output signal level exceeds 100100 mVmV (45(45 dB dB output signal level exceeds below fullfull power) from thethe 4-ohm tap.tap. below power) from 4-ohm

139754-1B 139754-1B

COMMERCIAL AUDIO COMMERCIAL AUDIO

® 660A ® 660A he he Crown is aisvery flexible, high-value six-channel amplifier for for commercial andand industrial Crown a very flexible, high-value six-channel amplifier commercial industrial audio. It provides 4-ohm andand constant-voltage outputs (70V andand 100V) on on channels 1 through 4, 4, audio. It provides 4-ohm constant-voltage outputs (70V 100V) channels 1 through andand 4-ohm outputs on on channels 5 and 6. The 660A is aispart of Crown’s Commercial Audio Series, which 4-ohm outputs channels 5 and 6. The 660A a part of Crown’s Commercial Audio Series, which alsoalso includes mixers andand mixer-amps. These low-cost units provide all all necessary features in ainsimple includes mixers mixer-amps. These low-cost units provide necessary features a simple building-block format. building-block format.

Page 195

COMMERCIAL AUDIO MIXER-AMPLIFIERS COMMERCIAL AUDIO MIXER-AMPLIFIERS 180MA, 280MA, 1160MA 180MA, 280MA, 1160MA

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

Practical Practical

FEATURES  FEATURES

4 to 8 inputs, 1 to 2 amplifier output channels. • • 4 to 8 inputs, 1 to 2 amplifier output channels. Ideal commercial industrial use. • • Ideal forfor commercial andand industrial use. Balanced Phoenix-type mic/line inputs; touch-proofed • • Balanced Phoenix-type mic/line inputs; touch-proofed screw-terminal speaker outputs. screw-terminal speaker outputs. input sent output. • • AnyAny input cancan be be sent to to anyany output. Priority muting. • • Priority muting.

POWER OUTPUT* POWER OUTPUT* Models Models

180MA 180MA 280MA 280MA 1160MA 1160MA

4-ohm 4-ohm

80W 80W 80W 80W 160W 160W

70V/100V Inputs Inputs 70V/100V

80W 80W 80W 80W 160W 160W

44 88 44

*Minimum guaranteed power in watts 1 kHz 0.5% THD. *Minimum guaranteed power in watts at 1atkHz withwith 0.5% THD.

Page 196

System Zones System Zones

Single-zone Single-zone Two-zone Two-zone Single-zone Single-zone

 SPECIFICATIONS Performance

Line Output Level (nominal): 1V into 10 kilohms. Phantom Power: 15 VDC. AC Line Voltages Available: 100V 50/60 Hz 120V 60 Hz 220V 50/60 Hz 230V 50/60 Hz 240V 50/60 Hz Operating Temperature/Humidy: 0° C to 40° C at 95% relative humidity (non-condensing). Storage Temperature: –20° C to 85° C.

Front Panel Controls and Indicators

Power Switch: Pushbutton on-off switch. The power switch does not affect the 24V DC auxiliary power input. Input Volume Controls: Microphone/line, four in 180MA and 1160MA, eight in 280MA. Detented potentiometers with knobs. Tone Controls: Bass and Treble non-detented recessed potentiometers on each input channel. Bass ±10 dB at 100 Hz, Treble ±10 dB at 10 kHz. Power Indicator: Blue LED indicates power on. Input Signal Presence Indicator: Green LED, one for each input channel, illuminates when input signal exceeds –24 dBu (line) or –70 dBu (mic).

Back Panel Controls and Connectors

Reset Switch: Resets the circuit breaker that protects the power supply. 220/230/240V units have a fuse instead. AC Power Inlet: Detachable IEC. Auxiliary Power Input: 2-position terminal strip for 24 VDC (±10%) backup power. Accepts up to 14 AWG terminal forks. Amplifier Outputs Connectors: One per channel, 4-position terminal strip with COM (Common), 4 ohms, 70V and 100V terminals. Accepts up to 14 AWG terminal forks. Nontouch cover included. Output VCA Connector: 4-pin Phoenix-type connector for two VCA control lines of +10 VDC and ground. Compatible with Crown 1-VCAP and 4-VCAP modules. Amp Config Switch: A DIP switch with two functions: 1. Assigns an input as the priority input for each output, thereby temporarily muting the remaining inputs. Muting is activated by contact closure. 2. Global enable switch for phantom power. Does not affect RCA inputs. Default position is off. Priority Connector: 3-pin Phoenix-type connector allows Input 1 or Input 5 (280MA only) to mute other input signals by contact closure. Input Routing Switch (280MA only): DIP switches that assign each input signal to each output. Two switches per input. Line Out Connector: One 3-pin balanced Phoenix-type connector per output channel. Post master, pre-VCA. Level controlled by master volume control. The tone generator has been omitted. Call Crown Tech Support if you have a tone generator question. Input Connectors: Mic/Line Connector: 3-pin Phoenix-type, balanced, one per input channel.

Dual RCA Input Connector: For stereo music signals, unbalanced, summed together, two connectors per input channel. Amp Input Connector: 3-pin Phoenix-type, high-impedance balanced, one per amplifer channel. Used to link an additional mixer to the mixer-amplifier. Can be used to connect an external processor. Mic/line Switch: Selects mic-level or line-level signals. One switch for each balanced input. Link In/Out Switch: Slide switch, one per channel. With the Link Switch IN, any signal applied to the Amp Input connector will be mixed with the input signal(s). With the Link Switch OUT, only the signal from the Amp Input Connector will appear at the amplifier output.

Cooling

Convection cooled.

Protection

Current Limit Protection: Included. Thermal Limit Protection: Over-temperature thermal cutout. DC-Fault Load Protection: Included.

Included Accessories

Power cord Detachable rack ears Screws for rack ears Non-touch cover for output connectors Phoenix-type connectors Spade lugs

Optional Accessories

1-VCAP remote volume control for one channel. 4-VCAP remote volume control for four channels.

Dimensions

Weight

Net Weight: 180MA: 21.0 lbs. (9.5 kg). 280MA: 25.3 lbs. (11.5 kg) 1160MA: 25.3 lbs. (11.5 kg) Shipping Weight: 180MA: 26.0 lbs. (11.8 kg) 280MA: 30.3 lbs. (13.8 kg) 1160MA: 30.3 lbs. (13.8 kg)

Regulatory Certifications 12/07

137964-2B

COMMERCIAL AUDIO

rown’s Commercial Audio mixer/amplifiers deliver legendary Crown quality to the commercial audio industry. These high-value mixer-amplifiers provide both 4-ohm and constant-voltage outputs (70V and 100V) for use in a wide range of commercial applications including schools, hospitals, factories, restaurant/retail, houses of worship, fitness facilities, A/V boardrooms, correctional facilities, and small offices. Easily configured for a range of uses such as paging, background music, security, and evacuation instructions, Crown’s Commercial Audio units are the smart choice for commercial sound.

Page 197

Harman Pro Group | 2010

THD: Less than 0.5% at rated power at 1 kHz. Input Sensitivity (for full output at maximum gain): Balanced mic inputs: 3 mV. Balanced line inputs: 800 mV. RCA connectors: 400 mV. Input Impedance (nominal): Mic: 400 ohms. Line: 100 kilohms. RCA: 50 kilohms. Crosstalk: –70dB at 1kHz.

Output Signal Presence Indicator: Green LED, one for each output channel, illuminates when output signal level exceeds 100 mV (45 dB below full power) from the 4-ohm tap. Does not respond to signals from the AMP INPUT connector. Clip Indicators: Red LED, one per output channel. Illuminates at threshold of audible distortion. Does not respond to signals from the AMP INPUT connector. Output Volume Controls: One per output channel. Detented potentiometer with knob.

Section:

COMMERCIAL AUDIO MIXER-AMPLIFIERS COMMERCIAL AUDIO MIXER-AMPLIFIERS 135MA, 160MA 135MA, 160MA

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

Practical Practical

FEATURES  FEATURES • • • • •

• 3 inputs 3 inputs 35W amplifier output channel in 135MA. andand oneone 35W amplifier output channel in 135MA. • 4 inputs 4 inputs 60W amplifier output channel in 160MA. andand oneone 60W amplifier output channel in 160MA. • Ideal Ideal paging, background music, music-on-hold. forfor paging, background music, andand music-on-hold. • Voice-activated Voice-activated priority muting (VOX). priority muting (VOX). • Pre-amp Pre-amp outputs. outputs.

POWER OUTPUT* POWER OUTPUT* Models Models

8-ohm 8-ohm

135MA 135MA 160MA 160MA

35W 35W 60W 60W

70V/100V Inputs Inputs 70V/100V

35W 35W 60W 60W

33 44

*Minimum guaranteed power in watts 1 kHz 0.5% THD. *Minimum guaranteed power in watts at 1atkHz withwith 0.5% THD.

Page 198

System Zones System Zones

Single-zone Single-zone Single-zone Single-zone

 SPECIFICATIONS Performance

Frequency Response (at 1 watt from line out): 50 Hz to 20 kHz ± 1 dB. 19 Hz to 34 kHz +0, –3 dB.

Input Signal Clip Indicators: Green LED, one above each channel's input attenuator, flashes brightly at threshold of audible distortion.

Signal to Noise Ratio (ref. to rated power, master volume at minimum):

Output Signal Presence Indicator: Green LED above master output volume control illuminates when any input signal exceeds –40 dBu.

Mic: > 58 dB. Line: > 60 dB. Telephone: > 60 dB. Inputs 2 or 3 (and 4 in 160MA): > 78 dB.

Output Signal Clip Indicators: Red LED above master output volume control flashes brightly at threshold of audible distortion.

THD + N: < 0.5% at rated power at 1 kHz. < 0.1% at 5W at 1 kHz. Input Sensitivity (for full output at maximum gain): Input 1: Mic 3mV, Line 800mV. Input 2: 400mV. Input 3: 400mV. Input 4 (160MA only): 400mV.

Crosstalk: –82 dB at 1kHz (Ch. 1 line input 0.8V, Ch. 1 volume at minimum, other channel volumes at maximum). Line Output Level (nominal): 1V into 10 kilohms. Phantom Power: 15 VDC. AC Line Voltages Available: Universal Power Supply. Line voltage tolerance +15%, –20%. Operating Temperature/Humidity: 0° C to 40° C at 95% relative humidity (non-condensing). Storage Temperature: –20° C to 85° C.

Front Panel Controls and Indicators

VOX Threshold: Trim pot controls how loud the voice on CH1 must be before muting other channels. Can be set for no muting.

Master Output Volume Control: Detented potentiometer with knob.

Cooling

Back Panel Controls, Connectors and Indicators

Protection

AC Power Inlet: Detachable IEC accepts US or Euro style power cords. Amplifier Output Connector: 4-position terminal barrier block with COM (Common), 8 ohms, 70V and 100V terminals. Accepts up to 10 AWG terminal forks. Non-touch cover included. Preamp Line Out Connector: 3-pin balanced Phoenix-type for connection to external amplifiers. Level independent of master volume control. Input Connector 1: 5-terminal Phoenix connector. 3 terminals for balanced signal, 2 terminals for priority contact closure, which mutes other channels when DIP switch 3 is on. Input Connector 2: Unbalanced line-level RCAtype connectors. Input Connector 3: Unbalanced line-level RCAtype connectors. Input Connector 4 (160MA only): Unbalanced line-level RCA-type connectors. Telephone (MOH) Output Connector: 4-terminal Phoenix connector (2 terminals for 1W output to 8-ohm speaker, 2 terminals for 600-ohm output to PBX music-on-hold port). MOH Level Control: Trim pot adjusts level for Music-On-Hold output from Telephone (MOH) Output Connector. Amp Configuration DIP Switch: DIP switch selection for multiple functions. 1. On: Sets CH1 to Mic Input. Off: Sets CH1 to Line Input. 2. On: Sets CH1 to Normal mode (no priority). 3. On: CH1 priority contact closure mutes other channels.

Convection cooled. Included protection mechanisms are current limiting, over-temperature thermal cutout, and DC-fault load protection. The unit is protected against turn-on/turn-off thumps.

Included Accessories

Power cord Non-touch cover for output connectors Phoenix-type connectors

Optional Accessories

Part no. IST 600-ohm Isolation Transformer for Telephone Output or Input 1. Part no. RM1 single rack mount kit for mounting a single MA unit in a rack. Part no. RM2 double rack mount kit for mounting two MA units side-by-side in a rack. Part no. S-Cover 10-pack of security knobs.

Dimensions

Width: Half rack width (9.5 in. or 24.1 cm). Height (front panel): 3.5 in. (8.9 cm). Height (including feet): 4.1 in. (10.5 cm). Depth (front panel to back panel): 12.2 in. (31.0 cm). Depth (front of knobs to back panel): 13.9 in. (35.2 cm).

Weight

Net Weight: 135MA: 8 lb 2 oz (3.7 kg). 160MA: 9 lb 7 oz (4.3 kg). Shipping Weight: 135MA: 10 lb 16 oz (4.9 kg). 160MA: 12 lb 4 oz (5.6 kg).

Regulatory Certifications

2/08

140498-1

COMMERCIAL AUDIO

rown’s Commercial Audio mixer/amplifiers deliver legendary Crown quality to the commercial audio industry. These high-value mixer-amplifiers provide both 8-ohm and constant-voltage outputs (70V and 100V) for use in a wide range of commercial applications including schools, hospitals, factories, restaurant/retail, houses of worship, fitness facilities, A/V boardrooms, correctional facilities, and small offices. Easily configured for a range of uses such as paging, background music, security, and evacuation instructions, Crown’s Commercial Audio units are the smart choice for commercial sound.

Page 199

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Input Impedance (nominal): Mic: 2.2 kilohms. Line: 10 kilohms. RCA: 10 kilohms.

4. On: CH1 VOX mutes other channels by sensing signal through Input 1. 5. On: Routes CH1 to MOH output. 6. On: Routes CH2 to MOH output. 7. On: Routes CH3 to MOH output. 8. On: 15V phantom power.

Section:

COMMERCIAL AUDIO MIXER-AMPLIFIERS COMMERCIAL AUDIO MIXER-AMPLIFIERS 140MPA 140MPA

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

Music&&Paging Paging Music

FEATURES  FEATURES

4 inputs (each with a volume control), 40W amplifier • • 4 inputs (each with a volume control), oneone 40W amplifier output channel. output channel. Ideal paging, background music, music-on-hold. • • Ideal forfor paging, background music, andand music-on-hold. Balanced Phoenix-type mic/line inputs, telephone input, • • Balanced Phoenix-type mic/line inputs, telephone input, dual RCA stereo music inputs, touch-proof screw-terminal dual RCA stereo music inputs, touch-proof screw-terminal speaker outputs. speaker outputs. Priority ducking. • • Priority ducking. Independent bass treble controls each input. • • Independent bass andand treble controls forfor each input.

POWER OUTPUT* POWER OUTPUT* Model Model

140MPA 140MPA

4-ohm 4-ohm

40W 40W

25V/70V 25V/70V

40W 40W

Inputs Inputs

*Minimum guaranteed power in watts 1 kHz 0.5% THD. *Minimum guaranteed power in watts at 1atkHz withwith 0.5% THD.

Page 200

System Zones System Zones

Single-zone Single-zone

 SPECIFICATIONS Performance

Frequency Reponse (at 1 watt from 4-ohm tap): 50 Hz to 15 kHz ± 1 dB. Frequency Response (at line out): 50 Hz to 15 kHz ± 1 dB. Power Bandwidth (at 4-ohm tap, 2 dB below maxium 1 kHz power): 50 Hz to 20 kHz with < 0.5% THD. Signal to Noise Ratio (ref. to rated power, master volume at minimum): >90 dB. DC Output Offset: < ±5 mV. THD: < 0.5% at rated power at 1 kHz. Input Sensitivity (for full output at maximum gain): Balanced mic inputs: 3 mV. Balanced line inputs: 800 mV. RCA connectors: 400 mV.

Crosstalk: –70dB at 1kHz. Line Output Level (nominal): 1V into 10 kilohms. Phantom Power: 15 VDC. AC Line Voltages Available: 120V/60Hz. Line voltage tolerance +15%, –20%. Operating Temperature/Humidy: 0° C to 40° C at 95% relative humidity (non-condensing). Storage Temperature: –20° C to 85° C.

Front Panel Controls and Indicators

Power Switch: Pushbutton on-off switch. Input Volume Controls: Four controls, one per input. Detented potentiometers with knobs. Tone Controls: Bass and Treble non-detented recessed potentiometer on each input channel. Bass ±10 dB at 100 Hz, Treble ±10 dB at 10 kHz. Power Indicator: Blue LED indicates power on. Input Signal Presence Indicator: Green LED, one for each input channel, illuminates when input signal exceeds –40 dBu. Output Signal Presence Indicator: Green LED illuminates when output signal level exceeds 100 mV (45 dB below full power) from the 4-ohm tap. Clip Indicator: Red LED on output illuminates at threshold of audible distortion. Master Output Volume Control: Detented potentiometer with knob.

Reset Switch: Resets the circuit breaker that protects the power supply. AC Power Inlet: Detachable IEC. Amplifier Output Connector: 4-position terminal strip with COM (Common), 4 ohms, 25V and 70V terminals. Accepts up to 10 AWG terminal forks. Non-touch cover included. Output VCA Connector: 4-pin Phoenix-type connector for two VCA control lines of +10 VDC and ground. Compatible with Crown 1-VCAP module. Priority Connector: 3-pin Phoenix-type connector for push-to-talk mic contact closure. Preamp Line Out Connector: 3-pin balanced Phoenix-type connector. Post master, pre-VCA. Level controlled by master volume control.

VOX Threshold: Trim pot controls how loud the voice must be before ducking occurs. Can be set for no ducking. Link In/Out Switch: Slide switch. When set to IN, any signal applied to the Amp Input connector will be mixed with the input signal(s). When set to OUT, only the signal from the Amp Input Connector will appear at the amplifier output. Priority Connector: 3-pin Phoenix-type connector for push-to-talk mic contact closure. Input 1 is the priority input for the amplified output, so Input 1 ducks the other inputs. Threshold of activation depends on input voltage. Ducking does not affect MOH outputs. Active Indicator: Illuminates when VOX ducking is active.

Cooling

Convection cooled.

MOH 1V Level Control: Trim pot adjusts level for Music-On-Hold 1V output.

Protection

MOH 1W Level Control: Trim pot adjusts level for Music-On-Hold 1W output.

Thermal Limit Protection: Over-temperature thermal cutout.

MOH SPI Indicator: Flashes when MOH signal is present.

DC-Fault Load Protection: Included.

MOH 1V Phoenix Connector: 3-pin Phoenix connector for 1V, 600-ohm transformer-isolated output.

Included Accessories

MOH 1W Phoenix Connector: 3-pin Phoenix connector for 1W output. MOH 1V RCA Connector: Two mono RCA connectors for 1V output (in parallel with 600-ohm connections so they are isolated). Balanced Input Connector: Detachable 3-pin Phoenix style connector for balanced line-level signals, one each for input channels 2-4. Balanced Input Connector: Detachable 3-pin Phoenix style connector for balanced mic-level line-level signals, for input channel 1. Tel Connector: Transformer-isolated 600-ohm input, summed into Input 1 for paging from a telephone system. Dual RCA Input Connector: For stereo music signals, unbalanced, summed together, two connectors per input channel. Amp Input Connector: 3-pin Phoenix-type, high-impedance balanced. Used to link an additional mixer to the mixer-amplifier. Can be used to connect an external processor. Mic/line Switch: Selects mic-level or line-level signal for Input 1.

Current Limit Protection: Included.

Turn On/Turn Off: No thumps or pops. Power cord Detachable rack ears Screws for rack ears Non-touch cover for output connectors Phoenix-type connectors Spade lugs

Section:

Optional Accessories

1-VCAP remote volume control

Dimensions

Width (without rack ears): 17.3 in. (43.8 cm). Width (with rack ears): EIA Standard 19 in. W (EIA RS-310-B). Height (front panel): 3.5 in. (8.9 cm). Height (including feet): 4.1 in. (10.5 cm). Depth (front panel to back panel): 12.2 in. (31.0 cm). Depth (front of knobs to back of non-touch cover): 13.9 in. (35.2 cm).

Weight

Net Weight: 17 lb (7.7 kg). Shipping Weight: 22 lb (9.98 kg).

Regulatory Certifications

Phantom Power Switch: Turns phantom power on or off for Input 1. 1/06

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Input Impedance (nominal): Mic: 400 ohms. Line: 100 kilohms. RCA: 50 kilohms.

Back Panel Controls, Connectors and Indicators

139430-1

COMMERCIAL AUDIO

he Crown® 140MPA is a high-value mixer-amplifier for commercial audio. It provides 4-ohm and constant-voltage outputs (25V and 70V). Typical uses are paging, background music, and musicon-hold. The unit provides 4 inputs (each with a volume control) and a 40W amplifier output. Other features include priority ducking, phantom power, and capability for remote volume control. Multiple units can be linked.

Page 201

COMMERCIAL AUDIO XMTUNER-MIXER-AMPLIFIERS TUNER-MIXER-AMPLIFIERS COMMERCIAL AUDIO XM 180MAx Pack (180MAx tuner-mixer-amplifier also available separately) 180MAx Pack (180MAx tuner-mixer-amplifier also available separately)

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

XMEnabled Enabled XM

FEATURES  FEATURES

Programmable tuner with channel data display. • • Programmable XMXM tuner with XMXM channel data display. Independent bass treble controls each input. • • Independent bass andand treble controls forfor each input. Balanced Phoenix-type mic/line inputs; touch-proof screw• • Balanced Phoenix-type mic/line inputs; touch-proof screwterminal speaker outputs. terminal speaker outputs. Priority ducking, Music-On-Hold (MOH) outputs. • • Priority ducking, Music-On-Hold (MOH) outputs. MAx Pack includes four Control 1ST 2-way speak• • 180180 MAx Pack includes four JBLJBL Control 1ST 2-way speakwith 70V transformer mounting brackets, remote ersers with 70V transformer andand mounting brackets, remote control antenna. control andand XMXM antenna.

POWER OUTPUT* POWER OUTPUT* Model Model

4-ohm 4-ohm

25V/70V 25V/70V

180MAx 180MAx

80W 80W

Inputs Inputs

*Minimum guaranteed power in watts 1 kHz 0.5% THD. *Minimum guaranteed power in watts at 1atkHz withwith 0.5% THD.

Page 202

System Zones System Zones

Single-zone 4 4 Single-zone

 SPECIFICATIONS Performance

Front Panel Controls and Indicators

Power Switch: Pushbutton on-off switch. Input Volume Controls: Four detented potentiometers with knobs. Input 1: Microphone/line (switchable)/telephone. Inputs 2 and 3: Line. Input 4: XM radio. Tone Controls: Bass and Treble non-detented recessed potentiometers on each input channel. Bass ±10 dB at 100 Hz, Treble ±10 dB at 10 kHz. XM Tuner Menu Button: Selects Direct, Preset, or Category mode. XM Tuner Category Buttons: Scrolls through categories (rock, classical, news, country, etc). XM Tuner Scroll Knob: Lets you scroll through channels and select them. XM Tuner Display: LCD screen displays XM channel data (channel number, channel name, artist name, song title), 16 station presets and signal strength. Power Indicator: Blue LED indicates power on. Input Signal Presence Indicator: Green LED illuminates when input signal exceeds –24 dBu (line) or –70 dBu (mic).

Back Panel Controls, Connectors and Indicators

Reset Switch: Resets the circuit breaker that protects the power supply. MOH 1V Level Control: Trim pot adjusts level for Music-On-Hold 1V output. MOH 1W Level Control: Trim pot adjusts level for Music-On-hold 1W output. MOH Signal Presence Indicator: Flashes when MOH signal is present. MOH Source Switch: Switches between Input 3 or XM, and routes the source to MOH 1V Line Out and MOH 1W connectors. MOH 1W Select Switch: Feeds 1W MOH signal either to amplifier output or internal speaker. MOH 1V Line Output RCA Connectors: Two RCA connectors (mono) for 1-volt output (in parallel with 600-ohm connectors, so they are isolated). MOH 1W Line Output Connector: 3-pin Phoenix connector provides Music-On-Hold signal of approximately 1 watt. MOH 1V Line Output Phoenix Connector: 3-pin Phoenix connector, 600-ohm transformer-isolated output, provides Music-On-Hold signal of approximately 1 volt. Phantom Power Switch: Turns phantom power on or off for Input 1. Mic/line Switch: Selects mic-level or line-level signal for Input 1. Link In/Out Switch: Slide switch. When set to IN, any signal applied to the Amp Input connector will be mixed with the input signal(s); when set to OUT, only the signal from the Amp Input Connector will appear at the amplifier output. Amplifier Output Connectors: 4-position terminal strip with COM (Common), 4 ohms, 25V and 70V terminals. Accepts up to 10 AWG crimp-on terminal forks. Non-touch cover included. XM Radio Stereo Line Out Connector: Dual RCA jacks for stereo music out from XM Radio tuner. Preamp Line Out Connector: 3-pin balanced Phoenix-type connector. Post master, pre-VCA. Level controlled by master volume control. Output VCA Connector: 3-pin Phoenix-type connector for two VCA control lines of +10 VDC and ground. Compatible with Crown 1-VCAP module. Priority Connector: 3-pin Phoenix-type connector for push-to-talk mic switch. Contact closure activatges ducking. Ducking does not affect Music-On-Hold outputs or XM stereo line out. Active Indicator: LED illuminates when VOX ducking is active.

he Crown® 180MAx Pack is the first tuner-mixer-amplifier and loudspeaker system designed for commercial use. It is designed for easy installation. Applications include restaurants, retail stores, coffee shops and other commercial establishments. The system includes the Crown 180MAx tunermixer-amplifier (also available separately), four JBL® Control® 1ST 2-way loudspeakers with built-in 70V transformers, XM antenna and a wireless remote control. Built into the 180MAx is an XM Radio tuner that receives satellite radio stations with digital sound quality. The unit also accepts signals from line, telephone, or microphone (phantom power included). Other features include bass and treble controls, and priority ducking.

VOX Threshold: Trim pot adjusts how loud the voice must be before ducking occurs. Can be set for no ducking. Priority Release Control: Trim pot adjusts release time of VOX ducking. Mic/Line Input Connector (Input 1 only): 3-pin Phoenix-type, balanced. Line Input Connectors (Inputs 2 and 3 only): 3-pin Phoenix-type, balanced. Dual RCA Input Connector: For stereo music signals, unbalanced, summed together, two connectors per input for inputs 1, 2 and 3. TEL Input Connector: Transformer-isolated 600-ohm input, summed into Input 1 for paging from a telephone system. Amp Input Connector: 3-pin Phoenix-type, high-impedance balanced. Used to link an additional mixer to the mixer-amplifier. Can be used to connect an external processor. AC Power Inlet: Detachable IEC. XM Radio Antenna Input: Connects to the XM antenna cable.

Cooling

Convection cooled.

Protection

Current Limit Protection: Included. Thermal Limit Protection: Over-temperature thermal cutout. DC-Fault Load Protection: Included.

Included Accessories

Power cord Detachable rack ears Screws for rack ears Non-touch cover for output connectors Phoenix-type connectors Spade lugs XM antenna Remote control

Section:

Optional Accessories

1-VCAP remote volume control.

Dimensions

Weight

Net Weight: 20 lb (9.07 kg). Shipping Weight: 25 lb (11.34 kg)

Regulatory Certifications

1/06

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Frequency Reponse (at 1 watt from 4-ohm tap): 70 Hz to 19 kHz ±1 dB. Frequency Response (at line out): 20 Hz to 20 kHz ±1 dB. Power Bandwidth (at 4-ohm tap, 2 dB below maxium 1 kHz power): 50 Hz to 20 kHz with < 0.5% THD Signal to Noise Ratio (ref. to rated power, master volume at minimum): 85 dB. DC Output Offset: < ±5 mV. THD: Less than 0.5% at rated power at 1 kHz. Input Sensitivity (for full output at maximum gain): Balanced mic inputs: 3 mV. Balanced line inputs: 800 mV. RCA connectors: 400 mV. Isolated telephone input: 75 mV. Input Impedance (nominal): Mic: 400 ohms. Line: 100 kilohms. RCA: 50 kilohms. Telephone: 600 ohms. Crosstalk: –70dB at 1kHz. Line Output Level (nominal): 1V into 10 kilohms. Phantom Power: 15 VDC. AC Line Voltages Available: 120V, 60 Hz. Line voltage tolerance +10%, –20%. Operating Temperature/Humidity: 0° C to 40° C at 95% relative humidity (non-condensing). Storage Temperature: –20° C to 85° C.

Output Signal Presence Indicator: Green LED, illuminates when output signal level exceeds 100 mV (45 dB below full power) from the 4-ohm tap. Clip Indicator: Red LED on output illuminates at threshold of audible distortion. Output Volume Control: Detented potentiometer with knob.

139495-1A

COMMERCIAL AUDIO

Page 203

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Section:

Page 204

XTi Series

Harman Pro Group | 2010

PORTABLE PA

Section:

XLS Series

Page 205

AMPLIFIERS PORTABLEPAPA AMPLIFIERS PORTABLE Series: World Class XTiXTi Series: World Class XTi 1000, XTi 2000, XTi 4000, XTi 6000 XTi 1000, XTi 2000, XTi 4000, XTi 6000

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

World-Class World-Class

FEATURES  FEATURES

Computer connectivity USB allows setup configuration • • Computer connectivity viavia USB allows fastfast setup andand configuration with HiQnet™. with HiQnet™. Integrated speaker presets with LCD front panel display. • • Integrated speaker presets with LCD front panel display. Extremely versatile, handling a wide range speaker impedances • • Extremely versatile, handling a wide range of of speaker impedances outputs. andand outputs. Switch-mode universal power supply. • • Switch-mode universal power supply. Speaker presets crossover frequencies, limiting, delay. • • Speaker presets forfor crossover frequencies, EQ,EQ, limiting, andand delay. products rack spaces a new standard in light• • AllAll products fill fill 2U2U rack spaces andand setset a new standard in lightweight amps. weight amps. ® and ® • Speakon binding post outputs, XLR inputs loop-thrus. • Speakon and binding post outputs, XLR inputs andand loop-thrus. • Comprehensive LED status per channel. • Comprehensive LED status per channel.

POWER OUTPUT POWER OUTPUT Model Model

XTi 1000 XTi 1000 XTi 2000 XTi 2000 XTi 4000 XTi 4000 XTi 6000 XTi 6000

2-ohm 4-ohm 8-ohm 2-ohm DualDual 4-ohm DualDual 8-ohm DualDual channel) (per(per channel) (per(per channel) (per(per channel) channel) channel)

700W* 500W 500W 275W 275W 700W* 1,000W* 800W 475W 1,000W* 800W 475W 1,600W* 1,200W 650W 1,600W* 1,200W 650W 3,000W*2,100W 2,100W 1,200W 1,200W 3,000W*

1 kHz power 0.5% THD.* With * With THD. 1 kHz power withwith 0.5% THD. 1%1% THD.

Page 206

4-ohm 4-ohm Bridge Bridge

8-ohm 8-ohm Bridge Bridge

1,400W* 1,000W 1,000W 1,400W* 2,000W* 1,600W 2,000W* 1,600W 3,200W* 2,400W 3,200W* 2,400W 6,000W* 4,200W 4,200W 6,000W*

 SPECIFICATIONS

DSP Section Input EQ: 6 parametric filters per channel with adjustable Q, ±15 dB boost/cut. Also adjustable high and low shelving filters. This 8-filter EQ section can be bypassed. Crossover Filters: Highpass and lowpass per channel. Butterworth 6/12/18/24 dB per octave. Linkwitz-Riley 24/48 dB per octave. Also includes ±15 dB bandpass gain and polarity control.

Delay: For signal alignment of driver; 50 mS total delay. Subharmonic Synthesizer: Takes the lowfrequency content of the input signal and “synthesizes” a new signal that is the same as the input signal but one octave lower. The new synthesized signal is then mixed with the original signal to create the effect. Output Limiter: Prevents clipping. Presets: 20 presets, 19 of which are userdefinable.

Front Panel Controls and Indicators

Level: Detented rotary level control, one per channel. Power Switch: On/off switch applies AC power to the amplifier. Sel/Prev/Next Buttons: Three buttons near the LCD screen are used to access menu items and front panel lockout. LCD Screen: Backlit liquid crystal display shows speaker presets. Signal Indicator: Green LED, one per channel, illuminates when a very low-level signal is present at input. May be used for troubleshooting cable runs. –10 Indicator: Green LED flashes when output signal exceeds –10 dB below clip. –20 Indicator: Green LED flashes when output signal level exceeds –20 dB below clip. Ready Indicator: Green LED, one per channel, illuminates when the amplifier is ready to produce audio. Clip Indicator: Red LED, one per channel, turns on at the threshold of audible distortion. Temp Indicator: Red LED, one per channel, illuminates under excessive temperature conditions. Power Indicator: Blue LED illuminates when the amplifier has been turned on and has power.

Link/Out Connector: Loop-thru signal from input connector for linking to another amplifier, one per channel. Output Connectors: Two Neutrik® Speakon® NL4MP (mates with NL4FC) output connectors. Channel-1 Speakon® is wired with Ch. 1 and Ch. 2 outputs for use with optional single 4-conductor cable. Two binding post outputs (in parallel with Speakon® connectors). HiQnet USB Connector: Type B, connects to a HiQnet network.

Protection

XTi-Series amplifiers are protected against shorted, open or mismatched loads; overloaded power supplies; excessive temperature; chain destruction phenomena; excessive output current, input overload damage; and high-frequency blowups. They also protect loudspeakers from input/output DC, large or dangerous DC offsets and turn-on/turn-off transients.

Construction

Chassis: Steel. Cooling: Proportional speed fan with front-torear airflow. Dimensions: EIA Standard 19-in. rack mount width (EIA RS-310-B), 3.5 in. (8.9 cm) high and 12.25 in. (31.11 cm) deep behind mounting surface. XTi 6000 is 16.2 in. (41.15 cm) deep. Net Weight: XTi 1K, 2K, 4K: 18.5 lb (8.4 kg). XTi 6K: 24.0 lb (10.9 kg). Shipping Weight: XTi 1K, 2K, 4K: 21.5 lb (9.8 kg). XTi 6K: 30.0 lb (13.6 kg). Optional Accessory: Rear rack-ear support for XTi 6000.

Regulatory Certifications

Rear Panel Controls and Connectors AC Line Connector: XTi 1K, 2K, 4K: NEMA 5-15P (15A). XTi 6K: NEMA 6-20P (20A) IEC C20 (20A) Input Connector: XLR, one per channel.

Other Applications

12/08

139472-3

P O R TA B L E PA

he XTi Series of Crown® amplifiers are professional tools designed and built for portable PA applications. The series includes four models which are similar except for output power: XTi 1000, 2000, 4000 and 6000. All are rugged and lightweight, and offer unmatched value in their class. XTi-Series amplifiers feature an LCD screen with speaker presets for crossover frequencies, EQ, limiting, delay, and a subharmonic synthesizer. Other features include a switch-mode universal power supply, useful function indicators, proportional-speed fan-assisted cooling, XLR inputs, Speakon® and binding-post outputs, short-circuit protection and more.

Page 207

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Voltage Gain at 1kHz, 8 ohm rated output: XTi 1000: 30.5 dB XTi 2000: 32.9 dB XTi 4000: 34.2 dB XTi 6000: 37.1 dB Frequency Response: +0/–1 dB from 20 Hz to 20 kHz at 1 watt into 4 ohms. Load Impedance: Safe with all types of loads. Rated for 2 to 8 ohms in Stereo mode, 4 to 16 ohms in Bridge-Mono mode. The XTi 1000 A1 (100V version) is rated for 4 to 8 ohms Stereo, 8 to 16 ohms Bridge Mono. Sensitivity: 1.4V Signal to Noise Ratio (below rated 1 kHz power at 8 ohms): XTi 1K, 2K, 4K: 100 dB (A weighted). XTi 6K: 103 dB (A weighted). Damping Factor: Better than 500 from 20 Hz to 400 Hz. Crosstalk: > 70 dB below rated power, 20 Hz to 1 kHz. Input Stage: Input is electronically balanced and employs precision 1% resistors. Input Impedance (nominal): 20 k ohms, balanced;10 k ohms, unbalanced. Maximum Input Signal: +22 dBu typical. AC Line Voltage and Frequency Configurations Available: 100V, 120V, 220-240V 50/60 Hz. AC Line Current (120VAC amplifier playing 1/8 power pink noise into 4 ohms per ch): XTi 1000: 6.8A, XTi 2000: 8.3A, XTi 4000: 10.5A; at idle draws no more than 38 watts. XTi 6000: 15.3A; at idle draws no more than 180 watts. Operating Temperature: 0° C to 40° C at 95% relative humidity (non-condensing).

Section:

AMPLIFIERS PORTABLE PA XLS-III Series: Performance and Flexibility XLS1000, XLS1500, XLS2000, XLS2500

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

Innovation

 FEATURES •

High Performance, Lightweight Class-D amplifier – weighs less than 12lbs.

•

Integrated PureBand™ Crossover system ensures seamless transitions from low to high frequency drivers.

•

Integrated XMAX™ Limiters provide maximum output while protecting your speakers.

•

XLR, 1/4", RCA Inputs ensure compatibility with any source.

•

1/4" Inputs can be used as loop-thrus to distribute signal to additional amplifiers.

POWER OUTPUT* Models

2-ohm Dual (per channel)

4-ohm Dual (per channel)

8-ohm Dual (per channel)

XLS1000 XLS1500 XLS2000 XLS2500

550W 775W 1,050W 1,200W

350W 525W 650W 775W

215W 300W 375W 440W

*Maximum average power in watts at 0.5% THD, 1 kHz.

Page 208

8-ohm Bridge

700W 1,500W 1,300W 1,550W

4-ohm Bridge

1,100W 1,550W 2,100W 2,400W

 SPECIFICATIONS Performance

Sensitivity (for full rated power at 4 ohms): 1.4 Vrms. Frequency Response (at 1 watt, 20 Hz to 20 kHz): +0 dB, –1 dB.

PureBandTM Crossover System Crossover Filter: Linkwitz-Riley 24dB per ocatve.

Crossover Mode: Crossover (CH1=LPF, CH2=HPF), Low Pass (both channels LPF), High Pass (both channels HPF), Bridge (LPF or HPF).

Signal-to-Noise Ratio Rated as dBr to full rated 8 ohms power output (A-weighted): XLS1000: > 97 dB. XLS1500, XLS2000, XLS2500: > 103 dB. Total Harmonic Distortion (THD): < 0.5%. Intermodulation Distortion (IMD): (60 Hz and 7 kHz at 4:1) from full rated output to –30 dB: < 0.3%.

Indicators

Signal Presence Indicators: Two green LEDs, one for each channel, illuminate when the channel’s input signal exceeds –40 dBu.

Damping Factor (8 ohm) 10 Hz to 400 Hz: > 200.

–20 Indicator: Green LED flashes when output signal level exceeds –20 dB below clip. Clip Indicators: Two red LEDs, one for each channel, illuminate when the channel’s output is being overdriven.

Input Impedance (nominal): 20 kilohms balanced, 10 kilohms unbalanced.

Load Impedance: 2 to 8 ohms per channel in Stereo, 4 to 8 ohms in Bridge Mono.

Thermal Indicator: Two red LEDs, one for each channel, illuminate when thermal compression begins.

AC Line Voltage and Frequency Configurations Available (±10%): 120 VAC 60 Hz, 100 VAC 50/60 Hz, 220 and 240 VAC 50 Hz.

Controls

Level: Two front-panel rotary level controls, one for each channel. LCD Screen: Back-lit LCD allows for crossover configuration, amp mode configuration and clip compressor configuration.

Menu/Prev/Select: Three buttons located near the LCD screen that are used to configure and access the integrated processing.

Power: Front-panel switch; on when in the IN position. Blue LED will illuminate when on. Circuit Breaker: Back-panel breaker provides overload protection.

Construction

Ventilation: Flow-through ventilation from front to back.

Input/Output

Input Connectors: XLR (one per channel), 1/4 inch (one per channel), and RCA (one per channel). The 1/4 inch inputs can be used as loop-thrus to distribute signal to multiple amplifiers.

Output Connectors: Two 4-Pole Speakon® Output Connectors accept 2-pole or 4-pole Speakon® connectors. The top Speakon connector is wired for both channels so it can be used for bridge-mono wiring or for stereo wiring of two speakers to a single Speakon connector.

Cooling: Internal heat sinks with forced-air cooling for rapid, uniform heat dissipation. Air Volume Requirements (per minute per unit): 80.15 ft³ (2.27 m³). Dimensions:EIA Standard 19-inch (48.3-cm) rack mount width (EIA RS-310-B), 3.5-inch (8.9-cm) height. XLS1000/1500: 8.10-inch (20.6-cm) depth. XLS2000/2500: 10.35-inch (26.3-cm) depth.

Weight

Harman Pro Group | 2010

–10 Indicator: Green LED flashes when output signal exceeds –10 dB below clip.

Crosstalk (below rated 8 ohm power): at 1 kHz: > 85 dB. at 20 kHz: > 55 dB.

XLS Series amplifiers provide extensive protection and diagnostic capabilities, including output current limiting, DC protection, circuit breaker, and thermal protection.

AR Y

XMAXTM Limiters: Channel independent clip limiter designed to provide maximum output while protecting your loudspeakers.

Protection

Net Weight: XLS1000: 8.6 lb (3.9 kg) XLS1500: 8.6 lb (3.9 kg) XLS2000: 10.75 lb (4.9 kg) XLS2500: 10.75 lb (4.9 kg) Shipping Weight: XLS1000: 13.6 lb (6.2 kg) XLS1500: 13.6 lb (6.2 kg) XLS2000: 15.75 lb (7.1 kg) XLS2500: 15.75 lb (7.1 kg)

Regulatory Certifications

Section:

04 Other Applications

One pair of back-panel binding posts per channel; accepts banana plugs or bare wire. (European models do not accept banana plugs.)

ake command of center stage with Crown's new XLS amplifiers. The highperformance class-D amplifier combined with its integrated PureBand™ Crossover System deliver unmatched performance and sound; while its multiple inputs let you plug in anything you want. XMAX™ Limiters effortlessly protect your speaker investment, and at 12 pounds moving from show to show is nearly effortless. Powerful, flexible, portable, and reliable – RUN THE SHOW with a power amplifier designed to play hard all night long.

P O R TA B L E PA

Page 209

AMPLIFIERS PORTABLEPAPA AMPLIFIERS PORTABLE XLS Series: Affordable and Reliable XLS Series: Affordable and Reliable XLS 5000 XLS 5000

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

Evolution Evolution

FEATURES  FEATURES

Housed a rugged, all-steel chassis. • • Housed in ainrugged, all-steel 3U3U chassis. Efficient forced-air prevents excessive thermal buildup. • • Efficient forced-air fanfan prevents excessive thermal buildup. Electronically balanced XLR inputs; touchproof binding • • Electronically balanced XLR inputs; touchproof binding post Speakon outputs. post andand Speakon outputs. Precision detented level controls, power switch, four • • Precision detented level controls, power switch, andand four LEDs, which indicate each channel, power fault LEDs, which indicate clipclip forfor each channel, power andand fault conditions. conditions.

POWER OUTPUT* POWER OUTPUT* Models Models

2-ohm 4-ohm 2-ohm DualDual 4-ohm DualDual channel) (per(per channel) (per(per channel) channel)

8-ohm 8-ohm DualDual channel) (per(per channel)

8-ohm 8-ohm Bridge Bridge

4-ohm 4-ohm Bridge Bridge

‡ ‡ 1,800W** ‡ ‡ XLS 5000 2,500W 2,500W 1,800W** 1,100W** 1,100W** 3,600W** 3,600W**5,000W 5,000W XLS 5000

*Maximum average power in watts at 0.5% THD, 1 kHz.**With **With 0.1% ‡With *Maximum average power in watts at 0.5% THD, 1 kHz. 0.1% THDTHD ‡With 1%1% THDTHD

Page 210

 SPECIFICATIONS Performance

Controls

Level: Two front-panel rotary level controls, one for each channel. Power: Front-panel switch; on when in the IN position.

Circuit Breaker: Back-panel breaker provides overload protection. Mode Switch: Back-panel switch selects Dual or Bridge-Mono mode.

Indicators

Signal Presence Indicators: Two green LEDs, one for each channel, illuminate when the channel’s input signal exceeds –40 dBu. Clip Indicators: Two red LEDs, one for each channel, illuminate when the channel’s output is being overdriven. Power Indicator: Blue LED indicates amplifier has been turned on and AC power is available. Fault Indicator: Two red LEDs, one for each channel, illuminate when amplifier is in protect mode. Also illuminates briefly during normal power-up when amplifier is first switched on.

Input/Output

Input Connectors: One per channel; back-panel three-pin female XLR input connectors. Output Connectors: Two 4-Pole Speakon® Output Connectors accept 2-pole or 4-pole Speakon® connectors. The top Speakon connector is wired for both channels so it can be used for bridge-mono wiring or for stereo wiring of two speakers to a single Speakon connector. One pair of back-panel binding posts per channel; accepts banana plugs or bare wire. (European models do not accept banana plugs.)

Protection

Provides extensive protection and diagnostic capabilities, including output current limiting, DC protection, circuit breaker, and thermal protection.

Construction

Ventilation: Flow-through ventilation from front to back. Cooling: Internal heat sinks with forced-air cooling for rapid, uniform heat dissipation. Air Volume Requirements (per minute per unit): 80.15 ft³ (2.27 m³). Dimensions: EIA Standard 19-inch (48.3-cm) rack mount width (EIA RS-310-B), 5.25-inch (13.3-cm) height and 15.5-inch (39.5-cm) depth.

Weight

Net Weight: 62.0 lb (27.7 kg) Shipping Weight: 74.0 lb (33.6 kg)

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Sensitivity (for full rated power at 4 ohms): 1.25 Vrms. Frequency Response (at 1 watt, 22 Hz to 20 kHz): +0 dB, –1 dB. Signal-to-Noise Ratio (20 Hz to 20 kHz, inputs terminated): A-weighted, below rated power: > 100 dB. No weighting, below rated power: > 95 dB. Total Harmonic Distortion (THD): < 0.5%. Intermodulation Distortion (IMD): (60 Hz and 7 kHz at 4:1) from full rated output to –40 dB: < 0.3%. Damping Factor (8 ohm) 10 Hz to 400 Hz: >200. Crosstalk (below rated power): at 1 kHz: –75 dB. at 20 kHz: –59 dB. Input Impedance (nominal): 20 kilohms balanced, 10 kilohms unbalanced. Load Impedance: 2 to 8 ohms per channel in Stereo, 4 to 8 ohms in Bridge Mono. AC Line Voltage and Frequency Configurations Available (±10%): 120 VAC 60 Hz, 100 VAC 50/60 Hz, 220 VAC 50 Hz, and 230-240 VAC.

Regulatory Certifications

Other Applications

Section:

3/08

139436-3B

P O R TA B L E PA

he XLS 5000 power amplifier from Crown represents a new era in affordable, quality power amplification. It incorporates the best of tried-and-true design principles and innovative features, all in a rugged, light-weight 3U chassis.

Page 211

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Section:

Page 212

Harman Pro Group | 2010

TOURING I-Tech HD Series

Section:

Macro-Tech i Series

Page 213

AMPLIFIERS TOURING AMPLIFIERS TOURING I-Tech Series: Excellence Without Compromise I-Tech Series: Excellence Without Compromise I-T4000, I-T6000, I-T8000 I-T4000, I-T6000, I-T8000

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

Raisingthe theBar–Again Bar–Again Raising

FEATURES  FEATURES

BSS OMNIDRIVEHD™ DSP processing with linear phase filters. • • BSS OMNIDRIVEHD™ DSP processing with IIRIIR andand linear phase FIRFIR filters. Global Power Supply designed to deliver maximum power matter where your Power Supply designed to deliver maximum power nono matter where your • • Global schedule takes you. Universal input accepts100-240VAC, 50/60 (±15%). schedule takes you. Universal ACAC input accepts100-240VAC, 50/60 HzHz (±15%). High power density, 9000 watts a 2U chassis. • • High power density, upup to to 9000 watts in ain2U chassis. Highest output voltage in the industry (200V peak) provides clean transient peaks. • • Highest output voltage in the industry (200V peak) provides clean transient peaks. ®) ® 5th-generation patented Class I (BCA ) circuitry. • • 5th-generation patented Class I (BCA circuitry. Front-panel USB connector transfers presets to/from a USB drive • • Front-panel USB connector transfers presets to/from a USB drive to to thethe amp’s DSP. amp’s DSP. True Ethernet backbone–fast, reliable scalable. • • True Ethernet backbone–fast, reliable andand scalable.

POWER OUTPUT* POWER OUTPUT* Model Model

BURST 2-ohm 2-ohm Dual 2-ohm 2-ohm Dual 4-ohm 4-ohm Dual 8-ohm 8-ohm Dual 20 20 mSmS BURST Dual Dual Dual Dual channel)(per(per channel, 1 kHz)(per(per channel)(per (per channel) 2-ohm Dual (per(per channel) channel, 1 kHz) channel) channel) 2-ohm Dual (per(per ch.)ch.)

4-ohm 4-ohm Bridge Bridge

8-ohm 8-ohm Bridge Bridge

MA-5000i 3,000W 3,000W 2,000W 2,000W 2,000W 2,000W 2,500W 2,500W 1,250W 1,250W 4,000W 4,000W 5,000W 5,000W MA-5000i MA-9000i 4,700W 4,700W 2,800W 2,800W 3,500W 3,500W 3,500W 3,500W 1,500W 1,500W 5,600W 5,600W 7,000W 7,000W MA-9000i MA-12000i6,000W 6,000W 3,750W 3,750W 4,500W 4,500W 4,500W 4,500W 2,100W 2,100W 7,500W 7,500W 9,000W 9,000W MA-12000i *Guaranteed minimum power in watts at 20 Hz-20 0.1% *Guaranteed minimum power in watts at 20 Hz-20 kHzkHz withwith 0.1% THDTHD

Page 214

 SPECIFICATIONS Summary Specifications

Input Sensitivity (referenced to 8 ohm rated output): Adjustable in 0.1V steps from 1.4V to 7.75V.

Signal to Noise Ratio below rated full-bandwidth power, A-weighted: > 112 dB.

Required AC Mains: Universal AC input, 100240VAC, 50/60 Hz (±15%). Maximum AC mains voltage 277VAC.

Frequency Response (at 1 watt, 20 Hz - 20 kHz): ±0.25dB.

Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) at full rated power: < 0.1%. Intermodulation Distortion (IMD) 60 Hz and 7 kHz at 4:1, from full rated output to –35 dB: < 0.2%. Damping Factor (20 Hz to 100 Hz at 8 ohms): > 5000. Crosstalk (below rated power, 20 Hz to 1 kHz): > 80 dB. Common Mode Rejection (CMR) (20 Hz to 1 kHz): > 70 dB typical. Latency (analog, digital inputs): 1.13 mS analog, 1.81 mS digital (96 kHz).

Digital Input: AES/EBU, 24-bit, 32-96 kHz. Onboard sample-rate converter. Network: Onboard TCP/IQ and HiQnet, compatible with standard 100 Mb Ethernet hardware. DSP: 24-bit conversion with 32-bit, floatingpoint DSP processing. World-class IIR and linear phase FIR filters. Has 64 assignable filters with 9 different filter types. Includes all-pass filters, over 2 seconds of delay available per channel, and dual uncorrelated-noise and sinewave generators. Load Impedance: (Note: Safe with all types of loads) Stereo: 1/2/4/8/16 ohms. Bridge Mono: 2/4/8 ohms.

Front Panel Indicators, Controls and Connectors Indicators: Bridge mode, Ready, Signal level, Clip, Thermal error, Fault, Network data, Power, AC mains. LCD Control Screen and Controls: These let the user adjust the amplifier’s attenuation and muting, configure the amp, set up and view error monitoring (such as temperature and load supervision), set IP and HiQnet addresses from the front panel, and recall DSP presets. The presets allow the user to quickly reconfigure the amp for various applications. Level Controls (Encoders): Speed-sensitive rotary encoders, 0.5 dB steps, range 0 to –100 dB. These two knobs affect the Channel-1 and Channel-2 output levels. They also select Menu items and adjust parameter values that are displayed on the LCD Control Screen. Power Switch: Push-on/push-off switch with built-in green AC mains present indicator. USB 2.0 Connector: Accepts a USB drive to transfer presets from the drive to the amplifier DSP, and vice versa.

Connectors: Balanced XLR analog inputs, balanced analog XLR loop-thru outputs, AES/EBU digital input, AES/EBU digital loop-thru output, 4-Pole Speakon output connectors, binding post output connectors, power cord, EtherCon® Ethernet connector for networking via HiQnet or CobraNet. Reset Switch/Circuit Breaker: If the current draw of the amplifier exceeds safe limits, this breaker automatically disconnects the power supply from the AC mains. The switch resets the circuit breaker. Preset Indicator: LED flashes to signal the number of the current preset if active. LED is green if the preset values have not been changed once loaded. LED is yellow if the preset values have been changed since they were loaded.

Construction Cooling: Dual-zone, microprocessor controlled, continuously variable speed fans, front-to-back airflow. Dimensions: 19 in. (48.3 cm) W x 3.5 in. (8.9 cm) H x 16.2 in. (41.1 cm) D. Weight: 28 lbs (12.7 kg) net, 36 lbs (16.3 kg) shipping. Included Accessories: Rear rack ears, rack screws, operation manual, power cords, foam air filter.

Section:

Regulatory Certifications

Other Applications

12/08

rown continues the tradition of excellence and innovation with the Crown® I-Tech HD Series, delivering unmatched versatility, power and performance for touring sound applications. Featuring onboard high-definition BSS OMNIDRIVEHD™ DSP with 24-bit, 192 kHz Cirrus Logic SHARC A/D and D/A converters, the I-Tech HD Series also offers a new software interface that provides easier systemlevel changes, and includes a configuration wizard. Providing up to 9 kW continuous power in a 2U rack space and delivering the highest output voltage in the industry, the I-Tech HD Series outperforms all the competition, even our own.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

A/D, D/A Converters: 24-bit 192 kHz Cirrus Logic.

AC Line Connector: Five cordsets supplied with amplifier (USA, UK, European, Australia, India).

Back Panel Connectors, Controls, and Indicators

141259-1

T O U R I N G

Page 215

AMPLIFIERS TOURING AMPLIFIERS TOURING Macro-Tech i Series: The Legend Continues Macro-Tech i Series: The Legend Continues Macro-Tech i Series Macro-Tech i Series

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

TheLegend LegendContinues Continues The

FEATURES  FEATURES

® ® ® i Series continues the Crown Macro-Tech Macro-Tech legacy • •TheThe Macro-Tech i Series continues the Crown® Macro-Tech legacy of of unparalleled sonic accuracy and detail, putting sound quality above else unparalleled sonic accuracy and detail, putting sound quality above all all else

Patented, cutting-edge Class-I circuitry gets more power amplifier • •Patented, cutting-edge Class-I circuitry gets more power outout of of an an amplifier with less waste with less waste Rugged construction ensures Macro-Techs built withstand • •Rugged construction ensures thatthat all all Macro-Techs areare built to to withstand years abuse road years of of abuse onon thethe road Global Power Supply designed deliver maximum power matter • •Global Power Supply —— designed to to deliver maximum power nono matter what country work what country youyou work in in Built-in load, voltage, input output monitoring • •Built-in load, lineline voltage, input andand output monitoring ® ® lets system operators Standard Ethernet networking System Architect • •Standard Ethernet networking viavia System Architect lets system operators monitor control amplifier from location monitor andand control thethe amplifier from anyany location

POWER OUTPUT* POWER OUTPUT* Model Model

4-ohm 4-ohm Bridge Bridge

8-ohm 8-ohm Bridge Bridge

Page 216

 SPECIFICATIONS Performance

Front Panel Controls and Indicators

Bridge Mode Indicator: Amber LED illuminates when the amplifier is set to Bridge-Mono mode. Ready Indicator: Green LED, one per channel. On (bright): Ready. On (dim): Onset of compression. Off: Thermal failure. Signal Indicators: One green LED per channel. Solid green: Input signal is above –40 dBu. Bright green: Channel’s output signal has reached the onset of audible clipping.

Power Indicator: Blue LED indicates amplifier has been turned on and AC power is available. The LED will flash when the AC line voltage is 10% above or below the nominal rated value. Data Indicator: Yellow LED on front panel indicates network data activity. Data indicator flashes only when the amplifier is polled for data, or is polled to see whether it is online Power Switch: Push-on/push-off switch with built-in green AC mains present indicator. Volume Control: Precision detented attenuator with 31 steps, press-and-hold mute function. Volume Control LED Ring: A ring of green LEDs around each volume control show the position of the control. Entire ring flashes when channel is muted. Can be converted to be a level meter.

Back Panel Controls, Indicators and Connectors

Power Cord Connector: Detachable 20 amp IEC inlet. Cord locks with suppliled cord retention clip. Voltage range is indicated above IEC inlet. Reset Switch/Circuit Breaker: If the current draw of the amplifier exceeds safe limits, this breaker automatically disconnects the power supply from the AC mains. The switch resets the circuit breaker. Output Connectors: Two high-current, 50A Neutrik® Speakon® NL4MLP (mates with NL4FC or NL4), one per channel. Ch 1 Speakon® is wired with Ch 1 and Ch 2 outputs for use with single 4-conductor cable. Two pairs of high-current, 60A color-coded 5-way binding posts (for banana plugs, spade lugs or bare wire). Analog Input Connectors: A 3-pin female XLR connector for each channel. Analog Loop Thru Connectors: Two male XLR passive analog loop through. Mode Switch/Indicator: Sets amplifier to Stereo, Bridge, or Input Y mode. OFF=Stereo, YEL=Bridge, GRN=Y. Network Connectors: Two Neutrik® Ethercon connector accepts RJ-45 type connectors for HiQnet™ networking. Next to each connector is a yellow LINK ACT indicator that shows network activity, and a green 100Mb indicator that shows a 100Mb network connection. Data Indicator: Yellow LED on back panel indicates network data activity. Data indicator flashes only when the amplifier is polled for data, or is polled to see whether it is online.

he Crown Macro-Tech i Series amplifiers continue the Macro-Tech legacy of unparalleled sonic accuracy and detail, putting sound quality above all else. Their patented, cutting-edge Class-I circuitry gets more power out of an amplifier with less waste. Each model features a Global Power Supply designed to deliver maximum power in any country. The i Series offers studio-quality analog signal processing with built-in load, line voltage, input and output monitoring. Standard Ethernet networking via System Architect provides integrated monitoring and control to give system operators access to the system from any location.

Preset Indicator: Green/yellow LED flashes to signal the number of the current preset. LED is green if current preset is active, or is yellow if current preset is modified. Input Sensitivity Switch: Three-position switch providing 1.4V, 32 dB, and 26 dB settings for both channels.

Firmware/Software

Firmware can be updated at www.crownaudio. com > Support > Downloads. Software features: Same as PIP-Lite module (except no Listen Bus): User Presets, Clip Event Monitor, Input Signal Level Monitor, Output Signal Level Monitor, Thermal Headroom Level Monitor, Power/Standby Control, Signal Mute, Polarity Inverter, Input Signal Fader, Dynamic Gain Monitors (Ghost Faders), Amplifier Information, User and Channel Labels, Amplifier Mode, Amplifier Output Mode, Line Voltage Monitor, Error Reporting, Auto Standby, Input Signal Compressor/Limiter, Peak Voltage Limiter, Average Power Limiter, Clip Eliminator, Thermal Limiter, Limiter Tie, Load Supervision.

Construction

Cooling: Dual-zone, microprocessor controlled, continuously variable speed fans, front-to-back airflow. Front Panel: Cast aluminum with integrated handles. Dimensions: 19 in. (48.3 cm) W x 3.5 in. (8.9 cm) H x 16.2 in. (41.1 cm) D. Weight: 28 lbs (12.7 kg) net, 36 lbs (16.3 kg) shipping. Protection: Amplifier is protected against reactive loads, faults and shorts. If one channel experiences a catastrophic failure, the entire amplifier will shut down. Included Accessories: Rear rack ears, rack screws, operation manual, power cords, foam air filter.

Regulatory Certifications

Other Applications

4/08

140535-2

T O U R I N G

Page 217

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Frequency Response (at 1 watt, 20 Hz - 20 kHz into 8 ohms): ±0.25 dB. Signal to Noise Ratio (below rated full-bandwidth power, A-weighted): >112 dB. Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) (at 2 watts into 8 ohms): < 0.1%. Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) Plus Noise (at full rated power): < 0.35%, 20 Hz to 20 kHz. Intermodulation Distortion (IMD) (60 Hz and 7 kHz at 4:1, from full rated output to –30 dB): < 0.35%. Damping Factor (20 Hz to 100 Hz at 8 ohms): > 5000. Crosstalk (below rated power, 20 Hz to 1 kHz): > 80 dB. Common Mode Rejection (CMR) (20 Hz to 1 kHz): 55 dB, typically >70 dB. DC Output Offset (shorted input): < ± 3 mV. Input Impedance (nominal): 10 kilohms balanced, 5 kilohms unbalanced. Maximum Input Level: +20 dBu typical. Network: Onboard HiQnet™, compatible with standard 100 Mb Ethercom hardware. Load Impedance: (Note: Safe with all types of loads) Stereo: 1/2/4/8/16 ohms. Bridge Mono: 2/4/8 ohms. Input Sensitivity (referenced to 8 ohm rated output): 1.4V, 32 dB gain, and 26 dB gain. Voltage Gain (referenced to 8 ohm rated output): MA-5000i: 37.1 dB to 22.2 dB MA-9000i: 37.9 dB to 23.0 dB MA-12000i: 39.3 dB to 24.5 dB Required AC Mains: Universal AC input, 100240VAC, 50/60 Hz (±10%). Maximum AC mains voltage 264VAC. AC Line Connector: Five cordsets supplied with amplifier (USA, UK, European, Australia, India).

Section:

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Section:

Page 218

D Series

Harman Pro Group | 2010

RECORDING & BROADCAST

Section:

Page 219

AMPLIFIERS  RECORDING BROADCAST AMPLIFIERS  RECORDING && BROADCAST Series: Long-Term Favorites DD Series: Long-Term Favorites D-45, D-75A D-45, D-75A

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

Tried&&True True Tried

FEATURES  FEATURES

Powerful AB+B class circuitry yields maximum efficiency • • Powerful AB+B class circuitry yields maximum efficiency with minimum crossover “notch” distortion. with minimum crossover “notch” distortion. ® ® (Input/Output Comparator) alerts distortion • • IOCIOC (Input/Output Comparator) alerts of of anyany distortion thatthat exceeds 0.05% provide proof distortion-free performance. exceeds 0.05% to to provide proof of of distortion-free performance. Ultra-low harmonic intermodulation distortion result • • Ultra-low harmonic andand intermodulation distortion result in the best dynamic transfer function in the industry. in the best dynamic transfer function in the industry. Very noise wide dynamic range exceed • • Very lowlow noise andand wide dynamic range exceed thethe audio specifications digital compact discs (CDs). audio specifications forfor digital compact discs (CDs). Convection cooling system dissipates heat through heat • • Convection cooling system dissipates heat through thethe heat sinks chassis optimal cooling maintenance-free sinks andand chassis forfor optimal cooling andand maintenance-free operation. operation. • Front-panel headphone jack. • Front-panel headphone jack.

POWER OUTPUT* POWER OUTPUT* Models Models

D-45 D-45 D-75A D-75A

4-ohm 8-ohm 16-ohm 4-ohm DualDual 8-ohm DualDual 16-ohm DualDual channel)(per(per channel) (per(per channel) (per(per channel) channel) channel)

35W 35W 55W 55W

25W 25W 40W 40W

16-ohm 16-ohm Bridge Bridge

20W 70W 70W 50W 50W 20W 25W 110W 110W 80W 80W 25W

*Maximum average power in watts at 0.1% THD, 1 kHz. *Maximum average power in watts at 0.1% THD, 1 kHz.

Page 220

8-ohm 8-ohm Bridge Bridge

 SPECIFICATIONS Performance

Controls

Power: A two-position front panel rotary on/off switch. Level: An independent 31-position detented front panel level control for each channel. Dual/Mono: The dual/mono jumper is located inside the amplifier. Ground Lift: To prevent ground loops, the chassis and signal grounds are separated (or “lifted”) by a permanent impedance installed between them. There is no control for this feature.

Indicators

Signal Presence: The green front panel indicator for each channel flashes synchronously with the channel’s output signal to indicate its presence. Input/Output Comparator: The red Input/ Output Comparator (IOC) indicator for each channel flashes if any type of distortion reaches 0.05%.

Input/Output

Input Connector: A balanced 3-pin female Neutrik® combination XLR and ¼-inch (6.35-mm) phone connector for each channel. Input Impedance: Nominally 20 k ohms, balanced. Nominally 10 k ohms, unbalanced. Input Sensitivity: Configurable for 26 dB gain or 0.775 volt sensitivity. Output Connector: Barrier block terminals and stereo headphone jack. The headphone output is unpadded, and in parallel with the main amplifier outputs. Output Impedance: Less than 15 milliohms in series with less than 3 microhenries. DC Output Offset: 10 millivolts or less.

Output Signal

Dual: Unbalanced, two channel. Bridge-Mono: Balanced, single channel. Channel 1 controls are active; channel 2 controls should be turned down.

Protection

Input: The inputs have series resistance that provides input overload protection. Controlled slew rate voltage amplifiers protect against radio frequencies. The AC line is fused to protect against excessive current draw. Output: Instantaneous limiting protection for short circuits, open circuits and mismatched loads. Turn-On: Minimum thumps. Power-up is instantaneous with no program delay.

Construction

Durable black finish on aluminum front panel with gray suede Lexan insert. Aluminum chassis provides maximum heat conduction and minimum weight. Dimensions: 19-inch (48.3 cm) rack mount width, 1.75 inches (4.5 cm) high, 8.5 inches (21.6 cm) deep behind the mounting surface, and a 0.625-inch (1.6-cm) protrusion in front of the mounting surface. Net Weight: D-45: 8 lb, 11 oz (3.9 kg) D-75A: 9 lb, 7 oz (4.3 kg). Shipping Weight: D-45: 10 lb, 9 oz (4.8 kg) D-75A: 11 lb, 4 oz (5.1 kg). Cooling: The amplifier is totally convection cooled. The entire aluminum chassis acts as a conductor to dissipate heat. The covers and front panel extrusion also act as heat sinks. Much of the unit’s heat is conducted through the extruded front panel. This design is used so that front panel contact with the equipment rack will also dissipate heat.

Regulatory Certifications

Other Applications

8/06

136711-1C

RECORDING & BROADCAST

he D-45 and D-75A are long-term standards. They are perfect for moderate power applications such as recording or broadcast studio near-field monitoring, video suite audio monitoring, a recording/broadcast headphone amp or a small paging system. Convection cooled, the highly reliable D Series is protected against shorted, open, mismatched or low-impedance loads.

Page 221

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Frequency Response: ±0.1 dB from 20 Hz to 20 kHz at 1watt. Phase Response: +10 to –15 degrees from 20 Hz to 20 kHz at 1 watt. Signal-to-Noise: 106 dB from 20 Hz to 20 kHz at full bandwidth FTC power. Total Harmonic Distortion (THD): Less than 0.001% at full bandwidth FTC power from 20 Hz to 400 Hz increasing linearly to 0.05% at 20 kHz. Intermodulation Distortion (IMD): (60 Hz and 7 kHz 4:1) Less than 0.01% from 0.25 watts to full bandwidth FTC power, and less than 0.05% from 0.01 to 0.25 watts. Crosstalk: Greater than 100 dB below full bandwidth FTC power from 100 Hz to 1 kHz decreasing linearly to 80 dB at 20 kHz. Damping Factor: Greater than 400 from DC to 400 Hz. Controlled Slew Rate: 6 volts per ms. (Slew rates are limited to useful levels for ultrasonic/RF protection.) Voltage Gain: At the maximum level setting, 8-ohm load, 0.775V input sensititivity. D-45: 18.3:1 ±3% or 25.2 dB ±0.3 dB. D-75A: 23:1 ±3% or 27.3 dB ±0.3 dB. Load Impedance: Safe with all types of loads. Rated for 4 to 16 ohms in dual mode, and 8 to 16 ohms in bridge-mono mode. AC Line Voltage and Frequency Configurations Available: 100, 120, 220 and 240VAC (±10%), 50 to 400 Hz for international units (depending on the transformer configuration). North American 120VAC, 60 Hz units are not convertible and can only be used at the specified voltage and frequency. All units draw 15 watts or less when idle. Maximum AC power consumption is 150 watts.

Section:

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Section:

Page 222

Harman Pro Group | 2010

CINEMA DSi Series

Section:

CTs 2-Channel Series CTs Multi-Channel Series XLS Series DBC Network Bridge

Page 223

AMPLIFIERS  CINEMA AMPLIFIERS  CINEMA DSi Series: 2/4/8 Ohm DSi Series: 2/4/8 Ohm DSi 1000, DSi 2000, DSi 4000, DSi 6000 DSi 1000, DSi 2000, DSi 4000, DSi 6000

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

One-Touch One-Touch Performance Performance

FEATURES  FEATURES

Intuitive front-panel LCD screen, automatic presets popular cinema • • Intuitive front-panel LCD screen, automatic presets forfor popular JBLJBL cinema speaker systems quick, easy configuration. speaker systems forfor quick, easy configuration. Onboard digital signal processing includes crossovers, filters, delay, • • Onboard digital signal processing includes crossovers, EQEQ filters, delay, andand output limiting. output limiting. Computer connectivity USB allows setup configuration with • • Computer connectivity viavia USB allows fastfast setup andand configuration with ® software. ® software. HiQnet™ System Architect HiQnet™ System Architect Rear-panel HD-15 connector provides easy input/output connectivity • • Rear-panel HD-15 connector provides easy input/output connectivity between amplifiers new DSi-8M System Monitor. between DSiDSi amplifiers andand new DSi-8M System Monitor. Barrier strip outputs, removable Phoenix-style input. • • Barrier strip outputs, removable Phoenix-style input. ® ® models THX -approved. • • AllAll models areare THX -approved.

POWER OUTPUT POWER OUTPUT Models Models

DSi 1000 DSi 1000 DSi 2000 DSi 2000 DSi 4000 DSi 4000 DSi 6000 DSi 6000

2-ohm 4-ohm 8-ohm 2-ohm DualDual 4-ohm DualDual 8-ohm DualDual channel) (per(per channel) (per(per channel) (per(per channel) channel) channel)

† † 700W*

4-ohm 4-ohm Bridge Bridge

† † 1,400W*

8-ohm 8-ohm Bridge Bridge

475W 275W 275W 1,400W* 950W 700W* 475W 950W 1,000W* 800W 800W 475W 475W 2,000W* 2,000W* 1,600W 1,600W 1,000W* 1,450W* 1,200W 1,200W 650W 650W 3,000W* 3,000W* 2,400W 2,400W 1,450W* 3,000W* 2,100W 2,100W1,200W 1,200W 6,000W* 6,000W* 4,200W 4,200W 3,000W*

Maximum average power in watts 1 kHz at 0.5% THD.*With *With THD.†Not †Not rated 100V versions. Maximum average power in watts at 1atkHz at 0.5% THD. 1%1% THD. rated for for 100V versions.

Page 224

 SPECIFICATIONS Performance

CDiIdle: 1000: 6.8Ano more than 38 watts. At Draws CDi 6000: 2000: 15.3A 8.3A CDi CDiIdle: 4000: 10.5A At Draws no more than 180 watts. At Idle: Draws no more than 38 watts.

Operating Temperature: 0° C to 40° C at CDirelative 6000: 15.3A 95% humidity (non-condensing). At Idle: Draws no more than 180 watts.

DSP Section

Front Panel Controls and Indicators

Operating Temperature: 0° C to 40° C at 95% relative humidity (non-condensing).

Protection

Construction

Regulatory Certifications

3/09

he Crown® DSi Series of power amplifiers provides onboard digital signal processing including crossovers, EQ filters, delay and output limiting. A rear panel HD-15 connector provides easy input/output connectivity between DSi amplifiers and the new DSi-8M System Monitor. The intuitive front panel LCD screen guides installers through a setup process—featuring presets for the industry-standard JBL cinema loudspeaker systems—to make configuration quick and easy. At the touch of a button, Crown’s DSi cinema amplifiers deliver perfectly matched performance with each award-winning JBL ScreenArray® system, making this the ultimate cinema solution.

139622-3

C I N E M A

Page 225

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Voltage Gain at 1kHz: DSi 1000: 30.5 dB DSi 2000: 32.9 dB DSi 4000: 34.2 dB DSi 6000: 37.1 dB Frequency Response: +0/–1 dB from 20 Hz to 20 kHz at 1 watt into 4 ohms. Load Impedance: Safe with all types of loads. Rated for 2 to 8 ohms in Stereo mode, 4 to 16 ohms in Bridge-Mono mode. DSi 1000 A1 (100V version) is rated for 4 to 8 ohms in Stereo mode, 8 to 16 ohms in Bridge-Mono mode. Sensitivity: At 8 ohm rated output: DSi 1000: 1.4V DSi 2000: 1.4V DSi 4000: 1.4V DSi 1.4V output: At 46000: ohm rated At ohm rated DSi4 1000: 1.3V output: DSi 1000: 2000: 1.3V 1.2V DSi 2000: 4000: 1.2V 1.3V DSi 1.3V output: At 24000: ohm rated DSi DSi 6000: 1000: 1.3V 1.1V At ohm rated DSi2 2000: 1.0V output: DSi 1000: 4000: 1.1V 1.0V DSi 2000: 1.0VRatio (below rated 8-ohm Signal to Noise DSi 4000: 1.0V power at 1 kHz): DSi dB 6000: 1.1V 100 (A weighted). Signal to Noise rated 8-ohm Damping Factor:Ratio Better(below than 500 from 20 Hz power at 1 kHz): to 400 Hz. 100 dB (A weighted). Crosstalk: > 70 dB below rated power, 20 Hz Damping Factor: Better than 500 from 20 Hz to 1 kHz, A-weighted. to 400 Hz. Input Stage: Input is electronically balanced Crosstalk: > 70 dB below power, 20 Hz and employs precision 1%rated resistors. to 1 kHz, A-weighted. Input Impedance (nominal): 20 k ohms, Input Stage: is electronically balanced; 10 Input k ohms, unbalanced. balanced and employs precision 1% resistors. AC Line Voltage and Frequency Input Impedance (nominal): 20 k120V, ohms, Configurations Available: 100V, 220balanced; 10 Hz. k ohms, unbalanced. 240V, 50/60 AC AC Line Line Voltage Current:and Frequency Configurations Available: 100V, 120V, 220CDi 1000: 6.8A 240V, CDi 50/60 2000: Hz. 8.3A ACCDi Line4000: Current: 10.5A

Section:

AMPLIFIERS  CINEMA AMPLIFIERS  CINEMA DSi-8M: Convenient Monitoring DSi-8M: Convenient Monitoring DSi-8M DSi-8M

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

Performance Performance Monitor Monitor

FEATURES  FEATURES

• Compact Compact 2-rack unit. 2-rack unit. • 8 channels 8 channels monitoring processor amplifier inputs. forfor monitoring processor or or amplifier inputs. • AllAll inputs outputs balanced interface with new cinema processors. inputs andand outputs areare balanced to to interface with new cinema processors. • NoNo level jumps when switching between processor amplifiers. level jumps when switching between processor andand amplifiers. • 25-pin 25-pin D-sub connectors, plus removable terminal blocks HD-15 D-sub connectors, plus removable terminal blocks andand HD-15 forfor quick, hassle-free connections. quick, hassle-free connections. Designed work with bi-amplified sound systems monitor high• • Designed to to work with bi-amplified sound systems to to monitor thethe highandand low-frequency outputs from center right channels. low-frequency outputs from thethe left,left, center andand right channels. • • • • •

Page 226

 SPECIFICATIONS Performance

Input Impedance (processor inputs): 10 kilohms.

Input Impedance (Processor Inputs): 10 k ohms. Input Impedance (Power Amplifiers Inputs): > 50 k ohms. Power Requirements: 100-240V , 50-60 Hz, 32 watts.

Front Panel Controls and Indicators

IEC AC Power Receptacle: Connects to an IEC AC power cord. Input Connector 1: 10-pin Phoenix terminal block connects to the power amplifier speaker outputs for the Left Surround, Right Surround, Back Surround Left, Back Surround Right and Subwoofer channels. This connector lets you monitor the output of amplifiers that do not include HD-15 connector options. Input Connector 2: 10-pin Phoenix terminal block connects to the power amplifier speaker output for the Left High, Left Low, Center High, Center Low, Right High and Right Low channels. This connector lets you monitor the output of amplifiers that do not include HD-15 connector options. Amplifier Level Control: Trimpot adjusts the level of the input signals from the power amplifiers. Processor Level: Trimpot adjusts the level of the input signals from the processor. Outputs to Power Amplifier Inputs: The six HD-15 connectors in this section connect to DSi amplifiers for both input and output signals. The HD-15 connectors have two functions: 1. Connect DSi 8M outputs to DSi amplifier inputs. 2. Connect DSi amplifier outputs to DSi 8M inputs for monitoring. Using VGA cables, the HD-15 connectors can be connected to Crown DSi power amplifier HD-15 connectors as described below. HD-15 Connector 1: For cinema I/O compatibility. Connects to Ls/Rs amplifier. HD-15 Connector 2: Connects to Bsl/Bsr amplifier. HD-15 Connector 3: Connects to Rl/Rh amplifier.

HD-15 Connector 4: Connects to Sw amplifier. HD-15 Connector 5: Connects to Ll/Lh amplifier. HD-15 Connector 6: Connects to Cl/Ch amplifier. Optional Input Connector: 25-pin D-sub connector connects to the EX output of the processor. Bargraph Level: Trimpot adjusts the sensitivity of the front-panel VU Bargraph Meter. Main Input Connector: 25-pin D-sub connector connects to the main outputs of the processor. “EX” Selector Switch: 8-position DIP switch. Turn on switches 1-4 if system is without EX. Turn on switches 5-8 if system is with EX. This routes the correct Ls/Rs inputs to the DSi-8M circuitry.

Construction

Chassis: Steel. Dimensions: EIA Standard 19-inch rack mount width (EIA RS-310-B), 3.5 inches (8.9 cm) high and 9.625 inches (24.4 cm) deep behind front mounting surface. Net Weight: 10 lb 2 oz (4.63 kg). Shipping Weight: 16 lb (7.26 kg).

he Crown® DSi-8M is a projection booth monitor designed to work with bi-amplified cinema systems using the Crown DSi Series amplifiers. All controls necessary for daily operation of the DSi-8M are easily accessible on the front panel. 8-channel monitoring allows you to monitor either the processor or the power amplifier’s outputs: L, C, R, Ls, Rs, Bsl, Bsr, and Sub in any combination. Input levels from the processor and power amplifier can be adjusted independently. There are no huge level jumps when switching between processor and power amplifiers. The bargraph display can be calibrated to the reference level for your theater. The projectionist can see auditorium levels instantly.

Section:

Regulatory Certifications

5/07

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Channel Select Buttons and LEDs: Eight pushbutton switches, one for each input channel. Pressing a button monitors the signal from that channel, and lights the corresponding LED. Any combination of eight channels can be selected. Volume Control: Rotary potentiometer with knob controls the volume of the internal or external speaker. Has no effect on the VU Bargraph Meter display. Processor/Amplifier Selector Switch and LEDs: Pushbutton switch with corresponding LEDs selects inputs from cinema procesor or power amplfiers for monitoring. VU Bargraph Meter: 12-segment meter displays input level of selected channels from –40 VU to +3 VU. May be calibrated by the rear-panel trim adjustment. Operates independently of the Volume Control. Test Jack: 1/4" phone jack lets the user monitor the audio output of the DSi-8M. Inserting a mono or stereo 1/4" phone plug here disables the internal speaker and routes the audio output to the Test Jack. Internal Speaker: For convenenient monitoring at the monitor panel. Power Switch and Power LED: Rocker switch turns power on or off. LED illuminates when power is on.

Rear Panel Controls and Connectors

139623-2

C I N E M A

Page 227

AMPLIFIERS  CINEMA AMPLIFIERS  CINEMA Other Cinema Products Other Cinema Products

CTs2-Channel 2-Channel CTs FEATURES  FEATURES Harman Pro Group | 2010

High power density. channel models • • High power density. AllAll twotwo channel models in ain a chassis. 2U2U chassis. New Crown Switching Power Supply lighter • • New Crown Switching Power Supply forfor lighter weight. weight. Selectable “Constant-Voltage” low-impedance • • Selectable “Constant-Voltage” or or low-impedance operation channel. operation perper channel. 100V direct outputs models. • • 100V direct outputs onon all all models. Fully PIP2™-compatible. • • Fully PIP2™-compatible.

Section:

POWER OUTPUT* POWER OUTPUT* Models Models

2-ohm 2-ohm DualDual channel) (per(per channel)

4-ohm 4-ohm DualDual 70V70V DualDual channel) (per(per channel) (per(per channel) channel)

4-ohm 4-ohm Bridge Bridge

CTs 600 150W 300W 300W 300W 300W 300W CTs 600 150W 300W CTs 1200 250W 250W 600W 600W 600W 500W 500W CTs 1200 600W CTs 2000 1,000W 1,000W 1,000W 1,000W 1,000W 1,000W 2,000W 2,000W CTs 2000 CTs 3000 1,500W 1,500W 1,500W 1,500W 1,500W 1,500W 3,000W 3,000W CTs 3000 *Maximum average power in watts at rated THD, *Maximum average power in watts at rated THD, 20 20 Hz Hz - 20- 20 kHz.kHz.

rown Cinema Systems employ quality Crown professional amplifiers along with optional amplifier rown Cinema Systems employ quality Crown professional amplifiers along with optional amplifier accessories best in cinema sound. Crown’s Digital B-Chain system, which provides first accessories forfor thethe best in cinema sound. Crown’s Digital B-Chain system, which provides thethe first all-alldigital cinema solution, employs Crown’s Series amplifiers, Networking amplifier modules, digital cinema solution, employs Crown’s CTsCTs Series amplifiers, IQ IQ Networking amplifier modules, ® ® Crown’s DBC Network Bridge first all-digital cinema solution. andand Crown’s DBC Network Bridge forfor thethe first all-digital cinema solution.

Page 228

AMPLIFIERS  CINEMA AMPLIFIERS  CINEMA Other Cinema Products Other Cinema Products

CTsMulti-Channel Multi-Channel CTs FEATURES  FEATURES

Harman Pro Group | 2010

High power density: Four-channel model a 2U • • High power density: Four-channel model in ain2U chassis, eight-channel model a 3U chassis. chassis, eight-channel model in ain3U chassis. New Crown Switching Power Supply lighter • • New Crown Switching Power Supply forfor lighter weight. weight. Selectable “Constant-Voltage” low-impedance (4/8 • • Selectable “Constant-Voltage” or or low-impedance (4/8 ohm) operation channel-pair. ohm) operation perper channel-pair. 100V direct outputs. • • 100V direct outputs. New “FIT” (Fault Isolation Topology) circuitry isolates • • New “FIT” (Fault Isolation Topology) circuitry isolates fault conditions without affecting neighboring fault conditions without affecting neighboring channels. channels. Accept VCA-MC accessory modules. • • Accept VCA-MC accessory modules.

POWER OUTPUT* POWER OUTPUT* Models Models

CTs 4200 CTs 4200 CTs 8200 CTs 8200

All channels driven All channels driven 4-ohm 8-ohm 4-ohm DualDual 8-ohm DualDual 70V70V DualDual

** ** 260W 180W 180W 220W 220W 260W ** ** 200W 160W 160W 200W 200W 200W

All channel pairs driven All channel pairs driven 8-ohm Bridge 8-ohm Bridge

520W 520W 400W 400W

*Maximum average power in watts at 1kHz at 0.1% THD. *Maximum average power in watts at 1kHz at 0.1% THD. **Constant Voltage full-bandwidth power ratings support to 20 to automatic **Constant Voltage full-bandwidth power ratings support 100100 Hz Hz to 20 kHzkHz duedue to automatic high-pass filters. high-pass filters.

Section:

Digital Circus, Raleigh, North Carolina, USA. Digital Circus, Raleigh, North Carolina, USA.

I NE EMMA A C CI N

Note: more information about products featured in this section, please refer to the following Crown Note: ForFor more information about thethe products featured in this section, please refer to the following Crown sections: 2-Channel, Multi-Channel, Series. sections: CTsCTs 2-Channel, CTsCTs Multi-Channel, XLSXLS Series.

Page 229

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Section:

Page 230

PIPs

Harman Pro Group | 2010

NETWORKED PRODUCTS & ACCESSORIES

Section:

Accessories

Page 231

NETWORKED PRODUCTS PIPS NETWORKED PRODUCTS PIPS

TCP TCP / IQ / IQ

ANALOG AUDIO INPUTS ANALOG AUDIO INPUTS

PIPLITE LITE PIP

PIPUSP3/CN USP3/CN PIP

SmartAmp Automation Networked Audio SmartAmp Automation forfor Networked Audio CrownPIPPIPLITE LITEis isa PIP a PIP(Programmable (ProgrammableInput InputProcessor) Processor)input input he heCrown module PIP2 compatible amplifiers. PIP-LITE connects module forfor PIP2 compatible amplifiers. TheThe PIP-LITE connects to to an an audio control network 100 Ethernet. audio path LITE audio control network viavia 100 MbMb Ethernet. TheThe audio path in in thethe PIPPIP LITE is processed totally in the analog domain. SmartAmp™ feature offers is processed totally in the analog domain. TheThe SmartAmp™ feature setset offers a range automation functions which provide greater control over amplifier a range of of automation functions which provide greater control over amplifier operation helps save both time money. operation andand helps to to save both time andand money.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

FEATURES FEATURES A Programmable Input • • A Programmable Input Processor with system Processor with system networking capabilities networking capabilities (connects 100 (connects viavia 100 MbMb Ethernet). Ethernet).

Can connected same • • Can be be connected to to thethe same network used transmit network used to to transmit CobraNet™ audio. CobraNet™ audio.

Implements SmartAmp • • Implements SmartAmp features: input compressors, features: input compressors, Remote control monitoring multimode output limiters, • • Remote control andand monitoring multimode output limiters, PIP2-compatible Crown error reporting load of of PIP2-compatible Crown error reporting andand load amplifiers well some monitoring. amplifiers as as well as as some monitoring. PIP1 -compatible amplifiers.* PIP1 -compatible amplifiers.* AUX connector configurable • • AUX connector configurable

Section:

AUX input, AUX output, forfor AUX input, AUX output, or or Listen Bus. Listen Bus.

SmartAmp Automation TCP/IQ SmartAmp Automation forfor TCP/IQ

CrownPIP-USP3/CN PIP-USP3/CNis isa a3rd3rdgeneration generationDSP-based DSP-basedPIP™ PIP™ heheCrown (ProgrammableInput InputProcessor) Processor)input inputmodule moduleforforPIP2 PIP2compatible compatible (Programmable amplifiers.* It connects amplifier a 100 Ethernet network allowamplifiers.* It connects thethe amplifier to to a 100 MbMb Ethernet network allowit to remotely controlled monitored. addition, USP3/CN inging it to be be remotely controlled andand monitored. In In addition, thethe USP3/CN allows transport real-time digital audio CobraNet™ over same allows thethe transport of of real-time digital audio viavia CobraNet™ over thethe same Ethernet network. Ethernet network. USP3/CN connects audio control/monitor network using standard TheThe USP3/CN connects to to thethe audio control/monitor network using standard 100 Ethernet hardware (switches, Network Interface Cards, cables). 100 MbMb Ethernet hardware (switches, Network Interface Cards, andand cables). CobraNet™ audio is available over same 100 Ethernet network, proCobraNet™ audio is available over thethe same 100 MbMb Ethernet network, providing a simple install, single plug solution audio distribution, control, viding a simple to to install, single plug solution forfor audio distribution, control, monitoring. andand monitoring. USP3/CN’s SHARC DSP processor gives user enormous amount TheThe USP3/CN’s SHARC DSP processor gives thethe user an an enormous amount digital signal processing. Audio routing, faders, meters, polarity & mute, of of digital signal processing. Audio routing, faders, meters, polarity & mute, input compressors, filters, delays, multimode output limiters, error reportinput compressors, filters, delays, multimode output limiters, error reportload monitoring available. A built-in noise generator sineing,ing, andand load monitoring areare all all available. A built-in noise generator andand sinewave generator provide noise masking capabilities. enhanced wave generator provide noise masking andand testtest capabilities. TheThe enhanced AUX port capability allows user interface with amplifier provide AUX port capability allows thethe user to to interface with thethe amplifier to to provide external manual control monitoring. external manual control andand monitoring.

FEATURES FEATURES all-pass filters. all-pass filters.

100 Ethernet single-plug • • 100 MbMb Ethernet single-plug solution both CobraNet™ solution forfor both CobraNet™ audio networked control audio andand networked control monitoring. andand monitoring.

Over 2 seconds delay • • Over 2 seconds of of delay available channel. available perper channel.

Analog audio inputs allow • • Analog audio inputs allow audio input CobraNet™ audio input to to thethe CobraNet™ network, CobraNet™ audio network, CobraNet™ audio redundancy, a hardwire redundancy, or or a hardwire emergency override emergency override of of CobraNet™ audio. CobraNet™ audio.

Dual, uncorrelated noise • • Dual, uncorrelated noise generators noise masking. generators forfor noise masking.

Listen Bus amplifier output • • Listen Bus amplifier output monitor CobraNet™. monitor viavia CobraNet™.

Input compressors output • • Input compressors andand output limiters each channel. limiters forfor each channel.

Sine-wave generator. • • Sine-wave generator. Load supervision. • • Load supervision. error reporting. • • FullFull error reporting.

Firmware upgrades • • Firmware upgrades viavia thethe digital analog • • 2424 bitbit digital to to analog network. network. conversion with floating conversion with 3232 bit,bit, floating user selectable presets. • • 1010 user selectable presets. point DSP processing. point DSP processing. • Reliable FLASH memory • Reliable FLASH memory assignable filters with • • 6464 assignable filters with 9 9 backup parameters. backup of of all all parameters. different filter types including different filter types including

Page 232

FEATURES

PIP USP4 he Crown® PIP-USP4 is a 4th generation DSP-based PIPTM (Programmable Input Processor) input module for CTs Series two channel amplifiers. The USP4 connects to an Ethernet network allowing it to be remotely controlled and monitored via System Architect. In addition, the USP4 allows the transport of real-time digital audio via AES3, CobraNetTM or Ethernet AVB. The USP4 is a HiQnetTM series component and connects to the audio control/ monitor network using 100Mb* Ethernet hardware (switches, Network Interface Cards, and cables). The CobraNet or Ethernet AVB audio signal is available over the same 100Mb* Ethernet network, providing a simple to install, single plug solution for audio distribution, control, and monitoring. The USP4’s OMNIDRIVEHDTM processor gives the user an enormous amount of digital signal processing. LevelMAXTM limiters, proprietary FIR and IIR filters, audio routing, faders, meters, polarity & mute, compressors, delays, error reporting and load monitoring are all available. Built in noise and sine-wave generator provide noise masking and test capabilities. The enhanced AUX port allows users to interface with the USP4 to provide additional external control and monitoring. Offering crisp clear sound and the widest dynamic range possible, the PIPUSP4 provides unprecedented power and flexibility in one compact—and very affordable—module. The USP4 can be installed in any CTs two channel amplifier. The USP4 is available in either CobraNet or Ethernet AVB versions for digital audio transport; with both modules still having integrated AES3 transport. The USP4 requires Harman Pro System Architect software. The System Architect software is available at hiqnet.harmanpro.com.

Ultra smooth processing by onboard high-definition BSS OMNIDRIVEHD DSP with 24-bit,192 kHz Cirrus Logic SHARC A/D and D/A converters and true 96 kHz processing

•

World-class FIR and IIR filters

•

LevelMAX™ peak, RMS and transducer thermal voltage power limiters combine for a smooth and accurate response, better sound, and higher usable SPL

•

100Mb Ethernet single-plug solution for CobraNetTM audio, Ethernet AVB audio, and HiQnetTM control and monitoring

•

Auto Standby for increased energy efficiency

•

Multiple Input Options Include: Analog, CobraNetTM or Ethernet AVB, and AES3 Digital Audio

•

Digital Audio On/Off Ramp allows users to send pre or post processed analog signal out of the module to adjacent amplifiers

•

Amplifier output monitor using the Foldback control through either CobraNetTM or Ethernet AVB network

•

SLM (Sweep Load Monitoring) with system-level diagnostics

•

64 assignable filters with 9 different filter types including all-pass filters

•

Over 4 seconds of delay available per channel

•

Input compressors for each channel

•

Full error reporting

•

Firmware upgrades via the network

•

50 user selectable presets

•

Reliable FLASH memory backup of all parameters

•

Ambient Leveler senses the ambient sound level of a room via the connected loudspeakers

•

Over 2 seconds of delay available per channel.

•

Input compressors and output limiters for each channel.

•

Dual, uncorrelated noise generators for noise masking.

•

Sine-wave generator.

•

Load supervision.

•

Full error reporting.

•

Firmware upgrades via the network.

•

10 user selectable presets.

•

Reliable FLASH memory backup of all parameters.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

•

Section:

NETWORKED PRODUCTS

Page 233

ACCESSORIES APPLICATIONS ACCESSORIES ACCESSORIES && APPLICATIONS ACCESSORIES

Accessories Accessories VCA-MC4A VCA-MC8 VCA-MC4A && VCA-MC8 FEATURES  FEATURES

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

Independent remote level control each chan• • Independent remote level control forfor each channel.nel. 1-VCAP 4-VCAP 1-VCAP && 4-VCAP 4-pinremovable removablePhoenix-style Phoenix-stylebarrier barrierconcon• • 4-pin nectors provide +10VDC control voltage, T-170VConstant-Voltage Constant-Voltage nectors provide thethe +10VDC control voltage, T-170V FEATURES  FEATURES ground,andandcontrol controllines linesforfortwotwoamplifier amplifier ground, Transformer Transformer channels. channels. 1-VCAP provides remote volume control • • 1-VCAP provides remote volume control forfor oneone CrownT-170V T-170Vis isa asingle single TheTheCrown more amplifier channels. Optional wall-mount level control panels or or more CTsCTs amplifier channels. • • Optional wall-mount level control panels forfor useuse autoformer provides impedautoformer thatthat provides impedwith VCA modules: 1-VCAP 4-VCAP. with VCA modules: 1-VCAP andand 4-VCAP. ance matching between ampliance matching between an an amplia 1-gang electrical box. • • FitsFits intointo a 1-gang electrical box. fier output and “constant voltage” fier output and “constant voltage” 4-VCAPprovides providesremote remotevolume volumecontrol controlforfor • • 4-VCAP loudspeakers. It allows amplifiers loudspeakers. It allows amplifiers Remote Level Control Remote Level Control four more amplifier channels. four or or more CTsCTs amplifier channels. without direct 70V or 100V outwithout direct 70V or 100V outCrown VCA-MC4A VCA-MC8 optional TheThe Crown VCA-MC4A andand VCA-MC8 areare optional a 2-gang electrical box. • • FitsFits intointo a 2-gang electrical box. capability drive distributed speaker systems putput capability to to drive distributed speaker systems level-control modules Crown multi-chanlevel-control modules forfor thethe Crown CTsCTs multi-chandesigned operate at those voltages. designed to to operate at those voltages. power amplifiers. VCA-MC4A is for nelnel power amplifiers. TheThe VCA-MC4A is for thethe CTsCTs Wall-Mount Controllers Wall-Mount Controllers 4200, VCA-MC8 is for 8200. 4200, andand thethe VCA-MC8 is for thethe CTsCTs 8200. CrownVCAP VCAPpanels panelsarearewall-mounted wall-mountedpanels panels Crown A VCA-MC module provides independent remote A VCA-MC module provides independent remote with potentiometers that provide remote control with potentiometers that provide remote control level control each channel. 4-pin removable level control forfor each channel. 4-pin removable volume Crown amplifier channels of of thethe volume of of Crown CTsCTs amplifier channels Phoenix-stylebarrier barrierconnectors connectorsprovide providethethe Phoenix-style a VCA-MC4 VCA-MC8 module installed viavia a VCA-MC4 or or VCA-MC8 module installed in in +10VDC control voltage, ground, control lines +10VDC control voltage, ground, andand control lines amplifier. Two models available: 1-VCAP thethe amplifier. Two models areare available: 1-VCAP amplifier channels. Thus, 4-channel forfor twotwo amplifier channels. Thus, thethe 4-channel and 4-VCAP. and 4-VCAP. 4200 uses connectors; 8-channel CTsCTs 4200 uses twotwo connectors; thethe 8-channel CTsCTs 1-VCAP:Used Usedin inconjunction conjunctionwith witha VCA-MC a VCA-MC 8200 1-VCAP: 8200 uses four connectors. Crown 4200 uses four connectors. Crown CTsCTs 4200 andand module, a 1-gang panel with poten- 8200 module, thisthis is is a 1-gang panel with oneone poten8200 amplifiers supplied with a VCA-MC amplifiers cancan be be supplied with a VCA-MC tiometerthat thatprovides providesremote remotevolume volumecontrol control module tiometer module already factory-installed, your choice already factory-installed, or or your choice of of moreCTsCTsamplifier amplifierchannels. channels.TheThe MCMC forforoneoneor ormore modules easily added amplifier modules cancan be be easily added to to thethe amplifier potentiometerononthethepanel panelis iswired wireddirectly directly by by potentiometer authorized Crown Service Center. anyany authorized Crown Service Center. VCA connectors VCA-MC. to to thethe VCA connectors onon thethe VCA-MC. TP–170VTP–170V

4-VCAP: This a 2-gang panel with four poten4-VCAP: This is ais 2-gang panel with four potentiometersthat thatprovide provideremote remotevolume volumecontrol control tiometers fouror ormore moreCTsCTsamplifier amplifierchannels. channels.TheThe forforfour potentiometers panel wired directly potentiometers onon thethe panel areare wired directly VCA connectors VCA-MC. to to thethe VCA connectors onon thethe VCA-MC.

Page 234

Choosing Right Module Choosing thethe Right Module

order accessory modules your amplifier, please To To order accessory modules forfor your amplifier, please refer to the model (located back panel of the refer to the model tagtag (located on on thethe back panel of the TP-170VConstant-Voltage Constant-Voltage amplifier) your amplifier’s specific model number. TP-170V amplifier) forfor your amplifier’s specific model number. Transformer Panel Panel Then refer to the information below to select correct Transformer Then refer to the information below to select thethe correct ® ® TP-170V is a rack-mountable panel Crown TheThe Crown TP-170V is a rack-mountable panel accessory your requirements. accessory forfor your requirements. with four autoformers to provide impedance matchwith four autoformers to provide impedance matchCTs4200: VCA-MC4 or IQ-MC4 CTs4200: VCA-MC4 or IQ-MC4 ing between amplifier outputs and “constant volting between amplifier outputs and “constant volt4200A: VCA-MC4A or IQ-MC4A CTsCTs 4200A: VCA-MC4A or IQ-MC4A age” loudspeakers. This allows amplifiers withage” loudspeakers. This unitunit allows amplifiers with8200 or CTs 8200A: VCA-MC8 or IQ-MC8 CTsCTs 8200 or CTs 8200A: VCA-MC8 or IQ-MC8 direct 70V 100V output capability drive outout direct 70V or or 100V output capability to to drive distributed speaker systems designed operate distributed speaker systems designed to to operate Regulatory Certifications Regulatory Certifications Multi-Channel Amp Accessories: ForFor all all CTsCTs Multi-Channel Amp Accessories: those voltages. TP-170V constructed at at those voltages. TheThe TP-170V is is constructed of of sturdy steel, hinged side allow easy sturdy steel, andand hinged onon oneone side to to allow easy access inside connections. access to to thethe inside connections.

ACCESSORIES & APPLICATIONS ď ˝ACCESSORIES

Accessories cya

(cover your amp)

P.I.P.-CLP The P.I.P.-C.L.P. is designed to detect and prevent overload. The same error detecting circuit that is used to signal the IOC indicator is used to activate this error-driven compressor. It is not a typical signal-driven compressor but a circuit to prevent an overload. It can yield up to 13 dB of additional signal safety margin without noticeable program change.

3PLUS3 3+3 Extended Warranty Crownâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s No-Fault, 3+3 Extended Warranty package extends the terms of your original full warranty for an additional three years, thus covering years four through six. Available for Crown amplifiers only.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Commercial Audio Accessories

Section:

04 RM1 Rack-Mounting Kit

RM2 Rack-Mounting Kit

The Crown RM1 is a single-unit rack-mounting kit. It is designed to be used with Commercial Audio models 135MA and 160MA mixer-amplifiers.

The Crown RM2 is a dual-unit rack-mounting kit. It is designed to be used with Commercial Audio models 135MA and 160MA mixer-amplifiers.

IST Isolation Transformer

S-COVER Security Cover Bulk Pack

The Crown IST is a 600-ohm to 600-ohm isolation transformer used for telephone connectivity. It is designed to be used with Commercial Audio models 135MA and 160MA mixer-amplifiers.

The Crown S-COVER is a 10-pack of security covers. It is designed to be used with Commercial Audio models 135MA and 160MA mixer-amplifiers.

ACCESSORIES

Page 235

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Section:

Page 236

Harman Pro Group | 2010

PRODUCT APPLICATIONS & WARRANTY Installed Sound Product Applications

Section:

Live Sound Product Applications Crown Amplifier Warranty

Page 237

ACCESSORIES APPLICATIONS INSTALLEDSOUND SOUND PRODUCT APPLICATIONS ACCESSORIES && APPLICATIONS INSTALLED PRODUCT APPLICATIONS

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

Page 238

ACCESSORIES & APPLICATIONS INSTALLED SOUND PRODUCT APPLICATIONS

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

Page 239

ACCESSORIES APPLICATIONS LIVESOUND SOUND PRODUCT APPLICATIONS ACCESSORIES && APPLICATIONS LIVE PRODUCT APPLICATIONS

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

Page 240

Crown Amplifier Warranty USA AND CANADA SUMMARY OF WARRANTY Crown International, 1718 West Mishawaka Road, Elkhart, Indiana 46517-4095 U.S.A. warrants to you, the ORIGINAL PURCHASER and ANY SUBSEQUENT OWNER of each NEW Crown product, for a period of three (3) years from the date of purchase by the original purchaser (the “warranty period”) that the new Crown product is free of defects in materials and workmanship. We further warrant the new Crown product regardless of the reason for failure, except as excluded in this Warranty Warranty is only valid within the country in which the product is purchased.

ITEMS EXCLUDED FROM THIS CROWN WARRANTY This Crown Warranty is in effect only for failure of a new Crown product which occurred within the Warranty Period. It does not cover any product which has been damaged because of any intentional misuse, accident, negligence, or loss which is covered under any of your insurance contracts. This Crown Warranty also does not extend to the new Crown product if the serial number has been defaced, altered, or removed.

WHAT THE WARRANTOR WILL DO

HOW TO OBTAIN WARRANTY SERVICE You must notify us of your need for warranty service within the warranty period. All components must be shipped in a factory pack, which, if needed, may be obtained from us free of charge. Corrective action will be taken within a reasonable time of the date of receipt of the defective product by us or our authorized service center. If the repairs made by us or our authorized service center are not satisfactory, notify us or our authorized service center immediately.

DISCLAIMER OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES YOU ARE NOT ENTITLED TO RECOVER FROM US ANY INCIDENTAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM ANY DEFECT IN THE NEW CROWN PRODUCT. THIS INCLUDES ANY DAMAGE TO ANOTHER PRODUCT OR PRODUCTS RESULTING FROM SUCH A DEFECT. SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATIONS OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATION OR EXCLUSION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.

WARRANTY ALTERATIONS No person has the authority to enlarge, amend, or modify this Crown Warranty. This Crown Warranty is not extended by the length of time which you are deprived of the use of the new Crown product. Repairs and replacement parts provided under the terms of this Crown Warranty shall carry only the unexpired portion of this Crown Warranty.

DESIGN CHANGES We reserve the right to change the design of any product from time to time without notice and with no obligation to make corresponding changes in products previously manufactured.

LEGAL REMEDIES OF PURCHASER THIS CROWN WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS, YOU MAY ALSO HAVE OTHER RIGHTS WHICH VARY FROM STATE TO STATE. No action to enforce this Crown Warranty shall be commenced after expiration of the warranty period. THIS STATEMENT OF WARRANTY SUPERSEDES ANY OTHERS CONTAINED IN THIS MANUAL FOR CROWN PRODUCTS. 9/07

Page 241

Harman Pro Group | 2010

We will remedy any defect, regardless of the reason for failure (except as excluded), by repair, replacement, or refund. We may not elect refund unless you agree, or unless we are unable to provide replacement, and repair is not practical or cannot be timely made. If a refund is elected, then you must make the defective or malfunctioning product available to us free and clear of all liens or other encumbrances. The refund will be equal to the actual purchase price, not including interest, insurance, closing costs, and other finance charges less a reasonable depreciation on the product from the date of original purchase. Warranty work can only be performed at our authorized service centers or at the factory. Warranty work for some products can only be performed at our factory. We will remedy the defect and ship the product from the service center or our factory within a reasonable time after receipt of the defective product at our authorized service center or our factory. All expenses in remedying the defect, including surface shipping costs in the United States, will be borne by us. (You must bear the expense of shipping the product between any foreign country and the port of entry in the United States including the return shipment, and all taxes, duties, and other customs fees for such foreign shipments.)

Section:

CrownAmplifier AmplifierWarranty Warranty Crown WORLDWIDE EXCEPT USA CANADA WORLDWIDE EXCEPT USA && CANADA SUMMARY WARRANTY SUMMARY OFOF WARRANTY Crown International, 1718 West Mishawaka Road, Elkhart, Indiana 46517-4095 U.S.A. warrants you, ORIGINAL PURCHASER ANY SUBSEQUENT OWNER Crown International, 1718 West Mishawaka Road, Elkhart, Indiana 46517-4095 U.S.A. warrants to to you, thethe ORIGINAL PURCHASER andand ANY SUBSEQUENT OWNER each NEW Crown product, a period three years from date purchase original purchaser (the “warranty period”) new Crown prodof of each NEW Crown product, forfor a period of of three (3)(3) years from thethe date of of purchase by by thethe original purchaser (the “warranty period”) thatthat thethe new Crown prodis free defects in materials workmanship, further warrant new Crown product regardless reason failure, except excluded in this uctuct is free of of defects in materials andand workmanship, andand wewe further warrant thethe new Crown product regardless of of thethe reason forfor failure, except as as excluded in this Warranty. Warranty. Warranty is only valid within country which product is purchased. Warranty is only valid within thethe country in in which thethe product is purchased. 1 Note: If your bears name “Amcron,” please substitute it for name “Crown” in this warranty. 1 Note: If your unitunit bears thethe name “Amcron,” please substitute it for thethe name “Crown” in this warranty.

ITEMS EXCLUDED FROM THIS CROWN WARRANTY ITEMS EXCLUDED FROM THIS CROWN WARRANTY This Crown Warranty is effect in effect only failure a new Crown product which occurred within Warranty Period. It does cover product which been This Crown Warranty is in only forfor failure of of a new Crown product which occurred within thethe Warranty Period. It does notnot cover anyany product which hashas been damaged because intentional misuse, accident, negligence, loss which is covered under your insurance contracts. This Crown Warranty also does damaged because of of anyany intentional misuse, accident, negligence, or or loss which is covered under anyany of of your insurance contracts. This Crown Warranty also does extend new Crown product if the serial number been defaced, altered, removed. notnot extend to to thethe new Crown product if the serial number hashas been defaced, altered, or or removed.

WHAT THE WARRANTOR WILL WHAT THE WARRANTOR WILL DODO

Harman Pro Group | 2010

remedy defect, regardless reason failure (except excluded), repair, replacement, refund. may elect refund unless WeWe willwill remedy anyany defect, regardless of of thethe reason forfor failure (except as as excluded), by by repair, replacement, or or refund. WeWe may notnot elect refund unless youyou agree, unless unable provide replacement, repair is not practical cannot timely made. a refund is elected, then must make agree, or or unless wewe areare unable to to provide replacement, andand repair is not practical or or cannot be be timely made. If aIfrefund is elected, then youyou must make thethe defective malfunctioning product available free clear liens other encumbrances. refund equal actual purchase price, defective or or malfunctioning product available to to us us free andand clear of of all all liens or or other encumbrances. TheThe refund willwill be be equal to to thethe actual purchase price, including interest, insurance, closing costs, other finance charges less a reasonable depreciation product from date original purchase. notnot including interest, insurance, closing costs, andand other finance charges less a reasonable depreciation onon thethe product from thethe date of of original purchase. Warranty work only performed authorized service centers. remedy defect ship product from service center within Warranty work cancan only be be performed at at ourour authorized service centers. WeWe willwill remedy thethe defect andand ship thethe product from thethe service center within a a reasonable time after receipt defective product authorized service center. reasonable time after receipt of of thethe defective product at at ourour authorized service center.

HOW OBTAIN WARRANTY SERVICE HOW TOTO OBTAIN WARRANTY SERVICE must notify your local Crown importer your need warranty service within warranty period. components must shipped in the original box. YouYou must notify your local Crown importer of of your need forfor warranty service within thethe warranty period. AllAll components must be be shipped in the original box. Corrective action taken within a reasonable time date receipt defective product authorized service center. If the repairs made Corrective action willwill be be taken within a reasonable time of of thethe date of of receipt of of thethe defective product by by ourour authorized service center. If the repairs made by by ourour authorized service center satisfactory, notify authorized service center immediately. authorized service center areare notnot satisfactory, notify ourour authorized service center immediately.

Section:

04 05

DISCLAIMER CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES DISCLAIMER OFOF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES YOU ARE NOT ENTITLED RECOVER FROM ANY INCIDENTAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM ANY DEFECT THE NEW CROWN PRODUCT. THIS INCLUDES YOU ARE NOT ENTITLED TOTO RECOVER FROM USUS ANY INCIDENTAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM ANY DEFECT IN IN THE NEW CROWN PRODUCT. THIS INCLUDES ANY DAMAGE ANOTHER PRODUCT PRODUCTS RESULTING FROM SUCH A DEFECT. ANY DAMAGE TOTO ANOTHER PRODUCT OROR PRODUCTS RESULTING FROM SUCH A DEFECT.

WARRANTY ALTERATIONS WARRANTY ALTERATIONS person authority enlarge, amend, modify Crown Warranty. This Crown Warranty is not extended length time which NoNo person hashas thethe authority to to enlarge, amend, or or modify thisthis Crown Warranty. This Crown Warranty is not extended by by thethe length of of time which youyou areare deprived new Crown product. Repairs replacement parts provided under terms Crown Warranty shall carry only unexdeprived of of thethe useuse of of thethe new Crown product. Repairs andand replacement parts provided under thethe terms of of thisthis Crown Warranty shall carry only thethe unexpired portion Crown Warranty. pired portion of of thisthis Crown Warranty.

DESIGN CHANGES DESIGN CHANGES reserve right change design product from time time without notice with obligation make corresponding changes prodWeWe reserve thethe right to to change thethe design of of anyany product from time to to time without notice andand with nono obligation to to make corresponding changes in in products previously manufactured. ucts previously manufactured.

LEGAL REMEDIES PURCHASER LEGAL REMEDIES OFOF PURCHASER action enforce Crown Warranty shall commenced after expiration warranty period. NoNo action to to enforce thisthis Crown Warranty shall be be commenced after expiration of of thethe warranty period. THIS STATEMENT OF WARRANTY SUPERSEDES ANY OTHERS CONTAINED IN THIS MANUAL FOR CROWN PRODUCTS. THIS STATEMENT OF WARRANTY SUPERSEDES ANY OTHERS CONTAINED IN THIS MANUAL FOR CROWN PRODUCTS.

9/07 9/07

TRADEMARKS NOTICE: Crown, Crown Audio, Amcron, BCA, Differoid, DBC, IOC, System, Macro-Tech, ODEP, P.I.P., registered trademarks; Digital TRADEMARKS NOTICE: Crown, Crown Audio, Amcron, BCA, IQ,IQ, Differoid, DBC, IOC, IQ IQ System, Macro-Tech, ODEP, P.I.P., andand VZVZ areare registered trademarks; Digital B-Chain, Grounded Bridge, Power-Tech, PIP2, TCP/IQ, IQwic, SmartAmp, trademarks Crown International. B-Chain, Grounded Bridge, Power-Tech, PIP,PIP, PIP2, TCP/IQ, IQwic, SmartAmp, IQ2IQ2 andand XTiXTi areare trademarks of of Crown International. Neutrik, Speakon, Windows, Dolby, DTS, HiQnet, CobraNet, ScreenArray, dbx, System Architect, Phoenix used information only property Neutrik, Speakon, Windows, Dolby, DTS, HiQnet, CobraNet, ScreenArray, dbx, System Architect, Phoenix andand JBLJBL areare used forfor information only andand areare thethe property of of their respective companies. their respective companies. Crown Audio, reserves right make changes in specifications, software, products without prior notice. Crown Audio, also assumes responsibilCrown Audio, Inc.Inc. reserves thethe right to to make changes in specifications, software, or or products without prior notice. Crown Audio, Inc.Inc. also assumes no no responsibilerror in type print reproduction features specifications in this literature. information provided in this manual was deemed accurate ity ity forfor anyany error in type or or print reproduction of of thethe features or or specifications in this literature. TheThe information provided in this manual was deemed accurate as as of of publication date. However, updates information may have occurred. obtain latest version manual, please visit Crown website at www. thethe publication date. However, updates to to thisthis information may have occurred. To To obtain thethe latest version of of thisthis manual, please visit thethe Crown website at www. crownaudio.com. crownaudio.com. Some models may exported under name Amcron. Some models may be be exported under thethe name Amcron.

Page 242

INSTALL

STUDIO

Harman Pro Group | 2010

TOUR

Section:

04 05 2010 FULL LINE

FU LL LI N E CATALO G

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 1

12/7/09 9:38:20 AM

Page 243

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

FULL LINE

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 2

Page 244

12/7/09 9:38:35 AM

It began more than 35 years ago with the vision of a single man to create a better way to record audio and that vision has

HISTORY HISTORY

continued into a new millennium. The late David Blackmer, who is universally considered to be the father of modern ItCompression, began more than yearstoago with the of arange singleofman to create a better waydecibel to record audio and that vision has had a35quest improve thevision dynamic analog recordings using expansion. This quest produced continued into a new millennium. The late David Blackmer, who is universally considered to be the father of modern the decilinear VCA and RMS detector which taken together have changed the sonic landscape and made possible so many Compression, hadaudio a quest to improveIn the1971, dynamic range of analog recordings using expansion. This over quest35 produced hasdecibel collectively produced patents of our current technologies. Mr. Blackmer founded dbx® which the decilinear VCA and RMS detector which taken together have changed the sonic landscape and made possible so many that continue to forge and reshape the landscape in the Live Sound, Studio Recording, and Installed Sound professional

collectively produced passion over 35 for patents ofaudio our current In 1971, Mr.ofBlackmer dbx® which marketsaudio today.technologies. Our award-winning team designersfounded and engineers havehas embraced Mr. Blackmer’s audio that continue to forge and reshape the landscape in the Live Sound, Studio Recording, and Installed Sound professional purity with a vengeance, and continue to design and build the precise and accurate tools necessary for today’s audio audio marketsFrom today.our Ourrock-solid award-winning of designers engineers embracedCompressors, Mr. Blackmer’s for audio production. Analogteam products like the and 20-Series EQs have and 10-Series topassion our cutting-edge purity with a vengeance, and continue to design buildCore the precise and accurate tools necessary forprovide today’sthe audio Performance and Commercial Audio products – ourand System (SC), DriveRack and ZonePRO lines – we tools production. From our Analog products the 20-Series EQs and 10-Series Compressors, to our to accommodate allrock-solid of your audio needs. This like brochure is designed to help you navigate through ourcutting-edge many product Performance andfind Commercial products – our needs. System Core (SC), DriveRack and ZonePRO lines – we provide the tools solutions and the ones Audio that meet your exact to accommodate all of your audio needs. This brochure is designed to help you navigate through our many product solutions and find the ones that meet your exact needs.

CONTENTS CONTENTS SC 64

SC 32 SC SC 64 DriveRack SC 32

DriveRack 4800

DriveRack DriveRack 260 ®

DriveRack4800 220i DriveRack DriveRack260 PA+ DriveRack DriveRack220i PX DriveRack DriveRack PA+™

ZonePRO DriveRack PX

ZonePRO 1260 (M)/1261(M) ™ (M)/641 (M) ZonePRO 640

ZonePRO

ZonePRO1260 Zone(M)/1261(M) Controllers ZonePRO ZonePRO 640 (M)/641 (M)

Blue/Purple Series Quantum II 160SL Blue/Purple Series 162SL Quantum II 160SL EQs 162SL ZonePRO Zone Controllers

iEQ-15

iEQ-31 EQs 2015 iEQ-15 2231 iEQ-31 2031 2015 1215 2231 1231 2031 131 1215 215 1231 231 131

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Silver Series 386

Silver 376 Series 386

Dynamics

376 160A

166XL Dynamics 1066 160A 1046 166XL 1074 1066 266XL 1046

Section:

1074

Crossovers

266XL 223

223XL Crossovers 234 223 234XL 223XL 234

Premium Direct Boxes

234XL dB10

dB12 Premium Direct Boxes dB10 Other dB12 AFS 224

120A Other

286A AFS 224 PB-48 120A 286A

Product Specs

PB-48

Product Specs

215

FULL LINE FULL LINE

231

3 3

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 3

12/7/09 9:38:35 AM

Page 245

SC 64

SC 64 D I G ITA L M ATR IX P R O C E S S O R

Harman Pro Group | 2010

for adding forthcoming high bandwidth audio

offerings in a new family from dbx® Professional

transport I/O cards. With dedicated DSP for common processing

Products. Wizard-driven configuration using

HiQnet is a communications protocol or language with which all device-types within the full audio signal path can communicate.

Section:

The SC 64 (System Core) is one of the first

Co-developed and shared by elite engineers from all the brands within the Harman Pro group, HiQnet merges the best features of all previous brandindependent communications protocols and thereby benefits from years of combined experience and is simultaneously optimized for all components of the full professional audio system.

HiQnet™ System Architect makes unprecedented

functions and insert positions for specialized

DSP power, incredible routing ﬂexibility and a

processing, the SC 64 offers many processing

rich palette of processing tools accessible with

functions including Advanced Feedback Sup-

the minimum of training. The SC 64 represents

pression (AFS™), Ambient Noise Compensation

the professional foundation on which to build

(ANC), priority ducking, parametric equalization

even the most demanding integrated system.

(PEQ), delay and dynamics.

The SC 64 has a total analog I/O count of

The SC 64 has a diverse range of control

64, configurable in banks of eight. The chassis

options including HiQnet™ System Architect

supports up to eight analog input and/or

custom control panels, Ethernet, serial, contact

analog output cards facilitating nine different

closure, the popular ZC wall controllers and even

fully loaded configurations. Analog input cards

automatically scheduled events. With so many

accommodate a wide range of sources with mic/

methods of control, an SC system can truly be

line switching and phantom power per input.

tailored to suit the needs and technical exper-

Two high speed option slots provide facility

tise of the intended user.

9 64 channels of analog I/O configurable in banks of 8 9 Mic / Line and Phantom Power per channel on Analog Input Cards 9 Ethernet / Serial Control 9 GPIO 9 Rich Palette of Processing Tools 9 Selectable DSP inserts on all inputs and outputs including Advanced Feedback Suppression (AFS™), Automatic Gain Compensation (AGC), Compression, De-Essing and Notch Parametric Equalization

9 Complete routing flexibility 9 Comprehensive configuration, control and monitoring from HiQnet System Architect 9 Wizard configuration 9 Events Scheduler 9 Optional Media Engine for media playback and delayed page 9 Optional ZC wall panel control

FULL LINE

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 4

Page 246

12/7/09 9:39:03 AM

SC 32

SC 32 D I G ITA L M ATR IX P R O C E S S O R The SC 32 (System Core) is one of the first

I/O cards. All of these features are housed in a

offerings in a new family from dbx® Professional

sleek 2U rack chassis.

9 Stereo Feedback Elimination with 12 feedback notch filters

With dedicated DSP for common process-

Products. Wizard-driven configuration using

9 Dual 28-band Graphic EQ

ing functions and insert positions for specialized

DSP power, incredible routing ﬂexibility and a

processing, the SC 32 offers many processing

9 Classic dbx® Compressor

rich palette of processing tools accessible with

functions including Advanced Feedback Suppres-

9 120A Sub-harmonic Synthesizer

the minimum of training. The SC 32 represents

sion (AFS™), Ambient Noise Compensation (ANC),

the professional foundation on which to build

priority ducking, parametric equalization (PEQ),

even the most demanding integrated system.

delay and dynamics.

The SC 32 has a total analog I/O count of

9 2x3, 2x4, 2x5, 2x6 Crossover Configurations 9 Stereo Multi-band Parametric EQ

The SC 32 has a diverse range of control op-

32, configurable in banks of eight. The chassis

tions including HiQnet System Architect custom

9 Stereo Output Limiters

supports up to four analog input and/or analog

control panels, Ethernet, serial, contact closure,

9 Alignment Delay

output cards facilitating five different fully

the popular Zone Controller wall controllers and

loaded configurations. Analog input cards accom-

even automatically scheduled events. With so

modate a wide range of sources with mic/line

many methods of control, an SC system can truly

9 Auto-EQ with 28-band RTA

switching and phantom power per input. One

be tailored to suit the needs and technical exper-

high-speed option slot provides facility for add-

tise of even the scrutinizing contractor.

9 JBL® Speaker and Crown Power Amp Tunings with Setup Wizard

9 Pink Noise Generator

ing forthcoming high-bandwidth audio transport

9 32 channels of analog I/O configurable in banks of 8

9 Ethernet / Serial Control

9 Selectable DSP inserts on all inputs and outputs including Advanced Feedback Suppression (AFS), Automatic Gain Compensation (AGC), Compression, De-Essing and Notch Parametric Equalization

9 GPIO

9 Complete routing flexibility

9 Rich Palette of Processing Tools

9 Comprehensive configuration, control and monitoring from HiQnet System Architect

9 Mic / Line and Phantom Power per channel on Analog Input Cards

Harman Pro Group | 2010

HiQnet™ System Architect makes unprecedented

Section:

9 25 User Programs/25 Factory Programs

9 Wizard configuration 9 Events Scheduler

9 2 Channel XLR Input and 6 Channel XLR Output

9 Optional Media Engine for media playback and delayed page

9 Front panel RTA-M XLR input with phantom power

9 Optional ZC wall panel controllers

9 24-Bit ADC/24-Bit DAC, >110 dB Dynamic Range 9 Full Graphic LCD Display

Zone Controllers The Zone Controllers offer extended utility to the SC, DriveRack

and ZonePro families. The nine Zone Controllers use analog DC voltage to provide logic control ranging from zone source selection, volume and muting, to program or scene selection and fire safety interface. Wired with readily available and affordable CAT5 cable with universally accepted solutions to the contractor. For more information on Zone Controllers, see page 12.

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 5

FULL LINE

RJ-45 connectors at distances up to 1000 ft, the ZC Zone Controllers offer simple yet elegant

12/7/09 9:39:28 AM

Page 247

DRIVERACK

Harman Pro Group | 2010

DriveRack 4800 | DriveRack 4820

The 4820 is based on the same operating system as the DriveRack 4800 without the Full Color QVGA Display Interface

Section:

COMPLETE EQUALIZATION AND LOUDSPEAKER MANAGEMENT SYSTEM Designed to provide incredible ﬂexibility, sonic

processing path for

excellence and intuitive control for performance

your application, in

9 48 and 96 kHz operation with Wordclock input

applications, the DriveRack 4800 is the new

addition to the standard system processing

ﬂagship of the hugely successful DriveRack family.

functions all with extremely low latency and

9 Full Color QVGA Display (4800 only)

From the powerful 96 kHz DSP engine and stan-

extended frequency response. From Signal

9 4 analog and AES/EBU inputs

dard analog and digital I/O, to the QVGA display

Routing, EQ, and Bandpass Filters, to classic

9 8 analog and AES/EBU outputs

and multiple control surfaces, the 4800 provides

dbx® Dynamics and AFS® Advanced Feedback

9 Optional Jensen® I/O Transformers

all the processing, ﬂexibility and control neces-

Suppression, all the processing is available and

9 Full Bandpass Filter, Crossover and Routing Configurations with Bessel, Butterworth, and LinkwitzRiley filters

sary for both installation and live use.

with the sonic excellence that you would expect

The DriveRack 4800 is the next generation

from the world’s leading system processing

of the famous DriveRack family, and like

manufacturer. With all this processing power

9 31-Band Graphic and 9-band Parametric EQ on every input

its predecessor it is engineered to provide

available, control is of paramount importance.

“Everything you need between the mixer and the

The DriveRack 4800 provides a full color display

9 6-band Parametric EQ on every output

power amps”. In keeping with this philosophy

to speed manual operation; this combined with

the 4800 includes four inputs and eight outputs

intuitive front panel controls, an easy to use GUI

9 Loudspeaker Cluster and Driver Alignment Delays

with both analog and digital connectivity. The

and optional wall panel controllers means that

96 kHz processing engine is capable of offering

whether your application is tour sound or installa-

insert processing functions to customize the

tion, the DriveRack 4800 has what it takes.

9 Selectable DSP inserts on all inputs and outputs including Classic dbx Compression, PeakStopPlus™, Limiting and AFS® Advanced Feedback Suppression among others 9 Ethernet HiQnet networking and control 9 dbx ZC wall panel control

FULL LINE

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 6

Page 248

12/7/09 9:39:54 AM

DRIVERACK

DriveRack 260 ®

COMPLETE EQUALIZATION AND LOUDSPEAKER CONTROL SYSTEM 9 Feedback Elimination

processors with a selection of Notch Filter-

state-of-the-art signal processing, while

ing, classic dbx® Compression, Auto Gain

9 2.7 Seconds of Alignment and Zone Delay

maintaining a simple and intuitive control

Control, Sub-Harmonic Synthesis, or our

9 RS-232 PC GUI control

interface. This goal has been realized. From

own patented Advanced Feedback Suppres-

the powerful DSP modules to the multiple

sion (AFS™). The DriveRack 260 also offers a

9 Classic dbx Compression and Limiting

control surfaces, the 260 provides all the

configurable Delay with 2.7 seconds of total

processing and control necessary for both

delay time. The 260 provides full Bandpass

installation and live use. Additionally, the

and Crossover filtering and routing including

9 Full Bandpass, Crossover, and Routing Configurations

Wizard function enables any user to quickly

Bessel, Butterworth and Linkwitz-Riley topolo-

9 Auto Gain Control

set up and use the 260 to its full potential by

gies. There is parametric EQ available on

streamlining the setup process and providing

each output as well as dbx PeakStopPlus™

9 Pink Noise Generator and full-time RTA

a menu-based setup procedure that includes

Limiting. The 260 provides a full-time RTA for

system setup and configuration, Auto-EQ, and

live sound applications, while contractors will

9 Setup Wizard with JBL speaker and Crown Power Amplifier Tunings

Advanced Feedback Suppression (AFS™).

appreciate its control inputs for wall-panel

9 Security Lockout

The DriveRack 260 is based on the same

Harman Pro Group | 2010

The DriveRack 260 was designed to provide

9 Graphic and Parametric EQ 9 Auto-EQ Function

Section:

9 Wall Panel Control Inputs

logic and volume control.

9 Optional RTA-M microphone

unparalleled design philosophy as the other products in the DriveRack family, namely, to provide “Everything you need between the mixer and the power amps.” In keeping with that philosophy, the 260 offers 2 inputs and 6 outputs on XLR connectors. Each input channel provides a choice of EQ, either a 9-band Parametric or a 28-band Graphic EQ. Each input channel also boasts two

FULL LINE

selectable insert

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 7

12/7/09 9:40:06 AM

Page 249

DRIVERACK

DriveRack 220i ®

SYSTEM PROCESSOR WITH ADVANCED FEEDBACK SUPPRESSION

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Designed from the ground up to provide state-of-

new, patented Advanced Feedback Suppression

the-art signal processing, the DriveRack 220i is the

(AFS®) algorithm, equalization, dynamics process-

perfect tool for any fixed-install application. With

ing, delay, matrix mixing, and bandpass filters,

a full complement of processing features and Mic/

the DriveRack 220i will exceed your expectations.

Line inputs the DriveRack 220i can provide both system and microphone processing. Featuring the

The DriveRack 220i is piloted from the intuitive DriveWare GUI that offers both Configuration and Control of the processing modules. Modules can be accessed, edited and saved as part of programs. Processing modules can be linked between the channels for true stereo processing. If independent processing is desired, parameters can

Section:

be copied from one channel to the next to ensure that setup is quick and easy. Stored programs can be loaded from either the front panel or from wall mounted Zone Controllers. Zone Controllers can also be used for output muting or adjusting output volumes.

9 Advanced Feedback Suppression (AFS)

9 Noise Gating

9 1.3 Seconds of Delay

9 Graphic and Parametric EQ

9 De-Esser

9 RS-232 PC GUI control

9 Compressor

9 Ducker

9 Mic/Line Inputs

9 PeakStopPlus™ Limiter

9 Bandpass Filters

9 Wall Panel Control

9 Auto Gain Control

9 2x2 Matrix Mixer

9 Security Lockout

Use the DriveRack 260 and 220i with Zone Controllers for control at the flick of a switch! (See page 12 for more details)

FULL LINE

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 8

Page 250

12/7/09 9:40:36 AM

DRIVERACK

It began more than 35 years ago with the vision of a single man to create a better way to record audio and that vision has

HISTORY

continued into a new millennium. The late David Blackmer, who is universally considered to be the father of modern Compression, had a quest to improve the dynamic range of analog recordings using decibel expansion. This quest produced the decilinear VCA and RMS detector which taken together have changed the sonic landscape and made possible so many of our current audio technologies. In 1971, Mr. Blackmer founded dbx® which has collectively produced over 35 patents

that continue to forge and reshape the landscape in the Live Sound, Studio Recording, and Installed Sound professional

DriveRack DriveRack PA+ PA+ ®

® audio markets today. Our award-winning team of designers and engineers have embraced Mr. Blackmer’s passion for audio

Harman Pro Group | 2010

9forSetup Wizard Through purity with a vengeance, and continue to design and build the precise and accurate tools necessary today’s audio 9 Setup Wizard Steps Steps Through SpeakerSpeaker and Ampand Amp COMPLETE EQUALIZATION AND COMPLETE EQUALIZATION ANDLOUDSPEAKER LOUDSPEAKERCONTROL CONTROL SYSTEM SYSTEM Selection and Levels and Levels production. From our rock-solid Analog products like the 20-Series EQs and 10-Series Compressors, to Selection our cutting-edge 9 EQ Auto™ Wizard EQ™ Wizard with 28-Band 9 Auto with 28-Band RTA RTA TheThe bestbest justjust gotgot even ™ even better!The TheDriveRack DriveRack Performance andbetter! Commercial Audio products – our System Core (SC), DriveRack and ZonePRO lines – 9weAuto the 9 provide Auto™Level Wizardtools Level Wizard ® PA, PA, far far andand away thethe world’s most popular loud 9 ®AFS Wizardproduct away world’s loud This brochure is designed to help you navigate through 9 our AFS Wizard to accommodate all of most your popular audio needs. many 9 Stereo Feedback Elimination 12 feedback 9 Stereo Feedback Elimination with 12with feedback speaker management system The RTA-M real realtime timeaudio audio speaker management systemhas hasnow nowbecome become The optional optional RTA-M solutions and find the ones that meet your exact needs. notch filters notch filters analyzing mic isis the the perfect perfect analyzing mic the the DriveRack PA+. Showcasing DriveRack PA+. Showcasingallallthe thefeatures features 9 120A dbx 120A Sub-harmonic Synthesizer 9 dbx Sub-harmonic Synthesizer accessory for the theDriveRack DriveRack accessory tool for users around worldhave havecome cometoto 9 Classic dbx Input thatthat users around thethe world 9 Classic dbxCompression Input Compression PA+ and260. Used conjuncPA and PA+ and 260.Used Usedinin inconjuncconjunc® and Crown® Power 9 JBL Speaker 9 ®JBL Speaker and Crown® Amp Power Amp expect, including easy rock-solidrelireliexpect, including easy setset up,up,rock-solid tion with with the System Setup tion System SetupSeries Tunings included Tunings included SC Silver ability and unparalleled sound quality, the new ability and unparalleled sound quality, the new Wizard, the RTA-M Wizard, RTA-M isis ideal ideal 9 USB and Speaker TuningsTunings Field Field 9 Firmware USB Firmware and Speaker SC 64 ® for optimizing optimizing the sound Updatable With Harman HiQnet®HiQnet System version gone great lengthstotoearn earnits its for the 386 sound Updatable With Harman System version hashas gone to to great lengths SC 32 Architect quality even the most 376 Architect quality of even the most “plus.” With more settings, morecontrol controland and “plus.” With more settings, more 9 Full difficult of of acoustic 9 time FullRTA timefunction RTA function ® difficult acoustic enhanced circuitry, soundyou youseek seekisisright right DriveRack enhanced circuitry, thethe sound 9 Front-Panel OutputOutput MutesMutes Dynamics 9 Front-Panel environments. environments. 9 Pink Noise Generator (used with and EQ and at your fingertips. 9 Pink Noise Generator (usedAutowithEQAuto DriveRack 4800 at your fingertips. 160A Auto Level Wizards) Auto Level Wizards) DriveRack 260 166XL 9 Linked StereoStereo DSP Processing for easeforofease use of use 9 Linked DSP Processing Although DriveRack PA+is isloaded loadedwith with DriveRack 220i PA+ 9 24-Bit ADC/24-Bit DAC, >113 dB Dynamic 1066 Although thethe DriveRack 9 24-Bit ADC/24-Bit DAC, >113 dB Dynamic RangeRange functions features, easytotoset setup upand and DriveRack PA+ it it 1046 functions andand features, is iseasy 9 2-Channel XLR Input XLR XLR 9 2-Channel XLRand Input6-Channel and 6-Channel DriveRack PX use. The dbx exclusive Set Up Wizard walks you 1074 use. The dbx exclusive Set Up Wizard walks you OutputOutput through system set up with easy to follow step266XL 9 2x3, 2x4, 2x5, 2x6 Crossover Configurations throughZonePRO system set ™ up with easy to follow step9 2x3, 2x4, 2x5, 2x6 Crossover Configurations 9 Dual 28-band Graphic EQ- Linked or Dual Mono by-step instructions. Just pick your speakers 9 Dual 28-band Graphic EQ- Linked or Dual Mono by-step ZonePRO instructions. Just pick your speakers 1260 (M)/1261(M) 9 Stereo Multi-band Parametric EQ Crossovers 9 Stereo Multi-band Parametric EQ and amps from the built-in list on the PA+ 9 Stereo Output Limiters and amps from the built-in list on the PA+ ZonePRO 640 (M)/641 (M) 223 9 Stereo Output Limiters and then let the Auto Level™ Wizard fine tune 9 Output Alignment Delay and thenZonePRO let the Zone AutoControllers Level™ Wizard fine tune 9 Output Delay 223XL 9 Power on/offAlignment Mute Circuitry the level settings of each speaker. You can 9 PowerRTA-M on/off XLR Muteinput Circuitry the level settings of each speaker. You can 234 9 Front-panel with phantom then Blue/Purple let the Auto EQ™Series Wizard help you further 9 Front-panel RTA-M XLR input with phantom power then let the Auto EQ™ Wizard help you further 234XL power Quantum II Finish up by using the optimize your sound. 9 25 User Programs/25 Factory Programs optimize your sound. Finish up by using the 9 Graphic 25 UserLCDPrograms/25 9 Full Display Factory Programs 160SL AFS® Wizard, which automatically sets filters to Premium Direct Boxes 9 Full LCDOutput Display 9 Front PanelGraphic Input and Meters AFS® Wizard, which automatically sets filters to 162SLany feedback during performances. eliminate dB10 9 Front Panel Input and Output Meters

CONTENTS

dB12

Other AFS 224 120A 286A PB-48

Product Specs

FULL LINE FULL LINE

eliminate any feedback during performances. Within minutes, your system will sound like it EQs your system will sound like it Within minutes, was tuned by a pro. No experience required! iEQ-15 was tuned by a pro. No experience required! Get the most out of your PA with the DriveRack Get the iEQ-31 most out of your PA with the DriveRack PA+, the worldwide standard in loudspeaker 2015 PA+,management. the worldwide standard in loudspeaker 2231 management. 2031 1215 1231 131 215 231

Section:

9 3

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 9

12/7/09 9:40:53 AM

Page 251

DRIVERACK

DriveRack PX ®

POWERED SPEAKER OPTIMIZER

Harman Pro Group | 2010

9 Optimized for powered speakers

Powered speakers are a beautiful thing.

patented Advanced Feedback Suppression (AFS)

9 Support stereo speakers and subwoofer(s)

Everything you need bundled into one simple,

kills nasty feedback, allowing problem-free

portable package. Just grab ‘em and go, right?

operation at higher sound levels, while our

9 Supports JBL® and other popular powered speakers

Well, you may think your powered speaker

patented Subharmonic Synthesizer extends bass

9 Easy-to-use wizards for setup, Auto-EQ™, and AFS®

system is complete, but you’re missing half

response for enhanced bottom end. With all

the picture. DriveRack PX is the other half.

that, you also get classic dbx compression and

In another dbx industry first, we’ve created

the protection offered by our graceful PeakPlus™

a processor specifically tailored for powered

limiting. Your ears, your audience, and your

speakers. Utilizing our highly-acclaimed

powered speakers will forever thank you.

9 dbx® M2 measurement mic included 9 Classic dbx compression with graceful PeakPlus™ limiters

DriveRack technology, the PX picks up where

9 Patented AFS Advanced Feedback Suppression

Section:

your powered speakers leave off.

In spite of all that sophistication, rest assured we won’t overcomplicate the simplicity

The DriveRack PX Powered Speaker

of your rig. Our exclusive Setup, Auto-EQ, and

9 Auto-EQ optimizes sound quality for any room

Optimizer has everything you need to get

AFS Wizards, and out-of-the-box support for

the most out of your stereo powered speaker

a host of JBL and other popular powered

9 Patented dbx Type IV™ conversion system

system. It even includes stereo or mono

speakers, make setup a snap. Louder, clearer,

subwoofer support. With the included dbx M2

better sound from your powered speakers has

measurement mic, Auto-EQ corrects for audible

never been so easy.

9 120A Subharmonic Synthesizer

9 2 channel XLR input 9 2 channel XLR output

deficiencies in the room environment. Our

9 2 Channel XLR subwoofer output

FULL LINE

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 10

Page 252

12/7/09 9:41:02 AM

ZONEPRO

™

ZonePRO 1260/m | ZonePRO 1261/m ™

™

DIGITAL ZONE PROCESSORS

9 Advanced Feedback Suppression (AFS) 9 Graphic and Parametric EQ

Harman Pro Group | 2010

9 Compressor 9 Limiter 9 Auto Gain Control

ZonePRO 640/m | ZonePRO 641/m ™

9 Noise Gating

™

9 De-Esser

DIGITAL ZONE PROCESSORS

Each of the eight members of the ZonePRO

9 Ducker

system changes at predetermined times.

family of Digital Zone Processors represents an

The recently-introduced ZonePRO devices, the

9 Bandpass Filters

inexpensive and quickly deployed solution for a

640m, 641m, 1260m and 1261m share the same

diverse range of commercial audio applications.

total numbers of inputs and outputs as their

Designed with contractors in mind, the ZonePRO

equivalent siblings but feature additional mic/

devices feature Euroblock connectors for easy

line inputs. This increase in the number of

Advanced 99 2x2 MatrixFeedback Mixer Suppression (AFS™) 9 AutoWarmth® 9 1.3 Seconds of Delay 9 Automatic Gain Control (AGC) 99 RS-232 PC GUI control Notch Filter

termination of balanced signals and RCA con-

available microphone inputs further extends the

nectors for straightforward connection of con-

suitability of the ZonePRO family into applica-

sumer equipment. A simple analog bus allows

tions such as conference rooms and presenta-

sources to be shared among multiple ZonePRO

tion spaces.

devices, facilitating scalability of outputs for

Ambient Noise Compensation (ANC) is also

9 Parametric EQ 9 Bandpass and Crossover Filters

processing function allows the level of zone

9 Security Lockout

and EQ for all inputs and selectable DSP Inserts

outputs to track the ambient noise level, monitored through a microphone and microphone

9 Wall Panel Control

for microphone channels. Input Insert options include Automatic Gain Control (AGC), Notch

input. This feature is particularly well-suited to

Filter, Compressor, Gate, De-Esser and Advanced

applications such as retail environments where

Feedback Suppression (AFS™).

the volume of the audio system can be matched

The routing section of ZonePRO provides Primary Source Selection, Source Ducking for

their associated noise level. ZonePRO devices are configured using

includes AutoWarmth®, a psychoacoustic func-

ZonePRO Designer, a software application which

tion that maintains full frequency bandwidth

contains a Configuration Wizard, which guides

even when the signal level has dropped. Each

users through the step-by-step configuration

output also offers Crossover, EQ, AGC, Compres-

process.

All ZonePRO devices offer a built-in Real Time Clock that can provide programmable

9 Ethernet Control (see table)

automatically to the number of shoppers and

Paging and Priority Override. Output processing

sor, Limiter and Delay for system optimization.

9 RS-232 Control

FULL LINE

Input processing features gain control

Compressor 99 Mic/Line Inputs 9 Gate 9 Wall Panel Control 9 De-Esser 9 Security Lockout 9 Limiter

introduced on the ZonePRO ‘m’ devices. This

larger applications.

Section:

Page 253

ZONEPRO

™

ZonePRO 1260/m | ZonePRO 1261/m ZonePRO 640/m | ZonePRO 641/m ™

™

DIGITAL ZONE PROCESSORS

ZonePRO Product Matrix The ZonePRO™ family of Digital Zone Processors consists of eight devices with different functionality (see table below). Each device, with optional control from an extensive range of Zone Controllers, represents an inexpensive and quickly-deployed solution for a diverse range of commercial audio applications. The Configuration Wizard guides you through the step-by-step configuration process, ensuring that you go from requirements to solution in just a few mouse clicks.

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

Inputs

Outputs

Front Panel Control

Mic Preamps

S/PDIF

Ethernet

Mix Functionality

ANC*

1260m

1260

1261m

1261

640m

640

641m

641

2 *Ambient Noise Compensation

Zone Controllers The Zone Controllers use analog DC voltages to provide logic control ranging from Volume and Mute control to Contact Closure Program selection and can be used with SC 64 and SC32, the DriveRack® 4800, 4820, 260 and 220i, and ZonePRO™ units. Wired with readily available and affordable CAT5 cable with universally accepted RJ-45 connectors, the ZC Zone Controllers offer simple yet elegant solutions to the contractor.

ZC1

ZC2

ZC3

ZC4

ZCBOB

ZC6

ZC7

ZC8

ZC9

ZCFIRE

Programmable Volume Control

FULL LINE

Page 254

Programmable Volume Control

Programmable Volume & Mute

Programmable Selection

Programmable Push-To- Programmable Volume Talk Page Assignment and Source Select

Program Selection

Source Selection

“Home-Run” or parallel wiring

Fire Safety Interface

BLUE/PURPLE SERIES

160SL COMPRESSOR/LIMITER 127dB dynamic range and ultra-low distortion. Encased in a specially designed aluminum-zinc

9 Patent-pending AutoVelocity™ circuit

gives you more versatile performance than ever

housing for shielding and thermal characteristics,

9 127dB of Dynamic Range

before. In addition to having the auto attack

the V8 maintains its superior performance even

and release as well as the hard knee threshold

in the harshest environments. The 160SL offers

characteristics of the classic dbx 160, the 160SL

a plethora of features which include: variable

now offers AutoVelocity manual mode, in addition

attack and release controls, as well as dbx’s latest

9 High-Drive output transformer circuit drives 1000 ft. of Belden® cable at +30dBu with only .007% THD

to our classic OverEasy® mode. dbx AutoVelocity

limiting algorithm PeakStopPlus™, precision 0.1%

technology allows you to find the exact attack and

and 1% resistors, gold-palladium-nickel contacts,

release effect you are looking for. Still on board

Jensen® transformers, gold plated Neutrik® XLRs,

is the venerable dbx Auto mode. Now you can set

and rare earth magnet signal switching relays

your maximum preferred settings in manual mode,

with gold contacts, housed in a hermetically-

and let the 160SL do the rest. The dbx 160SL

sealed nitrogen environment and mounted on

features dual proprietary V8 VCA modules. This

military-grade glass epoxy circuit boards. The

state-of-the-art implementation of dbx’s original

end result is the most technologically advanced

Blackmer decilinear VCA boasts an unheard-of

compressor in the world.

9 Switchable between Hard-knee and OverEasy® Compression 9 Program-dependent “Auto,” AutoVelocity™ or fully variable attack and release manual modes

Section:

162SL

9 Super fast manual attack and release 9 High-Drive Jensen® output transformers

COMPRESSOR/LIMITER original Blackmer decilinear VCA boasts an unheard

great dbx compressors, past and present, and gives

of dynamic range and ultra-low distortion seen only

you more versatile performance than ever before.

previously in the Blue 160SL. With sonic clarity

In addition to having the auto attack and release,

designed for the studio, the 162SL maintains its

and the hard knee threshold characteristics of the

superior performance in harsh environment. Like its

classic dbx 160, the 162SL offers AutoVelocity™

big brother, the 162SL takes full advantage of the

manual mode, along with our classic dbx OverEasy®

best parts available and dbx’s advanced manufac-

mode, made standard by the legendary dbx 165A.

turing, including Jensen® transformers on each

All of the 160SL’s features, including variable

output standard. Following in the footsteps of the

attack and release controls and dbx’s latest limit-

Blue Series® 160SL with the Purple Series 162SL,

ing algorithm PeakStopPlus , are included in the

dbx continues to create to the most technologically

162SL. Its state-of-the-art implementation of dbx’s

advanced compressors in the world.

™

9 Hard-knee/OverEasy® switchable 9 Ultra-low distortion compression for unheard of clarity even under extreme gain reduction 9 Program-dependent “Auto,”’ Patent-pending AutoVelocity™ Manual, or fully variable attack and release modes

FULL LINE

The 162SL combines the best features of all the

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 13

Harman Pro Group | 2010

The 160SL combines the best features of all the great dbx® compressors, past and present, and

12/7/09 9:41:51 AM

Page 255

EQs

iEQ

™

DIGITAL GRAPHIC EQUALIZERS W/ AFS®

With an EQ heritage that has produced countless industry standard patents and dates back more than 30 years, the dbx® iEQs™ easily live up to the dbx legacy of uncompromising sonic integrity. In addition to unsurpassed Equalization specs, the iEQ also offers the built-in necessities which include patented AFS® Advanced Feedback Suppression (which removes unwanted feedback at the push of a button), Type V™ Noise Reduction and PeakStopPlus™ limiting. The iEQ-Series represents a major step forward in the performance of graphic equalizers. From its amazing 10Hz to 22kHz frequency response, to its 110dB dynamic range the iEQs offer out of this world specifications with a down to earth price point. Sure to find a home in the studio, on tour and with installed sound venues, the iEQs are destined to take their rightful place in the lineage of great dbx signal processors

Harman Pro Group | 2010

that are the professionals’ choice.

iEQ-15 DUAL 15-BAND DIGITAL GRAPHIC EQ/LIMITER

Section:

05 iEQ-31 DUAL 31-BAND DIGITAL GRAPHIC EQ/LIMITER

9 Advanced Feedback Suppression (AFS)

9 18 dB per octave 40Hz low-cut filter

9 Dynamic range of greater than 113dB

9 Type V Noise Reduction

9 ±12dB input gain range

9 User Power Up Features

9 PeakStopPlus Limiting

9 XLR, TRS and Euroblock Inputs and Outputs

9 1/3-octave Constant Q frequency bands

9 Internal Toroidal Transformer

9 Relay Bypass for Power Failure System Protection

9 Switchable boost/cut ranges of ±6 or ±15dB 9 Frequency Response of 10Hz to 22kHz

FULL LINE

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 14

Page 256

12/7/09 9:42:13 AM

EQs

20 Series GRAPHIC EQUALIZERS

Since their introduction, the 20 Series equalizers have become crucial links in the sound systems of countless

The 20 Series can significantly improve the noise specs for almost any sound system.

professionals all over the world. From a value perspective, the 20 Series EQs offer an unequalled feature set. The crowning feature of each model in the 20 Series is our patented Type III™ Noise Reduction, which enables you to increase signal-to-noise ratios by up to 20dB. With Type III, the 20 Series can significantly improve the noise specs for almost any sound system. Add our patented PeakPlus™ limiter topology; XLR, ¼", and Barrier strip inputs and outputs; durable 45mm nylon sliders; a +12dB input gain range; and informative, four-step LED ladders to the mix and you’ve got three powerful tools that will let you use your system with confidence.

2215 DUAL 15-BAND GRAPHIC EQUALIZER Harman Pro Group | 2010

2231 DUAL 31-BAND GRAPHIC EQUALIZER

Section:

2031 SINGLE 31-BAND GRAPHIC EQUALIZER

9 An extremely high quality EQ, patented Type III Noise Reduction, and the elegant new PeakPlus Limiter all in one great sounding box

9 Patented PeakPlus Limiter threshold range from 0dBu to +24dBu (off) can transparently tame the wildest hits or the subtlest nuances of any signal

9 Four segment LED bar graphs for BOTH Gain Reduction AND Output Level offers the most comprehensive visual feedback available

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 15

9 Status LEDs offer visual feedback for all settings on the front panel

FULL LINE

9 Revolutionary instant encode/decode Type III Noise Reduction in-circuit at the push of a button. Increases S/N ratio by up to 20dB

12/7/09 9:42:33 AM

Page 257

EQs

12 Series GRAPHIC EQUALIZERS

The dbx® 12 Series Equalizers were designed to make versatile, pro-quality sound available to users of all levels, while offering the simplicity of straightforward controls and providing years of maintenance-free operation in any application. The magnetically-isolated transformer, electronically balanced inputs and servo balanced outputs, RF-filtered inputs and outputs, and power-off hard-wire relay bypass with 2 second power up delay were steps our engineers took to ensure compatibility for all installations. Only the best components were utilized, yielding a 10Hz to 50kHz frequency response, greater than 90dB SNR (ref +4dBu), less than 0.005% THD +Noise (1kHz at +4dBu), and inter-

Harman Pro Group | 2010

channel crosstalk of less than -80dB from 20Hz to 20kHz. All this attention to detail is contained in a sturdy steel/aluminum chassis.

1215 DUAL 15-BAND GRAPHIC EQUALIZER

Section:

05 1231 DUAL 31-BAND GRAPHIC EQUALIZER

9 Switchable boost/cut ranges of ±6 or ±15 dB 9 XLR, Barrier Strip, and 1/4” TRS connectors

9 Internal power supply transformer

9 Electronically balanced/unbalanced inputs

9 -12dB/+12dB input gain range

9 Servo balanced/unbalanced outputs

9 18dB/octave 40Hz Bessel low-cut filter

9 Power-off hardwire relay bypass with 2-second power-up delay

9 RF filtered inputs and outputs

9 Chassis/signal ground lift capability

FULL LINE

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 16

Page 258

12/7/09 9:42:55 AM

EQs

2 Series GRAPHIC EQUALIZERS

The 2 Series represents a major step forward in the performance of entry-level equalizers.

The dbx® 2 Series equalizers were designed to make versatile, pro-quality sound available to users of all levels, while offering the simplicity of straightforward controls. The 2 Series represents a major step forward in the performance of entry-level graphic equalizers. From its amazing 10Hz to 50kHz frequency response, to its 108dB dynamic range, the 2 Series offers great specifications with, a down-to-earth price point. Sure to find a home in the studio, on tour and with installed sound venues, the 2 Series is destined to take its rightful place in the lineage of great dbx signal processors that are the professional’s choice in signal processing. With such affordable quality, there’s no longer any excuse for compromising your sound with a lesser EQ than one from dbx.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

131 SINGLE 31-BAND GRAPHIC EQUALIZER

215 DUAL 15-BAND GRAPHIC EQUALIZER

Section:

05 231 DUAL 31-BAND GRAPHIC EQUALIZER

9 Constant Q frequency bands

9 ±12 dB input gain range

9 Switchable boost/cut ranges of ±6 or ±12 dB 9 4-segment LED ladders for monitoring output levels 9 12dB per octave 40Hz low-cut filter

9 Dynamic range of greater than 108dB

9 XLR and TRS Inpts and Outputs 9 Internal Toroidal Transformer

FULL LINE

9 Front panel bypass switch

9 Frequency Repsonse of <10Hz to >50kHz

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 17

12/7/09 9:43:13 AM

Page 259

S I LVE R S E R I E S

386 MIC PRE The Silver Series 386 dual channel tube mic preamp puts the best of both worlds into one affordable package by combining the warmth of the irreplaceable vacuum tube with the proprietary dbx® Type IV™

Harman Pro Group | 2010

conversion system. The 386 boasts many of the same features as other products in the Silver Series, such as +48V phantom power, phase invert switch, and low-cut filtering. In addition, the 386 also offers up to 96kHz, 24-Bit digital output capabilities in both AES/EBU, and S/PDIF formats as standard features.

Digital outputs on the 386 and 376 are standard features

9 Two channel tube microphone preamplifier 9 Selectable 96kHz, 88.2kHz, 48kHz, or 44.1kHz sampling rate 9 24, 20, and 16-bit wordlengths 9 Selectable dither and noise shaping

Section:

9 Word clock sync input and output

9 Selectable mic/line switch

9 Separate analog and digital output control

9 48 volt phantom power

9 Type IV™ conversion system

9 75Hz low cut filter

9 60dB of gain and +/- 15dB of output gain

9 AES/EBU and S/PDIF digital outputs

9 20dB pad 9 Phase reverse 9 Segment LED analog/digital

376 TUBE PREAMP CHANNEL STRIP WITH DIGITAL OUT The 376 has taken the essential tools needed for recording and put them all on a single channel strip. The mic/line section on the 376 provides a 12AU7 vacuum tube and offers +48V phantom power, a phase invert switch, a high impedance ¼" instrument input, 20 dB pad, and low-cut filtering. The processing section offers a 3-Band parametric EQ, a classic dbx Compressor, and De-Esser. The 376 also offers digital output capabilities in both AES/EBU, and S/PDIF formats with selectable sampling rates including 44.1 kHz, 48 kHz, 88.2 kHz, or 96 kHz with selectable dithering and noise shaping as standard features. The LED meters provide a clear and concise visual of the signal processing at a glance. We think you’ll agree that the 376 lives up to the uncompromising standards of dbx Professional Products.

FULL LINE

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 18

Page 260

9 Tube microphone pre-amp

9 Front panel instrument input

9 24, 20 and 16 bit wordlengths

9 200V tube plate voltage

9 Drive meter LEDs

9 AES/EBU and S/PDIF digital outputs

9 Selectable mic/line switch

9 Threshold and De-Esser meters

9 +48 Volt phantom power

9 8 segment analog or digital meter

9 Selectable dither and noise-shaping algorithms

9 3-Band Parametric EQ

9 Type IV™ conversion system

9 Compressor

9 Selectable sampling rate (96, 88.2, 48, 44.1kHz)

9 De-Esser

9 Word clock sync input and output

12/7/09 9:43:31 AM

DYNAMICS

160A COMPRESSOR/LIMITER The 160A offers such time-tested features as switchable OverEasy® and hard knee compression, extremely wide threshold ranges, and controls for ratio and output gain. The 160A also includes true RMS level detection, providing the most transparent dynamics pro-

Harman Pro Group | 2010

cessing available–from smooth, subtle compression to “brick wall” peak limiting. Its electronically balanced output stage is an outstanding driver for long cable runs (an output transformer is optional). With its unique “INFINITY +” inverse-compression mode, the 160A actually decreases the audio output level below unity gain when the input exceeds threshold. You can even stereo-couple two 160A’s to process a stereo mix without shifting the left/right image. The dbx 160A is truly the standard for dynamics processing.

9 OverEasy® or classic hard knee compression with dbx’s® ultra-musical program dependent attack and release times

9 Precision dual RMS LED display monitors input or output and gain reduction over a wide range and calibrates for different operating levels

9 Independent balanced and unbalanced outputs can drive 600 loads to +24dBm simultaneously. New floating balanced output stage drives any load

9 Compression ratio variable from 1:1 through infinity :1 to negative compression

9 Over 60dB of gain reduction available

9 Optional output transformer capable

9 Exclusive Infinity+ compression allows negative compression

9 Strappable with another 160A for true RMS stereo summing operation

Section:

166XL COMPRESSOR/LIMITER/GATE With auto attack and release controls and separate precision LED displays for gain reduction, compression threshold, and gate threshold, the 166XL allows for quick and accurate setup. Using our True RMS Power Summing™ feature, the Stereo Couple mode provides you with a rock solid stereo image The 166XL also makes advanced applications a breeze with full sidechain functionality, the ability to use either hard knee or OverEasy® compression algorithms, and the venerable PeakStop® limiter. The dbx® 166XL is the industry standard compressor/gate at a cost within everyone’s reach.

9 Goof proof operation to smooth uneven levels, add sustain to guitars, fatten drums or tighten up mixes 9 New gate timing algorithms ensure the smoothest release characteristics

9 Balanced inputs and outputs on 1/4” TRS and XLR

9 Separate precision LED displays for gain reduction, compression threshold and gate threshold allow quick, accurate setup

9 Side Chain insert 9 Classic dbx “Auto” mode ®

9 dbx PeakStop® Limiter

9 Stereo or dual-mode operation FULL LINE

9 Program-adaptive expander/gates

9 Great sounding dynamics control for any type of program material

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 19

12/7/09 9:43:42 AM

Page 261

DYNAMICS

10 Series 1066 COMPRESSOR/LIMITER/GATE

Whether you’re looking for “heavy” compression or subtle gain leveling, the 1066 stereo compressor/ limiter/gate with selectable hard knee or OverEasy® compression is ideal. The 1066’s compressor section allows you to set attack and release times manually or automatically using our convenient Auto

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Mode. In addition, our famous Contour switch allows you to smoothly compress entire mixes while preventing low frequencies from punching holes in the overall mix. The 1066’s gate section enables you to clean up unwanted frequencies or mic bleed using its frequency-dependent gain control and the Side Chain External button. With the Side Chain Monitor button and an equalizer, you can select which frequencies will trigger the gate. For overall speaker protection, our innovative PeakStopPlus™ technology prevents unwanted transients from blowing your drivers and minimizes the distortion common to many other “hard” limiters.

Section:

9 Selectable auto (classic dbx®) or manual (variable Attack and Release) compression

9 PeakStopPlus™ limiting for setting maximum allowable level with minimal distortion

9 True RMS level detection

9 Contour switch removes unwanted low frequency information from detector circuit

9 SC Ext and SC Mon for setting up and monitoring external devices for gating function

9 True stereo or dual mono operation

9 Selectable Overeasy or Hard Knee compression modes

9 True differentially balanced gold-plated XLR and 1/4” inputs and outputs

9 Precision metering of input level, output level, and gain reduction 9 Switchable +4dBu or -10dBV operation per channel

1046 QUAD COMPRESSOR/LIMITER

Each of the 1046’s four channels allows you to individually select between our classic OverEasy® or hard knee compression, as well as connect each channel for separate purposes. Additionally, our PeakStopPlus™ circuitry is the most comprehensive limiting technology available. For easy interfacing with other devices, each of the 1046’s channels also utilizes balanced, gold-plated XLR and ¼" inputs and outputs and switchable +4dBu or -10dBV operating levels. The 1046 incorporates our standard-setting designs, state-of-the-art manufacturing techniques, and of course, our highly sought-after sound quality.

FULL LINE

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 20

Page 262

9 Four independent channels of operation, stereo linkable in two pairs

9 Switchable OverEasy® or Hard Knee compression

9 Precision metering of input level, output level, and gain reduction

9 PeakStopPlus™ limiting control for setting maximum allowable level regardless of compressor settings

9 Classic dbx® compression

9 Dual True stereo or quad mono operation

9 Independent Threshold and Release controls

9 True RMS level detection

9 Differentially balanced gold-plated XLR and 1/4” inputs and outputs

9 Switchable +4dBu or -10dBV operation per channel

12/7/09 9:43:52 AM

DYNAMICS

1074 QUAD GATE

The 1074 Quad Gate is the perfect companion to the 1066 and 1046. The 1074 offers 4 channels of gating with threshold, depth and release controls on each channel. The 1074, like the rest of the products in dbx’s® 10 Series, is based on the legendary dbx V2 VCA and offers XLR inputs and outputs, and ¼"

Harman Pro Group | 2010

side-chain input. In addition to an external key input per channel, the 1074 also has an internal filter that can be independently activated and controlled on a channel per channel basis. This filter allows the 1074 to not only clean up tracks but gives you frequency selective control on each gate, to open exactly when you want it to.

9 Four independent channels of gating 9 Independent key filtering 9 Independent Threshold and Release controls

9 Differentially balanced gold-plated XLR and 1/4” inputs and outputs 9 True RMS level detection

9 Stereo Coupling mode 9 Switchable +4dBu or -10dBv operation per channel

Section:

05 266XL COMPRESSOR/GATE

The 266XL delivers everything from mellow “leveling” to aggressive peak limiting.

The 266XL puts pleasing compression and smooth gating within reach of everyone. The classic dbx® compression delivers everything from mellow “leveling,” to aggressive peak limiting. In addition, the 266XL’s AutoDynamic™ circuitry continuously adjusts attack and release settings in real time in order to optimally match program material. The advanced gating circuitry in the 266XL uses a program-dependent timing algorithm to produce ultra-smooth release characteristics—even with complex signals. Thanks to the dynamic range of the dbx® VCA, the 266XL can provide reliable gating for any circumstance. The 266XL also includes separate LED ladders measuring gain reduction, compression threshold, and gate threshold, making the 266XL intuitive and easy to use.

9 Goof proof operation to smooth uneven levels, add sustain to guitars, fatten drums or tighten up mixes 9 New gate timing algorithms ensure the smoothest release characteristics

9 Separate precision LED displays for gain reduction, compression threshold and gate threshold allow quick, accurate setup

9 Stereo or dual-mode operation 9 Balanced inputs and outputs on 1/4” TRS and XLR 9 Side Chain insert 9 Classic dbx “Auto” mode ®

FULL LINE

9 Program-adaptive expander/gates

9 Great sounding dynamics control for any type of program material

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 21

12/7/09 9:44:01 AM

Page 263

CROSSOVERS

223/234 Crossovers 223XL and 234XL XLR versions

Crossovers may do nothing more than direct frequencies, but the thought that went into the 223 and 234

To provide you with even more flexibility, the 223 and 234 are also available in the form of the 223XL and 234XL which offer balanced XLR input and output connectors.

balanced TRS ¼" inputs and outputs. To prevent accidental changes of critical settings during perfor-

is what really elevates the dbx® crossovers above the rest. The 223 and 234 both feature differentially mance (which could be disastrous), several of the 223 and 234’s controls are located on their rear panels. On the 223, the first of these selects between stereo two-way or mono three-way operation, while on the 234 it selects between stereo two-way, stereo three-way, or mono four-way operation (the selected mode is always visible via two front panel LEDs). Also located on the back panels are switches that allow you to individually select crossover frequency ranges for both channels (again, the front panels feature LEDs to indicate when the back panel x10 switch is activated). The rear panels also allow you to mono-sum

Harman Pro Group | 2010

the low frequency outs. Both crossovers feature Linkwitz-Riley 24dB/octave filters–the professional standard. Each of the units’ channels has a +12dB input gain control and a recessed 40 Hz low-cut (highpass) filter for removing low frequency rumble. Both the low and high outputs on each channel have phase reverse switches (reconfigurable to operate as mute switches) and gain controls ranging from ∞ to +6 dB, allowing level matching and muting of individual outputs. The 223 and 234 give you great performance, the features you expect from professional crossovers, and the reassurance that you’re buying from the company that has been making the world’s finest audio gear for over 30 years.

223/223 XL STEREO 2-WAY, MONO 3-WAY CROSSOVER

Section:

05 9 1/4” TRS (223) / XLR (223XL) differentially balanced inputs and outputs 9 Mode switch for stereo 2-way or mono 3-way operation 9 Stereo/Mono status LEDs indicate the selected mode

9 x10 range switch on both channels 9 40Hz low-cut (high-pass) filter both channels 9 Phase reverse switch on all outputs 9 Individual level controls on all outputs

9 Low frequency summed (subwoofer) output

9 24dB per octave Linkwitz-Riley filters (the professional standard) 9 dbx 2 year parts and labor as standard ®

9 CSA NRTL/C approved 9 CE compliant

234/234 XL STEREO 2/3-WAY, MONO 4-WAY CROSSOVER

9 1/4” TRS (234) / XLR (234XL) differentially balanced inputs and outputs

9 40Hz low-cut (high-pass) filter both channels

9 Stereo/Mono status LEDs indicate the selected mode

9 Mode switches for mono 4-way or stereo 2-way/3-way operation

9 Phase reverse switch on all outputs

9 dbx 2 year parts and labor as standard

9 Low frequency summed (subwoofer) output

9 24dB per octave Linkwitz-Riley filters (the professional standard)

9 x10 range switch on both channels

9 Individual level controls on all band outputs

9 CSA NRTL/C approved 9 CE compliant

FULL LINE

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 22

Page 264

12/7/09 9:44:15 AM

PREMIUM DIRECT BOXES

dB10 Passive | dB12 Active DIRECT BOXES

9 Premium performance

boxes, we didn’t settle for the same old tired approach to direct box design. With our dbx name on the

9 Rugged attractive design

line, how could we? One look at our new dB10 Passive and dB12 Active direct boxes will tell you that

9 Stackable chassis w/durable rubber base

these are clearly different. With their bullet-proof construction, and extraordinary audio performance to

9 Gold-plated Neutrik® XLR connector

rival their looks, finally there’s a direct box worthy of the dbx name.

9 Recessed chrome toggle switches

Utilizing custom dbx mu-metal-shielded audio transformers, high-quality Neutrik® connectors, and

Harman Pro Group | 2010

At dbx, when we do something, we do it right. So when we decided to create our new direct injection

9 Transformer isolated

low-noise circuitry preserves the sonic integrity and true characteristics of the signal source. Both boxes include a pad switch that accomodates instrument, line and even speaker level signals. Take even more

9 Premium shielded custom dbx transformer

control of your sound by utilizing the polarity invert switch to set the phase relationship between the

9 Hi-Z 1/4” input jack

direct and mic’d sound.

9 Parallel 1/4” thru jack

Section:

9 Balanced XLR Lo-Z output 9 Handles instrument/line/speaker levels 9 Flat/high-cut filter switch

SAMPLE SETUP

9 Output polarity invert switch 9 Ground lift switch 9 5 year U.S. warranty!

Guitar

Output on Rear Panel INPUT

Mixer

THRU PAD

Mic Amplifier

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 23

FULL LINE

0dB 20dB 40dB

12/7/09 9:45:02 AM

Page 265

OTHER PRODUCTS

AFS 224 ®

ADVANCED FEEDBACK SUPPRESSION PROCESSOR

Harman Pro Group | 2010

9 dbx’s Patented (Advanced Feedback Suppression) AFS technology

The AFS 224 Advanced Feedback Suppression pro-

processor that offers up to 24 filters per channel

cessor has been designed to provide state-of-the-

with filter Qs as narrow 1/80 of an octave. With

9 24 Programmable Filters per Channel

art feedback elimination processing, while main-

such narrow filter Qs, the AFS 224 is able to

9 Stereo or Dual Independent Channel Processing

taining a simple and intuitive control interface.

remove unwanted feedback, while preserving the

The AFS 224 utilizes a no-nonsense user interface

sonic integrity with precision and accuracy. To

providing all the processing and control necessary

achieve these staggering numbers, dbx utilized

for both installation and live use while the AFS

their patented AFS technology that had previously

is an absolute must for any live sound applica-

only been available in the upper echelon of dbx

tion. Ten and twelve filter-per-channel feedback

products and made it available in this stand-alone

elimination processors have become the de facto

processor. In addition to the plethora of feedback

standard, but the engineering staff at dbx® have

suppression filters available, the AFS 224 also of-

never been content residing in the neighborhood

fers selectable modes, live filter lift, and multiple

of the status quo. So, to raise the bar once again,

types of filtration.

9 Live and Fixed Filter Modes 9 Selectable Filter Lift Times 9 Application-specific filter types include Speech and Music Low, Med and High 9 Input channel Metering 9 24 LED per Channel Filter Metering 9 XLR and 1/4” TRS Inputs and Outputs

Section:

they developed a dedicated feedback suppression

120A SUBHARMONIC SYNTHESIZER Unlike other attempts at bass synthesis, the 120A’s patented subharmonic synthesis process produces smooth, musical low frequencies that don’t interfere with mid- or high-band information–even at maximum levels. The result is unmatched low-end punch at levels that won’t destroy your system. In fact, the 120A is optimized to allow audio professionals to get the most out of their high-performance, low frequency speaker systems, and includes both a subwoofer output (with its own level control) and main outputs that can be configured as either full-range (including synthesis) or high frequency-only.

9 Individual control for two ranges of subharmonic frequencies

9 Front panel LEDs that show crossover status and synthesis activity

9 Separate Low Frequency Boost Circuit

9 Patented circuitry ensures that mid and high frequencies are not affected

9 Separate Subwoofer Output 9 1/4” Balanced inputs and outputs 9 RCA Input Connectors

9 Built-in crossover with choice of 80Hz or 120Hz crossover point

9 Enhance bass audio material for use in a variety of professional applications such as: - Nightclub and dance mixing - DJ Mixing - Theater and Film Sound - Music Recording - Live Music Performance - Broadcasting

FULL LINE

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 24

Page 266

12/7/09 9:45:17 AM

OTHER PRODUCTS

286A MIC PREAMP PROCESSOR The dbx® 286A’s Mic Preamp and Five processors

reduce headphone leakage or radically gate noisy

9 dbx® standard internal power supply

can be used independently or in any combina-

guitar amps.

9 Frequency control for De-Esser

tion. Why mic up vocals and instruments through

The dbx 286A’s full complement of metering and status LEDs visually guide you to achieving

pristine Mic Preamp has all the features you need,

the right sound. The ﬂoating balanced XLR mic

including wide-ranging input gain control, switch-

input accepts balanced or unbalanced inputs.

able 48V phantom power and an 80Hz high-pass

An additional 1/4” TRS phone jack can accept

filter. Use the 286A’s newly designed and patented

balanced/ unbalanced line signals to process live

OverEasy® Compressor to transparently smooth

electronic instruments or pre-recorded tracks at

out uneven acoustic tracks or deliver that classic

mixdown. An insert jack between the 286A’s Mic

“in your face” rock vocal. Take out vocal sibilance

Preamp and signal processing sections can be

and high frequency distortion in cymbals with the

used to “loop out” to external processors (such as

286A’s frequency tunable De-Esser. Fine-tune the

EQ) or to mix the Mic Preamp’s signal out to an

Enhancer’s HF Detail control to add sparkle and

external destination.

crispness to tracks. LF Detail control adds fullness

9 Expanded meter to show heavy De-Essing

Harman Pro Group | 2010

a noisy, blurry mixer? The dbx 286A’s sonically

9 Above/Below threshold indicator for gate 9 +48VDC Phantom Power 9 Precision detented controls

Section:

The cost and hassle of patching together

and depth to vocals and bass instruments while

multiple processors for use on one track can be

simultaneously cleaning up muddy low midrange

frustrating. The dbx 286A gives you all the tools

frequencies. And, the Expander/Gate’s separate

you’ll need in one box, with the shortest signal

threshold and ratio controls allow you to subtly

path to help keep your music sounding clean.

PB-48 PATCH BAY The PB-48 patchbay features 48 front panel and 48 rear panel patch points, with 24 useradjustable board assemblies that can be configured–without soldering or wire cutting–for halfnormalled or de-normalled operation. Rugged and noise-free, the PB-48 is designed to serve all your patchbay needs. Whether you want clear and easy access to your mixer and studio gear, reduced wear on your equipment’s jacks, or the ability to quickly re-route devices within your

FULL LINE

setup, the PB-48’s balanced TRS and unbalanced TS ¼" plugs pave the way.

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 25

12/7/09 9:45:29 AM

Page 267

OP TR HO ED RU CPTR OS DP UE C ST S

DriveRack, SC, ZonePRO

• •

•

15V DC 15V DC

Harman Pro Group | 2010

6 • •

4 • •

120Ω 120Ω

•

• 110 107

15V DC 48V DC

6 • •

• • 3.5k 3.5k • •

• •

0-48dB 0-48dB

•

48V DC 48V DC

8 • •

2 • • •

64 • •

32 • •

120Ω 120Ω 120Ω

•

44Ω

• 114 112

• 115 112

• 114 112

113 110

•

48kHz 48kHz 48kHz 96kHz 48kHz 48kHz 48kHz

112 110

115 112

112 110

113 110

48kHz 48kHz 48kHz 96kHz 48kHz 48kHz 48kHz

Section:

48 bits

32 bits 32 bits

• • • • • • • 0.004 0.002 0.002 0.003 0.002 0.004 0.004 • • • • • • • • • • • 28-Band 28-Band 28-Band 31-Band 28-Band 9-Band 9-Band

•

• •

N/A

configurable

680

N/A

5120 5120

configurable

170

configurable

5120 5120

2.7sec

2.0sec

2.7sec

• •

• • •

•

4(2)

4 •

6 •

3(2) 3(2) •

•

• • •

•

• •

•

• • •

• • • •

• •

•

1.75"x 19"x 5.75"

1.75”x 19”x 5.75”

3.5"x 19"x 15"

1.75"x 19"x 7.7"

3.5"x 19"x 12.25"

FULL LINE

Page 268

•

1.75"x 19"x 5.75"

1260M 1261M

• •

640M 641M

SC 32

• •

1260 1261

SC 64

32 •

640 641

220i

64 •

260

2 • •

2 (1) 2 (1) 2 (1) 4(1) • • • •

PA+

4800/4820

™

INPUTS Number of Inputs (RTA Mic Input) Connectors: Female XLR Connectors, Euroblock Connectors, RCA Type: Electronically bal/RF filtered Impedance, >40K >50kΩ >50kΩ >50kΩ >50kΩ Impedance, balanced, Euroblock >75kΩ >25kΩ >25kΩ >25kΩ Impedance, unbalanced, Euroblock (& RCA 1260/1261) Max Input Level: Hardware selectable for +30, +22, +14 dBu • • • • Max Input Line Level: +20dBu Mic/Line, +12dBu RCA Max Input Line Level: +22dBu • • • • CMRR: >40dB typical, >55 dB at 1kHz CMRR: >45dB 30-60dB 30-60dB 30-60dB 30-60dB Mic Pre gain • • • • Mic EIN: <-118dB, 22Hz-22kHz, 150kΩ Input Gain Range RTA: 10dB to 70dB w/60dB typical 15V DC 15V DC 15V DC 15V DC RTA Mic Phantom Voltage: OUTPUTS 4 6 4 6 Number of Outputs Connectors: XLR • • • • Connectors: Euroblock • • • • Type: Electronically balanced, RF filtered 120/60120/60 120/60 120/60 Impedance Maximum Output Level: +25.5 dBu into 1kΩ, +22 dBu into 600Ω • • • • Maximum Output Level: +20dBu Maximum Output Level: +22dBu A/D PERFORMANCE • • • • Type: dbx Type IV™ Conversion System 113 113 113 113 Dynamic Range: (dB) A-weighted 110 110 110 110 Dynamic Range: (dB) Unweighted l l l l Type IV dynamic Range: >119 dB, A-weighted, 22kHz,BW >117 dB, unweighted, 22kHz BW 48kHz 48kHz 48kHz 48kHz Sample Rate 24 24 24 24 A/D Wordlength: (bit) D/A PERFORMANCE 112 112 112 112 Dynamic Range: (dB) A-weighted 109 109 109 109 Dynamic Range: (dB) unweighted 48kHz 48kHz 48kHz 48kHz Sample Rate A/D Wordlength: (bit) SYSTEM PERFORMANCE Internal Wordlength • Dynamic Range: >109 dB A-weighted, >106dB unweighted • • Dynamic Range: >110 dB A-weighted, >107dB unweighted 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 THD + Noise: % typical at +4dBu, 1kHz, 0dB input gain • • • • Frequency Response: 20Hz - 20kHz, +/-0.5dB • • • • Interchannel Crosstalk: >80dB typical • • • • Crossalk input to output: >80dB typical 0.6 msec 0.6 msec 0.6 msec 0.6 msec Propagation Delay PRE EQ – (Input) 4-Band 4-Band 4-Band 4-Band Type: Graphic EQ per input channel, or PEQ per input channel Range: +/-12dB range NOTCH FILTERS Number: 1-5 per input channel not to exceed 10 for all input channels Number: 6 per input channel Number: 4 per output channel PRE DELAY – (Input) 450 450 450 450 Length: ms/channel POST DELAY (DRIVER ALIGNMENT) – (Output) Length: ms/channel TOTAL DELAY TIME CROSSOVER Type: 1x2, 1x3, 1x4, 1x5, 1x6, 2x3, 2x4, 2x5, 2x6, 2x7, 2x8, 3x4, 3x5, 3x6, 3x7, 3x8, 4x6, 4x8 Filter Type: Butterworth, Bessel, or Linkwitz-Riley - Note: PA+, PX - offer no bessel Slope: 6, 12, 18 or 24 dB/octave for Butterworth or Bessel filters 12, 24, 36 or 48 dB/octave for Linkwitz-Riley filters Note: PA+, PX - offer only 12 and 24 LR Type: 1x1, 1x2, 1x3, 1x4, 2x2, 2x4, 2x6 and 2x8 - Bessel 6, 12, 18 and 24 dB/Octave Butterworth 6, 12, 18 and 24 dB/Octave - Linkwitz-Riley 12 and 24 dB/Octave POST EQ - (Output) 6 6 6 6 Number: EQ bands per output channel • • Range: +/-12dB range DYNAMICS • • • • Type: Compressor/Limiter with PeakStopPlus® • • • • Type: Compressor/Limiter with PeakPlus® • • Ambient Noise Compensation Pink Noise Generator Position: Pink noise inserted on selected input(s) Pink/White/Sine Phase Compensation Amount: 0-180 degrees phase shift • • Output Polarity: Reversible MISCELLANEOUS Output Transformers: Optional ROM Upgrade: Flash upgradable through USB GUI: RS-232 for computer display and configuration RTA Microphone: Optional (RTA mic included on PX) • • • • ROM Upgrade: Flash upgradable through RS-232 Dimensions: H x W x D 1.75"x 1.75"x 1.75"x 1.75"x 6 • 4 •

12 • 8 •

19"x 5.75"

6 12 • • 2 4 • •

19"x 5.75"

131

215

231

1215

1231

2031

2215

2231

IEQ15

IEQ31

PRODUCT SPECS

• • • • • •

• • •

Graphic EQs

19"x6"

Section:

19"x6" 19"x7.9" 19"x7.9" 19"x7.9" 19"x7.9" 19"x7.9" 19"x7.9" 19"x7.9"

FULL LINE

19"x6"

Harman Pro Group | 2010

INPUTS/OUTPUTS Connectors: 1/4" TRS, XLR (pin 2 hot), and barrier terminal strip Connectors: 1/4" TRS, XLR (pin 2 hot), and Euroblock Connectors: 1/4" TRS, XLR (pin 2 hot) Type: Electronically balanced/unbalanced, RF filtered Input Impedance: Balanced 40kΩ, unbalanced 20kΩ +22dBu +22dBu Maximum Input Level: >+21dBu balanced or unbalanced • • CMRR: >40dB, typically >55dB at 1kHz Output Impedance: Electronically balanced 200Ω, unbalanced 100Ω • • Output Impedance: Electronically balanced 120Ω, unbalanced 60Ω Output Impedance: balanced 100Ω, unbalanced 50Ω +21dBu >+21dBu >+21dBu >+21dBu >+21dBu >+21dBu >+21dBu >+21dBu >+20dBu >+20dBu Maximum Output Level SYSTEM PERFORMANCE • • • • • • • • • • Bandwidth: 20Hz to 20kHz, +/-0.5dB • • • • • • • • • • Frequency Response: <10Hz to >50kHz , +0.5/-3dB • • • • • • • THD + Noise: <0.004%, at +4dBu 1kHz • • • THD + Noise: <0.04% , 0.02% typical at +4dBu, 1kHz • • • • • • • • • • Interchannel Crosstalk: <-80dB, 20Hz to 20kHz • • • Dynamic Range: >108dB, unweighted 22kHz measurement bandwidth • • • Signal to Noise Ratio: 90dB • • • • • Dynamic Range: >112dB, unweighted • • • • • Signal to Noise: >94dB, unweighted, ref. : +4dBu, 22kHz measurement bandwidth • • • Dynamic Range: 108dB • • • Signal to Noise Ratio: 90dB • • • Noise Reduction: Up to 20dB of dynamic broadband noise reduction • • Noise Reduction: Up to 10dB of dynamic broadband noise reduction Noise Reduction In (+/-6dB and +/-15dB range) • • • Dynamic Range: >120dB , unweighted • • • Signal to Noise Ratio: >102dB, unweighted , ref: +4dBu, 22kHz measurement bandwidth • • Dynamic Range: 109dB 115dB • • • • • Signal to Noise: >94dB, unweighted, ref. : +4dBu, 22kHz measurement bandwidth • • Digital Resolution: 24 bits • • Sample Frequency: 48kHz • • Latency: 2msec FUNCTION SWITCHES • • AFS: Activates dbx AFS™ Advanced Feedback Suppression • • Type V: Activates dbx Type V™ Noise Reduction • • • Type III: Activates dbx Type III™ Noise Reduction • • • • • • • • • • EQ Bypass: Bypasses the graphic equalizer section in the signal path • • • • • • • Low Cut (recessed): Active the 40Hz 18dB/octave Bessel high-pass filter • • • Low Cut: Active the 50Hz 12dB/octave high-pass filter • • • • • • • Range: (recessed) Selects either +/-6dB or +/- 15dB slider boost/cut range • • • Range: Selects either +/-6dB or +/- 12dB slider boost/cut range INDICATORS • • • • • • • • • • 4-LED bar graph (Green, Green, Yellow, Red) at -10, 0, +10, and +18dBu • • • • • Gain Reduction Meter: 4-LED bar graph (all Red) at 3, 6, and 10dB • • • Type III™ NR Active: Yellow LED • • Type V™ NR Active: Yellow, Green, Red LED • • AFS™ Advanced Feedback Suppression Active: Red LED • • • • • • • • • • EQ Bypass: Red LED • • • • • • • • • • Clip: Red LED • • • • • • • • • • Low Cut Active: Red LED • • • • • +/-6dB range: Red LED • • • +/-12dB range: Red LED • • • • • • • +/-15dB range: Red LED POWER SUPPLY • • • • • • • • Operating Voltage: 100VAC 50/60Hz, 120VAC 60Hz - 230VAC 50/60Hz 12 w 12 w 15 w 24 w 24 w 12 w 24 w 24 w 17 w 17 w Power Consumption: (watts) • • • • • • • • • • Mains Connection: IEC receptacle 1.75"x 1.75"x 3.5"x 3.5"x 5.25"x 3.5"x 3.5"x 5.25"x 3.5"x 5.25"x DIMENSIONS: H x W x D

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 27

12/7/09 9:45:31 AM

Page 269

166XL

160A

1074

1046

1066

160SL

162SL

X,T •

X •

X,T •

19"x 5.75"

19"x 6.75"

19"x 6.5"

19"x 9"

19”x 9”

19” x 10”

Compressors/Limiters/Gates

Harman Pro Group | 2010

INPUTS Connectors: X=XLR, T=TRS ¼" Type: Electronically balanced/unbalanced, RF filtered >40k >50k/>25k >100k/>50k >50k/>25k >40k/>20k >40k/>20k >20k/>10k >50k/>25k Impedance: Balanced/Unbalanced (ohms) >+20dBu >+24dBu >+24dBu >+22dBu >+22dBu >+22dBu +30dBu/+26 +24dBu Max Input Level: Balanced or Unbalanced >45 >45 >45 >45 >45 >45 >80 >40 CMRR: Typical @ 1kHz V1 V1 V1 V2 V2 V2 V8 V8 VCA TYPE T T T T T T X T SIDECHAIN INSERT Connectors: X=XLR, T=TRS ¼" OUTPUTS X,T X,T X,T X,T X X,T X X,T Connectors: X=XLR, T=TRS ¼" * • • • • • • Type: Electronically balanced/unbalanced, RF filtered (*266XL is impedance balanced) • • Type: Transformer balanced/unbalanced, RF filtered >120/>60 >30 >60/>30 >30/>15 >30/>15 >50/>25 >30/>15 Impedance: Balanced/Unbalanced (ohms) >+21 >+21 >+24 >+22 >+22 >+21 >+30 >+24/>+22 Max Output Level: (dBu) SYSTEM PERFORMANCE • • • • • • • • Bandwidth: 20 Hz to 20 kHz, +0/-0.5 dB (162SL=+0/-0. dB) -90 -90 -90 -94 -94 -94 -94 -93 Noise: < (dBu), unweighted, 22 kHz measurement bandwidth • • • • • • • • Stereo Coupling; True RMS Power Summing COMPRESSOR • • • • • • Threshold Range: -40 dBu to +20 dBu • Threshold Range: -40 dBu to +30 dBu • • • • • • • Ratio: 1:1 to ∞:1 • • • • • • • Threshold Characteristic: Selectable OverEasy® or hard knee • • • • • Attack/Release: Selectable manual or auto • • Attack/Release: Auto • • • • • • • • Output Gain: -20 to +20 dB • Output Gain: -25 to +25 dB LIMITER N/A Peakstop N/A N/A Peakstop Peakstop Peakstop Peakstop Type ® ® ® ® Plus Plus Plus Plus (162SL two-stage) OPTIONS • 704X Digital Output System • • • • • • Output Transformer: Jensen® JT-123-dbx or JT-11-dbx, BCI™ RE-123-dbx or RE-11-dbx; Jensen standard on 160SL/162SL 1.75"x 1.75"x 1.75"x 1.75"x 1.75”x 1.75”x 3.5”x 3.5”x DIMENSIONS: H x W x D

234

234XL

223XL

223

Section:

¼" TRS • • • •

XLR • • • •

¼" TRS • • • •

XLR • • • •

¼" TRS •

XLR

¼" TRS •

XLR

•

• •

•

• •

• • • •

• • •

• • • • • • • • •

•

• • • •

• • • • • • • •

•

15 w

1.75"x 19"x 6.9"

Crossovers INPUTS Connectors Type: Electronically balanced/unbalanced, RF filtered Impedance: Balanced > 50 kΩ, unbalanced > 25 kΩ Max Input Level: > +21 dBu balanced or unbalanced CMRR: > 40 dB, typically > 55 dB at 1 kHz OUTPUTS Connectors: Impedance: Balanced 200Ω, unbalanced 100Ω Electronically balanced/unbalanced, RF filtered Max Output Level: > +21 dBu balanced/unbalanced into 2 kΩ or greater SYSTEM PERFORMANCE Bandwidth: 20 Hz to 20 kHz, +0/-0.5 dB Frequency Response: < 3 Hz to > 90 kHz, +0/-3 dB Signal-to-Noise: Ref: +4 dBu, 22 kHz measurement bandwidth Low Output: > 94 dB (Stereo Mode) > 94 dB (Mono Mode) Low Mid Output: >94 dB (Mono Mode) High-Mid: > 92 dB (Mono Mode) Mid Output: > 93 dB (Mono Mode) High-Mid Output: > 92 dB High Output: > 92 dB (Stereo Mode) > 92 dB (Mono Mode) Dynamic Range: > 114 dB, unweighted, any output THD+Noise: < 0.004% at +4 dBu, 1 kHz, < 0.04% at +20 dBu, 1 kHz Interchannel Crosstalk: < -80 dB, 20 Hz to 20 kHz CROSSOVER FREQUENCIES Stereo Mode: Low/High: 45 to 960 Hz or 450 Hz to 9.6 kHz (x10 setting) Mono Mode: Low/Mid: 45 to 960 Hz or 450 Hz to 9.6 kHz (x10 setting) Mid/High: 45 to 960 Hz or 450 Hz to 9.6 kHz (x10 setting) Filter Type: Linkwitz-Riley, 24 dB/octave, state-variable POWER Operating Voltage: 100 VAC 50/60 Hz; 120 VAC 60 Hz, 230 VAC50 HZ Power Requirements (watts) DIMENSIONS H x Wx D

FULL LINE

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 28

Page 270

12/7/09 9:45:32 AM

AFS224

266XL

PRODUCT SPECS

50k/25k

+20dBu

• X,T • • • • •

•

• • • • • 1.75"x 19"x 5.75"

1 • • • •

+33dBu +10dBu +33dBu +30dBu +33dBu +33dBu 80kΩ

1MΩ

65kΩ

70kΩ

• • • •

• •

• • • •

• •

Circuit Type: A=Active, P=Passive INPUTS Number of Connectors: Instrument/line/speaker level 1/4” TS Connection (Tip Hot, Sleeve GND) Unbalanced, RF Filtered Attenuation Pad: Switchable 0, 20, 40 dB Filter: Switchable, Low Pass @ 6 kHz (40 dB pad position only) Max Input Level (0 dB Pad) Max Input Level (20 dB Pad) Max Input Level (40 dB Pad) Input Impedance (0 dB) Input Impedance (-20 dB) Input Impedance (-40 dB) OUTPUTS Main Output: Male XLR Balanced, Pin 2 Hot Thru Output: 1/4” Unbalanced, TS (Tip Hot, Sleeve GND) Main Output Impedance: 600Ω Typical, balanced Main Output CMRR: 128 dB typical @ 60 Hz, 104 dB typical @ 1 kHz, 98 dB typical @ 10 Hz Main Output CMRR: 106 dB typical @ 60 Hz, 123 dB typical @ 1 kHz, 108 dB typical @ 10Hz PERFORMANCE Bandwidth: 20 Hz to 20 kHz +/-0.1 dB typical Bandwidth: 20 Hz to 20 kHz +0/-2 typical with 600Ω load Frequency Response: <10 Hz to 80 kHz, -3 dB Frequency Response: 10 Hz to 70 kHz, -3 dB with 2 kΩ or higher load Insertion Loss: 21 dB typical Insertion Loss: 1 dB typical Harmonic Distortion: (THD+N) 0.002% typical @ 1 Hz, 0dBu Harmonic Distortion: (THD+N) 0.003% typical @ 1 Hz, 0dBu Noise Floor: -120 dBu, 22 Hz to 22 kHz, unweighted Noise Floor: -112 dBu, 22 Hz to 22 kHz, unweighted Dynamic Range: 153 dB, 22 Hz to 22 kHz, unweighted Dynamic Range: 122 dB, 22 Hz to 22 kHz, unweighted POWER SUPPLY Voltage: +48 V Phantom Power Current: < 8 mA DIMENSIONS: H x W x D

Section:

FULL LINE

2.20” x 2.20” x 5.44"x 5.44”x 5.82” 5.82”

Direct Boxes

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• •

INPUTS Connectors: X=XLR, T=TRS ¼" Type: Electronically balanced/unbalanced, RF filtered Impedance: Balanced/Unbalanced (ohms) Max Input Level: balanced or unbalanced CMRR: >40dB at 1kHz, typically >55dB @1kHz OUTPUTS Connectors: X=XLR, T=TRS ¼" Type: Electronically balanced/unbalanced, RF filtered Balanced: 120Ω/Unbalanced: 60Ω Max Output Level: +20dBu A/D SYSTEM PERFORMANCE A-D Conversion: 24-Bit dbx Type IV™ Conversion System Converter Dynamic Range: >113dB typical, A-weighted, >110 dB typical, unweighted, 22kHz bandwidth Type IV™ Dynamic Range: Up to 127dB with transient material, A-weighted, 22kHz bandwidth Up to 125dB with transient material, unweighted, 22kHz bandwidth Typically 119dB with program material, A-weighted, 22kHz bandwidth Typically 117 dB with program material, unweighted, 22kHz bandwidth Frequency Response: 20Hz to 20kHz, +0/-0.5dB Interchannel Crosstalk: <-80dB at 1kHz, input gain at 0dB D/A SYSTEM PERFORMANCE D-A Conversion: 24-Bit Dynamic Range: 112dB typical, A-weighted, 22kHz bandwidth, 109dB typical, unweighted, 22kHz bandwidth THD+ Noise: 0.003% typical at +4 dBu, 1 kHz, input gain at 0dB Frequency Response: 20Hz to 20kHz, +0/-0.5dB Interchannel Crosstalk: <-80dB at 1kHz, input gain at 0dB DIMENSIONS: H x W x D

dB12

X,T •

Digital Signal Processors dB10

AFS224

PRODUCT SPECS

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 29

12/7/09 9:46:12 AM

Page 271

PRODUCT SPECS

386

376

286A

Mic Preamps & Channel Strips • • • • 48V • -120

• • • • 48V • -120

• •

•

20k-40kΩ

Harman Pro Group | 2010

20k-40kΩ

100kΩ

•

• • •

+21dBu

Section:

+18dBu

+21dBu

• •

• • •

>21

>18

>21

•

• • •

• • • •

• • • • • • • • • • • • 107dB 107dB

• • • • •

1.75"x 19"x 7.75"

1.75"x 19"x 5.75"

MICROPHONE INPUT Connector: Female XLR Pin 2 Hot Type: Electronically balanced/unbalanced Maximum Input Level: -10dBu or +10 dBu with 20dB pad engaged Maximum Input Level: -9 dBu or +11 dBu with 20 dB pad engaged Gain Adjustment Range: +10dB to +60dB Gain Adjustment Range: +30dB to +60dB Phantom Power Pad: 20dB Equivalent Input Noise: Typically -(dBu) typical with a 150Ω source load "A-weighted" LINE INPUT Connector: TRS ¼" Jack Type: Electronically Balanced/unbalanced Impedance: bal/unbalanced Maximum Input Level: 0 dBu or +20dBu with 20dB pad engaged Maximum Input Level: +21dBu balanced or unbalanced Maximum Input Level: +18dBu balanced or unbalanced INSTRUMENT INPUT (Front Panel) Connector: TS ¼" Jack Type: Unbalanced Impedance: 470 kΩ Maximum Input Level (unbalanced) Insert Connector: TRS ¼" Type: Unbalanced LINE OUTPUT Connector: Male XLR Pin 2 Hot and impedance balanced TRS ¼" Connector: ¼" TRS phone balanced/unbalanced Type: Electronically balanced Type: transformer balanced/unbalanced Maximum Output Level: (XLR) +dBu DIGITAL OUTPUTS Connectors: XLR for AES/EBU, RCA for S/PDIF l = both connector types INSERT Connector: TRS ¼" Ring Impedance: >5kΩ Maximum Level: >+21dBu Word Sync Input/Output Connectors: BNC Input Impedance: 75Ω terminated by internal jumper Input: 96, 88.2, 48, or 44.1kHz word clock Output: 96, 88.2, 48, or 44.1kHz word clock A/D CONVERSION Type: dbx Type IV® A/D Conversion System Sample Rate: 96, 88.2, 48, or 44.1kHz selectable Wordlength: 24, 20, or 16 bit selectable Dither Type: TPDF, SNR2, or none Noise Shape: Shape 1, Shape 2, or none Output Format: S/PDIF or AES/EBU Converter Dynamic Range: typical, A-Weighted, 22kHz Bandwidth D/A CONVERSION D-A Conversion 24-bit Dynamic Range: 103 dB typical, A-weighted, 20 kHz bandwidth, 101 dB typical, unweighted, 20 kHz bandwidth THD+Noise: 0.002% typical at +4 dBu, 1 kHz, output gain at 0 dB Frequency Response: 20 Hz to 20 kHz, +0/-0.5 dB Interchannel Crosstalk: < -85 dB at 1 kHz, output gain at 0 dB DIMENSIONS HxWxD

FULL LINE

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 30

Page 272

12/7/09 9:46:17 AM

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 31

12/7/09 9:46:21 AM

Page 273

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

05 06

dbx Professional Products

8760 S. Sandy Pkwy. Sandy, Utah 84070

801.568.7660 PHONE 801.568.7662 FAX

801.568.7583 INTâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;L FAX customer@dbxpro.com

www.dbxpro.com

dbx_full-line_HPro_10_W/O page.indd 32

Page 274

12/7/09 9:46:44 AM

JBL Professional JBL Professional JBL Professional

Harman Pro Group | 2010

JBL is the largest brand within Harman International Industries Incorporated. JBL’s factory is part of the Harman International JBL isJBL theis largest brand within Harman Industries Incorporated. JBL’s factory is of part the Harman International the largest brand within HarmanInternational International Industries Incorporated. JBL’s factory is part theof Harman International Business Campus, located in Northridge in the San Fernando Valley of Los Angeles. The 44 acre site comprises the operations of Business Campus, located in Northridge in the San Fernando Valley of Los Angeles. The 44 acre site comprises the operations of Business Campus, located in Northridge in the San Fernando Valley of Los Angeles. The 44 acre site comprises the operations of JBL Professional, along with Harman Corporate Engineering activities and other corporate functions. JBL Professional, along with Harman Corporate activities and other corporate functions. JBL Professional, along with Harman CorporateEngineering Engineering activities and other corporate functions. JBL Professional’s transducers are engineered and fabricated at the Northridge facility, where machining, diaphragm forming, JBL Professional’s are engineered and fabricated fabricated atatthe Northridge facility, where machining, diaphragm forming,forming, JBL Professional’s engineered and the Northridge facility, where machining, diaphragm wire milling, voice transducers coiltransducers winding,are finishing, assembly and testing are carried out by dedicated, quality-oriented personnel. wire milling, voice coil winding, finishing, assembly and testing are carried out by dedicated, quality-oriented personnel. wire milling, voice coil winding, finishing, assembly and testing are carried out by dedicated, quality-oriented personnel. JBL Professional loudspeaker enclosures are constructed from components produced in JBL’s extensive wood mill. Automated JBL Professional loudspeaker enclosuresare areconstructed constructed from produced in JBL’s extensive wood wood mill. Automated JBL Professional loudspeaker enclosures fromcomponents components produced in enclosure JBL’s extensive mill. Automated equipment is used extensively for uniformity and efficiency. Innovative techniques in materials, construction and equipment is used extensively for uniformity and efficiency. Innovative techniques in enclosure materials, construction and equipment is used extensively for uniformity and efficiency. Innovative techniques in enclosure materials, construction and assembly methods are employed. assembly methods are employed. assembly methods are employed. JBL Professional has has thethe most rigorous standards powerrating rating in the professional loudspeaker industry. Power testing JBL Professional most rigorous standardsfor for system system power in the professional loudspeaker industry. Power testing JBL Professional has the mostactivity rigorous standards for system power rating in the professional industry. Power testing of transducers is an atat JBL Samples from production are loudspeaker tested fullpower rated power to industry of transducers isongoing an ongoing activity JBLProfessional. Professional. Samples from allall production lotslots are tested at fullat rated to industry of transducers is an ongoing activity at JBL Professional. Samples from all production lots are tested at full rated power to industry standards to ensure thatthat they meet the rigid specifications them. the professional customer’s assurance standards to ensure they meet the rigidperformance performance specifications setset forfor them. ThisThis is theisprofessional customer’s assurance standards to ensure that they meet the rigid performance specifications set forprofessional them. This applications. is the professional customer’s assurance thatloudspeakers JBL loudspeakers will continue perform asexpected expected in rigorous that JBL will continue toto perform as inthe themost most rigorous professional applications. that JBL loudspeakers will continue to perform as expected in the most rigorous professional applications.

Section:

05 06

THE JBL STORY: THE JBL STORY: THE JBL STORY: 60 YEARS OFOFAUDIO INNOVATION 60 YEARS AUDIO INNOVATION 60 YEARS OF AUDIO INNOVATION Celebrating sixty years of success in the speaker industry, this book

Celebrating sixty years of success in the speaker industry, this book offers details on the people and products that have made JBL famous. Celebrating sixty years of historical success in the speaker industry, this book offers details on the people and products that have made JBL famous. It features full-color photos, advertisements, and hundreds offers details onimages, the people products that have made JBLhundreds famous. It full-color photos, historical advertisements, and of features diagrams and many and taken right from JBL’s archives. Topics It features full-color photos, historical advertisements, and for hundreds include stories behind the development innovative applications of diagrams and images, many takenofright from JBL’s archives. Topics of diagrams andbehind images, many taken right archives. consumer products, as well asdevelopment systems installations forJBL’s stadiums, tour Topics include stories the of from innovative applications for include stories behind the of innovative applications for sound, movie theaters, studios, installations and places of for worship. In consumer products, asrecording welldevelopment as systems stadiums, tour addition toproducts, the technical that explains the innovation, consumer as info well as systems installations forthis stadiums, tour sound, movie theaters, recording studios, and places ofbook worship. In covers the brilliant engineers, and colorful record producers, sound, movie places ofmusiworship. In addition to thetheaters, technicalrecording info that studios, explains and the innovation, this book cians andto technicians who had vision to pursue a “better way.” addition the technical infothe that innovation, thismusibook covers the brilliant engineers, andexplains colorfulthe record producers, Available at bookstores and on line.and colorful record producers, musicovers the brilliant engineers,

cians and technicians who had the vision to pursue a “better way.” cians and at technicians who the vision to pursue a “better way.” Available bookstores andhad on line. Available at bookstores and on line.

Page 275

Installation Products Installation Products Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

06 de Suisse Wankdorf,Bern, Bern,Switzerland Switzerland StadeStade de Suisse Wankdorf, Stade de Suisse Wankdorf, Bern, Switzerland No matter where you go in this world, you’ll find No matter go inatthis world, JBL Installed Soundwhere Speakeryou Systems many of theyou’ll find No matter where youSpeaker go in this world,atyou’ll JBL Installed Sound Systems manyfind of the most notable venues.

JBL Installed Speaker Systems at many of the most notableSound venues.

With that kindnotable of globalvenues. perspective, JBL has come to most that kind of global JBL has come to respect With the one indisputable truth perspective, of business: every With that ofindisputable global perspective, has come to customer is unique. Aone speaker system that is perfectly respect thekind truth of JBL business: every the one indisputable truth of business: every right forrespect one job might be perfectly wrong for another. customer is unique. A speaker system that is perfectly customer is unique. Aproducts speaker system that isforperfectly That’s why JBLfor Installed offer a wrong range right one jobSound might be perfectly another. of options without equal. From the extraordinary right for one job might be perfectly wrong for aanother. That’s why JBL Installed Sound products offer range value ofThat’s Control Contractor Series to theproducts ultimateoffer a range whywithout JBL Installed Sound oftheoptions equal. From the extraordinary precision ofoptions the JBLwithout Precision Directivity Series, there’s of From the extraordinary value of the Controlequal. Contractor Series to the ultimate a JBL Installed Sound product with a solid business value of the Control ContractorDirectivity Series to Series, the ultimate precision of the JBL Precision there’s solution based on equally solid business savvy.

precision of theSound JBL Precision there’s a JBL Installed productDirectivity with a solidSeries, business

For moreasolution thanInstalled 60based years, Sound JBL has product beensolid the with professional JBL a solidsavvy. business on equally business speakersolution of choicebased wherever matters. We’d likesavvy. on sound equally solid business Foritmore 60 years, to believe shouldthan be your choice,JBL too.has been the professional FedEx Forum, Memphis, Tennessee

FedEx Forum, Memphis, Tennessee FedEx Forum, Memphis, Tennessee Page 2 Page 2 Page 276 Page 2

For moreofthan 60 years, JBL sound has been the professional speaker choice wherever matters. We’d like speaker of choice wherever sound matters. to believe it should be your choice, too. We’d like to believe it should be your choice, too.

INS TALLATION PRODUCTS INS TALLATION PRODUCTS INSTALLATION PRODUCTS

® Control Control® ®Series Series

Control Series key features key features

f MOLDED ENCLOSURES WITH SHIELDED STRUCTURESWITH SHIELDED MOLDED ENCLOSURES f MAGNETIC MAGNETIC STRUCTURES f HIGH SENSITIVITY AND f MOLDED ENCLOSURES WITH SHIELDED POWER HANDLINGAND CAPABILITY HIGH SENSITIVITY f MAGNETIC STRUCTURES POWER HANDLING CAPABILITY

key features

f HIGH SENSITIVITY AND POWER HANDLING CAPABILITY

CONTROL 2P KEY FEATURES CONTROL 2P KEY FEATURES f INTERNAL 35W/CHANNEL POWER AMP INTERNAL 35W/CHANNEL POWER AMP f BALANCED AND UNBALANCED INPUT f CONTROL 2P KEY FEATURES CONNECTORS BALANCED AND UNBALANCED INPUT CONNECTORS WALL MOUNT READY

f 35W/CHANNEL POWER AMP f INTERNAL f AND UNBALANCED INPUT f BALANCED f WALL MOUNT READY CONNECTORS f WALL MOUNT READY

CONTROL 5 CONTROL 5 CONTROL 5

The JBL Control Series speakers offer well The JBL Control Series speakers offer well The JBL Control Series speakers offer well balanced soundsound and exceptional power balanced and exceptional power balanced and exceptional power handling ,sound making these speakers ideal forfor handling , making these speakers ideal handling making these speakers idealcontrol forcontrol any installation requiring professional any,installation requiring professional any installation requiring control monitor performance fromprofessional a compact source. monitor performance from a compact source. monitor performance from a compact source. CONTROL® 1 PRO CONTROL® 1 PRO

CONTROL® PRO The Control 1isPro is a high-performance compact The Control 11Pro a high-performance compact loudspeaker incorporating monitor-grade, The Control 1 Prosystem isincorporating a high-performance compact loudspeaker system monitor-grade, magnetically shielded transducers, a professional loudspeaker system incorporating monitor-grade, magnetically shielded transducers, a professional crossover network and full-range SonicGuard™ magnetically shielded a professional crossover network andtransducers, full-range SonicGuard™ overload protection resulting in a loudspeaker crossoverprotection network and full-range overload resulting in a SonicGuard™ loudspeaker system that is perfect for a wide variety of critical overload protection in variety a loudspeaker system that is perfectresulting for a wide of critical near-field audio applications, audio-visual applisystemcations, that is perfect forworkstations, a wide variety of critical near-field audio applications, audio-visual applicomputer recording and near-field audio studios, applications, applications, computer workstations, recordingcontrol and broadcast mobileaudio-visual audio-video cations,rooms computer workstations, recording and broadcast studios, mobile audio-video control and foreground and background music. broadcast mobile control rooms andstudios, foreground andaudio-video background music. Includes wall-mounting brackets. rooms and foreground and background music. Includes wall-mounting brackets. Includes wall-mounting brackets.

CONTROL 1 PRO-WH CONTROL 1 PRO-WH

CONTROL 1 PRO-WH

CONTROL 2P CONTROL 2P

CONTROL 2P

CONTROL 5™ CONTROL 2P CONTROL 5™ CONTROL 2P CONTROL CONTROL The Control5™ 5 is a high-performance, wide range The Control2P 2P Compact Powered Reference The Control 5 is a high-performance, wide range

The Control 2P Compact Powered Reference The Control 2P Compact Powered Reference Monitor System combines JBL’s legendary loudMonitor System combines JBL’s legendary loudMonitor System combines JBL’s legendary loudspeaker with powerful amplification to speaker designdesign with powerful amplification to speaker design with powerful amplification to deliver rich, accurate performance for the most deliver rich, accurate performance for the most deliveraudio rich,applications. accurate performance the most demanding audio applications. Thefor compact demanding The compact design, ruggedrugged enclosure, and professional demanding audio applications. The compact design, enclosure, and professional feature-set make the Control Compact Powered Powered design, rugged enclosure, and2Pprofessional feature-set make the 2P Control Compact Reference Monitor ideal for desk-top recording feature-set make the Control 2P Compact Powered Reference Monitor ideal for desk-top recording and video production, audio visual Reference Monitor ideal forpresentations, desk-top recording and video production, audio visual presentations, professional broadcast applications, and moniACCESSORIES and video production, visual presentations, professional broadcastaudio applications, and monitoring of electronic musical instruments. Specialized mounting systems allow positioning of ACCESSORIES professional broadcast applications, and monitoring of electronic musical instruments. Specialized mounting systems allow positioning of enclosures in exactly the right space for optimum Model C2PS - Control 2P Stereo Pair includes toring of electronic musical instruments. Specialized mounting systems allow positioning of enclosures in exactly the right space for optimum Model C2PS Control 2P Stereo Pair includes performance in the tough applications where one C2PM powered master, one passive extension enclosures in in exactly theare right space optimum performance the tough applications Model C2PS - Control 2P Pair includes one C2PM powered master, one passive extension Control Series enclosures often used.forwhere speaker, one power supply and twoStereo snap-on angle performance the toughare applications where Control Seriesinenclosures often used. one C2PM powered master,and onetwo passive extension speaker, one power supply snap-on angle pedestals. Control Series enclosures are often used. speaker, oneControl power2P supply andMaster two snap-on angle pedestals. Model C2PM: One Powered pedestals. speaker without passive extension Model C2PM: One Controlspeaker. 2P Powered Master Model One 2P 2P. Powered Master speaker without passive extension speaker. MTC-2P: WallC2PM: mounting kitControl for Control Includes two wall mounts, onemounting power supply speaker without passive extension speaker. MTC-2P: Wall kit holder. for Control 2P. Includes

The Control 5 issuitable a high-performance, wide range control monitor suitable use as the primary control monitor forfor use as the primary control monitor for use as the primary sound inasuitable avariety variety of applications. sound source source in of applications. TheThe sound source in low-frequency alow-frequency variety of applications. in) driver 165 (6 11⁄⁄22in) driver andandThe 165mm mm 1⁄2pure in) low-frequency driver and 165 mm(1(6in) 25 in) pure titanium dome tweeter 25mm mm titanium dome tweeter are are magnetically for use in close proximity 25 mm (1 in) shielded pure titanium dome tweeter are magnetically shielded for use in close proximity tovideo video monitors. monitors. magnetically shielded for use in close proximity to to video monitors. CONTROL SERIES CONTROL SERIESMOUNTING MOUNTING ACCESSORIES CONTROL SERIES MOUNTING

specifications specifications specifications CONTROL 1 PRO

Harman Pro Group | 2010

CONTROL 1 PRO CONTROL 1 PRO CONTROL 1 PRO

CONTROL 5

FREQUENCY RESPONSE CONTROL 100 Hz -118PRO kHz (± 3 dB) 75 Hz - 20 kHz5(± 3 dB) CONTROL 150 W 1 PRO 175 W POWER CAPACITY 1 CONTROL CONTROL FREQUENCY RESPONSE 100 Hz - 18 kHz (± 3 dB) 75 Hz - 20 kHz5(± 3 dB) 87 dB SPL 89 dB SPL SENSITIVITY: 11W, 1 m FREQUENCY RESPONSE 100 Hz 18 kHz (± 3 dB) 75 150 W 175HzW- 20 kHz (± 3 dB) POWER CAPACITY 4 ohms 4 ohms NOMINAL IMPEDANCE 150dBWSPL 175dBWSPL 1 POWER CAPACITY 87 89 SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 m1 135 mm (5 1⁄4 in) 165 mm (6 ⁄2 in) COMPONENTS: LF dB SPL dBmmSPL(1 in) SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 m HF 487ohms 48925 ohms NOMINAL IMPEDANCE 19 mm ( 3⁄4 in) 4 ohms 4 Polypropylene ohms NOMINAL IMPEDANCE 135 mm (5 1⁄4 in) 165 mm (6 1⁄2 in) COMPONENTS: LF Polypropylene ENCLOSURE 3⁄4 1in) foam structural foam 1⁄2 in) 19 mm ( (5 25structural mm 135 mm 165 mm(1(6in) ⁄4 in) COMPONENTS: HF LF in) or white (C1Pro-WH) 19 mmBlack ( 3⁄4 (C1Pro) 25Black mmor(1white in) (-WH) HF FINISH Polypropylene Polypropylene ENCLOSURE 235 foam x 159 x 143 mm 387 x 251foam x 229 mm DIMENSIONS structural structural Polypropylene Polypropylene ENCLOSURE 9.25foam x 6.25 x 5.6 in(C1Pro-WH) 15.25orx white 9.8foam x 9 in (H x W x D) Black structural structural (C1Pro) or white Black (-WH) FINISH 1.8 kg (4orlb)white (C1Pro-WH) 4.5 kgor(10 lb) NET WEIGHT Blackx (C1Pro) Black FINISH (each) 235 159 x 143 mm 387 x 251white x 229(-WH) mm DIMENSIONS 9.25 6.25x x143 5.6mm in 15.25 x 9.8x x229 9 inmm (H x W x D) 235 xx159 387 x 251 DIMENSIONS 9.25kgx 6.25 15.25 9.8lb) x 9 in (H x W x D) 1.8 (4 lb)x 5.6 in 4.5 kgx(10 NET WEIGHT (each) 1.8 kgnoise (4 lb)(50 Hz - 5 kHz) with a crest factor (peak to 4.5average kg (10 ratio) lb) of 6 dB. NET WEIGHT (each) 1 IEC filtered random

1 IEC filtered random noise (50 Hz - 5 kHz) with a crest factor (peak to average ratio) of 6 dB. 1 IEC filtered random noise (50 Hz - 5 kHz) with a crest factor (peak to average ratio) of 6 dB.

MTC-2P: Wall mounting kit for Control 2P. Includes two wall mounts, one power supply holder. CONTROL 2P two wall mounts,80Hz one supply FREQUENCY RANGE - 20power kHzCONTROL 2P holder. 115 dB (pair);CONTROL 111 dB (master only) MAX. SPL FREQUENCY RANGE 80Hz - 20 kHz2P +4 dBu XLR 1⁄4 in; 0 dBu RCA INPUT SENSITIVITY FREQUENCY RANGE 80Hz kHz 111 dB (master only) 115 dB- 20 (pair); MAX. SPL 35 Watts continuous per-channel AMPLIFIER POWER 1⁄4111 115 dB (pair); (master MAX. SPL +4 dBu XLR in; 0dBdBu RCA only) INPUT SENSITIVITY 135 mm (5 1⁄4 in) / 19 mm ( 3⁄4 in) COMPONENTS: LF/HF 1⁄4 in; 0 dBu RCA +4Watts dBu XLR INPUT SENSITIVITY 35 continuous per-channel AMPLIFIER POWER MTC-51 Polypropylene structural foam ENCLOSURE 1⁄4 in) / 19per-channel 35 Watts AMPLIFIER POWER 135 mm (5continuous mm ( 3⁄4 in) LF/HF Balanced Neutrik®*; INPUT COMPONENTS: CONNECTORS 1⁄4 in) MTC-51 / 19 mmfoam ( 3⁄4 in) COMPONENTS: LF/HF Combo XLR 135 / 1⁄4 "mm TRS;(5Unbal. RCA Polypropylene structural ENCLOSURE MTC-51 19 VDC / 3.42Balanced Amps Neutrik®*; POWER REQUIREMENTS Polypropylene structural foam ENCLOSURE INPUT CONNECTORS (use only supplied power supply) Combo / 1⁄4 " TRS; Unbal. RCA BalancedXLR Neutrik®*; INPUT CONNECTORS 100 - 240 V +/10%/XLR 50/60 Hz AC POWER INPUT VOLTAGE Combo ⁄4 " TRS; Unbal. RCA 19 VDC 3.42/ 1Amps REQUIREMENTS 235 x 159 x 143 mm DIMENSIONS (use only/ 3.42 supplied 19 VDC Ampspower supply) POWER REQUIREMENTS 9.25 x 6.25 x 5.6 in (H x W x D) MTC-52 (use-only power 100 240 supplied V +/- 10% 50/60supply) Hz AC INPUT VOLTAGE 2.6 kg (5.5 lb) NET WEIGHT: MASTER 100 240 V +/10% 50/60 Hz AC INPUT VOLTAGE 235 x 159 x 143 mm DIMENSIONS CONTROL 5 2.2 kg (4.5 lb) EXTENSION * Neutrik and the names 9.25 6.25 5.6are in either (H x W x D) OPTIONAL MOUNTING MTC-52 235 xx159 x x143 mm of Neutrik products referenced herein DIMENSIONS trademarks and/or service marks of Neutrik. 9.25 x 6.25 x 5.6 in ACCESSORIES (H xMASTER W x D) 2.6 kg (5.5 lb) NET WEIGHT: MTC-52 CONTROL 5 2.2 EXTENSION 2.6 kg (4.5 (5.5 lb) NET WEIGHT: MASTER * OPTIONAL MOUNTING Neutrik and the names of Neutrik2.2 products herein are either CONTROL 5 kg (4.5 referenced lb) EXTENSION trademarks and/or service marks of Neutrik. ACCESSORIES * Neutrik and the names of Neutrik products referenced herein are either OPTIONAL MOUNTING trademarks and/or service marks of Neutrik. ACCESSORIES Page 277

Section:

INSTALLATION PRODUCTS INSTALLATION PRODUCTS

8100 8100 Series Series

8100features Series key key features key features

INSTALLATION PRODUCTS

f HIGH SENSITIVITY FOR MAXIMUM POWER HIGH SENSITIVITY FOR MAXIMUM POWER f EFFICIENCY EFFICIENCY f DOG-EARS FOR EASY BLIND MOUNT f HIGH SENSITIVITY FOR MAXIMUM POWER INSTALLATIONS (8124BLIND & 8128) DOG-EARS FOR EASY MOUNT fEFFICIENCY INSTALLATIONS (8124 &PERFORMANCE 8128) CLEAR, HIGH-FIDELITY f f DOG-EARS FOR EASY BLIND MOUNT CLEAR, HIGH-FIDELITY PERFORMANCE fINSTALLATIONS (8124 & 8128)

Ceiling Speakers

f 6W TRANSFORMER FOR USE ON 70V / 100V LINESFOR USE ON 70V / 100V 6W TRANSFORMER f DISTRIBUTED DISTRIBUTED LINES f OPEN-BACK DESIGN FOR APPLICATIONS NOT f 6W TRANSFORMER FOR USE ON 70V / 100V AN IN-CEILING BACKCAN (8124 & OPEN-BACK DESIGN FOR APPLICATIONS NOT f REQUIRING DISTRIBUTED LINES 8128) REQUIRING AN IN-CEILING BACKCAN (8124 & DESIGN FOR APPLICATIONS NOT f OPEN-BACK 8128)

f CLEAR, HIGH-FIDELITY PERFORMANCE

Harman Pro Group | 2010

The 8124 and 8128 Ceiling Speakers are designed for and easy installation with built-in dog-ears Thefast 8124 and 8128 Ceiling Speakers are designed The 8124 and 8128 Ceiling Speakers are designed for blind mount installations,built-in light weight and for easy fast and easy installation dog-ears for fast and easy installationwith with built-in dog-ears open-back design for applications not and for easy blind mount installations, weight and for easy blind mount installations,light light weight requiring an in-ceiling backcan.not open-back design for not open-back design forapplications applications requiring anan in-ceiling requiring in-ceilingbackcan. backcan.

Ceiling Ceiling Speakers Speakers

REQUIRING AN IN-CEILING BACKCAN (8124 & 8128)

The 8124 (4-inch (100 mm) full-range loudspeaker) and8124 the 8-inch The (4-inch(200 (100mm) mm)full-range full-rangeloudspeakers loudspeaker)

The 8100 Series Ceiling Speakers are equipped with 70V/100V for ease-of-use the field. The 8100 Seriestaps Ceiling Speakers areinequipped

The 8124 (4-inch (100 mm) full-range loudspeaker) Series Ceiling Speakers are equipped (8128 and 8138), featurefull-range high sensitivity drivers The 8100 For additional installation help, accessories such and 8-inch loudspeakers with 70V/100V taps for ease-of-use and thethe 8-inch (200(200 mm)mm) full-range loudspeakers with 70V/100V taps for ease-of-use in the field. in the field. that deliver maximum sound levels using minimal asinstallation the MTC-RAIL tile rail setssuch and C-Ringssuch (8128 and 8138), feature high sensitivity drivers For additional installation help, accessories (8128 and 8138), feature high sensitivity drivers For additional help, accessories amplifier power. (8128 shown) arerail available separately. that deliver maximum sound levels using minimal as the MTC-RAIL as the MTC-RAIL sets and C-Rings that deliver maximum sound levels using minimal tile setstile andrail C-Rings amplifier power. shown) areseparately. available separately. amplifier power. (8128(8128 shown) are available

The 8100 Series is equipped

8128

with aSeries contemporary The 8100 Series is equipped The 8100 is equipped with a contemporary grille, allowing with a contemporary grille, allowing the allowing speakers to grille, the speakersthe toblend with to a speakers blend with a variety of blend with a variety of interiors. interiors. variety of

8128 8128

High-fidelity performance at a cost-effective price point, the 8100 Series is an High-fidelity performance at ataa cost-effective cost-effective price point, thethe 8100 Series is an High-fidelity point, 8100 Series easy to installperformance loudspeaker solution for a wideprice variety of commercial soundis an easy to install loudspeaker solution for a wide variety of commercial sound easy to install loudspeaker solution for a wide variety of commercial sound applications. applications. applications. WithWith its its contemporary the8100 8100Series Seriesloudspeakers loudspeakers are ideal contemporarygrill grilldesign, design, the are ideal With its contemporary grill design, therestaurant 8100 Series loudspeakers are ideal for aforvariety of settings ranging from and retail settings a variety of settings ranging from restaurant and retail settings for atovariety of settings ranging fromareas. restaurant and retail settings to professional offices reception areas. Because the professional officesand and reception Because of of the veryvery to professional offices and reception areas. Because of the very weight 8124and and8128, 8128, tile rails for for lightlight weight ofof8124 railsmay maynot notbeberequired required light weight of 8124 and 8128, tile rails may not be required for some in-ceiling applications. They are not packaged with these some in-ceiling applications. They are not packaged with these some in-ceiling applications. They with these models, however MTC-RAILtile tile railare sets and C-Rings areare available models, however MTC-RAIL rail setsnot andpackaged C-Rings available models, however MTC-RAIL tile rail sets and C-Rings are available separately. The 8138 is designed for use with MTC-81BB8 backcan separately. The 8138 is designed for use with MTC-81BB8 backcan MTC-81TB8 tile bridge. All models feature taps.backcan separately. The 8138 is designed for use with70V/100V MTC-81BB8 andand MTC-81TB8 tile bridge. All models feature 70V/100V taps. 8138 and MTC-81TB8 tile bridge. All models feature 70V/100V taps. 8138

Section:

8124

8124 The 8124 is a 4-inch (100 mm) full-range loud8124 The 8124 isfeaturing a 4-inch a(100 full-range speaker, highmm) sensitivity driverloudthat conical coverage in a lightweight Theprovides 8124featuring is 130° a 4-inch (100 mm) full-range speaker, a high sensitivity driverloudthat (2.5 lb)featuring package. speaker, a high sensitivity driver that provides 130° conical coverage in a lightweight provides 130° conical coverage in a lightweight (2.5 lb) package. (2.5 lb) package.

8124

TRANSFORMER TAPS:70.7 100VV 70.7 V DIMENSIONSCUTOUT (DIA. xDIMENSION DEPTH DIMENSIONS (DIA. x DEPTH NET WEIGHT (each)

CUTOUT DIMENSION CUTOUT DIMENSION NET WEIGHT (each) NET WEIGHT (each)

Page 278

100 mm (4 in) Full-Range 8124 60 Hz – 18 kHz 8124 100 mm (4 in) Full-Range 20 W

100Hzmm (4 kHz in) Full-Range 60 – 18 130° conical 60 W Hz – 18 kHz 20 93 dB (1 kHz - 8 kHz) 208W 130° conical ohms 130° 93 (1 kHz1.5- W 8 kHz) 6dB W,conical 3 W, 6dB W, (1 3 W, 0.75 W 93 kHz1.5- W, 8 kHz) 8 ohms 2063mm in) diameter round ohms 68 W, W, (8.1 1.5 W baffle x 891.5 mm (3.5 in) depth 6 W, 3 W, W, W 0.75 W from back of baffle 6206 W,mm 3 W,(8.1 1.5 in) W, diameter 0.75 W round 175 mm diameter (6.9 in) baffle x 89(8.1 mm in) depth 206 mm in)(3.5 diameter round from back baffle baffle 89ofmm 1.2 kgx (2.5 lb) (3.5 in) depth frommm backdiameter of baffle(6.9 in) 175 175 mm diameter (6.9 in) 1.2 kg (2.5 lb) 1.2 kg (2.5 lb)

8124

8124 8124 8128 The 8128 is an 8-inch (200 mm) full-range loudThe 81388138 is an 8-inch (200 mm) full-range 8128 8138 The 8128 is ana8-inch (200 mm) full-range The 8138 is an mm) full-range speaker, featuring high sensitivity driver that loud- loudspeaker designed for 8-inch use with(200 a pre-install provides 90°featuring conical coverage in a lightweight backcan, in high fidelity The 8128 is an 8-inch (200 mm) full-range loud- in-ceilingloudspeaker The 8138resulting is an 8-inch (200 mm) full-range speaker, a high sensitivity driver that designed for use with a pre-install (3.0 lb) package. at a cost effective price speaker, featuring a high sensitivity driver that performance loudspeaker designed forpoint. useinwith pre-install provides 90° conical coverage in a lightweight in-ceiling backcan, resulting highafidelity 8138

8128

specifications specifications specifications SYSTEM TYPE FREQUENCY RANGE (-10dB) SYSTEM TYPE DRIVER POWER CAPACITY SYSTEM TYPE FREQUENCY RANGE (-10dB) NOMINAL DISPERSION FREQUENCY RANGECAPACITY (-10dB) DRIVER POWER NOMINAL SENSITIVITY 1 W, 1 m DRIVER POWER CAPACITY NOMINAL DISPERSION NOMINAL IMPEDANCE DISPERSION NOMINALNOMINAL SENSITIVITY W, 1 100V m TRANSFORMER1TAPS: NOMINALNOMINAL SENSITIVITY 1 W, 170.7 mV IMPEDANCE DIMENSIONSIMPEDANCE (DIA. 100V x DEPTH NOMINAL TRANSFORMER TAPS:

interiors.

8128

provides 90° conical coverage in a lightweight (3.0 lb) package. (3.0 lb) package.

8138

in-ceiling backcan, resulting in high performance at a cost effective pricefidelity point. performance at a cost effective price point.

200 mm (8 in) Full-Range 8128 50 Hz – 16 kHz 8128 200 mm (8 in) Full-Range 25 W 200Hzmm (8 kHz in) Full-Range 50 – 16 90° conical 50 W Hz – 16 kHz 25 97 dB (1 kHz - 8 kHz) 25 Wconical 90° 8 ohms 90°3dB conical 97 (1 6 W, W, 1.5kHz W - 8 kHz) 6 W, 3dB W, (1 1.5kHz W, -0.75 W 97 8 kHz) 8 ohms 28768mm in) diameter round ohms W, 3(11.3 W, 1.5 W baffle x 104 mm (4.1 depth W,in)0.75 W 6 W, 3 W, 1.5 W from back of baffle 6287 W,mm 3 W,(11.3 1.5 W, W round in)0.75 diameter 256 mm diameter (10.1 in)

200 mm (8 in) Full-Range 8138 95 Hz – 18 kHz 8138 200 mm (8 in) Full-Range 25 W 200Hzmm (8 kHz in) Full-Range 95 – 18 90° conical 95 W Hz – 18 kHz 25 The 8138 97 dB (1 kHz - 8 kHz) fits the MTC-81BB8 25 Wconical 8 ohms 90° backcan The and MTC8138 90°1.5 conical 97 dB 6 W, 3 W, W(1 kHz - 8 kHz) 81TB8 tile bridge, fits the MTC-81BB8 The 6 W, 3 W, 1.5 W, 0.75 W 97 dB (1 kHz 8 kHz) 8 ohms or can be used8138 with backcan and MTCfits the MTC-81BB8 most in-ceiling 327 mm68(12.9 ohms W, 3in) W,diameter 1.5 W round 81TB8 tile bridge, backcan and MTCbackcan/tile bridge baffle x 84 mm (3.3 in) W, depth from 6 W, 3 W, 1.5 W 0.75 W or can be with 81TB8 tileused bridge, systems designed back of baffle 6327 W,mm 3 W,(12.9 1.5 W, 0.75 W most in-ceiling in) diameter round or can be used with with four mounting 300 mm diameter (11.75 in) baffle x 104 mm in) depth x&84(12.9 mmin) (3.3diameter in) depth from points onbackcan/tile a 286in-ceiling mm bridge most 287 mm (11.3 in)(4.1 diameter round with tilebaffle 327 mm round bridge backbox systems designed from back baffle back of baffle (11¼ in) diameter backcan/tile bridge 104ofmm (4.1 in) depth 1.4 kg (3.0 baffle 1.4baffle kg (3.0xlb) lb) x 84 mm (3.3 in) depth from circle. with fourdesigned mounting systems frommm backdiameter of baffle(10.1 in) backmm of baffle 256 300 diameter (11.75 in) mounting

256 mm diameter (10.1 in) 1.4 kg (3.0 lb) 1.4 kg (3.0 lb)

with tile diameter bridge & backbox 300 mm (11.75 in) with bridge 1.4 kgtile (3.0 lb) & backbox 1.4 kg (3.0 lb)

points on mounting a 286 mm with four (11¼ pointsin) ondiameter a 286 mm mounting circle. (11¼ in) diameter mounting circle.

CONTROL CONTRACTOR CEILING SPEAKERS CONTROL CONTRACTOR CEILING SPEAKERS CONTROL CONTRACTOR CEILING SPEAKERS

® Control Control® Contractor Contractor ®

Control Contractor key features key features key features

Premium Premium Small Small Format Format Ceiling Ceiling Speakers Speakers Premium Small Format Ceiling Speakers

f ALL-IN-ONE CONVENIENCE FOR FAST AND EASY STOCKING ALL-IN-ONE CONVENIENCE FOR FAST f INSTALLATION INSTALLATION AND EASY STOCKING f AGENCY APPROVED FOR USE IN f ALL-IN-ONE CONVENIENCE FOR FAST HANDLING SPACES AGENCY APPROVED FOR USE IN f AIR INSTALLATION AND EASY STOCKING AIR HANDLING SPACES

f PREMIUM PERFORMANCE PREMIUM PERFORMANCE f f SONICGUARD™ OVERLOAD PROTECTION f SONICGUARD™ OVERLOAD PROTECTION

f PREMIUM PERFORMANCE

f SONICGUARD™ OVERLOAD PROTECTION

f AGENCY APPROVED FOR USE IN AIR HANDLING SPACES

JBL Control Contractor Ceiling Speakers deliver high power handling, overload protection and exceptional sound level capability and are JBL ControlasContractor Ceiling Speakers deliver high power handling, overload protection and exceptional level capability and are packaged complete assemblies, including integral backcan, front grille and tile bridge support hardware.sound Innovative design features JBL Control Contractor Ceiling Speakers deliver high power handling, overload protection and exceptional sound level capability and are packaged as complete assemblies, including integral backcan, front loading grille and tile bridge support hardware.throughout Innovativethe design features such as titanium-coated tweeters and JBL’s unique diffraction-horn provide broad, even coverage listening area. packaged as completetweeters assemblies, including integral backcan, front grille and tile bridgebroad, supporteven hardware. Innovative designthe features such as titanium-coated and JBL’s unique diffraction-horn loading provide coverage throughout listening area. Installation of JBL Control Contractor Ceiling Speakers is quick and easy and can be accomplished without requiring access above the ceiling. Bracketry for

suchceilings asoftitanium-coated tweeters and JBL’s uniqueisin diffraction-horn loading provide broad,into even coverage theInputs listening Installation JBL is Control Contractor Ceiling Speakers quick and can be accomplished without requiring access above the ceiling. Bracketry suspended included. The speaker is held securely placeand via easy mounting ears which rotate position andthroughout lock into place. are area. attached to for a Installation Control Contractor Ceiling isinquick and and can beultra-fast accomplished without requiringand access above the ceiling. Bracketry for formed suspended ceilingsofconnector isJBL included. The speaker is held securely place viaeasy mounting ears which rotate into position lock into(except place. Inputs are attached to a steel removable locking (included) which canSpeakers be prewired before installing for snap-on installation. All models 26-DT) contain suspended is for included. held securely in place via mounting which rotate into position and26CT lock place. Inputs are attached to atransformers removable locking connector (included) whichiscan be prewired before installing for ultra-fast snap-on installation. Allinto models (except 26-DT) contain formed steel backcans and areceilings suitable use inThe air speaker handling spaces per UL1480. Control 24CTears Micro, 24CT MicroPlus, 24CT, and 19CST feature top quality removable connector (included) which can70V/100V be prewired before installing for ultra-fast snap-on installation. All26CT models 26-DT) contain formed steel Micro). backcans andinside arelocking suitable for use in air handling per UL1480. Control 24CT Micro, 24CT 24CT, and 19CST feature top quality transformers pre-installed the speaker assembly for usespaces on distributed lines. Tap selection isMicroPlus, conveniently located on(except the front of the speaker (except backcans and are use in air handling spaces per UL1480. Controllines. 24CTTap Micro, 24CT MicroPlus, 24CT, 26CT and 19CST feature transformers pre-installed inside thesuitable speakerforassembly for use on 70V/100V distributed selection is conveniently located on the fronttop of quality the speaker (except Micro). pre-installed inside the speaker assembly for use on 70V/100V distributed lines. Tap selection is conveniently located on the front of the speaker (except Micro).

ACCESSORIES

The 26-DT is anControl 8" driver26-DT The Control isisan assembly designed an8" 8" driver driver assembly designed for sound designed systems assembly for systems forsound sound asystems requiring higher requiring a higher requiring higher fidelity sound and fidelity sound and fidelity sound and easy installation 26-DT easystandard installation easy installation into backcans. 26-DT 26-DT into standard into standard backcans. A high quality,backcans. low insertion-loss transformer is A high quality, low A high quality, transformer supplied for uselow oninsertion-loss 70V/100V distributed lines.is insertion-loss transformer is supplied for use on supplied for use on 70V/100V distributed lines.

24C/CT MICRO and 24CT MICROPLUS MICRO and 24CT MICROPLUS 24C/CT24C/CT MICRO and 24CT MICROPLUS

CONTROL 24C/CT MICRO AND CONTROL MICRO AND 24C/CT MICRO AND CONTROL 24CT24C/CT MICROPLUS CONTROL 24CT MICROPLUS CONTROL 24CT MICROPLUS The Control 24C/CT Micro and Control

The Control 24C/CT Micro and Control

The Control 24C/CT Micro andeasy-to-install Control 24CT MicroPlus are compact, 24CT MicroPlus are compact, easy-to-install 24CT MicroPlus areproviding compact,full, easy-to-install in-ceiling speakers, high quality in-ceiling speakers, providing full, high quality in-ceiling speakers, providing full, high quality sound for background music and music-plussound for background music and music-plussound for background music and24CT music-pluspaging systems. The Control 24CT Micro and paging systems. The Control Micro and pagingControl systems. The Control 24CT Micro and Control 24CT MicroPlus bothboth include multi-tap 24CT MicroPlus include multi-tap Controltransformers. 24CT MicroPlus both include multi-tap transformers. transformers. CONTROL 24C/CT CONTROL 26C/CT CONTROL 24C/CT ANDAND CONTROL 26C/CT

ACCESSORIES New Construction Bracket: MTC-xxNC* ACCESSORIES New Construction MTC-xxNC* Plaster Ring Bracket: MTC-xxMR* New Construction Bracket:Bracket: MTC-xxNC* Ring Bracket: MTC-xxMR* PlasterPlaster Ring Bracket: MTC-xxMR* Trim Rings: Allow for installation into existing Trim Rings: Allow for installation into existing ceiling speaker cutouts that larger than Trim Rings: Allow for installation intoare existing ceilingthe speaker cutouts that are larger than ceiling speaker cutouts that are larger than speaker’s normal cutout size. MTC-xxTR*. the speaker’s normal normal cutout size. MTC-xxTR*. the speaker’s cutout size. MTC-xxTR*. * These models are available in different sizes. Specify speaker

when ordering. * These models available different sizes. Specify sizes. speaker * model Theseare models areinavailable in different Specify speaker model when ordering. model when ordering.

70V/100V distributed lines. CONTROL 19CS/CST CONTROL 19CS/CST The unique Nested-Chamber design and CONTROL 19CS/CST

The Control 24CAND contains a coaxially mounted CONTROL 24C/CT 26C/CT The Control 24C contains aCONTROL coaxially mounted 3⁄4" titanium-coated tweeter, 4" woofer 3⁄4and The Control a coaxially mounted " contains titanium-coated tweeter, 4" woofer and24C providing sound over a wide 3⁄4high-fidelity " titanium-coated 4" woofer and providing high-fidelity sound over tweeter, a wide coverage area. The Control 24CT is available in providingarea. high-fidelity sound over wide in coverage The Control 24CT is aavailable black (C24CT-BK). The Control 26C contains a coverage area. TheThe Control 24CT26C is available black (C24CT-BK). Control containsina coaxially mounted 6 1⁄2" woofer and 3⁄4" titanium1⁄2"Control 3⁄4" titaniumblack (C24CT-BK). The 26C contains a woofer and coaxially mounted 6 coated tweeter, able to deliver maximum sound 1to 3⁄4" titanium⁄ 2 " woofer and coaxially mounted 6 coatedlevel tweeter, able deliver maximum sound over a defined area. coated tweeter, ablearea. to deliver maximum sound level over a defined 24C/CT MICRO level over a defined area. 24C/CT 24CTMICRO MICROPLUS

Section:

™ port of thedesign The Nested-Chamber design JBL Control Linear Dynamic Theunique unique Nested-Chamber andand 19CS port the JBL Control 19CS Linear ™™port subwoofer allows powerful low-frequency ofof the JBL Control 19CS Linear Dynamic Dynamic subwoofer allows powerful low-frequency reinforcement from a compact in-ceiling subwoofer allows powerful low-frequency reinforcement a acompact in-ceiling reinforcement from compact in-ceiling enclosure. Thefrom Control 19CS is an idealenclosure. Theto Control 19CS is 19CS an ideal addition to enclosure. The is an ideal addition anyControl system, resulting in full-fidelity, any system, resulting full-fidelity, high addition any system, resulting in full-fidelity, high leveltosound. Theinoptional Control levellevel sound. optional ControlControl 19CST high Thesubwoofer-band optional 19CST hassound. aThe special has a special subwoofer-band transformer 19CST has afor special subwoofer-band transformer use on 70V or 100V line for use on 70V or 100V line transformer systems. for use on 70V or 100V line distribution distribution systems. distribution systems.

24C/CT & 24 CT-BK

24C/CT

19CS/CST

19CS/CST 19CS/CST

26C/CT 26C/CT

26C/CT

24C/CT 24C/CT

26C/CT

specifications specifications specifications

Harman Pro Group | 2010

CONTROL 26-DT CONTROL 26-DT The Control26-DT 26-DT CONTROL

26-DT

19CS/CST

24C/CT 26C/CT 26-DT 85MICROPLUS HzMICRO - 25 kHz 80 Hz - 20&kHz24 CT-BK 75 Hz - 20 kHz 70 Hz - 20 kHz 42 Hz - 200 Hz19CS/CST FREQUENCY RANGE (-10dB) 1 24CT 24C/CT 2 85 1 24CT MICROPLUS 24C/CT 26C/CT 26-DT 19CS/CST WkHz 80HzW- 20 & 15075 W Hz - 20 kHz 200 W POWER CAPACITY: PROGRAM Hz 30 - 25 80 kHz24 CT-BK 70 Hz - 20 kHz 42 Hz - 200 Hz FREQUENCY RANGE (-10dB) 3 75 W 100 W 85 W Hz 15 - 25WkHz HzW- 20 kHz 75 HzW- 20 kHz 70 Hz - 20 kHz 42 HzW- 200 Hz FREQUENCY RANGE (-10dB) 12 PINK 30 8040W 150 200 POWER CAPACITY: PROGRAM 110°75conical 90° Omnidirectional NOMINALPINK DISPERSION 32 15 40 W conical 100 30 W 150° conical 80130° 150WW 200 W POWER CAPACITY: PROGRAM 86 dB 89 dB 89 dB (6090° W tap) 95 dB (ceiling,Omnidirectional nearWcorner) NOMINAL SENSITIVITY 15 Wconical 4086WdBconical 75 Wconical 100 PINK13W, 1 m 150° 130° 110° NOMINAL DISPERSION 89 dB (center of ceiling) 150° 130° 110° 90°dB (60 W tap) Omnidirectional DISPERSION 86 dBconical 86 dBconical 89 dBconical 89 95 dB (ceiling, near corner) NOMINALNOMINAL SENSITIVITY 1 W, 1 m 8 ohms (24C Micro) 16 ohms (24C) 16 ohms (26C) 8 ohms (19CS) NOMINAL IMPEDANCE 89 ceiling) 86 dB 86 dB 89 dB 89 dB (60 W tap) 95 dB (center (ceiling,ofnear corner) NOMINAL SENSITIVITY 1 W, 1 m 8, 4, 2, 1 W (24CT Micro) 30, 15, 7.5 W (24CT) 60, 30, 15 W (26CT) 60, 30, 15 W (19CST) 60, 30, 15 W TRANSFORMER TAPS: 100V dB (center 8 ohms25,(24C 16 ohms (24C) 16 ohms (26C) 889ohms (19CS)of ceiling) NOMINAL IMPEDANCE 12 WMicro) (24 CT MicroPlus) 8 ohms 1630,ohms (24C) 16 8 Wohms (19CS) 4,W2,(24CT 1,Micro) .5 WMicro) (24CT Micro) 15,7.5 7.5, W (24CT) 60,60, 30,ohms 15, W 60, 30, 15, 7.560, (19CST) 60, 30, 15, NOMINAL IMPEDANCE 4, 2,8,1(24C 30, 15, W3.7(24CT) 30,7.5 15(26C) W(26CT) (26CT) 30, 15 W (19CST) 60,7.5 30,W15 W TRANSFORMER TAPS: 100V 70.7 V 8, 12, 6CT W MicroPlus) (24CT MicroPlus) 25, W (24(24CT 8, 4,122,25, 1W Micro) 30, 15, 7.5 W (24CT) 60, 30, 15 W (26CT) 60, 30, 15 W (19CST) 60, 30, 15 W TRANSFORMER TAPS: 100V 1⁄2.5 4 in15, (100 6 1⁄60, 8 in (200 mm)60, 30, 15, 7.5 W (19CST) 6 1⁄2 in (165 inW (115 mm)Micro) 2 in (165 mm) mm)15, * 7.5 W 1, 30, 7.5,mm) 3.7 W (24CT) 30, 15, 7.5 W (26CT) 60, 30, COMPONENTS: LOWV FREQ. 8, 70.7 25,4,122,4W (24 CT(24CT MicroPlus) 1 2 in (12 mm) 3 in (19 mm) 3⁄4 in (19 mm) 3⁄4 in (19 mm) HIGHV FREQ. 25, 6W MicroPlus) 8, 4,12, 2,⁄1, .5 (24CT W (24CT Micro) 30,⁄415, 7.5, 3.7 W (24CT) 60, 30, 15, 7.5 W (26CT) 60, 30, 15, 7.5 W (19CST) 60, 30, 15, 7.5 W 70.7 Formed steel8backcan steel MicroPlus) backcan Formed backcan ENCLOSURE 25, 6 W (24CT 4 1⁄212, 4 Formed in (100steel mm)backcan 6 1⁄2 steel in (200 mm) 6 1⁄2 in (165 mm) * inFormed (115 mm) in (165 mm) COMPONENTS: LOW FREQ. 3⁄200 345 x 345 mm8 in (200 mm) 106 x 195 mm x(19 195mm) mm 21036⁄x41⁄252 mm 120 x 20036⁄41mm (12 mm) in2 in(19 mm) mm) DIMENSIONS (H x DIA.) 14⁄21⁄in HIGH 4 4inin(100 2 in (115 mm) (165 mm) ⁄in2 in(19(165 mm) * COMPONENTS: LOW FREQ. 13.6 x 13.6 in 4.2 x 7.7 in 7.9 x 7.7 in 8.3 x 9.9 in 4.72 x 7.87 in 1 3 3 3 ⁄2 in (12steel mm)backcan ⁄4 in (19steel mm)backcan ⁄4 in (19steel mm)backcan ⁄4 in (19 mm) HIGH FREQ. Formed steel backcan Formed Formed Formed ENCLOSURE 19CS: 5.5 kg (12 lb) 24Csteel Micro: 1.6 kg (3.6 lb) 24C: 2.7steel kg (6 lb) 26C:Formed 3.4 kg (7.5 lb)backcan 1.9 kg (4.2 lb) NET WEIGHT (each) Formed Formed backcan Formed ENCLOSURE 345 x 345steel mmbackcan 106 x 24CT 195 mm 200 x 195 mmbackcan 210 x 252steel mm 120 x 200 mm DIMENSIONS (H x DIA.) 19CST: 6.3 kg (14 lb) Micro: 2.0 kg (4.4 lb) 24CT: 3.5 kg (8 lb) 26CT: 4.2 kg (10 lb) * 8” compatible mounting 13.6 13.6mm in 4.2 7.9 8.3 4.72 7.87 in 345 xx345 106xx7.7 195inmm 200xx7.7 195inmm 210xx9.9 252inmm 120 xx200 mm DIMENSIONS (H x DIA.) 24CT MicroPlus: 2.5 kg (5.5 lb) 13.6 x5.5 13.6kgin(12 lb) 4.2 xMicro: 7.7 in 1.6 kg (3.6 lb) 7.9 x 2.7 7.7 in (6 lb) 8.3 x 3.4 9.9 kg in (7.5 lb) 4.72 inContinuous Pink Noise rating (IEC1Half-space 19CS: 24C 24C: kg 26C: kgx 7.87 (4.2thelb) NET WEIGHT (each) and is defined as 3 1.9 dB above (mounted in-wall or in ceiling) shaped pink noise with a 6 dB crest factor, for 100 hours continuously). 2 Continuous 19CST: 6.3kgkg(12 (14lb)lb) 24CT Micro:1.6 2.0kgkg(3.6 (4.4lb)lb) 24CT: 3.5 lb) which is a conservative26CT: 4.2kgkg(7.5 lb) Program expression of(10 thelb) 19CS: 5.5 24C Micro: 24C: 2.7 kgkg(6(8lb)Power, 26C: 3.4 1.9 kg (4.2 lb) mounting NET WEIGHT (each) * 8”Pink compatible 3 Rated in Continuous Noise for 100 hours. system’s ability to handle normal speech and music program material 24CT MicroPlus: 2.5(4.4 kg (5.5 19CST: 6.3 kg (14 lb) Micro: 2.0 kg lb) lb) 24CT: 3.5 kg (8 lb) 26CT: 4.2 kg (10 lb) * 8” compatible mounting 24CT MicroPlus: 2.5 kg (5.5 lb) 1Half-space (mounted in-wall or in ceiling) and is defined as 3 dB above the Continuous Pink Noise rating (IEC21 Continuous Program Power, which is a conservative expression of the Half-space (mounted in-wall or in ceiling)

ability to handle normal speech and music program material 2 system’s Continuous Program Power, which is a conservative expression of the system’s ability to handle normal speech and music program material

shaped pink noise with a 6 dB crest factor, for 100 hours continuously). and is defined as 3 dB above the Continuous Pink Noise rating (IECshaped pink noise with a 6 dB crest factor, for 100 hours continuously). 3 Rated in Continuous Pink Noise for 100 hours. 3 Rated in Continuous Pink Noise for 100 hours.

Page 279

INSTALLATION PRODUCTS INSTALLATION PRODUCTS INSTALLATION PRODUCTS

® Control Control®® 40 40 Series Series Superior Superior Small Small Format Format Ceiling Ceiling Speakers Speakers with with RBI RBI

Control 40 Series Superior Small Format Ceiling Speakers with RBI key features key features f DESIGNED FOR HIGH-DEMAND APPLICATIONS DESIGNED FOR HIGH-DEMAND f PROFESSIONAL PROFESSIONAL APPLICATIONS f THREE COAXIAL MODELS PLUS AN ULTRAf DESIGNED FOR HIGH-DEMAND COMPACT SATELLITE SPEAKER THREE COAXIAL MODELS PLUS AND AN ULTRAfPROFESSIONAL APPLICATIONS IN-CEILING SUBWOOFER COMPACT SATELLITE SPEAKER AND COAXIALSUBWOOFER MODELS PLUS AN ULTRAf THREE IN-CEILING

key features

COMPACT SATELLITE SPEAKER AND IN-CEILING SUBWOOFER

f INTEGRATED BACKCANS FOR EASE-OFIN THE FIELD INTEGRATED BACKCANS FOR EASE-OFf USE USE IN THE FIELD f SWITCHABLE FOR USE AS AN 8 OHMS f INTEGRATED BACKCANS FOR EASE-OFSPEAKER OR AS PART 70V/100V SWITCHABLE FOR USEOF ASAAN 8 OHMS fTHE USE IN FIELD DISTRIBUTED SYSTEM (EXCEPT 42C) SPEAKER OR AS PART OF A 70V/100V FOR USE ASSYSTEM AN 8 OHMS f SWITCHABLE DISTRIBUTED (EXCEPT 42C) SPEAKER OR AS PART OF A 70V/100V DISTRIBUTED SYSTEM (EXCEPT 42C)

CONTROL 42C CONTROL 42C

Harman Pro Group | 2010

CONTROL 42C

CONTROL 47C/T CONTROL CONTROL47C/T 47C/T

CONTROL 47HC

CONTROL 47LP CONTROL47LP 47LP CONTROL

CONTROL CONTROL 47HC 47HC

CONTROL 40CS/T CONTROLCONTROL 40CS/T 40CS/T

The Control 40 Series Ceiling Speakers are designed to work perfectly in environments that require a premium, in-ceiling TheControl Control40 40Series Series Ceiling Speakers designed to work perfectly in environments that require arequire premium, in-ceiling in-ceiling The Speakers are designed to work perfectly in environments a premium, speaker with an Ceiling extremely widearebandwith and consistent coverage. Consisting ofthat three 6.5" coaxial models, a 2.5" speaker with an extremely wide bandwith and consistent coverage. Consisting of three 6.5" coaxial models, a models, 2.5" speaker with an extremely wide bandwith and consistent coverage. Consisting of three 6.5" coaxial a 2.5" ultra-compact satellite speaker and in-ceiling subwoofer, the Control 40 Series can be configured in many different ultra-compact satellite speaker and in-ceiling subwoofer, the Control 40 Series can be configured in many different ultra-compact satellite speaker and in-ceiling subwoofer, the Control 40 Series can be configured in many different ways accomodate fullrange range applications infield. the field. JBL focused on ease-of-installation by an including an waysto accomodate aaafull of of applications in the JBL focused on ease-of-installation by including ways totoaccomodate fulland range of applications in the field. JBL focused onconnectors ease-of-installation by including integrated backcan, grille tile rails (except Control 42C), locking 2-pin and two knockouts. Thean integrated backcan, grille and tile rails (except Control 42C), locking 2-pin connectors and two knockouts. The integrated backcan, and tile rails (except 42C), lockingspaces. 2-pin connectors and two knockouts. The Control ceilinggrille speakers designed forControl useairinhandling air handling Control40 40Series Series ceiling speakers areare designed for use in spaces. Control 40 Series ceiling speakers are designed for use in air handling spaces.

Section:

CONTROL 47C/T CONTROL 47C/T CONTROL 47C/T The Control 47C/T and are The Control 47C/T andControl Control47LP 47LP are

CONTROL 47LP (Low Profile Backcan) CONTROL 47LP (Low Profile Backcan) CONTROL 47LP (Low Profile Backcan) The Control 47LP is identical the Control 47 The Control 47LP is identical to theto Control 47 but equipped with a shallow backcan in use47 The Control 47LP isa identical tofor theuse Control but equipped with shallow backcan for in areas restricted mounting depths. butwith equipped with a mounting shallow backcan areas with restricted depths.for use in areas with restricted mounting depths. CONTROL 47HC CONTROL 47HC

CONTROL 42C CONTROL 42C CONTROL The42C Control 42C is an ultra-compact The Control is an 42C ultra-compact in-ceiling in-ceiling applications thatrequire require satellite loudspeaker designed for use with for the usein-ceiling Thedesigned Control 47C/T and Control 47LPextremely are The Control 42C is an ultra-compact designed for for applications that extremely satellite loudspeaker designed with the wide bandwidth and verythat consistent coverage. Control 40CS/T subwoofer. It offers an unobdesigned for applications requirecoverage. extremely satellite loudspeaker designed for use the wide bandwidth and very consistent Control 40CS/T subwoofer. It offers an with unobRBI™ (Radiation Boundary Integrator®) strusive design which is ideal for aiswide wide bandwidth and very consistent coverage. Control 40CS/T subwoofer. Itrange offers an unobJBL’sJBL’s RBI™ (Radiation Boundary Integrator®) strusive design which ideal for aofwide range of a seamless integration between installations. JBL’sallows RBI™ Boundary Integrator®) strusive design which is ideal for a wide range of allows for for a(Radiation seamless integration between installations. The Control 47HC is designed for applications the coaxially mounted tweeter and LF driver, CONTROL The Control47HC 47HC is designed for applications allows for a seamless between installations. the coaxially mountedintegration tweeter and LF driver, CONTROL 40CS/T that require a narrow focused beamwidth pattern resulting in consistent sound quality with little CONTROL 40CS/T The Control is designed for applications that require a47HC narrow focused beamwidth pattern the coaxially mounted sound tweeter and LFwith driver, resulting in consistent quality little The Control 40CS/T is a direct radiating, high and very consistent coverage. The large backcan variation in the listening area. CONTROL that very require a narrowcoverage. focused beamwidth pattern The Control40CS/T 40CS/T is a direct radiating, high and consistent The large backcan resulting in the consistent sound variation listening area.quality with little impact 8" subwoofer designed for powerful bass in combination with the LF driver design, The 40CS/T is a direct radiating, high and very consistent coverage. Thedesign, large backcanresponseimpact 8" subwoofer designed for powerful bass in combination withresponse. the LF driver variation in the listening area. in anControl in-ceiling loudspeaker. It features provides extended bass impact subwoofer designed for powerful bass in combination withbass the response. LF driver design, in an in-ceiling loudspeaker. It features provides extended a built-inresponse passive 8" crossover network and 4 highin anenabling in-ceiling loudspeaker. It features provides extended bass response. aresponse built-in passive crossover network 4 highpassed satellite outputs it to be used as and asubwoofer/satellite built-in passiveoutputs crossover network and high-as satellite it to be4used part of a passed system.enabling passed outputs enabling it to be used as part of asatellite subwoofer/satellite system. CONTROL 47C/T CONTROL 47LP CONTROL 47HC CONTROL 42C CONTROL 40CS/Tsystem. part of a subwoofer/satellite

specifications specifications specifications SYSTEM TYPE

SYSTEM TYPE

FREQUENCY RANGE (-10dB) 1 SYSTEM TYPE POWER CAPACITY 2: PROGRAM 1 FREQUENCY RANGE (-10dB)PINK 1 2: PROGRAM FREQUENCY RANGE (-10dB) POWER CAPACITY NOMINAL DISPERSION3 2: PROGRAM PINK POWER CAPACITY NOMINAL SENSITIVITY 1 W, 1 m

PINK3 NOMINAL DISPERSION NOMINAL DISPERSION NOMINAL SENSITIVITY 1IMPEDANCE W, 1 m3 RATED NOMINAL SENSITIVITY 1 W, 1 m TRANSFORMER TAPS RATED IMPEDANCE COMPONENTS: LOW FREQ. HIGH FREQ. RATED IMPEDANCE TRANSFORMER TAPS TRANSFORMER TAPS COMPONENTS: LOWENCLOSURE FREQ. DIMENSIONS FREQ. COMPONENTS:HIGH LOW (DIAMETER x DEPTH) HIGH FREQ. ENCLOSURE NET WEIGHT (each) ENCLOSURE DIMENSIONS (DIAMETER x DEPTH) DIMENSIONS (DIAMETER x DEPTH) NET WEIGHT (each) NET WEIGHT (each)

Page 280

Two-Way 6.5" Coaxial Ceiling CONTROL 47C/T Loudspeaker w/ Extended Bass CONTROL Two-Way 6.5"47C/T Coaxial Ceiling

Two-Way 6.5" Coaxial CONTROL 47LPCeiling Low Profile Loudspeaker CONTROL Two-Way 6.5"47LP Coaxial Ceiling 68Low Hz - 20 kHz Loudspeaker Profile Two-Way 6.5" Coaxial Ceiling 150Low W Loudspeaker 68 HzProfile - 20 kHz 75 W 68 HzW- 20 kHz 150 120° conical 75 WW 91150 dB

Two-Way 6.5" Coaxial 47HC Ceiling CONTROL Loudspeaker for High Ceilings CONTROL Two-Way 6.5"47HC Coaxial Ceiling 55 Hz - Loudspeaker 17 kHz High Ceilings Two-Way 6.5"forCoaxial Ceiling 150 W Loudspeaker for High Ceilings 55 Hz - 17 kHz 75 W 55 HzW- 17 kHz 150 75° conical 75 W 93 dB 150 W

2.5" Ultra-Compact In-Ceiling 8" In-Ceiling Subwoofer with 40CS/T CONTROL 42C CONTROL Satellite Loudspeaker Crossover CONTROL 42C In-Ceiling CONTROL 2.5" Ultra-Compact 8" In-Ceiling 40CS/T Subwoofer with 140 Hz - 20 kHz 32 Hz - 300 Hz Crossover Satellite Loudspeaker 2.5" Ultra-Compact In-Ceiling 8" In-Ceiling Subwoofer with 30 W 200 W Satellite Loudspeaker Crossover 140 Hz - 20 kHz 32 Hz - 300 Hz 15 W 100 W 140WHz - 20 kHz 32 Hz - 300 Hz 30 160° conical Omnidirectional 200 W 15 100 W 30 W 200corner) 82 dB 95 dB (ceiling, near 75 Wconical 75 Wconical 15 Wconical 100 W 120° 75° 160° Omnidirectional 89 dB (center of ceiling) 120° 75°dB conical 160° Omnidirectional 91 dBconical dBconical 95 dB (ceiling, near corner) 8 ohms 8 ohms93 16 ohms 82 8 ohms ceiling) 82 dB 95 (ceiling,ofnear corner) 6091 W,dB 30 W, 15 W, (& 7.5 W @70 V) 60 W, 3093W,dB15 W, (& 7.5 W @70 V) N/A 80, 40, 20 (&10W89 @ dB 70V)(center dB (center of ceiling) 8 ohms 16 ohms 6 1⁄82ohms 6 1⁄2 in (165 8 in (200 mm) 889ohms in (165 mm) mm) 1⁄2 in (60 mm) 1 in860(25 mm) ohms ohms 16 880,ohms W,mm) 30 W, 15 W, (& 7.5 W @70 V) 1 in (25860 W, 30 W, 15 W, (& 7.5 W @702 V) N/Aohms 40, 20 (&10W @ 70V) Formed steel backcan backcan Formed steel backcan backcan 1⁄W, W, 15 W, (& 7.5 W @70 V) Formed660steel W, mm) 15 W, (& 7.5 W @70Formed V) steelN/A (&10W @ 70V) 6601⁄W, 880,in40, (20020mm) 2 in30 (165 mm) 2 in30 (165 332 x 338 mm 8 in (200 mm) 127 x 94 mm2 1⁄2 in (60 mm) 30516 xin 332 x 351 1⁄142 1⁄mm mm)mm) 16 in mm)mm) 2(25 in mm (165 2(25 in (165 13.1 x 13.3 in 5.0 x 4.2 in 1 12 x 5.6 in 13.1 x 13.8 in 2 ⁄2 in (60 mm) 1Formed in (25 mm) 1Formed in (25 mm) Formed steel backcan Formed steel backcan steel backcan steel backcan 8.1 kg (17.9 lb) .7 kg (1.6 lb) 4.3 kg (9.5 lb) 6.4 kg (14 lb)

55 Hz - 20 kHz Extended Bass Loudspeaker Two-Way 6.5"w/Coaxial Ceiling 150 W Loudspeaker 55 Hz - 20 kHzw/ Extended Bass 75 W 55 HzW- 20 kHz 150 120° conical 75 15091WWdB 75 Wconical 120° 120° conical 91 8dB ohms 9160dBW, 30 W, 15 W, (& 7.5 W @70 V) 8 ohms 6 1⁄2 in (165 mm) 1W, in (25 mm)15 W, (& 7.5 W @70 V) 860ohms 30 W, steel W, 15backcan W, (& 7.5 W @70 V) 6601Formed ⁄W, 2 in30 (165 mm) 259 1305 16 in mm)mm ⁄2(25 inx (165 mm) x 10.2 in 1Formed in12(25 mm) steel backcan 5 kg (11 lb) Formed Formed Formed 305 x 259steel mmbackcan 305 x 142steel mmbackcan 332 x 351steel mmbackcan 1xHalf-space 12 13.8mm in pink noise with a 6 305 x10.2 259inmm(mounted in-wall or in ceiling) 12 3052xContinuous x5.6 142inmm Pink Noise rating is IEC-shaped13.1 332 xx351 dB crest factor for 100 hours continuously. Continuous Program in 12 xkg 5.6(9.5 inislb) 13.1kgx 13.8 in to handle 512kgx 10.2 (11 lb) 4.3 6.4 (14 lb) power a conservative expression of the system’s ability 5 kg (11 lb) 4.3 kg (9.5 lb) 6.4 kg (14 lb)

Formed 127 x 94steel mm backcan

Formed 332 x 338steel mmbackcan

x338 13.3mm in 5.0 xx4.2 in program material, and is defined13.1 normal speech and music as 3 xdB 332 127 94 mm above the Continous Pink Noise Rating. 13.1kgx 13.3 5.0kgx 4.2 8.1 (17.9inlb) (1.6inlb) 3 Half-space (in.7ceiling) average 1 kHz to 16 kHz.

1Half-space (mounted in-wall or in ceiling)

2 Continuous Pink Noise rating is IEC-shaped pink noise with a 6

1Half-space (mounted in-wall or in ceiling)

crest factor for 100 hours continuously. Continuous Program 2 dB Continuous Pink Noise rating is IEC-shaped pink noise with a 6

power is a conservative expression of the system’s ability to handle dB crest factor for 100 hours continuously. Continuous Program power is a conservative expression of the system’s ability to handle

.7 kg (1.6 lb)

8.1 kg (17.9 lb)

normal speech and music program material, and is defined as 3 dB above the Continous Pink Noise Rating. normal speech and music program material, and is defined as 3 dB 3 Half-space (in ceiling) average 1 kHz to 16 kHz. above the Continous Pink Noise Rating. 3 Half-space (in ceiling) average 1 kHz to 16 kHz.

CONTROL CONTRACTOR CEILING SPEAKERS CONTROL CONTRACTOR CEILING SPEAKERS CONTROL CONTRACTOR CEILING SPEAKERS

® Control Series Control® 200 200 Series ®

Control 200 Series key features key features key features

Medium Medium Format Format Ceiling Ceiling Speakers Speakers

Medium Format Ceiling Speakers

f 6.5" KEVLAR-REINFORCED LF 6.5" KEVLAR-REINFORCED LF f f 1" EXIT COMPRESSION DRIVER HF f 1" EXIT COMPRESSION DRIVER HF

f INTEGRATED & INDEPENDENT BACKCAN INTEGRATED & INDEPENDENT BACKCAN f VERSIONS VERSIONS f HIGH OUTPUT, PREMIUM SOUND QUALITY f INTEGRATED & INDEPENDENT BACKCAN HIGH OUTPUT, PREMIUM SOUND QUALITY f VERSIONS

f 6.5" KEVLAR-REINFORCED LF

f 1" EXIT COMPRESSION DRIVER HF

f HIGH OUTPUT, PREMIUM SOUND QUALITY

CONTROL 226C/T CONTROL 226C/T CONTROL 226C/T

CONTROL 227C CONTROL 227C

CONTROL 227CT CONTROL 227CT

CONTROL 227C

CONTROL 227CT

CONTROL 227C & 227CT Assembly CONTROL with 227CBackcan & 227CT CONTROL 227C & 227CT and Grille. Assembly with Backcan Assembly with Backcan and Grille.

Control 226C/T, 227C and 227CT are premium in-ceiling speakers designed to meet the increasing market demand for Control 226C/T, 227C in-ceiling speakers designed to meet the increasing market demand for Control 226C/T, 227Cand and 227CTare are premium premium in-ceiling speakers designed meet the increasing market demand for premium quality sound in227CT ceiling-mount applications. The Control 200toSeries loudspeakers incorporate breakthrough premium quality sound in ceiling-mount applications. The Control 200 Series loudspeakers incorporate breakthrough premium quality sound in as ceiling-mount applications. The Control 200 Series loudspeakers incorporate breakthrough performance features such best-in-class pattern control to provides a consistent sound throughout the listening performance features such as best-in-class pattern control to provides a consistent sound throughout the listening performance features such as best-in-class pattern control to provides a consistent sound throughout thelabor listening area. Especially wide coverage allows fewer speakers to cover the space, reducing both the material and cost area. Especially widecoverage coverageallows allows fewer speakers toto cover thethe space, reducing both the material and labor cost area. Especially wide fewer speakers cover space, reducing both the material and labor cost for the installation. for the installation. for the installation. TheThe high-power kevlar-reinforced in(165 (165mm) mm)low-frequency low-frequency driver the titanium-diaphragm high-power kevlar-reinforced 6.5 6.5 in driver alongalong with with the titanium-diaphragm The high-power kevlar-reinforced 6.5 in (165 mm) low-frequency driver along with the titanium-diaphragm compression driver steep-slope crossover network provide wide-bandwidth compression driverand andthe theadvanced-technology advanced-technology steep-slope crossover network provide superb,superb, wide-bandwidth compression driver and the advanced-technology steep-slope crossover network provide superb, wide-bandwidth sound quality. sound quality. sound quality.

CONTROL 226C/T CONTROL 226C/T CONTROL 226C/T Control 226C/T is a compact, easy-to-install Control 226C/T is a compact, easy-to-install

CONTROL 227C CONTROL 227C CONTROL 227C Control 227C high-output, low-impedance Control 227C isisaahigh-output, low-impedance

speaker with backcan blindControl 226C/T is integrated a compact, easy-to-install speaker with integrated backcan for for blindmounting into ceilings. It features a top-quality speaker with integrated for blindmounting into ceilings. Itbackcan features a top-quality 60 Winto multi-tap transformer for 70V/100V line mounting ceilings. It features a top-quality 60 W multi-tap transformer for 70V/100V line distribution systems. The may 60 W multi-tap transformer fortransformer 70V/100V line distribution systems. The transformer may bebe bypassed, allowing the Control 226C/T to be distribution systems.the The transformer bypassed, allowing Control 226C/Tmay to bebe used as a low-impedance 8 ohm speaker. bypassed, allowing the Control to be used as a low-impedance 8 ohm226C/T speaker. tile rails and grille are included. This used asC-ring, a low-impedance 8 ohm speaker. C-ring, tile rails and grille are included. This

8ohm ohm speaker speaker forfor installation withwith the the Control 227C assembly isassembly a high-output, low-impedance 8 installation MTC-200BB8 backcan andand MTC-RG6/8 8separate ohm speaker assembly for installation with the separate MTC-200BB8 backcan MTC-RG6/8 grille (both (both sold Optional separate MTC-200BB8 backcan andaccessories MTC-RG6/8 grille soldseparately). separately). Optional accessories include MTC-19NC new ring,ring, MTCgrille (both sold separately). Optional accessories include MTC-19NC newconstruction construction MTC19MR plaster-ring, and MTC-TB6/8 tile bridge. include MTC-19NC and newMTC-TB6/8 construction MTC19MR plaster-ring, tilering, bridge. 19MR plaster-ring, CONTROL 227CT and MTC-TB6/8 tile bridge.

model is designed to be able to utilize the

C-ring,optional tile railsMTC-19NC andto grille are included. This model is designed be able to utilize the new construction ring and model MTC-19MR is MTC-19NC designed tonew be able tonew utilize the and optional construction ring plaster-ring for construction optional MTC-19NC new construction ring and MTC-19MR plaster-ring for new construction projects requiring pre-installation rings. MTC-19MR plaster-ring for new construction projects requiring pre-installation rings. projects requiring pre-installation rings.

CONTROL 227CT Control 227CT is a 70V/100V version of Control CONTROL 227CT Control 227CT is a 70V/100V version of Control 227C, featuring a top-quality 60 W multi-tap

Control 227CT is a 70V/100V version of Control 227C, featuring a top-quality 60 W multi-tap transformer for 70V/100V line distribution 227C, featuring a top-quality W multi-tap transformer for 70V/100V line60 distribution systems. transformer for 70V/100V line distribution systems. systems.

specifications specifications specifications CONTROL 226C/T

FREQUENCY RANGE (-10 dB) 1 POWER CAPACITY: PROGRAM 1 FREQUENCY RANGE (-10 dB) PINK 1(2 hr) 2 FREQUENCY RANGEPROGRAM (-10 dB) POWER CAPACITY: (100 hr) 2 PINK (2 hr)1 2W, 1 m POWER CAPACITY: PROGRAM SENSITIVITY: (100 PINK (2 hr) 22 NOMINAL IMPEDANCE SENSITIVITY:(100 1 W,hr) 1 m2 NOMINAL COVERAGE 3 SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 m NOMINAL IMPEDANCE COMPONENTS: LOW FREQ. NOMINAL COVERAGE IMPEDANCE HIGH3 FREQ. NOMINAL COVERAGE TRANSFORMER TAPS:3 100V COMPONENTS: LOW FREQ. COMPONENTS: HIGH LOW FREQ. 70.7V HIGH DIMENSIONS FREQ. TRANSFORMER TAPS: 100V (DIA. X DEPTH) TRANSFORMER TAPS: 70.7V 100V NET WEIGHT 70.7V(each)

DIMENSIONS (DIA. X DEPTH) DIMENSIONS (DIA. X DEPTH) NET WEIGHT (each) NET WEIGHT (each)

47 Hz – 19 kHz CONTROL 226C/T CONTROL 47 Hz300 – 19WkHz226C/T 150 W

CONTROL 227C & 227CT 43 Hz – 19 kHz227C & 227CT CONTROL 300Hz W – 19 kHz CONTROL 227C & 227CT 43

PREMIUM ACCESSORIES PREMIUM ACCESSORIES PREMIUM ACCESSORIES MTC-200BB6: Backcan for227C Control MTC-200BB6: Backcan for Control and227C and 227CT. 13.3 inches (337 mm) max diameter MTC-200BB6: Backcan for Control 227C and 227CT. 13.3 inches (337 mm) max diameter x 8.1 inches (206 mm) deep. 13.3 inches (337 mm) max diameter x227CT. 8.1 inches (206 mm) deep. MTC-RG6/8: Round grille forgrille Control and 227C and x 8.1 inches (206 mm) deep. MTC-RG6/8: Round for227C Control 227CT. Also fits Control 328Cgrille & 328CT. MTC-RG6/8: Round for Control 227CT. Also fits Control 328C &13.6 328CT.227C 13.6and inches (345 mm) in diameter 227CT. (345 Alsomm) fits Control 328C & 328CT. 13.6 inches in diameter MTC-SG6/8: grilleinfor Control 227C and inches Square (345 mm) diameter MTC-SG6/8: Square grille for Control 227C and 227CT. Also fits Control 328C & 328CT. 13.4 MTC-SG6/8: Square grille for Control Also fits Control 328C & 328CT.227C 13.4and inches227CT. (340 mm) x 13.4 inches (340 mm). 227CT. (340 Alsomm) fits Control 328C &(340 328CT. 13.4 inches x 13.4 inches mm). MTC-TB6/8: Tile bridge for Control 227C and inches (340 mm) xbridge 13.4& inches (340 mm). MTC-TB6/8: Tile328C for Control 227C and 227CT. Also fits Control 328CT. MTC-TB6/8: TileControl bridge for Control 227C and 227CT. Also fits 328C & 328CT. MTC-19NC & MTC-19MR: New-construction and 227CT. Also&fits Control & 328CT. mud rings fit Control 226 for new328C construction MTC-19NC MTC-19MR: New-construction and applications requiring pre-installation rings.constructionand MTC-19NC MTC-19MR: New-construction mud rings fit&Control 226 for new mud rings fitrequiring Control 226 for new construction applications pre-installation rings. applications requiring pre-installation rings.

150 W

47 HzW100 – 19WkHz 43 300 300 W– 19 kHz 100Hz W 150 150 W 300 W90 dB 300 90 dB 100 100 150 W 150 W 8 ohms 8 ohms (227C) 100dBW 100dBW 90 90 120º 120º dB dB (227C) 890ohms 890 6.5 in (165 mm) 6.5ohms in (165 mm) 8120º ohms 8120º ohms (227C) 1 in (25 mm) diaphragm compression driver 1 in (25 mm) diaphragm compression driver 120º 120º 60W,in30W, 6.5 in60W, (16530W, mm)15W 6.5 (16515W mm)(227CT) 60W, 30W, 15W, 7.5Wcompression driver 60W, 30W, 15W, 7.5W (227CT) 16.5inin(25 mm) diaphragm 16.5 inin(25 mm) diaphragm compression driver (165 mm) (165 mm) 13 x 9.715W indiaphragm (330 x 246 mm) 12.0 x 30W, 5.8mm) in (305 x(227CT) 147 mm)compression driver 160W, in (25 mm) compression driver 160W, in (25 diaphragm 30W, 15W 60W, 30W, 15W, 60W, 30W, 15W, 7.5W (227CT) 15W 7.5W 15W (227CT) 9.1 (20 lb)7.5W 4.1 kg 30W, 60W, 30W, 15W, 60W, 15W, 13 x 9.7 inkg(330 x 246 mm) 12.0 x(95.8lb)in227C (305 7.5W x 147 (227CT) mm) 5.2 kg (11.5 lb) 227CT 13 x 9.7 in (330 x 246 mm) 12.0 x 5.8 in (305 x 147 mm) 9.1 kg1 Half-space (20 lb) (in ceiling) 2 IEC standard, full bandwidth 4.1 kgpink (9 lb) 227C 3 Average 1 kHz to 16 kHz. noise with a 5.2 (11.5 227CT crest factor (peak to average 6 dB. 9.1 kg (20 lb) 4.1 kgratio) (9 lb)oflb) 227C 5.2 kg (11.5 lb) 227CT

1 Half-space (in ceiling)

2 IEC standard, full bandwidth pink noise with a

3 Average 1 kHz to 16 kHz.

1 Half-space (in ceiling)

factor (peak to average ratio) of 6 dB. 2 crest IEC standard, full bandwidth pink noise with a

3 Average 1 kHz to 16 kHz.

crest factor (peak to average ratio) of 6 dB.

CONTROL 226C/T

Control 200 models are available both in an CONTROL independent backcan design (Control 227C & 226C/T 227CT) and in an integrated backcanCONTROL version 226C/T Control 200 models are available both in an (Control 226C/T).

Control 200 models aredesign available both 227C in an & independent backcan (Control independent designbackcan (Controlversion 227C & 227CT) and inbackcan an integrated 227CT) and in an integrated backcan version (Control 226C/T). (Control 226C/T). Page 281

Harman Pro Group | 2010

and Grille.

Section:

INSTALLATION PRODUCTS INSTALLATION PRODUCTS

® Control Control®® 300 300 Series Series

Control 300 Series key key features features key features

INSTALLATION PRODUCTS

Large Large Format Format Ceiling Ceiling Speakers Speakers

Large Format Ceiling Speakers

f VERY HIGH OUTPUT LEVELS WITH HIGH f EASY TO DESIGN AND INSTALL PERFORMANCE VERY HIGH OUTPUT LEVELS WITH HIGH EASY TO DESIGN AND INSTALL f FIDELITY f f PREMIUM ACCESSORIES FIDELITY PERFORMANCE PRECISION COVERAGE PREMIUM ACCESSORIES f f f VERY HIGH OUTPUT LEVELS WITH HIGH f EASY TO DESIGN AND INSTALL PRECISION COVERAGE f FIDELITY PERFORMANCE f PREMIUM ACCESSORIES

f PRECISION COVERAGE

CONTROL 312CS CONTROL 312CS

CONTROL 328C/CT CONTROL 328C/CT

CONTROL 312CS

Harman Pro Group | 2010

CONTROL 321C/CT CONTROL 321C/CT

CONTROL 322 C/CT CONTROL 322 C/CT

CONTROL 321C/CT

CONTROL 328C/CT

CONTROL 322 C/CT

Control 300 Series represents the state of the art in large-format ceiling loudspeaker systems. True pointControl 300Series Seriesrepresents represents state ofart the in large-format ceiling systems. pointControlcoax 300 thethe state oflevels the inart large-format ceiling loudspeaker systems. True point-Truemake source designs, multiple power and transformer choices, plusloudspeaker an in-ceiling subwoofer, source coax designs, multiple power levels and transformer choices, an in-ceiling make designs, power levels and transformer choices, pluscomponents an plus in-ceiling subwoofer, make itsource easy coax to fulfill any multiple system performance requirements. Premium include subwoofer, Kevlar-reinforced itcones, to fulfill any system performance requirements. Premium components include Kevlar-reinforced iteasy easy to fulfill any system performance requirements. Premium components include Kevlar-reinforced low-saturation transformers and legendary JBL compression drivers. Advanced high-slope crossover cones, low-saturation andand legendary JBLand compression drivers.drivers. Advanced high-slope crossover cones, low-saturation transformers legendary JBL compression Advanced high-slope crossover networks, combinedtransformers with low system distortion smooth frequency response provides full, natural music networks, combined with low system distortion and smooth frequency response provides full, natural music networks, combined with low system distortion and smooth frequency response provides full, natural music along with exceptional speech intelligibility. along with exceptional speech intelligibility. along with exceptional speech intelligibility. In these Control 300 coax models, the throat and cone combine to form a Constant Coverage waveguide which

In these Control 300 coax models, the throat and cone combine to form a Constant Coverage waveguide which In these Control 300 coax models, the throatensuring and coneeven combine to form Constant Coverage waveguide which provides extraordinary broadband control, coverage andaconsistent sound throughout the listening provides extraordinary broadband control, ensuring even coverage and consistent sound throughout the listening provides extraordinary ensuring coverage and consistent sound throughout theof listening space. And Control 328 broadband goes a step control, further with a 12"even diameter waveguide, providing the pattern control a 12" horn space. And Control 328 goes a step further with a 12" diameter waveguide, providing the pattern control of a 12" horn space. And Control 328 provides goes a step with a 12"to diameter waveguide, providing theinpattern control of a 12"ithorn from an 8" The (on 12"models) models) provides afurther “helping hand” hold one of the loudspeaker place while to a from an driver. 8" driver. TheEZ-Rail™ EZ-Rail™feature feature (on 12" a “helping hand” to hold one side of side the loudspeaker in place while fastening itfastening to a from an 8" driver. The EZ-Rail™ feature (onconnector 12" models) provides apre-wiring “helping hand” toquick hold one side of theinstallation. loudspeaker in place while fastening it to a pre-installed back box. AAmulti-pin locking connector allows easy pre-wiring and clip-in during pre-installed back box. multi-pin locking allows forfor easy and quick clip-in during installation. pre-installed back box. A multi-pin locking connector allows for easy pre-wiring and quick clip-in during installation. 1⁄2" MDF, as well as contemporary grilles 1⁄2" with ACCESSORIES: includebest-in-class best-in-class back boxes made of heavy 16 gauge metal and lined ACCESSORIES:Premium Premiumaccessories accessories include back boxes made of heavy 16 gauge metal and lined with MDF, as well as contemporary grilles ACCESSORIES: Premium accessories include best-in-class back boxes made of heavy 16 gauge metal and lined with 1⁄2" MDF, as well as contemporary grilles and an optional higher transformer. Accessories include: and an optional higherpower power transformer. Accessories include: and an optional higher power transformer. Accessories include:

Section:

MTC300BB8 MTC300BB8

Premium ft (28cucul)l) DESCRIPTION MTC300BB8 Premium 1 cu1 cu ft (28 DESCRIPTION Cylindrical Backbox Premium 1Backbox cu ft (28 cu l) DESCRIPTION Cylindrical Control 328C/CT and Cylindrical Backbox 328C/CT and FITS:FITS:Control 227C/CT 227C/CT Control 328C/CT and FITS: DIMENSIONS: 15 dia x 10.6 in deep 15 dia deep DIMENSIONS: 227C/CT (380x 10.6 x 270inmm) mm) 15 diax x270 10.6 in deep DIMENSIONS: (380

(380 x 270 mm)

MTC-300BB12 MTC-RG6/8 MTC-SG6/8 MTC-300SG12 MTC-300BB12 MTC-RG6/8 MTC-SG6/8 MTC-300SG12MTC-TB6/8MTC-TB6/8MTC-300T150MTC-300T150 Premium 33cucuftft(28 GrilleGrille for 6for in(152 Sq. Grille forGrille 6 in(152 and mm) Square for 12Grille in for 12Tile 6 inbridge (152 mm) W Accessory MTC-300BB12 MTC-RG6/8 MTC-SG6/8 MTC-300SG12 MTC-TB6/8 MTC-300T150 Premium (28cucul) l) Round Round 6 inmm) (152 mm) Sq. for 6mm) in(152 andGrille Square in bridge forTile for 6150 in (152 mm) 150 W Accessory Rectangular Backbox Rectangular Premium 3 cuBackbox ft (28 cu l) Control 321C/CT, 322C/CT Rectangular Backbox Control 321C/CT, 322C/CT and 312CS and 312CS Control 321C/CT, 322C/CT 23.1 x 18.2 x 12.6 in and 23.1 xx 18.2 12.6 in (587312CS 461 xx324 mm) (587 461 xx324 23.1 xx 18.2 12.6mm) in (587 x 461 x 324 mm)

specifications specifications specifications

andand 8 in8(200 mm)mm) systems 8 in (200 mm) (300 mm) systems and 8 in (200 mm) Transformer inGrille (200 (200systems mm) mm) systems and 8systems in (200 systems Round for 6 insystems (152 mm) 8Sq.inGrille for 6 insystems (152 mm) and (300 Square Grille for 12 in Tile bridge formm) 6 in (152 mm) Transformer 150 W Accessory Control and systemsControl 321C/CT, 322C/CT Control 227C/CT Mounting studs included and 8227C/CT in227C/CT (200and mm)and systemsControlControl 8227C/CT in (200227C/CT mm) (300 mm) systems322C/CT andand 8 in227C/CT (200 mm) Transformer Control and Control 321C/CT, Control andsystems Mounting studs included 328C/CT 328C/CT and 312CS 328C/CT on MTC-300BB12 328C/CT 328C/CT and 312CS on MTC-300BB12 Control 227C/CT and Control 227C/CT and Control 321C/CT, 322C/CT 328C/CT Control 227C/CT and Mounting studs included 13.6 in dia x 0.64 in deep 13.4 x 13.4 x 0.4 in deep 16.3 x 16.3 x 0.4 in deep 25.4 x 16.25 in 3.4 x 3.4 x 3.1 in 328C/CT 328C/CT 13.6 in dia 13.4 16.3 xmm) 16.3 x 0.4 in(646 deepx 413 mm) 25.4 x 16.25 in (86 x 86 x 78 mm)on 3.4MTC-300BB12 x 3.4 x 3.1 in (345 x 16.3 mm)x 0.64 in deep(340 x 328C/CT 340 xx1013.4 mm)x 0.4 in deep (415 x 415and x 10312CS

(345 x 16.3 13.6 in dia xmm) 0.64 in deep (345 x 16.3 mm)

Control 328C/CT

SYSTEM TYPE

1 FREQUENCYSYSTEM RANGE (-10 TYPEdB) POWER CAPACITY: PROGRAM FREQUENCY RANGE (-10 dB)1 23 PINK FREQUENCY RANGE (-10 dB)21 POWER CAPACITY: PROGRAM NOMINAL COVERAGE PINK POWER CAPACITY: PROGRAM 32 SENSITIVITY:PINK 1W, 31m NOMINAL COVERAGE NOMINAL IMPEDANCE NOMINAL COVERAGE SENSITIVITY: 1W, 1m TRANSFORMER TAPS: 100V SENSITIVITY: 1W, 1m70V NOMINAL IMPEDANCE

NOMINAL IMPEDANCE TRANSFORMER TAPS: 100V 70V LF TRANSFORMERCOMPONENTS: TAPS: 100V 70VHF TERMINATION COMPONENTS: LF DIMENSIONSHF COMPONENTS: LF(W) HF(D) TERMINATION TERMINATION DIMENSIONS (W) NET WEIGHT (each) (D) DIMENSIONS (W) (D) NET WEIGHT (each) NET WEIGHT (each)

Control 8" Coaxial328C/CT Ceiling Loudspeaker with HF Compression Driver Control 328C/CT 8" Coaxial Ceiling Loudspeaker with

Hz – 18Ceiling kHz Driver HF Compression 8"45Coaxial Loudspeaker with W HF Compression 45500 Hz – 18 kHz Driver 250 W 45 HzW– 18 kHz 500 120º conical 250 500 W 93 dB 250 Wconical 120º 8 ohms 120º 93 dBconical 60, 30 15 W dB30, 15, 7.5 W 893ohms 60, 8 ohms 60, 30 15 W 60,8 in30, 15,Wmm) 7.5 W 30(200 15 diaphragm compression driver 60,1"30, 15, 7.5 W Screw-down 8 in (200 mm)removable locking connector 12diaphragm in (305 mm)compression diameter round baffle 1" driver 8 in (200 mm) in (160 mm) for C328Clocking 1"6.3 diaphragm compression driverconnector Screw-down removable 8.6 in (218 mm) for C328CT Screw-down removable connector 12 in (305 mm) diameterlocking round baffle 4.5 kg (10 lb) for C328C 6.3 (160 mm) for C328Cround baffle 125.4 ininkg (305 (12mm) lb) fordiameter C328CT 8.6 6.3 in (218 (160 mm) for C328CT C328C 1 IEC 8.6 in (218 mm) C328CT random noise (50 Hz - 5 kHz) with 4.5 kgfiltered (10 lb) forfor C328C a crest factor (peak to average ratio) of 6 dB 5.4 4.5 kg (12 (10 lb) for C328CT C328C 5.4 kg (12 lb) for C328CT

1 IEC filtered random noise (50 Hz - 5 kHz) with

a crest factor (peak to average ratio) of 6 dB 1 IEC filtered random noise (50 Hz - 5 kHz) with a crest factor (peak to average ratio) of 6 dB

Page 282

(340 340 xx10 13.4 xx 13.4 0.4mm) in deep (340 x 340 x 10 mm)

Control 321C/CT

(415xx16.3 415 xx 0.4 10 mm) 16.3 in deep (415 x 415 x 10 mm)

(646 413 mm) 25.4 xx 16.25 in (646 x 413 mm)

Control 322 C/CT

(86 86 xx78 3.4 xx 3.4 3.1mm) in (86 x 86 x 78 mm)

Control 312CS

321C/CT Control 322 C/CT ControlLoudspeaker 312CS 12" Control Coaxial Ceiling Loudspeaker High-output 12" Coaxial Ceiling Loudspeaker 12" In-Ceiling Subwoofer with12" HF Compression Driver Control Control 322 Control 312CS Coaxial321C/CT Ceiling Loudspeaker High-output 12"C/CT Coaxial Ceiling Loudspeaker 12" In-Ceiling Subwoofer Loudspeaker 34 Hz 32 Hz – 20High-output kHz 30 Hz – 4.5 kHz 12" In-Ceiling Subwoofer Loudspeaker with HFkHzCompression Driver 12"– 18 Coaxial Ceiling Loudspeaker 12" Coaxial Ceiling Loudspeaker 500with W HzHF 800 W 32 Hz – 20 kHz 800 W Compression Driver 34 – 18 kHz 30 Hz – 4.5 kHz 250 W 400 W 400 W 34 HzW– 18 kHz 32 HzW– 20 kHz 30 HzW– 4.5 kHz 500 800 800 90º conical 90º conical 250 400 400 500 W 800 W 800 W 94 dB 95 dB 93 dB 250 conical W 400 conical W 400 W 90º 90º 8 ohms 8 ohms 8 ohms 90ºdB conical 90ºdB conical 94 95 93 dB 60, 30 15 W 100, 50, 25 W n/a dB dB W dB 894ohms 895ohms 893ohms 60, 30, 15, 7.5 W 100, 50, 25, 12.5 n/a Optional Optional 150W with25MTC-300T150 8 ohms 8 ohms 8 ohms 60, 30150W 15 Wwith MTC-300T150 100, 50, W n/a 30, 15,W7.5 W 12 in60, (300 12 in (300100, mm)50, 25, 12 in (300 mm) n/a 30mm) 15 25 W12.5 W 1" diaphragm compression driver 1.5" diaphragm compression driver Optional Optional 150W MTC-300T150 60, 30, 15,150W 7.5 Wwith MTC-300T150 100, 50, 25, 12.5with W n/a Screw-down locking connector Screw-down removable locking locking Optional 150W MTC-300T150 Optional withconnector MTC-300T150 Screw-down removable 12 in (300removable mm)with 12 in (300150W mm) 12 in (300 mm)connector 14.41" in (366 xcompression 366 mm) square baffle 14.4 x 14.41.5" x 366) baffle driver 14.4 x 14.4 in (366 mm) square baffle diaphragm driver diaphragm compression 12x 14.4 in (300 mm) 12inin(366 (300 mm)square 12 xin366 (300 mm) 8.8 in mm) forremovable C321C mm)diaphragm for C322Cremovable 6.3 in (160 mm)Screw-down removable locking connector 1"(223 diaphragm compression driverconnector 8.8 in (223Screw-down 1.5" compression driver Screw-down locking locking connector 9.5 in (240 mm) for C321CT 9.5 in (240 mm) for C322CT Screw-down connector Screw-down Screw-down connector 14.4 x 14.4 inremovable (366 x 366 locking mm) square baffle 14.4 x 14.4 inremovable (366 x 366)locking squareconnector baffle 14.4 x 14.4 inremovable (366 x 366 locking mm) square baffle 7.3 kg (16 lb) for C321C 9.1 kg (20 lb) for C322C 8.8 in (223 mm) for C321C mm) forxC322C 6.3 14.4 x 14.4 in (366 x 366 mm) square baffle 14.4 x(223 14.4 in (366 366) square baffle 14.4inx(160 14.4 mm) in (366 x 366 mm) square baffle 8.2 kg (18 lb ) for C321CT 10.0 kg (228.8 lb)infor C322CT 9.5 8.8 in (240 (223 mm) for C321CT C321C

9.5 8.8 in (240 (223 mm) for C322CT C322C

2 Continuous 9.5 mm) C321CT 9.5 mm) C322CT Power, which is a conservative expression the lb) system’s ability to 7.3 in kg(240 (16Program lb) forfor C321C 9.1 in kgof(240 (20 forfor C322C

6.3 in (160 mm)

3 Continuous Pink Noise for 2 hours.

handle normal speech and music program material and is defined as 3 dB above the 8.2 lb forC321C C321CT (22factor). C322CT 7.3 kg (18 (16Pink lb))Noise for 9.1 kgkg (20 lb)lb)forforC322C Continuous rating (IEC-shaped pink noise with a10.0 6 dB crest

8.2 kg (18 lb ) for C321CT

10.0 kg (22 lb) for C322CT

2 Continuous Program Power, which is a conservative expression of the system’s ability to

3 Continuous Pink Noise for 2 hours.

normal speech and music program material and is defined as 3 dB above the 2 handle Continuous Program Power, which is a conservative expression of the system’s ability to

3 Continuous Pink Noise for 2 hours.

Continuous Pink Noise rating (IEC-shaped pink noise with a 6 dB crest factor). handle normal speech and music program material and is defined as 3 dB above the Continuous Pink Noise rating (IEC-shaped pink noise with a 6 dB crest factor).

CONTROL CONTRACTOR CEILING AND IN-WALL SPEAKERS CONTROL CONTRACTOR CEILING AND IN-WALL SPEAKERS CONTROL CONTRACTOR CEILING AND IN-WALL SPEAKERS

key key features features

f MINIMAL VISUAL IMPACT MINIMAL VISUAL IMPACT f f HIGH POWER HANDLING CAPABILITY f HIGH POWER HANDLING CAPABILITY

key features

f MINIMAL VISUAL IMPACT

f HIGH POWER HANDLING CAPABILITY

In-Wall Speakers

f EASY TO INSTALL IN STANDARD CONSTRUCTION EASY TO INSTALL IN STANDARD f STUD-WALL STUD-WALL CONSTRUCTION f 70V/100V VERSIONS AVAILABLE f EASY TO INSTALL IN STANDARD VERSIONS AVAILABLE f 70V/100V STUD-WALL CONSTRUCTION f 70V/100V VERSIONS AVAILABLE

128W/WT 128W/WT 128W/WT

JBL Control 126W/WT and 128W/WT are premium in-wall speakers designed for applications where top performance from a loudspeaker JBL Control 126W/WT 128W/WT premiumin-wall in-wall speakers designed forfor applications where top performance from a loudspeaker JBL 126W/WT andand 128W/WT areare premium speakers designed applications from amodels, loudspeaker withControl minimal visual impact is required. The Control 100 Series speakers are voiced similarly towhere other top JBL performance Control Contractor with minimal visual impact is required. The Control 100 Series speakers are voiced similarly to other JBL Control Contractor models, with minimal visual is required. The Control speakers 100 Serieswithin speakers are voiced similarly toThe other JBL Control Contractor models, allowing mixing withimpact surface-mount and in-ceiling a single listening space. premium sound quality makes these allowing mixing with surface-mount andin-ceiling in-ceilingspeakers speakers within a asingle listening space. The premium soundsound qualityquality makes these allowing mixing with surface-mount and within single listening space. The premium makes these loudspeakers ideal for critical listening environments, yet they are high power and rugged enough to handle venues requiring high-SPL, loudspeakers ideal for critical listening environments, yet they are high power and rugged enough to handle venues requiring high-SPL, loudspeakers idealmusic. for critical listening environments, yet they are high power and rugged enough to handle venues requiring high-SPL, heavyheavy duty-cycle duty-cycle music. heavy duty-cycle music. CONTROL 126 W/WT andand CONTROL 128W/WT CONTROL 126 W/WT CONTROL 128W/WT CONTROL 126 andControl CONTROL The Control 126 W/WT W and Control 128128 W feature high wooferswith with a polymer coated aluminum purerubber butyl rubber for long life The Control 126 W and W 128W/WT feature highperformance performance woofers a polymer coated aluminum cone,cone, pure butyl surroundsurround for long life andreliability, high reliability, and extended polepiece magnet design for for long excursion and reliability. Thealuminum purepure titanium dome high frequency driver is loaded The high Control 126 Wand andextended Control 128 W feature high design performance woofers with ahigh polymer coated cone, pure butyl rubber surround forislong life and polepiece magnet long excursion and high reliability. The titanium dome high frequency driver loaded with a built-in (Elliptical Oblate Spheroidal) waveguide forlong low a smooth frequency response. A low-diffraction swivel mounting systemis loaded and high reliability, and extended polepiece magnet design for excursion and high reliability. The pure titanium dome high frequency driver with a built-in EOS™EOS™ (Elliptical Oblate Spheroidal) waveguide for lowdistortion distortionand and a smooth frequency response. A low-diffraction swivel mounting system enables the user to direct frequencies where requiredwithout without the diffraction distortion inherent in other aimable tweeter designs.designs. A high-slope with a built-in EOS™ (Elliptical Oblate Spheroidal) waveguide for low distortion and a smooth frequency response. A low-diffraction swivel mounting system enables the user to direct highhigh frequencies where required the diffraction distortion inherent in other aimable tweeter A high-slope crossover maintains natural midrange sound andproduces produces more even coverage throughout the listening area. enables the usernetwork tomaintains direct highnatural frequencies where required without the diffraction distortion inherent in aimable crossover network midrange sound and more even coverage throughout theother listening area.tweeter designs. A high-slope The network speakers fit into the wall spacemidrange of ordinarysound stud-wall construction. An optional rough-in frame is available installing the speakers into standard stud crossover natural and produces more even coverage throughout thefor listening area. The speakers fit intomaintains the wall space of ordinary stud-wall construction. An optional rough-in frame is available for installing the speakers into standard stud walls in new construction projects. As is the case with all Control Contractor speakers, the baffles and grilles are paintable to match any décor.

The speakers fit into the wall space As of ordinary stud-wall construction. An optional rough-in frameand is available installingtothe speakers into standard stud walls in new construction projects. is the case with all Control Contractor speakers, the baffles grilles arefor paintable match any décor. optional Control 126WT andAs Control 128WT include 70V/100V transformers for use on distributedand loudspeaker walls inThe new construction projects. is the case include with all Control Contractor speakers, the arelines. paintable The optional Control 126WT and Control 128WT 70V/100V transformers for use onbaffles distributedgrilles loudspeaker lines. to match any décor. The optional Control 126WT and Control 128WT include 70V/100V transformers for use on distributed loudspeaker lines.

specifications specifications specifications CONTROL 126W/WT

FREQUENCY RANGE (-10 dB) 1 2 1 POWER CAPACITY: PROGRAM FREQUENCY RANGE (-10 dB) 2 1 PINK 2 FREQUENCY RANGE (-10 dB) POWER CAPACITY: PROGRAM SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 m 2 2 PINK POWER CAPACITY: PROGRAM NOMINALPINK IMPEDANCE SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 m2 TRANSFORMER TAPS: 100V SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 m70.7 V NOMINAL IMPEDANCE NOMINAL IMPEDANCE TRANSFORMER TAPS: 100V COMPONENTS: LOW FREQ. HIGHV FREQ. TRANSFORMER TAPS:70.7 100V 70.7 COMPONENTS: LOWTERMINATION FREQ.V HIGH OPTIMUM AIR CAVITY COMPONENTS: LOW FREQ. BEHIND SPEAKER HIGH FREQ. TERMINATION ROUGH-IN TERMINATION OPTIMUM AIR CAVITYFRAME DIMENSIONS BEHINDAIRSPEAKER OPTIMUM CAVITY (H x W x D) BEHIND SPEAKER ROUGH-IN FRAME NET WEIGHT (each)

ROUGH-IN FRAME DIMENSIONS (H x W x D) DIMENSIONS (H x W x D) NET WEIGHT (each) NET WEIGHT (each)

CONTROL 128W/WT

38 Hz - 20126W/WT kHz CONTROL CONTROL 38 Hz100 - 20WkHz126W/WT

30 Hz - 20 kHz128W/WT CONTROL 120 CONTROL 30 HzW- 20 kHz128W/WT

38 100HzW- 20 kHz 88 dB SPL 50 100WW ohms 50 dB W 8SPL 88 30, 15, 7.5 W (126WT) 88 dB SPL 8 ohms 30, 15, 7.5, 3.7 W (126WT) 8 ohms 30, 15,6 17.5 (126WT) ⁄2 inW(165 mm) 30, 15,1 in7.5, W (126WT) mm) 7.5(25W3.7 (126WT) 1 30, 15, 7.5, 3.7 W (126WT)type 6 ⁄2 inScrew-down (165 mm) Euroblock 1⁄2(25 16 in mm) -40 liters in20(165 mm)(0.7 to 1.4 cu. ft.) 1 in (25 mm) Euroblock type Screw-down Screw-down Euroblock typeft.) 20 -40MTC-126RIF liters (0.7 to 1.4 cu. x 215 x 105 mmcu. ft.) 20 -40280 liters (0.7 to 1.4 11 x 8.5 x 4.1 in MTC-126RIF 126W: 2.1 kg (4.5 lb) MTC-126RIF 280 x 126WT: 215 x 105 2.7 mm kg (5.9 lb) 11 in mm 280x x8.5 215x 4.1 x 105 11 x 8.52.1 x 4.1 126W: kg in (4.5 lb) 126WT: 2.7kgkg(4.5 (5.9lb)lb) 126W: 2.1 126WT: 2.7 kg (5.9 lb)

30 120HzW- 20 kHz 90 dB SPL 60 120WW 608 ohms W SPL 90 dB 50, 25, 12 W (128WT) 90 dB25,SPL 850, ohms 12, 6 W (128WT) 88ohms 50, 12mm) W (128WT) in25, (200 50, 25,mm) 12, (128WT) 1 (25 12 W6 W (128WT) 50, 6W (128WT) 8Screw-down in25, (20012,mm) Euroblock type 1840 (25 mm) liters (1.4 to 2.8 cu. ft.) in -80 (200 mm) 1 (25 mm) Euroblock type Screw-down MTC-128RIF Screw-down Euroblock typeft.) 40 -80 liters (1.4 to 2.8 cu. x 110 40334-80x 257 liters (1.4mm to 2.8 cu. ft.) 13.1 x 10.1 x 4.3 in MTC-128RIF 128W: 2.6 kg (5.5 lb) MTC-128RIF 334 x 2573.3x 110 mm 128WT: kg (7.2 lb) 13.1 10.1x x110 4.3mm in 334 xx257 13.1 x 10.1 x 4.3 128W: 2.6 kg (5.5inlb) 128WT: 3.3kgkg(5.5 (7.2lb)lb) 128W: 2.6 128WT: 3.3 kg (7.2 lb)

50 W

60 W

1Half-space (mounted in-wall or in ceiling) 2 Continuous Program Power, which is a

conservative expression of the system’s ability 1Half-space to handle normal(mounted speech andin-wall music program or in ceiling) material and is defined as 3 dB above the 21 Continuous Program Power, which is a Half-space or in pink ceiling) Continuous Pink (mounted Noise ratingin-wall (IEC-shaped conservative expression of the system’s ability 2 Continuous noise with a 6 dB crest factor,Power, for 100 hours Program a to handle normal speech andwhich musicisprogram continuously). conservative of3the ability material and expression is defined as dB system’s above the 3 Rated Continuous Pinkspeech Noise for 100 hours.program toinhandle normal and music

Continuous Pink Noise rating (IEC-shaped pink material defined as 3 dBfor above the noise withand a 6isdB crest factor, 100 hours Continuous Pink Noise rating (IEC-shaped pink continuously). noise with a 6 dB crest factor, for 100 hours 3 Rated in Continuous Pink Noise for 100 hours. continuously). 3 Rated in Continuous Pink Noise for 100 hours.

Page 283

Harman Pro Group | 2010

126W/WT 126W/WT 126W/WT

In-Wall In-Wall Speakers Speakers

Section:

INSTALLATION PRODUCTS INSTALLATION PRODUCTS INSTALLATION PRODUCTS

® Control Control®® Contractor Contractor

Surface-Mount Surface-Mount Speakers Speakers

Control Contractor

Surface-Mount Speakers

CONTROL 30-WH CONTROL 30-WH CONTROL 30-WH

Harman Pro Group | 2010

CONTROL 29AV-1 CONTROL 29AV-1 CONTROL 29AV-1 CONTROL 28/28T-60 CONTROL 28/28T-60 28/28T-60 CONTROL CONTROL 25AV CONTROL 25AV

CONTROL 25AV Section:

CONTROL 25/25T CONTROL 25/25T

CONTROL 25/25T

TheThe Control Contractor arecompact compact systems rugged, molded high impact polystyrene shells. Designed Control ContractorSurface Surface speakers speakers are systems withwith rugged, molded high impact polystyrene shells. Designed for wide- for wideThe Control Contractor Surface speakers compact systems with rugged, molded impact polystyrene shells.and Designed forpaintability. wideranging indoor and (except SB-2)are applications, Control Contractor Series offers versatility, ease-of-installation and ranging indoor andoutdoor outdoor (except SB-2) applications, thethe Control Contractor Series offershigh versatility, ease-of-installation paintability. ranging indoor and outdoor (except SB-2) applications, the Control Contractor Series offers versatility, ease-of-installation and paintability. Invisiball®mounting mountingtechnology technology revolutionizes ease-of-installation with with built-in hardware easily secured a standard wrenchhex wrench JBL’sJBL’s Invisiball® revolutionizes ease-of-installation built-in hardware easily with secured with ahex standard JBL’s Invisiball® mounting technology revolutionizes ease-of-installation with built-in hardware easily secured with a standard hex wrench from a front channel (except Control CRV). Mounting bracket is included. from a front channel (except Control CRV). Mounting bracket is included. from a front channel (except Control CRV). Mounting bracket is included. CONTROL 23/CONTROL23T 23T CONTROL 23/CONTROL The most 23/CONTROL compact of the JBL23T Control Contractor CONTROL The most compact of the JBL Control Contractor 1

Series speakers, the Control 23, has a 3 ⁄2" woofer

The and most compact the JBL Control woofer Series speakers, theoftitanium-coated Control 23, has aContractor 3 1⁄2"ideal horn-loaded tweeter for woofer Series speakers, the Control 23, has a 3 1⁄2"ideal and mid/high horn-loaded titanium-coated tweeter for operation in limited space environments. and horn-loaded titanium-coated tweeter ideal mid/high operation in limited environments. The optional Control 23T hasspace a pre-installed trans-for mid/high operation in23T limited environments. The optional hassystems. aspace pre-installed transformer for Control line distribution Augmenting The the optional Control 23T has a pre-installed former for distribution systems. Augmenting bassline with a JBL subwoofer results in an transextremely subwoofer-satellite former for linefull-fidelity systems. Augmenting the bass with adistribution JBL subwoofer results in ansystem. the bass with a JBL subwoofer results in ansystem. extremely full-fidelity subwoofer-satellite CONTROL 25/CONTROL 25T extremely full-fidelity subwoofer-satellite system. The Control 25 incorporates a 5 1⁄4" low frequenCONTROL 25/CONTROL 25T cy loudspeaker with a horn-loaded 1" titaniumCONTROL The Control25/CONTROL 25 incorporates25T a 5 1⁄4" low frequen-

CONTROL 25AV-LS CONTROL 25AV-LS

CONTROL 29AV-1 29AV-1 CONTROL

The Control 25AV-LS is UL1480 UUMW listed for The Control 29AV-1 utilizes high power compoCONTROL CONTROL The Control25AV-LS 25AV-LS is UL1480 UUMW listed for The Control29AV-1 29AV-1 utilizes high power compouse in fire alarm and/or emergency communicanents and a complex network to achieve smooth The Control 25AV-LS UL1480 UUMW listed forhigh fidelity Theperformance, Control 29AV-1 utilizes high power smooth compouse in fire alarm and/orisemergency communicanents and a complex network to achieve tion systems. extended bandwidth use in fire alarm and/or emergency communica- and well-controlled nentsfidelity and defined a complex network toa achieve smooth tion systems. high performance, extended bandwidth coverage from tion systems. fidelity performance, bandwidth and well-controlled defined from a compacthigh loudspeaker. A rotatable 110°extended xcoverage 85° and well-controlled coverage compact loudspeaker. rotatable 110°from x 85°a high-frequency horn allows usedefined ofAthe speaker in compact loudspeaker. A rotatable x 85° in high-frequency horn allows use of 110° the speaker either vertical or horizontal orientation. Smooth frequency response and or even coverage ensures high-frequency horn allowsorientation. use of the speaker either vertical horizontal Smoothin excellentfrequency soundvertical character the either orthroughout horizontal orientation. response and even coverage Smooth ensures listeningexcellent area. Contains 10 inserts foreven suspending. frequency response and coveragethe ensures sound character throughout Optionallistening MTC-29UBarea. U-bracket available. excellent sound character the Contains 10throughout inserts for suspending.

listening Contains 10 inserts for suspending. Optional MTC-29UB U-bracket available. CONTROL 30 area. Optional MTC-29UB U-bracket available.

coated tweeter. Its full-range frequency response

The Control 25with incorporates a 5 1⁄4"1" low frequency loudspeaker a horn-loaded titaniummakes it an excellent choice for moderately large cy loudspeaker with a horn-loaded 1" titaniumcoated tweeter. Its full-range frequency response venues, providing superior dynamic performance. coated Its full-range frequency response makes an excellent choice for moderately large Theittweeter. optional Control 25T includes a multitap makes itproviding an excellent choice for moderately large venues, superior dynamic performance. transformer for line distribution systems. venues, providing superior dynamic performance. The optional Control 25T includes a multitap 25AV The CONTROL optionalfor Control 25T includes a multitap transformer line distribution systems. The Control is an especially wide bandtransformer for 25AV line distribution systems.

CONTROL 25AV width, smooth response speaker. It features a top-quality 60 W multitap transformer forband70V/100V CONTROL The Control25AV 25AV is an especially wide

distribution systems. The transformer maya be Theline Control 25AV is an especially wide bandwidth, smooth response speaker. It features bypassed allowing the Control 25AV to be used as width, smooth response It features a top-quality 60 W multitapspeaker. transformer for 70V/100V an 8 ohm impedance speaker. Stainless steel grille top-quality 60 W systems. multitap transformer for 70V/100V line distribution The transformer may be and MTC-PC2 panel cover included for additional line weather distribution systems. The transformer bypassed allowing the Control 25AV to bemay usedbe as resistance. bypassed allowing thespeaker. ControlStainless 25AV to be used as an 8 ohm impedance steel grille an 8 MTC-PC2 ohm impedance speaker. Stainless steel grille and panel cover included for additional and MTC-PC2 panel cover included for additional weather resistance. weather resistance.

Page 284

CONTROL 23/23T CONTROL 23/23T

CONTROL 23/23T

The Control 30 is a three-way high output speaker CONTROL 30 designed for multiple uses. Weather resistance has CONTROL 30 The Control 30the is aControl three-way high output speaker been maximized, making 30 suitable CONTROL 25AV-LS for outdoor Theapplications. Control a three-way high output speaker designed for 30 multiple uses. Weather resistance has It is features a top-quality CONTROL 25AV-LS 150 W multitap designed for multiple uses. Weather has been maximized, making the Controlresistance 30 suitable transformer for 70V/100V line CONTROL 28/CONTROL 28T-60 been maximized, making Control 30 suitable for outdoor applications. features distribution systems with a bypass forItthe use as an 8a top-quality The Control 28 offers high power, performance, ohm speaker. 10transformer inserts for It suspending. for outdoor applications. features a top-quality 150 WContains multitap for 70V/100V line CONTROL 28T-60 bandwidth and 28/CONTROL sensitivity in a compact, full-range Optionaldistribution MTC-30UB U-bracket available. 150 W multitap transformer for 70V/100V systems with a bypass for use line as an 8 speaker. Incorporating an 8" low-frequency woofCONTROL 28/CONTROL 28T-60 The Control 28 offers high power, performance, distribution systems with bypassfor forsuspending. use as an 8 ohm speaker. Contains 10ainserts er bandwidth and 1" titaniumcoated tweeter, the Control The Controland 28 sensitivity offers highinpower, performance, a compact, full-range ohm speaker. Contains 10 inserts for suspending. Optional MTC-30UB U-bracket available. 28speaker. provides Incorporating vivid sound reproduction for large-full-range bandwidth and sensitivity in low-frequency a compact, an 8" woofOptional MTC-30UB U-bracket available. space applications. The optional Control 28T-60 speaker. an 8" low-frequency woofer and 1"Incorporating titanium- coated tweeter, the Control contains a multitap transformer for 70V/100V line er and 1" titaniumcoated tweeter, thefor Control 28 provides vivid sound reproduction largedistribution systems. CONTROL 25AV-LS

28 provides vivid sound reproduction for28T-60 largespace applications. The optional Control space applications. optionalfor Control 28T-60 contains a multitap The transformer 70V/100V line contains a multitap distribution systems.transformer for 70V/100V line distribution systems.

CONTROL CONTRACTOR SERIES CONTROL CONTRACTOR SERIES

key key features features CONTROL CONTRACTOR SERIES

key features

forming a dual ground plane configuration.

f INVISIBALL® MOUNTING TECHNOLOGY f WEATHEREDGE™ FOR MOISTURE PROTECTION

f PAINTABLE TEXTURED ENCLOSURES PAINTABLE TEXTURED ENCLOSURES f f SELECTION OF VERSATILE MOUNTING SELECTION OF VERSATILE MOUNTING f HARDWARE HARDWARE TEXTURED ENCLOSURES f PAINTABLE f SELECTION OF VERSATILE MOUNTING HARDWARE

JBL’s exclusive, patented InvisiBall Mounting JBL's Control Contractor systems provide System (most models) allows for quick, easy, incredible design flexibility. All speakers are JBL’s exclusive, patented InvisiBall Mounting JBL's Control Contractor systems provide theft-resistant installation with the built-in mount constructed with a similar sonic signature allowing JBL’s exclusive, patentedallows InvisiBall JBL's Control Contractor systems provide System (most models) forMounting quick, easy, incredible design flexibility. All speakers are System models) allows forthe quick, easy, design flexibility. speakers are secured by(most a few turns of awith standard hex wrench. mixing and matching ofAll any of the various models. theft-resistant installation built-in mount incredible constructed with a similar sonic signature allowing theft-resistant installation the built-in with amatching similar sonic allowing For décor allof models (except SB-2) secured by a few turns ofwith a standard hexmount wrench. constructed mixing andconsiderations, ofsignature any the various models. secured by a few turns of a standard hex wrench. mixing and matching ofblack any ofor thewhite various models. are available in and are paintable. For décor considerations, all models (except SB-2) For décor considerations, all models (except SB-2) are available in black or white and are paintable. are available in black or white and are paintable.

CONTROL CRV CONTROL CRV CONTROL The Control CRV CRV brings high design and ver-

ACCESSORIES ACCESSORIES ACCESSORIES MTC-PC2: The MTC-PC2 Panel Cover provides

The Control CRVand brings high design verThe Control CRV brings high design andand versatility to both indoor outdoor commercial toThe both indoor and outdoor commercial satilitysatility to both indoor andCRV outdoor commercial applications. Control incorporates dual applications. The Control CRV incorporates dual applications. The Control CRV incorporates dual 4" woofers with Polyplas™ cones for durability 4" woofers with Polyplas™ cones durability 4" woofers with Polyplas™ cones for for durability and a ¾" titanium-laminate tweeter. and a ¾" titanium-laminate tweeter. and a ¾" titanium-laminate tweeter.

MTC-PC2: The Panel Cover provides MTC-PC2: TheMTC-PC2 MTC-PC2 Panel Cover provides sealed entrance protection for input terminals sealed entrance forfor input terminals sealed entrance protection input terminals and strain reliefprotection for incoming speaker wire. andstrain strain relief for incoming speaker wire. and relief for incoming speaker wire. MTC-xxSSG and MTC-xxWMG: SSG stainless

CONTROL SB-2 CONTROL SB-2 CONTROL SB-2 as the subwoofer section of The SB-2 functions

The SB-2 functions as the subwoofer section of

The SB-2 functions assystems, thepreserving subwoofer section of left/right music systems, the stereo left/right music preserving the stereo left/right music systems, the stereo separation. The dual coil coil 10" 10" bass transseparation. The voice dualpreserving voice bass transseparation. The dual voice coil 10"complement bass transducer has been optimized to complement four ducer has been optimized to four ducer has to complement four Control 23been as satellite speakers. (Not(Not outdoor Control 23optimized as satellite speakers. outdoor Controlcapable.) 23 as satellite speakers. (Not outdoor capable.) capable.) CONTROL SB210 CONTROL SB210

The Control SB210 subwoofer contains two CONTROL SB210 The Control SB210 subwoofer contains two high power 10" woofers suitable for a variety of The Control SB210 subwoofer two of high power 10" woofers suitablecontains for a variety applications both indoors and out. Its compact high power 10" woofers suitable forIts a variety of applications both indoors and out. compact size, durable enclosure, insert points, and applications both indoors andpoints, out. Itsand compact size, durable enclosure, insert stacking options make it one of the most size, durable enclosure, points, and market. stacking options make itinsert one of the most versatile subwoofers in the installation stacking options make one of the most versatile subwoofers initthe installation market. Optional input modules are available to versatile subwoofers in the market. Optional inputpassive modules areinstallation available tocrossover provide subwoofer/satellite Optional input modules are available to provide passive subwoofer/satellite crossover (MTC-210-SAT), 70 V/100V subwoofer-band or both (MTC-210T-SAT providetransformer passive subwoofer/satellite crossover (MTC-210-SAT), 70(MTC-210T) V/100V subwoofer-band for use (MTC-210T) with70 low impedance speakers.) (MTC-210-SAT), V/100V transformer or subwoofer-band bothsatellite (MTC-210T-SAT transformer (MTC-210T) or both (MTC-210T-SAT for use with low impedance satellite speakers.) for use with low impedance satellite speakers.)

MTC-xxSSG stainless MTC-xxSSG andMTC-xxWMG: MTC-xxWMG: steel retrofit and grilles for ControlSSG 23,SSG 25,stainless and 28. steel retrofit grilles for Control 23, 25, and 28. steel retrofit grilles forgrilles Control 25, and 28. WMG WeatherMax™ add23, a foam and WMG WeatherMax™ grilles add a foam and WMG WeatherMax™ grilles add foam and tight-weave backing to break upadriving rain. tight-weave backing to break up driving rain. tight-weave backing to break up driving rain.

MTC-xxUB* MTC-xxUB* U-BRACKET U-BRACKET MTC-xxUB* U-BRACKET

MOUNTING MOUNTING MOUNTING BRACKETS BRACKETS

MTC-xxCM* Ceiling

MTC-xxCM* Ceiling MTC-xxCM* Brackets: TheCeiling curved arm Brackets: The curved arm Brackets: The curved arm allows installation of Control allows installation of Control MTC-xxV* VERTICAL allows 23, 25, installation 28, 29AV or of 30Control speakers MTC-xxV* VERTICAL 23, 25, 28, 29AV or 30 speakers ARRAY BRACKETS VERTICAL ARRAYMTC-xxV* BRACKETS 23, 25, 28, 29AV or 30 speakers down from a ceiling. down from a ceiling. ARRAY BRACKETS

down from a ceiling.

MTC-30MK-WH: Marine grille MTC-30MK-WH: Marine grille MTC-30MK-WH: Marineonly). grille kit for 30 Control (white kit for Control (white30 only).

BRACKETS

MTC-xxUB*: U-brackets MTC-xxUB*: U-brackets for installing Control MTC-xxUB*: U-brackets for installing Control 29AV, 3030 and SB210. for installing Control 29AV, and SB210. Available black or or 29AV, 30inand SB210. Available in black white. Available in black or white.

white. Horizontal MTC-xxH* HORIZONTAL MTC-xxH*

MTC-xxH* HORIZONTAL ARRAY BRACKETS ARRAY BRACKETS MTC-xxH* HORIZONTAL ARRAY BRACKETS

MTC-xxV* Vertical Array MTC-xxV* Vertical Array Brackets: vertical MTC-xxV* VerticalAllows Array Brackets: Allows vertical Brackets: Allows vertical endto-end mounting of up end- to-end mounting of up endto-end mounting to three Control 23, 25,of orup 28 to threespeakers. Control 25, or 28 to three23, Control 23, 25, or 28 speakers. speakers.

MTC-xxH* Horizontal

Array Brackets: Allows MTC-xxH* Horizontal Array Brackets: Allows horizontal arraying of Array Brackets: horizontal arraying two Control 23, 25 orAllows 28of horizontal arraying of28 two Control 23,brackets 25 or speakers. MTC-H two 23, 25 or speakers. MTC-H brackets can beControl interconnected to28 speakers. MTC-Hring brackets 3) MTC-xxH* AS CLUSTER form can interconnected abe suspended for to MODULE BRACKET 3) MTC-xxH* AS CLUSTER mounting 6 or 3 speakers can be interconnected to form a suspended ring for (SHOWN PARTIAL) MODULE BRACKET a 360˚ cluster 3) MTC-xxH* AS CLUSTER inmounting form a suspended ring for 6 ormodule. 3 speakers (SHOWN MODULE PARTIAL) BRACKET mounting 6 or 3 module. speakers in a 360˚ cluster (SHOWN PARTIAL)

in a 360˚ cluster module.

kit for Control 30 (white only).

SB-2 Installation Brackets:Brackets: SB-2 Installation The MTC-SB2W wall/corner SB-2MTC-SB2W Installation Brackets: The wall/corner MTC-xxCM* MTC-xxCM*bracket allows mounting of The MTC-SB2W wall/corner bracket allows mounting of CEILINGCEILING BRACKETSBRACKETS MTC-xxCM*the subwoofer onto a wall bracket allows mounting the subwoofer onto a wallof CEILING BRACKETS surface or into a corner. The the subwoofer a wall surface or into aonto corner. The MTC-SB2C ceiling bracket surface or into a corner. The MTC-SB2C ceiling bracket enables suspension of the SB-2 MTC-SB2C ceiling bracket enables suspension from above, projecting down- of the SB-2 enables suspension SB-2 from projecting downward into the above, listening area. of the SB-2 BRACKETS from above, downward into theprojecting listening area. SB-2 BRACKETS PMB-BK and PMB-WH: Control ward CRV intopole-mount the listening area. SB-2 BRACKETS PMB-BK and PMB-WH: Control CRV pole-mount bracket for 4-speaker 360º hanging pendant cluster. PMB-BKfor and PMB-WH: Control CRVpendant pole-mount bracket 4-speaker 360º hanging Various adaptorsfor for4-speaker installing via360º threaded pipe orpendant rod bracket hanging cluster. available from third party.for Contact JBL for information. Various adaptors installing via threaded pipe or rod

cluster.

from third Contact JBL for information. Various forparty. installing via threaded pipe or rod * Theseavailable models adaptors are available in different sizes. Specify speaker model when available fromordering. third party. Contact JBL for information. * These models are available in different sizes. Specify speaker model when ordering. * These models are available in different sizes. Specify speaker model when ordering.

CONTROL SB210 CONTROL SB-2

CONTROL SB-2 CONTROL SB-2

CONTROL SB210 CONTROL SB210

Page 285

Harman Pro Group | 2010

The unique curved shape of the CRV provides innovative installation solutions. placed at The unique curved shape of the When CRV provides the junction of the ceiling and wall or two walls, the Theinstallation unique curved shape of When the CRVplaced provides innovative solutions. at innovative installation solutions. When placed at speaker couples well withand both boundary surfaces, the junction of the ceiling wall or two walls, the the junction of the ceiling and wall or two walls, the forming a dual ground plane configuration. speaker couples well with both boundary surfaces, speaker couples well with both boundary surfaces, forming a dual ground plane configuration.

f INVISIBALL® MOUNTING TECHNOLOGY INVISIBALL® MOUNTING TECHNOLOGY f f WEATHEREDGE™ FOR MOISTURE PROTECTION f WEATHEREDGE™ FOR MOISTURE PROTECTION

Section:

INSTALLATION PRODUCTS INSTALLATION PRODUCTS INSTALLATION PRODUCTS

Harman Pro Group | 2010

specificaspecifications specifications tions

Section:

FREQUENCY RANGE dB)1 FREQUENCY(-10 RANGE 21 FREQUENCY RANGE (-10 dB) POWER CAPACITY: PROGRAM (-10 dB) 32 1 PINK POWER CAPACITY: PROGRAM 2 POWER CAPACITY: PROGRAM PINK 3 3 NOMINAL COVERAGE PINK NOMINAL COVERAGE SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1m NOMINAL COVERAGE SENSITIVITY: 1 W,1 1W,m1 m NOMINAL IMPEDANCE SENSITIVITY: NOMINAL IMPEDANCE COMPONENTS: LOW FREQ. NOMINAL IMPEDANCE HIGH FREQ. COMPONENTS: LOWLOW COMPONENTS: FREQ. FREQ. TRANSFORMER HIGH TAPS: 100V HIGH FREQ. 70.7V TRANSFORMER TAPS: 100V TRANSFORMER TAPS: 100V 70.7V 70.7V ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE FINISH FINISH FINISH DIMENSIONS (HDIMENSIONS x W x D) DIMENSIONS (H x W x D) (H x W x D) NET WEIGHT (each) NET WEIGHT (each) NET WEIGHT (each)

CONTROL 23/23T CONTROL 85 Hz - 22 kHz23/23T (23)

100 kHz23/23T (23T) 85CONTROL HzHz- -2221kHz (23) Hz 22 kHz kHz (23) 10085 --21 (23T) 50 WHz (23) 100 Hz - 21 kHz (23T) 25 50 W (23) W (23) 2550 90 90˚ ˚WxW(23) 25 (23) 90˚dBx SPL 90 (23) 86 90˚ x 90˚˚ dBdBSPL 886ohms (23) 86 SPL(23) (23) (23) 38 1ohms ⁄82ohms in (88 mm) (23) 1⁄12 in (13 mm) 3 ⁄321⁄in2 in(88 (88mm) mm) 1⁄21in (13 mm) 10 ⁄W2 in(23T) (13 mm) 510W10 W(23T) W(23T) (23T) (23T) 5 W5 W(23T) HIPS HIPSImpact Polystyrene) (High HIPS (High Impact Polystyrene) (High Impact Black or whitePolystyrene) (-WH) Blackororwhite white(-WH) (-WH) Black 193 x 140 x 111 mm 193 x 140 x 111 mm 7.6 193xx5.5 140x x4.4 111inmm 7.6 x 5.5 x 4.4 in 7.6 kg x 5.5 in 1.8 (4 xlb)4.4(23) 1.8 kg (4 lb) (23) 2.2 1.82.2kgkg(5 (4(5lb)lb)(23T) (23) (23T) 2.2 kg (5 lb) (23T)

CONTROL 25/25T CONTROL 80 Hz - 16 kHz25/25T (25)

CONTROL 25/25T 80 Hz - 15 (25T) 16 kHz (25)

80150 kHzkHz (25)(25T) 80HzHz-W16 -(25) 15 8075HzW- 15 kHz (25T) 150 W(25) (25) 150 75WWx(25) (25) 90 90 75 W˚(25) ˚ 90 dBx SPL 90 (25) 88 90˚˚x 90˚ ˚ dBSPLSPL ohms (25) 88888dB (25)(25) 1⁄4 in (135 ohms (25) mm) 858ohms (25) 3 1 (19 mm) 4 in (135 mm) 551⁄⁄44⁄in in (135 mm) 3⁄4 in (19 mm) 3⁄30, 4 in 15, (19 7.5 mm)W (25T) 30,15,15,7.57.5, 3.7(25T) W (25T) 7.5 30, WW (25T) 30, 3.73.7 W (25T) 30,15,15,7.5,7.5, W (25T) HIPS HIPS (High HIPS Impact Polystyrene) (High Polystyrene) (HighImpact Impact Polystyrene) Black or white (-WH) Black oror white (-WH) Black white 236 x 188 x 149(-WH) mm 236 x 149 mm 9.3xx188 236 x7.4 188x x5.8 149inmm 9.3 x 7.4 x 5.8 in 9.3 kg x 7.4 in 2.3 (5 xlb)5.8(25) 2.3 kg (5 lb) (25) 3.6 lb) (25T) 2.3kgkg(8(8 (5 (25) 3.6 lb) (25T)

3.6 kg (8 lb) (25T)

CONTROL 25AV CONTROL 70 Hz - 23 kHz25AV

CONTROL 70 Hz - 25AV 23 kHz 70 Hz200 - 23 W kHz

CONTROL 25AV-LS CONTROL 90 Hz - 23 kHz25AV-LS

CONTROL 25AV-LS 90 Hz - 23 kHz 90 Hz - 23200 kHzW

CONTROL 28/28T-60 CONTROL 60 Hz - 16 kHz28/28T-60 (28)

CONTROL CRV CONTROL 80 Hz - 20 kHzCRV

CONTROL 28/28T-60 55 60 Hz - 15 16 kHz (28T-60) (28)CONTROL CRV80 Hz - 20 kHz

60 Hz - 16 kHz175 80 Hz - 20 kHz 150 W 55(28) HzW-(28) 15 kHz (28T-60) 55 Hz - 15 kHz87(28T-60) 100 100 60 200 W 200 W 175WW(28) (28) 150WW 200 W W 200 W 100 W 175 W (28) 87 W (28) 150 W 60 W˚ x 80˚ 100˚ x 100˚ 110˚ x 85˚ 90˚ x 90˚ 105 100 W 100 W 87 W (28) 60 W 100dB 110dB xSPL 90˚dBx SPL 105dB 100˚ 85˚ 90˚(28) 80˚ 87 87 92 89 ˚˚xSPL ˚ xSPL 100˚ x 100 110˚ x 85˚ ˚ 90˚ x 90˚ 105˚ x 80˚ dB SPL dB SPL dB SPL (28) 89 dB SPL dB SPL ohms (28) 489ohms 87 dB887 SPL 87 dB SPL887ohms 92 dB SPL (28)892ohms 1⁄4 in (130 mm) 1⁄4 in (130 mm) ohms 58 ohms (200(28) mm) 4 ohms 24 xohms 4 in (100 mm) 8 ohms 8 ohms 58 ohms 8 ohms (28) 8 in 3 41 in (20 mm) 3⁄41 in (20 mm) mm) 5 ⁄mm) (200mm) mm) 2 x 4 in (100 mm)32⁄x4 4inin(19 (100 mm) ⁄4 inmm) (130 mm) 4 in (130 mm) 5 1⁄4 in5⁄(130 5 1⁄4 in (130 8 in (200 mm)18 in (25 3⁄4 in (20 mm) 3⁄4 in (20 mm) 3⁄4 in (19 mm) 3⁄4 in 60, 3⁄4 in (20 60, 3⁄4 in (19 mm) 30 1 in30, (2515 mm) W (28T-60) 30, 15 W W, 15 W, 7.5 W 1 in (25 mm) 60, (20 mm) mm)30, 15 W 60, 30, 15, W (28T-60) 15 W7.5(28T-60) 15 W7.5 W 15 W7.5 W W 3.8 W 60, 30, 15 W (28T-60) 60, 30,60,1530, W 15, 60, 30, 1560, W 30, 15, 30 W, 15 W, 7.5 W30 W, 15 W, 7.5 W, 60, 30, 15, 7.5HIPS W (28T-60) 60, 30,HIPS 7.515, W 7.5 W 60, 30, 15,HIPS 7.530, W 15, 7.5 W 30 W, 15 W, 7.5 W,ABS 60, 30, 15, 7.5 W (28T-60) 60,15,30, 60, 303.8 W,W15 W, 7.5 W, 3.8 W HIPS HIPS (High ABS (High HIPS Impact Polystyrene) HIPS Impact Polystyrene)HIPS (High HIPS Impact Polystyrene) ABS Polystyrene) (HighBlack Impactor Polystyrene) (High Impact Polystyrene) (High Impact (High Impact (High Impact or whitePolystyrene) (-WH) whitePolystyrene) (-WH) Black or whitePolystyrene) (-WH) (High Impact Black Black or white (-WH) Black or whiteBlack (-WH) white (-WH) BlackBlack or white white (-WH) Black or white (-WH) Black or white (-WH) Black Black 380 x or 280 x 220 mm 236 x or 186 x 159(-WH) mm 236 x or 186white x 159(-WH) mm 127 x or 364white x 262(-WH) mm 380 x 280 x 220 mm 11.0 x 8.6 in 127 x 364 x 262 mm 236 x9.3 186 x 159xmm 236 x 1869.3 x 159 mmx 6.3 in 15.0 5127 x 14.4 380 xx280 x 220 mm 236xx7.4 186 x6.3 159inmm 236xx7.4 186 x 159 mm x 364x 10.3 x 262inmm 15.0 x 11.0 x 8.6 in 9.3 x 7.4 x 6.3 in 9.3 x 7.4 x 6.3 in 5 x 14.4 x 10.3 in 15.0kgx 11.0 x 8.6 9.3 kg x 7.4 9.3 kg x 7.4 5 x 14.4 10.3 in 5.5 (12 lb) (28)in 4.0 (9 xlb)6.3 in 3.8 (9 xlb)6.3 in 3.2 kg (7xlb) 5.5 kg (12 lb) (28) 4.0 kg (9 lb) 3.8 kg (9 lb) 3.2 kg (7 lb) 6.3 kg (14 (12 lb) (28T-60) (28) 4.0 kg (9 lb) 3.8 kg (9 lb) 3.2 kg (7 lb) 6.3 kg (14 lb) 5.5 (28T-60) 1 Half-space (on wall). 6.3 kg (14 lb) (28T-60) 1 Half-space (on wall).

21 Continuous Program Power, which is a conservative expression of the system’s ability to handle normal 2 Continuous Half-space wall). Program(on Power, which is a conservative expression of the system’s ability to handle normal

speech and musicmaterial program material and 3isdB defined 3Continuous dB above the Continuous Pink Noise rating (IECspeech2and music program and is defined above as the Noise rating (IECContinuous Program Power, is aas conservative expression ofPink the system’s ability to handle normal shaped pink noise with 6 dBwhich crest factor, 100 hours continuously). shaped pink noise with a 6 dBprogram crestafactor, for 100 hoursisfor continuously). speech and music material and defined as 3 dB above the Continuous Pink Noise rating (IEC-

3 Continuous 3 Continuous Noise for 100 hours. Pink NoisePink for 100 hours.

shaped pink noise with a 6 dB crest factor, for 100 hours continuously).

3 Continuous Pink Noise for 100 hours.

CONTROL 29AV-1 FREQUENCY RANGE (-10 dB) 1 FREQUENCY RANGE 2 POWER CAPACITY:(-10 PROGRAM dB) 1 3 FREQUENCY RANGE PINK (-10 dB) 21 POWER CAPACITY: PROGRAM NOMINAL COVERAGE PINK 32 POWER CAPACITY: PROGRAM SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 31 m

PINK NOMINAL COVERAGE NOMINAL COVERAGE SENSITIVITY: 1IMPEDANCE W, 1 m NOMINAL SENSITIVITY: W, 1FREQ. m COMPONENTS:1 LOW NOMINAL IMPEDANCE MID FREQ. FREQ. NOMINAL IMPEDANCE COMPONENTS: LOWHIGH FREQ. TRANSFORMER 100V MIDTAPS: FREQ. COMPONENTS: LOW 70.7V HIGH MID FREQ. ENCLOSURE FREQ. TRANSFORMER HIGH TAPS: 100V TRANSFORMER TAPS:70.7V 100V FINISH 70.7V ENCLOSURE DIMENSIONS ENCLOSURE (H x W x D) FINISH NET WEIGHT (each) FINISH DIMENSIONS (H x W x D) DIMENSIONS (H x W x D) NET WEIGHT (each) NET WEIGHT (each)

Page 286

37 Hz - 18 kHz CONTROL 29AV-1 CONTROL 37 Hz - 18 kHz29AV-1 300 W

37150 Hz -W18 kHz 300 W 110˚ x 85˚ (rotatable) 150 300 W 90 dB SPL 150 Wx 85˚ (rotatable) 110˚ 110˚ xSPL 85˚ (rotatable) 90 8dB ohms 908dB SPL mm) in (200 8 ohms 1 in (25 mm) mm) comp. driver ohms 8 in (200 55,mm) 28 W 8 in110, (200 28, 14 W driver 1 in110, (2555,mm) comp. 1 inHIPS (25 110, 55,mm) 28 Wcomp. driver (High Impact Polystyrene) 110, 55, 28, 28 W14 W Black or white (-WH) 110, 55, 28, 14 W HIPS 520 Impact x 306 x 277 mm (High Polystyrene) HIPS 20.5 x 12.0 x 10.9 in (High Impact Polystyrene) Black or white (-WH) 12.2 kg (27 lb) Blackx or 520 306white x 277(-WH) mm 20.5 12.0x x277 10.9mm in 520 xx306 20.5 12.2 xkg12.0 (27 xlb)10.9 in 12.2 kg (27 lb)

CONTROL 30

CONTROL SB-2

CONTROL SB210

38 Hz - 17 kHz 30 CONTROL

38 Hz - 160 Hz CONTROL SB-2

42 Hz - 200 Hz

CONTROL 38 Hz - 17 kHz30 500 W 38 Hz - 17 kHz 250 W 500 W 120˚ x 110˚ 250 500 W 93 dB SPL 250˚Wx 110˚ 120 120dB 110˚ 93 ˚ xSPL 4 ohms dB SPL 10 in93(250 mm) ohms 5 in4(125 mm) 1 in10 4(25 ohms inmm) (250comp. mm)driver 150,51075, 38 Wmm) inin(125 (250 mm) 150,1 75, 38, 19 W comp. driver mm) 5 in (25 (125 mm) HIPS150, 1 in (25 75,mm) 38 Wcomp. driver (High Impact Polystyrene) 150, 75, 38, 38 W19 W Black or white (-WH) 150, 75, 38, 19 W HIPS 593(High x 372 Impact x 345 mmPolystyrene) 23.3HIPS x 14.6 x 13.5 in (High Impact Black or whitePolystyrene) (-WH) 18.9 kg (42 lb) Blackx or 593 372white x 345(-WH) mm 23.3 14.6x x345 13.5mm in 593 xx372 23.3 18.9 xkg14.6 (42 xlb)13.5 in 18.9 kg (42 lb)

CONTROL 38 Hz - 160 HzSB-2 340 W (both inputs) 38 Hz - 160 Hz 170 W (both inputs) 340 W (both inputs) N/A 170 340 W (both inputs) 94 dB SPL (on wall) 170 W (both inputs) N/A 100 dB SPL (near corner) N/A 94 dB SPL (on wall) 8 ohms per input SPL(on (near corner) 94mm) dBdBlong-throw SPL wall) 10 in (250100 dBcoils SPL ohms per (near input corner) with dual8100 voice 8 ohms permm) inputlong-throw 10 in (250 with 10 in dual (250voice mm) coils long-throw with dual voice coils Particle Board

Black Particle Board 394 x 585 x 343 mm 15.5 x 23.0Particle x 13.5 inBoard Black 19.1 kg (42 lb)

Blackx 585 x 343 mm 394 15.5 23.0x x343 13.5mm in 394 xx585 15.5 19.1 xkg23.0 (42 xlb)13.5 in 19.1 kg (42 lb)

CONTROL SB210 CONTROL 42 Hz - 200 HzSB210

800 W 42 Hz - 200 Hz 400 W 800 W N/A 400 800 W 96 dB SPL (on wall) 400 W N/A 102 dB SPL (near corner) N/AdB SPL (on wall) 96 8 ohms 102 SPL(on (near corner) 96 dBdBSPL wall) 2 x 10 in (250 mm)

dB SPL (near corner) 8102 ohms 28 xohms 10 in (250 mm) 2 x 10 in (250 mm)

HIPS (High Impact Polystyrene) Black or white (-WH) HIPS 335 x 590 x 570(High mm Impact Polystyrene) 14 x 23.3 x 22.5HIPS in (High Impact Black or whitePolystyrene) (-WH) 17.1 kg (38 lb)

Blackx or 335 590white x 570(-WH) mm 14 in 335x x23.3 590xx22.5 570 mm 14 x 22.5 17.1x 23.3 kg (38 lb) in 17.1 kg (38 lb)

CONTROL 50 SERIES CONTROL 50 SERIES CONTROL 50 SERIES

® Control Control® ®50 50 Series Series

Control 50 Series key key features features key features

Surface-Mount Surface-Mount Subwoofer-Satellite Subwoofer-Satellite System System

Surface-Mount Subwoofer-Satellite System

f SELECTABLE 70V/100V OR LOW SELECTABLE 70V/100V OR LOW f IMPEDANCE IMPEDANCE WALL-MOUNT BRACKETS INCLUDED f SELECTABLE 70V/100V OR LOW f WALL-MOUNT BRACKETS INCLUDED f IMPEDANCE f WALL-MOUNT BRACKETS INCLUDED

f MIX AND MATCH WITH CONTROL 40 WITH SERIESCONTROL MIX AND MATCH f CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR 40 OR SERIES USE EITHER TWO FOUR SATELLITE f f MIX AND MATCH WITH CONTROL SPEAKERS PER SYSTEM USE EITHER TWO OR FOUR SATELLITE f CONTRACTOR 40 SERIES SPEAKERS PER SYSTEM f USE EITHER TWO OR FOUR SATELLITE

The C50PACK includes Control 52 satellite speakers SPEAKERS PER 4) SYSTEM and 1) Controlincludes 50 subwoofer as shown. The Control 50 The C50PACK 4) Control 52 satellite speakers Series also available individually. and 1)isControl 504)subwoofer as shown. The Control 50 The C50PACK includes Control 52 satellite speakers is also available as individually. and Series 1) Control 50 subwoofer shown. The Control 50 CONTROL 50 Series is also available individually. CONTROL 50

CONTROL 50

Harman Pro Group | 2010

The Control 50 Series subwoofer-satellite The Control 50 Seriesprovides subwoofer-satellite loudspeaker system high fidelity loudspeaker system provides high fidelity soundThe in any location where full-range high Control 50 Series subwoofer-satellite sound inforeground/background any location where full-range fidelityloudspeaker music ishigh system provides high fidelity fidelity foreground/background music is high required from a surface-mount system. sound in any location where full-range required fromforeground/background a surface-mount system. fidelity music is The Control 50S/T subwoofer can be utilized required fromsubwoofer a surface-mount system. The The Control 50S/T can be utilized with either ofsubwoofer four Control Controltwo 50S/T can52 besatellite utilized with eitherThe twoControl of four50Control 52 satellite speakers. with either two of foursystem Controlis52mono. satellite speakers. The Control 50and system is mono. Both the Control speakers. The50S/T Control 50Control system is52mono. Both Control 50S/T andand Control 52 Both the Control Control 52 can bethe intermixed in 50S/T systems along with can be intermixed in systems along with can be 40 intermixed in systemsmodels along with the Control Series in-ceiling the Control 40 Series in-ceiling models the Control 40 Series in-ceiling models – Control 40CS/T subwoofer and Control –42Control 40CS/T subwoofer andand Control – Control 40CS/T Control satellite speaker –subwoofer to match the form 42 satellite speaker – to match the form 42 satellite speaker – to match the form factor requirements of a wide variety of factor requirements of a wide variety factor requirements of a wide variety ofof applications. applications. applications.

Section:

CONTROL 52 CONTROL 52 CONTROL 52

CONTROL 52 SATELLITE SPEAKER CONTROL 52 SATELLITE SPEAKER The Control 52 satellite loudspeaker produces CONTROL SPEAKER The Control52 52SATELLITE satellite loudspeaker produces

CONTROL 50S/T CONTROL 50S/TSUBWOOFER SUBWOOFER The Control 50S/T 50S/T subwoofer contains a CONTROL The Control 50S/T SUBWOOFER subwoofer contains a

The Control 52 satellite loudspeaker produces superb high sound via aincluded low distortion 60 mmfidelity (2½ in) driver. The wall bracket superb highin) fidelity sound via a low wall distortion 60 mmallows (2½ driver. Thetoincluded bracket each speaker be angled up to 45° off60 mmaxis. (2½ in) driver.toThe included bracket allows each speaker be angled upwall to 45° allows each speaker to be angled up to 45° off-axis. off-axis.

response. The Control 50S/T installswall-bracket. quickly with its included two-piece easy-mount its included two-piece easy-mount wall-bracket.

superb high fidelity sound via a low distortion

specifications specifications specifications

The built-in crossover network provides proper The built-in crossover network provides proper signal routing and output connectors for four The built-in crossover network provides signal routing and output connectors forproper four Control 52 satellite loudspeakers. A Loop Out high-power, long-excursion, 200 mm (8 inch) signal routing and output connectors for four Control 52 satellite loudspeakers. A Loop Out The Control long-excursion, 50S/T subwoofer contains a high-power, (8 inch) connector provides a full-range input signal driver which provides extended200 lowmm frequency Control 52 provides satellite loudspeakers. A Loop Out connector a full-range input signal high-power, long-excursion, 200 mm (8 inch) driver which provides extended low frequency to other loudspeakers or to other subwoofer/ response. The Control 50S/T installs quickly with connector provides a full-range signal to other loudspeakers or to otherinput subwoofer/ satellite systems. driver which provides extended low frequency response. The Control 50S/T installs quickly with its included two-piece easy-mount wall-bracket.

Control 52

Wall-Mountable Satellite Speaker SYSTEM TYPE Control 52 140 Hz52 – 20 kHz FREQUENCY RANGE (-10 dB)1 Wall-Mountable Control Satellite Speaker SYSTEM TYPE 2 POWER CAPACITY: PROGRAM Wall-Mountable Satellite Speaker SYSTEM 140 Hz30–W20(100 kHzhours) FREQUENCY RANGE (-10TYPE dB)1 15 W (100 hours) PINK 1 140WHz(100 – 20hours) kHz FREQUENCY RANGE (-10 dB)2 30 POWER CAPACITY: PROGRAM 150° x 150° omindirectional NOMINAL COVERAGE 3 15 PINK2 30 W (100 hours) POWER CAPACITY: PROGRAM 85 dB SENSITIVITY: 1W, 1m 3 15 W (100 PINK 150° x 150°hours) omindirectional NOMINAL COVERAGE 16 ohms NOMINAL IMPEDANCE 3 150° NOMINAL COVERAGE 85 dBx 150° omindirectional SENSITIVITY: 1W, 1m TRANSFORMER TAPS: 100V SENSITIVITY: 1W, 1m 70V 85 16 dB ohms NOMINAL IMPEDANCE 16 ohms NOMINAL IMPEDANCE TRANSFORMER TAPS: 100V 60 mm (2.5 in) with polypropylene cone, 70V TRANSFORMER TAPS:COMPONENTS: 100V

butyl rubber surround, 19 mm (0.75 in) 70V copper-clad coil, copper sleeved magnet 60 mm (2.5 in) with polypropylene cone, COMPONENTS: Screw-down removable locking TERMINATION butyl rubber surround, 19 mm (0.75connector in) 60 mm (2.5 in) with polypropylene cone, COMPONENTS: 115 x 84coil, x 96copper mm 19sleeved DIMENSIONS copper-clad magnet butyl rubber surround, mm (0.75 in) 4.5 x 3.3 x 3.75 in) (H x W x D)

copper-clad coil, copper sleeved magnet Screw-down removable locking connector TERMINATION .7 kg (1.5 lb) NET WEIGHT (each) Screw-down locking connector TERMINATION 115 x 84 x 96 removable mm DIMENSIONS 4.5 3.75mm in) (H x W x D) 115xx3.3 84 x 96 DIMENSIONS 4.5kgx 3.3 3.75 in) (H x W x D) .7 (1.5xlb) NET WEIGHT (each) .7 kg (1.5 lb) NET WEIGHT (each)

to other systems. loudspeakers or to other subwoofer/ satellite satellite systems.1

Control 50S/T

Control 50PACK

150 W Subwoofer Control 50S/T 32 HzW–Subwoofer 20050S/T Hz Control 150

ControlControl 50S/T and50PACK 4 pcs Control 52 32 Hz Control – 20 kHz50S/T Control 50PACK and 4 pcs Control 52 200 W32 (100 Control Hz hours) – 50S/T 20 kHzand 4 pcs Control 52 100 W (100 hours)

200HzW 150 W–(100 Subwoofer 32 200hours) Hz 100 W (100 hours) 32 HzW–(100 200hours) Hz 200 100 200 W (100 hours) 95 dB (near corner), 89dB (center of wall) 100 W (100 hours)

32 HzW–(100 20 kHz 200 hours) 100 200 W (100 hours)

87 dB 100 W (100 hours) 4 ohms 87 dB 80 W, 40 W, 20 W, dB 440ohms 80 W,87 W, 20 W, 10 W 8 ohm80 4bypass/thru ohms W, 40 W, 20 W,

Half-space (mounted on wall).

2 Continuous Pink noise rating is IEC-

shaped pink noise with a 6 dB crest factor for 100 hours continuously. Continuous Program Power is a conservative expression of the 1 (mounted on wall). system’sHalf-space ability to handle normal 21 Continuous speech and music program material, Pink noise rating Half-space (mounted on wall).is IECand is defined aspink 3 dBnoise abovewith the a 6 dB crest shaped 2 Continuous noise rating is IECContinuous Pink rating. factor forNoise 100Pink hours continuously. shaped pinkProgram a 6 dBiscrest 3 Half-space, average 1noise kHz –with 4 kHz Continuous Power a

8 ohms 95 dB (near corner), 89dB (center of wall) 80 W, 40 W, 20 W, 95 dB (near corner), 880ohms W, 40 W, 20 W, 10 W89dB (center of wall) ohm bypass/thru 88 ohms 80 W, 40 W, 20 W, 200W, mm cone, 80 40(8W,in)20with W,polypropylene 10 W 80 W, 40 W, 20 W, 10 W butyl 880 ohm bypass/thru 880ohm bypass/thru W,rubber 40 W,surround, 20 W, 1038Wmm (1.5 in) 4-layer W, 40 W, 20 W, 10 W copper-clad coil, vented aluminum former 8200 ohm 8 ohm bypass/thru mmbypass/thru (8 in) with polypropylene cone, 6 Screw-down removable38 locking connectors butyl rubber mm (1.5 in) 4-layer 6 Screw-down removable locking connectors 200 mm (8 in)surround, with polypropylene cone, 356 x 391 x 203 mmvented38aluminum copper-clad coil, former butyl rubber surround, mm (1.5 in) 4-layer 14.0 x 15.4 x 8.0 in) coil,removable vented aluminum former 6copper-clad Screw-down locking connectors 6 Screw-down removable locking connectors 9.0 kg (20 lb) 11.8 k (26 lb)

6 Screw-down locking connectors 356 x 391 x 203removable mm 14.0 15.4x x203 8.0mm in) 356 xx391 14.0kgx 15.4 x 8.0 in) 9.0 (20 lb) 9.0 kg (20 lb)

factor for 100expression hours continuously. conservative of the Continuous Program Power is a system’s ability to handle normal conservative expression of the speech and music program material, system’s abilityasto3handle normal and is defined dB above the speech and music program material, Continuous Pink Noise rating. and is defined as 3 dB above the 3 Half-space, average 1 kHz – 4 kHz Continuous Pink Noise rating. 3 Half-space, average 1 kHz – 4 kHz

6 Screw-down removable locking connectors 11.8 k (26 lb) 11.8 k (26 lb)

Page 287

INSTALLATION PRODUCTS INSTALLATION PRODUCTS INSTALLATION PRODUCTS

CBT CBT Series Series

Line Line Array Array Column Column Loudspeakers Loudspeakers

CBT Series

Line Array Column Loudspeakers

Harman Pro Group | 2010

The JBL CBT Series line array columns with Constant Beamwidth Technology break new ground The JBL CBT Series line arrayand columns with Constant Beamwidth Technology new use ground in performance, versatility, affordability. Designed for venues that wouldbreak typically larger in performance, versatility, and affordability. Designed for venues that would typically use largerto The JBL CBT Series line array columns Constant Beamwidth Technology break new ground point-and-shoot speakers, the CBTwith models incorporate technical advancements that allow them in performance, versatility, andthe affordability. Designed forof venues that would typically usethat larger point-and-shoot speakers, CBT models incorporate technical advancements allow them to vastly outperform competitive systems, with a level user-friendliness that virtually eliminates point-and-shoot speakers, the CBT systems, models incorporate technical advancements that allow themeliminates to vastly outperform competitive with a level of user-friendliness that virtually the challenges of delivering great sound. With a slim compact design in fiberglass reinforced ABS vastly outperformofcompetitive systems, with aWith level aofslim user-friendliness that virtually eliminates the challenges delivering sound. compact design in fiberglass reinforced ABS enclosures, the CBT Seriesgreat fitsgreat well into virtually any decor. the challenges of delivering sound. With a slim compact design in fiberglass reinforced ABS enclosures, the CBT Series fits well into virtually any decor. enclosures, the CBT Series fits well into virtually any decor. Constant Beamwidth Technology™ locks in and maintains a specific coverage pattern over a very Constant Beamwidth Technology™ locks insmooth, and maintains a specific coverage pattern over a very wide bandwidth. CBT models deliver coverage that isover similar Constant BeamwidthThe Technology™ locks in and maintainsconsistent a specific coverage pattern a veryto complex wide bandwidth. The CBT models deliver smooth, consistent coverage that is similar to and far more expensive arrays. CBT Series’ constant directivity coverage deliverscomplex consistent wide bandwidth. The CBT line models deliverThe smooth, consistent coverage that is similar to complex and farmore more expensive line arrays. The CBT Series’ constant coverage delivers frequency response atline every distance as Series’ well asconstant off-axis. Withdirectivity thecoverage CBT Series, every seat inconsistent the house and far expensive arrays. The CBT directivity delivers consistent frequency response every distance asregardless well as off-axis. With CBTevery Series, in the house frequency response at at every distance as well as off-axis. the CBTthe Series, seatevery in theseat house experiences the same quality of sound ofWith position. experiencesthe thesame same quality of sound regardless of position. experiences quality of sound regardless of position. CBT models are outdoor capable, with an IEC529 rating of IP-54. CBT Series column line array CBT modelsare areare outdoor capable, with an IEC529 of IP-54. CBTdiscrete Seriesline column CBT models outdoor an IEC529 ratingrating of IP-54. CBT Series column array line array loudspeakers idealcapable, for anywith application requiring a speaker with appearance, excellent loudspeakers are ideal for any application requiring a speaker with discrete appearance, excellent excellent loudspeakers are ideal for any application requiring a speaker with discrete appearance, sound and superb pattern control. sound control. soundand andsuperb superbpattern pattern control. CBT 50LA 50LA CBTCBT 50LA The CBT 50LA is the most compact of the

Section:

The CBT 50LA is the most compact of the

The CBT The 50LA is the compact of the models. 150 Wattmost power handling and models. The 150 Watt power handling and models. The 150 Watt power handling andits high sensitivity allows this high sensitivity allows thisspeaker speakerto to hold hold its highown sensitivity allows this speaker to hold own versus larger competitive columns forits versus larger competitive columns for ownoutput versus larger columns forto output level. A frequency down to level. A competitive frequencyresponse response down output level. Awell frequency 80 Hz well forfor either speech music. 80works Hz works eitherresponse speechor ordown music.to 80 Hz works well for either speech orapplication music. The voicing can be set totomatch the The voicing can be set match the application Music(flat)/Speech switch located The through voicing can be set to match switch the application through thethe Music(flat)/Speech located on the side of the cabinet. through the switch located on the side ofMusic(flat)/Speech the cabinet. on the side of the cabinet. Typical applications include:audio audio support support for Typical applications include: for

video monitors, retail stores,concourses, concourses, general Typical applications include: audio support for video monitors, retail stores, general fill applications, conference rooms, and architecvideo monitors, conference retail stores,rooms, concourses, general fill applications, and architectural spaces where a traditional point-and-shoot fill applications, conference rooms, and architectural spaces where a traditional point-and-shoot loudspeaker may be too visually obtrusive. tural spaces where traditional loudspeaker may bea too visuallypoint-and-shoot obtrusive. loudspeaker may be too visually obtrusive. CBT 100LA

CBTThe 100LA CBT 100LA contains sixteen 50 mm (2 in) CBTfull-range 100LA The CBT 100LA contains sixteen 50 mm (2 in) drivers in a slim, compact cabinet.

TheThe CBTtallest 100LA contains 50 cabinet. mm (2 in) of the (other than the CBT full-range drivers inmodels a slim,sixteen compact 70J+70J CBT 100LA provides full-range in a slim, compact cabinet. The tallestdrivers ofcombination), the models (other than the CBT control. The vertical coverage The excellent tallest ofpattern the models (other than the CBT 70J+70J combination), CBT 100LA provides is easily adjustable with aThe side cabinet switch, 70J+70J combination), CBT 100LA provides excellent pattern control. vertical coverage making this single loudspeaker model switch, an excellent pattern control. The cabinet vertical coverage is easily adjustable with a side exceptional choice for a wide variety of difficult is easily this adjustable with a side cabinet making single loudspeaker model switch, an environments, both indoors and outdoors. 325 making this single modelofan exceptional choiceloudspeaker for a wide variety difficult Watts of power handling and high sensitivity exceptional a wide variety of difficult environments, bothfor indoors outdoors. 325 produceschoice exceptionally highand output capability environments, both and 325 Watts of power handling and high sensitivity from a column thatindoors is only 9.9 cmoutdoors. (3.8 in) wide. Watts of power handling andoutput high sensitivity produces exceptionally high capability Voicing is switchable between Music (flat) and produces exceptionally high from a column that is only 9.9output cm (3.8capability in) wide. Speech settings. fromTypical a column that is only 9.9 cm (3.8 in) wide. Voicing is switchable between Music (flat) and applications include: lecture halls, diffiVoicing is switchable Musicconference (flat) and Speech settings. cult acoustic spaces,between transit centers, Speech settings. rooms, cathedrals,include: multi-purpose spaces, a Typical applications lecture halls,and diffi-

variety of architectural spaces. Because of the Typical applications lecture halls, difficult acoustic spaces,include: transit centers, conference front, this model can becenters, used spaces, where the loudcult flat acoustic spaces, transit conference rooms, cathedrals, multi-purpose and a speaker will be recessed into a wall. rooms, of cathedrals, multi-purpose spaces,ofand variety architectural spaces. Because thea variety of this architectural spaces. Because flat front, model can be used where of thethe loudflat front,will thisbemodel can into be used where the loudspeaker recessed a wall. speaker will be recessed into a wall.

CBT 70J

CBT 70J+70JE

CBT 70J CBT 70J+70JE CBT 70J70J is a two-way speaker, with CBTCBT 70J+70JE The CBT The 70J+70JE array system is twice the The CBT 70J is a two-way speaker, with The CBT 70J+70JE array system is twice the The CBT 70J is a two-way The CBT is twice the frequency response downspeaker, to 60 Hz,with 500 Watts height of70J+70JE a CBT 70J, array whichsystem extends the pattern frequency response down to 60 Hz, 500 Watts height of a CBT 70J, which extends the pattern frequency response down to 60and Hz, high 500 Watts height of a CBT which the pattern power handling, sensitivity and high control down control down to70J, below 400extends Hz,the to include the power handling, veryvery highhigh sensitivity to below 400 Hz, to include power handling, very high sensitivity and high voice range control down below 400 to include continuous capability. Combining Constant voice and much of theHz, music range.the This continuous SPLSPL capability. Combining Constant andrange much oftothe music range. This continuous SPL capability. Combining Constant voice rangearray and much of the music range. This Beamwidth Technology a physical J-shapedunobtrusive unobtrusive column array system provides 1000 Beamwidth Technology with with a physical J-shaped column system provides 1000 Beamwidth Technology withasymmetrical a physical J-shapedWatts of Watts unobtrusive column array(peaks system provides curving, model provides of continuous power handling (peaks1000 curving, thisthis model provides asymmetrical continuous power handling curving, this model provides asymmetrical Watts of continuous power (peaks vertical coverage which more of 4000 Watts), high and sensitivity and very high vertical coverage which sendssends more soundsound of 4000 Watts), high sensitivity veryhandling high toward thethe far area of which the thanmore toward the capability, with a frequency vertical coverage ofoutput 4000 Watts), high sensitivity anda very high toward far area ofroom thesends room thansound toward themaximum maximum output capability, with frequency near area, resulting in more even coverage of that extends down to 45down Hz. with toward theresulting far area of room than towardoftheresponseresponse maximum output capability, frequency near area, in the more even coverage that extends to 45aHz. the room from front to back. Because itcoverage provides near area, resulting intomore even of Typical applications response that extends down to 45 Hz. perforthe room from front back. Because it provides include: medium perforTypical applications include: medium some sound, it istofairly forgiving of it provides the down-fill room from front Because some down-fill sound, itback. is fairly forgiving of mance spaces that require more bass and/or Typical applications include: medium performance spaces that require more bass and/or mounting height. The excellent pattern control more pattern control than a 70J by itself, highly some down-fill sound, is fairly forgiving of mounting height. The it excellent pattern control mancepattern spacescontrol that require bass and/or more than amore 70J by itself, highly helps to reduce back-wall reflections. Vertical small to medium houses of worship mounting height. The excellent pattern controlreflectivereflective helps to reduce back-wall reflections. Vertical more pattern control than ahouses 70J by of itself, highly small to medium worship coverage is switchable, as is the voicing. CBT 70J more pattern control than a 70J, helps to reduce back-wall reflections. Vertical is switchable, is the voicing. CBT 70Jrequiringrequiring is coverage a unique and exceptionallyasgood sounding reflective small to medium houses ofaworship more pattern control than 70J, full-fidelity lecture halls with difficult acoustic coverage switchable, as is the voicing. CBT 70J is a uniqueisand exceptionally good sounding loudspeaker. requiring more pattern than 70J, full-fidelity lecture halls control with difficult or where full spectrum sound is aacoustic is a unique and exceptionally good sounding environments loudspeaker. full-fidelity lecture halls reverberant with difficult acoustic or where full spectrum sound is Typical applications include: high level A/V desired, environments transit centers with highly loudspeaker. environments wherewith full spectrum sound is Typical applications include: high level A/V desired, transitor centers highly reverberant applications, small to medium sized performance acoustic environments, and multi-purpose Typical applications level A/V desired, transit centers with highly reverberant applications, small toinclude: medium sized performance acoustic environments, and multi-purpose spaced (depending on the amounthigh of bass spaces that may require exceptional speech required), full fidelity halls, large-scale clarity and as wellthat as full bandwidth music. applications, smalllecture to sizedofperformance acoustic environments, multi-purpose spaced (depending onmedium the amount bass spaces may requireand exceptional speech surround and outdoor spacedsound (depending the amount of bass spacesand thatas may exceptionalmusic. speech required), fullapplications, fidelityon lecture halls, large-scale clarity wellrequire as full bandwidth Accessory systems suchsound as baseball fields, racetracks and required), full fidelity lecture halls, large-scale clarity and as well as full bandwidth music. surround applications, and outdoor theme parks. Accessory – Stand Mount Bracket fits all surround sound applications, and outdoorand MTC-CBT-SMB1 systems such as baseball fields, racetracks CBT 70J+70JE array system, for Accessory systems such as baseball fields, racetracks and models except theme MTC-CBT-SMB1 – Stand Mount Bracket fits all CBT 70JEparks. use with JBL SS2-BK speaker stand, for portable theme parks. MTC-CBT-SMB1 – Stand Mount Bracket fitsfor all models except CBT 70J+70JE array system, The CBT 70JE contains four low applications. CBT 70JE models CBT 70J+70JE array system, for use withexcept JBL SS2-BK speaker stand, for portable frequency drivers and a crossover CBT 70JE The CBT 70JE contains use with JBL SS2-BK speaker stand, for portable applications. network purposely designedfour low The contains low drivers andWhen a four crossover forfrequency use CBT with 70JE the CBT 70J. applications. frequency crossover network purposely designed connected to adrivers CBT 70Jand lineaarray network purposely for use with the 70J. column speaker, theCBT CBTdesigned 70JE When Extension provides extended for use with CBT70J 70J.line When connected tothe a CBT array bass response, extended pattern connected to a CBT line array column speaker, the70J CBT 70JE control, andspeaker, increased sound column the CBT 70JE Extension provides extended output levels. Extension provides extended bass response, extended pattern

bass response, extended pattern control, and increased sound control,levels. and increased sound output output levels. CBT 70JE

CBT 70JE CBT 70JE Page 288

key key features features

f PATENT PENDING CONSTANT BEAMWIDTH f FULL FIDELITY BANDWIDTH CONSTANT PATENT PENDINGPROVIDES CONSTANT BEAMWIDTH FULL FIDELITY BANDWIDTH f TECHNOLOGY™ f f SELECTABLE VOICING PROVIDES FLAT BEAMWIDTH TECHNOLOGY™ PROVIDES CONSTANT INVOICING MUSIC MODE OR MID-RANGE SELECTABLE PROVIDES FLAT f RESPONSE BEAMWIDTH VERTICAL COVERAGE SWITCHABLE PRESENCE PEAK IN SPEECH RESPONSE IN MUSIC MODE MODE OR MID-RANGE f PENDING CONSTANT BEAMWIDTH BANDWIDTH f PATENT f FULL FIDELITY BETWEEN AND BROAD TO FIT PROVIDES CONSTANT VERTICAL NARROW COVERAGE SWITCHABLE PRESENCE PEAK IN SPEECH MODE f TECHNOLOGY™ f SELECTABLE VOICING PROVIDES FLAT BEAMWIDTH WIDE VARIETY OF APPLICATIONS BETWEEN NARROW AND BROAD TO FIT RESPONSE IN MUSIC MODE OR MID-RANGE WIDE VARIETY OF APPLICATIONS COVERAGE SWITCHABLE PRESENCE PEAK IN SPEECH MODE f VERTICAL

key features

BETWEEN NARROW AND BROAD TO FIT WIDE CBTVARIETY 100LA OF APPLICATIONS

(shown white -wh, CBTin100LA with and without (shown in white grille) -wh, CBTwithout 100LA grille) with and

CBT 70J+70JE Array System CBT 70J+70JE Array System CBT 70J+70JE Array System

(shown in white -wh, with and without grille)

CBT 70J CBT 70J

CBT 70J

Harman Pro Group | 2010

CBT 50LA CBTCBT 50LA 50LA

Section:

All models include grilles, which are removed in photos to illustrate driver composition.

All models include grilles, which are removed in photos to illustrate driver composition. All models include grilles, which are removed in photos to illustrate driver composition.

specifications specifications specifications CBT 50LA

CBT 100LA

CBT 70J

CBT 70J+70JE Array System

50LA Full-Range Speaker System CBT CBT J-Shaped 70J Speaker System 70J+70JE Pattern100LA Control Full-Range Speaker System Full-Range LF & PatternCBT Extension for CBT70JArray System SYSTEM TYPE CBT Compact 50LA CBT 70J J-Shaped Speaker System 45 Hz – 20 kHz CBT 70J+70JE Array System Compact Pattern Control Full-Range LF & Pattern Extension for CBT70J SYSTEM TYPE 80 HzFull-Range – 20 kHz Speaker System 80 Hz –100LA 20 kHz Full-Range Speaker System 60 HzCBT – 20 kHz FREQUENCY RANGE 1 CBT 1 Compact System Pattern Full-Range System V Narrow Full-Range J-Shaped Speaker System V Narrow Mode: LF &HzPattern Extension for CBT70J SYSTEM TYPE 80 HzVertical: – 20Full-Range kHz20° (1.5 Speaker 80 Hz – Control 20Mode: kHz 15° 60 HzMode: – 2025° kHz 45 – 20 kHz kHz - 16 kHz, ±10°) V Narrow (2 kHz - 16Speaker kHz) (±10°) (2 kHz - 16 kHz) (±10°) 25° (2 kHz - 16 kHz) (±10°) FREQUENCY RANGE COVERAGE PATTERN kHz ±10°) – 4 kHz, ±20°) V Narrow Broad (1 kHz - 16 -kHz) (±10°(±10°) V Broad Mode: 45° (750 25° Hz - (2 16 kHz kHz)-(±10°) V Broad Mode: 45°–(350 Hz - 1625° kHz) 80 HzHorizontal: – 20 Hz –Mode: 20Mode: kHz40°15° Hz – 20 kHz Hz 20Mode: kHz FREQUENCY RANGE 1 Vertical: 20°kHz (1.5150° kHz(ave, - 16 1kHz, V80 (2 kHz 16 kHz) V60Narrow Mode: 16 kHz) (±10°) V45Narrow (2(±10°) kHz - 16 kHz) (±10°) COVERAGE PATTERN 150° (avg, 1 kHz – 4 kHz, ±20°) Horizontal: 150° (500 Hz – 8 kHz, ±20°) Horizontal: 150° (500 Hz – 8 kHz, ±20°) Horizontal: – 4±10°) kHz, ±20°) VHorizontal: Broad V Broad Hz - 16 kHz) (±10°) V Broad Hz - 16 kHz) (±10°) Vertical: 20°150° (1.5(ave, kHz -116kHz kHz, NarrowMode: Mode:40° 15°(1(2kHz kHz- 16 - 16kHz) kHz)(±10° (±10°) NarrowMode: Mode:45° 25°(750 (2 kHz NarrowMode: Mode:45° 25°(350 (2 kHz COVERAGE PATTERN 93 dB Narrow: 96 dB / Broad: 93 dB Narrow: 98 dB / Broad: 96 dB (1 kHz 8 kHz) Narrow: 98 dB / Broad: 97 dB (1 kHz SENSITIVITY: SPEECH (2 kHz -14 kHZ) Horizontal: Horizontal: 150°40° (avg, 1 kHz 4 kHz,(±10° ±20°) Horizontal: 150°45° (500 HzHz – 8- 16 kHz,kHz) ±20°) Horizontal: 150°45° (500 Hz8Hz –kHz) 8- 16 kHz,kHz) ±20°) 150° (ave, 1 kHz – 4 kHz, ±20°) V Broad Mode: (1 kHz - 16– kHz) V Broad Mode: (750 (±10°) V Broad Mode: (350 (±10°) 89 dB Narrow: 93 dB / Broad: 90 dB Narrow: 93 dB / Broad: 92 dB Narrow: 94 dB / Broad: 93 dB MUSIC MODE (300 Hz - 18 kHZ) Horizontal: (avg, 193kHzdB– 4 kHz, ±20°) Horizontal: (500 Hz96–dB 8 kHz, ±20°) Horizontal: (500 Hz97–dB 8 kHz, ±20°) 93 dB Narrow: 96 150° dB / Broad: Narrow: 98 150° dB / Broad: (1 kHz - 8 kHz) Narrow: 98 150° dB / Broad: (1 kHz - 8 kHz) SENSITIVITY: SPEECH (2 kHz -14 kHZ) Eight 50 mm (2 in) Full-Range Sixteen 50 mm (2 in) Full-Range Four 130 mm (5 in) LF drivers Eight 130 mm (5 in) LF drivers COMPONENTS 89 dB Narrow: 93 Narrow: 93 dB / Broad: 92 dB Narrow: 94 dB / Broad: 93 MUSIC MODE Hz --14 18 kHZ) 93 96 dB / Broad: 90 93 dB 97 dB (1 kHz - 8 kHz) SENSITIVITY: SPEECH(300 (2 kHz Sixteen 25 mm98 (1 in) HF drivers96 (1 kHz - 8 kHz) Sixteen 25 mm (1 in )98 HF drivers 89 dB50 mm (2 in) Full-Range Narrow:50 93mm dB /(2Broad: 90 dB Narrow: 93 dB(5/ Broad: 92 dB Narrow: 94mm dB (5 / Broad: 93 dB MUSIC MODE (300COMPONENTS Hz - 18 IMPEDANCE kHZ) Eight Sixteen in) Full-Range Four 130 mm in) LF drivers Eight 130 in) LF drivers 8 ohms 8 ohms 8 ohms 4 ohms Sixteen mm(5(1in)in)LFHFdrivers drivers Sixteen mm(5(1in) in LF ) HFdrivers drivers Eight 150W 50 mm(600W (2 in)peak), Full-Range Sixteen 50 mmpeak), (2 in)2Full-Range 13025peak), mm Eight 13025mm COMPONENTS 2 hrs 325 W (1300W hrs 500 WFour (2000W 2 hrs 1000 W (4000 W peak), 2 hrs POWER CAPACITY: mm100 (1 in) 25100 mmhrs(1 in ) HF drivers 8200 ohms ohms 25peak), ohms IMPEDANCE 100 W (400W peak), 100 hrs W (800W peak), 100 hrs 350 W8Sixteen (1400W hrsHF drivers 700 W (28004Sixteen W peak), 8 OHM SETTING 2 8 ohms 8 ohms 8Speech ohms 8 ohms 4 ohms 1: SPEECH MODE 150W IMPEDANCE (600W peak), 2 hrspeak) 325 W (1300W peak), 2 hrsave (127 peak) 500 W (2000W 2 hrs 1000 W (4000 peak), 2 hrs 115 dB cont ave (121 Narrow: 121 dB cont Speech Narrow: 125 dBpeak), cont ave (131 peak) Speech Narrow: 125 dB contWave (131 peak) POWER CAPACITY: MAXIMUM SPL Speech Broad: 118 dB cont ave Speech Broad: 123 dB cont ave100 peak) Speech Broad: 124 dB(4000 contWave (130 peak) 100 W(600W (400Wpeak), peak),2100 200 W (800W peak), 100 hrs(124 peak) 350 W (1400W peak), 700 WW(2800 100 hrs 8 OHMCAPACITY: SETTING 2 150W hrshrs 325 (1300W peak), 2 hrs 500 (2000W 2(129 hrshrs 1000 Wpeak), peak), 2 hrs POWER dB cont ave (117 peak) MusicWNarrow: 118 dB cont ave peak)peak) MusicSpeech Narrow: 120 dB cont (126 peak) Music Narrow: dB contWave (127 MUSIC 100 dB W111 (400W peak), 100 hrs 200 (800W peak), 100cont hrs(124 350 W (1400W peak), 700121 W (2800 peak), 100 SETTING cont ave (121 peak) Speech Narrow: 121 dB ave (127 Narrow: 125ave dB100 conthrs ave (131 peak) Speech Narrow: 125 dBpeak) conthrsave (131 peak) MAXIMUM SPL81:OHM SPEECH MODE2 MODE 115 Music Broad: 115 dB cont ave (121 peak) Music Broad: 119 dB cont ave (125 peak) Music Broad: 120 dB cont ave (126 peak) Speech Broad: Speech Broad: Speech Broad: 115 dB cont ave (121 peak) Narrow:118 121dBdBcont contave ave(124 (127peak) peak) Narrow:123 125dBdBcont contave ave(129 (131peak) peak) Narrow:124 125dBdBcont contave ave(130 (131peak) peak) MAXIMUM SPL 1: SPEECH MODE W, 30ave W,(117 15 Wpeak) 100 W, 50 W, 30118 W N/A Music Narrow: 120 dB cont ave (126 peak) N/A TRANSFORMER TAPS: 100V 111 dB6Ocont Music Music 121 dB cont ave (130 (127 peak) MUSIC MODE SpeechNarrow: Broad: dB cont ave (124 peak) Speech Broad: 123 (129 SpeechNarrow: Broad: 124 60 W, 30 W, 15 W, 7.5 W 100 W,Broad: 50 W, 30 W,dB 15 cont W ave (121 peak) 70V Music 115 Music Broad: 119 dB cont ave (125 peak) Music Broad: 120 dB cont ave (126 peak) 111 dB cont ave (117 peak) Narrow: 118 dB cont ave (124 peak) Narrow: 120 dB cont ave (126 peak) Narrow: 121 dB cont ave (127 peak) MUSIC MODE bracket included Wall bracket included Wall bracket included119 dB cont ave (125 peak)Coupler plate to join CBT 70J MOUNTING 6O W,Wall Music Music Broad: Music Broad: 120anddB70JE cont ave (126 peak) 30 W, 15 W 100 W,Broad: 50 W,115 30 WdB cont ave (121 peak) N/A N/A TRANSFORMER TAPS: 100V 528 x 99 x 153 mm 1000 x 99 x 153 mm 694 x 170 x 237 mm 1388 x 170 x 237 mm DIMENSIONS 60 W, 30 W, 15 W, 7.5 W 100 W, 50 W, 30 W, 15 W 70V 6O W W N/A N/A TRANSFORMER TAPS: 100V 20.8 x 3.9 x 6.0 in 39.4 in x 3.9 in x 6.0 in 27.4 x 6.7 x 9.3 in 54.8 x 6.7 x 9.3 in (H x W x D) 60 30 W, 15 W, 7.5 W 100 50 W,included 30 W, 15 W 70V WallW,bracket included WallW, bracket Wall bracket included Coupler plate to join CBT 70J and 70JE MOUNTING 4.1 kg (9.0 lb) 7.2 kg (15.8 lb) 9.5 kg (21 lb) 20.4 kg (45 lb) NET WEIGHT (each) Wallxbracket Wall bracket included Wallxbracket included Coupler plate to join MOUNTING 528 99 x 153included mm 1000 x 99 x 153 mm 694 170 x 237 mm 1388 x 170 x 237 mmCBT 70J and 70JE DIMENSIONS 3Calculated based 13.9 20.8 6.0mm in 2 IEC standard, full bandwidth pink 39.4 inx 99 x 3.9 in6 xdBmm 6.0 in factor. 27.4 x170 6.7 9.3rating inmmand measured sensitivity, exclusive 54.8 xx6.7 with crest power of power Full space (H x W x D) 528 xx99 x x153 1000noise x 153 694 xon x 237 1388 170xcompression. x9.3 237inmm DIMENSIONS 20.8 6.0 in 39.4 x 3.9 lb) in x 6.0 in 27.4 54.8 9.3 in (H x W x D) 4.1 kgx 3.9 (9.0xlb) 7.2 kgin(15.8 9.5 kgx 6.7 (21 xlb)9.3 in 20.4 xkg6.7 (45x lb) NET WEIGHT (each) 4.1 kg (9.0 lb) 7.2 kg (15.8 lb) 9.5 kg (21 lb) 20.4 kg (45 lb) NET WEIGHT (each) 1 Full space

2 IEC standard, full bandwidth pink noise with 6 dB crest factor.

3Calculated based on power rating and measured sensitivity, exclusive of power compression.

1 Full space

2 IEC standard, full bandwidth pink noise with 6 dB crest factor.

3Calculated based on power rating and measured sensitivity, exclusive of power compression.

Page 289

INSTALLATION PRODUCTS INSTALLATION PRODUCTS

Application ™ Series Application Engineered Engineered™ Series

INSTALLATION PRODUCTS

Application Engineered™ Series

Harman Pro Group | 2010

AE Series loudspeakers are ideal for a wide variety of fixed installation applications including performing arts facilities, theatrical sound AE Series loudspeakers are foraawide wide variety fixed installation applications including performing arts facilities, theatricalvenues. sound AE Series loudspeakers areideal ideal for variety of of fixed installation applications including performing artsand facilities, theatrical sound design, auditoriums, houses of worship, live music clubs, dance-clubs/discotheques, sports facilities themed entertainment design, auditoriums, houses of worship, live music clubs, dance-clubs/discotheques, sports facilities and themed entertainment venues. houses of worship, clubs, dance-clubs/discotheques, facilitiesPAand themed entertainment venues. Thedesign, specialauditoriums, mid-high frequency models live canmusic be used without LF reinforcement insports voice-only and delay-fill applications. The smaller The special frequency models canbebeused used without LF reinforcement in voice-only and delay-fill applications. The special mid-high frequency can without LF reinforcement PA andPA delay-fill applications. The smallerThe smaller models are mid-high ideal in lecture halls models and corporate learning centers as well as in invoice-only delay-fill locations of larger systems. models idealininlecture lecturehalls halls and centers as well as inas delay-fill locations of largerofsystems. models areare ideal andcorporate corporatelearning learning centers as well in delay-fill locations larger systems. Scaled System Design Approach Scaled System DesignApproach Approach Scaled Design AE SeriesSystem models provide a wide variety of

Section:

AE Series models provideaawide wide variety variety of AE Series models provide of building blocks for your system design, stairbuilding blocks for your system design, stairbuilding to blocks design, stairstepped give for youyour just system the right solution for stepped to give you just the right solution for stepped to give you just the right solution for your installation. your installation. your installation. Within the AE Series are three power levels. The Within the AE Series are three power levels. The

Within the AElevel Series are three powerin The high output models are the7000 7000 high output level models arefound found inlevels. the highand output levelthe models are found the 7000 and 6000 Series, medium output models are 6000 Series, the medium outputinmodels are andfound 6000 Series, the medium output models are found in the 5000 and 4000 and thelower lower in the 5000 and 4000Series, Series, and the output power level foundSeries, the 2000 2000 Series. found inpower the 5000 and 4000 and the lower output level is isfound ininthe Series. output power level is found in the 2000 Series.

9 High-Power 2-Way Full-Range Models 9 High-Power 2-Way Full-Range Models

Page 290

Waveguide Scaling

Sophisticated Crossover Networks

Waveguide Scaling Sophisticated Crossover Networks Networks Waveguide Scaling Sophisticated Sometimes you need maximum pattern control. AE Series modelsCrossover incorporate sophisticated Sometimes youyou needneed maximum pattern control.control.AE SeriesAE models incorporate sophisticated Sometimes maximum Series models sophisticated Other times the speaker needs topattern be as compact crossover designsincorporate for outstanding sound quality Other times the speaker needs to be as compact crossover designs for outstanding sound quality Other times[AM] the speaker to be as compact crossover designs for outstanding sound quality as possible. modelsneeds are performanceand consistent coverage. To minimize overlap as possible. [AM] models are performanceand consistent coverage. To minimize overlap as possible. for [AM] arepattern performanceand consistent coverage. To minimize overlap maximized themodels greatest control. [AC]betweenbetween adjacent frequency bands, steep slopes maximized for the greatest pattern control. [AC] adjacent frequency bands, steep slopes maximized for the greatest pattern control. [AC]are utilized between adjacent frequency bands, steepare slopes models compact speakers fit in areas are in passive crossovers — most 4th models areare compact speakers that fitthat in areas inutilized passive crossovers — most are 4th models compact speakers that fit in areas order (24order are utilized in passive crossovers —off-axis most are 4th where aare smaller frontal profile is required. (24 dB/octave). reduces lobing, where a smaller frontal profile is required. dB/octave). This reducesThis off-axis lobing, where a smaller frontal profile is required. order (24 dB/octave). This reduces off-axis lobing, consistent coverage throughout the providingproviding consistent coverage throughout the Selectable Crossover Mode Selectable Crossover Mode providing consistent coverage throughout the region. Conjugate are added crossovercrossover region. Conjugate networks arenetworks added Selectable Crossover Mode Many AE AE Series speakers offer offer selectable cross- cross- in some models Many Series speakers selectable fine tunetothe frequency crossover region. Conjugate networks are added in sometomodels fine tune the frequency over modes: tri-amp/bi-amp bi-amp/ passivepassive optimum Many AE Series speakersoroffer cross- responseresponse over modes: tri-amp/bi-amp orselectable bi-amp/ inforsome models to quality. fine sound tune the frequency for sound optimum quality. switchable. over modes: tri-amp/bi-amp or bi-amp/ passive switchable. response for optimum sound quality. switchable.

AE SERIES AE SERIES

key key features features AE SERIES

key features Rotatable Rotatable Waveguides Waveguides The space often

Rotatable The Waveguides space often dictates how dictates how a speaker needs to be oriented. All [AM] The space often dictates a speakerand needs to be oriented. All [AM] two-way three-way modelshow include a needs a speaker two-way and three-way models include a rotatable waveguide, allowing the speaker to be oriented. All [AM] two-way and three-way rotatable waveguide, speakerallowing to be installed in either vertical the or horizontal models include aallowing rotatable waveguide, to be installed in either vertical in oreither horizontal orientation. the speaker to be installed vertical or orientation. horizontal orientation.

Versatile Model Options Versatile Model Options Versatile Options All AE SeriesModel speakers are available in several

All AE Series speakers are available in several

Legendary JBL by Transducers augmented today’s new generation of JBL Legendary JBL Transducers AE Series incorporates theand legendary reliability compression drivers neodymium Differential

Drive® cone transducers. Wheredrivers, reliability is AEJBL’s Series incorporates the legendary reliability of VGC™ Vented Gap Cooled JBL transducers are known the best, of JBL’simportant, VGC™ Gap drivers, augmented byVented today’s newCooled generation ofasJBL most reliable drivers in the business. augmented by today’s new generation of JBL compression drivers and neodymium Differential compression drivers and neodymium Differential Drive® cone transducers. Where reliability is Drive® coneJBL transducers. Where reliability is best, important, transducers are known as the important, JBLdrivers transducers are known as the best, most reliable in the business. most reliable drivers in the business.

f VGC™ DRIVERS AND DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE® CONE TRANSDUCERS

Differential Drive® Differential TechnologyDrive® Technology JBL’s exclusive dual voice coil dual voice coil –JBL’s dualexclusive gap Differential Drive – dual gap Differential Drive technology is at the core of technology is at theAM7212 core of AM5212, AM5215, AM5212, AM5215, AM7212 and AM7215 models as well and models as well as theAM7215 ASB6112, ASB6115, as the ASB6112, ASB6125, ASB7118ASB6115, and ASB7128 ASB6125, ASB7118 and ASB7128 subwoofer models. Patented in 1995, this subwoofer models. in 1995, this groundbreaking JBLPatented technology dramatically groundbreaking JBL technology dramatically reduces driver weight while greatly enhancing reduces weight while greatly enhancing all criticaldriver performance parameters: frequency all critical performance parameters: frequency response, power output, and distortion. response, powerDrive output, and distortion. The Differential technology features a The Differential Drive technology featuresinto a the unique design with heat sinks integrated unique design with heat sinks cast aluminum frame. The dualintegrated voice coil into and the PT™ Progressive Transition cast The dual voice coil and dualaluminum gap placesframe. the neodymium magnets inside Waveguides dualdual gapvoice placescoil theassembly, neodymium magnetsthe inside the completing JBL’s new patent pending the dual voice coil assembly, the magnetic circuit without the completing heavy surrounding Transition magnetic circuit without the heavy surrounding steel structure ofProgressive conventional drivers. represent the latest steel structure ofWaveguides conventional drivers. in horn technology. In addition to providing smooth, low distortion sound, PT Waveguides deliver uniform off-axis frequency response to every point within the intended coverage area — not just in the horizontal and vertical planes — resulting in superior array-ability of multiple loudspeaker systems. PT Waveguides combine outstanding pattern control with undistorted sound for natural music and intelligible speech.

WAVEGUIDES FOR EXCELLENT PATTERN CONTROL

PT™ Progressive PT™ Progressive Transition Waveguides Transition Waveguides JBL’s new patent pending JBL’s new patent pending Progressive Transition Progressive Transition Waveguides represent the Waveguides the latest in hornrepresent technology. latestsmooth, in horn low technology. In addition to providing distortion In addition to providingdeliver smooth, low distortion sound, PT Waveguides uniform offsound, PT Waveguides uniform axis frequency responsedeliver to every point offwithin axisintended frequencycoverage responsearea to every point the — not just within in the the intended area —— not just in the horizontal andcoverage vertical planes resulting in horizontal and verticalofplanes — loudspeaker resulting in superior array-ability multiple superior array-ability of multiple systems. PT Waveguides combineloudspeaker outstanding systems.control PT Waveguides combinesound outstanding pattern with undistorted for pattern controland with undistorted sound for natural music intelligible speech. natural music and intelligible speech.

CMCD® Cone Midrange

CMCD® Cone Drivers Midrange Compression CMCD® Drivers Incorporated into all cone midrange ConeCompression Midrange Compression Drivers models Incorporated into cone midrange — patented technology is more than Incorporated into allCMCD coneall midrange models —models patented CMCD technology isa more a—simple plug.than In addition patented CMCDdisplacement technology is more simplethan a simple displacement plug. Inand addition to providing increased output lower displacement plug. In addition to providing increased output this and lower distortion, this coneto providing increased output and lower distortion, cone-based true compression baseddriver true compression driveroperational design extends distortion, thisextends cone-based true compression design bandwidth operational (both and downto driverbandwidth design extends operational bandwidth (both up and down inup frequency) cover the in frequency) toand cover the seamlessly, entire vocal range (both up down in frequency) to cover the entire vocal range allows for better seamlessly, allows for better waveguide pattern entire vocalpattern range seamlessly, allows for better waveguide control, and improves phase control, and improves phase coherency of the waveguide pattern control, signal and improves phase coherency of the midrange for clearer, midrange signal for clearer, more intelligible coherency of the midrange signal for clearer, more intelligible audio quality. audio quality. more intelligible audio quality.

Page 291

Harman Pro Group | 2010

All AE Series speakers are available in several versions for matching décor or for outdoor versions for matching décor or for outdoor use. versions for matching décor or for outdoor use. Any model inwhite white (-WH) Any modelcan canbe be finished finished in (-WH) or left use. Any model can be finished in (-UF). white (-WH) or left unfinished and ready paint (-UF). unfinished and ready toto paint Additionally, or left unfinished ready paint (-UF). Additionally, two and degrees ofto weather resistance two degrees of weather resistance are available. Additionally, two degrees of the weather resistance are available. For many environments the basic For many environments basic weather resisare available. For many environments the basic weather resistance option suitable. tance option (-WRC) is(-WRC) suitable.isAn extra thick DuraFlex™ coating, multilayer grille and compoweather resistance option (-WRC) is suitable. An extra thick DuraFlex™ coating, multilayer nent treatments provide excellent environmental An extra thick DuraFlex™ coating, multilayer grille and component treatments provide protection. For extreme environments, with high grille and component treatments provide excellent environmental protection. For extreme humidity and/or rapid temperature excellent environmental protection. Forcycling, extreme environments, with high humidity and/or rapida maximum weather treatment (-WRX) adds a full environments, with high humidityweather and/or rapid temperature cycling, a maximum fiberglass covering of the cabinet. temperature cycling, a maximum weather treatment (-WRX) adds a full fiberglass covering treatment (-WRX) abrackets full fiberglass covering of the cabinet. AE adds Series and overhead Legendary JBL Transducers of the cabinet. AE Seriesare brackets and overhead suspension accessories alsolegendary available. AE Series incorporates the reliability suspension accessories areGap alsoCooled available. of JBL’s VGC™ Vented drivers,

f VERSATILE SCALED SYSTEM APPROACH f PT™ PROGRESSIVE TRANSITION FOR EXCELLENT VERSATILE SCALED SYSTEM APPROACH PT™ PROGRESSIVE TRANSITION f f WAVEGUIDES f VGC™ DRIVERS AND DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE® PATTERN CONTROL WAVEGUIDES FOR EXCELLENT VGC™ TRANSDUCERS DRIVERS AND DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE® f CONE PATTERN CONTROL CONE TRANSDUCERS SCALED SYSTEM APPROACH f VERSATILE f PT™ PROGRESSIVE TRANSITION

Section:

INSTALLATION PRODUCTS INSTALLATION PRODUCTS f VERSATILE SCALED SYSTEM APPROACH f PT™ PROGRESSIVE TRANSITION WAVEGUIDES FOR EXCELLENT VERSATILE SCALED SYSTEM APPROACH PT™ PROGRESSIVE TRANSITION PRODUCTS f fINSTALLATION f VGC™ DRIVERS AND DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE® PATTERN CONTROL WAVEGUIDES FOR EXCELLENT VGC™ TRANSDUCERS DRIVERS AND DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE® f CONE PATTERN CONTROL SCALED SYSTEM APPROACH CONE TRANSDUCERS f VERSATILE f PT™ PROGRESSIVE TRANSITION f VGC™ DRIVERS AND DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE® CONE TRANSDUCERS

WAVEGUIDES FOR EXCELLENT PATTERN CONTROL

Add 3 cAll-outs here? WhAt to include? Harman Pro Group | 2010

2432H 75mm (3”) voice coil, 1.5” exit compression is used all AM7212 2432H 75mmdriver (3”) voice coil, Anihitatium illacep reptat. and AM7215 Models 1.5” exit compression driver is used all AM7212 Harunt, que restio temped quatur, sit, arum and AM7215 hilis eata doluptur, optae Models parum et ea doluptate quoditatios distiist qui blati rem ideles nobis as sim ipis quis etur a abor sam rehendipis es ea sa

Large mouth rotatable Progressive Transition™ waveguides for precise directivity Transition™ control are Large mouth rotatable Progressive

JBL’s patented dual voice coil – dual gap Differential Drive technology is at–the core of all JBL’s patented dual voice coil dual gap

doluptatur, aliquat ionsendAM5215, andelen ihitiatquiam TeniAM5000 dolent estrum quia quamSeries as quiloudspeaker quam used in all AM5212, AM7212, and and AM7000 systems. waveguides for precise directivity control are Differential Drive technology is at the core of all atiur, entiat. El et eumquatem et lat ex excea estorerum quam, offictibus et qui veliquam eaqui AM7215 models used in all AM5212, AM5215, AM7212, and AM5000 and AM7000 Series loudspeaker systems. doloribus si omnimil itioreiunt rem ene mil magnis tendaecere velist delectibus que similla boreptatis AM7215 similla cessim isiminia vollutemodels con repellu pturio sum fugitium labo. Ulligni tionse nonsecto earia. blam comnimintio. Ignitas pitisciume repersp. Teni dolent estrum quia quam as qui quam.

Section:

AM6340/xx

AM6340/95 & /64 AM | maximized 3-Way AM6340/xx AM6340/xx

| AM 3-Way AM | maximized maximized 3-Way SYSTEM TYPE FREQUENCY RANGE SYSTEM TYPE FREQUENCY SYSTEMRESPONSE TYPE FREQUENCY RANGE NOMINAL COVERAGE FREQUENCY RANGE FREQUENCY RESPONSE

FREQUENCY RESPONSE NOMINAL COVERAGE TRANSDUCER LF NOMINAL COVERAGEMF POWER RATING(AES) TRANSDUCER LFHF POWERTRANSDUCER RATING(AES) LONG-TERM MF LF LF HF POWER RATING(IEC): MF/HF POWER RATING(AES) MF 1: LF MAXIMUM SPLHF LONG-TERM LF POWER RATING(IEC): LONG-TERM MF/HF LFMF 1: LFHF POWER RATING(IEC): MF/HF MAXIMUM SPL BI-AMP MODE: MF/HF 1:MF LF MAXIMUM SPL SELECTABLE CROSSOVER MODES HF MF SUSPENSION BI-AMP MODE: MF/HF HF DIMENSIONS BI-AMP MODE: MF/HF SELECTABLE CROSSOVER MODES (H x W x D) SELECTABLE CROSSOVER MODES SUSPENSION NET WEIGHT (each) SUSPENSION DIMENSIONS (H x W x D) DIMENSIONS (H x W x D) NET WEIGHT (each) NET WEIGHT (each) Page 292

High-power Three-way AM6340/95 & /64 50 Hz - 19 kHz (-10 AM6340/95 & dB) /64 High-power Three-way 55HzHz- -19 17kHz kHz (± 3 dB) High-power Three-way 50 (-10 dB) x 50° 50AM6340/95: 19 kHz90° (-10 55 Hz - 17 (± 3 dB) AM6340/64: 60° x 40° 55 Hz - 17 kHz90° (± 350° dB) AM6340/95: 1200 W (4800 W xpeak) AM6340/64: x 40° AM6340/95: 90° 50° 350 W (140060° W peak) AM6340/64: 40° 75 WW(300 W60° peak) 1200 (4800 W xpeak) 350 WWW (1400 1000 (4000WWpeak) peak) 1200 (4800 peak) 75 WWW (300 WW peak) 350 (1400 W peak) peak) 350 (1400 75130 WW (300 W peak) dB 1000 (4000 W peak) 133WW dB(1400 350 1000 (4000WWpeak) peak) 134WdB(1400 W peak) 350 130 dB 133 dB 133 dB 130 Bi-amp, Tri-amp 134 133 dB 13 points 133 134 dB 1094 x 657 mm 133 dBx 561 Bi-amp, Tri-amp 43.1 x 22.1 x 25.9 in Bi-amp, 13 pointsTri-amp 56.7 kg (125 lb) 13 points 1094 x 561 x 657 mm 43.1 25.9mm in 1094xx22.1 561 x 657 43.1 kg x 22.1 25.9 in 56.7 (125x lb) 56.7 kg (125 lb)

AM6315/xx

AM6315/95 & /64 AM6315/xx

High-power Three-way AM6315/95 & /64 38 High-power Hz - 19 kHz (-10 dB)& /64 AM6315/95 Three-way 45 38 Hz -Hz 17-kHz (±Three-way 3 (-10 dB) dB) High-power 19 kHz AM6315/95: 38 Hz - 17 1990° (-103 dB) 45 kHzx 50° (± AM6315/64: 60° x 40° 45 Hz - 17 kHz90° (± 3 dB) AM6315/95: 1000 W (4000 W peak)x 50° 60° AM6315/95: 90° x 40° 50° 350AM6315/64: W (1400 W peak) 40° 75 AM6315/64: W (300WW(4000 peak)60° 1000 W xpeak) WW(1400 WWpeak) 600350 W (2400 W peak) 1000 (4000 peak) peak) 35075 WW (1400 WWpeak) 350 W(300 (1400 W peak) 75dBWW(300 WW peak) 125600 (2400 peak) 133350 dB W (1400 600 (2400 W peak) 134350 dB (1400 W peak) 125 W dB 133 dB 133 dB 125 Bi-amp, Tri-amp 134 133 dB 13 133 points 134 dB 967Bi-amp, x 561 mm 133 dBx 657 Tri-amp 38.1 x 22.1 x 25.9 in Bi-amp, 13 pointsTri-amp 48.3 kg (107 lb)

13 points 967 x 561 x 657 mm 38.1 22.1x x657 25.9mm in 967 xx561 38.1 kg x 22.1 25.9 in 48.3 (107x lb) 48.3 kg (107 lb)

AM6200/xx

AM6200/xx AM6200/xx

AM4315/xx

AM4200/xx

AM4200/xx AM4315/xx AM4200/95 & /64 AM4200/xx AM4315/xx

AM6200/95 & /64

AM4315/95 & /64

High-power Mid-high & /64 AM6200/95 200 Hz -High-power 19 kHz (-10 dB) AM6200/95 & /64 Mid-high 250 Hz -200 17 kHz dB) High-power Mid-high Hz (± - 193 kHz (-10 dB) AM6200/95: 90° x19 200 Hz (-103 dB) 250 - 1750°kHz (± AM6200/64: 60° x 40°

Medium-Power Three-way & /64 Medium-Power Mid-high AM4315/95 AM4200/95 & /64 40 Hz - 23 kHzMedium-Power (-10 dB) dB) AM4315/95 & /64 350 Hz - 23 kHz (-10 AM4200/95 & /64 Three-way Medium-Power Mid-high 50 Hz - 20 kHz40 (±Hz3 -dB) 3 dB) Medium-Power Three-way Medium-Power Mid-high 23 kHz (-10 dB) 400 Hz - 20 kHz (±350 Hz - 23 kHz (-10 dB) AM4315/95:40 90° x 50°23 50° (-103 dB) AM4200/95: 90° x400 350 23 kHz (± (-103 dB) 50 Hz - 20 kHz (± Hz - 20 AM4315/64: 60° x 40° AM4200/64: 60° x 40° 50 Hz - 20 kHz90° (±x350° dB) 400 Hz - 20 kHz 3 dB) AM4200/95: 90°(± x 50° 500 W (2000AM4315/95: W peak) AM4315/64: AM4200/64: AM4315/95: 60° 90° x 40° 50° 125 W (500 W peak) AM4200/95: 60° 90° x 40° 50° x 40° 35 W (120 W peak)AM4200/64: 60° x 40° MF/HF: 125 WAM4315/64: (500 peak)60° 500 WW(2000 W peak) 125 W (500 W peak) 350 W (1400500 W peak) W (2000 W peak) MF/HF: 125 W (500 W peak) 35 (Passive mode) 125 W (500 W peak) 125WW(120 (500WWpeak) peak) MF/HF: 125 WW(500 W peak) 35 W (120 W peak) 124 dB 350 W (1400 peak) (Passive mode) 125 W (500 W peak) 350 W (1400 W peak) 127 dB 129 dB (Passive 125 W (500 W peak) 124 dB mode) 127 dB 127 dB 127 dB 124 dB Bi-amp, Passive Bi-amp, Passive 129 127 dB 13 points 127 dB 13 points 127 dB 129 967 x 561 x 657 mm 548 x 561 x 657 mm 127 dB Passive 127 dB Passive Bi-amp, Bi-amp, 38.1 x 22.1 x 25.9 in 21.6 x 22.1 x 25.9 in Bi-amp, Bi-amp, 13 pointsPassive 13 pointsPassive 46.7 kg (103 lb) 28.1 kg (62 lb)

250 Hz - 17 kHz 3 dB) AM6200/95: 90°(± x 50°

AM6200/64: AM6200/95: 90° x 40° 50° 350 W (1400 W peak) 60° AM6200/64: 75 W (300 W peak) 60° x 40° 350 W (1400 W peak) 75 WW peak) 350 W (1400 peak) 350WWW(300 (1400 peak) 75 W (300 W peak) 133 dB 350 W (1400 W peak) 134 dB 350 W (1400 W peak) 133 dB 133 dB Bi-amp, Passive 134 133 dB 13 points133 134 dB 548 x 561 x 657 133 dB mm Bi-amp, Passive 21.6 x 22.1 x 25.9 in Bi-amp, 13 pointsPassive 29.0 kg (64 lb)

13 points 548 x 561 x 657 mm 21.6 22.1x x657 25.9mm in 548 xx561 21.6 kg x 22.1 29.0 (64 xlb)25.9 in 29.0 kg (64 lb)

13 points 967 x 561 x 657 mm 38.1 22.1x x657 25.9mm in 967 xx561 38.1 kg x 22.1 25.9 in 46.7 (103x lb) 46.7 kg (103 lb)

13 points 548 x 561 x 657 mm 21.6 22.1x x657 25.9mm in 548 xx561 21.6 kg x 22.1 28.1 (62 xlb)25.9 in 28.1 kg (62 lb)

AE SERIES AE SERIES AE SERIES

| 2-Way AM maximized 2-Way AM | maximized |

AM7212/xx AM7212/xx

AM7215/xx AM7215/xx

AM7212/64-66-95-00-26

AM7215/64-66-95-26 AM7215/xx AM7215/64-66-95-26 High-power 15" Two-way

AM7212/xx

AM7212/64-66-95-00-26 High-power 12" Two-way SYSTEM TYPE High-power Two-way SYSTEMRANGE TYPE2-Way36 HzAM7212/64-66-95-00-26 - 20 kHz12"(-10 dB) FREQUENCY maximized Two-way SYSTEM TYPE 36 - 20 FREQUENCY RANGE 42 HzHigh-power 18 kHz (-10 (±12" 3 dB) FREQUENCY RESPONSE HzkHz - 2060° kHzx340° (-10 42 Hz36 - 18 (± dB)dB) FREQUENCY RESPONSERANGE AM7212/64: NOMINALFREQUENCY COVERAGE 42 Hz - 1860° kHzx 60° (± 3 dB) FREQUENCY RESPONSE AM7212/66: AM7212/64: 40° NOMINAL COVERAGE

AM7212/64: 90° 50° NOMINAL COVERAGE AM7212/95: AM7212/66: 60° x60° 60°x 40° AM7212/66: x 60° AM7212/00: 100° x50° 100° AM7212/95: 90° x60° AM7212/95: x 50° AM7212/26: 120° x 60° AM7212/00: 100°90° 100° AM7212/00: 100° x 100° AM7212/26: x 60° 1000 W (4000120° W peak) LF (2 Hours) AM7212/26: 120° x 60° 700 WWpeak) TRANSDUCER LF LF (100 1000WW(2800 (4000 peak) (2 Hours) W (4000 W peak) LF (2 Hours) 100 W1000 (400 WWpeak) POWER RATING: (2LFHours) (2800 peak) TRANSDUCER LFHF (100 W (2800 W peak) TRANSDUCER (100 Hours) 700 700 100 W (400 W peak) POWER RATING: HF (2 Hours) 600 / 1200 / 2400 W LONG-TERM POWER RATING(IEC) 100 W (400 W peak) POWER RATING: HF (2 Hours) (Continuous/Program/Peak) 1200/ 1200 / 2400 W W LONG-TERM POWER POWER RATING(IEC) / 2400 LONG-TERM RATING(IEC) 600 / 600 (Continuous/Program/Peak) 126 dB (Continuous/Program/Peak) MAXIMUM SPL 1: LF (Bi-Amp Mode) 126 dB126 dB MAXIMUM LF1: LF 135 MAXIMUM SPL 1: SPLHF (Bi-Amp Mode) 135 dB135 dB (Bi-Amp Mode)MODES HF HF Passive/Bi-Amp SELECTABLE CROSSOVER Passive/Bi-Amp SELECTABLE CROSSOVER Passive/Bi-Amp SELECTABLE CROSSOVER MODESMODES 15 points (M10) SUSPENSION 15 points (M10) SUSPENSION 713 15 points SUSPENSION x 371 (M10) x 458 mm DIMENSIONS 713 x 371 x 458 mm DIMENSIONS 28.06 x 14.6 x 18.1 (H x W x D) 713 x 371 x 458 mmin DIMENSIONS 28.06 x 14.6 x 18.1 in (H x W x D) 28.06kgx 14.6 x 18.1 in (H x W x D) 27.2 (60 lb) NET WEIGHT (each) 27.2 kg (60 lb) NET WEIGHT (each) 27.2 kg (60 lb) NET WEIGHT (each)

AM5212/64-66-95-00-26 AM5212/xx AM5212/64-66-95-00-26 Medium-power 12" Two-way

AM5215/xx AM5215/xx

AM5215/64-66-95-26 AM5215/64-66-95-26 Medium-power 15" Two-way

AM5215/xx

AM5212/64-66-95-00-26 Medium-power 12"dB) Two-way 37 Hz - 20 kHz (-10

AM5215/64-66-95-26 Medium-power 15"dB) Two-way 35 Hz - 20 kHz (-10

Medium-power 37 kHzTwo-way (-10 43 Hz - 20 1812" (± 3 dB) 37 Hz AM5212/64: - 20HzkHz (-10kHz dB) 43 - 18 (±x340° dB) 60° 43 Hz AM5212/66: - 18 kHz (± 3 dB) 60° x 60° AM5212/64: 40° AM5212/64: 60° x 40° AM5212/95: 90° AM5212/66: 60° x 50° 60° AM5212/66: 60° x 60° AM5212/00: 100° 100° AM5212/95: 90° x x50° AM5212/95: 90° x 50° AM5212/26: 120° x AM5212/00: 100° 60° 100° AM5212/00: 100° x 100° AM5212/26: 120° x 60° 400 W 120° (1600x 60° W peak) AM5212/26: 300 W (1200 W peak) (1600 400 W400 (1600 W peak) 40 WW(160 W peak) (1200 300 W300 (1200 W peak)W peak) 40 W/W(160 peak) 300 600 /W1200 W 40 W (160 peak) 300//1200 600 /W1200 W 300 / 600

Medium-power Two-way 35 kHz (-10 41 Hz15"- 20 18 (± 3 dB) 35 Hz - 20 kHz 41 (-10 Hz -dB) 18 kHz60° (±x340° dB) AM5215/64: 41 Hz - 18 kHz (± 3 dB) 60° x 60° AM5215/66: AM5215/64: 40° AM5215/64:AM5215/95: 60° x 40° 90° AM5215/66: 60° x 50° 60° AM5215/66:AM5215/26: 60° x 60° 120° 60° AM5215/95: 90° x x50° AM5215/95:AM5215/26: 90° x 50° 120° x 60° AM5215/26: 120° x 60°

122 dB

Harman Pro Group | 2010

AM7215/64-66-95-26 High-power Two-way 34 Hz - 20 kHz15"(-10 dB) High-power 15"(-10 Two-way 34 Hz - 20 40 18 kHz (± 3 dB) 34 Hz (-10 40 Hz--20 18kHz kHz60° (±xdB) 340° dB) AM7215/64: 40 Hz 18 kHz (± AM7215/66: 60° 60° AM7215/64: 3xdB) 40° AM7215/64: 60° AM7215/95: 90° x 50° AM7215/66: 60°x 40° 60° AM7215/66: 60° AM7215/26: 120° 60° AM7215/95: 90°x 60° x x50° AM7215/95: 90° x 50° AM7215/26: 120° x 60° AM7215/26: 120° x 60° 1000 W (4000 W peak) 750 WW(3000 peak) 1000 (4000W peak) 1000 W (4000 WWpeak) 100 W (400 peak) 750 (3000W peak) 750 W (3000 WWpeak) 100 (400W peak) 600 /W1200 /W2400 W 100 W (400 peak) 600 // 1200 1200//2400 2400WW 126 dB 135 dB 126 dB 135 dB 135 dB Passive/Bi-Amp Passive/Bi-Amp Passive/Bi-Amp 15 points (M10) 15 points (M10) 15 points 783 x 422 (M10) x 504 mm 783 xx422 x 50419.9 mmin 30.8 16.6 783 x 422 x x504 mm 30.8 x 16.6 x 19.9 in 30.8 kg x 16.6 23.1 (51 xlb)19.9 in 23.1 kg (51 lb) 23.1 kg (51 lb)

AM5212/xx AM5212/xx

500 W (2000 W peak) 350 W (1400 W peak)

W (2000 W peak) 500 W (2000500 W peak) 40 WW(160 WW peak) (1400 peak) 350 W (1400350 W peak) 40peak) W/ (160 peak) 700 /W1400 W 40 W (160 W350 350 /W700 / 1400 W 350 / 700 / 1400 125 dB

122 dB131 122 dB 131 dBPassive/Bi-Amp 131 dB Passive/Bi-Amp Passive/Bi-Amp 15 points (M10) 15 points (M10) (M10) 15 points 713 x 371 x 458 mm 713 x 28.06 371 x 458 mmx 18.1 in x 14.6 713 x 371 x 458 mm 28.06 x 14.6 x 18.1 in 28.06kgx 14.6 x 18.1 in 27.2 (60 lb) 27.2 kg (60 lb)

125 dB 131 125 dB 131 dB Passive/Bi-Amp 131 dB Passive/Bi-Amp Passive/Bi-Amp 15 points (M10) 15 points (M10) 15 points 783 x 422 (M10) x 504 mm 783 x 422 x 30.8 504 mm16.6 x 19.9 in 783 xx422 x 504 mm 30.8 x 16.6 x 19.9 in 30.8 kg x 16.6 23.1 (51 xlb)19.9 in 23.1 kg (51 lb)

27.2 kg (60 lb)

23.1 kg (51 lb)

Section:

06 AL6125AL6125

AL6125

AL6115

AL6115 AL6115

AC2212/xx

AC2215/xx

AC2212/xx AC2212/xx

AC2215/xx AC2215/xx

AC | Compact 2-Way

AC2215/95, /64 & /00

Lower-power/64 Two-way SYSTEM TYPEAC2215/95, | & /00 2-Way AC 42 Hz - 19 kHz (-10&dB)/00 FREQUENCY RANGELower-power AC2215/95, /64 Two-way Compact SYSTEM 2-Way TYPE AC | Compact 50 Hz - 17 kHz (± 3 dB)

FREQUENCY RESPONSELower-power Two-way SYSTEMRANGE TYPE 42 Hz - 19 kHz (-10 dB) FREQUENCY AC2215/95: 90° x 50° NOMINAL COVERAGE 42 Hz AC2215/64: 19 kHz (± (-10 FREQUENCY RANGE 50 - 17 3 dB) FREQUENCY RESPONSE 60° x 40° 50 Hz - 17 kHz 3 dB) AC2215/00: x 100° FREQUENCY RESPONSE AC2215/95: 90°(±x100° 50° NOMINAL COVERAGE 60° 40° 275 W (1100 TRANSDUCER LFAC2215/64: AC2215/95: 90° x W 50°peak) NOMINAL COVERAGE

AC2215/00: 100° 100° 30 W (120 Wx xpeak) POWER RATING(AES): HFAC2215/64: 60° 40° W (1000 peak) AC2215/00: 100° xW100° LONG-TERM POWER RATING W250 (1100 W peak) TRANSDUCER LF (IEC)275 peak) 121 dBW W POWER TRANSDUCER RATING(AES): MAXIMUMHF SPL 1: LF30 275WW(120 (1100 peak) LF 127 dBW W 30 WW(120 peak) POWER RATING(AES): HF HF250 (1000 peak) LONG-TERM POWER RATING (IEC) 121 dB PASSIVE MODE 1: LF 250 dB W (1000 W peak) LONG-TERM POWER RATING 121 MAXIMUM SPL (IEC) Bi-amp, Passive SELECTABLE CROSSOVER MODES 127 121 dB LF MAXIMUM SPL 1: HF 15 points SUSPENSION121 PASSIVE MODE 127 dB HF x 422 x 504 mm DIMENSIONSBi-amp, 121 dB637Passive PASSIVEMODES MODE SELECTABLE CROSSOVER 25.1 x 16.6 x 19.9 in (H x W x D) Bi-amp, Passive SELECTABLE CROSSOVER MODES 15 points SUSPENSION 23.6 kg (52 lb) NET WEIGHT (each) 15 points SUSPENSION 637 x 422 x 504 mm DIMENSIONS 25.1 16.6x x504 19.9mm in (H x W x D) 637 xx422 DIMENSIONS 25.1 kg x 16.6 (H x W x D) 23.6 (52 xlb)19.9 in NET WEIGHT (each) 23.6 kg (52 lb) NET WEIGHT (each)

AC2212/95, /64 & /00 Lower-power Two-way AC2212/95, /64 & /00 50 Hz - 19 kHz (-10 dB)& /00 AC2212/95, /64 Lower-power Two-way 55 Hz - 17 kHz (± 3 dB)

Lower-power 50 Hz - 19 kHzTwo-way (-10 dB) AC2212/95: 90° x 50° 50AC2212/64: 19 kHz (-10 55 Hz - 17 3 dB) 60°(± x 40° 55 Hz - 17 kHz (±xx50° 3100° dB) AC2212/00: 100° AC2212/95: 90° AC2212/64: x 40° 300 W (110060° W peak) AC2212/95: 90° 50° AC2212/00: 100° 30 W (120 W100° peak) AC2212/64: 60° x x40° 250WW(1100 (1000100° W AC2212/00: x 100° 300 W peak) peak) 30 WWdB (120 WW peak) 120 300 (1100 peak) 30129 WWdB (120 WW peak) 250 (1000 peak) 120 dB 250 dB W (1000 W peak) 120 Bi-amp, Passive 129 120 dB 15 points 120 129 dB 548dB x 355 x 352 mm 120 Bi-amp, Passive 21.6 x 14.0 x 13.9 in Bi-amp, Passive 15 points 18.1 kg (40 lb) 15 points 548 x 355 x 352 mm 21.6 14.0x x352 13.9mm in 548 xx355 21.6 kg x 14.0 18.1 (40 xlb)13.9 in 18.1 kg (40 lb)

AL | Low| Frequency

Frequency AL Low Frequency AL | Low

AL6115

AL6125

SYSTEM TYPE High-power Low Freq. High-power Low Freq. AL6115 AL6125 kHz (-10 dB)Low Freq. 40 Hz - 2.5 kHzHigh-power (-10 dB) Low Freq. FREQUENCYSYSTEM RANGE TYPE40 Hz - 2.5 AL6115 AL6125 High-power 3 dB) 42 Hz - 2.1 kHzHigh-power FREQUENCY RESPONSE SYSTEMRANGE TYPE47 Hz - 2.1 High-power Low(-10 Freq. Low(-10 Freq. 40kHz Hz (± - 2.5 kHz dB) 40(±Hz3 -dB) 2.5 kHz dB) FREQUENCY peak) (-10 dB) 2000 W (800040 W peak)2.5 TRANSDUCERRANGE1000 W (4000 40 HzW- 2.1 2.5 (-103 dB) FREQUENCY 47 kHz (± 3 42 Hz 2.1 kHz (± FREQUENCY RESPONSE (2 hrs) (2 hrs) POWER RATING(AES) 47 HzWW -peak) 2.1 kHzW(±peak) 3 dB) 42W Hz - 2.1 kHzW(±peak) 3 dB) FREQUENCY RESPONSE600 W (2400 1000 (4000 W (8000 1200 W (24002000 peak) LONG-TERM TRANSDUCER SYSTEM hrs)W (4000 W peak) (2 hrs)W (8000 W peak) POWER RATING(AES)100 hrs (2 1000 2000 100 hrs POWER TRANSDUCER RATING (2 hrs) (2130 hrs)W POWER RATING(AES) 1 600 W129 (2400 LONG-TERM 50 Hz –125 Hz: dB W peak) 50 Hz –125 Hz:1200 dB(2400 W peak) MAXIMUM SPLSYSTEM hrs 100 hrs POWER SYSTEM RATING125 Hz - 100 800 Hz: 127 dBW peak) 125 Hz - 800 Hz: 129 600 W (2400 1200 WdB(2400 W peak) LONG-TERM 100Hzhrs–125 Hz: 129 dB 100Hzhrs–125 Hz: 130 dB POWER RATING Parallel, Discrete SELECTABLE CROSSOVER MODES 50 MAXIMUM SPL1Discrete 50 125 Hz–125 -side 800angles Hz:129 127dB dB - 800Hz: Hz:130 129dB dB 15° Rectangular 125 ENCLOSURE 50 Hz Hz: 50 HzHz–125 MAXIMUM SPL1Trapezoidal, 125 Hz - 800 Hz: 127 dB 125 Hz - Discrete 800 Hz: 129 dB SELECTABLE CROSSOVER 12 points Parallel, SUSPENSIONMODES13 pointsDiscrete Discrete Parallel, SELECTABLE CROSSOVER MODES548 x 561Trapezoidal, x 657 mm 15° side angles 967 x 422 x 504 mm Discrete DIMENSIONS Rectangular ENCLOSURE 21.6 x 22Trapezoidal, 1 x 25.9 in 38.1 x 16.6 x 19.9 in (H x W x D) Rectangular ENCLOSURE 13 points 15° side angles 12 points SUSPENSION 29.0 kg (64 lb) 44.5 kg (98 lb) NET WEIGHT (each) 13 points 12 points SUSPENSION 548 x 561 x 657 mm 967 x 422 x 504 mm DIMENSIONS 1 Maximum long-term average SPL. Peak SPL is 6 dB higher. 21.6 22 1xQx657 25.9mm in 38.1 16.6x x504 19.9mm in (H x W x D)Figure xx561 967 xx422 DIMENSIONS is 548 for highest version. 21.6 kg x 22(64 1 xlb)25.9 in 38.1 kg x 16.6 (H x W x D) 29.0 44.5 (98 xlb)19.9 in NET WEIGHT (each) kg (64 lb) 44.5 kg (98 lb) NET WEIGHT (each) 1 29.0 Maximum long-term average SPL. Peak SPL is 6 dB higher. is for highest Q version. 1 Figure Maximum long-term average SPL. Peak SPL is 6 dB higher. Figure is for highest Q version.

Page 293

INSTALLATION PRODUCTS INSTALLATION PRODUCTS ASB4128 ASB4128

ASB6128 ASB6128

ASB6128V ASB6128V

ASB4128

ASB6128

INSTALLATION PRODUCTS

ASB6128V

ASH6118 ASH6118 ASH6118

ASB6118 ASB6118 ASB6118

SYSTEM TYPE ASB6118 ASB6128 ASB4128 High-power High-power Medium-power SYSTEMRANGE TYPE 28 Hz - 1 kHzSubwoofer (-10 dB) 30 Hz - 1 kHzSubwoofer (-10 dB) 30 Hz - 1 kHz (-10Subwoofer dB) FREQUENCY High-power Subwoofer High-power Subwoofer Medium-power Subwoofer SYSTEM TYPE 28 Hz - 1 kHz (± (-103 dB) 30 Hz - 1 kHz (± (-103 dB) 30 Hz - 1 kHz (± (-103 dB) FREQUENCY RANGE 35 38 40 FREQUENCY RESPONSE 28 Hz - 1 kHz (-10 dB) 30 Hz - 1 kHz (-10 dB) 30 Hz - 1 kHz (-10 dB) FREQUENCY RANGE 3535HzHzW - -1(4800 dB) 38 - 1(9600 kHz dB) 40kHz Hz(± - 13(4000 kHz dB) FREQUENCY RESPONSE W33peak) W3peak) W W3peak) TRANSDUCER 1kHz kHz(± (± dB) 38 2400 Hz Hz - 1W kHz (± 3(± dB) 40 Hz - 11000 dB) (± FREQUENCY RESPONSE 1200 (2 hrs) (2 hrs) (2 hrs)W (4000 W peak) POWER TRANSDUCER RATING(AES) 2400 W (9600 W peak) 1200WW(4800 (4800W W peak) peak) 2400 W (9600 W peak) 1000 W1000 (4000 W peak) TRANSDUCER 1200 (2(2hrs) (2 hrs)W (6400 W peak) (2 hrs) POWER RATING(AES) 800 W 1600 W (2400 W peak) hrs)(3200 W peak) (2 hrs) (2 hrs) 600 LONG-TERM SYSTEM POWER RATING(AES) 100 100 POWER SYSTEM RATING 800 WW(3200 1600 W (6400 W peak) 600 hrs WW(2400 800hrs (3200W W peak) 1600 Whrs (6400 W peak) 600 W (2400 peak) W peak) LONG-TERM LONG-TERM SYSTEM 100 1 100 10030 hrsHzhrs–100 Hz: 136 dB 100 hrs 30 100 100 100Hzhrs–100 Hz: 133 dB POWER RATING POWER RATING 30 Hzhrshrs –100 Hz: 129 dB MAXIMUM SPL 100 -–100 500Hz: Hz:129 129dB dB Hz–100 - Hz: 500136 Hz:dB 136dB dB 100 Hz–100 - 500dBHz: Hz:133 133dB dB 1 1 Hz–100 Hz: 129 30 100 Hz Hz –100 30 Hz –100 133 MAXIMUM 3030HzHz dB 30 Hz: 136 30 HzHz: MAXIMUM SPLSPL 100HzHz- -500 500Hz: Hz: 129 129 dB 100Parallel, Hz -Hz500- Discrete Hz: 136 100 Hz -Parallel, 500Hz Hz:-133 100 dB 100 500 Hz: dB 136 dB 100 500dBHz: 133 dB Discrete Discrete SELECTABLE CROSSOVER MODES Discrete Parallel, Discrete Parallel,Parallel, Discrete Discrete SELECTABLE CROSSOVER MODES Discrete Parallel, Discrete SELECTABLE CROSSOVER MODES Rectangular Rectangular Rectangular ENCLOSURE Rectangular Rectangular Rectangular ENCLOSURE 14 Rectangular Rectangular Rectangular ENCLOSURE points 12 points 14 points SUSPENSION points 12 points 14 points SUSPENSION 1414points 12 points 14 points SUSPENSION 548 x 561 x 816 mm 1094 x 561 x 816 mm 1094 x 561 x 816 mm DIMENSIONS 548 x 561 x 816 mm 1094 x 561 x 816 mm 1094 x 561 x 816 mm 21.6 x561 22.1x x816 32.2mm in 43.1 xx22.1 32.2mm in 43.1 xx22.1 32.2mm in (HDIMENSIONS x W x D) 548 x 1094 561 x 816 1094 561in x 816 DIMENSIONS 21.6 x 22.1 x 32.2 in 43.1 x 22.1 x 32.2 in 43.1 x 22.1 x 32.2 (H x W x D) 21.6 kg x 22.1 xlb)32.2 in 43.1 kg x 22.1 x lb) 32.2 in 43.1 kg x 22.1 x 32.2 in (H xW x(each) D) 44.5 73.0 NET NET WEIGHT (each) 44.5 kg(98 (98 lb) 73.0 kg (161(161 lb) 64.9 kg 64.9 (143 lb) (143 lb) WEIGHT 44.5 kg (98 lb) averageSPL. 73.0 kghigher. (161Figure lb)Figure 64.9 kg (143 lb) NET WEIGHT (each) 1 Maximum long-term SPL.Peak Peak SPL 6 higher. dB for highest Q version. 1 Maximum long-term average SPL is 6isdB is for is highest Q version.

Loaded Subwoofer ASB6128V | ASH | Horn Subwoofer ASH Horn Loaded ASH6118 ASB6128V ASH6118 Subwoofer* Extended Response Sub Horn-loaded

ASB6128V

ASH6118

Extended Sub 21 Hz - 300Response Hz (-10 dB)

Horn-loaded 25 Hz - 250 HzSubwoofer* (-10 dB)*

89.8 kg (198 lb)

159.3 kg (351 lb)

Extended Response Sub Horn-loaded Subwoofer* 21 Hz - 300 Hz (± (-103 dB) 25 Hz - 200 250 Hz (± (-103 dB)* 25 30 dB) 21 Hz - 300 Hz (-10 dB) 25 Hz - 250 Hz (-10 dB)* 25(±Hz3W -dB) 300 Hz W (±peak) 3 dB)30 Hz - 200 Hz (±1200 303 dB) HzW - 200 Hz W (±peak) 3 dB) 2400 (9600 (4800 25 Hz - 300 Hz (2 hrs)W (9600 W peak) (2 hrs)W (4800 W peak) 2400 W (96002400 W peak) 1200 W (4800 W 1200 peak) (2 hrs)W (6400 W peak)(2 hrs) (2 hrs) 1600 800 W (3200 W peak) (2 hrs) hrs 100 1600 W (6400 W peak)800 W (3200 W peak) 800 hrs W (3200 W peak) 1600 W (6400100 W peak) 100 hrs 30 100Hzhrs–100 Hz: 134 dB 100 hrs 100Hzhrs–140 Hz: 133 dB 30 100 - 500Hz: Hz:134 135dB dB30 Hz –140 Hz: 133 30 Hz –100 Hz: dB 30 134 HzHz–100 30 dB Hz –140 Hz: 133 dB 100 Hz - 500Parallel, Hz: 135 100 Hz -dBDiscrete 500 Hz: 135 dB Discrete Parallel, Discrete Discrete Parallel, Discrete Discrete Rectangular Rectangular Rectangular Rectangular Rectangular Rectangular 13 points None 13 points None 13 None 564 x 1530 x 1288 mm 967points x 561 x 1215 mm 967 x 561 x 1215 mm 564 x 1530 x 1288 mm 38.1 x561 22.1x x1215 47.85mm in 22.3xx1530 56.4 x 1288 50.7 inmm 967 x 22.3 x 56.4 x 50.7564 in 38.1 x 22.1 x 47.85 in 38.1 kg x 22.1 47.85 in 22.3 x 56.4 x 50.7 in (198x lb) 159.3 kg (351 lb)159.3 kg (351 lb) 89.8 kg (19889.8 lb)

* Designed * Designed to betoused be used in multiples in multiples (2 minimum, (2 minimum, 4 optimum) 4 optimum) withwith proximity proximity placement placement or with or with proper proper boundary boundary surface surface loading. loading. Specifications Specifications shown shown are for areone for cabinet. one cabinet.

ASB4128 ASB4128 Medium-power Subwoofer

* Designed to be used in multiples (2 minimum, 4 optimum) with proximity placement or with proper boundary surface loading. Specifications shown are for one cabinet.

1 Maximum long-term average SPL. Peak SPL is 6 dB higher. Figure is for highest Q version.

SUSPENSION DIMENSIONS (H x W x D) DIMENSIONS (H x W x D) NET WEIGHT (each) NET WEIGHT (each)

Page 294

Single Subwoofer 42 Hz15" - 1 kHz (± 3 dB) 32800 Hz -W1 kHz (-10 dB) 32(2Hzhrs) (-103 dB) 42 - 1 kHz (± 42 HzW- 1 kHz (± 3 dB) 800 (2 hrs) 800100 Whrs (2 35 hrs)Hz - 400 Hz: 126 dB SPL 100cont hrsaverage (132 dB peal) 100Discrete 35 Hzhrs- 400 Hz: 126 dB SPL cont 35Rectangular Hzaverage - 400 Hz:(132 126dBdBpeal) SPL 16 average points (M10) cont (132 dB peal) Discrete 483 x 419 x 597 mm Discrete Rectangular 19.0 x 16.5 x 23.5 in Rectangular 16 points (M10)lb) 20.6 kg (45.5 16 483points x 419 (M10) x 597 mm 19.0 16.5x x597 23.5mm in 483 xx419 19.0 kg x 16.5 x 23.5 20.6 (45.5 lb) in 20.6 kg (45.5 lb)

ASB6125

ASB7128

Double 15" Subwoofer

Double 18" High Output Single 18" High Output Single 12" Subwoofer ASB7128 ASB7118 ASB6112 Subwoofer with 2269 Woofer Subwoofer with 2269 Woofer ASB7128 ASB7118 ASB6112 18"dB) High Output 22 Hz - 1 kHz Single Single 20 Hz Double - 1 kHz (-10 (-1018" dB) High Output 35 Hz - 1 kHz (-10 dB) 12" Subwoofer Subwoofer with Woofer Subwoofer with 2269 Woofer 18"3 dB) High 2269 Output Single Single 25 Hz Double - 1 kHz (± 34 Hz - 1 kHz (± 318" dB) High Output 43 Hz – 1 kHz (± 3 dB)12" Subwoofer Subwoofer Subwoofer 20 Hz - 1 kHzwith (-102269 dB) Woofer 22 Hz - 1 kHzwith (-102269 dB) Woofer 35 Hz - 1 kHz (-10 dB) 4000 W, 2 x 2000 W 2000 W 1000 W 20 Hz - 1 kHz (± (-103 dB) 22 Hz - 1 kHz (± (-103 dB) (2 hrs) 35 Hz –- 11kHz 43 kHz(-10 (± 3dB) dB) (2 hrs)25 (2 hrs) 34 25 HzW, - 1 2kHz (± 3WdB) 34 HzW - 1 kHz (± 3 dB) 700 W (2800 W1000 43peak), HzW – 1 kHz (± 3 dB) 4000 x 2000 2000 100 hrs(2 100 hrs (2 100 hrs hrs)W, 2 x 2000 W hrs)W (2 hrs)W 4000 2000 1000 25 Hz (2 - 200 25 Hz - 200(2Hz: 129 dB SPL 40 Hz - 300 Hz:700 dB(2800 SPL W peak), hrs)Hz: 135 dB SPL hrs) (2126 hrs) W cont average cont average cont average (132 100 hrs(141 dB peal) 100(135 hrs dB peal) 100dB hrspeal) 700 W (2800 W peak), Parallel, Discrete 100Discrete 100Hzhrs- 200 Hz: 129 dB SPL 100Hzhrs- 300 Hz: 126 dB SPL 25 Hzhrs- 200 Hz: 135 dB SPL Discrete 25 40 Rectangular Rectangular cont average (132 dB peal) cont cont 25 Hzaverage - 200 Hz:(141 135dBdBpeal) SPL Rectangular 25 Hzaverage - 200 Hz:(135 129dBdBpeal) SPL 40 Hz - 300 Hz: 126 dB SPL 16 points 16 points (M10)Discrete cont(M10) average (141 dB peal) 16 points (M10) cont average (135 dB peal) cont average (132 dB peal) Parallel, Discrete Discrete 1092 xParallel, 560 x 815Discrete mm 546 x 560 xDiscrete 815 mm 406 x 369 x 483Discrete mm Rectangular Rectangular Rectangular 43.0 x 22.0 x 32.1 in 21.5 x 22.0 x 32.1 in 16.0 x 14.5 x 19.0 in Rectangular Rectangular Rectangular 16 points (M10) 16 points (M10) 16 71.9 kg (158.5 lb) 42.9 kg (94.5 lb) 16.3 kg (36.0 lb) points (M10)

ASB6125 ASB6125 15"(-10 Subwoofer 32Double Hz - 1 kHz dB) 15"(±Subwoofer 35Double Hz - 1 kHz 3 dB) 32 Hz - 1 kHz (-10 dB) 1600 W, 2 x 800 W 32 (-103 dB) (235 hrs)Hz - 1 kHz (± 35 HzW, - 1 2kHz (± W 3 dB) 1600 x 800 100 hrs (2 hrs)W, 2 x 800 W 1600 35(2Hzhrs) - 400 Hz: 132 dB SPL cont 100average hrs (138 dB peal) Parallel, 100Hzhrs-Discrete 35 400 Hz: 132 dB SPL Rectangular cont 35 Hzaverage - 400 Hz:(138 132dBdBpeal) SPL 16Parallel, points (M10) cont average (138 dB peal) Discrete 965 x 419 xDiscrete 597 mm Parallel, Rectangular 38.0 x 16.5 x 23.5 in Rectangular 16 points 36.7 kg (81.0(M10) lb)

16 965points x 419 (M10) x 597 mm 38.0 16.5x x597 23.5mm in 965 xx419 38.0 kg x 16.5 x 23.5 36.7 (81.0 lb) in 36.7 kg (81.0 lb)

16 points 1092 x 560(M10) x 815 mm 43.0 32.1mm in 1092xx22.0 560 x 815 43.0 kg x 22.0 x 32.1 71.9 (158.5 lb) in 71.9 kg (158.5 lb)

ASB7118

16 546points x 560 (M10) x 815 mm 21.5 22.0x x815 32.1mm in 546 xx560 21.5 kg x 22.0 x 32.1 42.9 (94.5 lb) in 42.9 kg (94.5 lb)

ASB6112

16 406points x 369 (M10) x 483 mm 16.0 14.5x x483 19.0mm in 406 xx369 16.0 kg x 14.5 x 19.0 16.3 (36.0 lb) in 16.3 kg (36.0 lb)

power power compression. compression.

SYSTEM TYPE FREQUENCY RANGE SYSTEMRESPONSE TYPE FREQUENCY FREQUENCY RANGE TRANSDUCER FREQUENCY RANGE 1 FREQUENCY POWER RESPONSE RATING(AES) FREQUENCY RESPONSE LONG-TERM SYSTEM TRANSDUCER 1 2 POWER RATING POWER RATING(AES) TRANSDUCER 1 3 MAXIMUM SPL POWER RATING(AES) LONG-TERM SYSTEM (1m,RATING calculated) POWER LONG-TERM SYSTEM2 SELECTABLE CROSSOVER MODES 32 POWER RATING MAXIMUM SPL ENCLOSURE (1m, calculated) MAXIMUM SPL 3 SUSPENSION (1m, calculated) SELECTABLE CROSSOVER MODES DIMENSIONS SELECTABLE CROSSOVER MODES ENCLOSURE (H x W x D) ENCLOSURE SUSPENSION NET WEIGHT (each)

ASB6115 Single 15" Subwoofer ASB6115 ASB6115 Single Subwoofer 32 Hz15" - 1 kHz (-10 dB)

cabinet, cabinet, long-term long-term 100 hr 100 rating. hr rating.

SYSTEM TYPE

3 Calculated 3 Calculated based based on power on power rating rating and and sensitivity, sensitivity, exclusive exclusive of of

| ASB Subwoofers ASB | Subwoofers

plus plus long-term long-term 100 hr 100 rating hr rating are specified are specified for low-frequency for low-frequency transducers. transducers.

ASB | Subwoofers

2 AES2 standard, AES standard, one decade one decade pinkpink noisenoise withwith 6 dB6crest dB crest factor, factor, in in

ASB6128 ASB6128 High-power Subwoofer

device’s operational band, free air. Standard AES 2 hr rating plus long-term 100 hr rating are specified for low-frequency transducers. 2 AES standard, one decade pink noise with 6 dB crest factor, in cabinet, long-term 100 hr rating. 1 AES1 standard, AES standard, one decade one decade pinkpink noise noise withwith 6 dB6crest dB crest factor factor within within of 3 Calculated based on power rating and sensitivity, exclusive device’s device’s operational operational band, band, free air. freeStandard air. Standard AES 2AES hr rating 2 hr rating power compression.

Section:

ASH | Horn Loaded Subwoofer

ASB6118 ASB6118 High-power Subwoofer

1 AES standard, one decade pink noise with 6 dB crest factor within

Harman Pro Group | 2010

| Subwoofers ASB ASB | Subwoofers ASB| Subwoofers

AE SERIES COMPACT MODELS AE SERIES COMPACT MODELS AE SERIES COMPACT MODELS

AE AE Series Series Compact Compact Models Models AE Series Compact Models key features key features

f ULTRA COMPACT ENCLOSURES ULTRA COMPACT ENCLOSURES f f MULTIPLE ATTACHMENT POINTS FOR ULTIMATE FLEXIBILITY MULTIPLE ATTACHMENT POINTS f ULTRA COMPACT ENCLOSURES f FOR ULTIMATE FLEXIBILITY

key For over sixty years features JBL engineers

f MULTIPLE ATTACHMENT POINTS FOR ULTIMATE FLEXIBILITY

For sixty years engineers haveover leveraged theirJBL mastery of For over sixty years JBL engineers have leveraged their mastery of have physics to elevate the platform leveraged their mastery of physics to elevate physics to elevate the platform which millions of creative individuals the platform which millions of creative which millions of creative individuals worldwide use to broadcast their individuals usetheir to broadcast AC25 worldwide useoftoworldwide broadcast personal form audible art. AC25 their personal form of audible art. personal form of team audible art. AC25 The engineering strives The engineering team strives to The engineering team strives to achieve thethehighest achieve highestlevel level of to achieve the highest levelthe of sonic quality totoensure sonic quality ensurethe of sonic quality to ensure the audience will hear every audience will hear every audience will hear every of tonal clarity nuancenuance of tonal clarity as as nuance of tonal clarity intended by the artist. intended by the artist. as intended by the artist.

f VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL ORIENTATION VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL ORIENTATION f f HIGH PERFORMANCE VS. COST f HIGH PERFORMANCE VS. COST

f VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL ORIENTATION f HIGH PERFORMANCE VS. COST

AC26 AC26

AC28/95 AC 28/26 AC28/95 AC 28/26

AC28/95 AC 28/26

AC26

AC16 AC16 AC16

Section:

AC15 AC15 AC15

JBL continues to support artists worldwide JBL continues to support artists worldwide with the to introduction of eight new Series JBL continues support artists worldwide with the introduction of eight new AE AE Series Compact Loudspeakers. Annew extension of the with the introduction of eight AEof Series Compact Loudspeakers. An extension the industry leading AE Series, theCompact AE Compact Compact Loudspeakers. An of the industry leading AE Series, theextension AE family consists of high output, 2-way loudspeaker industry leading Series, the AE Compact family consists ofAE high output, 2-way loudspeaker systems combining flexibility withloudspeaker high fidelity. family consists of high output, 2-way systems combining flexibility with high fidelity. Ranging from a single 5.25" point-and-shoot box systems combining flexibility with high fidelity. Ranging from a single 5.25" point-and-shoot box to dual 8" loudspeaker system that are specifiRanging a single 5.25" point-and-shoot box to dualcally 8"from loudspeaker system that are specifidesigned for better serving the needs of to dual 8" loudspeaker system that specifically designed for better serving theare needs of both designers and artists alike. cally designed better both designersfor and artistsserving alike. the needs of The ultra-compact AC15 and AC25 models both designers and artists alike. The ultra-compact AC15 and AC25 models include a 1" dome tweeter while the AC16,

The ultra-compact AC15 and AC25 models include a 1" dome tweeter while the AC16,1" exit AC26, AC18, and AC28 models feature compression drivers providing sonic includeAC18, a 1" dome tweeter while the AC16, AC26, and AC28 models feature 1"clarity exit and crisp detail. Theproviding AC18 and AC28 JBL’s AC26, AC18, and AC28 models feature 1" exit compression drivers sonicfeaturing clarity and Progressive Transition™ Rotatable Waveguides, compression drivers providing sonic clarity and crisp detail. The AC18 and AC28 featuring JBL’s offer the system a choice of coverage crisp detail. The AC18 designer and AC28 featuring JBL’s Progressive Transition™ Rotatable Waveguides, patterns in either 90° x 50° or 120° x 60°. Progressive Transition™ Waveguides, offer the system designerRotatable a choice of coverage offer the in system choice coverage patterns eitherdesigner 90° x 50°aor 120° xof60°. patterns in either 90° x 50° or 120° x 60°.

AC15 AC15 AC15 TheAC15 AC15 is an enclosure withwith The anultra ultracompact compact enclosure

AC26AC26 AC26 The AC26 has thehas features of the AC16 withAC16 two with two The AC26 the features of the one5.25" 5.25" LF LF and 90°90° xenclosure 90° waveguide 6.5" LF transducers. The AC15 is transducer an ultra compact with The AC26 has the features of the AC16 with two one transducer and x 90° waveguide 6.5" LF transducers. with5.25" 25 mm mm dome It is equipped one LF(1in) transducer and 90° xIt90° waveguide 6.5" LF transducers. with 25 (1in) dometweeter. tweeter. is equipped AC18/95 & AC18/26 withattachment attachment a U-bracket AC18/95 & AC18/26 25 mm (1in)points domefor tweeter. It is and equipped with points for a U-bracket and The AC18/95 & AC18/26 are compact encloOmniMount® type bracket. AC18/95 & AC18/26 The AC18/95 & AC18/26 are compact enclowith attachment points for a U-bracket and OmniMount® type bracket. sures with one 8" LF transducer and a 90° x 50° The AC18/95 are compact enclosures with one&8"AC18/26 LF transducer and a 90° x 50° OmniMount® type bracket. AC25 Progressive Transition Field Rotatable Waveguide AC25 sures with one 8" LF transducer and a 90° x 50° Progressive Transition Field Rotatable Waveguide The AC25 has the features of the AC15 with two with a 1" exit compression driver (AC18/95) AC25 Progressive Fielddriver Rotatable Waveguide The AC25 has the features of the AC15 with two or 120° with a 1" exitTransition compression 5.25" LF transducers. x 60° Progressive Transition™ Field(AC18/95) The AC25 has the features of the AC15 with two Rotatable with a 1"xexit driver (AC18/95) 5.25" LF transducers. or 120° 60° compression Progressive Transition™ Field Waveguide with a 1" exit compression AC16 5.25" LF transducers. or(AC18/26). 120° x 60° Progressive Field Waveguide withTransition™ awith 1" exit compression driverRotatable They are equipped attachAC16 Rotatable with a 1" exit The AC16 is an ultra compact enclosure with one They are equipped with attachmentdriver points (AC18/26). for aWaveguide U-bracket, OmniMount typecompression AC16 6.5"AC16 LF transducer andcompact a 90° x 90°enclosure Progressivewith one bracket andpoints stand mount adapter The is an ultra driver (AC18/26). are equipped with type attachment for a They U-bracket, OmniMount Transition™ mm (1 in) with exit one The AC16 is Waveguide an ultra compact enclosure 6.5" LF transducer and awith 90°ax25 90° Progressive ment points for a U-bracket, OmniMount type bracket and stand mount adapter & AC28/26 compression driver.and It isaequipped 6.5" LF transducer 90° Progressive Transition™ Waveguide withx a90° 25with mmattach(1 in) exit AC28/95 bracket and stand mount adapter & AC28/26 have the features of the ment points for a U-bracket, OmniMount® AC28/95 & AC28/26 Transition™ Waveguide a 25 mm in) exit The AC28/95 compression driver. It is with equipped with(1type attachAC18/95 AC18/26 with two 8" LF transducers. bracket and stand mount AC28/95 & AC28/26 compression driver. It isadapter. equipped with attachThe&AC28/95 & AC28/26 have the features of the ment points for a U-bracket, OmniMount® type The AC28/95 & AC28/26 have8"the features of the ment points for a U-bracket, OmniMount® type AC18/95 & AC18/26 with two LF transducers. bracket and stand mount adapter. AC18/95 & AC18/26 with two 8" LF transducers. bracket and stand mount adapter.

specifications specifications specifications AC15

SYSTEM TYPE

AC25

AC16

AC26

Ultra Compact 2-way AC16 System with Loudspeaker 1Ultra - 6.5"Compact LF AC16 2-way 55Loudspeaker Hz -20 kHz System Ultra Compact 2-waywith 651Loudspeaker -18 LF kHz System with -Hz6.5" 90155-dBHz SPL 6.5" LFkHz -20 160 640W Peak 65 HzCont, -18 55 W -20 kHz 90° 65 xdB Hz90°-18 90 SPL kHz

Ultra Compact 2-way Compact 2-way Loudspeaker Compact 2-way Loudspeaker AC26 System with AC18/95 & AC 28/26 Loudspeaker System with 1 - 8" LF & AC 18/26 System with 2AC28/95 - 8" LF 2- 6.5" LF Compact 2-way AC26 AC18/95 & AC 18/26 AC28/95 & AC 28/26 Ultra Compact 2-way Loudspeaker Compact 2-way Loudspeaker 55 HzLoudspeaker -20 kHz kHz with 1 - 8" LF 47 Hz -20 kHzSystem 2 - 8" LF Ultra CompactSystem 2-waywith 47 Hz -20System Compact 2-way Loudspeaker Compactwith 2-way Loudspeaker 70 Hz2-186.5" kHzLF System with 60 Hz -18System kHz with 1 - 8" LF 60 Hz -18 kHzSystem with 2 - 8" LF Loudspeaker 92 dB292 dB SPL47 Hz -20 kHz 94 dB SPL 47 Hz -20 kHz LF kHz 55SPL6.5" Hz -20 180W70 720W 250W Continuous, Hz -18 kHzPeak 60 kHz Peak 375W Continuous, 60 -18 55Cont, -20 47 Hz -18 -201000W 47 Hz1500W -20 kHzPeak 90° x92 90°dB AC18/95:92 90°dB AC28/95: 90°94 x 50° 70 Hz -18 60 Hzx 50° -18 60 Hz -18 SPL kHz SPL kHz dB SPL kHz AC18/26: 120° x 60° AC28/26: 120° x 60° 92 dB SPL 92 dB SPL 94 dB SPL 180W Cont, 720W Peak 250W Continuous, 1000W Peak 375W Continuous, 1500W Peak 539.8 x 199.4 x 226.1 mm 469.9 x 237.5 x 254.0 mm 679.5 x 237.5 x 254.0 mm 180W Cont, 250W 375W AC28/95: 90° x 50° 1500W Peak 21.3 x90° 7.8xx90° 8.9 in 720W Peak 18.5 x 9.4AC18/95: x 10.0Continuous, in 90° x 50° 1000W 26.8Peak x 9.4 x 10.0 in Continuous, AC18/26: 60° 18.6 kg (40.9AC28/26: 120° 60° 90°(24.3 x 90°lb) AC18/95: 90° x x50° AC28/95: 90° x x50° 11.0 kg 12.8 kg (28.2 lb) 120° lb)

Ultra Compact 2-way AC15Loudspeaker System with 1 - 5.25" LF AC15Compact SYSTEM TYPE Ultra 2-way 80 Hz -20System kHz with FREQUENCY RANGE SYSTEM TYPE(-10 dB)Loudspeaker Ultra Compact 2-way 90 Hz kHz with FREQUENCY RESPONSE (±3 dB)1Loudspeaker - 5.25" LF -18System 86 dB SPL SYSTEM SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 m180- Hz 5.25" LFkHz -20 FREQUENCY RANGE (-10 dB) 150W POWER kHzContinuous, 600W Peak FREQUENCY RESPONSE (±3 80 Hz -18 -20 FREQUENCY RANGE (-10 dB)RATING90 90° xkHz 90° COVERAGE PATTERN86 90 dB Hz -18 FREQUENCY RESPONSE SPL SYSTEM SENSITIVITY: 1(±3 W, 1dB) m

Ultra Compact 2-way AC25 Loudspeaker System with 2 - Compact 5.25" LF 2-way AC25 Ultra 80 Hz -20 kHz Loudspeaker System Ultra Compact 2-waywith Hz -18 2Loudspeaker -90 5.25" LF kHzSystem with dB 280-91 5.25" LFkHz Hz -20SPL 900W Peak 90 Hz -18 kHz 80 225W -20Continuous, x 90°kHz 90 90° Hz -18 91 dB SPL

86 dB SPL SYSTEM SENSITIVITY: W, 1 m 150W Continuous, 600W Peak POWER1RATING 241.3 x 150.3 x 177.8 mm DIMENSIONS 150W Continuous, 600W Peak POWERPATTERN RATING x 90° COVERAGE 9.5 x 5.9 x 7.0 in (H x W x D)90° COVERAGENETPATTERN 4.7 kg (10.5 lb) WEIGHT (each)90° x 90° 241.3 x 150.3 x 177.8 mm DIMENSIONS 9.5 x 5.9 x 7.0 xin177.8 mm (H x W x D) 241.3 x 150.3 DIMENSIONS 9.5 kg x 5.9 x 7.0lb)in (H x W x D) 4.7 (10.5 NET WEIGHT (each) 4.7 kg (10.5 lb) NET WEIGHT (each)

91 dB SPL 90 dBWSPL 225W Continuous, 900W Peak 160 Cont, 640W Peak 377.8 x 150.3 x 177.8 mm 381.0 x 199.4 x 226.1 mm 225W Continuous, 160xxW7.8 Cont, 90° x 90° 90° 90° 14.9 x 5.9 x 7.0 in 900W Peak 15.0 x 8.9 640W in Peak 90°Weight: x 90° 7.5 kg (16.5 lb) 90°kgx(15.8 90° lb) 7.2 377.8 x 150.3 x 177.8 mm 381.0 x 199.4 x 226.1 mm 14.9 x 7.0x in 15.0 x 8.9x in 377.8x x5.9 150.3 177.8 mm 381.0x x7.8 199.4 226.1 mm 14.9 x 5.97.5x 7.0 in lb) 15.0kgx 7.8 x 8.9 Weight: kg (16.5 7.2 (15.8 lb) in Weight: 7.5 kg (16.5 lb) 7.2 kg (15.8 lb)

Harman Pro Group | 2010

AC18/95 18/26 AC18/95 AC18/95 AC AC 18/26 AC 18/26

539.8 x 199.4 x 226.1 mm 21.3 x 8.9x in 539.8x x7.8 199.4 226.1 mm 21.3 kg x 7.8 x 8.9lb)in 11.0 (24.3 11.0 kg (24.3 lb)

AC18/95 & AC 18/26

AC28/95 & AC 28/26

AC18/26: 120°xx254.0 60° mm 469.9 x 237.5 18.5 x 10.0 in mm 469.9x x9.4 237.5 x 254.0 18.5 kg x 9.4 x 10.0 12.8 (28.2 lb) in 12.8 kg (28.2 lb)

AC28/26: 120°xx254.0 60° mm 679.5 x 237.5 26.8 x 10.0 in mm 679.5x 9.4 x 237.5 x 254.0 26.8 kg x 9.4 x 10.0 18.6 (40.9 lb) in 18.6 kg (40.9 lb)

Page 295

INSTALLATION PRODUCTS INSTALLATION PRODUCTS

Precision Precision Directivity Directivity®® PD5000 PD5000 Series Series

INSTALLATION PRODUCTS

Precision Directivity® PD5000 Series

The PD5000 Series joins JBL’s broad lineup of installed sound loudspeakers, complementing the larger PD700 mid-high cabinets with a The Series JBL’s broad lineup installed soundcabinets loudspeakers, complementing the larger PD700 mid-high cabinets withtoa morePD5000 compact size joins and supplementing theof smaller AE Series with higher SPL capability and larger horns for pattern control more compact size and supplementing the smaller AE Series cabinets with higher SPL capability and larger horns for pattern control to The PD5000 Series joins JBL’s broad of installeddeliver sound loudspeakers, complementing the largerinPD700 cabinets with a a lower frequency.The PD5000 Serieslineup loudspeakers high power and constant coverage a lowmid-high profile form. a lower frequency.The PD5000 Series loudspeakers deliver high power and constant coverage in a low profile form. more compact size and supplementing the smaller AE Series cabinets with higher SPL capability and larger horns for pattern control to Featured the PD5000 Series, 24 by 24 inch PT™high Progressive mid-frequency rotatable a loweracross frequency.The PD5000 Seriesare loudspeakers deliver power andTransition constant coverage in a low profile form.waveguides that provide Featured across the PD5000 Series, are 24 by 24 inch PT™ Progressive Transition mid-frequency rotatable provide versatility, excellent pattern control with low distortion and extremely natural sound character. This is anwaveguides evolution ofthat the waveguide Featuredexcellent across thepattern PD5000 Series, are 24 by 24distortion inch PT™ Progressive Transition mid-frequency rotatableThis waveguides that provide versatility, control with low and extremely natural sound character. is an evolution of the waveguide technology of the successful JBL Professional Application Engineered™ (AE) install series. Also incorporating sophisticated, steep-slope versatility, patternJBL control with low distortion andEngineered™ extremely natural character. This isincorporating an evolution ofsophisticated, the waveguidesteep-slope technology ofexcellent thenetworks successful Professional Application (AE)sound install series. Also passive crossover minimize band overlap, further enhancing off-axis pattern control. User accessible internal switches allow technology of the successful JBL Professional Application Engineered™ (AE) install series. Also incorporating sophisticated, steep-slope passive crossover networks minimize band overlap, further enhancing off-axis pattern control. User accessible internal switches allow for apassive fully active crossover. crossover networks minimize band overlap, further enhancing off-axis pattern control. User accessible internal switches allow for a fully active crossover. for a fully active crossover.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

PD5200/43 (40° x 30°) PD5200/43 (60° (40° x 40°) 30°) PD5200/64 PD5200/43 (40° x 30°) PD5200/64 (60° 40°) PD5200/95 (90° x PD5200/64 (60° 50°) x 40°) PD5200/95 (90° xPrecision 50°) ThePD5200/95 PD5200 Series (90° x 50°) Directivity mid-

TheThe PD5200 Series Precision midhigh frequency loudspeakers are designed for PD5200 Series PrecisionDirectivity Directivity midhighhigh frequency loudspeakers are designed for applications requiring high output frequency loudspeakers arecapability designed for applications requiring high with excellent pattern control. applications requiring highoutput outputcapability capability with excellent pattern control. excellent pattern control. The with CMCD-82H cone midrange compression

Section:

The CMCD-82H midrangecompression compression The CMCD-82H midrange driver consists ofcone acone driver/phasing plug assembly driver consists a driver/phasing plug assembly driver consists aofdriver/phasing plug assembly providing highof output with low distortion. providing high output withlow lowdistortion. distortion. providing high output with CMCD-82H’s extended response allows for CMCD-82H’s extended responseallows allows for CMCD-82H’s extended response fordriver smoother transition to the high frequency smoother transition to the high frequency driver smoother transition to thediameter high frequency and the smaller entrance into thedriver and the smaller entrance diameter into the and waveguide the smaller entrance diameter intocontrol. the waveguide provides for better pattern provides for better pattern control. waveguide provides for better pattern control. The internal 200200 mm (8(8inch) features The internal mm inch)CMCD-82H CMCD-82H features 200 mm (8 inch) CMCD-82H features aThe high power neodymium Differential Drive® ainternal high power neodymium Differential Drive® adual high power neodymium Differential voice coilcoil design. The 2431H format dual voice design. The 2431Hlarge largeDrive® format dualhigh voice coil design. The 2431H large format high frequency compression driver utilizes frequency compression driver utilizes aa magnet andaluminum aluminum diaphragm highneodymium frequency compression driver utilizes a neodymium magnet and diaphragm to deliver clear and intelligible high frequency frequency neodymium magnet and aluminum diaphragm to deliver clear and intelligible high projection, extended frequency response, and to deliver clear and intelligible high frequency projection, extended frequency response, and low distortion at even thehighest highest drive levels. projection, extended frequency response, and low distortion at even the drive levels. low PD5212/43 distortion at(40° evenxthe highest drive levels. 30°)

PD5212/43 (40° x 30°) PD5212/64 (60° x 40°) PD5212/43 (60° (40° x 40°) 30°) PD5212/64 PD5212/95 (90° x 50°) PD5212/64 (90° (60° x 50°) 40°) PD5212/95 The PD5212 Series Precision Directivity full PD5212/95 (90° loudspeakers xPrecision 50°) The PD5212 Series Directivity full range two-way are designed for

Theapplications PD5212 Series Precision Directivity fullfor range two-way loudspeakers are designed requiring high output capability range two-way loudspeakers are designed for applications requiring high output with excellent pattern control. The capability speakers can be utilizedrequiring alone in music speech systems can applications highor output capability with excellent pattern control. The speakers where frequency extension toThe 80 Hz is adequate with excellent pattern control. speakers can be utilized alone in music or speech systems or combined subwoofers toHz create extended be utilized alonewith in music orto speech systems where frequency extension 80 is adequate bandwidth full extension range systems. where frequency to 80 Hz is adequate or combined with subwoofers to create extended or combined with subwoofers to create extended The M222-8A 300 mm (12 in) low frequency bandwidth full range systems. transducer features high sensitivity and low bandwidth full300 range The M222-8A mmsystems. (12 in) low frequency

PD5322/43 (40° x 30°) PD5122 PD5322/43 (60° (40° x 40°) 30°) PD5122 PD5322/64 PD5322/43 (40° x 30°) PD5122The PD5122 is intended for use as a flown or PD5322/64 (60° 40°) PD5322/95 (90° x 50°) The PD5122 is intended for uselow as afrequency flown or ground supported, high power PD5322/64 (60° x 40°) The PD5122 is intended for use as a flown or PD5322/95 (90° x 50°) The PD5322 Precision Directivity full range, ground supported, high power low frequency module used in conjunction with mid/high-only PD5322/95 (90° x 50°)

ground supported, high power low frequency The PD5322 Precision Directivity full range, three wayPrecision loudspeakers are designed for module usedsystems in conjunction with mid/high-only or fullinrange the PD5000 series to The PD5322 Directivity full range, module used conjunction withofmid/high-only three way loudspeakers are designed for applications requiring high output sensitivity or full range of the PD5000 series to construct arrays extended three way loudspeakers are designed for or full range systems ofsystems thewith PD5000 series tolow frequency applications requiring high output with excellent pattern Theysensitivity can be applications requiring highcontrol. output sensitivity construct arrays withlow extended low frequency control. constructpattern arrays with extended frequency with excellent pattern control. They can be with excellent pattern control. They can be utilized standalone in demanding music or pattern control. pattern control.transducers are the 2206H 300 mm Low frequency utilized standalone in demanding musicmusic or extension utilized standalone in demanding or speech systems where low frequency Low frequency transducers are the 2206H Lowin) frequency transducers are300 themm 2206HThey 300 mm (12 VGC™ Vented Gap Cooled drivers. speech where low frequency extension speech where low frequency extension (12 in) VGC™ Vented Gap Cooled drivers. They to 40systems Hzsystems is required. (12 in) VGC™ Vented Gap Cooled drivers. They deliver excellent low frequency extension with toto 4040 HzHz is required. is required. low frequency with The low frequency section features two 2206H deliver excellent deliver excellent low extension frequency extension with minimal power compression and low distortion The lowlow frequency features two 2206H power compression and low distortion The frequency section features two 2206H 300 mm (12 in) section VGC™ Vented Gap Cooled low minimal plus minimal compression and low distortion highpower sensitivity and power handling. 300 mm (12 in) VGC™ Vented Gap Cooled low plus high sensitivity and power handling. 300 mm (12transducers in) VGC™ Vented Gap Cooled low frequency featuring high sensitivity plus high sensitivity and power handling. frequency transducers featuring high sensitivity frequency transducers featuring highcontinuous sensitivity PD5125PD5125 and low power compression for high and low power compression for high continuous PD5125 and low power for high continuous SPL capability. Acompression newly designed loading plate SPL capability. A newly designed loading plate The PD5125 is a high power lowloudfrequency loudThe PD5125 is a high power low frequency SPL capability. A newly loading plate covering loaded low frequency tranducers covering thethe slotslot loaded lowdesigned frequency tranducers The PD5125 is a380 high power frequency loudspeaker comprised of two mm (15 in) VGC speaker comprised of two mm (15380 in)low VGC covering slot loaded low frequency provides highest possible sensitivity, low provides thethe highest possible sensitivity, low tranducers speaker comprised of two 380in mm (15 in) VGC Vented Gap Cooled low frequency in a Vented Gap Cooled low frequency drivers a drivers providesoutput the highest possible sensitivity, frequency output system reliability. low frequency and and system reliability. Vented Gapconfiguration. Cooled frequency in ita is front-loaded, ventedlow configuration. Though front-loaded, vented Though it isdrivers

frequency output and system reliability. intendedintended for use as for a flown or supported, front-loaded, vented configuration. Though it is use as ground a flown or ground supported, The mid andand high frequency sections are are The mid high frequency sections low frequency module used hornloaded for additional low-mid and midrange intended forlow usefrequency as a flown oringround supported, high power module used in The mid andfor high frequency sections aremidrangehigh power hornloaded additional low-mid and mid/high or full rangemodule systems sensitivity andand improved pattern control. The midrange highwith power low usedsystems in conjunction withfrequency mid/high or full range hornloaded forimproved additional low-mid and sensitivity pattern control. The conjunction PD700 series, the PD5125 CMCD-82H cone midrange compression driver driver conjunction with mid/high or fullthe range systems of theand PD5000 and PD700 series, PD5125 sensitivity and improved pattern control. The of the PD5000 CMCD-82H cone midrange compression will perform well in any application where high consists of a driver/phasing plug assembly of PD5000 and series, thewhere PD5125 willthe perform well inPD700 any application high CMCD-82H midrange compression driver consists of acone driver/phasing plug assembly output low bass is required. providing high output with low distortion. The will perform wellisinrequired. any application where high output low bass consists ofhigh a driver/phasing plugdistortion. assembly The providing output with low integral 200 mm (8 in) cone driver features a Low frequency transducers the 2226H 380 output low basstransducers isare required. providing high with low distortion. integral mmoutput (8 in) cone driver features The a Low frequency are the high power200 neodymium Differential Drive® mm (15 in) VGC Vented Gap Cooled drivers. They2226H 380 integral 200design. mm (8The in) cone driver features high power neodymium Differential Drive®a dual, voice coil 2431H large format Low frequency transducers the 2226H 380 mm (15low in) VGC Vented Gapare Cooled drivers. They deliver excellent frequency extension with high power neodymium Differential Drive® dual, voice coil design. The 2431H large high frequency compression driver utilizes a format minimal deliver mm (15 in) VGC Vented Gap Cooled drivers. They excellent low extension with power compression andfrequency low distortion dual, frequency voicemagnet coil design. The 2431H large format high compression driver utilizes a neodymium and aluminum diaphragm deliver excellent lowhandling. frequency extension with power compression and low distortion plus highminimal sensitivity and power Large high frequency compression utilizes a magnet and aluminum diaphragm toneodymium deliver clear and intelligible highdriver frequency minimal power compression and low distortion vent areaplus assures port compression and highminimal sensitivity and power handling. Large projection, frequency response, and neodymium magnet and aluminum diaphragm low distortion to deliverextended clear and intelligible high frequency at high outputminimal levels. plus high sensitivity and power handling. Large vent area assures port compression and low distortion at even the highest drive levels. to deliver clear and intelligible frequency projection, extended frequencyhigh response, and projection, extended response, and low distortion at evenfrequency the highest drive levels. low distortion at even the highest drive levels.

ventdistortion area assures minimal port compression and low at high output levels. low distortion at high output levels.

power compression for high continuous SPL

The capability. M222-8A 300 mm (12sensitivity in)for lowadditional frequency transducer features high and low It is horn-loaded transducer features high sensitivity and low power compression for high continuous SPL sensitivity and improved pattern control. A newly power compression for high continuous SPL capability. It is horn-loaded for additional designed low frequency phasing plug extends capability. It isresponse, horn-loaded for additional sensitivity and improved pattern control.transition A newly frequency providing smoother sensitivity andfrequency improveddriver. pattern Alarge newly designed low phasing plug extends to the high frequency Thecontrol. 2451H-1 formatlow highfrequency frequency compression driver designed phasing plug extends frequency response, providing smoother transition utilizes afrequency neodymium magnet and pure titanium frequency providing smoother transition to the highresponse, driver. The 2451H-1 large diaphragm to deliverdriver. clear and to the high Theintelligible 2451H-1 large format highfrequency frequency compression driverhigh frequency projection, extended frequency format high frequency compression driver utilizes a neodymium magnet and pure titanium response, and low distortion at even the highest utilizes a neodymium magnet pure titanium diaphragm to deliver clear andand intelligible high drive levels. diaphragmprojection, to deliver clear and intelligible frequency extended frequencyhigh frequencyand projection, extended frequency response, low distortion at even the highest response, and low distortion at even the highest drive levels. drive levels.

Page 296

PD5000 Series loudspeaker inputs include both Speakon® and CE-compliant covered barrier strips. The cabinets are fitted with twenty M10 threaded suspension points, PD5000 Series inputs include bothAllSpeakon® and CE-compliant supporting a wideloudspeaker variety of installation approaches. cabinets are constructed with covered PD5000 Series loudspeaker inputs include both Speakon® and CE-compliant covered barrier strips. The cabinets are fitted with twenty M10 threaded suspension points, 11 ply birch and finished with black DuraFlex™.

barrier strips. The cabinets fitted withapproaches. twenty M10Allthreaded points, supporting a wide variety ofare installation cabinetssuspension are constructed with supporting a wide variety of installation approaches. All cabinets are constructed with 11 ply birch and finished with black DuraFlex™. 11 ply birch and finished with black DuraFlex™.

PD5000 SERIES PD5000 SERIES

key key features features PD5000 SERIES

key features

f CLEAR, INTELLIGIBLE HIGH FREQUENCY CLEAR, INTELLIGIBLE HIGH FREQUENCY f PROJECTION LARGE PT™ PROGRESSIVE TRANSITION f PROJECTION f f f f f

f INTEGRAL, SOPHISTICATED STEEP-SLOPE CROSSOVER NETWORKS WITH INTEGRAL, SOPHISTICATED STEEP-SLOPE f PASSIVE BIAMP/ SWITCHABLE CROSSOVER PASSIVEPASSIVE CROSSOVER NETWORKS WITH MODES BIAMP/ PASSIVE SWITCHABLE CROSSOVER WAVEGUIDES FOR PATTERN CONTROL, LARGE PT™ PROGRESSIVE TRANSITION CLEAR, INTELLIGIBLE HIGH FREQUENCY SOPHISTICATED STEEP-SLOPE f INTEGRAL, MODES LOW DISTORTION SMOOTH RESPONSE FULLY-COMPATIBLE LOW FREQUENCY WAVEGUIDES FOR AND PATTERN CONTROL, f TWO PROJECTION PASSIVE CROSSOVER NETWORKS WITH LOUDSPEAKERS FOR INSTALLATION LOW DISTORTION AND SMOOTH RESPONSE FULLY-COMPATIBLE LOW FREQUENCY f TWO BIAMP/ PASSIVE SWITCHABLE CROSSOVER ROTATABLE WAVEGUIDES FOR HORIZONTAL LARGE PT™ PROGRESSIVE TRANSITION LOUDSPEAKERS FOR INSTALLATION MODESVERSATILITY OR VERTICALWAVEGUIDES CABINET ORIENTATION WAVEGUIDES FOR PATTERN CONTROL, ROTATABLE FOR HORIZONTAL VERSATILITY LOW DISTORTION AND SMOOTH RESPONSE LOW FREQUENCY f TWO FULLY-COMPATIBLE OR VERTICAL CABINET ORIENTATION LOUDSPEAKERS FOR INSTALLATION VERSATILITY

f ROTATABLE WAVEGUIDES FOR HORIZONTAL OR VERTICAL CABINET ORIENTATION

specifications specifications specifications PD5200/43

PD5200/43

PD5200/64

PD5200/43 PD5200/64 Frequency Mid-High Frequency SYSTEM TYPE Mid-High Mid-High Frequency Mid-High Frequency SYSTEM1TYPE Mid-High Frequency Mid-High Frequency SYSTEM TYPE 200 Hz 18 kHz (-10 dB) 200 Hz 18 kHz (-10 dB) FREQUENCY RANGE 1 200 Hz - 18 kHz (-10 dB) 200 Hz - 18 kHz (-10 dB) FREQUENCY RANGE 200 Hz - 16 18 kHz (± (-103 dB) 200 Hz - 16 18 kHz (± (-103 dB) FREQUENCY RANGE 1 240 240 FREQUENCY RESPONSE 240 Hz - 16 kHz (± 3 dB) 240 Hz - 16 kHz (± 3 dB) FREQUENCY RESPONSE 240 dB Hz -SPL 16 (Passive kHz (± 3Mode) dB) 240 dB Hz -SPL 16 (Passive kHz (± 3Mode) dB) RESPONSE 111 110 SYSTEMFREQUENCY SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1m 111 dB SPL (Passive Mode) 110 dB SPL (Passive Mode) SYSTEM SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1m 111 xdB30° SPLx (Passive Mode) 11060° SYSTEM SENSITIVITY: 1 W,COVERAGE 1m 40° 60° xdB40° NOMINAL COVERAGE 40° 30° xSPL 40° (Passive Mode) NOMINAL 40° x350 30° 60°MF: x350 40° NOMINAL COVERAGE W350 (1400 W pk), hrs hrsMF: WW(1400 hrs TRANSDUCER MF: W (1400 W 100 pk), 100 350 (1400WWpk), pk),100 100 hrs TRANSDUCERMF: 2 HF: 2 75 HF: pk), 2pk), hrs 75 WWW(300 22hrs POWERPOWER RATING (AES)(AES) 75(1400 WW (300 2 hrs (300WWpk), hrs RATING MF: 350WW(300 WWpk), 100 hrs HF: MF:HF: 35075 (1400 Wpk), pk), 100 hrs TRANSDUCER HF: 75 W (300 W pk), 2 hrs POWER RATING (AES) 2 HF: 75 W (300 W pk), 2 hrs 3 3 W (1200 W peak), 100 hrs 300300 (1200WWpeak), peak),100 100 hrs LONG-TERM LF300 W 300 (1200 W peak), 100 hrs WW (1200 LONG-TERM LF RATING POWERPOWER RATING (IEC):3(IEC): MF/HF LONG-TERM LFMF/HF300 W (1200 W peak), 100 hrs 300 W (1200 W peak), 100 hrs 4 LF MAXIMUM SPL:LF POWER RATING (IEC): MAXIMUM SPL: 4MF/HF 137 SPLdB (143peak) dB peak) (141dBdBpeak) peak) Cont.4 Avg. MF SPLdB(143 135135 dBdB SPLSPL(141 Cont.SPL: Avg. MF LF HF137 dB135 MAXIMUM dB SPL (141 dB peak) 135 dB SPL (141 dB peak) dB SPL (141 dB peak) 135 dB SPL (141 dB peak) HF 135 137 (143 Cont. Avg. MF 136 dB SPL (142 dB peak) 135 dB SPL (141 dB peak) PASSIVE MODE: MF/HF 135 dB SPL (141 dB peak) PASSIVE MODE: MF/HF 135 dB SPL (142 (141 dB peak) HF 136 Trapezoidal, 12.5° side angles Trapezoidal, 12.5° side angles ENCLOSURE 136 dB SPL (142 dB peak) 135 dB SPL (141 peak) PASSIVE MODE: MF/HF Trapezoidal, 12.5°dBside angles ENCLOSURE Trapezoidal, 12.5° side angles 991 x 673 x 897 mm 991 x 673 x 706 mm DIMENSIONS Trapezoidal, 12.5° sideinangles Trapezoidal, 12.5° ENCLOSURE x 673 mm 991 x 673 x 706 mmside DIMENSIONS 39.0xx897 26.5 x 35.3 39.0 x 26.5 x 27.8 in angles (H x W x D)991 26.5 x897 35.3 inlb) 39.0 26.5 27.8 in (HWEIGHT x W x D)(each)39.0 991 xx673 mm 99158.8 xx673 x x706 DIMENSIONS 69.0xkg (152 kg (130 lb)mm NET 35.3 in 39.0 27.8 in (H x W x D) 39.0 69.0 xkg26.5 (152x lb) 58.8 xkg26.5 (130x lb) NET WEIGHT (each) 58.8 kg (130 lb) NET WEIGHT (each) 69.0 kg (152 lb) PD5322/43

PD5322/64

Three-Way Full-Range Three-Way Full-Range SYSTEM TYPEPD5322/43 PD5322/64 1 41 HzFull-Range - 17 kHz (-10 dB) 41 Hz - 17Full-Range kHz (-10 dB) FREQUENCY RANGEThree-Way PD5322/43 PD5322/64 Three-Way SYSTEM TYPE - 15(-10 kHzdB) (±3 dB) 49 kHz(-10 (±3dB) dB) FREQUENCY RESPONSE 1 41 Three-Way Full-Range Three-Way Full-Range SYSTEM TYPE Hz -4917HzkHz 41 Hz Hz - 17- 15kHz FREQUENCY RANGE dB SPL (Passive SYSTEM SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 1m 41 Hz -111 17 kHz (-10 41 110 17SPL (-10 dB)Mode) FREQUENCY RANGE 49 15 (±3 dB) Mode) 49 Hz -dB 15 kHz(Passive (±3 FREQUENCY RESPONSE x 30°(±3 dB) 60° x 40°kHz (±3 dB) NOMINAL COVERAGE49 Hz -40° 49 SPLkHz (Passive Mode) 110HzdB- 15 SPL (Passive Mode) SYSTEMFREQUENCY SENSITIVITY:RESPONSE 1 W, 1m 111 dB 15 LF: 1600 W (6400 W pk), 2 hrs LF: 1600 W (6400 W pk), 2 hrs TRANSDUCER 111 dB SPL (Passive Mode) 110 SPL (Passive Mode) SYSTEM SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1m 40° x 30° 60° xdB40° NOMINAL COVERAGE 2 LF: 1200 W (4800 W pk), 100 hrs LF: 1200 W (4800 W pk), 100 hrs POWER RATING (AES) x 30° x 40° NOMINAL COVERAGE 40° MF:W350 W (1400 W 2pk), 350WW(6400 (1400W pk), hrs LF: 1600 (6400 W pk), hrs100 hrs 60° LF:MF: 1600 pk),100 2 hrs TRANSDUCER W (300 W pk), 2 hrs 75W W(4800 (300 pk), 2 100 hrs W pk), 100 hrs LF: HF: 1200 pk), hrs POWER RATING (AES) 2 LF: 1200 1600HF:W75(4800 (6400 2 hrs 1600 W (6400WWW pk), 2 hrs TRANSDUCER 3 2 3501200 W W 100 350 W W(4800 (1400 pk), 100 hrs W (4800 W pk) LONG-TERM LF: 1200 W(1400 (4800 Wpk), pk), 100hrs hrs MF: LF: 1200 1200 (4800WWpk) POWER RATING (AES) LFMF: W (1200 Wpk), pk), 100hrs hrs HF: WW 100 hrs hrs POWER RATING (IEC): MF/HFHF: WW(300 WW pk), 2 hrs 75 (300 W pk),pk), 2 hrs MF: 75 350300 (1400 100 MF:300 350WW(1200 (1400 100 4 dB SPL peak) dB(4800 SPL (134 dB peak) MAXIMUM3 SPL:LF LF1200 HF: 75W128 W(4800 (300 W (134 pk), HF:128 75WW (300 W pk), 2 hrs pk) 2dBhrs 1200 pk) LONG-TERM dB W SPL (143 dB peak) 135 SPL W (141 dB100 peak)hrs Cont.3Avg. (1200 hrs 300 WWdB (1200 POWER RATING (IEC): MF/HF 1200WW137 (4800 Wpk), pk)100 1200 (4800 Wpk), pk) LONG-TERM LF MF300 135 dB SPL 141 dB peak) 135 dB SPL (141 dB peak) HF 4MF/HF (1200 W pk), 100 hrs 300 W (1200 W pk), 100 hrs POWER RATING (IEC): 128 W dB136 SPLdB(134 128135 dBdB SPLSPL(134 LFMF/HF300 MAXIMUM SPL:MODE: SPLdB (142peak) dB peak) (141dBdBpeak) peak) PASSIVE SPL (143 135 dB SPL (141 dB peak) Cont. Avg. MF 128 dBTrapezoidal, (134 dB15°peak) (134 LF 137 MAXIMUM SPL: 4ENCLOSURE side angles 128Trapezoidal, 15° side angles 135 dB SPL (141 dB peak) HF 135 137 dB SPL 141 (143dB dBpeak) peak) Cont. Avg. MF 673 xdB 897peak) mm 673(141 x 706dB mmpeak) 136 dB991 SPLx(142 135991 dBxSPL PASSIVE MODE:DIMENSIONS MF/HF dB peak) 26.5 x 35.3 in 39.0 x 26.5 x 27.8 in (H xHF W x D)135 39.0 x141 136 dB SPL (142 135 dB SPL (141 PASSIVE MODE: MF/HF Trapezoidal, 15° dB sidepeak) angles Trapezoidal, 15° dB sidepeak) angles ENCLOSURE 87.3 kg (192 lb) 77 kg (170 lb) NET WEIGHT (each) Trapezoidal, 15°mm side angles Trapezoidal, 15°mm side angles ENCLOSURE 991 x 673 x 897 991 x 673 x 706 DIMENSIONS 26.5x x897 35.3mm in 39.0 26.5x x706 27.8mm in (H x W x D) 39.0 991 xx673 991 xx673 DIMENSIONS 39.0 kg x 26.5 35.3 in 39.0kgx(170 26.5 lb) x 27.8 in (H x W x D) 87.3 (192x lb) 77 NET WEIGHT (each) 77 kg (170 lb) NET WEIGHT (each) 87.3 kg (192 lb)

PD5322/43, PD5322/64

PD5212/43 (shown), PD5212/64

PD5322/95 (shown) PD5322/43, PD5322/64 PD5322/43, PD5322/64 PD5322/95 (shown) (shown) PD5322/95

PD5212/95 PD5212/43 (shown), PD5212/64 PD5212/43 (shown), PD5212/64 PD5212/95 PD5212/95

PD5200/95

PD5200/95 PD5200/95 Mid-High Frequency

PD5212/43

PD5212/43 PD5212/43 Two-Way Full-Range

PD5212/64

PD5212/95

PD5212/64 PD5212/95Two-Way PD5212/64 PD5212/95 Two-Way Full-Range Full-Range

Mid-High Frequency Two-Way Full-Range Two-Way Full-Range Two-Way Full-Range Mid-High Two-Way Two-Way Two-Way 200 Hz - 18Frequency kHz (-10 dB) 80 Hz - 18 Full-Range kHz (-10 dB) 80 Hz - 18 Full-Range kHz (-10 dB) 80 Hz - 18 Full-Range kHz (-10 dB) 200 Hz - 18 kHz (-10 dB) 80 Hz - 18 kHz (-10 dB) 80 Hz - 18 kHz (-10 dB) 80 Hz - 18 kHz (-10 dB) 200 Hz - 16 18 kHz (± (-103 dB) 80 Hz - 16 18 kHz (± (-103 dB) 80 Hz - 16 18 kHz (± (-103 dB) 80 Hz - 16 18 kHz (± (-103 dB) 240 90 90 90 240 Hz - 16 kHz (± 3 dB) 90 Hz - 16 kHz (± 3 dB) 90 Hz - 16 kHz (± 3 dB) 90 Hz - 16 kHz (± 3 dB) 240 dB Hz -SPL 16 (Passive kHz (± 3Mode) dB) 90 HzdB- 16 kHz (± 3 dB) 90 HzdB- 16 kHz (± 3 dB) 90 HzdB- 16 kHz (± 3 dB) 109 109 SPL (Passive Mode) 107 SPL (Passive Mode) 106 SPL (Passive Mode) 109 dB SPL (Passive Mode) 109 dB SPL (Passive Mode) 107 dB SPL (Passive Mode) 106 dB SPL (Passive Mode) 109xx50° dB50°SPL (Passive Mode) 40° x40° 109 SPL (Passive Mode) 60° x 40°60° 107 xdB40°SPL (Passive Mode) 106 xdB50°SPL (Passive Mode) 90° 90° 30° xdB30° 90° x 50° 90° 90°350 x350 50° 40°W400 x(1600 30°W (1600 60° x 40° 90°W x pk), 50°W2(1600 MF: (1400 W pk), LF: pk), 2 hrsLF: 400 WLF: 400 (1600 2 hrs LF: 400 MF: WW(1400 W pk), 100100 hrs hrsLF: 400 W pk), W 2 hrs (1600 WWpk), 2 hrsW pk), LF: 400 W (1600 hrs W pk), 2 hrs HF: LF:W300 W (1200 hrs300 WLF: 300 (1200 100 hrsW (1200 LF: W 300 (1200 HF: WW(300 WW pk),pk), hrs2 hrs (1200 W pk), W 100pk), hrs 100 (1200 100W hrspk), LF: 300 pk),W100 hrs W pk), 100 MF:7575 350 W(300 (1400 W2pk), 100 hrsLF: 300 400 (1600 2 hrsLF: 400WWpk), (1600 2 hrs 400 (1600 2 hrshrs 75 pk), 2 hrs 75WW pk), 2 hrs 75 W2Whrs (300 WW pk), 2 hrs (300WWW(300 pk),W 2 hrs (300300 pk), 2 hrsWW HF: W 300 pk), HF: 75 W (300 W pk), 2 hrs HF: 75HF: LF:W300 (1200 W pk), 100HF: hrs75 WHF: LF: W(300 (1200 pk), 10075hrsW (300HF: LF: (1200 pk), 100 hrs HF:(1200 75 pk),hrs2100 hrs hrs HF: 75 W (300 pk), 2100 hrs HF: 75 (300hrs pk), 2100 hrs hrs 300 peak), 100100 hrs hrs 300 W300 W(300 peak), 100 300 W (1200 WWpeak), 100 hrs 300hrs W (1200 300 W peak), 100 300WW(1200 (1200W W peak), WW (1200 WWpeak), 300 (1200 WWpeak), WW (1200 WWpeak),

300 W (1200 W peak), 100 hrs 134 dBdB peak) 134dBdBSPL SPL(140 (140 peak) 133 dB SPL (139 dB peak) 133 dB SPL (139 dB peak) 134 (140 133 dB SPL (139 dB peak) 133 dB SPL (139 dB peak) Trapezoidal, 12.5° side angles 133 dB SPL (139 peak) Trapezoidal, 12.5°dBside angles 991 x 673 x 706 mm Trapezoidal, 12.5° 991 673xx27.8 706 39.0 xx26.5 inmmside angles 39.0 26.5xlb) x706 27.8mm in 991kg xx673 58.8 (130

39.0 27.8 in 58.8 xkg26.5 (130x lb) 58.8 kg (130 lb)

PD5322/95

300 W (1200 W peak), 100 hrs

137 dB peak) 134 dB SPL (140 137SPLdB(143 SPLdB(143 dB peak) 135 dB SPL 135(143 dBdB SPLpeak) (143 dB peak) 134dBdBpeak) SPL (140 dB peak)

137SPLdB(141 SPLdB(143 dB peak) 135 dB SPL 135(141 dBdB SPLpeak) (143 dB peak) 134dBdBpeak) SPL (140 dB peak) 135 dB peak) 133 dB SPL (139 135 dB SPL (141 dB peak) 135 dB SPL (141 dB peak) 133 dB SPL (139 dB peak) 134 dB SPL (140 dB peak) 132 dB SPL (138 dB peak) 131 dB SPL (137 dB peak) 134 132 131 135 dB SPL (140 (141 dB peak) 135 dB SPL (138 (141 dB peak) 133 dB SPL (137 (139 dB peak) Trapezoidal, 12.5° side angles Trapezoidal, 12.5° side angles Trapezoidal, 12.5° side angles 134 dB SPL (140 peak) 132 dB SPL (138 peak) 131 dB SPL (137 peak) Trapezoidal, 12.5°dBside angles Trapezoidal, 12.5°dBside angles Trapezoidal, 12.5°dBside angles 991 x 673 x 897 mm 991 x 673 x 706 mm 991 x 673 x 706 mm Trapezoidal, 12.5° Trapezoidal, 12.5° Trapezoidal, 12.5° 897 mmside angles 991 x 673 mmside angles 991 xin673 x 706 mmside angles 39.0 991 x 26.5x x673 35.3x in 39.0 x 26.5 x 27.8 in x 706 39.0 x 26.5 x 27.8 26.5 35.3mm in 39.0 26.5x x706 27.8mm in 69.0 kg (152 lb) 39.0 26.5x x706 27.8mm in 991 xx673 991lb) xx673 991 xx673 75.5 39.0 kg (175 lb) x x897 69.0 kg (152 39.0 35.3 in 75.5 xkg26.5 (175x lb) 75.5 kg (175 lb)

PD5122

39.0 27.8 in 69.0 xkg26.5 (152x lb) 69.0 kg (152 lb)

PD5125

Three-Way Full-Range Slot-Loaded Low Frequency Dual 15" PD5125 Low Frequency PD5322/95 PD5122 1 In bi-amp mode, with active tuning. 41 Hz - 17 kHzFull-Range (-10 dB) 41 HzSlot-Loaded - 1 kHz (-10 dB) kHz15" (-10Low dB) Frequencyrecommended PD5322/95 PD5122 PD5125 Three-Way Low Frequency37 Hz - 2.5Dual 1 In bi-amp mode, with 2AES standard, one decade 49 HzHz- 15 (±3(-10 dB)dB) 49 Hz41 - 300 dB) 42 Hz - 2.137 kHz (±3 dB) active tuning. Three-Way Full-Range Slot-Loaded Dual 6 dB crestmode, 41 - 17kHzkHz Hz -Hz1 (±3 kHzLow (-10Frequency dB) Hz15" - 2.5Low kHzFrequency (-10 dB) pink noise with 1 recommended In bi-amp with 2AES 5 5 factor within device’s standard, one decade 109 dB SPL 96 dB49 Hz) recommended active tuning. 41 Hz 17(Passive (-10Mode) 41(60HzHz- -300 1250 kHzHz (-10 37HzHz- 125 2.5Hz) (-10 dB) operational band, 49 - 15 kHz (±3 dB) (±3dB) dB) 103 dB (5042 - 2.1 kHz (±3 free air. pink noise with 6 dB crest 2 AES standard, one decade Standard AESfactor 2 hr rating 90° xHz50°- 15 kHz (±3 dB) 5 5 within device’s 49 49 Hz 300 Hz (±3 dB) 42 Hz 2.1 kHz (±3 dB) 109 dB SPL (Passive Mode) 96 dB (60 Hz - 250 Hz) 103 dB (50 Hz - 125 Hz) plus long-term pink 100noise hr with 6 dB crest operational band, free air. LF: 1600 W (6400 W pk), 2 hrs 1600 W (6400 W pk) 2 hrs 2 5 1600 W (6400 W pk) 2 hrs 2 are specified for low- device’s factor within 109 SPL (Passive Mode) 96 dB (60 Hz - 250 Hz) 103 dB (50 Hz - 125 Hz) 5rating Standard AES 2 hr rating 90° xdB50° frequency transducers. LF: 1200 W (4800 W pk), 100 hrs operational band, plus long-term 100free hr air. 2 2 3 Standard AES 2 hr rating 90° x 50° IEC standard,rating full bandwidth MF: WW (1400 W pk), 100 hrs LF:350 1600 (6400 W pk), 2 hrs 1600 W (6400 W pk) 2 hrs 1600 W (6400 W pk) 2 hrs are specified for lowplus long-term 100 hr pink noise with 6 dB crest HF: 75 W (300 W pk), 2 hrs 2 2 frequency transducers. LF: 1200 hrs 1600 W (6400 W pk) 2 hrs 1600W W(4800 (6400WWpk), pk),100 2 hrs 1600 W (6400 W pk) 2 hrs factor, 100 hours, passive rating are specified for low3 6 6 IEC standard, full bandwidth MF: 350 W (1400 mode. 1200 W (4800 W pk)W pk), 100 hrs1200 W (4800 W pk), 100 hrs 1200 W (4800 W pk), 100 hrs frequency transducers. LF: 1200 (4800 noise with 6 dB crest 4 Calculated based on power 300 (1200 W pk), 100pk), hrs 3 pink HF: WW(300 WW pk), 2 hrs IEC standard, full bandwidth MF:W75 350 (1400 100 hrs factor, 100 hours, passive rating and sensitivity, 4 pink noise with 6 dB crest 128 SPL (134 dB SPLW (134 dB pk) 1366 dB SPL (142Wpk) HF:dB 75W W(4800 (300 W peak) pk), mode. 1200 pk) 2 hrs 128 dB 1200 (4800 W pk), 100 hrs 1200 (4800 W pk), 100exclusive hrs 6 of power factor, 100 hours, passive 4 134 dBWW SPL (140WdB peak) (506 Hz - 125 Hz)W (4800 W pk), 100compression. 4 Calculated based on power 6 300 (1200 mode. 1200 (4800 Wpk), pk)100 hrs 1200 W (4800 W pk), 100 hrs 1200 hrs 5 Anechoic sensitivity 133 dB SPL 139 dB peak) rating in and sensitivity, Calculated 300 (1200 W pk), 100 hrs 128dBW dBSPL SPL(140 (134 peak) 128 dB SPL (134 dB pk) 4 136 dB SPL (142 pk) free field, no4additional exclusive ofbased poweron power 134 dBdB peak) rating 4 fromand sensitivity, 4 compression. 134 dB SPL (140 dB peak) (50 Hz -SPL 125(142 Hz) pk) sensitivity gains 128 (134 128 dB SPL (134 dB pk) 136 dB exclusive of power boundary loading. Trapezoidal, 15° side angles Trapezoidal, 10° side angles Trapezoidal, 15° side angles 5 sensitivity in 133 compression. 134 dB SPL 139 (140dB dBpeak) peak) (50 Hz - 125 Hz) 4 6 AES standard,Anechoic one decade 991 x 673 x 706 mm 991 x 476 x 691 mm 357 x 673 x 706 mm free field, no additional 5 Anechoic 134 dB SPL 139 (140dB dBpeak) peak) pink noise with 6 dB crestsensitivity in 133 sensitivity gains from 39.0 x 26.5 x 27.8 in 39 x 18.75 x 27.2 in 14.1 x 26.5 x 27.8 in factor, in cabinet, long-term free field, no additional 134 dB SPL (140 boundary loading. Trapezoidal, 15° dB sidepeak) angles Trapezoidal, 10° side angles Trapezoidal, 15° side angles 100 hr rating.sensitivity gains from 77 kg (170 lb) 53.4 kg (118 lb) 36.4 kg (80 lb) 6

Trapezoidal, 15°mm side angles 991 x 673 x 706 39.0 26.5x x706 27.8mm in 991 xx673 39.0kgx(170 26.5 lb) x 27.8 in 77 77 kg (170 lb)

Trapezoidal, 15°mm side angles 357 x 673 x 706 14.1 26.5x x706 27.8mm in 357 xx673 14.1 kg x 26.5 36.4 (80 xlb)27.8 in 36.4 kg (80 lb)

Trapezoidal, 10°mm side angles 991 x 476 x 691 39 27.2mm in 991x x18.75 476 xx691 39 x 18.75 x 27.2 53.4 kg (118 lb) in 53.4 kg (118 lb)

AES standard, one decade boundary loading.

noise with 6 dB crest 6 pink AES standard, one decade

factor, in cabinet, long-term pink noise with 6 dB crest 100 hr rating. factor, in cabinet, long-term 100 hr rating.

Page 297

Harman Pro Group | 2010

PD5200/43, PD5200/64 (shown) PD5200/95 PD5200/43, PD5200/64 (shown) PD5200/43, PD5200/64 (shown) PD5200/95 PD5200/95

Section:

INSTALLATION PRODUCTS INSTALLATION PRODUCTS INSTALLATION PRODUCTS

Precision Precision Directivity Directivity®® PD700 PD700 Precision Directivity® PD700 key features key features

f FSA™ FORWARD STEERED ARRAY ENCLOSURE CONFIGURATIONS FORWARD STEERED ARRAY ENCLOSURE f FSA™ CONFIGURATIONS f AVAILABLE SUSPENSION TRUSS COMPONENTS f FSA™ FORWARD STEERED ARRAY ENCLOSURE EASY AND COST EFFECTIVE ARRAY AVAILABLE SUSPENSION TRUSS COMPONENTS f FOR CONFIGURATIONS BUILDING FOR EASY AND COST EFFECTIVE ARRAY SUSPENSION TRUSS COMPONENTS f AVAILABLE BUILDING

key features

FOR EASY AND COST EFFECTIVE ARRAY BUILDING

Harman Pro Group | 2010

PD743 PD743

PD743 Section:

PD764

PD764 PD764

(40° x 30°) AND PD764 OneOne of the challenges stadiums,houses houses of worship performance PD743 PD743 (40° x 30°) AND PD764 (60° x 40°) (60° x 40°) of the challengesininlarge large arenas, arenas, stadiums, of worship and and performance PD743 (40°and xmid-high 30°) AND PD764loudspeaker (60° x 40°) One of the challenges in large arenas, stadiums, houses of worship and performance The PD743 PD764 mid-high The PD743 and PD764 loudspeaker spaces is tois to provide toevery everyseat seatwith with volume clarity demanded spaces providequality qualitysound sound to thethe volume andand clarity demanded The PD743 and high-impact PD764 loudspeaker systems systems provide high-impact soundmid-high reinforceprovide sound reinforcespaces is to provide quality sound to every seat with the volume and clarity demanded by today’s concert,sporting sportingand and special special events. Precision Directivity® by today’s concert, events.JBLJBLProfessional’s Professional’s Precision Directivity® ment at throw distances that are beyond the beyond systems provide high-impact sound reinforcement at throw distances that are the by sporting andrange, special events. JBL total Professional’s Precision of reach traditional single-driver designs. A designs. ment at distances that are beyond the (PD) of speakers usesaafull full range, full bandwidth system approach thatDirectivity® allows of throw traditional single-driver A (PD)today’s lineline ofconcert, speakers uses full bandwidth total system approach that allows reach single module greater thangreater 104 dB than SPL reach of traditional single-driver designs. A SPL singleproduces module produces 104 dB (PD) line of speakers uses a full range, full bandwidth total system approach that allows contractors and consultants to design a fully integrated sound system solving the audio contractors and consultants to design a fully integrated sound system solving the audio (continuous) at module distances of 65 m (215 with a(215 104 single greater dB SPL (continuous) atproduces distances offt)65 mthan ft) with a contractors and consultants design a fully integrated sound system solving the audio 40° by 30°40° coverage pattern (PD743) or a 60° by challenges inherent thesetotypes types of installations. (continuous) at distances of 65 m (215orft)a with a by 30° coverage pattern (PD743) 60° by challenges inherent totothese oflarge large installations. 40° coverage pattern (PD764). These systems 30° coverage pattern (PD743) a 60° by 40° by coverage pattern (PD764). Theseor systems challenges inherent to these types of large installations. may be used in arrays with other PD Series 40° coverage pattern (PD764). These systems be used in arrays with other PD Series modulesmay or singly as part of a distributed system.

may be used in arrays withofother PD Seriessystem. modules or singly as part a distributed modules or singly as part of a distributed system.

specifications specifications specifications PD743

SYSTEM TYPE FREQUENCY RANGE SYSTEM TYPE FREQUENCY RESPONSE SYSTEMRANGE TYPE FREQUENCY NOMINAL COVERAGE FREQUENCY RANGE FREQUENCY RESPONSE SENSITIVITY ( 1 W, 1 m) FREQUENCY RESPONSE NOMINAL COVERAGE NOMINAL IMPEDANCE NOMINAL (COVERAGE SENSITIVITY 1 W, 1RATING m) INPUT POWER

SENSITIVITY ( 1 W, 1 m) NOMINAL IMPEDANCE NOMINAL IMPEDANCE TRANSDUCERS INPUT POWER RATING INPUT POWER RATING ENCLOSURE TRANSDUCERS TRANSDUCERS FINISH ENCLOSURE INPUT CONNECTORS ENCLOSURE DIMENSIONS FINISH (H x W x D) FINISH INPUTNET CONNECTORS WEIGHT (each) INPUT CONNECTORS DIMENSIONS (H x W x D) DIMENSIONS (H x W x D) NET WEIGHT (each) NET WEIGHT (each) Page 298

Mid High Loudspeaker System PD743 Hz -Loudspeaker 17 kHz (-10 dB)System PD743 Mid150High Hz -Loudspeaker 15 kHz (± 3 dB) Mid200Hz High 150 - 17 kHz (-10 dB)System 40° x 30° (H x V) 150 Hz - 15 17 kHz (± (-103 dB) 200 MF:111 dB, HF: 118 dB 200 xHz30° - 15 40° (HkHz x V)(± 3 dB) MF:8 ohms, HF: 16 ohms 40° x 30°dB, (HHF: x V)118 dB MF:111 MF:700 W, AES; 2800 W peak MF:111 dB, dB MF:8 ohms, HF:118 16 HF:150 W, HF: AES; 600ohms W peak MF:8 ohms, HF:mm/8 16 ohms 2 x 2250J in) MF:700 W, (203 AES; 2800 W peak 2 x 2430H (75 mm/3 HF:150 W, 600 MF:700 W,AES; AES; 2800Win) Wpeak peak Trapezoidal W,(203 AES;mm/8 600 Win) peak 2HF:150 xDual 2250J V, 35°(75 H mm/3 in) 2 x25° 2430H 2250J (203 mm/8 in) DuraFlex™ 2 xBlack 2430H (75 mm/3 in) Dual Trapezoidal 1 x NL4 Neutrik® Speakon® 25° 35° H DualV,Trapezoidal x35° 991Hx 1146 mm 25°991 V,DuraFlex™ Black 39 x 39 x 45.1 in 1Black x NL4DuraFlex™ Neutrik® Speakon® 111.4 kg (245 lb) 1991 x NL4 Neutrik® Speakon® x 991 x 1146 mm 39 x 45.1 in mm 991x x39991 x 1146 39 x 39kgx (245 45.1 in 111.4 lb) 111.4 kg (245 lb)

PD764 MidPD764 High Loudspeaker System 150PD764 Hz High - 17 kHz (-10 dB) System Mid Loudspeaker 200Mid Hz High - 15 kHz (± 3 dB) 150 Hz - 17Loudspeaker kHz (-10 dB)System 60° x 40° (H x V) 150 Hz - 15 17 kHz (± (-103 dB) 200 MF:109 dB, HF: 116 dB 200 xHz40° - 15 60° (HkHz x V)(± 3 dB) MF:8 ohms, HF: 16 ohms 60° x 40°dB, (HHF: x V)116 dB MF:109 MF:700 W, AES; 2800 W peak MF:109 dB, HF: dB MF:8 ohms, HF:116 16peak ohms HF:150 W, AES; 600 W MF:8 HF: 16 2 xMF:700 2250Johms, (203 in)ohms W, mm/8 AES; 2800 W peak 2 xHF:150 2430H (75 in) WWpeak W, AES; MF:700 W,mm/3 AES;600 2800 peak Dual W,(203 AES;mm/8 600 Win) peak 2HF:150 xTrapezoidal 2250J 35°2 V, 55° H (75 mm/3 in) x 2430H 2250J (203 mm/8 in) Black 2 x DuraFlex 2430H (75 mm/3 in) Dual Trapezoidal 1 x35° NL4V,Neutrik Speakon 55° H Dual Trapezoidal 991Black x 991 x 883H mm 35° V,DuraFlex 55° 39 x 39 x 34.75 in 1Black x NL4DuraFlex Neutrik Speakon 97.7 kg (215 lb)

1991 x NL4 Neutrik x 991 x 883 Speakon mm 39 x 34.75 991x x39991 x 883inmm 39 x 39 34.75 97.7 kg x(215 lb)in 97.7 kg (215 lb)

Honda Center, Anaheim, California

Honda Center, Anaheim, California Honda Center, Anaheim, California

INSTALLATION PRODUCTS INSTALLATION PRODUCTS INSTALLATION PRODUCTS

VLA VLA Series Series

VLAfeatures Series key key features

key features

Variable Variable Line Line Array Array Loudspeakers Loudspeakers

Variable Line Array Loudspeakers

f HORN-LOADED LINE ARRAY HORN-LOADED LINE ARRAY f f STANDARD & HIGH-OUTPUT VERSIONS STANDARDAVAILABLE & HIGH-OUTPUT f f HORN-LOADED LINE ARRAY VERSIONS AVAILABLE

f COMBINES PD700 & VT TECHNOLOGIES f COMBINES PD700 & VT TECHNOLOGIES

f COMBINES PD700 & VT TECHNOLOGIES

f STANDARD & HIGHOUTPUT VERSIONS AVAILABLE

VLA301 VLA301

SYSTEM TYPE

Three-way Full Range

VLA301H VLA301H

High Output Three-Way

VLA301 VLA301H SYSTEM TYPE Three-way Full Range High Output Loudspeaker Full RangeThree-Way Loudspeaker Loudspeaker Full Range Loudspeaker SYSTEM TYPE Three-way High58 Output 1 FREQUENCY RESPONSE 58 HzFull - 12Range kHz (± 3 dB) Hz - 12 Three-Way kHz (± 3 dB) 1 Loudspeaker FullHzRange Loudspeaker FREQUENCY RESPONSE 58 Hz - 30° 12 kHz (± 3 dB) 58 30°- 12 kHz (± 3 dB) HORIZONTAL COVERAGE 1 FREQUENCY RESPONSE 12 kHz (± 3 dB) 58 - 12 kHz (±dB3SPL dB) 30° 30°Hz HORIZONTAL COVERAGE 4: 1 W, 158 dB SPL 100/111/119 m Hz - 100/111/120 SENSITIVITY 30° 30° HORIZONTAL dB SPL 100/111/119 dB SPL : 1 W, 1LF/MF/HF m 100/111/120 SENSITIVITY 4COVERAGE 4:LF/MF/HF 4 ohms/4 4 ohms/8 ohms/ 4 ohms NOMINAL dBohms/ SPL 16 ohms 100/111/119 dB SPL 1 W,IMPEDANCE 1 m 100/111/120 SENSITIVITY LF/MF/HF LF/MF/HF 4 ohms/4 ohms/ 16 ohms 4 ohms/8 ohms/ 4 ohms NOMINAL IMPEDANCE 1600 W (6400 W peak), 2 hrs. 4 ohms/8 1600 Wohms/ (6400 W4 ohms peak), 2 hrs. SYSTEM IMPEDANCE POWER RATING 2:4LFohms/4 LF/MF/HF ohms/ 16 ohms NOMINAL W (4800 W peak), 100 hrs. 1200 W (4800 W peak), 100 hrs. 2: LF 1600 W1200 LF/MF/HF (6400 W peak), 2 hrs. 1600 W (6400 W peak), 2 hrs. SYSTEM POWER RATING MF 700 W (2800 W peak), 100 hrs. 1400 W (5600 W peak), 100 hrs. (4800 W peak), 100 hrs. 1200 1600 (6400 2 hrs. 1600450WW(4800 (6400 2 hrs. hrs.hrs. SYSTEM POWER RATING 2: LF 1200 W (900 W peak), 2 hrs. (1800WWpeak), peak), 2100 HF W225 WWpeak), 100 W peak), 100 hrs. MF 700 WW(2800 (4800 peak), 100hrs. hrs. 1400 1200132WdB(5600 (4800 dB SPL continuous average SPL continuous average LF 132 MAXIMUM SPL3:1200 225 W peak), 2100 hrs.hrs. 450142 WW(1800 WWpeak), hrs.hrs. HF MF 700 W (900 (2800 (5600 peak),2100 MF 139 dBWSPLpeak), continuous average 1400 dB SPL continuous average WSPL peak), 2 hrs. W Wcontinuous peak), 2average hrs. 132 dB(900 SPL dB continuous average 132146 dB(1800 SPLSPL continuous LF 225 MAXIMUM SPL3: HF 142 continuous average 450 dB average HF W continuous average 142 SPL continuous 132 1322dB LF 139 MAXIMUM SPL3:MF x 2226H (380 mm/ 15 in) x 2226H (380 mm/ 15average in) TRANSDUCERS: LF dB 2SPL 142 continuous SPL continuous average HF MF x CMCD82H (200 average mm/8 in cone) 146 x CMCD82H (200 mm/8 in cone) 139 dB 2SPL 1424dB MF 1 1 x 2431H (38 mm/ 1 ⁄2 in) 6dB x 2431H (38mm/ mm/ 15 1 ⁄average 2in) in) HFx 2226H dB 3SPL continuous SPL(380 continuous (380 mm/ 15average in) 2146 x 2226H TRANSDUCERS: HF LF 2142 12-ply birch plywood 12-ply birch plywood ENCLOSURE (200 mm/8 in cone) 42 x CMCD82H (200 mm/8 in cone) MF 2226H (380 mm/ 15 in) 2226H (380 mm/ 15 in) TRANSDUCERS: LF 2 x CMCD82H 32 x CMCD82H 2431H (38(200 mm/mm/8 11⁄2 in) (38(200 mm/mm/8 11⁄2 in) HFFINISH DuraFlex™ DuraFlex™ in cone) 64 x 2431H CMCD82H in cone) MF 1⁄2 in) 3 x 2431H (38plywood mm/ 11⁄2 in) 6 x 2431H (38 mm/ 1NL8 HF 12-ply birch 12-ply birch plywood ENCLOSURE Neutrik Speakon® NL8 Neutrik Speakon® INPUT CONNECTORS Plus covered barrier strip Plusbirch covered barrier strip 12-ply birch plywood 12-ply plywood ENCLOSURE DuraFlex™ FINISH DuraFlex™ 533 x 1351 x 1384 mm 533 x 1351 x 1384 mm DIMENSIONS DuraFlex™ DuraFlex™ FINISH Neutrik Speakon® NL8 Neutrik Speakon® NL8 INPUT CONNECTORS 21.0 x 53.2 x 54.5 in (H x W x D) 21.0 x 53.2 x 54.5 in covered barrierNL8 strip Plus covered barrierNL8 strip Neutrik Speakon® Neutrik Speakon® INPUT CONNECTORS Plus 155 kg (342 lb) NET WEIGHT (each) 140 kg (309 lb) Plusxcovered barriermm strip Plusxcovered barriermm strip 1351 x 1384 533 1351 x 1384 DIMENSIONS 533 1 With recommended active tuning. (Digital signal processing is 53.2 x 1384 54.5 inmm 21.0 53.2 x 1384 54.5 inmm (H x W x D) 21.0 533 xx1351 533 xx1351 DIMENSIONS required in order to achieve specified performance.) 21.0kg x 53.2 xlb) 54.5 in one decade pink 21.0 x 53.2 54.5 in factor (H x W x D) 140 2 AES (309 155 kg (342 NET WEIGHT (each) standard, noise withx6lb) dB crest kg (309 lb) 155 kg (342 lb) NET WEIGHT (each) 140 1 With recommended active tuning. (Digital signal processing is in order to achieve specified performance.) 1 required With recommended active tuning. (Digital signal processing is 2 AES standard, one decade pink noise with 6 dB crest factor required in order to achieve specified performance.) 2 AES standard, one decade pink noise with 6 dB crest factor

VLA601

VLA601H

VLA901

VLA901H

Three-way Full Range VLA601 Full Range Three-way Loudspeaker Loudspeaker Three-way 58 Hz - 12 kHzFull (± Range 3 dB) Loudspeaker 58 Hz - 12 kHz (± 3 dB) 60° 58 60°Hz - 12 kHz 100/109/117 dB (± SPL3 dB)

High Output Three-Way VLA601H High Output Three-Way Full Range Loudspeaker Full Range Loudspeaker Output 58 HzHigh - 12 kHz (± 3Three-Way dB) Full Range Loudspeaker 60° 58 Hz - 12 kHz (± 3 dB) 58 60°Hz - 12 100/110/117 dBkHz SPL (± 3 dB)

Three-way Full Range VLA901 Full Range Three-way Loudspeaker LoudspeakerFull Range 58 Hz - 12Three-way kHz (± 3 dB) Loudspeaker 58 Hz - 12 kHz (± 3 dB) 90° 58 12 kHz (± 3 dB) 90°Hz 99/106/115 dB -SPL

High Output Three-Way VLA901H High Output Three-Way Full Range Loudspeaker Full Range Loudspeaker 58 Hz - 12 kHzHigh (± 3Output dB) Three-Way FullHzRange Loudspeaker 58 12 kHz (± 3 dB) 90° 58 Hz - 12 kHz (± 3 dB) 90°SPL 99/108/115 dB

VLA601

60° 100/109/117 dB SPL 4100/109/117 ohms/4 ohms/dB 16SPL ohms

4 ohms/4 ohms/ 16 ohms

VLA601H

VLA901

VLA901H

60° 100/110/117 dB SPL

90° 99/106/115 dB SPL

90° 99/108/115 dB SPL

4 ohms/8 ohms/ 4 ohms 100/110/117 dB SPL

4 ohms/499/106/115 ohms/ 16 ohms dB SPL

4 ohms/8 ohms/ 4 ohms dB SPL 99/108/115

4 ohms/8 ohms/ 4 ohms

4 ohms/4 ohms/ 16 ohms

4 ohms/8 ohms/ 4 ohms

1600 W (6400 W peak), 2 hrs. 16004Wohms/8 (6400 Wohms/ peak),42 ohms hrs. 1600 W (6400 W peak), 2 hrs.16 ohms1600 W (64004Wohms/8 peak), 2ohms/ hrs. 4 ohms 4 ohms/4 ohms/ 16 ohms 4 ohms/4 ohms/ 1200 W (4800 W peak), 100 hrs. 1200 W (4800 W peak), 100 hrs. 1200 W (4800 W peak), 100 hrs. 1200 W (4800 W peak), 100 hrs. 1600 W (6400 W peak), 2 hrs. 1600 W (6400 W peak), 2 hrs. 1600 W (6400 W peak), 2 hrs. 1600 W (6400 W peak), 2 hrs. 700 W (2800 W peak), 100 hrs. 1400 W (5600 W peak), 100 hrs. 700 W (2800 W peak), 100 hrs. 1400 W (5600 W peak), 100 hrs. 1200 (4800 W peak), WW(4800 hrs.W (900 1200 W (4800 W peak), 100 hrs. W (4800 1600WW (6400 2 hrs.hrs.450 W1200 1600 (6400 2 hrs.225 1600 (6400 2450 hrs.W 1600 (6400 2 hrs.hrs. 225 (900 W peak), 2 hrs. 100 (1800 peak),W2peak), hrs. 100 W peak), 2 hrs. (1800 1200 W peak), 2 hrs. W peak), 100 700 WW(2800 WWpeak), 100 1400 W (5600 peak), 100 hrs. 700 WW(2800 WWpeak), hrs. 1400 W peak), 100 hrs. 1200dB peak), 100hrs. hrs.132 dB 1200 (4800 Waverage 1200 (4800average peak),100 100 hrs.SPL continuous 1200 W (5600 (4800 132 SPL(4800 continuous average SPL continuous 131 dB SPL continuous 131 dB average 225 WSPL (900 WWpeak), 2100 hrs.hrs. 141 dB 450 W (1800 hrs.134 225 W (900 hrs. 450 WWpeak), hrs.hrs. 700dB (2800 peak), 1400 (5600WWpeak), peak),2100 hrs.dB SPL 700continuous (2800Waverage Wpeak), peak),2100 1400WW(1800 (5600 peak),2100 137 continuous average SPLWcontinuous average 139hrs. dB SPL continuous average 225 W (900 W peak),average 2 hrs. 450 (1800 W peak), hrs.139 dB SPL 225 W Waverage peak), 2 hrs. 450 W peak), 2average hrs. 132dB dBSPL SPLcontinuous continuous average 144 dB 132SPLW dBcontinuous SPL continuous 131continuous dB(900 SPL continuous average 131 W dB(1800 SPL continuous 141 average2average 142 dB SPL continuous average dB SPL continuous 141 SPLmm/ continuous SPL15continuous average 139 dB15 SPLin)continuous average 132 132 dB 131 131 2137 x 2226H (380 mm/ 15 in)average 2 x 2226H (380 15 in) average 2 x 2226H134 (380dBmm/ in) 2 x 2226H (380 mm/ dB SPL continuous 144 139 dB SPL continuous SPLincontinuous average 2141 x CMCD82H (200 mm/8 inaverage cone) 4 x CMCD82H (200continuous mm/8 in cone)average 2 x CMCD82H mm/8 in cone) average 4 x CMCD82H 142 (200 dB mm/8 cone) 137 141 dB SPL 134 (200 139 1⁄continuous 32141 xx2431H (38 mm/mm/ 11⁄2 15 6 x 2431H (38SPL mm/ 11⁄mm/ (38 mm/ 6 x 2431H (382142 mm/ in)average 2 in) 15average 2 in)mm/ 15average ⁄2 in) dB SPL continuous dB continuous dB SPL1(380 dB11SPL continuous 2226H (380 in) 2144 x 2226H (380 in) 3 x 2431H2139 x 2226H in) x 2226H (380 mm/ 15average in) 12-ply birch(380 plywood plywood 12-ply birch 12-ply 2 x CMCD82H (200 mm/8 in cone)12-ply 42 xbirch CMCD82H (200 mm/8 in cone) 2 x plywood CMCD82H (200 mm/8 in cone)birch plywood 42 x CMCD82H (200 mm/8 in cone) 2226H mm/ 15 in) 2226H (380 mm/ 15 in) 2226H (380 mm/ 15 in) 2226H (380 mm/ 15 in) 32 x 2431H (38(200 mm/mm/8 11⁄2 in) 64 x 2431H (38(200 mm/mm/8 11⁄2 in) 32 x 2431H (38(200 mm/mm/8 11⁄2 in) (38(200 mm/mm/8 11⁄2 in) DuraFlex™ DuraFlex™ DuraFlex™ CMCD82H in cone)DuraFlex™ CMCD82H in cone) CMCD82H in cone) 64 x 2431H CMCD82H in cone) 3 x 2431H (38plywood mm/ 6 x Speakon® 2431H (38plywood mm/ 11⁄2 in) Neutrik Speakon® 3 x 2431H (38plywood mm/ 11⁄2 in) 6 x 2431H (38plywood mm/ 11⁄2 in) 12-ply birch 12-ply birch 12-ply birch 12-ply birch Neutrik Speakon® NL811⁄2 in) Neutrik NL8 NL8 Neutrik Speakon® NL8 Plus covered strip Plus DuraFlex™ coveredbirch barrierplywood strip Plus covered barrier strip 12-ply birchbarrier plywood 12-ply 12-ply birch plywood Plus covered barrier 12-plystrip birch plywood DuraFlex™ DuraFlex™ DuraFlex™ 533 x 1351 x 772 mm 533 xDuraFlex™ 1351 x 772 mm 533 x 1351 x 640 mm mm DuraFlex™ DuraFlex™ DuraFlex™ Neutrik Speakon® NL8 Neutrik Speakon® NL8 Neutrik Speakon® NL8 533 x 1351 x 640 Neutrik Speakon® NL8 21.0 x 53.2 x 30.4 in 21.0 x 53.2 x 30.4 in 21.0 x 53.2 x 25.2 in 21.0 x 53.2 x 25.2 in Plus covered barrierNL8 strip Plus covered barrierNL8 strip Plus covered barrierNL8 strip Plus covered barrierNL8 strip Neutrik Speakon® Neutrik Speakon® Neutrik Speakon® Neutrik Speakon® 102 kg (225 lb) 116 kg (256 lb) 96 kg (211 lb) 109 kg (241 lb)

Plusxcovered barrier Plusxcovered barrier Plusxcovered barrier Plusxcovered barrier 533 1351 x 772 mmstrip 533 1351 x 772 mmstrip 533 1351 x 640 mmstrip 533 1351 x 640 mmstrip 4 Anechoic sensitivity in free field, no additional sensitivity gains within device’s band, free21.0 air. Standard AES ratings 21.0 x1351 53.2 x 772 30.4operational in 53.2 x 772 30.4 in 21.0 53.2 x 640 25.2 in 21.0 53.2 x 640 25.2mm in 533 mm 533 xx1351 mm 533 xx1351 533 xx1351 arex specified for low-frequency transducers. from boundary loading. mm 21.0 x 53.2 30.4 inon power rating and116 21.0 x 53.2 30.4 in 21.0kgx(211 53.2 lb) x 25.2 in 21.0kg x 53.2 25.2 in 3 Calculated 102 kg (225xlb) kg (256xlb) 96 109 (241xlb) based sensitivity. 102within kg (225 lb) 116 kg (256 lb) 964kg (211 lb) 109 kg (241 lb) device’s operational band, free air. Standard AES ratings Anechoic sensitivity in free field, no additional sensitivity gains are specified for low-frequency transducers. within device’s operational band, free air. Standard AES ratings are specified for low-frequency transducers. 3 Calculated based on power rating and sensitivity. 3 Calculated based on power rating and sensitivity.

boundary loading. 4 from Anechoic sensitivity in free field, no additional sensitivity gains from boundary loading.

Page 299

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Variable Line Array Series (VLA Series) is a revolutionary product Variable Line Array Series (VLAreinforcement Series) is a revolutionary productbeyond providing sound at throw distances Variable Linehigh-impact Array Series (VLA Series) is a revolutionary product providing high-impact sound reinforcement at throw distances beyond the reachhigh-impact of traditional designs. modular design providing soundloudspeaker reinforcement at throwThe distances beyond the reach of traditional loudspeaker designs. The modular design concept theloudspeaker system designer to design build large line array the reach ofprovides traditional designs.the Theability modular concept provides the system designer the ability to build large line array systems for larger venuedesigner applications or toto design smaller concept provides the system the ability build large lineline arrayarray systems for larger venue applications or to design smaller line array systems usevenue as distributed clusters in arenas, domed stadiums and systems forfor larger applications or to design smaller line array systems for use as distributed clusters in arenas, domed stadiums and systems for use as distributed clusters in arenas, domed stadiums and larger performance spaces, including large houses of worship. largerperformance performance spaces, including of worship. larger spaces, including large large houseshouses of worship. VLA is designed specifically for permanent installation applications VLAisisdesigned designed specifically for permanent installation applications VLA specifically for permanent installation applications where even coverage, intelligibility, and levels capable of overcoming where even coverage, intelligibility, and levels capable of overcoming where even coverage, intelligibility, and levels capable of overcoming crowd noise are required. crowd noise are required. crowd noise are required. VLA modules are based on the same advanced engineering used in the VLA areare based on the same advanced engineering used in the VLAmodules modules the same engineering used insixthe highly successful Vbased ERTECon ® Series lineadvanced array systems. VLA provides highly successful V ER T EC ® Series line array systems. VLA provides six highly successful V ER T EC ® Series line array systems. VLA provides six largeformat format horn-loaded modules horizontal horn coverage large horn-loaded modules with with three three horizontal horn coverage large format horn-loaded modules withconcept three horizontal horndesigner coverage patterns (30°, & 90°). modular provides the patterns (30°, 60°,60°, & 90°). ThisThis modular concept provides the designer patterns (30°, 60°, & 90°). This modular concept provides the designer theadditional additional flexibility to vary the horizontal the flexibility to vary the horizontal patternpattern within awithin verticala vertical the additional flexibility to vary the horizontal pattern within a vertical array by incorporating different modules with wider or narrower coverage array by incorporating different modules with wider or narrower coverage array by incorporating different modules with wider or narrower coverage patterns stillstill maintaining the vertical directivity. patternswhile while maintaining the vertical directivity. patterns while still maintaining the vertical directivity.

Section:

INSTALLATION/TOUR SOUND PRODUCTS INSTALLATION/TOUR SOUND PRODUCTS INSTALLATION/TOUR SOUND PRODUCTS

VP VP Series Series

Self-Powered Self-Powered Integrated Integrated Audio Audio Systems Systems

VP Series

Self-Powered Integrated Audio Systems

VP SERIES VP SERIES

VP SERIES

VP7315/95DP VP7315/95DP VP7315/95DP

VP7215/95DP VP7215/95DP VPSB7118DP VPSB7118DP

VP7215/95DP

VP7212/95DP VP7215/64DP VP7212/95DP VP7212/64DP VP7212/64DP VP7215/64DP VP7212/95DP VP7215/64DP

VP7212/64DP

VPSB7118DP

2007 WINNER 2007 WINNER 2007 WINNER

VP7215/95DPC VP7210/95DP VP7215/95DPC VP7212/95DPC VP7210/95DP

VP7215/95DPC

VP7210/95DP VP7212/95DPC VP7212/95DPC

Harman Pro Group | 2010

VP7212MDP VP7212MDP VP7212MDP

Section:

Venue Performance Series—a family of self-powered loudspeaker systems consisting of ten models, suitable for portable or fixed Venue PerformanceSeries—a Series—a family family ofofself-powered loudspeaker systems consisting of ten of models, suitablesuitable for portable or fixed or fixed Venue Performance self-powered loudspeaker systems consisting ten models, for portable installation sound applicationswhere where high-output, low-distortion, and the highest qualityaresound are required. installation soundreinforcement reinforcement applications high-output, low-distortion, and the highest quality sound required. installation sound reinforcement applications where high-output, low-distortion, and the highest quality sound are required. JBLJBL DriDri vePack® vePack® JBL vePack® A key feature of the ADri key feature of the

A key of the the VP Series areare the VPfeature Series VP Series are the JBL highly adaptable DrivePack and highly adaptable JBL DrivePackamplifier amplifier and signal processing modules. Theamplifier two channel channel highly adaptable JBL DrivePack andDP-2 signal processing modules. The two DP-2 module provides 1100 watts totalchannel continuous signal processing modules. The two DP-2 module provides 1100 watts ofoftotal continuous power to each fullsize, full-range system while module 1100 full-range watts of total continuous power toprovides each fullsize, system while theto DP-1 sub-woofer moduleprovides provides 1800 watts power each fullsize,module full-range system while the DP-1 sub-woofer 1800 watts continuous power to the loudspeaker. the DP-1 sub-woofer provides 1800 watts continuous power to module the loudspeaker. The JBL DP-1 andto DP-2 DrivePacks operate on continuous loudspeaker. The JBL DP-1power and DP-2the DrivePacks operate on auto-selecting line voltages at 50 or 60 Hz for

The worldwide JBL DP-1 and DrivePacks on auto-selecting lineDP-2 voltages at 50 oroperate 60 Hzchannel for operation. The compact three auto-selecting lineused voltages at 50 orVP 60Series Hzchannel for worldwide operation. The compact three DPC-2 module on the smaller worldwide operation. The compact three channel DPC-2 module used the smaller VP Series models uses two ofon the three amplifier channels DPC-2 module used onBridge the smaller VP Series models uses two of the three amplifier channels to enable JBL’s Dual Technology™ (DBT) allowing the most efficient power transfer to models uses two of the three amplifier channels to enable JBL’s Dual Bridge Technology™ (DBT) the JBL Differential Drive® Technology™ woofers. All DrivePack to enable JBL’s Dual Bridge (DBT) allowing the most efficient power transfer to models incorporate Crown’s BCA™transfer (Balanced allowing the most efficient power to the JBL Differential Drive® woofers. All DrivePack Current Amplification) Class-I circuitry the JBL Differential Drive® woofers. All with DrivePack models incorporate Crown’s BCA™ (Balanced temperature-compensated modulation and state models incorporate Crown’s (Balanced Current Amplification) Class-IBCA™ circuitry with of the art feedback circuitry. An extraordinarily Current Amplification) Class-I circuitry with temperature-compensated modulation and state efficient passive cooling system eliminates temperature-compensated and state of the art feedback circuitry.modulation An extraordinarily expensive and noisy fans, effecting heat of the artpassive feedback circuitry. An extraordinarily efficient system eliminates dissipation forcooling optimal cooling. efficient passive cooling eliminates expensive and noisy fans,system effecting heat expensive and noisy fans, effecting heat dissipation for optimal cooling. dissipation for optimal cooling.

INPUT MODULES & CONNECTIVITY INPUT MODULES & CONNECTIVITY INPUT MODULES & CONNECTIVITY JBL DrivePacks and DP-2 are equipped JBL DrivePacks DP-1DP-1 and DP-2 are equipped JBLa DrivePacks DP-1 DP-2 are equipped with a modular input bay. Standard DPIP input with modular input bay.and Standard DPIP input with a from modular input bay. Standard DPIPinputs input modules from feature analog modules dbxdbx feature analog audio audio inputs and sophisticated DSP DSP technology incorporating modules from dbx feature analog audio inputs and sophisticated technology incorporating digital filters, frequencyand pre-equalization sophisticated DSP technology incorporating digital pre-equalization filters, frequencydividing and and limiter circuitry from one digitalnetworks, pre-equalization filters, frequencydividing networks, limiter circuitry from one ofof thethe industry’s mostmost trusted namesnames in signal dividing networks, andtrusted limiter circuitry industry’s in from signalone processing. Classic dbx Limiting functionality, of the industry’s most names in signal processing. Classic dbxtrusted Limiting functionality, dbx Type IV® analog-to-digital converters, and processing. dbx Limitingconverters, functionality, dbx Type IV®Classic analog-to-digital and full bandpass and crossover configurations are all dbxbandpass Type IV®standard analog-to-digital converters, full and crossover configurations are all DPAN Input Module with analog audio and packed into the input module on every and DPAN Input Module with analog audio and full bandpass and crossover configurations are all 100 Mb Ethernet packed intounit. the standard input module networking functionality JBL DrivePack With JBL DrivePack, dbx’s on every 100HiQnet Mb Ethernet networking functionality and compatibility DPAN Input Module with analog audio and packed the standard input module on every JBL DrivePack unit. With JBL DrivePack, dbx’s heritage ofinto unrivaled system/loudspeaker control and HiQnet compatibility 100 Mb Ethernet networking functionality JBL DrivePack unit. With JBL DrivePack, dbx’s heritage of unrivaled system/loudspeaker control continues. DPAN Input Moduleand HiQnet compatibility heritage of unrivaled system/loudspeaker control continues. Optional network input modules DPAN (analog DPAN The DPAN inputInput moduleModule includes analog continues. audio input) network and DPCNinput (digital audio input) allow Optional modules DPAN (analog DPAN Input Module audio inputs and sophisticated onboard The DPAN input module includes analog most JBL VP Series systems to link seamlessly into Optional network input(digital modules DPAN (analog audio input) and DPCN audio input) allow digital signal technology. The processing DPAN input modulePrecision includes analog audio inputs and sophisticated onboard Harman Professional’s audioJBL input) and DPCN (digital audio input) allow most VP Series systems to link seamlessly into band-pass limiting, pre-equalization filters and audio inputs and sophisticated onboard digital signal processing technology. Precision HiQnet system. The most JBLProfessional’s VP Series systems to link seamlessly into Harman automatic self-test functions ensure optimized modular input design allows for future developdigital signal processing technology.filters Precision band-pass limiting, pre-equalization and Harmansystem. Professional’s HiQnet The performance. ments in audio distribution and networking band-pass self-test limiting,functions pre-equalization filters and automatic ensure optimized HiQnet system. The allows for future developmodular input design The DPCN input module is also HiQnet ensure optimized topologies. automatic self-test functions performance. modular allowsand for networking future develop-compatible, ments in input audiodesign distribution with CobraNet™ digital audio input performance. ments in audio distribution and networking The DPCN input module is also HiQnet topologies.

capabilities. It offers the ability to direct up to The DPCN module is also HiQnet withnetwork, CobraNet™ digital audio input 64 audiocompatible, channels oninput one with digital compatible, with CobraNet™ audio capabilities. It offers the abilitydigital to direct up input to The VP Series also includes: audio and remote control and monitoring via FEATURE LOADED capabilities. the ability to Ethernet64 combined onIta offers single DPCNto direct audio channels oncable. one network, withup digital • JBL Differential Drive cone transducers FEATURE LOADED includes audio theaudio option to use ancontrol analog as with digital The VP Series also includes: 64 on oneinput network, andchannels remote and monitoring via • JBL 2452H-SL 1.5" exit, 4" diaphragm a backupEthernet audio and source providing The VP Differential Series also includes: audio remote control and monitoring via combined oncomplete a single cable. DPCN • JBL compression driver Drive cone transducers reliabilityincludes and flexibility to coveron situation. Ethernet combined a single cable.input DPCNas the option toany use an analog • JBL Differential Drive cone transducers • Newly-created stylized, ergonomically • JBL 2452H-SL 1.5" exit, 4" diaphragm As with the DPAN, user-addressable features option to use an analog input as aincludes backupthe audio source providing complete designed powder-coated steel driver • compression JBL 2452H-SL 1.5" exit, 4"handle diaphragm include ten internal pre-e.q. filter presets, up a backup audio source providing complete reliability and flexibility to cover any situation. to 2 seconds of signal delay per channel, and compression driver • Multiple attachment points for ultimate • Newly-created stylized, ergonomically reliability and flexibility to cover any features situation. As with the DPAN, user-addressable noise and sine-wave generators. rigging flexibility with overhead powder-coated steel handle onboardinclude • designed Newly-created stylized, ergonomically As with the DPAN, user-addressable features ten internal pre-e.q. filter presets, up suspension

FEATURE LOADED topologies.

powder-coated steel • designed Multiple attachment points forhandle ultimate with overhead • rigging Multipleflexibility attachment points for ultimate suspension rigging flexibility with overhead suspension

Page 300

include ten internal pre-e.q. filterchannel, presets,and up to 2 seconds of signal delay per to 2 seconds ofand signal delay per channel, and onboard noise sine-wave generators. onboard noise and sine-wave generators.

VP SERIES VP SERIES

key key features features VP SERIES

key features

f NEW 2452H-SL 4" DAMPED DIAPHRAGM f OPTIONAL DPCN COBRANET™ INPUT MODULE HIGH-FREQUENCY COMPRESSION DRIVER FOR DIGITAL AUDIO CONNECTIVITY 2452H-SL 4" DAMPED DIAPHRAGM DPCN COBRANET™ INPUT MODULE f NEW f OPTIONAL HIGH-FREQUENCY COMPRESSION DRIVER FOR DIGITAL AUDIO CONNECTIVITY f JBL DRIVEPACK® TECHNOLOGY, f DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE® LOWCO-ENGINEERED WITH CROWN FREQUENCY DRIVERS TECHNOLOGY, DRIVE® INPUT LOW- MODULE f f DIFFERENTIAL NEWDRIVEPACK® 2452H-SL 4" DAMPED DIAPHRAGM DPCN COBRANET™ fJBL f OPTIONAL CO-ENGINEERED CROWN FREQUENCY HIGH-FREQUENCY WITH COMPRESSION DRIVER FOR DIGITAL AUDIO DRIVERS CONNECTIVITY COMPREHENSIVE ON-BOARD DSP INTEGRATED RIGGING HARDWARE f f JBL DRIVEPACK® TECHNOLOGY, DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE®RIGGING LOW- HARDWARE COMPREHENSIVE ON-BOARD DSP INTEGRATED fHIQNET™ f f f SYSTEM ARCHITECT™ COMPATIBILITY f f ERGONOMICALLY DESIGNED HANDLES CO-ENGINEERED WITH CROWN FREQUENCY DRIVERS f HIQNET™ SYSTEM ARCHITECT™ COMPATIBILITY f ERGONOMICALLY DESIGNED HANDLES f COMPREHENSIVE ON-BOARD DSP

f INTEGRATED RIGGING HARDWARE

f HIQNET™ SYSTEM ARCHITECT™ COMPATIBILITY

f ERGONOMICALLY DESIGNED HANDLES

VP7210/95DP VP7210/95DP The VP7210/95DP is a 10" two-way system with

VP7215/95DPC VP7215/95DPC The VP7215/95DPC is a 15" two-way compact

The2452H-SL VP7210/95DP is a 10" two-way system with the compression driver. This model VP7210/95DP the 2452H-SL model features a 90°xcompression 50° rotatabledriver. horn. This The system The VP7210/95DP is a 10" two-way system with features 50° rotatable horn.power The system is driven aby90°x an 875W continuous three the 2452H-SL compression driver. This model is driven by ana 90°x 875W continuous power three channel DPC-2 JBL 50° DrivePack®. features rotatable horn. The system channel DPC-2 DrivePack®. is driven byJBL an 875W continuous power three

The VP7215/95DPC is acompression 15" two-way driver. compact system with a 2452H-SL This VP7215/95DPC systemfeatures with a 2452H-SL compression driver. model a 90° x 50° PT waveguide. TheThis The VP7215/95DPC is a 15" two-way compact model features a 90°with x 50°the PTJBL waveguide. system is equipped DrivePackThe model system with a 2452H-SL compression driver. This system is equipped with the JBL power. DrivePack model DPC-2 with 875W continuous model features a 90°ofx 50° PT waveguide. The DPC-2 875W with of continuous power.model system with is equipped the JBL DrivePack

VP7212MDP channel DPC-2 JBL DrivePack®. VP7212MDP The VP7212MDP is a dedicated 12" two-way

VP7212MDP The VP7212MDP is a dedicated 12" two-way floor monitor and features 2452H-SL 4" voice The VP7212MDP is aThe dedicated 12"4"two-way floorcompression monitor anddriver. features 2452H-SL voice coil VP7212MDP is floor monitor and 2452H-SL 4"DPC-2 voice coil compression The VP7212MDP is coil equipped with thedriver. JBLfeatures DrivePack model compression The VP7212MDP equipped equipped with thedriver. JBL DrivePack modelisDPC-2 with 875W continuous power available. with the JBL DrivePack model DPC-2 with 875W with 875W continuous power available. VP7212/95DPC The VP7212/95DPC is acompression 12" two-way driver. compact system with a 2452H-SL This The VP7212/95DPC is a 12" two-way compact system with with a 2452H-SL compression driver. model features aa90° x 50° PT waveguide. TheThis system 2452H-SL compression driver. This modelmodel features a 90°awith x 50° PTJBL waveguide. system is equipped DrivePackThe model features 90° xthe 50° PT waveguide. The system is equipped thethe JBLJBL DrivePack DPC-2system with 875W ofwith continuous power. is equipped with DrivePackmodel model DPC-2DPC-2 with with 875W of continuous power. 875W of continuous power.

VP7212/95DPAN (90° x 50°) The VP7212/64DPAN and VP7212/95DPAN are two-way speaker systems housing one 12" Thetwo-way VP7212/64DPAN VP7212/95DPAN are speaker systems housing one 12" Differential Drive lowand frequency transducer are two-way systems housing one 12" The Differential Drive low frequency transducer and the newspeaker 2452H-SL compression driver. Differential Drive low with frequency transducer and the is new 2452H-SL compression VP7212 available either a 60° xdriver. 40° orThe 90° x and the new 2452H-SL compression driver. The VP7212 is available with either a Waveguide. 60° x 40° or 90° x 50° JBL Progressive Transition™ VP7212 is available with either a 60° x 40° or 90° x 50° JBL Progressive Transition™ Waveguide. 50° JBL Progressive Transition™ Waveguide.

specifications specifications specifications VP7210/95DP

VP7210/95DP

VP7210/95DP Self-Powered Two-way SYSTEM TYPE Self-Powered Two-way SYSTEM TYPESpeaker System Self-Powered Two-way SYSTEM TYPE Speaker System Speaker System(±3 dB) FREQUENCY RESPONSE – 20 kHz (±3 dB) FREQUENCY RESPONSE80 Hz –8020HzkHz kHz (±3 dB) FREQUENCY RESPONSE 90Hz x 50–9020x 50 NOMINALNOMINAL COVERAGE COVERAGE80 90 x 50 NOMINAL COVERAGE Peak (875W Cont)Cont) DRIVEPACK POWER POWER RATINGS Peak (875W DRIVEPACK RATINGS1750W1750W 1750W (875W Cont) DRIVEPACKTRANSDUCERS: POWERTRANSDUCERS: RATINGS 10Peak in Differential Drive in Differential Drive LF LF10 2452H-SL 1.5" exit 1.5" exit HF (MF) 10 in Differential Drive TRANSDUCERS: LFHF (MF)2452H-SL compression compression 2452H-SL 1.5"driver exitdriver HF (MF) JBL Progressive Transition™ Waveguide (MF) HORNcompression driver JBL Progressive Transition™ Waveguide HF (MF)HF HORN Black Duraflex™ JBL Progressive Transition™ Waveguide HF (MF)FINISH HORN FINISHBlack Duraflex™ 14-gauge perforated steel Duraflex™ FINISHGRILLEBlack 14-gauge perforated steel GRILLE M/FM XLR INPUT CONNECTOR 14-gauge GRILLE M/FM XLRperforated steel INPUT CONNECTOR 521 x 293 x 303 mm DIMENSIONS M/FM XLRxx303 INPUTDIMENSIONS CONNECTOR x 293 20.5 11.5mm x 11.9 in (H x W x D)521 11.5xkgx303 11.9 in (H xWEIGHT W x D) (each)20.5 521 xx293 mm DIMENSIONS 18.4 (40.5 lb) NET 20.5 kg x 11.5 x 11.9 (H x W x D) 18.4 (40.5 lb) in NET WEIGHT (each) 18.4 kgVP7212/64DPAN (40.5 lb) NET WEIGHT (each) & VP7212/95DPAN VP7212/64DPAN &

Self-Powered Two-way SYSTEM TYPEVP7212/95DPAN VP7212/64DPAN & Speaker System VP7212/95DPAN Self-Powered Two-way SYSTEM TYPE 60System Hz - 18Two-way kHz (±3 dB) FREQUENCY RESPONSESpeaker Self-Powered SYSTEM TYPE x 40 COVERAGESpeaker 60 Hz -VP7212/64: 18System kHz (±360dB) FREQUENCYNOMINAL RESPONSE VP7212/95: 90 x 50 60 Hz - 18 kHz FREQUENCY RESPONSE VP7212/64: 60(±3 x 40dB) NOMINAL COVERAGE 2200W Peak (1100W Cont) DRIVEPACK POWER RATINGS VP7212/95: VP7212/64: 90 60 x 50 40 NOMINAL COVERAGE 12 in Differential Drive TRANSDUCERS: LF VP7212/95: x1.5" 50 exitCont) Peak90 (1100W DRIVEPACK POWER RATINGSHF (MF)2200W2452H-SL compression driver 2200W Peak (1100W DRIVEPACKTRANSDUCERS: POWER RATINGS 12 in Differential DriveCont) LF JBL Progressive Transition™ Waveguide (MF) 1.5" exitDrive compression driver HFHF(MF) 12 in Differential TRANSDUCERS: LF HORN2452H-SL 2452H-SL 1.5" exit compression driver HF (MF) Black Duraflex™ Transition™ Waveguide HF (MF) HORN FINISHJBL Progressive 14-gauge perforated steelWaveguide Transition™ HF (MF) HORNGRILLEJBL Progressive Female XLR/Male XLR INPUT CONNECTORBlack Duraflex™ FINISH DPCNperforated (CobraNet compliant) INPUT CONNECTOR Black Duraflex™ FINISHOPTION14-gauge steel GRILLE 2 x RJ45 connectors 14-gauge perforated GRILLE Female INPUT CONNECTOR +XLR/Male M/FM XLR XLRsteel compliant) INPUT CONNECTOR OPTION Female(CobraNet XLR/Male XLR INPUT CONNECTOR 701.8 x 383.8 x 523.5 mm DIMENSIONSDPCN x RJ45 connectors (CobraNet compliant) INPUT CONNECTOR OPTION 27.63 x 15.11 x 20.61 in (H x W x D)2DPCN + M/FM XLR 2 x RJ45 connectors 35.4 kg (78 lb) NET WEIGHT (each) + M/FM XLR x 523.5 mm 701.8 x 383.8 DIMENSIONS 27.63 (H x W x D) 701.8 x 15.11 383.8 x 20.61 523.5 in mm DIMENSIONS 27.63kgx 15.11 (H x W x D) 35.4 (78 lb)x 20.61 in NET WEIGHT (each) 35.4 kg (78 lb) NET WEIGHT (each)

VP7215/64DPAN (60° x 40°) Thetwo-way VP7215/64DPAN and VP7215/95DPAN are speaker systems housing one 15" VP7215/95DPAN (90° x 50°) are two-wayDrive speaker housing one 15" Differential lowsystems frequency transducer The VP7215/64DPAN and VP7215/95DPAN Differential low housing frequency and the newDrive 2452H-SL compression are two-way speaker systems onetransducer 15" driver. The and the new VP7215 is available withcompression either a 60° xdriver. 40° orThe Differential Drive low2452H-SL frequency transducer VP7215 isJBL available with either a 60° 40° or 90° x 50° Progressive Transition™ and the new 2452H-SL compression driver. Thex Waveguide. 90°is xavailable 50° JBLwith Progressive Transition™ Waveguide. VP7215 either a 60° x 40° or

VP7315/64DPAN 90° x 50° JBL Progressive Transition™ Waveguide.

VP7315/64DPAN The VP7315/64DPAN is a three-way system VP7315/64DPAN The VP7315/64DPAN is a three-way housing one 15" Differential Drive lowsystem frequency The VP7315/64DPAN a three-way8"system housing onethe 15"is Differential Drive low frequency transducer, CMCD-82H midrange housing one 15" Differential Drive2452H-SL low transducer, the CMCD-82H 8"frequency midrange transducer and the new compression transducer, the CMCD-82H 8" midrange transducer and the compression driver mounted on anew JBL2452H-SL PT-K64-MHF Progressive transducer and the new 2452H-SL compression driver mounted on a JBL PT-K64-MHF Progressive Transition Waveguide. driver mounted on a JBL PT-K64-MHF Progressive Transition Waveguide. Transition Waveguide. VPSB7118DPAN

VP7212MDP VP7212MDP VP7212MDP Self-Powered Two-way Self-Powered Two-way

Speaker System Self-Powered Speaker SystemTwo-way Speaker System 80 kHz(±3 (±3dB) dB) 80Hz Hz -- 18 18 kHz 80 50 50xHz x 90 90- 18 kHz (±3 dB) 50 x 90 1750W Peak(875W (875WCont) Cont) 1750W Peak 1750W Peak (875W Cont) 12inin Differential Differential Drive 12 Drive 2452H-SL 1.5" 2452H-SL 1.5"exit exitDrive 12 in Differential compression driver compression driver 2452H-SL 1.5" exit JBLProgressive Progressivedriver Transition™ Waveguide compression JBL Transition™ Waveguide Black Duraflex™ Transition™ Waveguide JBL Progressive Black Duraflex™ 14-gauge perforated steel Black Duraflex™ 14-gauge perforated steel M/FM XLR 14-gauge M/FM XLRperforated steel 346 x 565 x 413 mm M/FM XLR 346 13.6xx565 22.3xx413 16.2mm in 13.6 22.3 16.2mm in 346 565 x x413 20.7xxkg (45.5 lb) 13.6 kg x 22.3 x 16.2 20.7 (45.5 lb) in 20.7 kg (45.5 lb) VP7215/64DPAN &

VP7215/95DPAN & VP7215/64DPAN Self-Powered Two-way & VP7215/95DPAN VP7215/64DPAN Speaker SystemTwo-way VP7215/95DPAN Self-Powered

45 Hz - 18System kHz (± 3 dB) Speaker Self-Powered Two-way VP7215/64: 60 x(±403 dB) Speaker 45 Hz - 18System kHz VP7215/95: 90 x 50 45 Hz - 18 kHz VP7215/64: 60(± x 403 dB) 2200W Peak (1100W Cont) VP7215/95: VP7215/64: 90 60 x 50 40 15 in Differential Drive VP7215/95: x 50compression 2200W Peak (1100W Cont) driver 2452H-SL 1.5"90 exit 2200W Peak (1100W 15 in Differential DriveCont) JBLinProgressive Transition™ Waveguide 2452H-SL 1.5" exit compression driver 15 Differential Drive 2452H-SL 1.5" exit compression driver Black Duraflex™ Transition™ Waveguide JBL Progressive 14-gauge perforated steel Waveguide JBL Progressive Transition™ Female XLR/Male XLR Black Duraflex™ DPCNDuraflex™ (CobraNet compliant) Black 14-gauge perforated steel 2 x RJ45 connectors 14-gauge perforated Female XLRsteel + M/FMXLR/Male XLR DPCN compliant) Female XLR/Male XLRmm 765.3 (CobraNet x 447.6 x 523.5 2DPCN x RJ45 connectors (CobraNet compliant) 30.13 x 17.62 x 20.61 in + XLR 238.6 xM/FM RJ45 connectors kg (85 lb) + M/FM XLR x 523.5 mm 765.3 x 447.6 30.13 765.3 x 17.62 447.6 x 20.61 523.5 in mm 30.13kgx 17.62 38.6 (85 lb)x 20.61 in 38.6 kg (85 lb)

VPSB7118DPAN The VPSB7118DPAN subwoofer system VPSB7118DPAN The VPSB7118DPAN subwoofer features one 18" Differential Drivesystem low frequency The VPSB7118DPAN subwoofer system features 18"model Differential frequency transducer. This includes anlow integrated features one 18"one Differential Drive lowDrive frequency transducer. This model an transducer. This model ancombine integrated pole mount, andincludes is sizedincludes tointegrated readily pole mount, and isofsized to readily polearrays mount, and is sized tocombine readily combine into various configurations using other into arrays of various configurations using other into arrays of various using other models in the line. configurations models in the line. models in the line.

VP7212/95DPC

VP7212/95DPC VP7212/95DPC

Self-Powered Two-way Self-Powered Two-way Speaker System Self-Powered Two-way Speaker System Speaker System HzkHz – 18 65 Hz65 – 18 (±3kHz dB)(±3 dB) 65 xHz50– 18 kHz (±3 dB) 90 90 x 50 90 x 50 1750W Peak (875W 1750W Peak (875W Cont) Cont) 1750W Peak (875W Cont) 12 in 12 Differential Drive in Differential Drive 2452H-SL exit 2452H-SL 1.5" exitDrive 12 in1.5" Differential compression driver compression 2452H-SL 1.5"driver exit JBL Progressive Transition™ Waveguide compression driver JBL Progressive Transition™ Waveguide BlackJBL Duraflex™ Progressive Black Duraflex™Transition™ Waveguide 14-gauge perforated steel Black Duraflex™ 14-gauge perforated steel M/FM XLR 14-gauge M/FM XLRperforated steel 533 x 358 x 334 mm M/FM XLRinx 334 mm 533 x 358 21.0x14.1x13.1 21.0x14.1x13.1 in 533(47x lbs) 358 x 334 mm 21.3 kg 21.0x14.1x13.1 21.3 kg (47 lbs) in 21.3 kg (47 lbs)

VP7215/95DPC

VP7215/95DPC VP7215/95DPC

Self-Powered Two-way

Self-Powered Two-way Speaker System Self-Powered Two-way Speaker System Speaker System 60 Hz 18 kHz (±3 dB) 60 Hz – 18 kHz (±3–dB) 60 xHz50– 18 kHz (±3 dB) 90 x 50 90

90 x 50

24.1x17.1x14.1 24.7 kg (55 lbs) in 24.7 kg (55 lbs)

VPSB7118DPAN

Self-Powered Three-way VP7315/64DPAN Speaker System VP7315/64DPAN Self-Powered Three-way 45 HzSpeaker - 18 kHz (± 3 dB) System Self-Powered Three-way VP7315/64: x 40 Speaker 45 Hz -6018System kHz (± 3 dB)

Self-Powered Sub-woofer VPSB7118DPAN System Self-Powered VPSB7118DPAN Sub-woofer 35 Hz - 125 System Hz (±3 dB) Sub-woofer Self-Powered

45 Hz - 18 kHz VP7315/64: 60(± x 403 dB) 2200W Peak (1100W Cont) VP7315/64: 60 x 40 15 in Differential Drive 2200W (1100W Cont) 2452H-SL 1.5"Peak exit compression driver 2200W Peak (1100W CMCD-82H Midrange) 15 in (8" Differential DriveCont) JBL PT-K64-MHF Progressive Transition™driver 2452H-SL 1.5" exitDrive compression 15 in Differential Waveguide CMCD-82H (8" Midrange) 2452H-SL 1.5" exit compression driver BlackJBL Duraflex™ PT-K64-MHF Progressive Transition™ CMCD-82H (8" Midrange) Waveguide 14-gauge perforated steel JBL PT-K64-MHF Progressive Transition™ Waveguide Female XLR/Male XLR Black Duraflex™ DPCN14-gauge (CobraNet compliant) Black Duraflex™ perforated steel 2 x RJ45 connectors 14-gauge perforated Female XLRsteel + M/FM XLR XLR/Male compliant) Female XLR 914.4DPCN x 528.3(CobraNet xXLR/Male 624.8 mm 2DPCN x RJ45 connectors (CobraNet compliant) 36 x 20.8 x 24.6 in +xM/FM XLR RJ45 44 kg2(97 lb) connectors + M/FM XLR x 624.8 mm 914.4 x 528.3 36 x 20.8 x 24.6x 624.8 in mm 914.4 x 528.3 36 kg x 20.8 44 (97 xlb)24.6 in 44 kg (97 lb)

Section:

1750W Peak1750W (875W Peak Cont) (875W Cont) 1750W Peak (875W 15" Differential Drive 15" Differential DriveCont) 2452H-SL 1.5" 2452H-SL 1.5" exit 15"exit Differential Drive compressioncompression driver 1.5"driver 2452H-SL exit JBL Progressive Waveguide compression driver JBL Transition™ Progressive Transition™ Waveguide Black Duraflex™ JBL Progressive Black Duraflex™Transition™ Waveguide 14-gauge perforated steel Black Duraflex™ 14-gauge perforated steel M/FM XLR 14-gauge M/FM XLRperforated steel 613x434x359 mm M/FM 613x434x359 24.1x17.1x14.1 in XLR mm in 613x434x359 mm 24.7 kg (55 24.1x17.1x14.1 lbs)

VP7315/64DPAN

Harman Pro Group | 2010

continuous power available. VP7212/95DPC VP7212/95DPC The VP7212/95DPC is a 12" two-way compact

VP7212/64DPAN (60° x 40°) DPC-2 with 875W of continuous power. VP7212/64DPAN (90° (60° x 50°) 40°) VP7212/95DPAN VP7212/64DPAN (60° x 40°) VP7212/95DPAN (90° x VP7212/95DPAN 50°) The VP7212/64DPAN and

VP7215/64DPAN (60° x 40°) VP7215/64DPAN (60° VP7215/95DPAN (90°xx40°) 50°) VP7215/95DPAN (90° 50°) The VP7215/64DPAN andxVP7215/95DPAN

System 35 Hz - 125 Hz (±3 dB) 35 Hz - 125 Hz (±3 dB)

3600W Peak (1800W Cont) 18 in Differential Drive

3600W Peak (1800W Cont) 3600W Peak (1800W 18 in Differential DriveCont) 18 in Differential Drive

Black Duraflex™ 14-gauge perforated steel Female XLR/Male Black XLR Duraflex™ DPCN (CobraNet Blackcompliant) Duraflex™ 14-gauge perforated steel 2 x RJ45 connectors 14-gauge perforated XLR/Male XLRsteel + M/FM XLRFemale DPCN (CobraNet Female XLR/Male XLR 414.4 x 701.8 x 812.8 mm compliant) 2DPCN xx RJ45 compliant) 20.25 x 27.63 32 (CobraNet in connectors +xM/FM XLR RJ45 connectors 58.5 kg (1292 lb)

+ M/FM XLR x 812.8 mm 414.4 x 701.8 20.25 in mm 414.4 x 27.63 701.8 x 32 812.8 20.25 x 27.63 x 32 in 58.5 kg (129 lb) 58.5 kg (129 lb)

Page 301

Tour Sound Products Tour Sound Products

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

2269H

2269H Ultra Long Excursion Woofer 2269HLong Excursion Woofer Ultra Ultra Long Excursion Woofer

2435 Beryllium-diaphragm, neodymium magnet compression driver

2435 2435 Beryllium-diaphragm, neodymium magnet compression driver Beryllium-diaphragm, neodymium magnet compression driver

Page 302

JBL VERTEC® Line Array Systems for Neil Diamond World Tour (VT4889, VT4887, VT4880) JBL VERTEC® Line Array Systems for Neil Diamond World Tour (VT4889, VT4887, VT4880) Rental System Contractor: Maryland Sound JBL VERTEC® Line Array Systems for Neil Diamond World Tour (VT4889, VT4887, Rental System MarylandVT4880) Sound Photo courtesy ofContractor: Patrick Stansfield PhotoContractor: courtesy of Patrick Stansfield Rental System Maryland Sound Photo courtesy of Patrick Stansfield Perhaps more than any other single company in the professional Perhaps more any other single company in theofprofessional sound industry, JBLthan Professional, under the guiding wisdom Perhaps more than any other single company professional sound industry, JBL Professional, under the guiding wisdom of founder James B. Lansing, has shaped large scale formsin ofthe public sound industry, Professional, under the wisdom of entertainment we now take for granted. Through Mr.guiding Lansing’s founder James B.JBL Lansing, has shaped large scale forms of public founder James B. Lansing, has scale forms of public development of revolutionary transducers andlarge the resulting entertainment we now take forshaped granted. Through Mr. Lansing’s entertainment now take for granted. Lansing’s sound reinforcement technologies, concerts and Through special of development ofwe revolutionary transducers and events theMr. resulting all types can now enjoy exceptional sound quality. development of revolutionary transducers and the resulting sound reinforcement technologies, concerts and special events of

sound reinforcement technologies, concerts and special can now enjoy exceptional sound quality. JBL all hastypes continued this tradition of revolutionary technology with events of types canofnow quality.product EC® – aexceptional flexible, highsound performance the all introduction VERTenjoy JBL has continued this tradition of revolutionary technology with line including subcompact, compact, midsize and fullsize line JBL has continued of revolutionary technology with TEC® – a flexible, high performance product the introduction ofthis VERtradition array elements and companion subwoofers, along with powered ER T EC ® – a flexible, high performance product the introduction of V line equipped includingwith subcompact, compact, midsize options JBL DrivePack® technology. It’sand the fullsize ideal line line including subcompact, compact, midsizealong and fullsize line array and companion subwoofers, solution toelements a broad range of sound reinforcement challengeswith for powered array elements and companion subwoofers, along with powered options equipped with JBLand DrivePack® technology. It’s the ideal both portable rental inventories, fixed performance-venues. options JBLofDrivePack® technology. It’s the ideal solutionequipped to a broadwith range sound reinforcement challenges for solution to a broad range of sound reinforcement challenges for both portable rental inventories, and fixed performance-venues. both portable rental inventories, and fixed performance-venues.

TOUR SOUND PRODUCTS TOUR SOUND PRODUCTS TOUR SOUND PRODUCTS

® VVER T EC ERTEC® Series Series ®

VERTEC Series

JBL’s early research into column-type line arrays over 35 years ago provides a solid foundation to VERTEC – Line arrays with lineage. JBL’s early research intogeneration column-type line arrays overlightweight 35 years ago provides awith solidproven foundation to VERtheory, TEC – Line arrays with lineage. Combining JBL’s latest of high-powered transducers line array precisely-adjustable array Combining JBL’s latest generation of high-powered lightweight transducers with proven line array theory, precisely-adjustable array JBL’s early research into column-type line arrays over 35 years ago provides a solid foundation to V ER T EC – Line arrays with lineage. Combining elements and an accurate predictive software application, this industry-leading product line enables tour sound system operators, rental elements and an accurate predictive software application, this industry-leading product line enables tour sound system operators, rental JBL’s latest generation of high-powered lightweight transducers with proven line array theory, precisely-adjustable array elements and companies and performance venues to achieve predictable, consistent results. an accurate software application, thispredictable, industry-leading product line enables tour sound system operators, rental companies and companies andpredictive performance venues to achieve consistent results.

and VT4880 subwoofer, each compactand andmidsize midsize its performance edge. Like the fullsize VT4889 and VT4880 subwoofer, each compact model features loudspeaker components with and VT4880 subwoofer, each components compact and with midsize model features loudspeaker neodymium magnets, dual voicecoil coilwoofers. woofers. model features loudspeaker components with neodymium magnets, andand dual voice This combination enables the exceptionally high neodymium magnets, andthe dual voice coil woofers. This combination enables exceptionally output characteristics for which VERTEC is legendary, This combination enables the high output characteristics forexceptionally which VERTEC is while ensuring pristine, low-distortion audio reprohigh outputwhile characteristics for which VERTEC is legendary, ensuring pristine, low-distortion duction for any type of speech or music. legendary, while ensuring low-distortion audio reproduction for anypristine, type of speech or waveguides coupled to theor audioPrecision reproduction for anyare type of speech music. advanced-technology drivers to create an music. Precision waveguides are coupled to the uninterrupted vertical ‘ribbon’ of high frequency

Precision waveguides aresystem. coupled to the advanced-technology drivers to create an energy in the full-range advanced-technology drivers to an uninterrupted ‘ribbon’ ofcreate high in frequency Radiation vertical Boundary Integrators™ the uninterrupted verticalof‘ribbon’ of high frequency energy in the full-range system. midrange section each system serve a dual energy in the full-range system. purpose. The patented RBI reduces in diffraction Radiation Boundary Integrators™ the effectssection and smooths high frequency Radiation Boundary Integrators™ incoverage. the midrange of each system serve a dual midrange section of each serve a dual Robust low frequency components are a purpose. The patented RBIsystem reduces diffraction hallmark of the entire line. All woofers rely on purpose. The patented RBI reduces diffraction effects and smooths high frequency coverage. dual voice coil technology for unparalleled effects high frequency coverage. Robustand lowsmooths frequency components are a output capabilities.

Robust low frequency components hallmark of the entire line. All woofersare relyaon hallmark ofcoil thetechnology entire line. All rely on dual voice for woofers unparalleled TOUR-READY SYSTEMS dual voice coil technology unparalleled output capabilities. Each model in the VERTECfor line is intended to output capabilities. support the type of rugged use encountered

TOUR-READY SYSTEMS loudspeaker systems when professional-quality TOUR-READY SYSTEMS transported venue, supplying Each are model in the Vfrom ERTECvenue line istointended to

foruse aisbroad range to of musical Each audio model in theofservices Vrugged ERTEC line intended support thesupport type encountered when programs andofspecial events. Care has been support the type rugged use encountered when professional-quality loudspeaker systems aregiven TEC to system designloudspeaker ergonomics, making VERare professional-quality transported from venue to venue,systems supplying audio arrays among the simplest and fastest to setup and transported fromfor venue to venue, support services a broad range supplying of musicalaudio takedown. support services for a broad programs and special events.range Care of hasmusical been given programs and special events. Care has Vbeen ERTECgiven to system design ergonomics, making TEC to system design VERsetup arrays among theergonomics, simplest andmaking fastest to arrays among the simplest and fastest to setup and takedown. and takedown.

VT4886 VT4886 The VT4886 Subcompact Passive Three-Way Line

VT4886 The VT4886 Three-Way Line Array ElementSubcompact is fitted withPassive two 6.5” woofers, four The VT4886 Subcompact Passive Three-Way Line Array Element is fitted with two woofers, four 2.5” midrange radiators, and two6.5” high frequency Array Element is fitted with two 6.5” woofers, four 2.5” midrange radiators, and two high frequency drivers with a highly refined internal passive 2.5” midrange radiators, and two high frequency drivers with highly refined internal passive network. It isadesigned for use in stand-alone driversapplications, with a highly internal passive network. It is refined designed use in stand-alone singly or infor multi-box arrays, and network. It is designed forcombination use applications, orininstand-alone multi-box and is ideal for usesingly in with arrays, the VT4883 applications, singly or in multi-box arrays, and is ideal for usesubwoofer. in combination with the VT4883 Subcompact is ideal for use in combination with the VT4883 Subcompact subwoofer. Subcompact subwoofer.

VT4880/VT4880A

VT4880/VT4880A The VT4880 and VT4880A are fullsize, lightVT4880/VT4880A The VT4880 and VT4880A are fullsize, lightweight, centrally-vented arrayable subwoofers The VT4880 and VT4880A are fullsize, lightweight, centrally-vented subwoofers housing two 18" woofers. These advanced weight, centrally-vented arrayablearrayable subwoofers housing 18" woofers. These advanced components, each fittedadvanced with dual voice coils, housing two 18"two woofers. These components, each fitted with dualwith voicedual coils, components, each fitted coils, provide high output capabilities forvoice an arrayable provide high output capabilities for an arrayable provide high output capabilities for VT4889 an arrayable enclosure fully compatible with the full enclosure fully compatible with the VT4889 fullVT4889 full enclosure fully compatible with the range system. range range system.system. VT4882

VT4882 VT4882 The VT4882 is a midsize, lightweight centrally The VT4882 is a midsize, lightweight centrally The VT4882 is a midsize, lightweight subwoofer enclosure housing centrally two ventedvented subwoofer enclosure housing two vented subwoofer housing two long-extension 15"enclosure woofers. These advanced long-extension 15" woofers. These advanced long-extension 15" woofers. These advanced components, each dual voice coils, provide components, each with dualwith voice coils, provide components, each dual voice coils, provide high output capabilities and an advantageous high output capabilities andwith an advantageous high output capabilities power-to-weight ratio. and an advantageous power-to-weight ratio. LINE ARRAY CALCULATOR Available to system users, this predictive software power-to-weight ratio. LINE ARRAY CALCULATOR application provides a users, wealththis of technical informaAvailable to system predictive software VT4881A VT4881A TEC line users, array system designs and tion about V Available toERprovides system this of predictive software application a wealth technical informa- The VT4881A is a compact, lightweight, vented VT4881A The VT4881A is a compact, lightweight, vented their performance expectations in various audiapplication wealth of technical ERTEC linea array system designsinformaand subwoofer tion about Vprovides enclosure housing a dual voice coil voice The VT4881A is a compact, lightweight, vented subwoofer enclosure housing a dual coil ence seating ERTEC line array system designsaudiand 18" woofer. tion Vareas. This advanced component has a theirabout performance expectations in various subwoofer housing a dual voice 18" woofer.enclosure This advanced component has coil a compliance capable of nearly 3" (76 mm) peak-totheir performance ence seating areas.expectations in various audiVT4889/VT4889-1 18" woofer. This advanced component has a compliance capable of nearly 3" (76 mm) peak-topeak cone excursion for true very low frequency ence seating areas. The VT4889 and VT4889-1 are fullsize, lightcompliance capable of 3" (76 mm) peak-topeak cone excursion fornearly true very low frequency

VT4889/VT4889-1

weight enclosures housing two 15" woofers, four VT4889/VT4889-1 The VT4889 and VT4889-1 fullsize, light8" midrange radiators, and threeare high frequency The VT4889 and VT4889-1 are 15" fullsize, light-four weight enclosures housing two woofers, compression drivers. These advanced components weight enclosures housing two 15" woofers, 8" midrange radiators, and three high frequency provide the highest power-to-weight ratio of any four 8" midrange and frequency speaker in the radiators, fullsize line arraythree class.high The VT4889-1 compression drivers. These advanced compois a PlyMax® enclosure. compression drivers. Thesepower-to-weight advanced components provide the highest ratio

nents highest power-to-weight of anyprovide speakerthe in the fullsize line array class. ratio The VT4888 of any speaker in the fullsize line array class. The VT4889-1 is a PlyMax® enclosure. The VT4888 is a midsize, lightweight line array VT4889-1 is a PlyMax® enclosure. 1

element housing two 12" woofers, four 5 ⁄2" VT4888 midrange radiators, and two high frequency VT4888 The VT4888 is a midsize, lightweight line array compression drivers. It is designed for use in standThe VT4888 midsize, 2" element housing two 12" lightweight woofers, four 51⁄array ERTEC alone arrays or is inacombination with other Vline element housing two 12"two woofers, four 51⁄2" midrange radiators, and high frequency system products.

performance.

peak cone excursion for true very low frequency performance. performance. VT4883

VT4883 The VT4883 Subcompact Dual 12" CardioidVT4883 TheSubwoofer VT4883 Subcompact Dual is12" Arrayable Line Array Element a Cardioidcompanion low frequency extension for the The VT4883 Subcompact 12" CardioidArrayable Subwoofer Line Dual Array Element is a VT4886 subcompact 3-way enclosure. It is Element fittedfor the Arrayable Subwoofer Line Array is a companion low frequency extension with aVT4886 pair of long-excursion 12” woofers to deliver companion low frequency extension for the subcompact 3-way enclosure. It is fitted high quality of sub-low VT4886 subcompact 3-way enclosure. It isto fitted with asound pair ofreinforcement long-excursion 12” woofers deliver frequencies for a variety of applications12” where with aquality pair ofsound long-excursion woofers to deliver high reinforcement of sub-low small enclosure size is key. high quality for sound reinforcement of sub-low frequencies a variety of applications where frequencies for a variety of applications where

enclosure size is key. VERTECsmall line array small elements are enclosure size is key. VERwith TEC line array available midrange radiators, high frequency compression drivers.and It istwo designed for use in dolly wheel-boards elements are VERTEC line array VT4887A compressionarrays drivers. designed forwith use in stand-alone or Itiniscombination other that double as are available with elements a protective The is products. a compact, lightweight line array stand-alone arrays or in combination with other ERTVT4887A EC system V dolly wheel-boards available with front plate, and element housingproducts. two 8" woofers, four 4" midrange that as VERTEC system dollydouble wheel-boards reinforced, padded radiators, and two high frequency compression VT4887A a protective that double as cover bags for drivers. Offering is extended low-frequency highline array front plate, and VT4887A a protective The VT4887A a compact, lightweight maximum reinforced, output forhousing its size,isitatwo can be in stand-alone front plate, padded and The VT4887A compact, lightweight array protection element 8" used woofers, four 4" line midrange cover bags for arrays or in combination with other VERTEC system element housing 8"frequency woofers, four 4" midrange duringreinforced, padded radiators, and twotwo high compression maximum products. cover handling andbags for radiators, and two high frequency compression drivers. Offering extended low-frequency high protection maximum transport. drivers. for Offering high output its size,extended it can below-frequency used in stand-alone outputorforinits size, it can be used in stand-alone arrays combination with other VERTEC system arrays or in combination with other VERTEC system products. products.

during protection handling during and transport. handling and transport.

Page 303

Harman Pro Group | 2010

All models in the VERTEC product are All enclosures performance venues to achieveline predictable, consistent results. feature JBL Professional’s rugged engineered offer soundproduct reinforcement All models intothe VERTEC line are All enclosures feature JBL Professional’s rugged DuraFlex™ exterior finish. Each system features professionals to meet nearly engineered tosolutions offer reinforcement DuraFlex™ finish. Each system features loudspeaker components with weather-resistant All models in the sound VERTEC product line any are All enclosuresexterior feature JBL Professional’s rugged challenge. Each model is professionals solutions tocompatible meet nearlywith any engineered to offer sound reinforcement loudspeaker components with weather-resistant cone treatment. DuraFlex™ exterior finish. Each system features others in the line,model both mechanically and challenge. Each is compatible with professionals solutions to meet nearly any loudspeaker components with weather-resistant cone treatment. challenge. Each model is compatibleand with acoustically. built-in advantages like others in the With line, both mechanically S.A.F.E.™ SUSPENSION HARDWARE cone treatment. others inconstruction, the line, both mechanically lightweight high output,and and acoustically. With built-in advantages like S.A.F.E.™ SUSPENSION All models in the VERTEC lineHARDWARE are fitted with acoustically. Withhardware, built-in advantages like S.A.F.E.™ SUSPENSION HARDWARE integral suspension each VERTEC lightweight construction, high output, and All models in the VERTECsuspension line are fitted withThese integral end-mounted frames. lightweight construction, high output, and model is designed to deliver premium-quality All models in the V ER T EC line are fitted with integral integral suspension hardware, each VERTEC integral end-mounted suspension frames.tubular These load-rated, heat-treated, premium-grade integral suspension hardware, each VERTEC end-mounted suspension frames. These loadaudio a wide range of applications including modelfor is designed to deliver premium-quality load-rated, heat-treated, premium-grade tubular frames couple together using quick-release pins model is designed to deliver premium-quality rated, heat-treated, premium-grade tubular frames concert touring, corporate A/V systemincluding support, audio for a wide range of applications audio for a wide range of applications including frames couple and hinge barstogether to createusing arraysquick-release that are rigidpins for couple together using quick-release pins and hinge concert touring, corporate A/V system support, and fixed systems in performance venues. concert touring, corporate A/V system support, and hinge bars to create arrays that are rigid maximum strength, yetare flexible inmaximum design andfor bars to create arrays that rigid for and fixed systems in performance and fixed systems in performancevenues. venues. maximum flexible in design and application. strength, yetstrength, flexible inyet design and application. HIGH-PERFORMANCE FEATURES application. HIGH-PERFORMANCE FEATURES HIGH-PERFORMANCE FEATURES Each model in the VERTEC system family includes ARRAYFRAME FRAME OPTIONS ARRAY OPTIONS model in performance the VERVTER ECTsystem family Each model in the EC technologies, system familyincludes includes aEach suite of high ARRAY OPTIONS The system includes several TheVVERERTTECFRAME ECsuspension suspension system includes several a suite of performance technologies, a suite of high performance engineered tohigh work togethertechnologies, to maximize utility frame forfor hanging arrays ofincludes various sizes. The Voptions ER TEC suspension system several frame options hanging arrays of various engineered to work together to maximize utility engineered to work together to maximize utility and audio performance. “AF”(Array Frames) and “SF”(Short Frames) areFrames) frame“AF”(Array options forFrames) hanging arrays of various sizes. and “SF”(Short and audio performance. and audioenclosure performance. available in each forsize usefor with compact, midsize PlyMax® technology is used for sizes. “AF”(Array Frames) and “SF”(Short Frames) are available in size each use with compact, PlyMax® enclosure technology usedfor for and fullsize lineinarray The Short Frames PlyMax® enclosure technology is isused constructing the VT4889-1, VT4888, VT4887A, are available eachelements. sizearray for use with compact, midsize and fullsize line elements. The Short constructing the VT4889-1, VT4888, VT4887A, can also be used as an ‘anchor’ at the bottom of constructing the VT4889-1, VT4888,systems. VT4887A, VT4882, VT4881A and VT4880/80A midsizecan andalso fullsize line array The Frames be used as anelements. ‘anchor’ at theShort VT4882, VT4881A and VT4880/80A systems. large arrays, if a separate pickup point is required VT4882,offers VT4881A and VT4880/80A systems. along PlyMax rigid enclosure characteristics Frames can also arrays, be usedif as an ‘anchor’ at the bottom of large a separate pickup point PlyMax offers rigid enclosure characteristics along to tilt the array. These frames are also suitable for PlyMax offers rigid enclosure characteristics along with dramatic weight savings. The flagship bottom of large arrays, if a separate pickup is required to tiltup the These frames arepoint also with dramatic weight savings. The flagshipmodel model ground-stacking to 6array. enclosures with dramatic weight The flagshipshell. model VT4889 features an advanced composite is required to the array. are also suitable foror ground-stacking up toframes 6 enclosures VT4889 features ansavings. advanced composite shell. (AF models) 4tilt enclosures (SFThese models). VT4889 features an advanced composite shell. suitable for ground-stacking upmodels). to 6 enclosures (AF models) or 4 enclosures (SF TEC Advanced Transducers give each VER TECsystem system Advanced Transducers give each VER LINE ARRAYor CALCULATOR (AF models) 4 enclosures (SF models). ER T EC system Advanced Transducers give each V its performance edge. Like the fullsize VT4889 its performance edge. Like the fullsize VT4889

Section:

TOUR SOUND PRODUCTS TOUR SOUND PRODUCTS TOUR SOUND PRODUCTS

® VVER T EC ERTEC® ®

Flexible Line Array Solutions Flexible Line Array Solutions VT4889 SYSTEM COMPONENTS

VERTEC

VERTEC® SYSTEM FEATURES VERTEC® SYSTEM FEATURES

Flexible Line Array Solutions

VT4889 SYSTEM COMPONENTS

VERTEC® SYSTEM FEATURES

VT4889 SYSTEM COMPONENTS

PRECISION WAVEGUIDES RBI™: RADIATION INPUT PANEL WITH INTEGRATOR PARALLEL CONNECTORS PRECISION WAVEGUIDES BOUNDARY RBI™: RADIATION INPUT PANEL WITH BOUNDARY PARALLEL CONNECTORS PRECISION WAVEGUIDES RBI™:INTEGRATOR RADIATION INPUT PANEL WITH BOUNDARY INTEGRATOR PARALLEL CONNECTORS

2255H 15" DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE® LOUDSPEAKER 2255H 15" DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE® LOUDSPEAKER 2255H 15" DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE® LOUDSPEAKER

2250H 8" 2435H MIDRANGE CONE HIGH PERFORMANCE 2250H 8" 2435H TRANSDUCER COMPRESSION DRIVER MIDRANGE CONE HIGH PERFORMANCE 2250H 8" 2435H TRANSDUCER COMPRESSION DRIVER MIDRANGE CONE HIGH PERFORMANCE TRANSDUCER

Harman Pro Group | 2010

full range range fullfull range SYSTEM TYPE

Section:

FULLSIZE FULLSIZE FULLSIZE

VT4889/VT4889-1 VT4889/VT4889-1 VT4889/VT4889-1 Fullsize Three-way Line Array Element

VT4888

SYSTEM Fullsize Three-way LineArray Array Element SYSTEM TYPETYPE 45 Fullsize Three-way Element Hz - 16 kHz (± 3Line dB) FREQUENCY RESPONSE Hz kHz dB) FREQUENCY Hznominal - 16- 16kHz (±(±3Hz3dB) FREQUENCY RESPONSE 90°45 (250 – 16 kHz) COVERAGE (H)RESPONSE -6 dB 45 nominal (250HzHz––16 16 kHz) COVERAGE (H)dB -6 dB 90°90° nominal COVERAGE (H) LF: 99 dB, MF:(250 102 dB, kHz) SENSITIVITY: 1 W,-6 1m dB, MF: 102 dB, SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 m HF:LF: 11699 dB 99 dB, MF: 102 dB, SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 m LF:HF: 116 dB LF: 2116 x 8dB ohms, NOMINAL IMPEDANCE HF: NOMINAL IMPEDANCE LF: 2 x 8 ohms, HF: 16 ohms LF:MF: 28xohms, 88 ohms, ohms, NOMINAL IMPEDANCE MF: HF: 16 ohms 1: LF MF: 8x 1000 ohms, x 21000 WWHF: 16 ohms VERTEC® VT4889 INPUTINPUT POWER RATING 1: LF 2 POWER RATING VERTEC® VT4889 1: LF WW MF/ MF/HF 2 x 1400 1000 WMF/225 INPUT POWER RATING 225WWHF HF VERTEC® VT4889 MF/HF 1400 1400 225 HF MF/HF LF: 2 xW (15 TRANSDUCERS LF: 22255H xMF/ 2255H (15Win) in) TRANSDUCERS (8(8in) 42250H x 2250H in) LF:MF: 24xx2255H (15 in) TRANSDUCERS MF: x 2435H(8 in) HF: 34xx32435H MF:HF: 2250H

MIDSIZE

COMPACT

SUBCOMPACT

MIDSIZE MIDSIZE

COMPACT COMPACT

SUBCOMPACT SUBCOMPACT

VT4887A

subwoofers

VT4880

subwoofers VT4880 VT4880 subwoofers SYSTEMRESPONSE TYPE Fullsize 18"(±Subwoofer FREQUENCY 28 HzDual - 75 Hz 3 dB) SYSTEM TYPE

Fullsize Dual 18" Subwoofer

SYSTEM 1TYPE 18" Subwoofer 98 dBDual (2.83v/1m) SENSITIVITY: W, 1 m Fullsize FREQUENCY RESPONSE Hz (± 3 dB) ohms NOMINAL IMPEDANCE 28 2Hzx 8- 75 FREQUENCY 28 dB Hz -(2.83v/1m) 75 Hz (± 3 dB) SENSITIVITY:RESPONSE 1 W, 1 m 98 W INPUT POWER RATING dB (2.83v/1m) SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 m1: LF 298x2000 8 ohms NOMINAL IMPEDANCE 2258H Dual-Coil (18 in) TRANSDUCERS 2 x28xohms NOMINAL IMPEDANCE 1: LF Wedge ENCLOSURE 2000 W Frustrum INPUT POWER RATING W Dual-Coil (18 in) INPUT POWER RATING1:FINISH LF 22000 xDuraFlex 2258H TRANSDUCERS 2Frustrum each INPUT CONNECTORS 2Wedge xNL4, 2258H Dual-Coil (18 in) TRANSDUCERS ENCLOSURE 493 x 1229 x 860 mm DIMENSIONS Wedge ENCLOSURE DuraFlexFrustrum FINISH (H x W x D) 19.42 x 48.38 x 33.85 in FINISH DuraFlex 2 each INPUTNET CONNECTORS 68.5 kg (151 lb) WEIGHT (each) NL4, NL4,x21229 eachx 860 mm INPUT CONNECTORS DIMENSIONS 493 x 48.38 x 33.85 (H x W x D) 19.42 493 x 1229 x 860 mm in DIMENSIONS 19.42kgx 48.38 x 33.85 in (H x W x D) 68.5 (151 lb) NET WEIGHT (each) NET WEIGHT (each) 68.5 kg (151 lb)

Page 304

VT4886 VT4886 Subcompact Passive 3-Way Line Array Element

VT4888 VT4888Three-way Line Array Element Midsize

VT4887A VT4887A Compact Bi-amped Line Array Element VT4886

Midsize Line3Array Element Midsize Three-way Line Element 60 HzThree-way - 16 kHz (± dB) Array 60 60 Hz -Hz 16-kHz (±(250 3(± dB)3HzdB) 16 kHz 90° nominal – 16 kHz) 90°90° nominal (250 Hz – Hz 16 kHz) nominal LF: 98 dB, MF:(250 102 dB,– 16 kHz) LF:HF: 98 dB, MF: 102 dB, 114dB, dBMF: LF: 98 102 dB, HF: 114 dB HF: LF: 2114 x 8dB ohms, LF: 2 x 8 ohms, MF: 8 HF: 16 ohms LF: 2 xohms, 8 ohms, MF: 8 ohms, HF: 16 ohms MF:W8W ohms, HF: 16 ohms 2000 2000 WWMF/ 2000 600600 W MF/ 150 150 W HFW HF 600 Wx 2262H MF/(12150 HF (12Win) LF:LF: 2 x 22262H in) 4xx2262H 2106H ⁄2 in) MF:MF: 4 x22106H (5 1⁄(12 2(5 in)1in) LF: HF:HF: 2 x 22431H MF: 4xx2431H 2106H (5 1⁄2 in) Wedge HF: 2Frustrum, x 2431H Wedge Frustrum, PlyMax PlyMax Wedge Frustrum, DuraFlex PlyMax DuraFlex NL8, 2 each DuraFlex NL8, 2 each 355 x 991 x 508 mm NL8,x2991 each 355 14 x 39 x 20 inx 508 mm 14 x x39991 x 20 in 51.3355 kg (113 lb)x 508 mm

Compact 67 Bi-amped Line Line Array 3-Way ElementLine Array Element Compact Line Array Element Subcompact Passive Subcompact Passive Hz - 20Bi-amped kHzArray (± 3Element dB) 75 Hz3-Way - 18 kHz 67 Hz - 2067 kHz 3 dB) 75 Hz - 18 kHz 75 Hz(± - 20 kHz(500 (± 3Hz dB)- 16 kHz) Hznominal - 18 kHz(250 Hz – 16 kHz) 100° nominal 110° 100° nominal Hz - 16 kHz) 110° nominal (250 – 16 kHz)(250 Hz – 16 kHz) 100°97(500 nominal 110°HzdB nominal LF: dB, (500 Hz - 16 kHz) 102 LF: 97 dB,MF/HF: 103 dB 102 dB LF: 97 dB, 102 dB MF/HF: 103 dB MF/HF: 103 dB LF: 8 ohms, 12 ohms LF: 8 ohms, 12 ohms MF/HF: 8 ohms LF: 8 ohms, 12 ohms MF/HF: 8 ohms MF/HF: 8 ohms 700 W ® VT4887 700 W 1000 W 1000 W V ER T EC ® VERTEC VT4887 225 1000WW(MF/HF) 700 W 225 W (MF/HF) VERTEC® VT4887 2252Wx(82168J-1 (MF/HF) LF: (8 in) LF: Coil 2 x 2166H LF: 2 x 2168J-1 in) LF: 2 x 2166H Dual (6.5" in)Dual Coil (6.5" in) MF: 4xx2166H 2103GDual (2.5 Coil in) (6.5" in) MF: 2104H (4(8in) MF: 4 x 2104H in) MF: 4 x 2103G (2.5 LF: 24(4 xx2168J-1 in) LF: 2in) HF:2 x 2414H HF:2 HF: 2 x 2408H HF: MF: 4xx2414H 2103G (2.5 in) MF:24xx2408H 2104H (4 in) Wedge Frustrum, Wedge Frustrum, HF: 2 x 2408H HF:2 x 2414H Wedge Frustrum, Wedge Frustrum, PlyMax PlyMax PlyMax PlyMax Wedge Frustrum, Wedge Frustrum, DuraFlex DuraFlex DuraFlex PlyMax PlyMax 2003 WINNER DuraFlex 2003 WINNER NL8 and NL-4, 2DuraFlex each NL8 and NL-4, 2 each DuraFlex NL8 and NL-4, 2 each NL8 and NL-4, 2 each 2003 WINNER 281 x 787 x 415 mm 197 x 577 x 260mm NL8 xand NL-4, 2mm each NL8 xand NL-4, 2 each 197 281 787 x 415 11 x 31 x 16.3 in 7.75 x 22.7 x 10.25 in 577 x 260mm 11 x x31787 x 16.3 7.75 x 22.7 x 10.25 in 281lb) x 415inmm 30.4 kg (67 15.9 kg (35 lb) 197 x 577 x 260mm

Frustrum ENCLOSURE Wedge HF:Wedge 3 x 2435H Frustrum ENCLOSURE PlyMax®[ VT4889-1] VT4889-1] Wedge Frustrum ENCLOSURE PlyMax®[ DuraFlex™ FINISH DuraFlex™ PlyMax®[ VT4889-1] 2001 FINISH 2001WINNER WINNER NL8, 2 each CONNECTORS DuraFlex™ FINISH NL8, 2 each INPUTINPUT CONNECTORS 2001 WINNER x 1213 x 546 mm DIMENSIONS NL8,4892 each INPUT CONNECTORS x 1213 x 546x 21 mm DIMENSIONS x 47.75 in (H x W x D) 48919.25 x 47.75 x 21mm in (H x W x D) 19.25 489 x 1213 x 546 DIMENSIONS lb) [VT4889] NET WEIGHT (each) 72.6 kg (160 19.25 x 47.75 x 21 in 11 x 31 16.3 14 x 39 20 inlb) (H x W x D) 72.6 kg (160 lb) [VT4889] 30.4 kg x(67 lb)in 51.3 kg x(113 NET WEIGHT (each) 78.9 kg (174 lb) [VT4889-1] 1 AES 2 hour Standard, free air. AES 2 hour rating plus long term 100 hour rating specified for cone transducers. 72.6 kg (174 (160lb) lb)[VT4889-1] [VT4889] 30.4 kg (67 lb) 51.3 kg (113 lb) NET WEIGHT (each) 78.9

78.9 kg (174 lb) [VT4889-1]

COMPRESSION DRIVER

1 AES 2 hour Standard, free air. AES 2 hour rating plus long term 100 hour rating specified for cone transducers.

7.75 kg x 22.7 15.9 (35 xlb)10.25 in 15.9 kg (35 lb)

1 AES 2 hour Standard, free air. AES 2 hour rating plus long term 100 hour rating specified for cone transducers.

VT4880A

VT4882

Fullsize Dual 18" Ultra Long Excursion Midsize Dual 15" Subwoofer VT4880A VT4882 Subwoofer VT4880 A VT4882 Fullsize Dual 18" Ultra Long Excursion 15" Subwoofer 29 Hz - 120 Hz (-3 dB) 32 Hz -Midsize 110 Hz (±Dual 3 dB) Fullsize Dual 18" Ultra Long Excursion95 dB (35 Midsize Dual 95Subwoofer dB (2.83v/1m) Hz - 120 Hz)15" Subwoofer Subwoofer Hz - 120 Hz (-3 dB) 2 x29 8 ohms 8 ohms32 Hz - 110 Hz (± 3 dB)

29 dB Hz -(2.83v/1m) 120 Hz (-3 dB) 95 4000 (2.83v/1m) 295x dB 8Wohms 2 x2 2269H Dual-Coil (18 in) x 8 ohms Wedge 4000 Frustrum W DuraFlex W Dual-Coil (18 in) 24000 x 2269H NL8 NL4, 2 each (18 in) 2Wedge xand 2269H Dual-Coil Frustrum 493 x 1229Frustrum x 860 mm Wedge DuraFlex 19.42 x 48.38 x 33.85 in DuraFlex NL8kgand 83.9 (185NL4, lb) 2 each

NL8 xand NL4, 2 each 493 1229 x 860 mm 19.42 x 48.38 x 33.85 493 x 1229 x 860 mm in 19.42kgx 48.38 x 33.85 in 83.9 (185 lb) 83.9 kg (185 lb)

32 dB Hz -(35 110HzHz- 120 (± 3Hz) dB) 95 2000 W895ohms dB (35 Hz - 120 Hz) 2 x 2266H Dual-Coil (15 in) 8 ohms Wedge2000 Frustrum W DuraFlex W Dual-Coil (15 in) 22000 x 2266H NL8 and2Wedge 2 Frustrum each xNL4, 2266H Dual-Coil (15 in) 457 x 1013 x 858Frustrum mm Wedge DuraFlex 18 x 39.9 x 33.8 in DuraFlex 53.5 kgNL8 (118and lb) NL4, 2 each

NL8 xand NL4, 2 each 457 1013 x 858 mm 18 457x x39.9 1013x 33.8 x 858inmm 18 x 39.9 x 33.8 53.5 kg (118 lb) in 53.5 kg (118 lb)

VT4881A

VT4883

Compact 15" Subwoofer

Subcompact Dual 12" VT4883 Cardioid-Arrayable Subwoofer VT4883 Dual 12" 40 Hz - 600 Hz (±Subcompact 3 dB) Cardioid-Arrayable Subwoofer Compact 15" Subwoofer 95 dB Subcompact Dual 12" 91 dB (2.83v/1m) Cardioid-Arrayable 40 Hz - 600 Hz (± 3 Subwoofer dB) 8 ohms 34 Hz - 125 Hz (± 3 dB) 2 x 8 ohms or 4 ohms (Each coil independently wired) 34 dB Hz -(2.83v/1m) 125 Hz (± 3 dB) (user-selectable)95 40 dB Hz - 600 Hz (± 3 dB) 91 2000 W 891ohms 1600 W dB (2.83v/1m) 295x dB 8 ohms or 4 ohms 1 x 2269H Dual-Coil (18independently in) 2 x 2263H-1 Dual-Coil in) or 4 ohms (Each wired) (user-selectable) 8 ohmscoil 2 x 8 (12 ohms Rectangular,2000 PlyMax Rectangular, PlyMax (Each coil independently wired) (user-selectable) W 1600 W DuraFlex 12000 W Dual-Coil (18 in) DuraFlex W Dual-Coil (12 in) x 2269H 21600 x 2263H-1 NL8 and NL4,1Rectangular, x2 each 2269H Dual-Coil 2Rectangular, x 2263H-1 Dual-Coil PlyMax(18 in) NL8 and NL4, 2 each PlyMax (12 in) 569 x 787 x 654 mm 397 x 577 x 641 mm Rectangular, PlyMax Rectangular, PlyMax DuraFlex DuraFlex 22.4 x 31 x 25.8 in 15.62 x 22.72 x 25.24 in DuraFlex DuraFlex 50.4 kg (111NL8 lb) and NL4, 2 each 30.8 kg (68 lb) NL8 and NL4, 2 each

VT4881A VT4881A Compact 34 Hz - 125 Hz (± 3 dB)15" Subwoofer

NL8 xand 2 each 569 787NL4, x 654 mm 22.4 31 xx25.8 in 569 xx787 654 mm 22.4 kg x 31(111 x 25.8 50.4 lb) in 50.4 kg (111 lb)

NL8 xand 2 each 397 577NL4, x 641 mm 15.62 x 22.72 397 x 577 x 641x 25.24 mm in 15.62kgx 22.72 30.8 (68 lb)x 25.24 in 30.8 kg (68 lb)

V ER T EC SERIES V ER T EC SERIES

key key features features

V ER T EC SERIES SMALLEST, LIGHTEST, MOST f INDUSTRY’S POWERFUL HIGH FREQUENCY COMPRESSION SMALLEST, LIGHTEST, MOST f INDUSTRY’S DRIVERS POWERFUL HIGH FREQUENCY COMPRESSION DRIVERS f INDUSTRY’S SMALLEST, LIGHTEST, MOST

key features

f ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY COMPONENTS ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY COMPONENTS f f PRECISION WAVEGUIDES COUPLE TO CREATE VERTICAL SLOT APERTURE PRECISION WAVEGUIDES COUPLE TO CREATE f HF VERTICAL SLOT APERTURE ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY COMPONENTS (RBI™) f HF RADIATION BOUNDARY INTEGRATOR f TECHNOLOGY INTEGRATES OUTPUT OF BOUNDARY INTEGRATOR (RBI™) PRECISION WAVEGUIDES COUPLE TO CREATE f f RADIATION INDIVIDUAL BANDPASS ELEMENTS HF VERTICAL SLOT APERTURE TECHNOLOGY INTEGRATES OUTPUT OF BANDPASS ELEMENTS(RBI™) RADIATION BOUNDARY INTEGRATOR f INDIVIDUAL

TECHNOLOGY INTEGRATES OUTPUT OF POWERFUL HIGH FREQUENCY COMPRESSION These accessories ship with the VT4889 and are also available as replacement items. INDIVIDUAL BANDPASS ELEMENTS DRIVERS These accessories ship with the VT4889 and are also available as replacement items.

f EXCEPTIONALLY RIGID, LIGHTWEIGHT CONSTRUCTION EXCEPTIONALLY RIGID, LIGHTWEIGHT f ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE CONSTRUCTION f RUGGED DURAFLEX™ EXTERIOR FINISH AND WEATHERIZED DURAFLEX™ EXTERIOR FINISH AND f RUGGED RIGID,COMPONENTS LIGHTWEIGHT f EXCEPTIONALLY WEATHERIZED COMPONENTS ENCLOSURE CONSTRUCTION S.A.F.E.™ SUSPENSION SYSTEM f INTEGRATED DURAFLEX™S.A.F.E.™ EXTERIORSUSPENSION FINISH AND SYSTEM f RUGGED f INTEGRATED WEATHERIZED COMPONENTS

f INTEGRATED S.A.F.E.™ SUSPENSION SYSTEM

VT4889-DOLLY Dolly; doubles as protective front cover 11.4 kg, 25 lb. VT4889-DOLLY Dolly; doubles as protective front cover 11.4 kg, 825lb.lb. VT4889-COVER Ballistic nylon and aluminum-reinforced 3.6 kg, These accessories ship with the VT4889 and are also available as replacement items. VT4889-COVER Ballistic nylon and aluminum-reinforced 3.6 kg, 825 lb. VT4889-RIG Set of (4) Hinge bars, includes (2) long/rear (set four) VT4889-DOLLY Dolly; doubles as protective front cover 11.4 kg,of lb. and (2) short/front, VT4889-RIG Set ofBallistic (4) Hinge bars, long/rear (set andkg, (2)9.3 short/front, including slider knobs for each(2) short (front) hinge bar. 4.2 lb. VT4889-COVER nylon andincludes aluminum-reinforced 3.6 kg,of8 four) lb. including slider knobs for each short (front) hinge bar. 4.2 kg, 9.3 lb. VT4889-RIG

Set of (4) Hinge bars, includes (2) long/rear (set of four) and (2) short/front,

These accessories are also available for the VT4889 and VT4880. including slider knobs for each short (front) hinge bar. 4.2 kg, 9.3 lb. These accessories are also for available for VT4889 the VT4889 VT4880. VT4889-AF Array Frame supporting and/orand VT4880

These accessories areoralso available for the either VT4889 and VT4880. VT4889-AF Array Frame for VT4889 and/or VT4880 enclosures forsupporting ground stacking fullsize enclosures or for for ground either fullsize Compatible with stacking VT4889-1, VT4880. VT4889-AFmodel. Array Frame supporting VT4889 and/or VT4880 VT4889-AF (Array Frame) model. Compatible with VT4889-1, VT4880. foron ground stackingof either fullsize VT4889-SF Shortenclosures Frame foror use the bottom larger VT4889 VT4889-AF (Array Frame)

Compatible with VT4889-1, VT4880. Shortmodel. Frame for usespecial on the purpose bottom of largerorVT4889 arrays, suspending arrays, for groundVT4889-AF (Array Frame) VT4889-SFstacking forspecial use on the bottomarrays, of larger arrays,Short suspending purpose or VT4889 for ground upFrame to four VT4889 enclosures. arrays, suspending special purpose arrays, or for ground four VT4889 enclosures. VT4880-ACC stacking AccessoryupKittofor subwoofer, with wheelboard/dolly plate,

VT4889-SF

stacking up to four VT4889 enclosures.

VT4880-ACC

cover bag, and required suspension hinge bars.

VT4889-SF (Short Frame)

Separately-ordered accessories for: VT4889-SF (Short Frame) VT4889-SF (Short Frame) VT4889-1, VT4880A,accessories VT4888, VT4887A, Separately-ordered for:for: VT4882 and VT4881A. Separately-ordered accessories VT4889-1, VT4880A, VT4888, VT4887A, and VT4881A. VT4889-1, VT4880A, VT4888, VT4887A, VT4882 andprotective VT4881A.cover bag for one VT4889-1. VT4889-1-ACC Dolly/wheelboard front plateVT4882 and padded

VT4888 Midsize Line Array System VT4888 VT4888Line Array System Midsize

Midsize Line Array System

VT4882 Midsize Arrayable VT4882Subwoofers VT4882 Midsize Arrayable Subwoofers

Midsize Arrayable Subwoofers

VT4889-1-ACC Dolly/wheelboard front plate and padded coverand bagcover forone one VT4889-1. VT4889-1-ACC Dolly/wheelboard front plate and paddedprotective protectiveplate, cover bag for VT4889-1. VT4880A-ACC Accessory kit for subwoofer, with wheelboard/dolly bag for one VT4880A-ACC Accessory kitsubwoofer, for subwoofer, with wheelboard/dolly plate, plate, and bag forfor oneone VT4880A-ACC Accessory kit for with wheelboard/dolly andcover cover bag VT4880A(padded, protective). VT4880A(padded, protective). VT4880A(padded, protective). VT4888-ACC Dolly/wheelboard front plate and padded protective cover bag for one VT4888. VT4888-ACC Dolly/wheelboard front plate and paddedprotective protective cover bag for one VT4888. VT4888-ACC VT4887-ACC Dolly/wheelboard Dolly/wheelboard front front plate plate and and padded padded protective cover cover bag bag for for one one VT4888. VT4887. VT4887-ACC Dolly/wheelboard front plate and padded protective cover bag for one VT4887. VT4887-ACC VT4882-ACC Dolly/wheelboard Dolly/wheelboard front front plate plate and and padded padded protective protective cover cover bag bag for for one one VT4887. VT4882. VT4882-ACC

Dolly/wheelboard front plate and padded protective cover bag for one VT4882.

VT4888-AF

Array Frame for supporting VT4888 or VT4882 enclosures, or for ground stacking

VT4882-ACC VT4881-ACC Dolly/wheelboard Dolly/wheelboard front front plate plate and and padded padded protective protective cover cover bag bag for for one one VT4882. VT4881. VT4881-ACC Dolly/wheelboard front plate and padded protective cover bag for one VT4881. VT4881-ACC Dolly/wheelboard front plate and padded protective cover bag for one VT4881. VT4888-AF Array Frame for supporting VT4888 or VT4882 enclosures, or for ground stacking VT4888-AF

Section:

Array either Frame formodel. supporting either midsize midsize model. VT4888 or VT4882 enclosures, or for ground stacking either midsize Short Frame formodel. use on bottom of larger VT4888 or VT4882 arrays, suspending

VT4888-SF VT4888-SF Short Frame for use on bottom of larger VT4888 or VT4882 arrays, suspending VT4888-SF Shortspecial Frame for use on bottom of larger VT4888 or VT4882 arrays, suspending special purpose arrays, or for ground stacking either midsize model. purpose arrays, or for ground stacking either midsize model. purpose arrays, or forVT4887A ground stacking either midsizesubwoofers, model. or or VT4887-AFspecial Frame for supporting VT4887A enclosures or VT4881A VT4881A forfor VT4887-AF Array Array Frame for supporting enclosures or subwoofers,

stacking compact models. enclosures or VT4881A subwoofers, or for Array ground Frame for supporting VT4887A ground stacking compact models. stacking compact VT4887-SFground Frame for use on models. bottom largerVT4887A VT4887A or or VT4881A VT4881A arrays, suspending VT4887-SF ShortShort Frame for use on bottom of of larger arrays, suspending purpose arrays, or for ground stacking compact models. VT4887-SF Shortspecial Frame for use on bottom of larger VT4887A or VT4881A arrays, suspending special purpose arrays, or for ground stacking compact models. VT4800-CAspecial Compact Adaptor, use to suspend VT4887As or VT4881As from VT4888s. purpose arrays, or suspend for ground stackingor compact models. VT4800-CA Compact Adaptor, use to VT4887As VT4881As from VT4888s.

VT4887-AF

VT4881AVT4881A Compact Arrayable Subwoofers Compact Arrayable Subwoofers VT4881A

VT4887A VT4887A Compact Line Array System Compact Line Array System VT4887A

Compact Arrayable Subwoofers

Compact Line Array System

VT4800-DA Downfill Adaptor, to suspendVT4887As up to 4 VT4887As from VT4880s, VT4889-1s VT4800-CA Compact Adaptor, useuse tosuspend suspend or VT4881As from VT4888s. VT4800-DA Downfill Adaptor, use to up to 4 VT4887As from VT4880s, VT4889-1s or VT4880As. VT4800-DA Downfill Adaptor, use to suspend up to 4 VT4887As from VT4880s, VT4889-1s or VT4880As. VT4800-UA Universal Adaptor Frame. Use to suspend midsize or compact models from or VT4880As. VT4800-UA Universal Adaptor Frame. Use to suspend midsize or compact models from

VT4800-UA

either the VT4889 fullsize arrays or VT4880 subwoofer arrays. Also compatible

Universal Frame. Use toor suspend or compact models from either theAdaptor VT4889 fullsize arrays VT4880midsize subwoofer arrays. Also compatible with VT4889-1 and VT4880A. eitherVT4889-1 the VT4889 arrays or VT4880 subwoofer arrays. Also compatible with andfullsize VT4880A. with VT4889-1 and VT4880A. These accessories are available for the VT4886 and VT4883.

These VT4886-AF accessories are available the VT4886 andVT4886, VT4883. Array frame forfor suspension of VT4883, or mixed VT4883/VT4886 arrays. These accessories are available forforthe VT4886 and VT4883. Can alsofor besuspension used ground stacking. VT4886-AF Array frame of VT4883, VT4886, or mixed VT4883/VT4886 arrays. VT4886-ABCan Adapter barsuspension for of multiple VT4886-AF array frames. VT4886-AF Arrayalso frame for VT4883, VT4886, or mixed VT4883/VT4886 arrays. be used forattachment groundofstacking. Can also be used for ground stacking. VT4886-DF88 Downfill Adapter for suspending VT4886 under VT4888. VT4886-AB Adapter bar for attachment of multiple VT4886-AF array frames.

VT4886-AB Adapter bar for attachment of multiple VT4886-AF array frames. VT4886-DF89 Downfill Adapter for suspending VT4886 underVT4888. VT4889. VT4886-DF88 Downfill Adapter for suspending VT4886 under VT4886-UB Under-balcony adapter plate, supplied with bolt-on pole mount adapter. Also VT4886-DF88 Downfill Adapter for suspending VT4886 under VT4888. VT4886-DF89 Downfill Adapter for suspending VT4886 under VT4889.

used as a stacking platform for distributed front-fill applications. Can also be used

VT4886-DF89 Downfill Adapter for suspending VT4886 under VT4889. VT4886-UB Under-balcony adapter plate, supplied bolt-on pole mount adapter. Also at the bottom of suspended arrays forwith rear pull-back suspension. VT4886-UB Under-balcony adapter plate, supplied with bolt-on pole mount adapter. used as a stacking platform for distributed front-fill applications. Can also Also be used VT4886-UB2 Basic 2-point U-Bracket adapter for VT4886. used a stacking platform for distributed at theasbottom of suspended arrays for rear front-fill pull-backapplications. suspension.Can also be used VT4886-HB Horizontal bracket for arraying VT4886 enclosures as a constant curvature the2-point bottomU-Bracket of suspended arrays rear pull-back suspension. VT4886-UB2 at Basic adapter for for VT4886. horizontal line array.

VT4886-UB2 Basic Adjustable 2-point U-Bracket adapter for VT4886. VT4886-HB bracket for arraying VT4886 enclosures as a constant curvature SS4-BK2 Horizontal extension rod with M20 thread for attachment to VT4883 Subwoofer VT4886-HB Horizontal bracket arraying VT4886 enclosures asfor a constant curvature (mounting polefor with hand-crank height adjustment secure, vibration-free horizontal line array. attachment of optional VT4886-UB accessory supporting stacked VT4886's). horizontal line array. SS4-BK2 Adjustable extension rod with M20 thread for attachment to VT4883 Subwoofer SS4-BK2

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Accessory subwoofer, with wheelboard/dolly plate, cover bag,Kit andfor required suspension hinge bars. VT4880-ACC Accessory Kit for subwoofer, with wheelboard/dolly plate, cover bag, and required suspension hinge bars.

Subcompact System: VT4883 Cardioid-Arrayable Subwoofers With VT4886 Passive Three-Way Line Array Elements

Subcompact System: VT4883 Cardioid-Arrayable Subwoofers With VT4886 Passive Three-Way Line Array Elements Subcompact System: VT4883 Cardioid-Arrayable Subwoofers With VT4886 Passive Three-Way Line Array Elements

Adjustable pole extension rod with M20 thread for attachment to VT4883 Subwoofer (mounting with hand-crank height adjustment for secure, vibration-free (mounting pole with hand-crank height adjustment for secure, vibration-free attachment of optional VT4886-UB accessory supporting stacked VT4886's). attachment of optional VT4886-UB accessory supporting stacked VT4886's).

Page 305

TOUR SOUND PRODUCTS TOUR SOUND PRODUCTS

® VVER T EC Series ERTEC® DP DP Series ®

VERTEC DP Series

TOUR SOUND PRODUCTS

Powered Powered Line Line Array Array Systems Systems

Powered Line Array Systems

VERTEC® VT4888DP VERTEC® VT4888DP

VERTEC® VT4888DP

2005 WINNER 2005 WINNER 2005 WINNER

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

The JBL VERTEC DP Series is a suite of powered audio systems coupling industry-leading loudspeaker technology to the innovative DPSeries Seriesisisaasuite suite of powered audio coupling industry-leading technology to the innovative The JBLJBL VERVTERECTEC DP powered audiosystems systems coupling loudspeaker technology innovative JBL The DrivePack® technology platform. It’s a breakthrough in power andindustry-leading control forloudspeaker integrated systems. JBL’s VERTtoECthe DP Series delivers JBL DrivePack® technology platform. It’s a breakthrough in power and control for integrated systems. JBL’s V ER T EC DP Series delivers superb JBL DrivePack® technology platform. It’s a breakthrough in power and control for integrated systems. JBL’s V ER T EC DP Series delivers superb audio quality and robust power, perfectly matched to the enclosures, with comprehensive internal digital signal processing. audioaudio quality and robust power,power, perfectlyperfectly matched matched to the enclosures, with comprehensive internal digitalinternal signal processing. Basedprocessing. on JBL’s superb quality and robust to the enclosures, with comprehensive digital signal Based on JBL’s industry-leading VERelements, TEC line array elements, systems are lightweight, powerful, and cost-effective. industry-leading VERTEC line array these systems arethese lightweight, powerful, and cost-effective. Based on JBL’s industry-leading VERTEC line array elements, these systems are lightweight, powerful, and cost-effective. Designed in cooperation with development partners Crown, dbx and BSS, JBL DrivePacks with unique inputoptions moduleareoptions are Designed in cooperation with development partners Crown, dbx and BSS, JBL DrivePacks with unique input module designed Designed in cooperation with development partnersperformance, Crown, dbx and BSS,handling JBL DrivePacks withsystem uniquecontrol. input module options are designed to exceed all expectations for loudspeaker power and audio to exceed all expectations for loudspeaker performance, power handling and audio system control. designed to exceed all expectations for loudspeaker performance, power handling and audio system control. VT4889ADP VT4889ADP VT4889ADP VT4889ADP a powered,fullsize fullsize TheThe VT4889ADP is ais powered, Audio housing two 15" TheIntegrated VT4889ADP is System a powered, fullsize Integrated Audio System housing two 15" woofers, four 8"System midrange radiators, and three Integrated Audio housing two 15" woofers, four 8" midrange radiators, and three high frequency compression drivers and that three woofers, four 8"compression midrange radiators, high frequency drivers that combine to provide a high power-to-weight high frequency compression drivers that combine to provide a high power-to-weight ratio. It is equipped with a JBL DrivePack DP3 combine providewith a high power-to-weight ratio. It is to equipped a JBL DrivePack DP3 fully integrated power and DSP electronics ratio.package. It is equipped with a JBL DP3 fully integrated power and DSPDrivePack electronics fully integrated power and DSP electronics package. The VT4889ADP is designed to deliver highpackage. The VT4889ADP is designed to deliver highquality reinforcement of music and speech in

The large-scale, VT4889ADP is designed to deliver highquality reinforcement of music and speech maximum-performance applications including concert audio, corporate and quality reinforcement of music and A/V speech in large-scale, maximum-performance theatrical including presentations of all types forcorporate both in large-scale, maximum-performance applications concert audio, portable users and performance venue applications including concert audio, A/V and theatrical presentations of allcorporate types for A/V installations. and theatrical presentations of all venue types for both portable users and performance bothVT4888DP portable users and performance venue installations. installations.

The VT4888DP is a powered, midsize Integrated VT4888DP Audio System housing two 12" woofers, four VT4888DP The VT4888DP is a powered, midsize 5.5" midrange radiators and two high frequency

Thecompression VT4888DP isSystem a powered, midsize Integrated Audiodrivers. two 12" It ishousing equipped with a JBL Integrated Audio System housing twoand 12"DSP woofers, four 5.5"fully midrange radiators DrivePack DP3 integrated power and woofers, 5.5" midrange radiators andIt two high four frequency compression drivers. electronics package. two high frequency compression drivers. is equipped with aisJBL DrivePack DP3 fullyIt The VT4888DP designed to deliver high-quality is equipped with aofand JBL DrivePack DP3 integrated power DSP electronics reinforcement music and speech infully apackage. variety of integrated power and DSP electronics package. applications including concert The general-purpose VT4888DP is designed to deliver highand corporate A/V presentations of all The audio VT4888DP is designed to deliver highquality reinforcement of music and speech types for both portable users and fixed venue quality reinforcement of music applications and speech in a variety of general-purpose installations. in a varietyconcert of general-purpose applications including audio and corporate A/V including concert A/V presentations of allaudio typesand for corporate both portable presentations all types for both portable users and fixedofvenue installations. users and fixed venue installations.

Page 306

VT4887ADP VT4887ADP VT4887ADP The is aispowered, compact TheVT4887ADP VT4887ADP a powered, compact Integrated Audio System housing two 8" The VT4887ADP is a powered, compact Integrated Audio System housing two 8" woofers, four 4" 4" midrange radiators andtwo two high Integrated Audio System housing 8" woofers, four midrange radiators and frequency drivers.radiators It is equipped woofers, four 4" midrange and It two highcompression frequency compression drivers. with a JBL DrivePack DP2 fully integrated power two high frequency compression drivers. is equipped with a JBL DrivePack DP2 fullyIt and DSP electronics package. is equippedpower with aand JBL DSP DrivePack DP2 fully integrated electronics package. The VT4887ADP is designed to electronics deliver high-package. integrated power and DSP The VT4887ADP is designed to deliver high-

VT4882DP VT4882DP VT4882DP The VT4882DP is a powered, midsize, centrallyThe VT4882DP is a powered, midsize, centrallyventedvented arrayable sub-woofer housing two long two The VT4882DP issub-woofer a powered, midsize, centrallyarrayable housing long extension 15" woofers andsub-woofer a JBLand DrivePack DP3 two long vented arrayable housing extension 15" woofers a JBL DrivePack DP3 fully integrated power and DSP and extension 15" woofers aDSP JBLelectronics DrivePack DP3 fully integrated power electronics package. fully integrated power and DSP electronics package. The VT4882DP is designed to deliver high quality package. The VT4882DP is designed to deliver high

sound reinforcement of sub-low frequencies for The and VT4882DP isofdesigned toof deliver high quality sound reinforcement sub-low quality reinforcement of music and speech in live music a variety other applications. The VT4887ADP is designed to deliver high-in Typicalfrequencies quality sound reinforcement reinforcement of music and speech for live music andof a sub-low variety of other aquality variety of applications where smaller-sized uses include concert audio and multiofwhere music and speech frequencies music and a variety of other aquality variety of applications smaller-sized Typical uses include concert audio arrays arereinforcement appropriate, including concert audio, in mediaapplications. presentationsfor of live all types. The VT4882DP a variety ofappropriate, applications where smaller-sized applications. Typical uses arrays areA/V including concert and multi-media presentations of concert all types.audio The corporate and theatrical presentations of allaudio, is an Ideal companion to VT4888 orinclude VT4888DP types forare both portable users andpresentations performance full-range systems. arrays appropriate, including concert audio, and multi-media presentations ofto allVT4888 types. The corporate A/V and theatrical of all midsize VT4882DP is an Ideal companion or installations. corporate A/V and theatrical of all VT4882DP midsize is an Ideal companion to VT4888 or types for both portable userspresentations and performance VT4888DP full-range systems.

types for both portable users and performance VT4881ADP VT4888DP midsize full-range systems. installations. VT4880ADP The VT4881ADP is a powered, compact, vented VT4881ADP installations. The VT4880ADPis a powered, fullsize, centrallyarrayable housing one Ultra-Long VT4881ADP VT4880ADP Thesub-woofer VT4881ADP is a powered, compact, vented arrayable sub-woofer housing two Excursion 18" woofer and a JBL DrivePack DP1 VT4880ADP The VT4881ADP is a powered, compact, The VT4880ADPis a powered, fullsize, centrallyvented arrayable sub-woofer housing one Ultra2269G Ultra-Long Excursion 18" woofers and a fully integrated power and DSP electronics The VT4880ADPis a powered,housing fullsize, centrallyvented arrayable18" sub-woofer housing one Ultravented arrayable sub-woofer two Long Excursion woofer and a JBL DrivePack JBL DrivePack DP-3 power and DSP electronics package. ventedUltra-Long arrayable sub-woofer housing two Longfully Excursion 18" woofer JBLelectronics DrivePack 2269G Excursion 18" woofers and a DP1 integrated power and aDSP package. The new uItra long excursion 18" VLF The VT4881ADP is designed to deliver high 2269G Ultra-Long 18"DSP woofers DP1 fully integrated power and DSP electronics JBL DrivePack DP-3Excursion power and electronics (Very Low Frequency) components, fitted withand a qualitypackage. sound reinforcement of VLF musical JBL DrivePack DP-3 power and DSP electronics package. package. The new uItra long excursion 18" VLF dual voice coils and robust composite cones, The VT4881ADP is designed to deliver high information for a variety of applications package. newcapabilities uItra longand excursion 18"with VLF (Very Low Frequency) components, fitted provide highThe output a high Theconcert VT4881ADP is designed deliver high quality sound reinforcement of VLF musical including audio, corporate A/Vto and power-to-weight (Veryvoice Low Frequency) components, fitted with theatrical dual coilsratio. and robust composite cones, presentations all types. quality sound of VLF musical information forreinforcement aofvariety of Suitable applications dual voice coils robust composite provide high output capabilities and high The VT4880ADP is and designed to deliver highacones, for both portableconcert users fixed venue instal-A/V and information for and a variety of applications including audio, corporate provide high output and a high power-to-weight ratio. quality reinforcement ofcapabilities VLF (Very Low lations.theatrical Ideal companion VT4887ADP or A/V including concerttoaudio, corporate and presentations of all types. Suitable power-to-weight ratio. Frequency) musicalisinformation fordeliver a broadhigh VT4887A compact three-way systems. theatrical presentations of all types. Suitable The VT4880ADP designed to for both portable users and fixed venue instalrange of applications. Ideal companion to The VT4880ADP is designed deliver quality reinforcement of VLFto (Very Lowhigh VT4889ADP fullsize powered three-way systems.

quality reinforcement of VLF (Very Frequency) musical information forLow a broad Frequency) musical information for a broad range of applications. Ideal companion to range of applications. Ideal companion VT4889ADP fullsize powered three-wayto systems. VT4889ADP fullsize powered three-way systems.

for bothIdeal portable users and fixed venue installations. companion to VT4887ADP or lations. Ideal companion to VT4887ADP VT4887A compact three-way systems. or VT4887A compact three-way systems.

V ER T EC DP SERIES V ER T EC DP SERIES

key key features features V ER T EC DP SERIES

key features

f INTEGRATED DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING INTEGRATED DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING f f JBL DRIVEPACK® ELECTRONICS PACKAGE JBL DRIVEPACK® ELECTRONICS PACKAGE f f AUTOMATIC SELECTION OF 50 OR 60 Hz INTEGRATED DIGITAL SIGNAL f WORLDWIDE AC LINE VOLTAGES AUTOMATIC SELECTION OF PROCESSING 50 OR 60 Hz f WORLDWIDE AC LINE VOLTAGES JBL DRIVEPACK® ELECTRONICS PACKAGE f f OPTIONAL NETWORK INPUT MODULES AUTOMATIC SELECTION OF 50 OR 60 Hz OPTIONAL NETWORK INPUT MODULES f f WORLDWIDE AC LINE VOLTAGES

f OPTIONAL NETWORK INPUT MODULES

DPIP Standard Input Module (analog Input audio) DPIP Standard ModuleDPIP (analog audio) Standard Input Module (analog audio)

DPAN Optional Input Module (analog Input audio DPAN Optional and ethernet connectivity) Module (analog audio DPAN Optional Input Module (analog audio and ethernet connectivity) and ethernet connectivity)

DPCN Optional Input Module digital DPCN (CobraNet Optional Input audio, ethernet connectivity) Module (CobraNet digital DPCN Optional Input Module (CobraNetconnectivity) digital audio, ethernet

audio, ethernet connectivity)

INPUT MODULE & CONNECTIVITY INPUT MODULE & CONNECTIVITY JBL DrivePacks are equipped with a modular input bay. Standard DPIP input modules from

New DPDA Optional Input Module (AES digital audio, New DPDA Optional Input BSS OmniDrive HD processing, Module (AESInput digital audio, New DPDA Optional Ethercon connectors) Module (AES digital audio, BSS OmniDrive HD processing, BSS OmniDrive HD processing, Ethercon connectors) Ethercon connectors)

Harman Pro Group | 2010

INPUT MODULE & CONNECTIVITY JBL DrivePacks are equipped withand a modular input bay. DPIP input modules from dbx feature analog audio inputs sophisticated DSP Standard technology incorporating digital preJBL DrivePacks are equipped with a modular input bay. Standard DPIP input modules from dbx feature analog audio inputs andand sophisticated DSP technology incorporating digital equalization filters, frequency-dividing networks, and limiter circuitry. Classic dbx Limiting dbx feature analog audio inputs sophisticated DSP technology incorporating digital pre-preequalization filters, frequency-dividing networks, and circuitry. Classic dbx Limitingconfigfunctionality, dbx Type IV® analog-to-digital converters, and full bandpass and crossover equalization filters, frequency-dividing networks, andlimiter limiter circuitry. Classic dbx Limiting functionality, Type IV® analog-to-digital converters, and full bandpass and crossover configurations are alldbx packed into the standard input module on every JBL DrivePack unit. functionality, dbx Type IV® analog-to-digital converters, and full bandpass and crossover configurations are all packed into the standard input module on every JBL DrivePack unit. urations are all packed into the standard input module on every JBL DrivePack unit. Optional HiQnet-compatible input modules offer ethernet connectivity for remote control and Optional HiQnet-compatible input modules offerethernet ethernet connectivity for control andandHD Optional HiQnet-compatible input modules connectivity forremote remote control monitoring. New DPDA provides AES digitaloffer audio inputs with analog backup, BSS OmniDrive monitoring. New provides AES digital audio inputs with analog OmniDrive HD HD monitoring. New DPDA provides AES digital audio inputs analogbackup, backup,BSS BSS OmniDrive signal processing withDPDA LevelMax™ multi-stage limiting andwith high-performance F.I.R./I.I.R. filters, signal LevelMax™ multi-stage limitingand andoptimized high-performance F.I.R./I.I.R. filters, signal processing with with LevelMax™ multi-stage limiting high-performance F.I.R./I.I.R. filters, array/box I.D.processing mechanism and robust Ethercon connectors for tour/rental system use. array/box I.D. mechanism and robust Ethercon connectorsoptimized optimized for tour/rental system use.use. array/box I.D. mechanism and robust Ethercon connectors tour/rental system Software Control Panel available in Harman Pro’s HiQnet™for System Architect Software Software Control Panel available in Harman Pro’s HiQnet™ System Architect Software

Software Control Panel available in Harman Pro’s HiQnet™ System Architect Software

full-range full-range full-range

VT4889ADP VT4889ADP VT4889ADP SYSTEMSYSTEM TYPE TYPEPowered Fullsize 3-way LineLine Array, Powered Fullsize 3-way Array,

Integrated AudioAudio System Integrated System SYSTEM TYPE Powered Fullsize 3-way Line Array, Integrated Audio System FREQUENCY RESPONSE Hz –4516HzkHz 3 (± dB)3 dB) FREQUENCY RESPONSE45 – 16(± kHz FREQUENCY RESPONSE 45 Hznominal –90°16nominal kHz(250 (± (250 3 dB) Hz -kHz) 16 kHz) HORIZONTAL COVERAGE Hz - 16 HORIZONTAL COVERAGE (-6 dB)(-6 dB)90° 1m Hz - 16 kHz) MAXIMUM PEAK HORIZONTAL COVERAGE (-6 dB)OUTPUT90° 143 nominal dB,143 1mdB,(250 MAXIMUM PEAK OUTPUT LF:4 NOMINAL IMPEDANCE: 143 dB, 1mohms MAXIMUM PEAK OUTPUT ohms NOMINAL IMPEDANCE: LF LFLF:4 MF: 8 ohms MF 8 ohms LF:4 ohms NOMINAL IMPEDANCE:MF LF HFMF: HF: 16 ohms (wired in series) HF: ohms (wired in series) HF MF:16 8 ohms MF 6000W Peak, 3000W Continuous DRIVEPACK POWER RATING HF: 16 ohms series) HF 6000W Peak,(wired 3000WinContinuous DRIVEPACK POWER RATING 2 x 2265H (15 in) (Dual-Coil) TRANSDUCERS: LF Peak, 3000W Continuous DRIVEPACK POWER RATING x 2265H (15 in) (Dual-Coil) TRANSDUCERS: LF MF26000W 4 x 2169H (8 in) (8 2265H (15in) in)(3"(Dual-Coil) TRANSDUCERS:MF LF HF42 x 2169H 3 x 2435H exit compression driver) 3 x 2435H (3" exit compression driver) HF 4 2169H (8 Frustrum in) MF Wedge ENCLOSURE 3 x 2435H (3" exit compression driver) HF FINISHWedge Frustrum ENCLOSURE DuraFlex™ WedgeFemale Frustrum ENCLOSURE FINISH XLR/Male XLR INPUT CONNECTORSDuraFlex™ DuraFlex™ FINISH XLR/Male INPUT CONNECTORS 1215 x 494 xXLR 692 mm DIMENSIONSFemale xx19.4 27.2 in (H x W x D)1215 Female XLR/Male XLR INPUT CONNECTORS x47.8 494 692 xmm DIMENSIONS lb) NET 19.4 27.2mm in (H xWEIGHT W x D) (each)47.8 1215 x93.1 494kgxx(205 692 DIMENSIONS 47.8 kg x 19.4 27.2 in (H x W x D) 93.1 (205xlb) NET WEIGHT (each) 93.1 kg (205 lb) NET WEIGHT (each)

subwoofers subwoofers subwoofers VT4880ADP

SYSTEM TYPE

Powered Fullsize 2-15" Subwoofer,

VT4880ADP Integrated Audio System VT4880ADP SYSTEM TYPE Fullsize FREQUENCY RESPONSEPowered 29 Hz – 120 2-15" Hz (± 3Subwoofer, dB)

SystemSubwoofer, SYSTEMPEAK TYPEOUTPUTIntegrated Powered 2-15" 143Fullsize dBAudio SPL, 1m MAXIMUM Integrated Audio System FREQUENCY RESPONSE Hz –LF:120 Hz (± 3 dB) 4 ohms (Each transducer) NOMINAL IMPEDANCE29 FREQUENCY RESPONSE 29 HzdB–6900 120W1m HzPeak, (± 33500 dB)W Continuous SPL, MAXIMUM PEAK OUTPUT DRIVEPACK POWER RATING143 1434dB 1m (18transducer) MAXIMUM OUTPUT LFLF: 2SPL, x 2269G in) (Dual-Coil) TRANSDUCERS: ohms (Each NOMINALPEAK IMPEDANCE Frustrum ENCLOSURE6900 LF: 4 ohms (Each transducer) NOMINAL IMPEDANCE WWedge Peak, 3500 W Continuous DRIVEPACK POWER RATING WDuraFlex Peak, 3500 W Continuous DRIVEPACK POWER RATING 2 x 2269G (18 in) (Dual-Coil) TRANSDUCERS: LF FINISH6900 Female XLR INPUT CONNECTORS 2 x 2269G (18XLR/Male in) (Dual-Coil) TRANSDUCERS: LF Wedge Frustrum ENCLOSURE x 493 x 1011 mm DIMENSIONSWedge1229 Frustrum ENCLOSURE DuraFlex FINISH 48.4 x 19.4 x 39.8 in (H x W x D) DuraFlexXLR/Male XLR FINISH INPUT CONNECTORS kg (219 lb) NET WEIGHT (each)Female99.4 Female XLR/Male INPUT CONNECTORS 1229 x 493 x 1011XLR mm DIMENSIONS 48.4 39.8 inmm (H x W x D) 1229xx19.4 493 x 1011 DIMENSIONS 48.4 kg x 19.4 39.8 in (H x W x D) 99.4 (219x lb) NET WEIGHT (each) 99.4 kg (219 lb) NET WEIGHT (each)

VT4888DP VT4888DP VT4888DP Powered 3-wayLine LineArray, Array, PoweredMidsize Midsize 3-way

Integrated Audio System Integrated Audio System Powered Midsize 3-way Line Array, Integrated Audio 60 (±3System 3dB) dB) 60HzHz--16 16kHz kHz (± 6090°Hznominal - 16 kHz(250 (±Hz 3HzdB) nominal (250 --1616kHz) 90° kHz) 139nominal dB,1m 1m (250 Hz - 16 kHz) 90° 139 dB, LF:4dB, ohms 139 1m LF:4 ohms MF:88ohms ohms MF: LF:4 HF: ohms 16 ohms HF: ohms MF:16 8 ohms 6000W Peak, 3000W Continuous HF: 16 ohms 6000W Peak, 3000W Continuous 2 x 2262H (12 in) (Dual-Coil) Peak, Continuous 26000W (12 in) 4x x2262H 2106H (5 1⁄3000W 2 in)(Dual-Coil) 1⁄2 in) 42 2x x2106H 2262H (12 in)exit(Dual-Coil) 2431H(5 (1.5" compression driver) 24 Wedge x 2431H (1.5" 2106HFrustrum (5 1⁄2 exit in) compression driver) 2 DuraFlex™ x 2431H (1.5" exit compression driver) Wedge Frustrum Wedge DuraFlex™ FemaleFrustrum XLR/Male XLR DuraFlex™ Female XLR/Male XLR 355 x 1013 x 678 mm 14 xx 39.9 x 26.7 Female XLR/Male XLR 355 1013 x 678inmm 67.2 kg (148 lb) inmm 14 x x39.9 x 26.7 355 1013 x 678 14 x 39.9 x 26.7 67.2 kg (148 lb) in 67.2 kg (148 lb)

VT4887ADP VT4887ADP

accessories accessories accessories 06 Section:

VT4887ADP Powered Compact Line Array, Powered Compact 3-way3-way Line Array, Necessary accessories; order separately for accessories; order separately for Integrated Audio Integrated Audio SystemSystem Powered Compact 3-way Line Array, Necessary VT4889ADP, VT4888DP, VT4887ADP VT4889ADP, VT4888DP, VT4887ADP Necessary accessories; order separately for Integrated Audio System 67 Hz 20 kHz (± 3 dB) 67 Hz - 20 kHz (± 3 dB) VT4889ADP, VT4888DP, VT4887ADP 67nominal Hznominal - 20(250 kHzHz (±- 16 3Hz dB) 100°100° kHz) (250 - 16 kHz) VT4889ADP-ACC Dolly/wheelboard VT4889ADP-ACC Dolly/wheelboard 136100° dB,1m nominal (250 Hz - 16 kHz) 136 dB,1m front plate andplate and VT4889ADP-ACC Dolly/wheelboard front LF:4LF:4 ohmsdB,1m 136 ohms padded protective front plate and padded protective MF, MF, HF: 8HF: ohms 8 ohms

LF:4 ohms cover bag for one padded protective cover bag for one MF, HF: 8 ohms VT4889DP 2200W Peak 1100W Continuous cover bag for one VT4889DP 2200W Peak 1100W Continuous VT4888DP-ACC Dolly/wheelboard 2 x 2168H-1 (8 in) (Dual-Coil) VT4889DP 1100W Continuous VT4888DP-ACC Dolly/wheelboard 22200W x 2168H-1 in) (Dual-Coil) 4 x 2104H (4Peak in) (8 front plate and padded 4 x 2104H (4 in) VT4888DP-ACC Dolly/wheelboard front plate 2 2168H-1 in) (Dual-Coil) 2 x 2408H (1" exit (8 compression driver) protective cover bag and for padded 24 x 2408H exit compression driver) 2104H (4 in) front plate cover and padded Wedge Frustrum(1" protective bag for one VT4888DP 2 x 2408H (1" exit compression driver) Wedge Frustrum DuraFlex protective cover bag for one VT4888DP VT4887ADP-ACC Dolly/wheelboard Wedge Frustrum DuraFlex Female XLR/Male XLR one VT4888DP VT4887ADP-ACC Dolly/wheelboard front plate and padded DuraFlex XLR/Male 279Female x 787 x 563 mm XLR protective cover bag and for padded VT4887ADP-ACC Dolly/wheelboard front plate 11 x279 31 xx22.1 inx 563 mm Female XLR/Male XLR 787 one VT4887ADP front plate cover and padded protective bag for 39.711 kg (87.5 lb) x 31 x 22.1 in 279 x 787 x 563 mm protective cover bag for one VT4887ADP 11 x 31 22.1lb) in 39.7 kg x(87.5 one VT4887ADP 39.7 kg (87.5 lb) Necessary accessories; order separately for VT4880ADP, VT4882DP, VT4881ADP

VT4882DP

VT4881ADP

Powered Midsize 2-15" Subwoofer,

Necessary accessories; order separately for Powered Compact 1-18" Subwoofer, VT4880ADP-ACC Dolly/wheelboard VT4881ADP VT4880ADP, VT4882DP, VT4881ADP Integrated Audio System Necessary accessories; order separately for front plate and padded VT4881ADP Compact VT4880ADP, VT4882DP, VT4881ADP 34 HzPowered - 125 Hz(± 3 dB) 1-18" Subwoofer, VT4880ADP-ACC Dolly/wheelboard protective cover bag for Audio System Powered 1-18" Subwoofer, 131Integrated dB SPL,1mCompact VT4880ADP-ACC Dolly/wheelboard front plate and padded one VT4880DP Integrated Audio System 34 Hz 125 Hz(± 3 dB) VLF:4 ohms front plate cover and padded protective bag for VT4882DP-ACC Dolly/wheelboard 34 Hz Hz(±Continuous 3 dB) 131 dB- 125 SPL,1m 3600W Peak, 1800W protective cover bag for one VT4880DP front plate and padded 131 dBohms SPL,1m VLF VLF:4 1 x 2269G (18 in) (Dual-Coil) one VT4880DP protective cover bag for VT4882DP-ACC Dolly/wheelboard Rectangular enclosure VLF:4 ohms 3600W Peak, 1800W Continuous one VT4882DP VT4882DP-ACC Dolly/wheelboard front plate and padded DuraFlex 3600W Peak, 1800W Continuous VLF 1 x 2269G (18 in) (Dual-Coil) VT4881ADP-ACC Dolly/wheelboard front plate cover and padded protective bag for Female XLR VLFXLR/Male 1 x 2269Genclosure (18 in) (Dual-Coil) Rectangular front plate and padded protective cover bag for one VT4882DP 569Rectangular x 787 x 800 mm enclosure DuraFlex protective cover bag for one VT4882DP 22.4 X 31 X 31.5 in VT4881ADP-ACC Dolly/wheelboard DuraFlexXLR/Male XLR one VT4881ADP 62.2Female kg (137 lb) VT4881ADP-ACC front Dolly/wheelboard plate and padded

VT4882DP Integrated Audio System VT4882DP Powered Midsize 32 Hz - 110 Hz (± 32-15" dB) Subwoofer, Integrated Audio Powered Midsize 2-15" Subwoofer, 133 dB SPL, 1m System Integrated System 32 110Audio Hz (±transducer) 3 dB) LF:Hz8 -ohms (Each 323400W HzdB- 110 Hz (± 3 dB) 133 SPL, 1m Peak, 1700W Continuous 133 SPL,(15 1min) (Dual-Coil) 2 x8dB 2266H LF: ohms (Each transducer) Frustrum LF:Wedge 8 ohms (Each transducer) 3400W Peak, 1700W Continuous 3400W Peak, Continuous 2 DuraFlex x 2266H (151700W in) (Dual-Coil) XLR/Male XLR 2 Female x 2266H (15 in) (Dual-Coil) Wedge Frustrum 457 x 1013 x 1011 mm Wedge DuraFlexFrustrum 18 x 39.9 x 39.8 in DuraFlexXLR/Male XLR Female 69.9 kg (154 lb) Female XLR/Male 457 x 1013 x 1011XLR mm 18 in mm 457x x39.9 1013x 39.8 x 1011 18 x 39.9 x 39.8 69.9 kg (154 lb) in 69.9 kg (154 lb)

Female XLR/Male XLR 569 x 787 x 800 mm 22.4 31 Xx 31.5 in 569 xX787 800 mm 22.4 kg X 31(137 X 31.5 62.2 lb) in 62.2 kg (137 lb)

front plate cover and padded protective bag for protective cover bag for one VT4881ADP one VT4881ADP Page 307

Portable Products Portable Products

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

EON. PRX Series. JRX Series. MRX Series. SRX Series. VRX Series.

EON. PRX Series. JRX Series. Series.products SRX Series. VRX Series. An unbeatable line-up of portable soundMRX reinforcement from JBL Professional. Years of experience went into making EON. PRX Series. Series. MRX Series. SRXJBL’s Series. VRX Series. these products. They’reJRX loaded with features brought over from high-end concert touring and live performance systems—

An unbeatable line-up of portable sound reinforcement products from JBL Professional. Years of experience went into making these features you won’t find anywhere else. An unbeatable line-up of portable sound reinforcement products from JBLconcert Professional. of experience went into making these products. They’re loaded with features brought over from JBL’s high-end touringYears and live performance systems— features PRX500 is truly more than the sum of its parts. JBL Differential Drive transducers matched with state-of-the-art Crown amplifiers products. They’re loaded with features brought over from JBL’s high-end concert touring and live performance systems— features you won’t find anywhere else. deliver incredible performance you won’t find anywhere else. at a fraction of the weight of other competitive products. PRX500 is truly more than the sum of its parts. JBL Differential Drive transducers matched with state-of-the-art Crown amplifiers The JBLisEON system isthan firmlythe entrenched the industry leader in powered portable speaker systems. The latest EON500 and PRX500 truly more sum itsasparts. JBLweight Differential Drive transducers matched with state-of-the-art Crown amplifiers deliver incredible performance at aof fraction of the of other competitive products. EON300 Series represent the next generation of this incredibly succesful and influential professional speaker system. Now with deliver incredible performance at a fraction of the weight of other competitive products. more it delivers anthe even lighter, easier package. The JBLpower EON system is more firmlyperformance entrenchedinas industry leadertointransport powered portable speaker systems. The latest EON500 and The JBL EON system is firmly entrenched as the industry leader succesful in powered portable speaker systems.speaker The latest EON500 and EON300 Series represent the next generation of this incredibly and professional Now with The advanced technology of VRX900 and SRX700 Series speakers delivers the powerinfluential and performance you would expectsystem. from EON300 Series represent theperformance next generation ofeven this incredibly succesful and influential professional speaker system. Now with more power it delivers more in an lighter, easier to transport package. the highest quality, professional system. At the same time, JBL innovation and patented Differential Drive® speaker technology more it delivers moredramatically performance in an even lighter, easier level to transport package. havepower reduced system weight while maintaining the highest of performance available from a portable PA The advanced technology of VRX900 and SRX700 Series speakers delivers the power and performance you would expect from speaker. The advanced technology of VRX900 andAt SRX700 Series speakers delivers the andDifferential performance you would expect from the highest quality, professional system. the same time, JBL innovation andpower patented Drive® speaker technology the highest quality, professional system. At the same time, JBL innovation and patented Differential Drive® speaker technology Taking the lead from VRX900 and SRX700 Series speakers, MRX500 delivers extraordinary sound quality, power handling and have reduced system weight dramatically while maintaining the highest level of performance available from a portable PA speaker. have reduced at system weightprice dramatically whilethe maintaining the highest levelsaving of performance available a portable PA speaker. performance an affordable level. Utilizing same technology, the weight over traditional designsfrom are significant, Taking the lead from VRX900 making MRX500 Series systemsand trulySRX700 portable.Series speakers, MRX500 delivers extraordinary sound quality, power handling and Taking the lead VRX900 and Series speakers, delivers quality, power handling and performance at from an affordable priceSRX700 level. Utilizing the sameMRX500 technology, theextraordinary weight savingsound over traditional designs are significant, performance at an affordable price level. Utilizing the same technology, the weight saving over traditional designs are significant, making MRX500 Series systems truly portable. making MRX500 Series systems truly portable. Page 308

PORTABLE PRODUCTS PORTABLE PRODUCTS PORTABLE PRODUCTS

® EON EON® ®

The The Next Next Generation Generation

EON

The Next Generation

Harman Pro Group | 2010

For theForpast JBL JBL hashas led thethe portable market EON,the thebest bestselling selling powered speaker in professional audio history. the14 pastyears 14 years portablePA market with with EON, powered speaker in professional audio history. For past 14 years JBLemerges has ledled thecontinue portable PAPAmarket with EON, the best selling powered speaker inquality. professional audio history. Nowthe aNow new generation to the class-leading traditions of design, performance, and a new generation emerges to continue the class-leading traditions of design, performance, and quality. Now a new generation emerges to continue the class-leading traditions of design, performance, and quality. Introducing EON,EON, The Next Generation. Featuring theEON500 EON500 series models the EON300 Introducing The Next Generation. Featuringthree three models models ininthe series andand twotwo models in theinEON300 series, series, EON EON Introducing EON, The Next Generation. Featuring three models in the EON500 series and two models in the EON300 series, EONpowered delivers moremore power, portability, andand versatility otherspeaker speakerininitsits class, raising thedramatically bar dramatically for advanced delivers power, portability, versatilitythan thanany any other class, raising the bar for advanced powered delivers more power, portability, and versatility than any other speaker in its class, raising the bar dramatically for advanced powered loudspeaker systems, while retaining thatsignature signatureJBL JBL sound. sound. loudspeaker systems, while retaining that loudspeaker systems, while retaining that signature JBL sound. Versatility Versatility EON’s flexible mounting capability, awesome Versatility EON’s flexible mounting capability, awesome

power and extreme light weight set the new EON’s flexible mounting power and extreme lightcapability, weight setawesome the new standard as the performance do-it-all system for power and light weight set the new for standard asextreme the performance do-it-all system gigging musicians, touring bands and mobile standard asMain the performance do-it-all for gigging musicians, touringpole bands andsystem mobile DJ’s. or monitor, or stand mounted, gigging musicians, touring bands mobile DJ’s. Main or monitor, poleisor stand mounted, and even flown, EON right atand home regardless DJ’s.even Main orvenue monitor, mounted, and flown, EON ispole rightoratstand home regardless of the or application. Audience expectaand even flown, EONand is right at home regardless of the venue orhigh, application. expectations are EONAudience delivers.

Powered by Powered byCrown® Crown® JBLand and Crown® Crown® collaboration results in designs Powered by Crown® JBL collaboration results in designs of unmatched integration and efficiency. At the JBL and Crown® collaboration in designs of unmatched integration and results efficiency. At the heart of the 515’s massive output is a Crown of unmatched integration and efficiency. At the heart of the 515’s massive output is a Crown Class-D amplifier that delivers high volume, low heart ofamplifier the 515’sthat massive output awith Crownlow Class-D delivers highisvolume, distortion and continuous performance Class-D that delivers high volume, distortion and continuous performance withlow superb amplifier headroom and power to spare.

distortion and continuous performance superb headroom and power to spare. with Built-in Mixers and power to spare. superb headroom

of theare venue application. Audience expectations high,orand EON delivers. Performance Refined tions are high, and EON delivers.

Built-in Mixers The innovative built-in 3 channel mixer all Built-in Mixers butinnovative eliminates the need for additional mixing The built-in 3 channel mixer all

frequency performance of all EONthe systems EON of offers the highest power-to-weight ratio anything in its class. Extend low with EON518S. This subwoofer features an 18" ratio ofthe anything in its class. the lowwith frequency performance of allExtend EON systems JBL Differential Drive® low frequency driver frequency performance of all EON systems with the EON518S. This subwoofer features an 18" with a massive 500 Watts of power in a compact the Differential EON518S. This subwoofer featuresdriver an 18" JBL Drive® low frequency package that is nearly half the weight of the JBL Differential Drive® lowoffrequency with a massive 500 Watts power in adriver compact competition. with a massive Watts power in aofcompact package that is500 nearly halfofthe weight the High package thatQuality is nearlyDrivers half the weight of the competition. competition. JBL’s exclusive Differential Drive® technology

components and is need one of theadditional keys to the mixing EON’s The innovative built-in 3for channel mixer all but eliminates the unmatched popularity. professional plugbut eliminates theisneed forthe additional mixing components and oneThe of keys to the EON’s and-play architecture appeals to any artist that components and is one of the keys to the EON’s unmatched popularity. The professional plughas to set up quickly and deliver professional unmatched popularity.appeals The professional and-play architecture to any artistplugthat sound. Line level and direct microphone input and-play appeals toprofessional any artist that has to setarchitecture up quickly and deliver capability, preset EQ settings for vocals, instruhas to set uplevel quickly deliver professional sound. Line andand direct microphone input ments and speech, plus a clever mix/loop sound. Line level and direct microphone input capability, EQ settings for vocals, instrufunction forpreset adding additional EONs or sending capability, preset EQplus settings formix/loop vocals, instruments andensure speech, a clever submixes, EON delivers unmatched ments and speech, plus a cleverEONs mix/loop function for adding additional or sending simplicity with plenty of expansion capability. function for adding additional or sending submixes, ensure EON deliversEONs unmatched Coverage submixes, ensure EONof delivers unmatched simplicity with plenty expansion capability. JBL is constantly advancing waveguidecapability. techsimplicity with plenty of expansion

Performance EON offersRefined the highest power-to-weight ratio of inpower-to-weight its class. Extend the low Performance Refined EON offers theanything highest

High Quality Drivers ensures EON has more power and less weight. High Quality Drivers These patented low-frequency drivers use JBL’s exclusive Differential Drive® technology

neodymium magnets andand dualtechnology voice coils to JBL’s exclusive Differential Drive® ensures EON has more power less weight. perform better than conventional ensures EON has more power and lessdesigns weight. These patented low-frequency drivers use with less distortion and at a fraction of the weight. These patented low-frequency use neodymium magnets and dual drivers voice coils to JBL’s next generation compression neodymium magnets and neodymium dual voice coils to perform better than conventional designs with drivers deliver high with frequenperform better thanatstunningly conventional designs less distortion and a fractionaccurate of the weight. cies through aatnew 1" exit design. less distortion and a fraction of the weight. JBL’s next generation neodymium compression

JBL’s next generation neodymium drivers deliver stunningly accurate compression high frequendrivers delivera stunningly cies through new 1" exit accurate design. high frequencies through a new 1" exit design.

nology to ensure that consistent, balanced Coverage sound reaches all advancing of your audience clearly and Coverage JBL is constantly waveguide tech-

intelligibly. The Next Generation EON full-range JBL is constantly advancing waveguide technology to ensure that consistent, balanced cabinets feature a new 100º H x 60º V asymmetnologyreaches to ensure consistent, balanced sound all that of your audience clearly and rical design guaranteeing an exceptionally wide sound reaches of your audience clearly and intelligibly. Theall Next Generation EON full-range coverage pattern and lower distortion. intelligibly. The Next Generation EON full-range cabinets feature a new 100º H x 60º V asymmetcabinets feature a new 100º x 60º V asymmetrical design guaranteeing anHexceptionally wide rical design guaranteeing andistortion. exceptionally wide coverage pattern and lower coverage pattern and lower distortion.

Section:

Portability Portability EON is synonymous with Portability EON is synonymous with portability. One person can EON is synonymous with portability. One person can easily lift, load, and mount portability. Oneand person can easily lift, load, mount an EON system virtually easily lift, load, and mount EON system virtually anywhere.an Deep-welled, an EON system virtually anywhere. Deep-welled, full-size handles feature anywhere. Deep-welled, full-size handles feature ergonomically designed full-size handlesdesigned feature ergonomically grip points, while balanced ergonomically designed grip points, balanced weight distribution andwhile composite enclosures make EON one of griptruly points, while balanced weight distribution and the lightest and easiest soundweight reinforcement distribution composite enclosures make EON truly oneand of systems to transport and setup. composite enclosures make EON truly one of the lightest and easiest sound reinforcement

the lightest and easiest sound systems to transport and setup.reinforcement Proven Reliability systems to transport and setup.

JBL has drawn from over 60 years of world-class Proven Reliability speaker design to develop the latest durable Proven Reliability JBL has drawn from over 60 years of world-class lightweight technologies. In addition to the JBL has drawn over 60the years of speaker designfrom toofdevelop latest durable legendary performance JBL transducers, theworld-class speaker to develop the latest durable lightweight technologies. In addition to the new EON seriesdesign incorporates special limiter lightweight technologies. addition legendary ofIn JBL transducers, circuitry that will performance protect the electronic compo-to thethe legendary performance of JBL transducers, EON series incorporates special limiter the nentsnew when driven hard, rigorously tested by the world-famous torture test. new EON100-hour series special by limiter circuitry that willincorporates protect theCovered electronic compoa full nents metal grille with protective fitted circuitry that will protect the electronic compowhen driven hard, backing rigorously tested by the to a robust shell,hard, you torture can assure EON nentscomposite when driven rigorously tested by the world-famous 100-hour test. Covered by will stand to thegrille rigors of road abuse and 100-hour torture test. Covered by aworld-famous fullup metal with protective backing fitted deliver the metal performance you need every time. a full grille with protective backing fitted

to a robust composite shell, you can assure EON to a stand robustup composite shell, assure will to the rigors of you roadcan abuse andEON will stand to the rigorsyou of road deliver theup performance needabuse everyand time. deliver the performance you need every time.

Page 309

PORTABLE PRODUCTS PORTABLE PRODUCTS

EON EON®® 500 500 Series Series

EON®features 500 Series key key features key features

PORTABLE PRODUCTS

f LIGHT WEIGHT FOR TRUE PORTABILITY f DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE® LOW FREQUENCY LIGHT WEIGHT FOR TRUE PORTABILITY DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE® LOW FREQUENCY f f TRANSDUCERS COMFORTABLE GRIPS FOR EASY TRANSPORT f TRANSDUCERS EFFICIENT CLASS-D DIGITAL AMPLIFIER COMFORTABLE GRIPS FOR EASY TRANSPORT f f BUILT-IN 3-CHANNEL MIXER (EON 510 & 515)f DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE® LOW WEIGHT FOR TRUE PORTABILITY ffLIGHT TECHNOLOGY EFFICIENT CLASS-D DIGITAL AMPLIFIER f FREQUENCY TRANSDUCERS BUILT-IN 3-CHANNEL MIXER (EON 510 & 515) f f COMFORTABLE GRIPS FOR EASY TRANSPORT TECHNOLOGY f BUILT-IN 3-CHANNEL MIXER (EON 510 & 515)

f EFFICIENT CLASS-D DIGITAL AMPLIFIER TECHNOLOGY

Harman Pro Group | 2010 EON515 EON515 EON515

Section:

EON510 EON510 EON510 TheThe EON510 is ais10-inch, EON510 a 10-inch,two-way, two-way, powered, powered, Theportable EON510 is a 10-inch, two-way, portable speaker system. reproducing speaker system.Capable Capableof ofpowered, reproducing full bandwidth sound highlevels levels offers the portable speaker system. Capable ofitreproducing full bandwidth sound atathigh offers the additional utility 3 channel built-in mixer. full bandwidth sound high levels it offers the additional utility of of a 3aatchannel built-in mixer. The EON510 is of comprised 254 mm (10 in) additional utility a 3 channel built-in mixer. The EON510 is comprised ofofaa254 mm (10 in) Differential woofer, mm (1(10 in) The EON510Drive® isDrive® comprised ofaa25.4 a25.4 254mm mm(1 Differential woofer, in)in) neodymium highwoofer, frequency compression Differential Drive® a 25.4 mm (1 in)driver neodymium high frequency compression driver coupled to a 100° H by 60° V waveguide. Both neodymium compressionBoth driver coupled to a high 100° frequency H by 60° V waveguide. components are driven by the discrete channels coupled to a 100° H by 60° V waveguide. Both components are driven by the discrete channels of a 280 watt Class-D integrated power amplifier. components are driven by the discrete of a The 280input watt section Class-D integrated power channels amplifier. contains all crossover of a functions, 280 watt Class-D integrated power amplifier. The input section contains crossover protection, andall mixer functionality. The input section contains all crossover functions, protection, and mixer functionality. functions, protection, and mixer functionality.

EON510 EON510

TRANSDUCERS: HF LF INPUT 1 & 2 HF3 CONNECTORS: INPUT OUTPUT CONNECTORS: INPUT 3 SUSPENSION/MOUNTING INPUT 1 & 2 OUTPUT INPUT 1&2 OUTPUT SUSPENSION/MOUNTING DIMENSIONS SUSPENSION/MOUNTING (H x W x D) NET WEIGHT (each)

DIMENSIONS (H x W x D) DIMENSIONS (H x W x D) NET WEIGHT (each) NET WEIGHT (each) Page 310

EON518S

EON515 EON518S EON515 EON518S EON515 EON518S The EON515 a 15-inch, two-way, powered, The EON518S The EON518S is an 18-inch, direct radiating, The EON515 is a is 15-inch, two-way, powered, is an 18-inch, direct radiating, The EON515 is a 15-inch, two-way, The EON518S is an 18-inch, direct radiating, portable speaker system. Capable ofpowered, reproducing high performance powered compact subwoofer portable speaker system. Capable of reproducing high performance powered compact subwoofer fullfull bandwidth sound at high levels it offers the to extend low frequency portable speaker system. Capable ofitreproducing high performance compact subwoofer bandwidth sound at high levels offers the system designed system designed topowered extend low frequency additional utility ofsound a of 3 channel built-in mixer. of any EONofsystem. It also offers full bandwidth high levels it offers the performance system designed to extend low frequency additional utility a 3atchannel built-in mixer. performance any EON system. It also offers The EON515 isutility comprised a 380 (15 in) (15 of an integrated crossover additional of a 3ofchannel built-in mixer. performance of any EON system. Itcrossover also offers The EON515 is comprised of amm 380 mm in) the convenience the convenience of an integrated Differential Drive® woofer, a 25.4 (1mm in) loop-thru capability. EON518S is The EON515 is comprised ofamm a 380 mm(1(15 the convenience of anThe integrated crossover Differential Drive® woofer, 25.4 in)in) and stereo and stereo loop-thru capability. The EON518S is neodymium high frequency compression driver ofstereo a 460 mm Differential Drive® woofer, a 25.4 mm (1 in)drivercomprised and loop-thru capability. The EON518S is neodymium high frequency compression comprised of a(18") 460Differential mm (18") Drive® Differential Drive® coupled to a 100° H by 60° V waveguide. Both woofer driven by a 500 watt Class-D digital neodymium compressionBoth driver comprised of aby 460 mmwatt (18")Class-D Differential Drive® coupled to a high 100° frequency H by 60° V waveguide. woofer driven a 500 digital components are driven by the discrete channels amplifier. coupled to a 100° H by 60° waveguide. Both woofer driven by a 500 watt Class-D digital components are driven by V the discrete channels amplifier. of a 450 watt Crown® Class-D integrated power components are driven by theintegrated discrete channels amplifier. of a 450The watt Crown® Class-D power amplifier. input section contains all crossover of a 450protection, watt Class-D integrated power amplifier. TheCrown® input section contains all crossover functions, and mixer functionality. amplifier. The input section contains all crossover functions, protection, and mixer functionality. functions, protection, and mixer functionality.

specifications specifications specifications SYSTEM TYPE FREQUENCYSYSTEM RANGE (-10dB) TYPE COVERAGE PATTERN SYSTEM TYPE FREQUENCY RANGE (-10dB) CROSSOVER FREQUENCY FREQUENCY RANGE (-10dB) COVERAGE PATTERN SENSITIVITY COVERAGE PATTERN CROSSOVER FREQUENCY MAXIMUM SPL CROSSOVER SENSITIVITY FREQUENCY SYSTEM POWER RATING SENSITIVITY MAXIMUM SPLLF TRANSDUCERS: MAXIMUM SPL HF SYSTEM POWER RATING CONNECTORS: INPUTLF3 SYSTEM POWER RATING TRANSDUCERS:

EON518S EON518S

EON510

EON515

Self-powered EON510 10", two-way, bass-reflex design 58 Hz - 18.5 kHz10", (EQ in ‘Flat’ position) EON510 Self-powered two-way, bass-reflex design 100º 60º VkHz nominal Self-powered 10",(EQtwo-way, bass-reflex design 58 HzH-x18.5 in ‘Flat’ position) 1.6 kHz- 18.5 kHz (EQ in ‘Flat’ position) 58 Hz

Self-powered 15", two-way, bass-reflex design Self-poweredEON518S 18", bass-reflex design EON515 39 Hz -20 kHz (EQ in ‘Flat’ 36 Hz -130 HzSelf-powered EON515 EON518S 18", bass-reflex design Self-powered 15",position) two-way, bass-reflex design 100º H39 x 60º nominal Self-powered bass-reflex design Self-powered HzV-20 kHz 15", (EQ intwo-way, ‘Flat’ position) 36 Hz -130 Hz 18", bass-reflex design 2.2 kHz39 Hz -20 kHz (EQ in ‘Flat’ position) 120 Hz (HPF selectable on Hz outputs) 36 Hz -130

280 W continuous, 560 W peak dB261F 254 mm (10 in) 1121 x JBL dB 280 W 2414H-1 continuous, W peak 1121 x JBL 25.4 560 mm (1in) Balanced XLR /254 1/4 mm inch W continuous, 560TRS peak jack 1280 x JBL 261F (10Wcombo in)

450 W continuous, 900 W peak dB 380 mm (15 in) 1 x JBL129 265F-1 dB 450 W 25.4 continuous, 1 x JBL129 2414H mm (1 in)900 W peak Balanced 1/4 inch380 combo W/continuous, 900jack W peak 1450 xXLR JBL 265F-1 mm (15with in) XLR loop 1 xthrough JBL 2414H (1 in)in) 265F-125.4 380 mm (15 Balanced XLR / 1/4 inch TRS jack 1 x JBL 2414H mm (1 in) jack with Balanced XLR+20 /25.4 1/4 combo Balanced male XLR, dBuinch (peak) XLR loop through inch combo 35 mmBalanced pole socketXLR with/ 1/4 stabilizing screw jack with Balanced XLR / 1/4 inch TRS jack loop through 4 x M10XLR suspension points +20TRS dBujack (peak) XLR 1/4 inch 1 x M10Balanced pull-backmale point/ XLR, Balanced male XLR,with +20stabilizing dBu (peak)screw 35 mm pole 685 x 438 x 366 mmsocket x mm M10 suspension points pole stabilizing screw 27.0 x 435 17.3 x 14.4 in socket with x M10 suspensionpoint points 14.8 kg14(32.5 lb)pull-back

100º H x 60º V nominal 100ºkHz H x 60º V nominal 1.6 121 dB 1.6 kHz

1 x JBL 2414H-1 (1in) 261F 25425.4 mm mm (10 in)

1/4 inch TRS jack 1 x JBL 2414H-1 25.4inch mmTRS (1in) Balanced XLR XLR, / 1/4 combo jack Balanced male +20 dBu (peak) Balanced / 1/4with inchstabilizing TRS combo 35 mm poleXLR socket screwjack 1/4 inch TRS jack 3 x M10 suspension points male XLR, +20 dBu (peak) 1/4 inch TRS jack 1Balanced x M10 Balanced XLR,with +20stabilizing dBu (peak)screw 35 mm socket 490 x 315pole xmale 262 mm 335x mm M10 suspension points pole socket stabilizing screw 19.3 x 12.4 x 10.3 in with 13 x kg M10 points 7.7 (17suspension lb)

1 x M10 490 x 315 x 262 mm 19.3 12.4x x262 10.3mm in 490 xx315 19.3kgx 12.4 x 10.3 in 7.7 (17 lb) 7.7 kg (17 lb)

100º H x 60º V nominal 100ºkHz H x 60º V nominal 2.2 129 dB 2.2 kHz

1 x M10 point 685 x 438pull-back x 366 mm 27.0 17.3x x366 14.4mm in 685 xx438 27.0 kg x 17.3 14.8 (32.5x 14.4 lb) in 14.8 kg (32.5 lb)

EON518S

120 Hz (HPF selectable on outputs)

129 dB 120 Hz (HPF selectable on outputs) 500 W continuous, 1000 W peak 129mm dB(18") (4 ohm ) 1 x JBL 268G 460

129W dBcontinuous, 1000 W peak 500

Balanced XLRs1500 with through (stereo) Wloop continuous, 1000 Wtopeak x JBL 268G 460 mm (18") (4 ohm ) balanced XLR1satellite outputs. inch speaker x JBL 268G 4601/4 mm (18") (4 ohm ) level input

Balanced XLRs with loop through (stereo) to balanced XLR satellite outputs. 1/4 inch speaker level inputXLR satellite outputs. 1/4 inch speaker balanced level input 35mm mm pole socket on top 595 x 569 x 652 35 mm 23.4 x 22.4 x 25.7 in pole socket on top Balanced XLRs with loop through (stereo) to 35 mm pole socket on top

29.5 kg (65 lb)

595 x 569 x 652 mm 23.4 22.4x x652 25.7mm in 595 xx569 23.4 kg x 22.4 x 25.7 in 29.5 (65 lb) 29.5 kg (65 lb)

EON® 300 SERIES EON® 300 SERIES EON® 300 SERIES

EON EON®® 300 300 Series Series

® 300 Series EONfeatures key key features

f 15" LOW-FREQUENCY DRIVER WITH A 2-1/2") DIAMETER EDGEWITH WOUND 15" LOW-FREQUENCY DRIVER A f 64MM

RIBBON VOICEDIAMETER COIL 64MM 2-1/2") EDGE WOUND

key features

f 100° H x 60° V ASYMMETRICAL WAVEGUIDE AUDIENCE COVERAGE 100° UNIFORM H x 60° V ASYMMETRICAL WAVEGUIDE f FOR

FOR UNIFORM AUDIENCE COVERAGE f EFFICIENT CLASS-D DIGITAL AMPLIFIER TECHNOLOGY (EON315) EFFICIENT CLASS-D DIGITAL AMPLIFIER fUNIFORM FOR AUDIENCE COVERAGE TECHNOLOGY (EON315)

LOW-FREQUENCY f 15" RIBBON VOICE COILDRIVER WITH A

f 100° H x 60° V ASYMMETRICAL WAVEGUIDE

f LIGHT WEIGHT FOR TRUE PORTABILITY

f EFFICIENT CLASS-D DIGITAL AMPLIFIER TECHNOLOGY (EON315)

LIGHT2-1/2") WEIGHT FOR TRUE PORTABILITY f 64MM DIAMETER EDGE WOUND LIGHT WEIGHT FOR TRUE PORTABILITY f RIBBON VOICE COIL

Harman Pro Group | 2010

EON305 EON305 EON305

EON315 EON315

EON315

Section:

EON changed the way people looked atat EON changed the way people looked EON changed the way people looked portable PA well overover ten ten years agoago asatas portable PA well years portable PA well over ten years ago assound the all-purpose solution for instant the all-purpose solution for instant sound the all-purpose solution for instant sound reinforcement no matter where are. reinforcement no matter where youyou are. reinforcement no matter where you are. And now, EON300 series speakers puts And now, EON300 series speakers puts thethe And speakers puts the nextEON300 generation of EON systems within nextnow, generation ofseries EON systems within reach of an even broader range of users, next EON systems reachgeneration of an even of broader range ofwithin users, delivering the fundamental elements that reach of an even broader range of users, delivering the fundamental elements that makethe a speaker system anelements EON at anthat even delivering fundamental make more a speaker system an EON at an even affordable price. make a speaker system more affordable price. an EON at an even more affordable price.

EON305 EON305 EON305 The 15-inch,two-way, two-way, passive, TheEON305 EON305 isisaa15-inch, passive, The EON305 is asystem. 15-inch, passive, portable speaker system.It It a light weight portable speaker istwo-way, aislight weight loudspeaker system capable fullbandwidth portable speaker system. It of isof a light weight loudspeaker system capable fullbandwidth reproductionsystem at The is is loudspeaker capable ofEON315 fullbandwidth reproduction athigh highlevels. levels. The EON315 comprised of mm (15 in)in) JBLJBL woofer, a is a reproduction high levels. The EON315 comprised of aaat380 380 mm (15 woofer, 25.4mm mm (1 (1 of in) high comprised 380 mm (15 in)frequency JBL woofer, a 25.4 in)aneodymium neodymium high frequency compression coupled tohigh a 100° H by 60° 25.4 mm (1 in)driver neodymium compression driver coupled to a frequency 100° H by 60° V waveguide. The system will handle 250 watts compression coupled a 100°250 H bywatts 60° V waveguide.driver The system willtohandle continuously and 1000 watts peak. V waveguide. and The 1000 system will peak. handle 250 watts continuously watts continuously and 1000 watts peak.

specifications specifications specifications EON305

SYSTEM TYPE

FREQUENCY RANGE (-10dB) SYSTEM TYPE COVERAGE PATTERN FREQUENCY RANGE (-10dB) CROSSOVER FREQUENCY FREQUENCY RANGEPATTERN (-10dB) COVERAGE SENSITIVITY COVERAGE PATTERN CROSSOVER FREQUENCY MAXIMUM SPL CROSSOVER SENSITIVITY FREQUENCY SYSTEM POWER RATING SENSITIVITY MAXIMUM SPL LF TRANSDUCERS: MAXIMUM SPL HF SYSTEM POWER RATING CONNECTORS: SYSTEM POWER RATING TRANSDUCERS: LFINPUT HF TRANSDUCERS:OUTPUT LF SUSPENSION/MOUNTING HF CONNECTORS: INPUT

15", two-way, bass-reflex design EON305 EON305 15", two-way, bass-reflex design 38 Hz - 20 kHz

15", two-way, bass-reflex design 100° H x 60° V nominal 38 Hz - 20 kHz 1.9 kHz 38 HzH- x2060° kHzV nominal 100° 98 dB (1w/1m) 100°kHz H x 60° V nominal 1.9 128 dB 1.9 kHz(1w/1m) 98 dB 250 W continuous, 500 W program, 1000 W peak 98 dB 128 1dB x (1w/1m) M115-8 380 mm (15 in) woofer 128 2414H-1 25.4 (1 in) 1000 W peak 2501dB Wx JBL continuous, 500mm W program, Parallel Neutrik® NL4 /1/4" combo connectors W continuous, 1000 W peak 1250 x M115-8 380 mm500 (15W in)program, woofer 1 x JBL 2414H-1 25.4(15 mmin)(1woofer in) M115-8 380 mm 35 mm pole socket stabilizing screw 1 x JBL 2414H-1 25.4 mm (1combo in) connectors Parallel Neutrik® NL4with /1/4" 4 x M10 suspension points Parallel Neutrik® NL4 /1/4" combo connectors CONNECTORS:OUTPUT INPUT 1 x M10 pull-back point OUTPUT 35 mm with stabilizing screw SUSPENSION/MOUNTING 685pole x 438socket x 366 mm DIMENSIONS 4 x M10 suspension points stabilizing screw SUSPENSION/MOUNTING 27 xpole 17.3 xsocket 14.4 inwith (H x W x D) 35 mm 1 x M10 pull-back point points (33 lb) NET WEIGHT (each) 4 15 kgsuspension 1685 x M10 pull-back point x 438 x 366 mm DIMENSIONS 27 (H x W x D) 685x 17.3 x 438xx14.4 366inmm DIMENSIONS 27 kg x 17.3 (H x W x D) 15 (33 xlb)14.4 in NET WEIGHT (each) 15 kg (33 lb) NET WEIGHT (each)

EON315 Self-powered EON31515", two-way, bass-reflex design EON315 15", two-way, Self-powered 38bass-reflex Hz - 20 kHz (EQ in ‘Flat’ position) design Self-powered 15", two-way, 100° H x 60° V nominal bass-reflex design 38 Hz - 20 kHz (EQ in ‘Flat’ position) 1.8 kHz

EON315 EON315 EON315 The EON315 is a 15-inch, The EON315 is a 15-inch, two-way,two-way, powered,powered, Thespeaker EON315 is a system. 15-inch, powered, portable speaker Ittwo-way, is a complete portable system. It is a complete self contained sound reinforcement portable speaker system. It issystem, a complete self contained sound reinforcement system, capable full-bandwidth reproduction at high selfofcontained sound reinforcement system, capable of full-bandwidth reproduction at high levelslevels with the added a microphone capable of full-bandwidth reproduction at high with the benefit added of benefit of a microphone pre-amp enabling the added direct a levels with the benefit ofof a microphone pre-amp enabling theconnection direct connection of a dynamic microphone. Thethe EON315 is connection comprised of a pre-amp enabling direct dynamic microphone. The EON315 is comprised of a 380 mm (15 in) JBL woofer, a 25.4 mm (1 dynamic microphone. EON315 is comprised of a 380 mm (15 in) JBLThe woofer, a 25.4 mm (1 in) neodymium high frequency compression of aneodymium 380 mm (15high in) JBL woofer, acompression 25.4 mm (1 in) frequency driver coupled to a 100° H by 60° V waveguide. in) neodymium high frequency driver coupled to a 100° H by 60°compression V waveguide. Both components are driven by the discrete driver aare 100° H by by 60°the V waveguide. Both driven discrete channels ofcomponents acoupled 280 wattto Class-D integrated Both components are driven byintegrated thealldiscrete ofThe a 280 watt Class-D powerchannels amplifier. input section contains channels of a 280 watt Class-D integrated power amplifier. The input section contains all cross-over functions, protection, and system EQ functionality. power amplifier. The input section contains cross-over functions, protection, and systemall EQ cross-over functions, protection, and system EQ functionality. functionality.

38 HzH- x2060° kHzV nominal (EQ in ‘Flat’ position) 100° 100°kHz H x 60° V nominal 1.8 127 dB 1.8 kHz

280 W continuous, 560 W peak dB 380 mm (15 in) 1 x127 M115-2 1 x127 JBL dB 2414H-1 25.4 mm560 (1 in) 280 W continuous, W peak Balanced / 1/4 TRS W XLR continuous, Win)peakjack 1280 x M115-2 380inch mm560 (15combo Balanced male XLR, +20 1 x JBL 2414H-1 25.4dBu mm(peak) M115-2 380 mm (15 in)(1 in)o/p level 35Balanced pole2414H-1 socket stabilizing screw jack 1mm x JBL 25.4inch mmTRS (1 combo in) XLR / with 1/4 4 x M10 suspension points Balanced male XLR, +20TRS dBucombo (peak)jack o/p level XLR / 1/4 inch 1 x M10 pull-back point Balanced male XLR,with +20stabilizing dBu (peak)screw o/p level socket 68535x mm 438 xpole 366 mm M10x pole suspension points mm socket with stabilizing screw 27435 x x17.3 14.4 in 14 x M10 pull-back point points 15.9 kg (35 suspension lb)

1 x M10 point 685 x 438pull-back x 366 mm 27 in 685x x17.3 438xx14.4 366 mm 27 x 17.3 x 14.4 15.9 kg (35 lb) in 15.9 kg (35 lb)

Page 311

PORTABLE PRODUCTS PORTABLE PRODUCTS PORTABLE PRODUCTS

PRX500 PRX500 Series Series PRX500 Series

By considering every element in each system and its contribution to the final By considering everyredefines element high in each system andportable its contribution to the final application PRX500 performance PA. application PRX500 redefines high performance portable PA. By considering every element in each system and its contribution to the final application PRX500 redefines high performance portable PA.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

PRX512M PRX512M PRX512M PRX535

PRX535 PRX535

PRX512Mi

PRX512Mi PRX512Mi

Section:

06 PRX518S PRX518S PRX518S

PRX718S PRX718S

PRX718S

PRX525

PRX525 PRX525

PRX515

PRX515 PRX515

PRX512M

PRX512M PRX512M

Through design, PRX500 delivers the power, performance and simplicity you need in a package that’s been designed for flexibility, reliability and ease-of-use.

Through design, PRX500 delivers the power, performance and simplicity you need in a package

Through design, PRX500 deliversease thereliability performance and simplicity need in a package TRUE PORTABILITY: The PRX500 Series enclosures designed forfor maximum ofpower, transport: engineered enclosures, lightyou weight that’swere been designed flexibility, and ease-of-use. that’shandles. been designed for flexibility, reliability and ease-of-use. components, protective end-caps and ergonomic Each element has been critically designed to make a high performance selfTRUE PORTABILITY: PRX500 Series enclosures were designed for maximum ease of transport: engineered enclosures, light weight powered portable The PA that’s actually portable. TRUE PORTABILITY: The PRX500 enclosures handles. were designed for maximum easecritically of transport: engineered light weight components, protective end-capsSeries and ergonomic Each element has been designed to make enclosures, a high performance selfcomponents, protective end-caps and ergonomic handles. Each element has been critically designed to make a high performance selfpowered portable PA that’s actually portable. powered portable PA that’s actually portable. Page 312

PRX500 SERIES PRX500 SERIES

key key features features PRX500 SERIES

key features

f BUILT-IN MULTI-CHANNEL CROWN® CLASS-D BUILT-INAMPLIFIER MULTI-CHANNEL CROWN® CLASS-D f DIGITAL DIGITAL AMPLIFIER f FULLY-FEATURED SECTION WITH PROPRIETARY DSP FULLY-FEATURED f BUILT-IN MULTI-CHANNEL CROWN® CLASS-D f INPUT INPUT SECTION WITH PROPRIETARY DSP DIGITAL AMPLIFIER f USER SELECTABLE SYSTEM EQ FULLY-FEATURED fUSER SELECTABLE SYSTEM EQ f INPUT SECTION WITH PROPRIETARY DSP

f USER SELECTABLE SYSTEM EQ

Using a highly efficient Class D amplifier topology, a highDperformance Using aCrown highlydesigned efficient Class amplifier Using a highly efficient Classfor D amplifier lightweight power solution PRX500. Ultra topology, Crown designed a high performance topology, Crown designed a high performance compact and less than 9 lb,for thePRX500. amplifier is lightweight power solution Ultra lightweight power solution for PRX500. Ultra capableand of producing to 500 watts. is compact lessthan than 9 up lb, amplifier compact and less 9 lb, thethe amplifier is capable ofproducing producing watts. capable of upup to to 500500 watts.

FLEXIBILITY & SELECTION FLEXIBILITY & SELECTION FLEXIBILITY & SELECTION The amplifier input panel offers XLR or 1/4

PRX 525 PRXPRX 525525 is optimal for situations requiring PRX 525 The

Thecompatibility amplifier panel offers or 1/4 The inputinput panel offers XLRXLR or 1/4 inchamplifier jack and a sensitivity switch inch jack flexibility compatibility and a sensitivity switch inch jack compatibility and a sensitivity switch provides extra making it possible provides extraany flexibility making itwithout possible provides extra flexibility making it possible to connect literally sound source to connect literally any sound source without to connect literally any soundmodels source feature without using a mixer. All full - range using a mixer. All full - range models feature usingfrequency a mixer. All full - range models feature two response settings; “FLAT” for two frequency response settings; “FLAT” for two frequency response settings; “FLAT” for maximum accuracy and reproduction and maximum accuracy and reproduction and maximum accuracy and reproduction and “BOOST” for extra low frequency weight and “BOOST” for extra low frequency weight and “BOOST” for extra low frequency weight and highs that will brighten pre-recorded material highs that will brighten pre-recorded material highs that willany brighten pre-recorded material and enhance program at lower play-back and enhance any program at lower play-back and enhance anyPRX512M program lower levels. The PRX512M is unique, as each selectable levels. The is at unique, asplay-back each selectable frequency response setting has been optimized levels. The PRX512M is unique, each selectable frequency response setting hasas been optimized as either a front of house speaker, frequency response setting has been optimized for usefor as use either a front of house speaker, or or aa floor monitor, without compromise. for usededicated as either a front ofwithout house speaker, or a dedicated floor monitor, compromise. dedicated floor monitor, without compromise. PRX512M/ PRX512Mi PRX512M/ PRX512Mi

Theset-up PRX 525 isisoptimal forfor situations requiring The PRX 525 optimal situations requiring fast and full bandwidth output. With two fastwoofers, set-up and full bandwidth output. WithWith two two fast set-up and full bandwidth output. 15" the PRX525’s performance makes 15" woofers, the PRX525’s performance makes 15" woofers, the PRX525’s performance makes the use of a subwoofer unnecessary in many live the use of a subwoofer unnecessary in many live the useand of aplayback subwoofer unnecessary many live music applications. Asin with all of music and playback applications. As with all of music and playback applications. As with all the PRX full-range models, user selectable EQofis the PRX full-range models, user selectable EQ is the PRX full-range models, user selectable EQ is provided, andaadirect direct microphone input option. provided, and microphone input option. provided, and a direct microphone input option. PRX PRX 535 535 PRX 535 isisaaself-powered, The self-powered, lightweight ThePRX535 PRX535 lightweight The PRX535 is a self-powered, lightweight 3-way loudspeaker system capable of delivering 3-way loudspeaker system capable of delivering avery very high high level With aofhorn loudspeaker system capable delivering a3-way levelofofperformance. performance. With a horn midrange, pattern control is maintained aloaded very high level of performance. With a horn loaded midrange, pattern control is maintained toaamuch much lower in loaded midrange, patternresulting control is maintained to lowerfrequency frequency resulting in exceptional clarity and sonic projection to a much lower frequency resulting inprojection exceptional clarity anduniform uniform sonic over the defined coverage area making it ideal exceptional clarity and uniform sonic projection over the defined coverage area making it ideal for applications where the program overapplications the definedwhere coverage area making it ideal for the program material has many subtle nuances for applications where thenuances program material has many that are critical to thesubtle performance. material has many subtle nuances that are critical to the performance. that critical to the performance. PRXare 518S

The PRX512M is the most compact and versa-

PRX512M/ PRX512Mi The PRX512M is the most compact and versatile speaker in the PRX500 Series. It has been Thespeaker PRX512M is the most compact andbeen versatile in the PRX500 It has designed to deliver theSeries. most performance for tile speaker the PRX500 Series. It hasmonitor been designed toin deliver the as most performance forand its weight and size both a stage designed to deliver the most performance for its weight and as both a stage monitor and a front ofsize house main PA. Two user selectable weight and size asprovided both a stage monitor aitsfront of house main PA. Two selectable EQ settings are touser optimize the and system a front of house main PA.to Two user selectable EQ settings are application. provided optimize the system for either With a dual socket pole mount, the PRX512M perfect match with a EQ either settings are provided tois optimize the system for application. With a dual socket pole PRX518S subwoofer. The PRX512Mi adds M10 for either application. a dual socket pole mount, the PRX512M isWith a perfect match with a points. mount,suspension the PRX512M is a perfect match with a PRX518S subwoofer. The PRX512Mi adds M10 PRX518S subwoofer. suspension points. The PRX512Mi adds M10 PRX515 suspension points.

f JBL DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE® WOOFERS

f NEODYMIUM COMPRESSION DRIVERS

A new range of 400 watt Differential Drive transducers areof a perfect match for the Drive PRX500 A new range 400 watt Differential

A new range ofwith 400 watt Differential Drive response, systems, frequency transducers areextended a perfect match for the PRX500 transducers are a perfect match for thedistortion PRX500 and at a high power output, minimum systems, with extended frequency systems, with extended frequency response,response, fraction of the weight of traditional designs. high power minimum distortion high power output,output, minimum distortion and at a and at a fraction of the weight of traditional fraction of the weight of traditional designs. designs.

PRX 718S PRX The 718SPRX718S PRX 718S offers enhanced subwoofer The PRX718S offers enhanced subwoofer The PRX718S offers enhanced performance, comparable to thesubwoofer VRX918SP. performance, comparable to the VRX918SP. performance, to VRX918SP. The PRX718S iscomparable comprised of the a poweful 2268FF The PRX718S is comprised of a poweful 2268FF The PRX718Smagnet, is comprised of a poweful 2268FF neodimium Differential Drive woofer neodimium magnet, Differential Drive woofer neodimium magnet, DifferentialClass-D Drive woofer driven by a Crown International digital driven by a Crown International Class-D digital driven by a Crown International Class-D digital power amplifier. Dual-Bridge Technology™ power amplifier. Dual-Bridge Technology™ power amplifier. Dual-Bridge directly links discrete amplifier channel directly links discrete amplifier channelTechnology™ directly links discrete amplifier outputs tovoice each voice coil in thechannel Differential outputs to each coil in the Differential outputs to each voice coil in the Differential woofer. Electrical power transfer to Drive Drive woofer. Electrical power transfer to Drive woofer. Electrical power transfer to the transducer is optimized for more power the transducer is optimized for more power the transducer optimized for performance. Aisproprietary chip is at the performance. A proprietary DSP chipDSP is atmore the power core of a fully section, providing performance. A input proprietary chip providing is at the core of afeatured fully featured inputDSP section, user selectable functionality, core selectable of a cross-over fully featured input section, providing user cross-over functionality, polarity optimization, protection, dynamic user selectable cross-over functionality, polarity optimization, protection, dynamic limiting and discrete component optimization. polarity optimization, protection, dynamic limiting and discrete component optimization. limiting and discrete component optimization.

PRX 518S offers the The PRX518S PRX 518S ofoffers The PRX518S performance an the

18" subwoofer a package The PRX518Sofin offers the not performance an much larger than aatypical 15" not performance ofinan 18" subwoofer package sub.subwoofer With a pole 18" inreceptacle aa package not much larger than typical(that 15" accepts a SS3-BK) on the top 15" panel much larger thanreceptacle a typical sub. With a pole (that and integrated stereo pass-thru, sub. With a pole receptacle accepts a SS3-BK) on the top(that panel The PRX515 offers the perfect balance between with digital cross-over, this is the PRX515 accepts a SS3-BK) on the top panel and integrated stereo pass-thru, size and performance. For applications requiring perfect compliment to the PRX500 PRX515 and integrated stereo pass-thru, The PRX515 offers the perfect balance between with digital cross-over, this is the full bandwidth sound reproduction using only full-range systems. Configured The and PRX515 offers the perfect balance between with digital cross-over, thisthe is the size performance. For applications requiring perfect compliment to the PRX500 a pair of speakers, the PRX515 delivers the with a PRX512M or PRX515; sizebandwidth and performance. For requiring perfect to the PRX500 full sound onlymusic full-range systems. Configured optimum balance.reproduction Forapplications live music,using recorded result iscompliment a highly transportable, high bandwidth sound reproduction only of full-range systems. afull pair of speakers, the PRX515 delivers the with a PRX512M or Configured PRX515; the playback and speech the user hasusing the option performance sub-satellite system. a pair of speakers, the PRX515 delivers the musicor with aisPRX512M or PRX515; thehigh optimum balance. For“flat” live for music, recorded result a highly transportable, tailoring the EQ, speech intelligibility The addition of a polarity reverse for and use with a For sub, and”boost” for optionisfurther enables system optimum balance. live music, music result a highly transportable, high playback speech the user hasrecorded theenhanced option ofbass performance sub-satellite system. and crisp highs recorded music optimization. playback and speech user has theplayback. option ofor performance sub-satellite system. tailoring the EQ, “flat”inthe for speech intelligibility The addition of a polarity reverse tailoring theaEQ, “flat” for speech or The addition a polarity reverse for use with sub, and”boost” forintelligibility enhanced bass option furtherofenables system for use with a sub, and”boost” for enhanced option further enables system and crisp highs in recorded music playback. bass optimization. and crisp highs in recorded music playback. optimization. The fusion of world leading JBL Differential Drive® transducers matched with the power of a multi-channel Crown class-D amplifier delivers all the PRX500 power and performance at about 30% less weight than competitive products.

The fusion of world leading JBL Differential Drive® transducers matched with the power of a of multi-channel Crown class-D amplifier all the PRX500with power The fusion world leading JBL Differential Drive®delivers transducers matched the and performance at aboutCrown 30% less weight than competitive power of a multi-channel class-D amplifier delivers all products. the PRX500 power and performance at about 30% less weight than competitive products.

Page 313

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Using the latest mechanical design software and material implementation, the software PRX500 Using the latest mechanical design Usinghave the latest design software enclosures beenmechanical designed the to withstand and material implementation, PRX500 and material implementation, the PRX500 abuse without compromising on aesthetics enclosures have been designed to withstand enclosures have been designed to withstand and or adding unnecessary weight. abuse without compromising on aesthetics abuse without compromising on aesthetics and orand adding unnecessary weight. or adding unnecessary weight.

f ILLUMINATED LOGO FOR CLEAR POWERSTATUS LOGO FOR CLEAR POWERILLUMINATED f ON ON STATUS f JBL DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE® WOOFERS JBL DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE® WOOFERS f LOGO COMPRESSION FOR CLEAR POWERf ILLUMINATED DRIVERS f NEODYMIUM ON STATUS f NEODYMIUM COMPRESSION DRIVERS

Section:

PORTABLE PRODUCTS PORTABLE PRODUCTS PORTABLE PRODUCTS

PRX500 PRX500 Series Series PRX500 Series

PRX535 PRX535 PRX535

Harman Pro Group | 2010 PRX718S

Section:

06 PRX525 PRX525 PRX525

PRX718S PRX718S

PRX518S PRX518S

PRX518S

PRX515 PRX515 PRX515

specifications specifications specifications PRX512M/PRX512Mi

PRX515

PRX512M

PRX512M PRX512M

PRX525

PRX535

PRX518S

PRX718S

PRX515 PRX535 Self Powered 12" Two-way Self Powered 15" Two-way Self PRX525 Powered Dual 15" Two-way Self Powered 15" Three-way Self PoweredPRX518S 18" Bass-reflex Self Powered 18"PRX718S Bass-reflex SYSTEM TYPEPRX512M/PRX512Mi Bass-reflex Bass-reflex Bass-reflex Subwoofer Self Subwoofer PRX515 PRX525 PRX535 PRX518S PRX718S SelfBass-reflex Powered 12" Two-way Self Powered 15" Two-way Self Powered Dual 15" Two-way Self Powered 15" Three-way Powered 18" Bass-reflex Self Powered 18" Bass-reflex SYSTEM TYPE PRX512M/PRX512Mi Hz - 20k12" Hz (EQ Main) 45 - 20 kHz 15" Two-way 45 HzBass-reflex - 20Powered kHz 39 Hz - 20Bass-reflex kHzPowered 15" Three-way 37 Hz - 140HzSubwoofer 33 Hz - 160Hz Subwoofer Bass-reflex FREQUENCY RANGEBass-reflex Self46 Powered Two-way SelfHzPowered Self Dual 15" Two-way Self Self Powered 18" Bass-reflex Self Powered 18" Bass-reflex SYSTEM TYPE 60 -Hz20k - 20k Monitor) (-10 dB)46 Bass-reflex Bass-reflex Bass-reflex Bass-reflex Subwoofer Subwoofer Hz HzHz (EQ(EQMain) 45 Hz - 20 kHz 45 Hz - 20 kHz 39 Hz - 20 kHz 37 Hz - 140Hz 33 Hz - 160Hz FREQUENCY RANGE 76 -Hz20k - 20k Main) 52 52 Hz45- 20 46 Hz - 2039kHz 52Hz - 110 Hz37 Hz - 140Hz 37Hz - 130 Hz 33 Hz - 160Hz FREQUENCY RESPONSE HzHz (EQ(EQMonitor) (-10 dB) 60 46 Hz Main) 45Hz Hz--2020kHz kHz HzkHz - 20 kHz Hz - 20 kHz FREQUENCY RANGE 90 Hz - 20k Hz (EQ Monitor) 60 Hz - 20k Hz (EQ Main) Monitor) (-10 (±3 dB) dB)76 52 Hz - 20 kHz 52 Hz - 20 kHz 46 Hz - 20 kHz 52Hz - 110 Hz 37Hz - 130 Hz FREQUENCY RESPONSE 500W Peak 500W Cont/1000W Peak 650W Cont/1300W Peak 650W Cont/1300W Peak 500W Cont/1000W Peak 700W Cont/1400W Peak SYSTEM POWER RATING90 Hz 20kCont/1000W Hz (EQ Monitor) (±3 dB) 76 LF:-400W Main) 52 400W Hz - 20/ HF: kHz100W Hz /- LF2: 20 kHz Hz 150W - 20 kHz 37Hz - 130 Hz FREQUENCY RESPONSE / HF: 100W LF: LF1: 52 275W 275W / LF: 450W46 / MF: / LF: 500W 52Hz - 110 Hz POWER AMP 90 Hz -Cont/1000W 20k Hz (EQ Monitor) dB) 500W Peak 500W Cont/1000W Peak 650W Cont/1300W Peak HF: 100W650W Cont/1300W Peak 500W Cont/1000W Peak 700W Cont/1400W Peak SYSTEM POWER (±3 RATING HF: 100W 400W / HF:peak 100WPeak LF: 400W / HF: 100WPeak LF1: / LF2: 275W LF: 450W / MF: 150WPeak / 129 dB SPL peak LF: 500W POWER 500W 500W Cont/1000W 650W Cont/1300W Peak/ 134 dB SPL 650W Cont/1300W 500W Cont/1000W Peak SYSTEMMAXIMUM POWER RATING 134Cont/1000W dB SPL 133 dB SPL peak 135 dB SPL275W peak peak 133 dB SPL peak 700W Cont/1400W Peak SPLAMP @ 1 m 1LF: HF: 100W 100W/ MF: 150W / 100W LF: x400W / HF: 100W 275W / LF2: 275W / 90° x 50°HF: LF: 450W LF: 500W POWER AMP 70° x 70°/ HF: nominal 70° 70° nominal 70° xLF1: 70° nominal nominal COVERAGE PATTERNLF: 400W 1 HF: 100W HF: 100W 134LF: dB1SPL peak 133 dB SPL peak 135 dB SPL peak 134 dB380 SPLmm peak 129460 dB SPL MAXIMUM SPL @ 1 m x JBL 262F 380 mm (12 in) LF: 2 x JBL 265F 380 mm (15 in) LF: 2 x JBL 265F 380 mm (15 in) LF: 1 x JBL 265F (15 in) LF: 1 x JBL 2044E mm peak 1 x JBL 2268FF 460133 mmdB SPL peak TRANSDUCERS: 133 SPLnominal peak37.5 mm SPLnominal peak 134 SPLnominal peak MAXIMUM SPLPATTERN @ 1 m 1 134 70° HF: xdB70° 70°1xdB 70° 90°195H xdB50° 1SPL xnominal JBLpeak 2408F 37.5 mm HF: x70° JBL 2408H HF: 1135 x JBLxdB70° 2408H 37.5 mm MF: 1 x JBL 165 mm (6.5 in) (18 in) woofer129 dB SPL peak (18 in) woofer 133 dB SPL peak COVERAGE in)nominal driver (1.5 driver HF: 1 x JBLLF: 2408H 37.5nominal mm (1.5 70°1(1.5 xx70° 70°2in) xx70° 70°2xx70° 90° COVERAGE PATTERN LF: JBL 262F 380 mm (12 in) LF: JBLnominal 265F 380 mm (15 in) (1.5 in) LF: JBLnominal 265F 380 mm (15 in) 1xx50° JBL 265F 380in)mm (15 in) LF: 1 x JBL 2044E 460 mm 1 x JBL 2268FF 460 mm TRANSDUCERS: Trapezoidal, 18mm Plywood Trapezoidal, 18mm380 Plywood Trapezoidal, 18mm Plywood Trapezoidal, 18mm Plywood Rectangular, 18mm 18mm ENCLOSURE HF: 1 x JBL 2408F 37.5 mm HF: 1 x JBL 2408H 37.5 mm HF: 1 x JBL 2408H 37.5 mm MF: 1 x JBL 195H 165mm mm(15 (6.5in) in) (18 woofer (18 in) woofer LF: 1 x JBL 262F 380 mm (12 in) LF: 2 x JBL 265F mm (15 in) LF: 2 x JBL 265F 380 mm (15 in) LF: 1 x JBL 265F 380 LF: 1in)x Plywood JBL 2044E 460 Rectangular, mm 1 xPlywood JBL 2268FF 460 mm TRANSDUCERS: driver (1.5 driver (1.5 11xxJBL 37.5mm mmAnthracite (1.5in) in) DuraFlex DuraFlex™ Anthracite DuraFlex Anthracite DuraFlex Anthracite DuraFlex FINISH(1.5 HF: Anthracite 1in) x JBL 2408F 37.5 mm HF: 1in) x JBL 2408H 37.5 mm HF: 1in) xDuraFlex JBL 2408H 37.5 mm AnthraciteHF: MF: JBL2408H 195H 165 (6.5 (18 in) woofer (18 in) woofer in) driverXLR (1.5 in) driver (1.5 in) 37.5Plywood mmBalanced (1.5 in) XLRRectangular, Balanced / Plywood Balanced XLR /18mm Plywood Balanced XLR / 18mm Plywood BalancedHF: XLR1/x JBL 2408H / Balanced XLR / Rectangular, 18mm Plywood Trapezoidal, 18mm Trapezoidal, Trapezoidal, Trapezoidal, 18mm 18mm Plywood INPUT CONNECTORS(1.5 ENCLOSURE 1⁄4 in combo jack 1⁄4 in combo jack 1⁄4 in combo jack 1 1⁄4 in combo jack 1⁄4 in combo jack jack Trapezoidal, 18mm Plywood Trapezoidal, 18mm Plywood Trapezoidal,DuraFlex 18mm Plywood ⁄4 in combo Trapezoidal, 18mm Plywood Rectangular, 18mm Plywood Rectangular, 18mm Plywood ENCLOSURE DuraFlex™ Anthracite DuraFlex Anthracite Anthracite DuraFlex Anthracite DuraFlex Anthracite DuraFlex FINISH Anthracite 650 x 380 x 350 mm 815 x 440x 465 mm 1300 x 440 x 465 mm 1070 x 440 x 465 mm 668 x 535 x 610 mm 668 x 536 x 713 mm DIMENSIONSAnthracite DuraFlex™ Anthracite DuraFlex Anthracite DuraFlex Anthracite DuraFlex Anthracite DuraFlex Anthracite DuraFlex FINISH Balanced XLR x/ 14 in Balanced XLR / in Balanced XLRin/ Balanced XLR / Balanced XLR / Balanced XLR / INPUT CONNECTORS 25.5 x 15.0 32 x 17.25 x 18.25 51 x 17.25 x 18.25 42 x 17.25 x 18.25 in 26.2 x 21 x 24 in 26.2 x 21 .1 x 28 in (H x W x D) 1 1⁄4 in combo jack 1⁄4 in combo jack 1⁄4 in combo jack 1⁄4 in combo jack 1⁄4 in combo jack ⁄4 in combo Balanced XLRjack / Balanced XLR / Balanced XLR / Balanced XLR / Balanced XLR / Balanced XLR / INPUTNET CONNECTORS 26 kg (57 lb) 38 kg (84 lb) 33.5 kg (74 lb) 36 kg (79 lb) 34.5 kg (76 lb) WEIGHT (each) 1 18 kg (40 lb) 1⁄4 in combo jack 1⁄4 in combo jack 1⁄4 in combo jack 1⁄4 in combo jack 1⁄4 in combo jack ⁄4 inxcombo jackmm 3801 x 350 815 x 440x 465 mm 1300 x 440 x 465 mm 1070 x 440 x 465 mm 668 x 535 x 610 mm 668 x 536 x 713 mm DIMENSIONS 650 Maximum Peak output measured with IEC pink noise at 1 meter in front of speaker baffle under free space conditions. 15.0Measurement 14 inmm instrument set 32 x x17.25 x465 18.25 17.25 xx18.25 in maximum peak42 x 17.25 26.2 21 xx24 26.2 21 .1x x713 28 mm in (H x W x D) 25.5 650 x 380 xx350 815 440x mminmuted and released51 1300 x 440 465 mm 1070 x 440x x18.25 465 in mm 668 xx535 610inmm 668 xx536 to peak hold. Speaker atx full power, recording level. DIMENSIONS 25.5kgx(40 15.0lb)x 14 in 32 kg x 17.25 x 18.25 in 51 kg x 17.25 x 18.25 in 42 x kg 17.25 26.2kgx(79 21 lb) x 24 in 26.2 kg x 21(76.1lb) x 28 in (H x W x D) 18 26 (57 lb) 38 (84 lb) 33.5 (74xlb)18.25 in 36 34.5 NET WEIGHT (each) 1 Maximum lb) 26 kgwith (57 lb) kg (84 lb) 33.5conditions. kg (74 lb) 36 kg (79 lb) 34.5 kg (76 lb) NET WEIGHT (each) 18 kg (40 Peak output measured IEC pink noise at 1 meter in38 front of speaker baffle under free space instrument set to peak hold. Speaker muted and released at full power, recording maximum peak level. 1 Measurement Maximum Peak output measured with IEC pink noise at 1 meter in front of speaker baffle under free space conditions. Measurement instrument set to peak hold. Speaker muted and released at full power, recording maximum peak level.

Page 314

JRX100 SERIES JRX100 SERIES

key key features features JRX100 SERIES

JRX100 key Series features JRX100 Series JRX100 Series

f ACOUSTICALLY SUPERIOR 3⁄4" MDF ENCLOSURE 3⁄4" MDF ENCLOSURE FOR RUGGEDNESS AND ACOUSTICALLY SUPERIOR f CONSTRUCTION BETTER LOW ENDFOR PERFORMANCE CONSTRUCTION RUGGEDNESS AND BETTER LOW PERFORMANCE CONSTRUCTION FOREND RUGGEDNESS AND HANDLES AND f TOUGH, NON-RESONANT BETTER LOW END PERFORMANCE 18 GAUGE STEEL GRILLE TOUGH, NON-RESONANT HANDLES AND f 18NON-RESONANT GAUGE STEEL GRILLE HANDLES AND f TOUGH,

f PROGRESSIVE TRANSITION™ WAVEGUIDES WELL-CONTROLLED COVERAGE, LOW PROGRESSIVE TRANSITION™ WAVEGUIDES f FOR DISTORTION, AND SMOOTH RESPONSE FOR WELL-CONTROLLED COVERAGE, LOW DISTORTION, AND SMOOTH RESPONSE SONICGUARD™ HIGH FREQUENCY DRIVER f PROGRESSIVE TRANSITION™ WAVEGUIDES f SONICGUARD™ HIGH FREQUENCY DRIVER FOR WELL-CONTROLLED COVERAGE, LOW f PROTECTION DISTORTION, AND SMOOTH RESPONSE PROTECTION

18 GAUGE STEEL GRILLE

f SONICGUARD™ HIGH FREQUENCY DRIVER PROTECTION f ACOUSTICALLY SUPERIOR 3⁄4" MDF ENCLOSURE

JRX125 JRX125 JRX115 JRX115i JRX115 JRX115i

JRX118S JRX118SP JRX118S JRX118SP JRX118S

JRX125

JRX115 JRX115i

JRX118SP

JRX112M JRX112Mi JRX112M JRX112M JRX112Mi

JRX112Mi

JRX115 and JRX115i* JRX115 and JRX115i* JRX115 andisJRX115i* The JRX115 a trapezoidal, 15" speaker system

JRX125 JRX125 JRX125 The JRX125 is a “quasi three-way” design, with

Theuse JRX115 alive trapezoidal, 15"music, speaker system for in live sound, dance music, andand speech for useis in sound, dance speech for usereinforcement. in live sound, dance music, and speech reinforcement. As with all JRX100 speakers, As with all JRX100 speakers, reinforcement. As with JRX100 speakers, it’s equipped with components built in our it’s equipped with all components built in our it’s equipped withCalifornia components built in our Northridge, California factory. The speaker Northridge, factory. The speaker includes a dual-angle, 35 mm mount socket Northridge, California factory. Thepole speaker includes a dual-angle, 35 mm pole mount socket 1⁄4" input 1⁄mount as Neutrik® includes dual-angle, 35SpeakOn® mm and poleand socket 4" input as wellas asawell Neutrik® SpeakOn® as wellconnectors. as Neutrik® SpeakOn® and 1⁄4" input connectors. connectors.

The JRX125 is a “quasi three-way” design, with the woofer covering both lows mids. theupper upper woofer covering both lows andand mids. the woofer covering both lows and mids. The bottom woofer usesa lower a lower crossover Theupper bottom woofer uses crossover The bottom woofer uses alows, lower crossover frequency and covers only lows, acting a builtfrequency and covers only acting as aas builtfrequency andItItcovers only lows, acting aabuiltin offersthe the extra low-end dual insubwoofer. subwoofer. offers extra low-end of as aof dual speaker while maintaining thethe superior midin15" subwoofer. It offers the extra low-end of amiddual 15" speaker while maintaining superior frequency ofof a single driver system. 15" speakerperformance while maintaining the superior midfrequency performance a single driver system. frequency performance of a single driver system. JRX112M and JRX112M andJRX112Mi* JRX112Mi*

The JRX115 is a trapezoidal, 15" speaker system

* In the JRX115i and JRX112Mi, the installation versions, three M10

* In the JRX115i andand JRX112Mi, installation versions, three M10and eyebolts threaded the brackets replace the feet, pole socket, eyebolts and threaded bracketsJRX115 replace the feet, pole and handles of the portable and JRX112M. Allsocket, other specifications * handles In the JRX115i and JRX112Mi, the installation versions, three M10 the same. JRX115 and JRX112M. All other specifications ofare the portable eyebolts and threaded brackets replace the feet, pole socket, and are the same. handles of the portable JRX115 and JRX112M. All other specifications are the same.

The JRX125 is a “quasi three-way” design, with

The JRX112M is a compact and low-profile stage

JRX112M andis JRX112Mi* The JRX112M a compact and low-profile stage monitor with optimized performance in the critThe JRX112M is a compact and low-profile monitor with optimized performance in thestage critical mid-range. It also includes JBL‘s dual-angle monitor with optimized performance in the ical mid-range. It also includes JBL‘s dual-angle pole socket for use as a front-of-house speaker. critical mid-range. It also JBL‘s dual-angle pole socket for use as includes a front-of-house speaker. pole socket for use as a front-of-house speaker.

specifications specifications specifications JRX115 & JRX115i

JRX125

JRX112M & JRX112Mi

Harman Pro Group | 2010

JRX100 delivers the performance and prestige JBL is known for at an affordable price point. Everything that makes a speaker perform and JRX100 delivers the performance and prestigeJBL JBL isknown known for price point. Everything that makes a speaker performperform and JRX100 performance prestige foratatananaffordable affordable price point. Everything that makes a speaker and sound itsdelivers best is the included and the and things that don’tiswere eliminated. JRX100 delivers unprecedented value. its is best is included thingsthat thatdon’t don’twere were eliminated. delivers unprecedented value.value. soundsound its best included andand thethe things eliminated.JRX100 JRX100 delivers unprecedented JRX118S

JRX118S JRX118S The JRX118S subwoofer by a massive The JRX118S subwoofer is drivenisbydriven a massive The JRX118S isframe driven by3" a massive JBL 18" woofer withframe a cast and voice JBL 18" woofer with asubwoofer cast and 3" voice JBL 18" woofer a cast andthe 3" dbx voice coil. We’ve evenwith created settings for coil. We’ve even created settings forframe the dbx coil. We’ve even created settings for the dbx DriveRack® PA Loudspeaker Controller. DriveRack® PA Loudspeaker Controller. DriveRack® PA Loudspeaker Controller. JRX118SP JRX118SP JRX118SP The JRX118SP is a self-powered version ofversion the The JRX118SP is a self-powered of the JRX118S. includes a specially designeddesigned amplifier TheItJRX118SP is a self-powered version amplifier of the JRX118S. It includes a specially with 500 watts and 300 watts (continuous) JRX118S. It includes a specially designed amplifier with 500(peak) watts (peak) and 300 watts (continuous) power output. This subwoofer features dual with 500 watts This (peak) and 300 watts (continuous) power output. subwoofer features dual inputs with balanced XLR connectors, built-in power with output. This subwoofer featuresbuilt-in dual inputs balanced XLR connectors, stereo crossover network, and a peak limiter to inputs with balanced XLR connectors, built-in stereo crossover network, and a peak limiter to protect the amplifier and speaker from clipping. stereo crossover network, and a peak to protect the amplifier and speaker fromlimiter clipping. protect the amplifier and speaker from clipping.

JRX118S

JRX118SP

& JRX115i JRX125 JRX112M & JRX112Mi 18" Subwoofer JRX118S SYSTEM TYPE JRX115 Two-Way Speaker Dual-15" Two-Way Speaker Two-Way Stage Monitor 18 " PoweredJRX118SP Subwoofer JRX115 &- 16JRX115i JRX125 JRX112M & JRX112Mi JRX118S JRX118SP 38 HzSpeaker kHz 35 Hz - 16Two-Way kHz 60 Two-Way Hz - 16 kHz Stage 38 Hz - 300 Hz 38 Hz - 300 Hz18 FREQUENCY RANGE (-10 dB)1 Two-Way SYSTEM TYPE Dual-15" Speaker Monitor 18" Subwoofer " Powered Subwoofer 1 dB)1 38 - 12.5 kHz 45HzHz- -16 12Two-Way kHz 70 60 Hz -Hz 12-kHz 55 Hz - 300 Hz 55 Hz - 300 Hz38 FREQUENCY RESPONSE SYSTEM Two-Way Dual-15" Speaker Two-Way 18"Hz Subwoofer 18 Hz " Powered Hz -5016HzSpeaker kHz 35 kHz 16 Stage kHz Monitor 38 - 300 Hz - 300 HzSubwoofer FREQUENCY RANGE (-10TYPE dB)(±3 SPL 99 70 dB SPL 96 dB SPL SENSITIVITY: 38 Hz -9812.5 16dBkHz 35100 16SPLkHz 60 16 kHz 38 Hz - 300 Hz 38 Hz - 300 Hz FREQUENCYRESPONSE RANGE (-10 kHz 45 HzdB - 12 Hz - 12 55 55 FREQUENCY (±3 dB)11W, 1 m 50 Internal Power ohmskHz ohms 8 ohms 4 ohms 96 NOMINAL 50 dB Hz -8SPL 12.5 454 Hz 70 dB Hz -SPL 12 kHz 55 dB Hz -SPL 300 Hz 55 Hz - 300 Hz FREQUENCY RESPONSE dB) 98 100 dB- 12 SPLkHz 99 SENSITIVITY: 1(±3 W,IMPEDANCE 1 m1 2 Peak: 500 watts 500dBwatts 25099watts 350 watts POWER dB 250 SPL watts dB SPL dB SPL SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1CAPACITY m Internal Power 898ohms 4100 ohmsSPL 8 ohms 496ohms NOMINAL IMPEDANCE Continuous: 300 watts with 2 1000 watts 2000 watts 1000 watts 1400 watts PEAK POWER CAPACITY 2 Internal 8 ohms 4 ohms 8 ohms 4 ohms NOMINAL IMPEDANCE Peak: 250 watts 500 watts 250 watts 350 watts POWER CAPACITY < 0.2% Power THD 500 watts 128 dB 133 dB 129 dB 127 dB MAXIMUM SPL Continuous: 300 Peak: 500 watts with 250 watts 500 watts 250 watts 350 watts 1000 watts 2000 watts 1000 watts 1400 watts PEAK POWER CAPACITY2 90° x 50° 90° x 50° 90° x 50° NOMINAL DISPERSION < 0.2% THD Continuous: 300 watts with 2 1000 watts 2000 watts 1000 watts 1400 watts PEAK POWER CAPACITY 128 dBLF: JBL M115-8A 133 dB 127 dB MAXIMUM SPL LF:dB JBL M115-8A x 2 LF:129 JBL M112-8 LF: JBL 2043-G LF: JBL 2043-G COMPONENTS < 0.2% THD 128 xdB50° 133 129 dB50° 1 in exit compression 127 dB MAXIMUM SPL 90° 90° 50°2412 1 in exit compression NOMINAL DISPERSION HF: JBL 2412 1 in exit compression HF:xdB JBL HF:90° JBL x2412 driver on Progressive Transition™ on Progressive driver Progressive 90° x 50° 90° x 50° 90° x 50° NOMINALCOMPONENTS DISPERSION LF: JBL M115-8A LF:driver JBL M115-8A x 2 Transition LF: on JBL M112-8 Transition LF: JBL 2043-G LF: JBL 2043-G Waveguide Waveguide HF: JBLWaveguide 2412 1 in exit compression HF: JBLM115-8A 2412 1 in xexit HF: JBLM112-8 2412 1 in exit compression LF: JBL M115-8A LF: JBL 2 compression LF: JBL LF: JBL 2043-G LF: JBL 2043-G COMPONENTS Neutrik® Speakon® NL-4 (x1); Neutrik Speakon NL-4 (x1); Neutrik Speakon NL-4 (x1); Neutrik Speakon NL-4 (x 2); XLR/M x 2 (line level, balanced); INPUT CONNECTORS driver Progressive driver Progressive Progressive HF: JBL1on2412 1 in exit Transition™ compression HF:1 JBLon2412 1 in exit Transition compression 1 driver HF: JBLon2412 1 in exit Transition compression 1 1⁄4 in TS phone jack x1 (spkr level) ⁄ 4 in TS phone jack (x1); parallel ⁄ 4 in TS phone jack (x1); parallel ⁄ 4 in TS phone jack (x1); parallel ⁄ 4 in TS phone jack (x 1); parallel Waveguide Waveguide Waveguide driver on Progressive Transition™ driver on Progressive Transition driver on Progressive Transition OUTPUT CONNECTORS or Hi Pass) Waveguide Waveguide Waveguide Neutrik® Speakon® NL-4 (x1); Neutrik Speakon NL-4 (x1); Neutrik Speakon NL-4 (x1); Neutrik Speakon NL-4 (x 2); XLR/F x 2 (Selectable, XLR/M xThru 2 (line level, balanced); INPUT CONNECTORS 699 x 460 x 432 mm x 464 x 426 mm 5841 x 399 x 325 mm 605 x 508 551 mm DIMENSIONS 1 605 x 508 x 592 1⁄41092 1⁄4xin 1⁄4 mm ⁄ 4 in TS phone jack (x1); parallel in TS phone jack (x1); parallel ⁄ 4 in TS phone jack (x1); parallel TS phone jack (x 1); parallel in TS phone (spkr level) NL-4 (x1); Neutrik Speakon Speakon XLR/M x 2 (line jack level,x1balanced); INPUT CONNECTORS 27.5Speakon® x 18.1 x 17 in 43 x 18.3 x 16.8 inNL-4 (x1); 23 Neutrik x 15.7 x 12.8 in NL-4 (x1); 23.8 x 20Neutrik x 21.7 inSpeakon NL-4 (x 2); 23.8 x 20 x 23.3 (H x W x D) Neutrik® 1 1⁄4 in TS phone jack (x1); parallel 1 1⁄4 in OUTPUT CONNECTORS phone TSlb) phone jack (x1); parallel 32.2 kg 1(71 ⁄4 inlb)TS phone jack (x 1); parallel in TS jack x1Thru (spkr level) XLR/F x 2phone (Selectable, or Hi Pass) 27.4 kg (61jack lb) (x1); parallel 42.6 kg (94 lb) 19.5⁄4kgin(43 NET WEIGHT (each) ⁄4 in TS 40.4 kg (89 lb) OUTPUT CONNECTORS 699 x 1460 x 432 mm 1092 x 464 x 426 mm 584 x 399 x 325 mm 605 x 508 x 551 mm DIMENSIONS XLR/Fx 508 x 2 (Selectable, 605 x 592 mm Thru or Hi Pass) “Frequency Range” and “Frequency Response” are based on half-space response. 27.5 18.1 17Capacity” in 43 x 18.3 23 12.8 in capacity of product 23.8 20 xx21.7 in (H x W x D) “Power and “Peak Power Capacity” areinmm based on the average and peak power 699 xx2460 x x432 mm 1092 x ratings 464x 16.8 x 426 584x x15.7 399xxhandling 325 mm 605 xx508 551 mm DIMENSIONS 23.8 20 xx23.3 in 605 xx508 592 mm samples subjected to a 100 hour power test of the system design using IEC filtered random noise with a crest factor of 6 dB. 27.5 kg x 18.1 43 x 18.3 x 16.8 23 x 15.7 x 12.8 23.8 kg x 20(71 x 21.7 (H x W x D) 27.4 (61 xlb)17 in 42.6 kg (94 lb) in 19.5 kg (43 lb) in 32.2 lb) in NET WEIGHT (each) 23.8 kg x 20(89 x 23.3 40.4 lb) in 127.4 kg (61 lb)Range” and “Frequency Response” 42.6 kgare (94based lb) on half-space response. 19.5 kg (43 lb) 32.2 kg (71 lb) NET WEIGHT (each) “Frequency 40.4 kg (89 lb) 2 Capacity” and “Peak Power Capacity” ratings are based on the average and peak power handling capacity of product 1 “Power “Frequency Range”to and “Frequency Response” aresystem based on half-space response. subjected a 100 hour power test of the design using IEC filtered random noise with a crest factor of 6 dB. 2 samples “Power Capacity” and “Peak Power Capacity” ratings are based on the average and peak power handling capacity of product samples subjected to a 100 hour power test of the system design using IEC filtered random noise with a crest factor of 6 dB.

Page 315

Section:

PORTABLE PRODUCTS PORTABLE PRODUCTS

MRX500 MRX500 Series Series

PORTABLE PRODUCTS

MRX500 Series

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

Constantly pushing the threshold for better, more useful products for the working musician and DJ, JBL Professional once again hits the

Constantly pushing for better, moreSystem. useful products the working DJ, JBL isProfessional again hits the target with the all the newthreshold MRX500 Series Loudspeaker Compact,for lightweight, trulymusician portable, and the MRX500 the ultimateonce PA system Constantly the who threshold for professional better, moresound useful for the working musician and DJ,the JBLMRX500 Professional againPA hits the target withpushing the all MRX500 Loudspeaker System. Compact, lightweight, truly portable, is theonce ultimate system for musicians andnew DJ’s needSeries fully andproducts performance within a budget. target with the all new MRX500 Series Loudspeaker System. Compact, lightweight, truly portable, the MRX500 is the ultimate PA system for musicians and DJ’s who need fully professional sound and performance within a budget. Taking a lead from SRX700 Loudspeaker System, these new components for musicians and DJ’sthewho needProfessional fully professional sound and performance within a deliver budget.extraordinary sound quality, power handling and performance yet, due to JBL’s advanced engineering, benefit from a significant weight savings over traditional designs. Taking a lead from the SRX700 Professional Loudspeaker System, these new components deliver extraordinary sound quality, power Taking a lead from the SRX700 Professional Loudspeaker System, these new components deliver extraordinary sound quality,designs. power The result is a speaker system that will perform well beyond any other system in its class. handling and performance yet, due to JBL’s advanced engineering, benefit from a significant weight savings over traditional handling and performance yet, due to JBL’s advanced engineering, benefit from a significant weight savings over traditional designs. TheFeaturing result is aasspeaker willthan perform well beyond system in itsfrom class. much assystem 30% lessthat weight comparable systems,any theother MRX was designed the ground up by JBL engineers utilizing Thebrand resultnew is alightweight speaker system that will perform well beyond any other system in its class. JBL Differential Drive® transducer technology, engineered for this application. Drawing on the vast engineering Featuring as much as 30% less weight than comparable systems, the MRX was designed from the ground up by JBL engineers utilizing excellence established with theweight industrythan standard and roadsystems, proven VERTEC® Professional Loudspeaker the up MRXbydelivers Featuring much as 30% comparable the MRX was designed from theSeries, ground JBL engineers utilizing brand newaslightweight JBLless Differential Drive® transducer technology, engineered for this application. Drawing on the vast engineering outstanding performance for the DJ and musician where a smaller, lighter, more portable system is required with no sacrifice in sound brand new lightweight JBL Differential Drive® transducer technology, engineered for this application. Drawing on the vast engineering excellence with the industry standard proventheVERTEC® Loudspeaker Series, the MRX with delivers quality orestablished durability. Specifically engineered for MRXand and road completing design, aProfessional series of rugged plywood enclosures, covered excellence established with the industry standard and road proven VERTEC® Professional Loudspeaker Series, the MRX deliversin sound outstanding performance for thetextured DJ and musician wheresurface, a smaller, moreofportable system isand required with no sacrifice JBL’s DuraFlex™ finish, a tough, scratch resistant thatlighter, ensures years solid performance professional good looks. outstanding performance for the DJ and musician where a smaller, lighter, more portable system is required with no sacrifice in sound quality or durability. Specifically engineered for MRX and completing the design, a series of rugged plywood enclosures, covered with quality or durability. Specifically engineered for MRX and completing the design, a series of rugged plywood enclosures, covered JBL’s DuraFlex™ finish, a tough, textured scratch resistant surface, that ensures years of solid performance and professional goodwith looks. JBL’s DuraFlex™ finish, a tough, textured scratch resistant surface, that ensures years of solid performance and professional good looks. Page 316

MRX500 SERIES MRX500 SERIES

key key features features MRX500 SERIES

key features

f DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE® LF TRANSDUCERS DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE® LF TRANSDUCERS f f ANNULAR POLYMER DIAPHRAGM DRIVERS ANNULAR POLYMER DIAPHRAGM f COMPRESSION DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE® LF TRANSDUCERS DRIVERS f COMPRESSION f ANNULAR POLYMER DIAPHRAGM COMPRESSION DRIVERS

f HEAVY DUTY 16 GAUGE PROTECTIVE SCREENSTEEL16GRILLE HEAVY DUTY GAUGE PROTECTIVE SCREENf BACKED BACKED STEEL GRILLE f TOUGH DURAFLEX™ FINISH BACKED STEEL DURAFLEX™ GRILLE FINISH f TOUGH f TOUGH DURAFLEX™ FINISH

f HEAVY DUTY 16 GAUGE PROTECTIVE SCREEN-

DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE TRANSDUCERS DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE TRANSDUCERS DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE TRANSDUCERS JBL Professional designed a brand new range JBLDifferential Professional designed a brand new JBL400W Professional designed atransducers brand new range of Drive® inrange 12" of configurations, 400W Differential Drive® transducers of 400W Differential Drive® transducers in in 12" and 15" perfectly matched to12" and 15" perfectly matched andbrand 15" configurations, perfectly matched toto the newconfigurations, 1.5" annular polymer diaphragm the brand newannular 1.5" annular diaphragm the brand new 1.5" polymer diaphragm compression driver producing apolymer transducer compression producing a transducer compression driverdriver producing a less transducer engine that weighs significantly than engine that weighs significantly less than engine thattransducer weighs significantly less than traditional designs, yet their traditional transducer designs, yet their traditional transducer designs, their handling performance, sound quality andyet power performance, sound quality and power handling performance, sound quality and power handling are extraordinary. are extraordinary. are extraordinary. CUSTOM WAVEGUIDES CUSTOM WAVEGUIDES CUSTOM WAVEGUIDES The constant beamwidth andand power response The constant beamwidth power response The constant beamwidth and power response of MRX500’s custom designed waveguide of MRX500’s custom designed waveguide is is perfectly matched its direct radiating woofers of MRX500’s custom waveguide is perfectly matched todesigned itstodirect radiating woofers which ensures superb coverage throughout the perfectly matched to its direct radiating woofers which ensures superb coverage throughout the range ofcoverage the system. which frequency ensures superb throughout the frequency range of the system. frequency range of the system. ENGINEERED ENCLOSURES

ENGINEERED ENCLOSURES CombiningENCLOSURES mechanical design expertise, new ENGINEERED Combining mechanical design expertise, new

materials and a DuraFlex™ finish, MRX500 enclo-

Combining mechanical design expertise, new materials and a DuraFlex™ finish, MRX500 enclosures have been optimized for minimum weight materials a DuraFlex™ finish, MRX500weight enclosures have been optimized for minimum andand maximum ruggedness. suresmaximum have beenruggedness. optimized for minimum weight and PROVENruggedness. NETWORKS and maximum

PROVEN NETWORKS Utilizing years of design experience, MRX PROVEN NETWORKS networks aredesign built using proven components in Utilizing years of experience, MRX

theyears most sophisticated topologies in their class. Utilizing of design MRX networks are built using experience, proven components in For sophisticated maximum reliability, all input loop-thru networks are built using proven components in the most topologies inand their class. connections are made Neutrik® NL4MP the maximum most sophisticated topologies in their class. For reliability, allvia input and loop-thru connectors. In addition, the input connections For maximum reliability, input and loop-thru connections are made viaallNeutrik® NL4MP can be easily reconfigured on the subs, for an connections are made via Neutrik® NL4MP connectors. In addition, the input connections efficient sub/sat cabling option. connectors. addition, theon input connections can be easilyInreconfigured the subs, for an can beDUAL easily reconfigured on the subs, for an efficient sub/sat cabling option. ANGLE POLE MOUNT efficient cabling option.on the MRX512M Thesub/sat dual angle pole mount

DUALand ANGLE MOUNT MRX515POLE offers much more control than the DUAL ANGLE POLE MOUNT The dual angle pole mount onathe typical single mount. With 10ºMRX512M down angle theangle speaker canmuch be directed down toward The dual pole mount on the MRX512M and MRX515 offers more control than your the audience, keeping themore energy off theangle back the wall and MRX515 much than typical singleoffers mount. With a 10ºcontrol down enhancing coverage clarity. typical singlecan mount. Withand a down 10º down angle the speaker be directed toward your the speaker can be the directed down toward audience, keeping energy off the backyour wall audience, keeping the energy off the back wall enhancing coverage and clarity. enhancing coverage and clarity.

The Differential Drive® Transducers are perfectly The 16-gauge steel grille, with an acoustically matched to the annular polymer diaphragm transparent screen forgrille, additional driver protection, The Differential Drive® Transducers are perfectly The 16-gauge steel with an acoustically The Differential Drive® Transducers are perfectly The 16-gauge steelthe grille, with acoustically compression driver for superior sound quality and wraps around sides ofan the enclosure. All cabinets matched to the annular polymer diaphragm transparent screen for additional driver protection, matched to the annular polymer diaphragm transparent screen for additional driver protection, power handling in asuperior lightweight package. are finished in DuraFlex™ for ruggedness. compression driver sound quality the sides of the enclosure. compression driver forfor superior sound quality and andwrapswraps aroundaround the sides of the enclosure. All cabinetsAll cabinets powerhandling handling a lightweight package. are finished in DuraFlex™ for ruggedness. power inin a lightweight package. are finished in DuraFlex™ for ruggedness.

MRX512M MRX512M MRX512M The MRX512M is a premium, utility/monitor

MRX518S

MRX518S MRX518S The MRX518S is a compact, high power The MRX512M MRX512M utility/monitor The MRX518S is asystem compact, high power The isa apremium, premium, utility/monitor The MRX518S is a containing compact, high speaker using aisJBL 262H 305 mm (12 in) subwoofer onepower 2044G 457 mm speaker using aaJBL 305 mm in) in) containing one 2044G 4572044G mmenclosure. speaker using JBL262H 262H 305 mm (12 subwoofer system containing one 457 mm Differential Drive® woofer and a(12 2408H 37.5 mm subwoofer (18 in)system woofer in a front-loaded, vented Differential Drive® woofer and a 2408H 37.5 mm mm (18 in)The woofer in a front-loaded, vented enclosure. Differential Drive® woofer and a 2408H 37.5 (18 in) woofer in a front-loaded, vented enclosure. (1.5 in) annular polymer diaphragm, neodymium enclosure is designed to present a minimum (1.5 in) in) annular polymer is designed to present minimum (1.5 annular polymer diaphragm, neodymium The enclosure The enclosure is designed toapresent a minimum compression driver fordiaphragm, 400 watts neodymium (continuous) frontal area. compression driver forfor 400 watts (continuous) frontalfrontal area. area. compression driver watts (continuous) power capacity. A 70° x400 70° horn provides The system offers complete input connection power capacity. A 70° x 70° horn provides smooth, The system offers complete input connection flexpower capacity. A 70° x 70° horn provides smooth, even coverage whether used in the The system completewith input connection flexibility foroffers compatibility a variety of even coverage whether used in the vertical ibility for compatibility with a variety of cabling smooth,(mains) even coverage whether used inorientathe vertical or horizontal (monitor) flexibility for panel compatibility a variety of cabling schemes. The inputwith panel incorporates a (mains) or horizontal (monitor) orientation. NL4 schemes. The input incorporates a pair vertical or horizontal (monitor) orientation. NL4(mains) connectors are ends connectors are provided onprovided both endson of both the cabling schemes. The input panel incorporates a pair of Neutrik® Speakon® NL-4 connectors wired Speakon® NL-4 connectors wired in tion. are provided on both ends of Neutrik® of theNL4 speaker. A passive network provides speaker. Aconnectors passive network provides accurate pair ofMRX518S Neutrik® NL-4 connectors wired in parallel. The MRX518S supplied with pins parallel. The isSpeakon® supplied is with pins of the speaker. A passive network provides accurate reproduction throughout the cross-over reproduction throughout the cross-over region. in parallel. The is supplied pins connected to the This woofer. may be +1/-1+1/-1 connected to theMRX518S woofer. may This be with accurate reproduction throughout cross-over region. JBL’s dual angle pole mountthe is included. JBL’s dual angle pole mount is included. +1/-1 connected to to the woofer. This maysystems be reconfigured work withsystems cabling easilyeasily reconfigured to work with cabling region. JBL’s dual angle pole mount is included. intended to drive pinswith +2/-2. easily reconfigured to on work systems intended tosubwoofers drive subwoofers oncabling pins +2/-2. MRX515 MRX515 intended to drive subwoofers on pins +2/-2. For “Subwoofer/Satellite” configurations, the For “Subwoofer/Satellite” configurations, the The MRX515 MRX515 isishigh-power, lightweight two-way MRX515 The high-power, lightweight two-way is equipped with a top-mounted, 35 loudspeaker system offering a very highhigh levellevel of of MRX518S For “Subwoofer/Satellite” the MRX518S is equipped withconfigurations, a top-mounted, 35 The MRX515 is high-power, lightweight two-way loudspeaker system offering a very mm pole mount socket that can receive the performance from a speaker that can be placed MRX518S is equipped with a top-mounted, mm pole mount socket that can receive the35 loudspeaker system offering that a very high of performance from a speaker can be level placed optional SS3-BK pole. This can be used to mount on a pole or standard speaker tripod stand. The mm poleSS3-BK mount pole. socket that can optional This can bereceive used tothe mount performance from a speaker canstand. be placed on a pole or standard speakerthat tripod The speakers equipped with standard 36 mm pole MRX515 is comprised of a 380 mm (15 in) 265H optional SS3-BK pole. This can be used to pole mount speakers equipped with standard 36 mm on a poleisorcomprised standard speaker stand. The sockets MRX515 of a 380 tripod mm (15 in) 265H and weighing up to 50 kg (100 lbs). Differential Drive® woofer which handles 400 speakersand equipped with mm pole sockets weighing upstandard to 50 kg 36 (100 lbs). MRX515 is comprised of a 380 mm (15 in) 265H Differential Drive® woofer which handles 400 watts (continuous) yet the entire system weighs sockets and weighing up to 50 kg (100 lbs). MRX528S Differential which handles 400 watts (continuous) yet the thehigh entire system weighs only 19.5 kg Drive® (43 lbs).woofer For frequencies, MRX528S is a compact, high power watts (continuous) yet the entire system weighs The MRX528S only 19.5 kg (43mm lbs). For the highpolymer frequencies, the 2408H 37.5 (1.5 in) annular MRX528S The MRX528S is a compact, high457 power subwoofer system containing two 2044H mm only 19.5 kg37.5 (43mm lbs).(1.5 Forcompression theannular high frequencies, the 2408H in) polymer diaphragm, neodymium driver is The MRX528S is a containing compact, high power two 2044H 457 mm (18 in)subwoofer woofer in a system front-loaded, vented enclosure. the 2408Hto37.5 in) annular diaphragm, compression driver mounted aneodymium 70°mm x 70°(1.5 horn. JBL’s dual polymer angle poleis is designed to present a minimum subwoofer system containing two 2044H 457 mm (18 in) woofer in a front-loaded, vented enclosure. mount is included. diaphragm, compression mounted to neodymium a 70° x 70° horn. JBL’s dualdriver angleispole The enclosure area. Itwoofer is also configured in an (18 in) in a front-loaded, vented enclosure. enclosure is designed to upright present a minimum mounted to a 70° x 70° horn. JBL’s dual angle pole frontalThe mount is included. format to permit theItconvenient stacking of MRX525 The enclosure designed to present minimum frontal area. is also configured in fullanaupright mount is included. range enclosures on top without the need foran anupright The MRX525 is comprised of two 380 mm (15 in) frontal area. It is also configured in format to permit the convenient stacking of fullMRX525 additional pole. 265H Differential Drive® woofers with combined formatenclosures to permit the convenient range on top without stacking the needofforfullan MRX525 The MRX525 is comprised of two 380 mm (15 in) The system complete connection power handling of 800 watts (continuous). For the rangeoffers enclosures oninput top without theflexneed for an additional pole. The MRX525 is comprised of twowith 380 combined mm (15 in) 265H Differential Drive® woofers ibility for compatibility with a variety of cabling high frequencies, 2408H 37.5 mm (1.5 in) annular additional pole. complete input connection TheThe system 265H Differential woofers with combined schemes. power handling ofDrive® 800 watts (continuous). inputoffers panel incorporates a pair polymer diaphragm, neodymium compression The system offers input connection flexibility for compatibility with a variety of power handling of 800 watts (continuous). For the high frequencies, 2408H 37.5 mm (1.5 of Neutrik® Speakon® NL-4complete connectors wired in driver is mounted to a 70° x 70° horn. The 70° flexibility for compatibility with a variety of cabling schemes. The input panel incorporates a For the high frequencies, 2408H 37.5 mm (1.5 in) annular polymer neodymium parallel. The MRX528S is supplied with pins coverage angle of thediaphragm, MRX525 is wide enough to cabling schemes. The input panel a of Neutrik® connectors wired in) annular polymer neodymium compression driver isdiaphragm, mountedwhen to a 70° 70° +1/-1pair connected to the Speakon® woofer. ThisNL-4 may beincorporates provide coverage of an audience usedxonepair of Neutrik® Speakon® connectors wired parallel. The MRX528S isNL-4 supplied with pins easilyin reconfigured to work with cabling systems compression driver is mounted a 70° x 70° horn. Theyet 70° coverage angle ofto the MRX525 per-side narrow enough to allow splaying of is intended to connected drive The subwoofers pins +2/-2. in parallel. MRX528S is supplied pins multiple without excessive coverage +1/-1 to theonwoofer. This with may be horn. Theenclosures 70° coverage angle of theof MRX525 is wide enough to provide coverage an audience overlap. +1/-1 connected to to thework woofer. maysystems be easily reconfigured withThis cabling wide enough to provide coverage ofenough an audience when used one-per-side yet narrow to easily reconfigured to work with systems intended to drive subwoofers oncabling pins +2/-2. when used one-per-side yet narrow enough allow splaying multiple enclosures withoutto For simplicity, a of pair of MRX525s and a single, intended to drive subwoofers on pins +2/-2. allow splaying of multiple enclosures excessive coverage overlap. high-power amplifier is a complete soundwithout system capable ofcoverage reinforcingoverlap. bass and kick drum or excessive For simplicity, a pair of MRX525s and a single, playing high-level music in clubs and other

For simplicity, a pair ofisMRX525s andsound a single, high-power amplifier a complete system venues. high-power amplifier isbass a complete system capable of reinforcing and kicksound drum or capablehigh-level of reinforcing bass and kick playing music in clubs anddrum otheror playing high-level music in clubs and other venues. venues.

Page 317

Harman Pro Group | 2010

The dual angle pole mount allows the speaker to be mounted in a vertical position or with 10° down tilt The dual angle pole mount allows theaspeaker to be Thefor dual angle pole mount allows the speaker to be audience mounted in aoptimum vertical position orcoverage. with a 10° down tilt mounted in a vertical position or with a 10° down tilt for optimum audience coverage. for optimum audience coverage.

Section:

PORTABLE PRODUCTS PORTABLE PRODUCTS PORTABLE PRODUCTS

MRX500 MRX500 Series Series MRX500 Series

MRX525 MRX525 MRX525

MRX528S MRX528S

Harman Pro Group | 2010

MRX528S

MRX518S MRX518S MRX518S

Section:

06 MRX515

MRX515 MRX515

MRX512M MRX512M

specifications specifications specifications MRX512M

SYSTEM TYPE

SYSTEM TYPE FREQUENCY RANGE SYSTEM TYPE FREQUENCYRANGE RESPONSE FREQUENCY SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 m FREQUENCY RANGE FREQUENCY RESPONSE NOMINAL IMPEDANCE FREQUENCY SENSITIVITY:RESPONSE 1 W, 1 m 1 POWER RATING SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 m NOMINAL IMPEDANCE Continuous/Program/Peak NOMINAL IMPEDANCE POWER RATING MAXIMUM SPL @11 m 1 Continuous/Program/Peak POWER RATING COVERAGE PATTERN Continuous/Program/Peak MAXIMUM SPL @ 1 m LF TRANSDUCERS: MAXIMUM @ 1 m HF COVERAGESPL PATTERN FINISH COVERAGE PATTERN TRANSDUCERS: LF INPUT CONNECTORS HF TRANSDUCERS: LF DIMENSIONS HF FINISH (H x W x D) FINISH INPUT CONNECTORS NET WEIGHT (each) INPUT CONNECTORS DIMENSIONS (H x W x D) DIMENSIONS (H x W x D) NET WEIGHT (each) NET WEIGHT (each)

12" Two-way Stage Utility/Monitor MRX512M MRX512M 12"Speaker Two-way Stage Utility/Monitor

MRX515

15" Two-way Bass-reflex MRX515

MRX525

MRX515 15" Two-way Bass-reflex

Dual 15" Two-way Bass-reflex MRX525

MRX525 Dual 15" Two-way Bass-reflex

MRX518S

18" Bass-reflex Subwoofer MRX518S

MRX518S 18" Bass-reflex Subwoofer

MRX512M MRX512M

MRX528S

Dual 18" Bass-reflex Subwoofer MRX528S

MRX528S Dual 18" Bass-reflex Subwoofer Hz - 20k Hz(-10 Hz -Two-way 20 kHz (-10Bass-reflex dB) 40 Hz -Dual 20 kHz dB) Bass-reflex 40 Hz - 200 18" Hz (-10 dB) dB)18" Bass-reflex Subwoofer Speaker 12"60Two-way Stage dB) Utility/Monitor 5215" 15"(-10 Two-way Bass-reflex Subwoofer 35 Hz - 250 Hz (-10 Dual 90 Hz 20k Hz (± 3 dB) 65 Hz 20 kHz (± 3 dB) 57 Hz 20 kHz (± 3 dB) 45 Hz 200 Hz (± 3 dB) 40 Hz 250 Hz (± Speaker 60 Hz - 20k Hz(-10 dB) 52 Hz - 20 kHz (-10 dB) 40 Hz - 20 kHz (-10 dB) 40 Hz - 200 Hz (-10 dB) 353 dB) Hz - 250 Hz (-10 dB) SPL Hz(-10 dB) 9852dBHz 100 dB40 SPLHz - 20 kHz (-10 dB) 100 dB SPL 340 Hz - 200 Hz (-10 dB) 103 dB SPL 3 35 Hz - 250 Hz (-10 dB) 6094 HzdB 20k 90 Hz --20k Hz (± 3 65 SPL- 20 kHz (-10 (± 3 dB) 57 (± 3 45 (± 3 40 (± 3 8 ohms 4 ohms 4 ohms 4 ohms 90 8dB Hzohms -SPL 20k Hz (± 3 dB) 65 dB Hz -SPL 20 kHz (± 3 dB) 57 HzdB- 20 45 HzdB- 200 40 HzdB- 250 94 98 100 SPLkHz (± 3 dB) 100 SPL 3Hz (± 3 dB) 103 SPL 3Hz (± 3 dB) 400 W / 800 W / 1600 W, 2 hrs 400 W / 800 W / 1600 W, 2hrs 800 W / 1600 W / 3200 W, 2 hrs 500 W / 1000 W / 2000 W, 2 hrs 1000 W / 2000 W / 4000 W, 2 hrs 3 3 94 dB SPL 98 dB700W/1400 SPL dBW/SPL dB SPL dBW,SPL 8 ohms 8 ohms 41400 ohms 4W/ohms 43200 ohms 350 W/ 700 W/ 1400 W, 100 hrs 350 W/ W, 100 hrs 700 W/100 2800 W, 100 hrs 400 W/ 800100 1600 W, 100 hrs 800 W/ 1600 W/103 100 hrs 8 ohms 8 ohms 4 ohms 4 ohms 4 ohms 2 2 2 3 400 W / 800 W / 1600 W, 2 hrs 400 W / 800 W / 1600 W, 2hrs 800 W / 1600 W / 3200 W, 2 hrs 500 W / 1000 W / 2000 W, 2 hrs 1000 W / 2000 123 dB SPL cont /129 dB SPL peak 124 dB SPL cont /130 dB SPL peak 129 dB SPL cont /135 dB SPL peak 127dB SPL cont /133 dB SPL peak 133 dB SPL cont /139 dB SPL peakW3 / 4000 W, 2 hrs 350 700 W/ W/ hrs 70° x 70° 700 W/ 400 W,W, 1002 hrs hrs 800 W,W, 1002 hrs hrs 40070°W/ Wx/70° 800nominal W /1400 1600W, W,100 2 hrshrs 400 W nominal /700W/1400 800 W / 1600W,W,100 2hrs 800nominal W /1400 1600W/ W /2800 3200W, W,100 2 hrshrs 500 W/ W /800 1000W/W1600 / 2000 1000W/ W 1600 / 2000W/W3200 / 4000 70°350 x 70° 2 3 3501 xdB W/ 700 W/305 1400 350 W/ 700W/1400 700 W/ 1400 W/ 2800 W,SPL 100peak hrs 400457W/mm 800(18 W/in)1600 W, SPL 1002 peak 800 W/(18SPL 1600 W//139 3200dB W,SPL 100peak hrs 3 123 cont /129 dB SPL peak 2 SPL cont dB100 SPLhrs peak 2 2 x JBL129 SPL cont 127dB SPL cont /133 dB 1 x124 JBLdB 265H 380 mm/130 (15W, in) JBLSPL 262H mmW, (12100 in) hrs 265HdB 380 mm (15/135 in) dB 1 x JBL 2044G xhrs JBL 2044H 457133 mmdB in)cont 1 x124 JBLxdB 2408H 37.5 x70° JBL 2408H 2408H 37.5 mm in)dB SPL peak 2 1231xdB SPLnominal cont37.5 /129mm dB(1.5 SPLin) peak 2 contmm /130(1.5dBin)SPL peak 2 1 x JBL70° 129 SPLnominal cont(1.5 /135 127dB SPL cont /133 dB SPL peak 3 133 dB SPL cont /139 dB SPL peak 3 70° 70°SPLnominal 70° xdB70° DuraFlex DuraFlex DuraFlex x 70° nominal x 70° nominal x 70° nominal 170° x JBL 265H 380 mm (15 in) 170° xDuraFlex™ JBL 262H 305 mm (12 in) 270° x JBL 265H 380 mm (15 in) DuraFlex 1 x JBL 2044G 457 mm (18 in) 2 x JBL 2044H 457 mm (18 in) Neutrik NL4MP Neutrik NL4MP 2 x JBL 2044H 457 mm (18 in) 1 x JBLNL4MP 2408H 37.5mm mm(15(1.5 JBL262H 2408H 37.5 mm x JBL 2408H 37.5mm mm(15(1.5 265H 380 in)in) Neutrik12NL4MP 11xxNeutrik® JBL 305 mm (12(1.5 in) in) 265H 380 in)in) Neutrik NL4MP 1 x JBL 2044G 457 mm (18 in) 700 435x2408H 470 mm 380 x 345 mmmm (1.5 in) x 460 mm 37.5 mm (1.5 in) 560 x 535 x DuraFlex 700 mm 1095 x 535 x 700DuraFlex mm 1 xx JBL 37.5 mm (1.5 in) 1240 xDuraFlex 1 x645 JBLx2408H 37.5 1535 x JBL 2408H DuraFlex DuraFlex™ 27.25 x 17.5 x 18.5 in 25.25 x 15.0 x 13.5 in 48.75 x 21 x 18 in 22 x 21 x 27.5 in 43 x 21 x 27.5 in DuraFlexNL4MP DuraFlex™ DuraFlexNL4MP DuraFlexNL4MP DuraFlexNL4MP Neutrik Neutrik® NL4MP Neutrik Neutrik Neutrik 19.5 kg (43 lb) 14.9 kg (33.0 lb) 38.2 kg (84 lb) 32.5 kg (72 lb) 55 kg (121 lb) Neutrik NL4MP Neutrik® Neutrik NL4MP Neutrik NL4MP Neutrik NL4MP 700 x 435x 470 mm 645 x 380NL4MP x 345 mm 1240 x 535 x 460 mm 560 x 535 x 700 mm 1095 x 535 x 700 mm 1 IEC xstandard, 2 Calculated based on power 3 Calculated 27.25 x 17.5 x 18.5 in 25.25 15.0 x 13.5 in 48.75 x 21 x 18 in 22 x 21 x 27.5 in 43 x 21x 535 x 27.5 in mm full bandwidth pink noise with 6 dB crest rating and sensitivity. on half space condition. 700 x 435x 470 mm 645 x 380 x 345 mm 1240 x 535 x 460 mm 560 x 535 x 700 mm 1095 x 700 factor for specified period. 27.25kgx 17.5 x 18.5 in 25.25kgx 15.0 13.5 in 48.75kgx 21 18 in 22 x 21 27.5 43 kg x 21(121 x 27.5 19.5 (43 lb) 14.9 (33.0xlb) 38.2 (84xlb) 32.5 kg x(72 lb)in 55 lb) in 19.5 kg (43 lb) 14.9 kg (33.0 lb) 38.2 kg (84 lb) 32.5 kg (72 lb) 55 kg (121 lb) 1 2 3 IEC standard, full bandwidth pink noise with 6 dB crest

Calculated based on power rating and sensitivity.

Calculated on half space condition.

for specified period. 1 factor IEC standard, full bandwidth pink noise with 6 dB crest

2 Calculated based on power rating and sensitivity.

3 Calculated on half space condition.

factor for specified period.

Page 318

MRX512M MRX512M

® SRX700 SRX700®®Series Series

SRX700 Series

SRX715 SRX715 SRX715

SRX725 SRX725

SRX738 SRX738

SRX738

Harman Pro Group | 2010

SRX725

SRX722 SRX722 SRX722

SRX728S SRX728S SRX728S SRX718S SRX718S

SRX718S

Section:

SRX712M

SRX712M SRX712M

For over a decade, JBL SR and SRX series speakers have represented the best performance, highest quality, and most advanced driver

For over a decade, JBL SRtoand SRX series speakers have series represented thethat best performance, highest and most advanced driver technology available portable PA users. The SRX700 continues tradition and moves the barquality, even higher. For over a decade, JBLtoSRportable and SRXPA series speakers have series represented the that best tradition performance, highestthe quality, andhigher. most advanced driver technology available users. The SRX700 continues and moves bar even The advanced technology of SRX700 seriesThe speakers delivers power and performance from the higher. highest quality, technology available to portable PA users. SRX700 seriesthe continues that tradition you andwould movesexpect the bar even professional systems. Atofthe same series time, JBL innovation and design have reduced system weight load inexpect and load out the are ahighest breeze. quality, The advanced technology SRX700 speakers delivers the power and performance yousowould from The advanced technology of SRX700 series speakers delivers the power and performance you would expect from the highest All this performance is housed in rugged JBL enclosures for years of superb performance. professional systems. At the same time, JBL innovation and design have reduced system weight so load in and load out are a quality, breeze. professional systems.isAthoused the same time, JBL innovation and design have reduced system weight so load in and load out are a breeze. All thisSRX700 performance in rugged JBL enclosures for years of superb performance. uses JBL’s patented Differential Drive® woofers with neodymium magnets. Neodymium’s magnetic properties allow a few ounces All this performance is housed in rugged JBL enclosures for years of superb performance. to replace pounds of conventional magnet material. While other speaker manufacturers may use neodymium, JBLproperties engineers created SRX700 uses JBL’s patented Differential Drive® woofers with neodymium magnets. Neodymium’s magnetic allow aa few ounces design that reduces the massive (and heavy) steel top plates, back plates, and pole pieces that completemagnetic the ”magnetic circuit“.allow The JBLfew ounces SRX700 uses JBL’s patented Differential Drive® woofers with neodymium magnets. Neodymium’s properties to replace pounds of conventional magnet material. While other speaker manufacturers may use neodymium, JBL engineersacreated a Differential Drive design uses two voice coils for greater power handling and actually puts the small neodymium magnets inside the voice to replace pounds of conventional magnet material. While other speaker manufacturers may use neodymium, JBL engineers created a designcoil. that reduces the massive (and heavy) steel top plates, back plates, and poledistortion, pieces that complete the ”magnetic circuit“. The JBL This design the greatly reduces weight while increasing powerback capacity, decreasing andcomplete reducing power compression. design that reduces massive (and heavy) steel top plates, plates, and pole pieces that the ”magnetic circuit“. The JBL Differential Drive design uses two voice coils for greater power handling and actually puts the small neodymium magnets inside the voice Differential Drivegreatly design uses voice coilseach for greater power handling actually putsIfthe neodymium magnets inside the voice Thedesign SRX700 line consists of two seven models, with distinct characteristics and applications. yoursmall requirement is for high-performance coil. This reduces weight while increasing power capacity,and decreasing distortion, and reducing power compression. coil. This greatly weight PA, design there’s an SRX700reduces model for you. while increasing power capacity, decreasing distortion, and reducing power compression. The SRX700 line consists of seven models, each with distinct characteristics and applications. If your requirement is for high-performance The SRX700an line consists of seven models, each with distinct characteristics and applications. If your requirement is for high-performance PA, there’s SRX700 model for you. PA, there’s an SRX700 model for you. Page 319

PORTABLE PRODUCTS PORTABLE PRODUCTS PORTABLE PRODUCTS

® SRX700 SRX700®® Series Series

SRX700 Series

Harman Pro Group | 2010

All SRX700 two and three-way models may be operated full-range or bi-amplified. The selection All SRX700 twotwo and three-way be All SRX700 and three-waymodels models may may be is made byfull-range means ofor a high-current, recessed operated bi-amplified. selection operated full-range or bi-amplified.The The selection switch mounted on the input plate. (SRX738 is made by means of of a high-current, is made by means a high-current,recessed recessed uses internal jumpers.) same switch switch mounted onThe the input plate. (SRX738 uses switch mounted on the input plate.arrangement (SRX738 uses is used on the subwoofer to select ±1 or ±2 internal jumpers.) The same switch arrangement internal jumpers.) The same switch arrangement operation. is used on the subwoofer select±1 ±1 or ±2 is used on the subwoofer totoselect ±2 operation. operation.

Section:

SRX712M – 12" two-way stage monitor SRX712M – 12" two-way stage monitor SRX712M – 12" monitor The SRX712M wastwo-way designed stage with one goal – The SRX712M was designed with one goal –

Thebuild SRX712M wassmallest, designed with one goal stage – build the the lightest, loudest clearest lightest, smallest, loudest clearest stage buildmonitor thepossible lightest, smallest, loudestaaclearest monitor while delivering strikingly possible while delivering strikinglystage monitor possible while delivering a strikingly professional appearance. The usesaa professional appearance. TheSRX712M SRX712M uses professional appearance. The SRX712M uses a 12" Differential Drive® woofer and (voice 12" Differential Drive® woofer andaa 3" 3" (voice 12" Differential Drive® woofer and aThe 3" (voice coil diameter) compression driver. system coil diameter) compression driver. The system handles watts (continuous) power isisonly coil diameter) compression driver. The yet system handles 800800 watts (continuous) power yet only 12" high (305 mm) themonitor monitor position. AAonly handles 800 watts (continuous) power yet is 12" high (305 mm) in in the position. x (305 90º horn provides smooth,even even coverage 12" high mm) in thesmooth, monitor position. A 50º x50º 90º horn provides coverage ofprovides the position theperformer. performer. 50º xregardless 90º horn smooth, even coverage regardless of the position ofofthe For utility applications, the SRX712M can regardless of speaker the position of thethe performer. For utility speaker applications, SRX712M can be tripod mounted or over a subwoofer with JBL’s

Fortripod utility mounted speaker applications, the SRX712M can be or over a subwoofer with JBL’s dual angle pole mount providing 0º or 10º down be tripod mounted or over acoverage. subwoofer with JBL’s dual angle pole mount providing 0º or 10º down tilt for optimum audience dual pole mount providing 0º or 10º down tilt forangle optimum audience coverage. For suspension or truss mounting, the optional tilt optimumor audience coverage. Forfor suspension truss mounting, the optional SRX712M-YK yoke bracket is available with

For suspension or truss optional SRX712M-YK yoke bracket is available attachment points formounting, a wide rangethe of with suspension SRX712M-YK yoke bracket is available and trusspoints mounting attachment for hardware. a wide range of with suspension attachment points for a wide range of suspension and truss mounting hardware. – 15" two-way and SRX715 truss mounting hardware. The SRX715 the highest level of SRX715 – 15" offers two-way performance available from a portable SRX715 – 15" two-way The SRX715 offers the highest level of pole

or tripod mountable speaker. Equipped with

The SRX715 offers the from highest level of pole performance available a portable a 2265H Differential Drive woofer, the SRX715 performance available from a Equipped portable pole or tripod mountable speaker. with handles 800 watts (continuous) while weighing tripod mountable speaker. with aor2265H Differential woofer, the SRX715 only 48 lb (22 kg). ADrive 2431H 3"Equipped diaphragm, a 2265H Differential Drive woofer, the SRX715 handles 800 watts (continuous) weighing neodymium compression driverwhile on a 75º by handles 800 watts (continuous) while weighing only 48 horn lb (22makes kg). Athe 2431H 3"the diaphragm, 50º SRX715 best choice onlyfor 48general lb (22compression kg). A 2431H 3"reinforcement, diaphragm, neodymium driver on a 75º by purpose sound live neodymium compression driver on achoice 75ºWhen by 50º horn makes the SRX715 theorbest performance, music playback speech. the application calls for increased low-frequency 50ºgeneral horn makes the SRX715 the best choicelive for purpose sound reinforcement, extension, add thesound SRX728S or for general purpose reinforcement, live performance, music playback orSRX718S speech. When subwoofer.music performance, or speech. When the application calls playback for increased low-frequency the application callsSRX728S for increased low-frequency extension, add the or SRX718S extension, add the SRX728S or SRX718S subwoofer. subwoofer.

Page 320

Flying versions of the SRX700 two and three-way models are also available as SRX700F models. These offer you the option of selecting economical, forged eyebolts for fixed installation or the

Flying versions ofSRX700 the SRX700 two and three-way models are also as available SRX700F models. Flying versions of the two and three-way models are also available SRX700Fas models. convenience of detachable track fittings for portable applications. Just the hardware kit that’s These offer the option of selecting economical, forged eyebolts for choose fixed installation or the These offer youyou the option of selecting economical, forged eyebolts for fixed installation or the right for your application. convenience of detachable fittings for portable applications. Just thekithardware kit that’s convenience of detachable track track fittings for portable applications. Just choose thechoose hardware that’s right your application. right forfor your application.

SRX722 – Dual 12" two-way

SRX728S – Dual 18" subwoofer

SRX722 – Dual 12" two-way SRX728S – Dual 18" subwoofer SRX722 – Dual 12" two-way SRX728S – Dual 18" Taking a page from high performance autoThe SRX728S is built tosubwoofer deliver smooth, clean, Taking a page from high performance autoThe SRX728S is built to deliver smooth, clean, Taking a page from high performance autoThe SRX728S is built to deliver smooth, clean, mobile design, JBL filled the smallest possible accurate low-end. A pair of 18" Differential mobile design, JBL filled the smallest possible accurate low-end. A pair of 18" Differential mobile design, JBL filled the smallest possible accurate low-end. A pair of 18" cabinet with highest possible power capacity.Drive woofers Drive woofers provide extension down to 27 cabinet with the the highest possible power capacity. provide extension down to 27Differential cabinetsuited with the highest possible power capacity.Hz whileHz Drive woofers provide extension down to 27 Especially suited for subwoofer-equipped while handling an amazing 1600 watts of Especially for subwoofer-equipped handling an amazing 1600 watts of Especially suited for subwoofer-equipped Hz power. while handling an amazing 1600 of systems, SRX722 delivers veryacoustic high acoustic continuous continuous power. Large, open ductswatts minimize systems, thethe SRX722 delivers very high Large, open ducts minimize systems, the delivers very high acoustic port turbulence continuous power. open ducts minimize output from aSRX722 compact, easily transported port turbulence andLarge, the heavily braced enclosure output from a compact, easily transported and the heavily braced enclosure system. A pair ofa2262H Differential woofers assures tight, bass.solid Anand external switch allows output from compact, easily Drive transported port solid turbulence the An heavily braced enclosure system. A pair of 2262H Differential Drive woofers assures tight, bass. external switch allows handles 1200 watts of power. Top woofers to betight, usedto with systems system. A1200 pair of(continuous) 2262H Differential Drive assures solid bass. with An external allows handles watts (continuous) of power. Top the SRX728S the SRX728S becabling used cablingswitch systems these offoff with thewatts world-class, 2452H2452H 4"of compresto power subs contacts ±1cabling or ±2. systems handles 1200 (continuous) power. Top designeddesigned the SRX728S tofrom be used these with the world-class, 4" compresto power subswith from contacts ±1 or ±2. sion driver, you have big PA performance these offand with the world-class, 2452H 4"that compresdesigned to power subs from contacts ±1 or ±2. sion driver, and you have big PA performance that SRX738SRX738 – 18" three-way fitssion easily into aand sportyou utility vehicle. – 18" three-way driver, have bigvehicle. PA performance that fits easily into a sport utility Combining the performance of a subwoofer/ SRX738 – 18" three-way Combining the performance of a subwoofer/ fits easily into a sport utility vehicle. SRX725 – Dual 15" two-way satellite system with single-enclosure ease-of-use, SRX725 – Dual 15" two-way Combining the performance of a subwoofer/ satellite system with single-enclosure ease-of-use, For the ultimate in performance and simplicity, the SRX738 uses a 2268H 18" Differential Drive SRX725 – Dualin15" two-wayand simplicity, satellite system with single-enclosure ease-of-use, For the ultimate performance the SRX738 uses a 2268H 18" Differential Drive a pair of SRX725s and a single, high-power woofer for world-class low-end performance, theof ultimate inand performance andand simplicity, even without the SRX738 uses 2268H 18" Drive aFor pair SRX725s a single,music high-power woofer forMids world-class low-end performance, amplifier delivers superb high-level a sub. areahandled by aDifferential aamplifier pair of SRX725s and single, high-power for world-class low-end performance, delivers superb high-level music and 2169H 8"woofer even a sub. Mids are handled by a powerful bass. A pair of JBL a2265H Differential driverwithout using JBL’s CMCD™ Cone amplifier superb high-level music even without a sub. Mids are handled by a powerful bass. A pair of JBL 2265H Differential 8" driver using JBL’s CMCD™ Drive driversdelivers handles an amazing 1200 watts of and Midrange2169H Compression Driver technology that Cone continuous power. 2452H 4" 2265H compression very low distortion, increased powerful bass. AThe pair of Differential 2169H 8"midrange driver using JBL’s CMCD™ Cone that Drive drivers handles anJBL amazing 1200 watts of providesMidrange Compression Driver technology driver, worldwide as one of finest extended bandwidth and improved Driverespected driverspower. handles an2452H amazing 1200 watts of sensitivity, Midrange Compression Driver technology that continuous The 4"the compression provides very low midrange distortion, increased high-powered transducers provides high driver isand improved continuous power. Themade, 2452H compression providesThe very lowfrequency midrange distortion, increased driver, respected worldwide as4" one of the finest phase coherence. sensitivity, extended bandwidth smooth, midstransducers and highs. Despite this to a 60º x 40º waveguide hosting a 3" driver,clear respected worldwide as one of the finest mountedphase sensitivity, extended and improved high-powered made, provides coherence. Thebandwidth high frequency driver is performance, the mids SRX725 weighs only 100 lb this (voice coil) 2431H high-frequency driver. high-powered transducers made, provides phase coherence. frequency drivera is smooth, clear and highs. Despite mounted to a 60º xThe 40ºhigh waveguide hosting 3" (45 kg). Ideally suited to sound and musicdriver. smooth, clear the midsSRX725 and highs. Despite this lb mounted to2431H areinforcement 60º xhigh-frequency 40º waveguide hosting a 3" performance, weighs only 100 (voice coil) playback(voice use where extension, driver. performance, the SRX725 weighs only 100 lb coil)low-frequency 2431H high-frequency (45 kg). – 18" subwoofer SRX718S Ideally suited to sound reinforcement and music midrange clarity and projection are critical, (45 kg). The SRX718S subwoofer’s compact design is Ideally suited sound reinforcement and music playback use to where low-frequency extension, mobile DJs and musicians will appreciate the SRX718S – 18" subwoofer equally at home as a small, high performance playback use where low-frequency clarity and projection critical, simplicitymidrange and performance of the SRX738. areextension, SRX718S – 18" subwoofer The SRX718S satellite subwoofersubwoofer’s system or as acompact building design block is midrange clarity andthe projection mobile DJs and will appreciate the Sound companies will alsomusicians find SRX738 toare critical, The SRX718S subwoofer’s compact at home as a small, high performance forequally larger subwoofer arrays. The 13-ply birchdesign is mobile DJsand and musicians simplicity performance of appreciate the SRX738.the be a flexible addition to their arsenals.will equallyisat homebraced as asystem small, high enclosure rigidly for solid satellite subwoofer or response. as performance a building block simplicity and performance of the Sound companies will also find theSRX738. SRX738 to satellite system or as a building for largersubwoofer subwoofer arrays. The 13-ply birchblockThe SRX738 may be used in full-range or A top-mounted, M20 threaded pole receptacle Sound companies willtoalso find the SRX738 to be amodes flexible addition their arsenals. bi-amplified with a passive cross-over for larger subwoofer arrays. The 13-ply birch enclosure is rigidly braced for solid response. is used to ensure that even heavier, high-power flexible may addition to their arsenals. or handlingbe theaSRX738 transition frombe theused mid-range The in full-range enclosure is rigidly for solid satellite speakers canM20 bebraced securely mounted A top-mounted, threaded poleresponse. receptacle to the high-frequency driver. The SRX738 may be used in full-range or bi-amplified modes with a passive cross-over using the optional, adjustable SS4-BKpole speaker A top-mounted, receptacle is used to ensureM20 that threaded even heavier, high-power bi-amplified withfrom a passive cross-over handling themodes transition the mid-range pole. Threaded insert points are provided for is used tospeakers ensure that even heavier, high-power satellite can be securely mounted handling the transitiondriver. from the mid-range to the high-frequency attachment of the optional WK-4 wheel kit.

satellite can be securely mounted using thespeakers optional, adjustable SS4-BK speaker usingThreaded the optional, adjustable SS4-BK speaker pole. insert points are provided for pole. Threaded insert pointsWK-4 are provided attachment of the optional wheel kit.for attachment of the optional WK-4 wheel kit.

to the high-frequency driver.

SRX700 SERIES SRX700 SERIES

key key features features SRX700 SERIES

key features

f PATENTED DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE® f WRAP-AROUND 16-GAUGE STEEL GRILL LINED NEODYMIUM MAGNETS ACOUSTICALLY TRANSPARENT FOAM PATENTED WITH DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE® WRAP-AROUND 16-GAUGE STEEL GRILL LINED f WOOFERS f WITH WOOFERS WITH NEODYMIUM MAGNETS WITH ACOUSTICALLY TRANSPARENT FOAM f HIGH-POWER, LIGHT WEIGHT LOW FREQUENCY DRIVERS LIGHT WEIGHT LOW FREQUENCY f WRAP-AROUND 16-GAUGE STEEL GRILL LINED ffHIGH-POWER, PATENTED DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE® DRIVERS WOOFERS WITH NEODYMIUM MAGNETS WITH ACOUSTICALLY TRANSPARENT FOAM f CONSTRUCTED OF TOP QUALITY BIRCH HIGH-POWER, LIGHT WEIGHT LOWDURAFLEX™ FREQUENCY AND COATED WITH CONSTRUCTED OF TOP QUALITY BIRCH ffPLYWOOD DRIVERS AND COATED WITH DURAFLEX™ PLYWOOD f CONSTRUCTED OF TOP QUALITY BIRCH PLYWOOD AND COATED WITH DURAFLEX™

specifications specifications specifications SRX712M 12" Two-way Bass-reflex SYSTEM TYPE SRX712M

2 xfittings M10 fittings 2 x M10

DIMENSIONS 349 x 546 x 260 mm 349 x 546 x 260 mm x 21.5 x 10.25 in) (H x WDIMENSIONS x D) (13.75 x 260 mm DIMENSIONS (13.75 x 21.5 x 10.25 in) (H x W x349 D) x 546 (13.75 x 21.5 x 10.25 in) (H x W x D) 15 kg (33 lb) NET WEIGHT (each) 15 kg (33 lb) NET WEIGHT (each) NET WEIGHT (each) 15 kg (33 lb)

SRX738

SRX738F SRX738 SRX738F 18" Three-way Bass-reflex SYSTEM TYPE SRX738 SRX738F 35 Hz – 20Bass-reflex kHz 18" Three-way FREQUENCY RANGE (-10 dB) SYSTEM TYPE HzkHz – 20Bass-reflex kHz FREQUENCY RESPONSE 18"HzThree-way SYSTEM 35 –4420 FREQUENCY RANGE (-10TYPE dB)(±3 dB) 40º nominal COVERAGE PATTERN 35 Hz –60º20x kHz FREQUENCY RANGE (-10 44 FREQUENCY RESPONSE (±3 dB) dB SPL (Passive Mode) SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 160º 44mHzx 40º –9520 kHz FREQUENCYCOVERAGE RESPONSE (±3 dB) nominal PATTERN 8 ohms NOMINAL 60ºdB x 40º nominal COVERAGE PATTERN SPL (Passive Mode) SENSITIVITY: 1 W,IMPEDANCE 1 m 95 1 x JBL 2268H Differential Drive COMPONENTS: LOW FREQ. dB SPL (Passive Mode) SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 m 895ohms NOMINAL IMPEDANCE MID FREQ. 1 x JBL 2169H CMCD™ NOMINAL IMPEDANCE 18 xohms JBL12268H Differential Drive COMPONENTS: LOW FREQ. x JBL 2431H HIGH FREQ. 1 x JBL130 2169H CMCD™ MIDMAXIMUM FREQ. SPL 2268H Differential Drive COMPONENTS: LOW dB SPL @1 m (3.3 ft) RATED 1 x1JBL800 2431H HIGH FREQ. 2169H CMCD™ MID W / 1600 W / 3200 W 1 POWER RATING: x JBL HIGH FREQ. dB 2431H SPL @1 m (3.3 ft) RATED MAXIMUM SPL 1130 (Continuous/Program/Peak) 130 W dBNeutrik @1Speakon ft)W 1(x 2) INPUT CONNECTORS RATED MAXIMUM SPL1 800 /SPL 1600 Wm/ (3.3 3200NL-4 POWER RATING: (Continuous/Program/Peak) track W and/ 3200 M10 suspension points SUSPENSION/MOUNTING W1 POWER RATING: 1 800 W5/x1600 version NL-4 only) (x 2) (Continuous/Program/Peak) Speakon INPUT CONNECTORS Neutrik(“F” (x 2) points INPUT CONNECTORS 5Neutrik x trackSpeakon and M10NL-4 suspension SUSPENSION/MOUNTING DIMENSIONS 1092 x 541 x 648 mm (“F” version only) x track M10 suspension points SUSPENSION/MOUNTING (43and x 21.3 x 25.5 in) (H x W x5D)

(“F” version only) NET WEIGHT (each) 43 kg (95 lb) (SRX738) 1092 x45.5 541kgx 648 (100mm lb) (SRX738F) (43 1092x121.3 x 541xx25.5 648in) mm IEC filtered noise with 6 dB crest factor, 2 hrs. (43kgx 21.3 x 25.5 in) 43 (95 lb) (SRX738) 45.5 (SRX738F) 43 kgkg(95(100 lb) lb) (SRX738) 1 45.5 kg (100 lb) (SRX738F)

DIMENSIONS (H x W x D) DIMENSIONS (H x W x D) NET WEIGHT (each) NET WEIGHT (each)

SRX715F 15" Two-way Bass-reflex 15"HzTwo-way 43 – 20 kHzBass-reflex 43 Hz – 20 kHz 53 43Hz Hz –– 20 kHz 53 kHz 75º x 50º20nominal 53 Hz – 20 kHz 75ºdB x 50º 96 SPLnominal (Passive Mode) 75º x 50º nominal dB SPL (Passive Mode) 896ohms 96 dB SPL (Passive Mode) 188xohms JBL 2265H Differential Drive ohms 11xxJBL DifferentialDrive Drive JBL 2265H 2265H Differential 1 x JBL 2431H 11xxJBL 131 dB 2431H SPL @ 1 m (3.3 ft) JBL 2431H 131 1mm/(3.3 (3.3ft)ft) 131dB dB/SPL SPL @@1W 800 W 1600 3200 W1 800W W / 1600 800 1600WW/ /3200 3200WW1 1 Neutrik Speakon NL-4 (x 2) Neutrik Speakon NL-4 (x(x2)socket Neutrik Speakon NL-4 2) Dual angle, 35 mm pole Dual angle, mm pole 5Dual x track and35 angle, 35M10 mmsuspension polesocket socketpoints track and M10 points (“F” version 55xxtrack andonly) M10suspension suspension points (“F” version only) (“F” xversion only)mm 711 439 x 406 711 x 439 x 406 mm (28 x 17.3 16 in) 711 439 xx 16 406 (28 xx 17.3 in)mm (28 x 17.3lb) x 16(SRX715) in) 22 22kg kg (48 (48 lb) (SRX715) 24.1 (53lb)lb) lb)(SRX715) (SRX715F) 22 kgkg 24.1 kg(48(53 (SRX715F) 24.1 kg (53 lb) (SRX715F)

SRX718S

SRX718S 18" Bass-reflex Subwoofer SRX718S 31 Hz – 220 Hz Subwoofer 18" Bass-reflex 34Hz Hz 18" Bass-reflex 31 – 220 220Hz Hz Subwoofer 31 Hz – 220 Hz 34 95Hz dB –SPL220 Hz 34 8 ohms 95 dB SPL 1 x JBL 2268H Differential Drive dB SPL 895ohms 18 xohms JBL 2268H Differential Drive 1130 x JBL dB 2268H SPL @1 Differential m (3.3 ft) Drive 800 W / 1600 W / 3200 W 2

SRX722 SRX722F SRX722 SRX722F Dual 12" Two-way Bass-reflex SRX722

SRX725 SRX725F SRX725 Dual 15" Two-way Bass-reflex SRX725 SRX725F

Dual 12" Two-way Bass-reflex 72 Hz – 20 kHz

Dual 15" Two-way 37 Hz –Bass-reflex 20 kHz

SRX722F Dual 12" Two-way Bass-reflex 72 Hz – 20 kHz 81 72 Hz81 – 20 kHz – 20nominal kHz 75ºHzx 50º 81 Hz – 20 kHz 75ºdB x 50º 97 SPLnominal (Passive Mode) 75º x 50º nominal dB SPL (Passive Mode) 497ohms 97 dB SPL (Passive Mode) 24 xohms JBL 2262H Differential Drive 4 ohms JBL 2262H Differential 2 x JBL2 x2262H Differential Drive Drive 1 x JBL 2452H 1 x2452H JBL dB 2452H SPL @ 1 m (3.3 ft) 1 x JBL135 135 @ m 135 dB SPLdBW @SPL 1/ m (3.31W ft)/(3.3 1200 2400 4800ft)W 1 1 12001200 W / 2400 / 4800 W /W2400 WW / 4800 W1 Neutrik Speakon NL-4 (x 2) Neutrik NL-4 (xNL-4 2)suspension Neutrik (x 2) points 5 xSpeakon trackSpeakon and M10 5 x track M10 points points (“F” version only) 5 x and track andsuspension M10 suspension (“F” version only) only) (“F” version 965 x 394 x 394 mm 965 x 394 x 394 mm (38 xx15.5 15.5 in) (38 x 965 15.5 x 394 15.5xin)394 mm (38kgx 15.5 x 15.5 in) lb) (SRX722) 34 kg34 (76 lb)(76 (SRX722) 36.8 (SRX722F) 34(81 kgkglb) (76(81 lb)lb)(SRX722) 36.8 kg (SRX722F) 36.8 kg (81 lb) (SRX722F)

SRX725FDual 15" Two-way Bass-reflex 37 Hz – 20 kHz 53

37 Hz – 20 53 kHz – 20 kHz 75ºHzx 50º nominal 53 Hz – 20 kHz 75ºdB x 50º 99 SPLnominal (Passive Mode) 75º x 50º nominal dB SPL (Passive Mode) 499ohms 99 dB SPL (Passive Mode) 4 ohms 4 ohms 2 x JBL 2265H Differential Drive 2 xDifferential JBL 2265HDrive Differential Drive 2 x JBL 2265H

Harman Pro Group | 2010

monitor/utility SRX712M 12" Two-way Bass-reflex SYSTEM TYPE Stage Stage monitor/utility SYSTEM 70 Hz –12" 20Two-way kHz Bass-reflex FREQUENCY RANGE (-10 dB) TYPE monitor/utility 70 Hz –Stage 20 kHz FREQUENCY RANGE (-10 18 FREQUENCY RESPONSE (±3 dB) 83 HzkHz – 20 kHz FREQUENCY RANGE (-10 dB) 83 Hzx 50º –7018 FREQUENCYCOVERAGE RESPONSE (±3 dB) 90º nominal PATTERN FREQUENCY RESPONSE (±3 dB) 83 Hz – 18 kHz 90ºdB x 50º COVERAGE PATTERN SPLnominal (Passive Mode) SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 m 96 COVERAGE PATTERN 90º x 50º nominal dB SPL (Passive Mode) SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 m 896ohms NOMINAL IMPEDANCE SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 m 96 dB SPL (Passive Mode) NOMINAL IMPEDANCE 18 xohms JBL82262H COMPONENTS: LOW FREQ. ohms Differential Drive® NOMINAL IMPEDANCE MID FREQ. 1 x JBL 2262H Differential Drive® COMPONENTS: LOW 1 COMPONENTS: LOW FREQ. x JBL 2262H Differential Drive® 1 x JBL 2431H HIGH MID FREQ. MID FREQ. 1 x JBL HIGH FREQ. 131 dB12431H SPL m (3.3 ft) RATED MAXIMUM SPL FREQ. x JBL@1 2431H HIGH 131 ft)W 1ft) RATED MAXIMUM SPL1 SPL dB@1 SPL m (3.3 RATED MAXIMUM 800 dB W131 /SPL 1600 Wm/@1(3.3 3200 POWER RATING: 1 W800 1 800 (Continuous/Program/Peak) W / 1600 W / 3200 / 1600 W / 3200 W 1W 1 POWER POWER RATING:RATING: (Continuous/Program/Peak) (Continuous/Program/Peak) INPUT CONNECTORS Neutrik® Speakon® NL-4 (x2) Neutrik® NL-4 INPUT CONNECTORS Neutrik® Speakon® NL-4socket (x2)(x2) INPUT CONNECTORS Dual angle, 35 Speakon® mm pole SUSPENSION/MOUNTING Dual angle, 35 pole mm pole socket SUSPENSION/MOUNTING 2Dual x M10 fittings angle, 35 mm socket SUSPENSION/MOUNTING

SRX715 SRX715F SRX715 SRX715F 15" Two-way Bass-reflex SRX715

1 x JBL 2452H

1 x JBL 136 dB 2452H SPL @1 m (3.3 ft) 1 x JBL 2452H SPL m /(3.3 ft)W 1 136 dB SPL136 @1 mdBW (3.3 ft)@1 W 1200 / 2400 4800 1200 W / 2400 / 4800 W 1W / 4800 W 1 1200WW / 2400 Neutrik Speakon NL-4 (x 2) Neutrik Speakon NL-4 (x 2)M10NL-4 Neutrik Speakon (x 2) points 5 x track and suspension 5 x track and(“F” suspension version 5 xM10 track andonly) M10points suspension points (“F” version(“F” only)version only)

1219 x 541 x 508 mm

1219 x 541 x 508 mm (48 x 21.3 x 20 in) (48 x 21.3 x1219 20 in)x 541 x 508 mm (48 20(SRX725) in) 45 (SRX725) kgx 21.3 (100xlb) 45 kg (100 lb) kg(100 (105lb)lb)(SRX725) (SRX725F) 45lb)kg(SRX725F) 47.7 kg (10547.7

Section:

47.7 kg (105 lb) (SRX725F)

SRX728S

SRX728S Dual 18" Bass-reflex Subwoofer SRX728S 27 HzDual – 22018" Hz Bass-reflex Subwoofer 33 Hz27 – 220 Dual Bass-reflex Subwoofer Hz18" –Hz220 Hz 27 Hz – 220 Hz 33 95 dB33 SPLHz – 220 Hz 4 ohms (parallel); 8 ohms x2 (discrete) 95 dB SPL 2 x JBL 2268H Differential Drive

dB SPL 495ohms (parallel); 8 ohms x2 (discrete) (parallel); 8 ohms x2Drive (discrete) 24 ohms x JBL 2268H Differential JBL@12268H Drive 136 dB2 xSPL m (3.3Differential ft) 1600 W / 3200 W / 6400 W 2

130 dB SPL @1 m (3.3 ft) 136 dB SPL @1 m (3.3 ft) 130 dB/SPL @1WmNL-4 136Speakon dBWSPL @1 W m ft)W 2 Neutrik Speakon (xft) 2)W 2 Neutrik NL-4 (x 2) 800 W 1600 / (3.3 3200 1600 / 3200 /(3.3 6400 2 Top W mounted Top mounted threaded socket 800 / 1600M20 W / threaded 3200 W 2socket for 1600 WM20 / 3200 W / 6400 W for optionalSpeakon SS4-BK pole optional SS4-BK pole NL-4 (x 2) Neutrik NL-4 (x 2) Neutrik Speakon Neutrik Speakon (x 2) socket for Neutrik Speakon (x 2) socket for Top mounted M20NL-4 threaded Top mounted M20NL-4 threaded 508 x 597 x 749 mm 602 x 1067 x 838 mm optional SS4-BK pole optional SS4-BK pole Top (20 xmounted 23.5 x 29.5M20 in) threaded socket for (23.7Top x 42 mounted x 33 in) M20 threaded socket for optional SS4-BK pole optional SS4-BK pole 36 kg (79 lb) 76 kg (166.5 lb) 508 x 597 x 749 mm 602 x 1067 x 838 mm (20 xx23.5 29.5mm in) (23.7 42 xx33838 in)mm 508 597 x 749 602 x x1067 2 40 Hz – 120 Hz pink noise with 6 dB crest factor, 2 hrs. (20kg x 23.5 x 29.5 in) (23.7 42 x 33lb)in) 36 (79 lb) 76 kg x(166.5 36 kg (79 lb) 76 kg (166.5 lb)

IEC filtered noise with 6 dB crest factor, 2 hrs.

2 40 Hz – 120 Hz pink noise with 6 dB crest factor, 2 hrs.

1 IEC filtered noise with 6 dB crest factor, 2 hrs.

2 40 Hz – 120 Hz pink noise with 6 dB crest factor, 2 hrs.

Page 321

PORTABLE PRODUCTS PORTABLE PRODUCTS PORTABLE PRODUCTS

VRX900 VRX900 Series Series VRX900 Series

VRX928LA and VRX915S are now available white (-WH). VRX928LA andinVRX915S are now Three VRX928LA-WH and one available in white (-WH). VRX915S-WH are shown. VRX928LA and VRX915S are now Three VRX928LA-WH and one available in whiteare (-WH). VRX915S-WH shown. Three VRX928LA-WH and one VRX915S-WH are shown.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

The new VRX Series addresses the growing need for a small format professional sound The new Series addresses the growing need for format a small format professional The new VRX Series addresses the growing needinstallations for a small sound forsound system forVRX sound rental companies, fixed andprofessional musicians looking the system for sound rental companies, fixed installations and musicians looking system for sound rental companies, fixed installations and musicians looking for the for the ultimate in performance and portability. ultimate in performance and portability. ultimate in performance and portability. Sharing components with the JBL VERTEC® Line Array Series, the worldwide touring Sharing components the JBL VJBL ERTfeatures ECV® Series, worldwide touring Sharing components the ERLine TEC®Array Lineperformance Arraythe Series, worldwide industry standard,with thewith VRX Series the ofthe high end line touring arrays in a industry standard, the the VRXVRX SeriesSeries features the performance of high end line arrays in aarrays in a industry standard, features the performance of high end line compact format. It’s affordable and flexible and provides outstanding coverage and output compact format. It’s It’s affordable and flexible and provides outstanding coverage coverage and output compact format. affordable and flexible and provides coherence, while delivering extraordinary power handling,outstanding clarity and flexibility.and output coherence, while delivering extraordinary powerpower handling, clarity and flexibility. coherence, while delivering extraordinary handling, clarity and flexibility. The VRX Series features the hallmark of all JBL products – stunning, The VRX Series features the hallmark of all JBL products – stunning, legendarylegendary JBL sound.JBL sound. The VRX Series features the hallmark of all JBL products – stunning, legendary JBL sound.

Section:

06 VERSATILE CONFIGURATIONS VERSATILE CONFIGURATIONS Fly your VRX900 Array: TheVRX VRXSeries Series is is VERSATILE CONFIGURATIONS Fly your VRX900 Array: The

equipped with JBL’s exclusive integral rigging Fly your VRX900 Array: The VRX Series is equipped with JBL’s exclusive integral rigging hardware that allows the enclosures to be quickly equipped that withallows JBL’s exclusive integral hardware the enclosures torigging be quickly and securely locked to one another by simply hardware thatlocked allowstothe enclosures tosimply be quickly and securely one another by swinging a hinged bar into place and securing it and with securely lockedbar to onerelease another byVRX900 simplyline swinging a hinged into placepins. and securing it the included quick swinging aand hinged bar into place andVRX900 securing it with the included quick release line arrays subwoofers may bepins. suspended using withthe the included release pins. VRX900 line arrays and subwoofers may be suspended using VRX-AF andquick VRX-SMAF array frame providing arrays may be suspended using the VRX-AF and VRX-SMAF array frame providing anand easysubwoofers to use, elegant suspension system for theeasy VRX-AF andelegant VRX-SMAF array frame providing flown an toarrays. use, suspension system for an easy toMount: use, elegant suspension system for flown arrays. Pole To create a small, compact nonflown arrays. system, the VRXa may becompact mounted on a Poleflying Mount: To create small, non-

ForTo greater andmounted low-frequency Poletripod. Mount: a small, compact nonflying system, thecreate VRXpower may be on a extension, one two VRXs be pole-mounted flying system, the or VRX may bemay mounted on a tripod. For greater power and low-frequency over their companion subwoofer. tripod. For one greater power and low-frequency extension, or two VRXs may be pole-mounted Single Cabinet: When configured smaller extension, one or two VRXs may be for pole-mounted over their companion subwoofer. venues, or musicianssubwoofer. working alone, the compact over their companion Single Cabinet: When configured for smaller size, portability, light weight and stunning perfor-

Single Cabinet: When configured forthe smaller venues, or musicians working alone, mance of the VRX allow it to be used as acompact single venues, or musicians working alone, thethat compact size, portability, lightutility weight and stunning perforcabinet two-way speaker system can size,be portability, light weight and stunning performance of the VRX allow it toon be as a single conveniently mounted aused tripod. mance of theStack: VRXutility allow it to bebleacher used asand a single cabinet two-way speaker system that can Ground For reaching cabinet two-way utility system be conveniently mounted on a level, tripod. stadium seating fromspeaker ground the that VRX’scan be conveniently mounted a tripod. ingenious cabinet designon allows it to be ground Ground Stack: For reaching bleacher and stacked in configurations ofbleacher up to 4the enclosures Ground Stack: For reaching and stadium seating from ground level, VRX’s delivering all of the power, clarity and control of a stadium seating from ground level, ingenious cabinet design allows it tothe beVRX’s ground full flown line array system without the additional ingenious design of allows be ground stacked in cabinet configurations up toit4toenclosures labor and expense. stacked in configurations up to and 4 enclosures delivering all of the power,ofclarity control of a delivering all of the system power, without clarity and of a full flown line array thecontrol additional full flown array system without the additional labor and line expense. labor and expense.

Page 322

CONSTANT CURVATURE LINELINE ARRAY CONSTANT CURVATURE ARRAY

DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE® WOOFERS DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE® WOOFERS

The VRX waveguide mounts threethree compression JBL designed the VRX’s drivers withdrivers much CONSTANT CURVATURE LINEcompression ARRAY DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE® WOOFERS The VRX waveguide mounts JBL designed the VRX’s with much drivers onon awaveguide continuous arc enabling them to less weight comparable drivers and yet The VRX mounts three compression JBLthan designed thecomparable VRX’s drivers with much drivers a continuous arc enabling them to less weight than drivers and yet work together acoustically as if they were a single significantly increased power handling and drivers on a continuous arcas enabling themato less weight than comparable andand yet work together acoustically if they were single significantly increased powerdrivers handling source, while dramatically increasing the power output. Super lightweight neodymium magnets work together acousticallyincreasing as if they were a single significantly increased power handlingmagnets and source, while dramatically the power output. Super lightweight neodymium handling and acoustic output when compared to positioned inside the voice coil of each driver, a source, while dramatically increasing the output. Super lightweight magnets handling and acoustic output when compared positioned inside the voiceneodymium coil of each driver, a a single driver system. Additional enclosures canpowertokey feature of JBL’s patented Differential Drive handling and acoustic output when compared towoofer design, positioned inside the voice of each driver, singlecreating driver system. Additional enclosures can key feature ofthe JBL’s patented Differential Drivea bea added an uninterrupted, continuous reduce massive steelcoil top a with single system. Additional enclosures can plates, back key plates feature ofpole JBL’s patented Differential Drive be added anworking uninterrupted, continuous woofer design, reduce the massive arc alldriver ofcreating the drivers together seamand pieces found in the steel top be added andriver uninterrupted, continuous woofer design, reduce massive steel top arc with allcreating of theone drivers working seam-‘magnetic plates, back plates and the pole pieces found in the lessly as if they were on a verytogether long circuits’ of conventional loudspeakers. arc with allthey of the drivers seam-The VRX’s plates, back plates and pole pieces loudspeakers. found in the waveguide. dual voice coil design delivers lessly as if were one working driver ontogether a very long ‘magnetic circuits’ of conventional handling while lessly as if they were one driver on a very long greater power ‘magnetic circuits’ ofmaximizing conventional loudspeakers. waveguide. The VRX’s dual voice coil designthe delivers AMPLITUDE performance of each driver. waveguide. SHADING The VRX’s dual voice coilwhile design delivers the greater power handling maximizing For a smooth, consistent sound field, the VRX uses AMPLITUDE SHADING greater powerofhandling while maximizing the performance each driver. JBL’s Array Configuration Selector, a convenient AMPLITUDE SHADING For a smooth, consistent sound field, the VRX uses performance of each driver. series of switches on each enclosure that controls For smooth, consistent sound field, the VRX uses JBL’sa Array Configuration Selector, a convenient the output of each high-frequency section in the JBL’s Array Configuration a convenient series of switches on eachSelector, enclosure that controls array so each section of the venue can be fine tuned series of switches each enclosure that controls output of eachon high-frequency in the forthe a balanced, seamless overall coveragesection pattern.

the output of section each high-frequency section in the array so each of the venue can be fine tuned array soTOOL each section of the venue can be fine tuned ARRAY for a balanced, seamless overall coverage pattern. forVRX932LA a balanced, overall coverage pattern. The andseamless VRX928LA array tools provide

ARRAY TOOL visual help for the user to better understand and ARRAY TOOL deploy a VRX900 Line Acoustic perforThe VRX932LA andArray. VRX928LA array tools provide mance can be for quickly by simply creating The VRX932LA andassessed VRX928LA array tools provide visual help the user to better understand and a two dimensional view of Array. the environment the visual help for the user to better understand and deploy a VRX900 Line Acoustic perforVRX900 would be used in.Acoustic Theby effect of creating deploysystem a VRX900 Line Array. performance can be quickly assessed simply adding systems to the array and adjustments of can be quickly assessed by simply creating amance two dimensional view of the environment the the Array Configuration Selector can be quickly a two dimensional viewbeofused the environment VRX900 system would in. The effect the of analyzed. Information can be found online at: VRX900systems system would be used The effect ofof adding to the array andin.adjustments http://www.jblpro.com/vrx/ARRAYTOOL.HTML . adding systems to the array and adjustments of the Array Configuration Selector can be quickly the Array Configuration Selector canonline be quickly analyzed. Information can be found at: analyzed. Information can be found online at: . http://www.jblpro.com/vrx/ARRAYTOOL.HTML http://www.jblpro.com/vrx/ARRAYTOOL.HTML .

VRX900 SERIES VRX900 SERIES

key key features features VRX900 SERIES

key features

f PATENTED DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE® WOOFERS NEODYMIUM MAGNETS PATENTED DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE® WOOFERS f WITH WITH NEODYMIUM MAGNETS f MULTIPLE NEODYMIUM, ANNULAR RING DRIVERS PERWOOFERS SPEAKER MULTIPLE ANNULAR f PATENTED NEODYMIUM, DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE® f DIAPHRAGM DIAPHRAGM RING DRIVERS PER SPEAKER WITH NEODYMIUM MAGNETS f CONSTANT CURVATURE WAVEGUIDE MULTIPLE NEODYMIUM, fCONSTANT CURVATUREANNULAR WAVEGUIDE f DIAPHRAGM RING DRIVERS PER SPEAKER

f DUAL ANGLE POLE SOCKET DUAL ANGLE POLE SOCKET f f INTEGRAL RIGGING HARDWARE

RIGGING HARDWARE f INTEGRAL ARRAY CONFIGURATION SELECTOR FOR f

ANGLE POLE SOCKET f DUAL “ARRAY SHADING” CONFIGURATION SELECTOR FOR f ARRAY RIGGING HARDWARE “ARRAY SHADING” f INTEGRAL f ARRAY CONFIGURATION SELECTOR FOR “ARRAY SHADING”

f CONSTANT CURVATURE WAVEGUIDE

VRX915M VRX915M The VRX915M is a dedicated, compact and

VRX932LAP VRX932LAP The VRX932LA is a powered,

The VRX915M a dedicated, compactfloor and lightweight 15"istwo way touring-class VRX915M lightweight 15" twoa way touring-class monitor, with only 375 mm (14.75 in)floor stage The VRX915M is a dedicated, compact and monitor, with only a 375 mm (14.75 in) stage height and JBL’s latest neodymium-magnet lightweight 15" two way touring-class floor height and JBL’s transducers. Bi-amp full-range passive monitor, withlatest onlyoraneodymium-magnet 375 mm (14.75 in) stage transducers. Bi-amp or full-range passive highoperation be selected via a recessed, heightmay and JBL’s latest neodymium-magnet operation may mounted be selected via a recessed, highcurrent switch the NL4 transducers. Bi-amp or alongside full-range passive current switchmay mounted the NL4highinput connector inbe one ofalongside thevia handle cups. An operation selected a recessed, inputcurrent connector inmounted one of the handlethe cups. switch input additional NL4 connector isalongside mounted in NL4 theAn other connector one of the is handle cups. in Anthe additional additional mounted other handle cupNL4 for in aconnector convenient loop-thru connection. NL4cup connector is mountedloop-thru in the other handle cup handle for a convenient connection.

The VRX932LA is a powered, lightweight, compact 12" two-way lineVRX932LAP lightweight, 12" two-way linearray speakercompact system designed for use The VRX932LA is a powered, lightweight, array speaker designed for use in arrays of upsystem to five units. VRX932LAP compact 12" two-way line-array speaker in the arrays of choice up to units. VRX932LAP is ideal when line-array system designed forfive use in arrays of up to is the ideal choice when line-array performance is needed the venue five units. VRX932LAP is thebut ideal choice performance isperformance needed butisthe venue size doesn’t call for the very long-throw when line-array needed sizethe doesn’t the very long-throw characteristics offor larger line-arrays and a but venuecall size doesn’t call for the very characteristics of larger line-arrays long-throw characteristics of larger line-and a fast and easy setup is vital. arrays andeasy a fastsetup and easy setup is vital. fast is vital. Oneand or two VRX932LAP’s may also be used on

for a convenient loop-thru connection. VRX928LA VRX928LA The VRX928LA is a lightweight (28 lb / 13 kg)

As many asaVRX928LA six VRX928LA speaker systems may be As many as in six speaker systems may be suspended single array for a nominal vertical suspended a90°. single array a nominal vertical suspended single array forfor a nominal vertical coverage ofin upa in to Suspended applications coverage ofVRX928LA-SMAF up90°. to 90°. Suspended applications coverage ofJBL up to Suspended applications require the array frame require the JBL VRX928LA-SMAF arrayframe frame (availrequire theseparately). JBL VRX928LA-SMAF array (available For applications in which able separately). For applications in which the (available separately). Forsharply applications which the array must be aimed down,in a second array must be aimed sharply down, a second Array the array must bebe aimed sharply down, a second Array Frame may installed to the bottom of the Frame may be installed to the bottom of the array Arrayserving Frameasmay installed to the bottom of the array serving as a be pull-back. a pull-back. array serving as a pull-back. VRX932LA-1 VRX932LA-1 VRX932LA-1 The VRX932LA is designed forforuse The VRX932LA is designed useininarrays arrays of of up up to sixEach units. Each VRX932LA contains three The isVRX932LA designed for use inthree arrays of up to sixVRX932LA units. contains drivers, which results combined power handling to sixdrivers, units. Each VRX932LA contains three drivers, which results combined power handling and and acoustic output far greater a single which results combined power and driver acoustic output far greater thanhandling athan single driver could achieve. acoustic output far greater than a single driver could achieve. As many asVRX932LA six VRX932LA speakersystems systemsmay may be could achieve. As many as six speaker be suspended in a single array for a nominal vertical As many as in sixaVRX932LA speaker systemsvertical may be suspended single array for a nominal coverage of up to 90°. Suspended applications suspended single for a nominal vertical coverage ofin upa to 90°. array Suspended applications require the JBL VRX932LA-AF array frame coverage ofJBL upseparately). to 90°. Suspended require the VRX932LA-AF arrayapplications frame (available For applications in which the require the JBLbe VRX932LA-AF array frame (available separately). applications in which array must aimedFor sharply down, a second array (available separately). Forsharply applications in which the array be installed aimed down,of a the second framemust may be to the bottom array the array must aimed sharply down, a second array frame may be installed to the bottom of the serving as abe pull-back. frame may installed thebe bottom arrayOne serving asVRX932LAs abe pull-back. or two maytoalso used onofa the arrayor serving as a pull-back. tripod over subwoofers, withbe theused exception One twoorVRX932LAs may also on a of VRX932LA-WH. The integral rigging hardware One or two VRX932LAs maywith also be exception used on a is tripod or over subwoofers, the of used to securely thewith array together while the tripod or over subwoofers, the exception of VRX932LA-WH. The lock integral rigging hardware is dual-angle pole socket provides aiming flexibility. VRX932LA-WH. rigging hardware is used to securelyThe lockintegral the array together while the used to securely lock the array together the dual-angle pole socket provides aiming while flexibility. dual-angle pole socket provides aiming flexibility. VRX932LAP (Back View)

VRX932LAP (Back View) VRX932LAP (Back View)

frame or eye bolts (available separately). VRX915S VRX915S The VRX915S is aiscompact, highhigh power VRX915S The VRX915S a compact, power suspendable subwoofer system containing The VRX915S is a compact, high power suspendable subwoofer system containing aa 2265G-1 magnet, patented suspendable subwoofer system containing 2265G-1neodymium neodymium magnet, patented Differential Drive®, 15" woofer in a front-loaded, a 2265G-1 neodymium magnet,inpatented Differential Drive®, 15" woofer a frontvented enclosure.

Differential Drive®, 15" woofer in a frontloaded, vented enclosure.

The VRX915S was enclosure. designed specifically for loaded, vented TheinVRX915S was use arrays with thedesigned VRX928LAspecifically Line Array for The in VRX915S was the designed specifically for use arrays with VRX928LA Line Array speaker and VRX-SMAF Array Frame. In addiuse itinmay arrays with thein VRX928LA Line In Array speaker and Arrayconsisting Frame. addition alsoVRX-SMAF be used arrays speaker VRX-SMAF Frame. In addition it may also besubwoofers. used Array in arrays consisting entirely ofand VRX915S The system offers connection flexibility for tion itcomplete may alsoinput be used in arrays consisting entirely of VRX915S subwoofers. The system compatibility with input a variety of cablingThe schemes. entirely of VRX915S subwoofers. system offers complete connection flexibility

offers complete input flexibility for compatibility with aconnection variety of cabling for compatibility with a variety of cabling schemes. schemes.

VRX932LAP VRX932LAP

VRX932LAP VRX918S VRX918S For applications requiring the sonic and practical

VRX918S For applications requiring the sonic and practical advantages of integrating subwoofers For applications requiring the sonic and practical advantages of array integrating the the subwoofers into the flying JBL offers VRX918S, a advantages of integrating the subwoofers into the into array JBLsuspendable offers the VRX918S, a highthe power, subwoofer flying compact, arraythe JBL flying offers VRX918S, a compact, compact, highanpower, suspendable subwoofer system using 18" Differential Drive® woofer in high power, suspendable subwoofer system using system using anvented 18" Differential Drive® woofer in front-loaded, enclosure. The VRX918S an 18"a Differential Drive® woofer in a front-loaded, a enclosure. front-loaded, vented enclosure. VRX918S designed use inThe arrays with ventedwas Thespecifically VRX918S wasfor designed specifically for use in arrays VRX932LA wasVRX932LA designed specifically for use in arrays with the Line with Arraythe speaker and VRX-AF Line Array speaker and VRX-AF Array Frame. It may the VRX932LA Array speaker and VRX-AF Array Frame. It Line may also flown in arrays consisting also flown inFrame. arrays consisting VRX918S Array It may also flownofin arrays consisting entirely of VRX918S orentirely ground stacked. or ground stacked. entirely of VRX918S or ground stacked. The VRX918S, with the exception of the VRX918SThe VRX918S, with the exception of the VRX918SThe VRX918S, with theaexception of thethreaded, VRX918SWH, is equipped with top-mounted, WH, is equipped with a top-mounted, threaded, WH,mm is equipped with top-mounted, threaded, 20 socket that canareceive the optional SS420 mm socket that can receive the optional SS420 mm socket that can receive the optional SS4BK pole. Users who don’t require a suspendable BK pole. Users who don’t require a suspendable BK pole. Users don’t a suspendable subwoofer can optacoustically for therequire acoustically identical subwoofer can opt for who the identical subwoofer can opt for the acoustically identical SRX718S SRX718S sub. sub.

SRX718S sub. VRX918SP VRX918SP VRX918SP The VRX918SP is a powered, suspendable The VRX918SP is a powered, suspendable subwoofer system system containing a 2268FF suspendable The VRX918SP is acontaining powered, subwoofer a 2268FF neodymium magnet, patented Differential Drive®, subwoofer system containing aDifferential 2268FF neodymium magnet, patented Drive®, 18" woofer in a front-loaded, vented enclosure. neodymium patented Differential Drive®, 18" woofer inmagnet, a front-loaded, vented enclosure. The VRX918SP wasin designed specifically for useenclosure. 18" awas front-loaded, Thewoofer VRX918SP designed vented specifically for use in arrays with the VRX932LAP Line Array speaker The VRX918SP wasVRX932LAP designed specifically for use in arrays with the Line Array speaker and VRX-AF Array Frame. In addition it may also in in arrays with the VRX932LAP Line Array speaker and VRX-AF Array Frame. it may also be used arrays consisting entirelyInofaddition VRX918SP andused VRX-AF Array Frame. In addition it may also be in arrays consisting entirely VRX918SP subwoofers. Equally at home in ground stackedof be used arrays consisting VRX918SP subwoofers. Equally homeentirely inwith ground stacked applications, theinVRX918SP isat equipped a of topsubwoofers. at home ground applications, themm VRX918SP isin equipped with a mounted, threaded, Equally 20 socket that can receivestacked applications, the VRX918SP is equipped withcan a top-mounted, threaded, 20 mm socket that the optional SS4-BK pole.

top-mounted, threaded, 20 mm receive the optional SS4-BK pole.socket that can receive the optional SS4-BK pole.

VRX918SP (Back View)

VRX918SP (Back View) VRX918SP (Back View)

The two most popular VRX900 models are now available in a powered version The two most popular VRX900 formodels a setupare even faster and now available in easier. a The two that’s most popular VRX900 The JBL DrivePack® DPC-2 powered version for a amplifier setup models are now available in athat’s module with integrated DSP provides even faster and easier. The JBL powered version a setup that’s the power and systemfor management. DrivePack® DPC-2 amplifier module even fasterTechnology and easier. The JBL Dual Bridged directly links with integrated DSP provides the DrivePack® DPC-2 amplifier module discrete amplifier channel outputs with power and system management. with integrated provides the each voice-coil in theDSP Differential Drive Dual Bridged Technology directly woofer toand deliver the most efficient power system management. links discrete amplifier channel power Dualmatch. Bridged Technology directly

outputs with each voice-coil in the links discrete amplifier channel Differential to deliver outputs withDrive eachwoofer voice-coil in the the most efficient power match. Differential Drive woofer to deliver the most efficient power match.

Page 323

Harman Pro Group | 2010

VRX928LA The VRX928LA is a lightweight (28 lb /system 13 kg) compact 8" two-way linearray speaker The VRX928LA is a lightweight (28 lb / 13 kg) compact 8" linearray system designed fortwo-way use in arrays of upspeaker to six units. compact 8" two-way linearray speaker system designed for use in arrays of of up totosix VRX928LA is the when line-array designed for ideal use inchoice arrays up sixunits. units. VRX928LA is the ideal choice when line-array performance isisneeded but the venue size doesn’t VRX928LA the ideal choice when line-array performance is needed butbut the venue doesn’t call for the very long-throw characteristics the performance is needed the venuesize sizeof doesn’t call for the long-throw characteristics larger VRX932LA. call forvery the very long-throw characteristicsof of the larger VRX932LA. larger As many asVRX932LA. six VRX928LA speaker systems may be

One orortwo maymay also beintegrated used two VRX932LAP’s also be used on aOne tripod orVRX932LAP’s over subwoofers. The on a tripod oversubwoofers. subwoofers. The a tripod ororover Theintegrated integrated rigging hardware is used to securely lock rigging hardware is used to securely lock the rigging hardware iswhile used to securely lockpole the array together the dual-angle array together while the dual-angle pole socket the array together whileflexibility. the dual-angle pole socket provides aiming As many provides aiming flexibility. As many as five socket provides aiming flexibility. Asmay many as five VRX932LAP speaker systems be VRX932LAP speaker systems may be suspended asafive VRX932LAP speaker systems may be suspended in aforsingle arrayvertical for a nominal in single array a nominal coverage suspended in a single array forSuspended a nominal vertical coverage of up to 75°. of up to 75°. Suspended applications require vertical coverage up 75°. Suspended applications require thetoor JBL VRX-AF the JBL VRX-AF arrayofframe eye bolts array applications the JBL separately). VRX-AF array frame or separately). eye require bolts (available (available

Section:

PORTABLE PRODUCTS PORTABLE PRODUCTS PORTABLE PRODUCTS

VRX900 VRX900 Series Series VRX900 Series

The VRX928LA is designed to fit The perfectly on topisthe compact VRX928LA designed to VRX915S 15" subwoofer. This system fit perfectly on top the compact is designed to work in even smaller VRX915S 15" subwoofer. The VRX928LA is designedThis to system spaces to be portable. designed to work inultra even smaller fit is perfectly onand top the compact spaces and to besystem ultra portable. VRX915S 15" subwoofer. This is designed to work in even smaller spaces and to be ultra portable.

VRX928LA (2 shown) VRX928LA (2 shown)

VRX932LA-1 (3 shown) VRX932LA-1 VRX932LAP (3 shown) VRX932LA-1 (3VRX932LAP shown)

VRX928LA (2 shown)

VRX932LAP

Harman Pro Group | 2010

VRX918S VRX918SP

VRX918S VRX918S VRX918SP VRX918SP

VRX915S

VRX915S VRX915S

Section:

06 VRX915M VRX915M

specifications specifications specifications VRX928LA VRX928LA VRX928LA-WH VRX928LA-WH

VRX915M

VRX932LA-1 VRX932LA-1 VRX932LA-WH VRX932LA-WH

VRX915SVRX915S VRX918S VRX918S VRX915M VRX932LAP VRX915M VRX932LAP VRX915S-WH VRX915S-WH VRX918S-WH VRX928LA VRX932LA-1 VRX915S VRX918S-WH VRX918S VRX918SP VRX918SP 15" Two-way Stage Monitor 12" Two-way, Powered Line 12"VRX932LA-WH Two-way, Powered Line 12" Two-way, powered Line 15" Bass-reflex Subwoofer 18" Bass-reflexVRX918S-WH Subwoofer 18" Bass-reflex Powered SYSTEM TYPE VRX915M VRX928LA-WH VRX932LAP VRX915S-WH 12" Two-way, Powered Line 12" Two-way, Powered Line 12" Two-way, powered Line 15" Bass-reflex Subwoofer 18" Bass-reflex Subwoofer VRX918SP 18" Bass-reflex Powered SYSTEM TYPE 15" Two-way Stage Monitor Array Loudspeaker System Array Loudspeaker System Array Loudspeaker System Subwoofer

Array Loudspeaker System ArrayTwo-way, Loudspeaker System Loudspeaker System 12" Two-way, Powered Line 12" Powered Line Array 12" Two-way, powered Line 15" Bass-reflex Subwoofer 18" Bass-reflex Subwoofer Subwoofer 18" Bass-reflex Powered 57 Hz - 20 kHz 57 Hz - 20 kHz 35 Hz - 250 Hz 31 Hz - 220 Hz 31 Hz - 220 Hz Array Array Subwoofer 57 Hz Loudspeaker - 20 kHz System 57 Hz Loudspeaker - 20 kHz System 35 Hz - 250 Hz 31 Hz - 220 Hz 31 Hz - 220 Hz 75 Hz - 20 kHz 75 Hz - 20 kHz 40 Hz - 250 Hz 34 Hz - 220 Hz 34 Hz - 220 Hz 57 57 35 31 75 Hz - 20 kHz 75 Hz - 20 kHz 40 Hz - 250 Hz 95 dB SPL 31 34 Hz - 220 Hz 34 Hz - 220 Hz Passive: 95 dB SPL, Passive: 95 dB SPL, 91 dB SPL 75 HzLF:- 95 2095dB kHz 75LF:Hz95-dB 2095SPL kHz 40 dB Hz -SPL 250 Hz 34 dB Hz -SPL 220 Hz 34 Hz - 220 Hz Passive: dBSPLSPL, dB SPL, 91 95 Bi-Amp Bi-AmpPassive: 3SPL Bi-AmpBi-Amp Bi-Amp HF 114 HF 114 dB Bi-Amp LF: 95SPL dB LF: 953dB Passive: 95dB dB SPL, Passive: 95SPL dB SPL,SPL 91 dB SPL 95 dB SPL Bi-Amp HF dBSPL SPL3 Bi-Amp HF dBSPL SPL3 Bi-Amp HF dBSPL SPL3 LF: 108 90 dB LF: 114 95 dB LF: 114 95 dB NOMINAL IMPEDANCE: 3 8 ohms 2 x 2 ohms ohms / HF: 4 ohms 8Bi-Amp ohms HF 108 dB SPL3 8 ohms PASSIVE 8 ohms Bi-Amp HF 114 dB SPL3 LF: 2 x 2Bi-Amp HF 114 dB SPL4 ohms NOMINAL IMPEDANCE: LF: 8 ohms/HF: 16 ohms LF: 88 ohms/HF: BI-AMP 8 ohms 8 ohms 2 x 2 ohms LF: 2 x 2 ohms / HF: 4 ohms 4 ohms 8 ohms ohms 16 ohms PASSIVE NOMINAL IMPEDANCE: 2 2 127 dB SPL continuous 130 dB SPL peak 126dB SPL peak 2 2 x 2 ohms SPL22 x 2 ohms / HF: 4126dB Passive: 122 dB SPL dB SPL 216 ohms136 dBLF: MAXIMUM SPL @ 1 m 8 ohms LF: 8 ohms/HF: 162ohms Passive: LF: 8130 ohms/HF: BI-AMP ohms 8 ohms ohmsSPL4peak 8 ohms 8 ohms PASSIVE 133 dB SPL peak 2 Bi-amp LF: 122 dB SPL Bi-amp LF: 130 dB SPL 2 2 LF: 8 ohms/HF: LF: 8 ohms/HF: 126dB SPL peak 2 130 dB SPL peak 2 126dB SPL peak 2 136 dB SPL 2 Passive: 122 dB16 SPLohms Passive: 130 dB16 SPLohms MAXIMUM SPLBI-AMP @ 1 m 127 dB SPL continuous Bi-amp HF: 128 dB SPL 3 Bi-amp HF: 139 dB SPL 3 2 2 2 2 2 133 dB SPL peak Bi-amp LF: 122 dB Bi-amp LF: 130 dB SPL 127800 continuous 126dB SPL peak 130 dB SPL 126dB SPL peak 2 136 dB :SPL 2 Passive: 122W dB SPLSPL Passive: 130 dB SPL MAXIMUM SPL @ 1 m 2 4 800 W / 1600 W 4 peak 800 W / 1600 W / 3200 W / 3200 W Internal DPC-2 : 750W Internal DPC-2 W / 1600 W / 3200 W 400 W / 800 / 1600 W 800 W / 1600 W / 3200 W POWER RATING: PASSIVE 3 2 Bi-amp HF:122 128 dBSPL SPL 3 Bi-amp HF: 139dB dB SPL LF:W130 2 875W Cont. / 1750W Peak LF: 400 WLF: / 800 W dB / 1600 W 2 LF: 800 W / 1600 / 3200 WSPL BI-AMP 133 dB SPL peak Bi-amp dB SPLW3 HF: 800 Bi-amp SPL 3WLF: 750Internal 800 W / 1600 W / 3200 W 4 800 W / 1600 W / 3200 W4 Internal DPC-2 : 750W DPC-2 400 800 W//120W 1600 / HF: 1600 /W 3200 POWER RATING: PASSIVE 800 W / 1600 W / 3200 W 2 HF: 30WW/ HF: / 60128 W 75 WW/ 150 W139 /W 300dB W / HF:125 W : Continuous/Program/Peak / 1750W Peak 800 W / 1600 W / 3200 W 4 800 W / 1600 W / 3200 W4 Internal DPC-2 : 750W LF: / 800 / 1600WW 2 LF: / 1600WW/ /3200 3200W W 2 875W BI-AMP 800 W / 1600 W / 3200 W 2 InternalCont. DPC-2 : 400400 W /W800 WW / 1600 800800 WW / 1600 POWER RATING: PASSIVE 2 LF: HF: 30x 15º W / 60 75 W / 1600 150 W / 3200 300 W 750Cont. W / HF:125 WPeak Continuous/Program/Peak 875W / 1750W LF: 400 800WW/ /120W 1600 W 2100ºHF: LF:x 800 W BI-AMP 100º 15º 100º x 15º 50º x 90º NOMINAL DISPERSION 30 2168H-1 W / 60 W(8/in) 120W 1 x JBL HF:2262H 75 W /(12 150in)W / 300 W1 x JBL LF: 750(12 W /in)HF:125 W1 x JBL 2265G-1 (15 in) Continuous/Program/Peak 1HF: x JBL 2262FF 1 x JBL 2268FF (18 in) 1 x JBL 2268H (18 in) TRANSDUCERS: LF 1 x JBL 2265H 100º 15º (1 in) x 15º(1.5 in) 15ºin) 2 x JBLx 2414H 3 x 100º JBL 2408J 3 x JBL100º 2408Jx(1.5 JBL 2452H (4 in) Differential Drive Woofer Differential Drive Woofer Differential Drive Woofer NOMINAL DISPERSION HF 50º1xx90º x 15º x 90º x 15º 25 mm multi-ply 18 mm - 25 mm multi-ply - 25 mm multi-ply(12 in)15/18 mm1birch mm birch plywood 15 18 in) mm, 11- ply1 birch NOMINAL DISPERSION 1100º xmm JBLx -15º 2168H-1 (8 in) 1100º x JBL 2262H (12 in) 15mm 1100º x 15/18 JBL 2265H x JBL 2262FF 1 x JBL 2268FF (18 in) x JBLplywood 2265G-1 (15 x JBL 2268H 18 (18mm, in) 11- ply birch ENCLOSURE TRANSDUCERS: LF 150º birch plywood birch13xplywood plywood plywood JBL 2414H (1(8in)in) xJBL JBL2262H 2408J (1.5 in) birch plywood JBL2262FF 2408J (1.5 Differential Drive Differential Drive(15 Woofer Differential Drive 12xxJBL 2168H-1 (12 in) 2265H (4 in) 13xxJBL (12 in) 1 x JBL 2268FF (18Woofer in) 1 x JBL 2265G-1 in) 1 x JBL 2268H (18Woofer in) TRANSDUCERS: HF LF 1 x JBL 2452H Black DuraFlex finish Black DuraFlex™ DuraFlex finish finish Black DuraFlex18 finish FINISH 2 xmm JBL (1multi-ply in) 3 DuraFlex xmm JBL -2408J (1.5multi-ply in) Black DuraFlex 1 x Black JBLmm 2452H (4 plywood in)finish 3 x JBL-finish 2408J in)Black DuraFlex Differential Woofer Differential Driveplywood Woofer Differential Woofer HF 15/18 15 -2414H 25 mm 18 25finish mm birch 15mm 25 mm(1.5 multi-ply 18 mm, 11- Drive ply birch 15/18 mm birch mm, 11- Drive plyBlack birch ENCLOSURE Speakon (x2) Neutrik Speakon NL-4multi-ply (x2) AC: Neutrik PowerCon Neutrik® Speakon® Neutrik PowerCon Neutrik Speakon Neutrik Speakon INPUT CONNECTORS 15/18 birch birch plywood birch plywood plywood plywood 15 mmplywood - 25 mmNL-4 multi-ply 18 mm - 25 mm mm birch plywood Neutrik 15mm - 25 mm multi-ply 18 mm, 11- ply birch 15/18NL-4 mm(x2) birch plywood 18 NL-4 mm,(x2) 11- plyAC: birch ENCLOSURE NL-4 (x2) birch plywood birch plywood birch plywood plywood plywood Black DuraFlex finish Black DuraFlex finish (NAC 3MPA) Black DuraFlex finish DuraFlex finish Black DuraFlex finish Black DuraFlex(NAC finish3MPA) Black FINISH Black DuraFlex™ finish 230 x 419 x 267 mm 349 x 597 x 381 mm 349 x 597 x 444 mm 629 x 432 x 324 mm 508 x 597 x 749 mm 496 x 420 x 597 mm 508 x 597 x 749 mm DIMENSIONS Black DuraFlex™ finish Black DuraFlex finish Black DuraFlex finish BlackNeutrik DuraFlex finish BlackNeutrik DuraFlex finish Black DuraFlex finish (x2) Neutrik Black DuraFlex finish FINISH Neutrik® Neutrik Neutrik Speakon® PowerCon (x2) INPUT CONNECTORS 9.0 x 16.5Speakon x 10.5 inNL-4 (x2) 13.75 x 23.5 Speakon x 15.0 in NL-4 (x2) 13.75 xAC: 23.5 x 17.5 inPowerCon19.5 x 16.5Neutrik 20.0NL-4 x 23.5 x 29.5 AC: in x 23.5 inSpeakon NL-4 20.0 x 23.5 x 29.5 in Speakon (H x W x D) 24.75 x 17 x 12.75 in NL-4 (x2) Speakon® (NAC 3MPA)PowerCon (NAC 3MPA)PowerCon Neutrik Speakon NL-4 (x2) Neutrik Speakon NL-4 (x2) Neutrik® AC: Neutrik AC: Neutrik Neutrik Speakon NL-4 (x2) Neutrik Speakon NL-4 (x2) INPUTNET CONNECTORS 12.7 kg (28 lb) 21.0 kg (46 lb) 24.0 kg (52 lb) 38.5 kg (85 lb) 26 kg (57 lb) 37 kg (81 lb) WEIGHT (each) 21 kg (46 lb) NL-4x(x2) (NACx 3MPA) (NACx 3MPA) 230 x 419 x 267 mm 2 349 x 597 x 381 mm 432 x 324 mm 349 597 x 444 mm 508 597 x 749 mm 496 x 420 x 597 mm 508 x 597 x 749 mm DIMENSIONS 629 1 “Frequency Range” and “Frequency Response” 3 HF driver sensitivity is based on measurements 4 40 - 120 Hz pink noise, 6 dB crest factor, 2 hrs. IEC filtered noise with 6 dB crest factor, 2 hrs. 9.0 x 16.5 x 10.5 in 13.75 x 23.5 x 15.0 in 24.75 x 17 x 12.75 in 13.75 x 23.5 x 17.5 in 20.0 23.5x x749 29.5mm in 19.5 x 16.5 x 23.5 in 20.0 x 23.5 x 29.5 in (H x W x D) 230 419 x 267 mm 349 x 597 x 381 mm 629 x 432 x 324 mm 349 x 597 x 444 mm 508 xx597 496 x 420 x 597 mm 508 x 597 x 749 mm are based on half-space conditions. averaged between 1.5 kHz – 16 kHz DIMENSIONS 9.0 16.5 10.5 in 13.75 x 15.0 in x 17lb) x 12.75 in 13.75 x 17.5 in 20.0 19.5 16.5lb)x 23.5 in 20.0 23.5lb)x 29.5 in (H x W x D) 24.75 12.7xkg (28xlb) 21.0 kgx 23.5 (46 lb) 21 kg (46 24.0 kgx 23.5 (52 lb) 38.5 xkg23.5 (85 xlb)29.5 in 26 kgx(57 37 kgx(81 NET WEIGHT (each) 12.7 kg (28 lb) 21.0 kgnoise (46 lb) 24.02kghrs. (52 lb) 3 HF driver sensitivity kg (46 lb) Range” and “Frequency 38.56 kg lb)factor, 2 hrs. 26 kg (57is lb) 37 kg (814lb) 1 “Frequency 2 IEC filtered NET WEIGHT (each) 21 Response” with 6 dB crest factor, based on measurements 40 - 120 Hz pink noise, dB (85 crest

SYSTEM TYPE 15" Two-way Stage Monitor FREQ. RANGE (-10 dB)1 60 Hz - 20 kHz - 20 kHz FREQ. RANGE (-10 dB)1 1 60 Hz FREQ. RESPONSE (±3dB) 70 Hz - 20 kHz - 20 kHz FREQ.RESPONSE RANGE (-10 dB)1 60 70 Hz FREQ. (±3dB) 98 dB SPL SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 m 70 dB Hz -SPL 20 kHz FREQ. RESPONSE1(±3dB) SENSITIVITY: W, 1 m1 98 SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 m 98 dB SPL

70 Hz - 20 kHz Array 70 Hz Loudspeaker - 20 kHz System 87 Hz - 19 kHz 70 87 Hz - 20 19 kHz Passive: 90 dB SPL, 87 Hz - LF: 199090 kHz Passive: dBdBSPL, Bi-Amp SPL Bi-Amp SPL Bi-Amp 90dB dB SPL3 Passive:HFLF: 90108 dB SPL,

based on half-space conditions. 1 are “Frequency Range” and “Frequency Response” are based on half-space conditions.

Page 324

2 IEC filtered noise with 6 dB crest factor, 2 hrs.

between 1.5 kHz – 16 kHz 3 averaged HF driver sensitivity is based on measurements averaged between 1.5 kHz – 16 kHz

4 40 - 120 Hz pink noise, 6 dB crest factor, 2 hrs.

LOUDSPEAKER COMPONENTS LOUDSPEAKER COMPONENTS LOUDSPEAKER COMPONENTS

Cone Cone Transducers Transducers & & Compression Compression Drivers Drivers 2226H/J 2226H/J

Cone Transducers & Compression Drivers

Manufacturing our own component transducers has historically set JBL apart Manufacturing own component has historically setour JBLnumerous apart from most otherour loudspeaker systemtransducers manufacturers, and some of from most other loudspeaker system manufacturers, and some of our numerous Manufacturing our own component transducers historically set JBL apart units component transducers are available as saleshasmodels. All low-frequency component transducers are available as sales models. All low-frequency from most other loudspeaker system manufacturers, and some of numerous and compression drivers have been pre-qualified during theour design phaseunits with and compression drivers have been pre-qualified during the design phase with component transducers are available as sales models. All low-frequency units JBL's rigorous 100-hour 'torture test'. Units shown are legendary workhorses, and compression drivers have been pre-qualified during thedesigns. design phaseworkhorses, with JBL's rigorous 100-hour 'torture test'. shown are legendary often purchased in quantity for use inUnits custom system JBL's rigorous 100-hour 'torturefor test'. shown are legendary workhorses, often purchased in quantity useUnits in custom system designs.

2226H/J

often purchased in quantity for use in custom system designs.

2241H 2241H 2241H

2206H 2206H

2426H/J 2426H/J

2206H

SVG™ SERIES CONE TRANSDUCERS SERIES CONE TRANSDUCERS SVG™SVG™ SERIES CONE TRANSDUCERS Low-frequency Maximum Output Low-frequency Maximum Output Low-frequency Maximum Output Transducers MODEL: 2242H Transducers MODEL: 2242H Transducers MODEL: 2242H The 2242H low-frequency transducer incorporates The 2242H low-frequency transducer incorporates

NOMINAL IMPEDANCE

NOMINAL IMPEDANCE POWER CAPACITY 1 NOMINAL IMPEDANCE POWER CAPACITY1 1W, 1 m SENSITIVITY, 1 (Averaged) POWER CAPACITY FREQUENCY 1RANGE (-10 dB) SENSITIVITY, W, 1 m (Averaged) RECOMMENDED SENSITIVITY, 1 W,CROSSOVER 1m (Averaged) FREQUENCYDIAPHRAGM: RANGE (-10 dB) SIZE FREQUENCY RANGE (-10 MATERIAL dB) RECOMMENDED CROSSOVER VOICE COILSIZE MATERIAL RECOMMENDED CROSSOVER DIAPHRAGM: FLUX DENSITY DIAPHRAGM: MATERIAL SIZE DIAMETER VOICEDIMENSIONS: COIL MATERIAL DEPTH VOICE COIL FLUXMATERIAL DENSITY NET WEIGHT (each) FLUXDIAMETER DENSITY DIMENSIONS: DEPTH DIMENSIONS: DIAMETER NET WEIGHT DEPTH (each) NET WEIGHT (each)

2206H 2206H 300 (12 mmin) (12 in) 2206H 300 mm

8 ohms mm (12 in) 8300 ohms 600 W 1 8 ohms 600 W1 951 dB SPL 2 2 600dBWSPL 95 45 Hz - 3.5 kHz 2 95 Hz dB -SPL 45 3.5 1500 HzkHz 45 Hz100 - 3.5mm kHz(4 in) 1500 Hz 1500mm Hz (4 in) 100 Edgewound aluminum 100 mm (4 in) ribbon Edgewound 2.5% ribbon aluminum Edgewound 7.8 kg ribbon (17.1 lb) aluminum 2.5% 2.5% 7.8 kg (17.1 lb) 7.8 kg2426H/J (17.1 lb)

8 ohms (H) 2426H/J 16 ohms (J) 82426H/J ohms 70 (H) W above 800 Hz 16 ohms (J) 8 ohms 100(H) W above 1.2 kHz 16 W ohms 70 above 110 (J) dB 2800 Hz 100 above kHz kHz -800 41.2 kHz) 70 WW(1above Hz 2 Hz - 20 100 dB W500 above 1.2kHz kHz 110 (1 -24HzkHz) 800 or higher 110kHz dB (1 kHz 420kHz) 500 Hz44--mm kHz (1 3⁄4 in) titanium 500 HzPure - 20higher kHz 800 or ribbon 3⁄4 in) 800mm HzAluminum or 44 (1 higher 1.8 T (18,000 Puremm titanium 44 (1 3⁄4 in) gauss) 149 mm (5.875 in) Pure titanium Aluminum ribbon 104 mm (4.125 in) Aluminum ribbon 1.8 T (18,000 gauss) 4.3 kg (9.5 lb)

1.8 Tmm (18,000 gauss) 149 (5.875 in) 104 149 mm (4.125 (5.875 in) 104 mm (4.125 4.3 kg (9.5 lb) in) 4.3 kg (9.5 lb)

2451H/J

2450H/J

49 mm - 2" EXIT COMPRESSION DRIVER 49 mm EXIT COMPRESSION DRIVER (100 mm-- 2" 4" Diaphragm)

49 mm - 2" EXIT COMPRESSION DRIVER (100 mm - 4" Diaphragm) The- 4" 2450H/J uses the optimized configuration of (100 mm Diaphragm) The JBL 2426H/J incorporates JBL’s titanium The 2450H/J uses the optimized configuration diamond diaphragm for ruggedness and the Coherent Wave phasing plug design, The JBL 2426H/J incorporates JBL’s titanium The 2450H/J uses the optimized configuration of offeringof diamond forruggedness ruggedness the Coherent Wave phasing plugoffering design, outstanding frequency response. coherent summation of acoustical power offering up to diamond diaphragm diaphragm for andand the Coherent Wave phasing plug design, outstanding frequencyresponse. response. coherent summation of acoustical up to much higher frequencies than previous outstanding frequency coherent summation of acoustical power uppower to designs. 38 mm - 11⁄2" EXIT COMPRESSION DRIVER muchmuch higher frequencies than previous designs. higher frequencies than previous designs. It also incorporates a neodymium rare-earth 1 1 38mm mm 22""EXIT DRIVER 38 EXITCOMPRESSION COMPRESSION DRIVER (100 mm-- 14"⁄⁄Diaphragm) It alsomagnet a neodymium rare-earth Itincorporates also incorporates a neodymium rare-earth assembly that provides the equivalent (10038 mm Diaphragm) (100 mm - 4"exit Diaphragm) The mm on the 2451H/J compression magnet assembly that provides the equivalent magnet assembly that provides the equivalent electromechanical conversion efficiency at twoThe38 38allows mm exit on the compression ™ phasing plug The mm exit on the2451H/J 2451H/J compression driver the Coherent Wave electromechanical conversion efficiency atweight two- required electromechanical conversion efficiency at twothirds the size and one-third the ™ phasing plug driver allows the Coherent Wave ™ ™ phasing plug thirdsby driver allows the Coherent Wave Aperture to directly couple with Optimized theprevious size and one-third the weight thirds the size andformat one-third therequired weightdriver required large compression ™ to directly couple with Optimized Aperture ™ ® horns by previous large format compression driver to directly couplefor with Optimized Aperture lower distortion and better Bi-Radial by previous large format compression driver designs. Bi-Radial® horns for lower distortion and better designs. horns for lower and better Bi-Radial®control. coverage The largedistortion format 100 mm designs. coverage control. The large format 100 mm coverage control. design The large formatJBL’s 100 exclumm (4 in) diaphragm includes (4 in) diaphragm design includes JBL’s exclu(4sive in)three diaphragm design includes JBL’swhich exclusive dimensional diamond pattern which three dimensional diamond pattern Note: 8 ohms impedance and is 16 ohms impedance. versionHisversion 8 ohmsisimpedance and J version is 16J version ohms impedance. sive threethe dimensional diamond which increases driver’soutput output 5 kHz tokHz 20 kHz Note: HNote: increases the driver’s in in thethe 5pattern kHz to 20 H version is 8 ohms impedance and J version is 16 ohms impedance. increases thecombined driver’s output inCoherent the 5 kHz toWave 20 kHz range combined with the Coherent rangewhen when with the Wave range when phasing plug. phasing plug.combined with the Coherent Wave phasing plug.

specifications specifications specifications NOMINAL DIAMETER NOMINAL DIAMETER RATED IMPEDANCE NOMINAL DIAMETER RATED IMPEDANCE POWER CAPACITY RATED IMPEDANCE POWER CAPACITY SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 m POWER CAPACITY SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 m FREQUENCY RANGE (-10 dB) SENSITIVITY: 1(-10 W, 1dB) m FREQUENCY RANGE HIGHEST CROSSOVER FREQUENCY RANGE (-10 DIAMETER dB) HIGHEST CROSSOVER VOICE COIL HIGHEST CROSSOVER VOICE COIL DIAMETER VOICE COIL MATERIAL VOICE COIL DIAMETER MATERIAL HALF SPACECOIL REFERENCE EFFICIENCY VOICE MATERIAL WEIGHT (each) HALF SPACE REFERENCENET EFFICIENCY HALF SPACE REFERENCE EFFICIENCY NET WEIGHT (each) NET WEIGHT (each)

2450H/J 2450H/J

2226H/J 2226H/J 380mm mm(15 (15in) in) 2226H/J 380

2241H 2241H

460 mm in)in) 2241H 460 mm(18(18 8460 ohmsmm (18 in) 8 ohms 600 W 1 1 8 ohms 600 W 98 dB SPL1 2 600dBWSPL 2 98 30 Hz - 3 kHz 98 Hz dB SPL 2 30 800 Hz - 3 kHz 30 HzHz-(43 kHz 800 100 mm in) 800 mm Hz (4 in) 100 Edgewound aluminum 100 mm ribbon (4 in) Edgewound 2.9% aluminum Edgewoundribbon 10.7 kg (23.5 ribbon lb) aluminum 2.9%

8 ohms (H); in) 16 ohms (J) mm(H); (15 8380 ohms 16 ohms (J) 600 W1 1 8 ohms 600 W (H); 16 ohms (J) 97 dB1SPL 2 2 600dBWSPL 97 30 Hz - 2.5 kHz 2 97 Hz dB -SPL 30 2.5 1200 Hz kHz 30100 HzHz -mm 2.5(4kHz 1200 in) 1200 Hz (4 in) 100 mm Edgewound aluminum ribbon 100 mm (4 in) Edgewound 3.3% ribbon aluminum Edgewound 8.7 kg (19.25 lb) aluminum ribbon 3.3% 3.3% 8.7 kg (19.25 lb) 8.72451H/J kg (19.25 lb)

10.7 kg (23.5 lb) 2450H/J

8 ohms (H) 2451H/J 16 ohms (J) 82451H/J ohms 100 W(H) above 500 Hz 16 ohms (J) 1 kHz 8 ohms 150 W(H) above 16111 ohms 2(J) 500 Hz 100 WdBabove 150 W Hz above kHzHz - 2.51500 kHz) 100(500 2 - 20 kHz 150500dB WHzabove 1 kHz 111 (500 Hz kHz) Hz2-or2.5 higher 111500dB (500 Hz 2.5 kHz) 500 --20 100Hz mm (4kHz in) - 20higher kHz 500Pure Hztitanium or ribbon 500Aluminum Hz or(4higher 100 mm in) T (19,000 gauss) Pure titanium 1001.9mm (4 in) 167titanium mm (6.6 in) Pure Aluminum ribbon 76 mm (3 in) Aluminum ribbon 1.9 T (19,000 gauss) 4.5 kg (10 lb)

8 ohms (H) 2450H/J 16 ohms (J) 82450H/J ohms (H) 500 Hz 100 W above 16 ohms (J)1 kHz 8 ohms (H) 150 W above 16 dB ohms (J) 500 Hz 100 W2 above 111 aboveband) 1500 kHzHz (2150 kHzWoctave 100 2 kHz 1 kHz 150HzdB W- 20 above 500 111 2higher band) (2 500 HzdBoroctave 111kHz (2 kHz band) 500 Hzoctave - 20 100 mm (4 in)kHz Pure - 20higher kHz 500titanium Hz or Aluminum ribbon 500 mm Hz or(4 higher 100 in) 1.9 Pure titanium 100T (19,000 mm (4 gauss) in) 167 mmtitanium (6.6 in) Pure Aluminum ribbon 139 mm (5.5 in) Aluminum ribbon 1.9 T (19,000 gauss) 4.8 kg (10.5 lb)

1.9 Tmm (19,000 gauss) 167 (6.6 in) 76 in) in) 167mm mm(3(6.6 76 (3 in) 4.5mm kg (10 lb) 4.5 kg (10 lb)

2.9% 10.7 kg (23.5 lb)

1.9 Tmm (19,000 gauss) 167 (6.6 in) 139 167 mm (5.5 (6.6 in) 139 mm (5.5lb) in) 4.8 kg (10.5 4.8 kg (10.5 lb)

2242H 2242H

460 mm (18 2242H 460 mmin)(18 in) 8 ohms mm (18 in) 8460 ohms 800 W 1 1 8 ohms 800 W 99 dB SPL 2 1 800dBWSPL 2 99 25 Hz - 1.6 kHz 99 Hz dB -SPL 25 1.62kHz 1.0 kHz 25 Hz 1.0 kHz 100 mm (4 in)1.6 kHz 1.0 kHz 100 mm (4 in) Edgewound aluminum ribbon 100 mm (4 in) Edgewound 4% aluminum Edgewoundribbon 13.2 4% kg (29 lb) ribbon aluminum

4% 13.2 kg (29 lb) 13.2 kg (29 lb)

2242H

2242H 2242H

1 AES standard (50 - 500 Hz)

2 Based on 1 a swept 100 to 500 Hz signal.

AES standard (50 - 500 Hz)

1 W is 2.83 V @ 8 ohms, 4.0V @ 16 ohms. 21 Based on a swept 100 to 500 Hz signal.

standard (50 - 500 Hz) 3 Based onAES standard IEC 268-1

W is 2.83 V @ 8 ohms, 4.0V @ 16 ohms. 2 1Based on500 a swept 100 tosignal. 500 Hz signal. 4 Based on a swept Hz to 2.5 kHz 3 Based on standard IEC 268-1 1 W is 2.83 V @ 8 ohms, 4.0V @ 16 ohms. 43 Based on a swept 500 Hz to 2.5 kHz signal. Based on standard IEC 268-1 4 Based on a swept 500 Hz to 2.5 kHz signal.

1 Continuous program power is defined as 3 dB greater than continuous

pink noise and is a conservative expression of the transducer’s ability to handle typical speech and music program material. 2 Sensitivity measured on a horn with a Q of 6.3.

1 Continuous program power is defined as 3 dB greater than continuous

noise and is a conservative expression of the transducer’s ability 1 pink Continuous program power is defined as 3 dB greater than continuous to handle typical speech and music program material. pink noise and is a conservative expression of the transducer’s ability to handle typical speech and music program material. 2 Sensitivity measured on a horn with a Q of 6.3. 2 Sensitivity measured on a horn with a Q of 6.3.

Page 325

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Thesepatented low-frequency incorporate JBL’s Ventedtransducers Gaptransducers Cooling technology These low-frequency incorporatein JBL’s patented Vented GapField Cooling technology an improved Symmetrical Geometry (SFG) inin JBL’s patented Vented Gap Cooling technology an improved Symmetrical FieldField Geometry (SFG) magnet JBL engineers optimized both anstructure. improved Symmetrical Geometry (SFG) structure. JBL engineers optimized both structure. JBLdensity engineers both magnetmagnet weight, flux andoptimized field saturation weight, flux field saturation magnetmagnet weight, flux density andand field saturation resulting in a reduction ofdensity overall driver weight and resulting in a reduction of overall driver weight and in areduction reduction overall driver weight and aresulting significant inofharmonic distortion. a significant reduction in harmonic distortion. a significant reduction in harmonic distortion.

™ technology for JBL’s patented Gapcapability improvement inSuper power handling while improvement inVented power handling capability while improvement in power handling capability while minimizing power compression. minimizing power compression. minimizing power compression.

2426H/J

25 mm - 1" EXIT COMPRESSION DRIVER 3 EXIT COMPRESSION DRIVER 25 mm - 1" (44 ⁄4" Diaphragm) 25mm mm- -11" COMPRESSION DRIVER 3 EXIT (44 mm 1 Diaphragm) The JBL 2426H/J incorporates JBL’s titanium (44 mm - 1 3⁄⁄44"" Diaphragm)

VGC™ SERIES CONE TRANSDUCERS VGC™VGC™ SERIES CONE TRANSDUCERS MODELS: 2206H, 2226H/J, 2241H SERIES CONE TRANSDUCERS MODELS: 2206H, 2226H/J, 2241H These low-frequency transducers incorporate MODELS: 2206H, 2226H/J, 2241H

™ technology The 2242H transducer forfor JBL’s patented SuperSuper Vented GapGap ™incorporates technology JBL’slow-frequency patented Vented

2451H/J 2451H/J

Section:

LOUDSPEAKER COMPONENTS LOUDSPEAKER COMPONENTS LOUDSPEAKER COMPONENTS

Horns Horns

Horns 2382A 2382A

OPTIMIZED APERTURE™ ™ ® HORN OPTIMIZED APERTURE MID-SIZE BI-RADIAL ® MID-SIZE BI-RADIAL HORN MODEL: 2352 OPTIMIZED APERTURE™

Harman Pro Group | 2010

® HORN Bi-Radial Horn MODEL: 2352BI-RADIAL The MID-SIZE Optimized Aperture Mid-Size MODEL: 2352 Thedesigned Optimized Mid-Size Bi-Radial Horn are toAperture provide high sound pressure The Optimized Aperture Mid-Size Bi-Radial Horn are designed to provide high pressure level at low distortion over thesound bandwidth of to 18 provide high sound pressure levelare atdesigned low distortion over thevery bandwidth of 630 Hz to beyond kHz with uniform low distortion over thevery bandwidth 630 level Hz toatbeyond 18 kHz with uniform horizontal and vertical coverage from an of 630 Hzsize to beyond 18 kHz withmodeling very uniform horizontal and vertical coverage from anwas used optimum horn. Extensive horizontal and vertical coverage from an optimum size Extensive modeling wasboth used to optimize thehorn. coverage pattern, reducing optimum size horn. Extensive modeling was used to optimizeand thesize. coverage pattern, reducing both distortion to optimize the coverage pattern, reducing both distortion andand size. distortion size.and vertical coverage Constant horizontal

Constant horizontal and vertical patterns provide easily predictable performance Constant horizontal and verticalcoverage coverage patterns provide easily predictable performance at any frequency oreasily orientation. Cluster design patterns provide predictable performance atsimplified any frequency oror orientation. Cluster design is and typical problems such as lobing at any frequency orientation. Cluster design issize simplified and typical problemssuch such as is simplified and typical problems aslobing lobing and are greatly reduced. greatly reduced. and and sizesize areare greatly reduced.

2370A 2370A

FLAT-FRONT BI-RADIAL® HORNS 2370AMODELS: ® HORNS FLAT-FRONT BI-RADIAL 2370A, 2380A, 2382A, 2385A,

2382A

2509A 2509A 2509A

HORN/DRIVER HORN/DRIVER MOUNTING SYSTEM MOUNTING SYSTEM MODELS: 2509A The 2509 Professional

® HORNS MODELS: 2370A, 2380A, 2382A, 2385A, 2386A FLAT-FRONT BI-RADIAL Mounting Bracket 2386A MODELS: 2509A MODELS: 2370A,Bi-Radial 2380A, 2382A, 2385A, The Flat-Front Horns are designed The 2509 Professional Mounting Bracket is facilitate easy 2386A Theflush Flat-Front Bi-Radial Horns are designed Theto2509 Professional Mounting Bracket is quick for cabinet mounting or compact cluster is designed designed to facilitate easy installations and installations and quick adjustability in a variety of The Bi-Radial Horns areordesigned forFlat-Front flush cabinet compact designed to facilitate easy applications. Themounting horns provide uniformcluster on adjustability in a variety of installations applications.and It quick applications. It 1⁄8" steel andIt forand flush mounting orprovide compactuniform applications. The hornsresponse on adjustability in a of variety of applications. offcabinet axis frequency atcluster the rated is manufactured rugged is manufactured of rugged 1⁄8" steel and1 applications. The horns provide uniform ⁄2509 8" steel and and off axis frequency response at on the rated is manufactured of rugged finished in black matte. The Professional frequencies. finished in black matte. The 2509 Professional and off axis frequency response at the rated finished black matte. The 2509 Professional frequencies. Mounting is notfor intended for suspension Bracketin is Bracket not intended suspension The horn’s small vertical mouth dimension (just Mounting frequencies. Mounting Bracket is not intended for suspension applications. The horn’s small vertical mouth dimension (just applications. slightly larger than the compression driver used The horn’s small vertical mouth dimension (just applications. slightly thanallows the compression driver used The 2509A is a two piece system that allows to drivelarger the horn) very compact single and The 2509A is a two piece system that allows slightly larger than the compression driver used Therotation 2509A a twoplanes—vertical, piece system that allows to drive horn) allows very to compact single and aiming and three aiming andinis rotation in three planes—vertical, horn/driver systems be put and together. tomultiple drive thethe horn) allows very compact single and rotation around axis. The planes—vertical, width aiming andand rotation in three multiple horn/driver systems be put together.horizontal horizontal rotation around axis. The width Should vertical pattern control be required multiple horn/driver systems to be to put together. slotsand androtation an included adaptor horizontal around axis. The width Should pattern control be required of the mounting slots and an included adaptor below 2vertical kHz,pattern two orcontrol more horns may be stackedof the mounting Should vertical be required usemounting with the andincluded the ™ of the slots and2350 an adaptor below 2 kHz, two orfull more horns may be stackedgasket allow performance. gasket allow use2350 withSeries the Series and the vertically to restore Bi-Radial below 2 kHz, two or more horns may be stacked ™ performance. ™ performance. 2380 Series. vertically to restore full Bi-Radial gasketSeries. allow use with the 2350 Series and the vertically to restore full Bi-Radial 2380

2380 Series.

HORN/DRIVER MOUNTING SYSTEM

specifications specifications specifications

MODELS: 2509A

Section:

THROAT SIZE THROAT SIZE THROAT SIZE ACCEPTS JBL DRIVERS ACCEPTS JBL DRIVERS ACCEPTS JBL DRIVERS NOMINAL DISPERSION NOMINAL DISPERSION NOMINAL DISPERSION DIRECTIVITY FACTOR (Q)(Q) DIRECTIVITY FACTOR DIRECTIVITY (Averaged) FACTOR (Q) (Averaged) (Averaged) DIRECTIVITY INDEX (DI)(DI) DIRECTIVITY INDEX (Averaged) DIRECTIVITY(Averaged) INDEX (DI) USABLE FREQ. LIMIT (Averaged) USABLE LOWLOW FREQ. LIMIT MIN. RECOMMENDED USABLE FREQ. LIMIT MIN.LOW RECOMMENDED CROSSOVER CROSSOVER MIN. RECOMMENDED 1 PRESSURE SENSITIVITY 1 CROSSOVER AXIALAXIAL PRESSURE SENSITIVITY CONSTRUCTION 1 AXIAL PRESSURE SENSITIVITY CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION MOUTH: HEIGHT MOUTH: HEIGHT WIDTH WIDTH MOUTH: HEIGHT LENGTH WIDTH LENGTH NET WEIGHT (each) NET WEIGHTLENGTH (each) NET WEIGHT (each)

2352 2352 1 2352 38 mm (1 1⁄2 in)

38 mm (11 ⁄2 in) 38 mm (12451H/J ⁄2 in) 2447H/J, 2447H/J, 2451H/J 2447H/J, 2451H/J 90° 90°HHxx40° 40°VV 90° 13 13H x 40° V (630 13(630HzHz--20 20 kHz) kHz) (630 1111 Hz - 20 kHz) 20 kHz) (630 11(630HzHz--20 500Hz Hz - 20 kHz) (630 Hz 500 500HzHz@@ 500 18 dB/octmin. min. 18 500dB/oct Hz @ 18112 dB/oct 112 dBdB min. Fiberglass 112 dB Fiberglass reinforced plastic reinforced plastic Fiberglass 457 mm (18 in) reinforced plastic 457 in) 559mm mm(18 (22 in) 559 457 (18 254mm mm(22 (10 in) in) 559 (22 254 2.2mm kg (6(10 lb) in) 254kg mm 2.2 (6 (10 lb) in) 2.2 kg (6 lb)

2370A THROAT SIZE ACCEPTS JBL DRIVERS THROAT SIZE NOMINAL THROAT SIZE ACCEPTS JBL DISPERSION DRIVERS DIRECTIVITY FACTOR (Q) ACCEPTS JBL DRIVERS NOMINAL DISPERSION (Averaged) NOMINAL DISPERSION DIRECTIVITY FACTOR DIRECTIVITY INDEX(Q)(DI) (Averaged) DIRECTIVITY FACTOR (Q) (Averaged) (Averaged) DIRECTIVITY INDEX USABLE LOW FREQ.(DI) LIMIT (Averaged) DIRECTIVITY INDEX (DI) MIN. RECOM. CROSSOVER (Averaged) USABLE LOW FREQ. LIMIT 1 AXIAL PRESSURE SENSITIVITY USABLE LOW FREQ. LIMIT MIN. RECOM. CROSSOVER CONSTRUCTION

RECOM.SENSITIVITY CROSSOVER1 AXIALMIN. PRESSURE 1 MOUTH: HEIGHT AXIAL PRESSURE SENSITIVITY CONSTRUCTION WIDTH CONSTRUCTION LENGTH MOUTH: HEIGHT NET WEIGHT (each) WIDTH MOUTH: HEIGHT WIDTH LENGTH NET WEIGHTLENGTH (each) NET WEIGHT (each)

25 mm (1 in) 2370A 2370A 252426H/J mm (1 in)

OPTIMIZED APERTURE™ OPTIMIZED APERTURE™ MID-SIZE BI-RADIAL® HORN MID-SIZE HORN OPTIMIZED APERTURE™ MODELBI-RADIAL® 2352

MODEL 2352 HORN MID-SIZE BI-RADIAL® MODEL 2352

2380A

2382A

2385A

2386A

49 mm (2 in) 2380A 2446H/J, 2380A 49 mm2450H/J, (2 in) 2485J 90°2446H/J, H xmm 40° V(22450H/J, 49 in) 2485J 10.72446H/J, 2450H/J, 2485J 90° H x 40° V (1 kHz - 16 kHz) 90° H x 40° V 10.310.7 (1 kHz 16 kHz) 10.7 (1 kHz - 16-kHz) (1HzkHz - 16 kHz) 40010.3 10.3 500(1 HzkHz - 16 kHz) (1dBkHz Hz- 16 kHz) 112400 400 Hz 500 Molded structural 500 dB Hzfoam 112 279Molded mmdB (11 in) 112 445 mm (17.5 in) structural Molded foam 236 mm (9.28 in) structural foam 279 mm (11 in) 2.2445 kg (6mm lb) (17.5 in)

49 mm (2 in) 2382A 2446H/J,2382A 492450H/J, mm (2 2485J in) 120° H x2446H/J, 40°mm V (22450H/J, 49 in) 2485J 9 2446H/J, 2450H/J, 120° H x 40° V 2485J (630 Hz - 20 kHz) 120° H x 40° V 7.9 9 Hz - 20 kHz) 9- 16 kHz) (500 Hz (630 (630 Hz - 20 kHz) 400 Hz 7.9 7.9 Hz - 16 kHz) 500 Hz (500 (500Hz Hz - 16 kHz) 110 dB 400 400 Hz Molded 500 structural foam 500 Hz 110 dB 279 mmMolded (11 in) 110 dB 445 mm (17.5 in) structural Molded foam 236 mm (9.28 in) structural foam 279 mm (11 in) 1.62 kg (3.5 445 lb) mm (17.5 in)

49 mm (2 in)2385A 2446H/J, 2450H/J, 2385A 49 mm2485J (2 in) 60° H x 40° V2446H/J, 49 mm (22450H/J, in) 2485J 19 2446H/J, 2485J 60° H x 40°2450H/J, V (1 kHz - 16 kHz) 60° H x 40° V 19 12.8 (1 19kHz - 16 kHz) (1 kHz - 16 kHz) (1 kHz - 16 kHz) 12.8 400 Hz (1 kHz - 16 kHz) 12.8 500 Hz (1 kHz 400 Hz- 16 kHz) 114 dB 400 Hz 500 Molded structural foam 500 dB Hz 114 279 mm (11 in) 114 dB Molded 445 mm (17.5 in) structural Molded foam 236 mm (9.28 in) structural foam 279 mm (11 in) 2.2 kg (6 lb) 445 mm (17.5 in)

49 mm (2 in) 2386A 2446H/J, 2450H/J,2386A 492485J mm (2 in) 40° H x 20° V 2446H/J, 49 mm (22450H/J, in) 2485J 44.9 2446H/J, 2485J 40° H x 20°2450H/J, V (2 kHz - 16 kHz) 40° H x 20° V 44.9 16.5 kHz - 16 kHz) 44.9 (2 kHz - 16 kHz) (2 (2 kHz - 16 kHz) 16.5 350 Hz (2 kHz - 16 kHz) 16.5 400 Hz (2 kHz 350 Hz- 16 kHz) 116 dB 350 Hz High density 400 solid polyurethane116 400 dB Hz 279 mm (11 in) High 116 dB density 445 mm (17.5 in) solid High polyurethane density 359 mm (14.4 in) solidmm polyurethane 279 (11 in) 5.5 kg (12 lb) 445 mm (17.5 in)

H x(140°in)V 2590° mm 2426H/J 12.2 2426H/J 90° H x 40° V (1 kHz - 16 kHz) 90° H x 40° V 12.2 10.9 (1 12.2 (1kHz kHz--16 16kHz) kHz) (1500 kHzHz- 16 kHz) 10.9 (1 kHzHz- 16 kHz) 10.9 630 (1110 kHz 500 HzdB- 16 kHz) 500 630 Hzdensity High solid 630 Hzpolyurethane 110 dB 173dB mm (6.81 in) 110 High density 445 mm (17.5 in) solid High polyurethane density 174 mm (6.84 in) solid polyurethane 173 mm (6.81 in) 1.4 kg (3 lb) in) 445 173 mm (17.5 (6.81 279 mm (11 in) 279 mm (11 in) 1 Measured on axis in the far field with 1 watt input and referred to 1 meter distance calculated by inverse square law. 445 (17.5 in) 445 mm (9.28 (17.5 in) 445 mm (9.28 (17.5 in) 174 mm (6.84 236 236 Listed sound pressure level represents an average from 1 kHz to 4 kHz. 174kg mm 236kg mm 236 mm (9.28 1.4 (3 (6.84 lb) in) 2.2 (6 (9.28 lb) in) 1.62 kg (3.5 lb)in) 1.4 kg (3 lb) on axis in the far field with 1 watt 2.2 kginput (6 lb)and referred to 1 meter distance1.62 kg (3.5 lb) 1 Measured calculated by inverse square law. Listed sound pressure level represents an average from 1 kHz to 4 kHz. 1 Measured on axis in the far field with 1 watt input and referred to 1 meter distance calculated by inverse square law. Listed sound pressure level represents an average from 1 kHz to 4 kHz.

Page 326

279 mm (11 in) 445 mm (9.28 (17.5 in) 236 236kg mm 2.2 (6 (9.28 lb) in) 2.2 kg (6 lb)

279 mm (11 in) 445 mm (14.4 (17.5 in) 359 359kg mm 5.5 (12(14.4 lb) in) 5.5 kg (12 lb)

Cinema Loudspeaker Systems Cinema Loudspeaker Systems

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

The history of JBL Cinema Speakers is the history of cinema itself. When The history of JBL Cinema Speakers is the history of cinema itself. When a company has a legacy nearly eight decades long, there’s little doubt a company has a legacy nearly eight decades long, there’s little doubt that its ear is planted firmly to the ground.

that its ear is planted firmly to the ground.

For most of the 20th Century, JBL has been the most trusted name in For most of the 20thitsCentury, JBL has been the most trustedbegan name in Cinema sound. In fact, namesake and founder James B. Lansing Cinema sound. In fact, its namesake and speakers. founder James B. Lansing began his company building the world’s first cinema That commitment his company buildingofthe world’s firstdesign cinema speakers. commitment to the core components cinema speaker is why, today,That JBL Cinema speakers are found in 6 out of movie speaker theaters around world. to the core components of10 cinema designthe is why, today, JBL Cinema

speakers are found in 6 out of 10 movie theaters thebeginworld. Ever since James B. Lansing developed cinema speakersaround at the very ning talking movies, JBL has consistently the bar on just how good Everofsince James B. Lansing developedset cinema speakers at the very beginthe movies can sound. That’s why the majority of Dolby® equipped cinemas ning of talking movies, JBL has consistently set the bar on just how good worldwide use JBL loudspeakers. It’s also why Lucasfilm engineers chose the movies can sound. That’s why the majority of Dolby® equipped cinemas JBL speakers as the standard with which the first THX® licensed commercial worldwide use JBL loudspeakers. It’s also why Lucasfilm engineers chose theaters were developed. JBL speakers as the standard with which the first THX® licensed commercial

Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences Samuel Goldwyn Theater: Hollywood, California

Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences “Academy Award” and “Oscar” image © AMPAS®. THX® Lucasfilm, LTD. Samuel Goldwyn Theater: Hollywood, California “Academy Award” and “Oscar” image © AMPAS®. THX® Lucasfilm, LTD.

Unparalleled in experience, technical leadership and customer support: theaters were developed. a few reasons why, today, JBL speakers also grace the stages of the most Unparalleled in experience, technical leadership andPicture customer coveted theatrical venues, such as The Academy of Motion Arts support: a few reasons why,Goldwyn today, JBL speakers also grace theofstages of the most and Sciences Samuel Theater, The Directors Guild America and The Academy of Television Arts and Sciences. coveted theatrical venues, such as The Academy of Motion Picture Arts

and Sciences Samuel Goldwyn Theater, The Directors Guild of America and The Academy of Television Arts and Sciences.

Page 327

CINEMA LOUDSPEAKER SYSTEMS CINEMA LOUDSPEAKER SYSTEMS CINEMA LOUDSPEAKER SYSTEMS

® ScreenArray ScreenArray®® Series Series

ScreenArray Series

Harman Pro Group | 2010

With the advent of digital cinema, today’s cinema patron is even more demanding of perfect coverage in every seat of the auditorium, With advent of digital cinema, today’s cinema is even more demandingContinuing of perfect to coverage every seat of the auditorium, wide the dynamic range and extended bandwidth andpatron inaudible levels of distortion. provideincinema exhibition venues and wide dynamic range and extended bandwidth and inaudible levels of distortion. Continuing to provide cinema exhibition venues and With the advent of digital cinema, today’s cinema patron is even more demanding of perfect coverage in every seat of the auditorium, post production facilities with unprecedented audio performance and advanced technology, JBL introduced the “Next Generation” of its wide dynamic range and extended bandwidth and inaudible levels of distortion. Continuing to provide cinema exhibition venues and post production facilities with unprecedented audio performance and advanced technology, JBL introduced the “Next Generation” of its award winning ScreenArray® digital cinema loudspeakers. postwinning production facilities withdigital unprecedented audio performance and advanced technology, JBL introduced the “Next Generation” of its award ScreenArray® cinema loudspeakers. ScreenArray® digitalsystems cinema loudspeakers. Theaward “Nextwinning Generation” ScreenArray feature a new large format 3", neodymium, titanium diaphragm, high-frequency driver for The “Next Generation” ScreenArray systems featuredriver a newis large format 3", neodymium, titanium diaphragm, high-frequency driver for ultra-high performance. The new high-frequency coupled with a new patented high-frequency horn featuring Screen Spreading The “Next Generation” ScreenArray systems feature adriver new large formatwith 3", neodymium, titanium diaphragm, high-frequency driver for Spreading ultra-high performance. The new high-frequency is coupled a new patented high-frequency horn featuring Screen Compensation™ to correctThe fornew highhigh-frequency frequency dispersion through perforated screens. The new low-frequency features the ultra-high performance. driver is coupled with a new patented high-frequency horn featuringsection Screen Spreading Compensation™ to correct forDirect high frequency dispersion through perforated screens. Theand newreduced low-frequency section features thesystems patented Differential Drive®, Cooled™, 15" woofers for improved power handling distortion. Each of the new Compensation™ to correct for high frequency dispersion through perforated screens. The new low-frequency section features the patented Differential Drive®, Direct Cooled™, 15" woofers for improved power handling and reduced distortion. Each of the new systems havepatented improved, patented, crossover design and Optimized Aperture Differential Drive®, Direct Cooled™, 15"new woofers for improved powerWaveguides. handling and reduced distortion. Each of the new systems havehave improved, designand andnew new Optimized Aperture Waveguides. improved,patented, patented,crossover crossover design Optimized Aperture Waveguides. Since their introduction, JBL ScreenArray systems have become the choice for premium cinemas throughout the world. with significant Since their introduction, JBL systems have become choice forcontinue premium throughout the world. with significant Since their introduction, JBLScreenArray ScreenArray systems have become the the choice for premium cinemas throughout the world. with significant improvements in performance and design, the new ScreenArray systems will tocinemas be the most popular cinema loudspeakers improvements in performance and design, the new ScreenArray systems will continue to be the most popular cinema loudspeakers improvements in performance and design, the new ScreenArray systems will continue to be the most popular cinema loudspeakers throughout the world. throughout thetheworld. throughout world. JBL offers two ScreenArray systems to JBL offers two ScreenArraysystems systems to JBL offers two ScreenArray meet the challenges posed by lowerto meet the challenges posed by lower meet the challenges byproducts lower cost installations. Allposed systems cost installations. All systems products cost installations. All systems products provide ultra smooth sound provide ultra smoothand andaccurate accurate sound provide ultra smooth and accurate sound reproduction in a compact and highly reproduction in a compact and highly reproduction in a compact 3722N and highly costcost effective system. Passive effective system.The The 3722N Passive cost effective system. The 3722N Passive system and 3722 Bi-amplified system, system and 3722 Bi-amplified system, system andPassive 3722 Bi-amplified thethe 4722N system the 4722 4722 4722N Passive systemand andsystem, the 4722N Passive system and the 4722 Bi-amplified systemfeature featurefeature feature Bi-amplified system Bi-amplified system feature feature ultra-low distortion ScreenArray thethe ultra-low distortion ScreenArray the ultra-low distortion ScreenArray frequency hornwith with SSC and and dual highhigh frequency horn SSC dual 15" low-frequency sections. high frequency horn with SSC and dual 15" low-frequency sections. 15" low-frequency sections.

Section:

3722/3722N

3722/3722N 3722/3722N The 3722 and 3722N provide smooth and The 3722 and 3722N provide smooth and accuThe 3722 and 3722N provide smooth and accurate reproduction of cinema soundtracks rate reproduction of cinema inpassive a accurate reproduction ofsoundtracks cinema soundtracks in a compact and very cost effective compact and very cost effective passive system. in a compact and very cost effective passive system. The system is comprised of two parts: the system. The system is comprised of two parts: the

The system is comprised of two parts: the The system is comprised of twoand parts: 4722-HF high-frequency pack thethe 4739 3722-HF high-frequency pack and the 3739 low4722-HF high-frequency pack and the 4739 The system is comprised of twoand parts: 4722-HF high-frequency pack and the 4739 3722-HF high-frequency pack thethe 3739 low-low-frequency low-frequency system. 4722N passive frequency system. system. The 4722NThe passive 3722-HF high-frequency pack and the 3739 low-system utilizes low-frequency The 4722N passive frequency system. system utilizes asystem. sophisticated crossover a sophisticated crossover The ScreenArray horn features a patented design frequency system. system utilizes a sophisticated crossover network. Developed using computer optiThe ScreenArray a patented that compensates forhorn highfeatures frequency spreading designnetwork. Developed using computer optinetwork. Developed computer optitechnology, it provides seamless technology, it providesusing seamless The ScreenArray features a patented designmizationmization that compensates for high frequency spreadcaused by perforatedhorn screens for greatly mization it providespower seamless resultingtechnology, in excellentinpower resulting excellent improved audience coverage. Together, thatcaused compensates for highscreens frequency spread- transitiontransition ing by perforated forthese greatly responseresponse and controlled directivity. transition resulting in excellent power and controlled directivity. elements provide clear, accurate reproduction of

ing causedaudience by perforated screens for greatly improved coverage. Together, these

the mid/highprovide frequency information. All of these improved audience coverage. Together, these of elements clear, accurate reproduction components come pre-assembled to reduce elements provide clear, accurate reproduction of the mid/high frequency information. All of these field time thus reducing installation theassembly mid/high frequency information. of these components come pre-assembled to All reduce field costs.

3722/3722N

FREQUENCY RESPONSE COVERAGE ANGLES RATED MAXIMUM SPL: COVERAGE ANGLES RATED MAXIMUM SPL: CROSSOVER FREQUENCIES: RATED MAXIMUM SPL: CROSSOVER FREQUENCIES: SENSITIVITY: 2.83V @ 1 m CROSSOVER FREQUENCIES: NOMINAL IMPEDANCE: SENSITIVITY: 2.83V @ 1 m SENSITIVITY: @1m NOMINAL 2.83V IMPEDANCE: DRIVERS: LF NOMINAL IMPEDANCE: HF SYSTEMDRIVERS: ELEMENTS: LFLF MF/HF DRIVERS: HF LF DIMENSIONS SYSTEM ELEMENTS: LFx D) (H x WHF MF/HF SYSTEM ELEMENTS: LF NET WEIGHT

MF/HF DIMENSIONS (H x W x D) DIMENSIONS (H xWEIGHT W x D) NET NET WEIGHT

Page 328

30 Hz - 18 kHz 3722/3722N 16kHz kHz 3722/3722N 3040HzHz--18

3090° 18 kHz -30°, 40 Hzhorizontal, - 16 +20° vertical 40 Hzhorizontal, - 16 kHz -30°, 90° 127 dB, @ 1 m +20° vertical 90° 133horizontal, dB peak -30°, +20°dB, vertical 127 1300 Hz@ 1 m 133 127 dB dB,peak @1m 133 1300 Hzpeak 104dBdB 1300 3722:Hz4ohm 3722N/HF: 104 dB 8 ohm 3722 N/LF: 4 ohm 104 dB4ohm 3722: 2 x M115-8A 3722N/HF: 3722: 4ohm8 ohm 2418H-1 3722 N/LF: 84 ohm 3722N/HF: 3739 N/LF: 4 ohm 23722 x M115-8A 3722-HF [3722N-HF] 2418H-1 2 x M115-8A 1265 x 762 x 450 mm 2418H-1 3739 49.8 x 30 x 17.75 in 3722-HF [3722N-HF] 3739 62.2 kg (137 lb) 3722-HF [3722N-HF] 1265 x 762 x 450 mm 49.8 in 1265xx30 762x 17.75 x 450 mm 49.8 kg x 30(137 x 17.75 62.2 lb) in 62.2 kg (137 lb)

response and controlled directivity.

components to reduce field assembly timecome thuspre-assembled reducing installation costs. assembly time thus reducing installation costs.

specifications specifications specifications FREQUENCY RANGE FREQUENCY RESPONSE FREQUENCY RANGE COVERAGE ANGLES FREQUENCY RANGE FREQUENCY RESPONSE

4722/4722N

4722/4722N 4722/4722N The 4722 and 4722N provide smooth and The 4722 and4722 4722N provide smooth andsmooth The and 4722N provide and accurate reproduction of cinema soundtracks accuratein reproduction of cinema accurate reproduction of cinema soundtracks a compact and very soundtracks cost effective system. in a compact and very cost effective system. in a compact very cost The system isand comprised of effective two parts:system. the

4722/4722N 30 Hz - 20 kHz 4722/4722N 40 Hz 19-kHz 4722/4722N 30 -Hz 20 kHz 90°40 horizontal, -30°, 30 20 kHz Hz - 19 +20° vertical 40 Hzhorizontal, - 19 kHz -30°, 90° 130 dB, @ 1 m +20°horizontal, vertical -30°, 13690° dB peak +20°dB, vertical 130 4722: 630 Hz@ 1 m 136 dB 130 800 dB,peak @1m 4722N: Hz 136 peak Hz 1044722: dB dB630 4722N: 800HzHz 4722: 630 4722: 4 ohms 4722N: Hz 4722N: HF ohms 104 dB8800 4722N: ohms 104 LF dB44 ohms 4722: 2 x 4722N: 265H 4 HF 8 ohms 4722: ohms 2432H LF 4 ohms 4722N: HF 8 ohms 4739 24722N: x 265HLF 4 ohms 4722-HF [4722N-HF] 2432H 2 x 265H 1289 x 762 x 450 mm 2432H 4739 34.75 x 30 x 17.75 in 4722-HF [4722N-HF] 48.64739 kg (107 lb)

4722-HF [4722N-HF] 1289 x 762 x 450 mm 34.75 30 xx17.75 in 1289 xx762 450 mm 34.75kgx 30 x 17.75 48.6 (107 lb) in 48.6 kg (107 lb)

3722/3722N 4722 & 4722N

4722 & 4722N 4722 & 4722N

3722/3722N 3722/3722N

SCREENARRAY SERIES SCREENARRAY SERIES

key key features features SCREENARRAY SERIES

key features

f DESIGNED FOR MAXIMUM OUTPUT, OPTIMAL f ULTRA-LOW DISTORTION AND EXTREMELY ANDMAXIMUM MINIMUMOUTPUT, DISTORTION FREQUENCY RESPONSE DESIGNED FOR OPTIMAL ULTRA-LOW DISTORTION AND EXTREMELY f COVERAGE, f UNIFORM COVERAGE, AND MINIMUM DISTORTION UNIFORM FREQUENCY RESPONSE f THX® APPROVED (4732-T, 3732-T and 3731-T) f FLAT-FRONT DESIGN FOR EASY BAFFLEWALL THX® APPROVED (4732-T,OUTPUT, 3732-T OPTIMAL and 3731-T) f ULTRA-LOW FLAT-FRONT DESIGN EASY BAFFLEWALL f f INSTALLATION DESIGNED FORASSEMBLED MAXIMUM DISTORTION ANDFOR EXTREMELY f SHIPS FULLY f INSTALLATION COVERAGE, AND MINIMUM DISTORTION UNIFORM FREQUENCY RESPONSE f SHALLOW PROFILE FOR MINIMUM DEPTH f SHIPS FULLY ASSEMBLED 3⁄4")BAFFLEWALL DESIGN FOR(17 EASY SCREEN SHALLOW PROFILE FOR MINIMUM DEPTH f THX® APPROVED (4732-T, 3732-T and 3731-T) f FLAT-FRONT f BEHIND 3⁄4") INSTALLATION BEHIND SCREEN (17 f SHIPS FULLY ASSEMBLED f SHALLOW PROFILE FOR MINIMUM DEPTH BEHIND SCREEN (17 3⁄4")

4732 [T] 4732 [T] 4732 [T]

3732 [T] 3732 [T] 3732 [T]

3731 [T] 3731 [T]

3731 [T]

3732T

3732T 3732T

specifications specifications specifications 4732 [T]

FREQUENCY RANGE473230[T]Hz - 20 kHz - 19 kHz [T]HzkHz FREQ RESPONSE 30 Hz -4020 FREQUENCY RANGE(± 3 dB)4732 20° up, COVERAGE 30 Hz -90° 20xkHz FREQUENCY 19 FREQ RESPONSE (±RANGE 3 dB)ANGLES40 30° down 40 Hzx 20° - 19up, kHz FREQ RESPONSE 3 dB) 90° COVERAGE(± ANGLES 10.0 DIRECTIVITY FACTOR (Q)30° down 90° x 20° up, COVERAGE ANGLES 10 dB DIRECTIVITY INDEX (DI)30° down 10.0 DIRECTIVITY FACTOR (Q) 130 dB @ 1 m MAXIMUM PEAK OUTPUT: 10.0dB DIRECTIVITY (Q) 10 DIRECTIVITYFACTOR INDEX (DI) 250 Hz [1.2 kHz] CROSSOVER FREQUENCIES: 10 dBdB @ 1 m DIRECTIVITY (DI) 130 MAXIMUM PEAKINDEX OUTPUT: 107 dB SENSITIVITY: 2.83V @ 1 m 130 dB @ohms 1m MAXIMUM PEAK OUTPUT: kHz] CROSSOVER FREQUENCIES: NOMINAL IMPEDANCE:250 Hz4[1.2 250 dB Hz2[1.2 kHz] CROSSOVER SENSITIVITY:FREQUENCIES: 2.83V @DRIVERS: 1 m LF107 x 265H dB4 x 165H SENSITIVITY: @ 1 m MF4107 ohms NOMINAL 2.83V IMPEDANCE: HF4 ohms2432H NOMINAL IMPEDANCE: 2 x 265H DRIVERS: LF 4739 SYSTEM ELEMENTS: LF 265H DRIVERS:MF LF MF/HF42 x 165H 4732-M/HF 2432H HF 4 x 165H MF DIMENSIONS2432H2427 x 762 x 450 mm SYSTEM ELEMENTS:(HHF LFx W x D)4739 95.6 x 30 x 17.75 in MF/HF 4739 84.4 kg (186 lb) SYSTEM ELEMENTS: LF (EACH)4732-M/HF NET WEIGHT 4732-M/HF MF/HF 2427 x 762 x 450 mm DIMENSIONS 95.6 in (H x W x D) 2427xx30 762x 17.75 x 450 mm DIMENSIONS 95.6 kg x 30(186 x 17.75 (H x (EACH) W x D) 84.4 lb) in NET WEIGHT 84.4 kg (186 lb) NET WEIGHT (EACH)

3732 [T]

3731T

3731T 3731T

3731 [T]

30 Hz[T] - 20 kHz 3732 40 -Hz20 [T]- 19 3732 30 Hz kHzkHz

30 Hz - 20 [T]kHz 3731 40 Hz Hz -- 19 [T]kHz 3731 30 20 kHz

90°-x19 up, 30 Hz 2020°kHz 40 30° down 40 Hzx 20° - 19up, kHz 90° 10.0 30° 90° down x 20° up, 10 dB 30° down 10.0 125 dB @ 1 m 10.0dB 10 350 Hz [1.2 kHz] 10 dBdB @ 1 m 125 103 dB 1254Hz dB @1m 350 [1.2 kHz] ohms 3502dB Hz [1.2 kHz] 103 x M115H-1 2dB x 165H 4103 ohms 2432H 24 xohms M115H-1 3739 [3732T:4739] 2 x 165H M115H-1 3732-M/HF 2432H 2 x 165H 1937 x 762 x 450 mm 2432H[3732T:4739] 3739 76.3 x 30 x 17.75 in 3732-M/HF 373979.9 [3732T:4739] kg (172 lb) 3732-M/HF 1937 x 762 x 450 mm 76.3 in 1937xx30 762x 17.75 x 450 mm 76.3 kg x 30(172 x 17.75 79.9 lb) in 79.9 kg (172 lb)

90°Hzx 20° 30 20up,kHz 40 - 19 30° down 40 Hzx 20° - 19up, kHz 90° 10.0 30° 90° down x 20° up, 10 dB 30° down 10.0 125 dB @ 1 m 10.0dB 10 350 Hz [1.2 kHz] 10 dBdB @ 1 m 125 103 dB 125 dB [1.2 @1m 350 Hz kHz] 8 ohms 350 Hz [1.2 kHz] 103 dB 1 x 2226H 2ohms x 165H dB 8103 2432H 18 xohms 2226H 215641 x 165H 2226H 3732-M/HF 2432H 2 x 165H 1600 x 762 x 450 mm 2432H 5641 63 x 30 x 17.75 in 3732-M/HF 5641 51.8 kg (114 lb) 3732-M/HF 1600 x 762 x 450 mm 63 x 30x 762 x 17.75 1600 x 450inmm 63 x 30 17.75 51.8 kg x(114 lb)in 51.8 kg (114 lb)

Academy of Television Arts and Sciences North Hollywood, California

Academy of Television Arts and Sciences Academy of Television Arts and Sciences North Hollywood, California North Hollywood, California

Page 329

Harman Pro Group | 2010

4732T

4732T 4732T

The ScreenArray Series features The Series features trueScreenArray three-way system design The ScreenArray Seriessystem featuresdesign true three-way enhanced by advanced true three-way system design enhanced by advanced engineering. JBL Professional’s enhanced by advanced engineering. JBL Professional’s best technical innovations are engineering. JBL Professional’s best technical innovations are integrated in a system best technical innovations are design integrated in a system design integrated in a system design coverage, that provides superior that provides superior coverage, that provides superior coverage, maximum power handling, and maximum power handling, and maximum power handling, and output, uniform acoustic power uniform acoustic power output, uniform acoustic power output, along with extremely low alongalong with extremely low with extremely low distortion. The ScreenArray design distortion. The ScreenArray design design distortion. Thepower ScreenArray provides ideal response and provides ideal power response and provides ideal power response and directivity control with seamless directivity control with seamless directivity control with seamless transitions between transitions between acousticacoustic transitions between acoustic sections. sections. sections. The 3731, 3732 and 4732 The 3731, 3732 and 4732 The 3731, 3732 andsystems 4732 are ScreenArray Series ScreenArray Series systems are ScreenArray Series systems available for bi-amplified or tri- orare available for bi-amplified triavailable for bi-amplified or triamplified operation. amplified operation. amplified operation.

Section:

f THX® APPROVED THX® APPROVED f f PROVEN HIGH PERFORMANCE AND PROVEN HIGH PERFORMANCE AND f RELIABILITY RELIABILITY THREE-WAY DESIGN FOR THE APPROVED f THX®f ADVANCED PRESTIGIOUS CINEMAS IN FOR THE WORLD ADVANCED THREE-WAY DESIGN THE HIGH PERFORMANCE AND f MOST f PROVEN RELIABILITY MOST PRESTIGIOUS CINEMAS IN THE WORLD

key key features features

key features Large Format Three-Way Large Format Three-Way Systems Systems

Large Format Three-Way Systems

f ADVANCED THREE-WAY DESIGN FOR THE MOST PRESTIGIOUS CINEMAS IN THE WORLD

5672 5672 Auditoriums up to 500 seats, film studios and Auditoriums up tonow 500 seats, studiosJBL and exhibition have afilm premium 5672 venues exhibition that’s venues now have a premium JBL three-way a perfect match for them. Auditoriums up to 500 seats, film studios and three-way that’s a perfect match for them. The 5672 features a now three-way design exhibition venues have a premium JBL Thethree-way 5672 features three-way design highlighted by twoaaJBL 2226H 380 mm (15 in) that’s perfect match for them. highlighted two JBL 2226H mm (15 in) low-frequency transducers as a380 vertical overThe 5672by features a three-way design low-frequency transducers as a 380 vertical overunder array in aby 4648A LF2226H System, and 5674highlighted two JBL mmone (15 in) under array in ensuring a 4648A LF System, and one 5674M/HF System, outstanding performance. low-frequency transducers as a vertical overunder array in a 4648Aoutstanding LF System, and one 5674M/HF System, ensuring performance. Designed for tri-amplification, the bi-amplified M/HFisSystem, ensuring outstanding performance. Designed for tri-amplification, the bi-amplified 5672-BI also available. Designed tri-amplification, the bi-amplified 5672-BI is alsoforavailable.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

5672-BI is also available. 5674 5674 the world’s most prestigious cinemas want When

5674 When thebest, world’s prestigious cinemas the very theymost specify the JBL 5674. The want When the world’s most prestigious cinemas want the very best, they specify the JBL 5674. The 5674 is today’s most advanced three-way design, the very best, they specify the JBL 5674. The 5674 is today’s most advanced three-way design, featuring unmatched blend of high perfor5674 isan today’s most advanced three-way design, featuring anunrivaled unmatched blend performance and reliability. featuring an unmatched blendof ofhigh high performance and unrivaled and unrivaled reliability. The mance 5674 features fourreliability. JBL 2226H 380 mm Thein) 5674 features four JBL mm The 5674 features four JBL2226H 2226H380 380a mm (15 low-frequency transducers in unique (15low-frequency in) low-frequency transducers in a unique (15 in) in unique DiamondQuad™ array.transducers This array orientation DiamondQuad™ array. This array orientation DiamondQuad™ array. This array orientation allows the four drivers to create maximum output, allows four drivers create maximum output, allows thethe four drivers totocreate maximum output, while minimizing destructive interference effects while interference effects while minimizing effects caused byminimizing the usedestructive ofdestructive multiple interference drivers operating in caused by the use of multiple drivers operating in caused bybandpass the use ofregion. multiple drivers operating in the same the same bandpass region. the region. Thesame 5674 bandpass requires tri-amplification and includes

Section:

5674

5674 5674

The 5674 requires tri-amplification and includes

5672

The one 5674 requires tri-amplification includes one 5644 Quad LFLF System 5674-M/HF 5644 Quad Systemand andone oneand 5674-M/HF oneSystem. 5644The Quad LFhas System andTHX oneApproval 5674-M/HF System. 5674 earned andisis The 5674 has earned THX Approval and System. The 5674 has earned THX Approval and is the same system used ininThe of Motion Motion the same system used TheAcademy Academy of the same system used in The Academy of Motion Picture Arts andand Sciences Samuel Goldwyn Picture Arts Sciences Samuel Goldwyn Theater Directors GuildTheater Theater in Picture Arts and Sciences Samuel Goldwyn Theater andand TheThe Directors Guild inLos Los Angeles. 5674, truly theworld’s world’s finest Theater and The Directors Guild Theater in Los Angeles. TheThe JBLJBL 5674, truly the finest three-way loudspeaker. Angeles. The JBL 5674, truly the world’s finest three-way loudspeaker. three-way loudspeaker.

specifications specifications specifications 5672

FREQUENCY RANGE FREQUENCY RANGE FREQUENCY RESPONSE FREQUENCY RANGE COVERAGE ANGLES (H x V) FREQUENCY RESPONSE DIRECTIVITY FACTOR FREQUENCY RESPONSE COVERAGE ANGLES (H x V)(Q) DIRECTIVITY INDEX COVERAGE ANGLES (H x(Q) V)(DI) DIRECTIVITY FACTOR MAX.FACTOR PEAK DIRECTIVITY (Q) DIRECTIVITY INDEXOUTPUT: (DI) (LF/MF/HF) DIRECTIVITY (DI) MAX. PEAKINDEX OUTPUT: CROSSOVER FREQ.: LF/MF (LF/MF/HF) MAX. PEAK OUTPUT: MF/HF (LF/MF/HF) CROSSOVER FREQ.: LF/MF SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 m MF/HF CROSSOVER FREQ.:(LF/MF/HF) LF/MF MF/HF SENSITIVITY: W, 1m NOMINAL 1IMPEDANCE: (LF/MF/HF) SENSITIVITY: 1(LF/MF/HF) W, 1 m LF DRIVER(S) (LF/MF/HF) NOMINAL IMPEDANCE: (LF/MF/HF) MF DRIVER/MF HORN NOMINAL IMPEDANCE: HF DRIVER/HF HORN LF(LF/MF/HF) DRIVER(S) SYSTEM ELEMENTS: LF DRIVER(S) MF DRIVER/MF HORN LF MF/HF MF HF DRIVER/MF DRIVER/HF HORN DIMENSIONS HF DRIVER/HF HORN SYSTEM ELEMENTS: (H x WLFx D) MF/HF SYSTEMNET ELEMENTS: LF WEIGHT (EACH)

MF/HF DIMENSIONS (H x W x D) DIMENSIONS (H x (EACH) W x D) NET WEIGHT NET WEIGHT (EACH)

Page 330

5672 35 Hz - 16 kHz (-10 dB) 5672 3545HzHz- -1612.5 kHzkHz(-10 (± dB) 3 dB)

3580° 16 (300 kHz dB) Hz(± - 16 kHz) 45 Hzx-45° 12.5 kHz(-10 3 dB) 45 Hzx 45° - 12.5 kHzHz(± 3 dB) 80°10.4 (300 - 16 kHz) 80°11x 45° (300 Hz - 16 kHz) 10.4 10.4 11137/140/137 dB @ 1 m 11 137/140/137 dB @ 1 m 297 Hz 137/140/137 dB @ 1 m 2.5 kHz 297 Hz 100/114/112 dB 2.5 297kHz Hz 2.54/8/8 kHzohms dB 100/114/112 100/114/112 dB 2 x 2226H 4/8/8 ohms 2490H/2392 4/8/8 ohms 2 x2451H/2352 2226H 2 x4648A 2226H 2490H/2392 5674-M/HF 2490H/2392 2451H/2352 2768.8 x 1118 x 863.6 mm 2451H/2352 4648A 109 x 44 x 34 in 5674-M/HF 4648A 87.3 kg (192.5 lb) 5674-M/HF 2768.8 x 1118 x 863.6 mm 109 x 44x x1118 34 inx 863.6 mm 2768.8 109 xkg44(192.5 x 34 inlb) 87.3 87.3 kg (192.5 lb)

5674

35 5674 Hz - 16 kHz (-10 dB) 35 - 16kHzkHz 45 5674 Hz -Hz12.5 (±(-10 3 dB)dB) 35x 45° 16 kHz (-10 dB) 80°45 HzkHz - 16 kHz) Hz (300 - 12.5 (± 3 dB) 10.445 - 12.5 kHzHz(± 3 dB) 80°Hzx 45° (300 - 16 kHz) 11 10.4 80° x 45° (300 Hz - 16 kHz) 143/140/137 dB @ 1 m 10.4 11

11 143/140/137 dB @ 1 m

297 Hz dB @ 1 m 2.5143/140/137 kHz 297 Hz dB 103/114/112

2.5 297kHz Hz

2.5driver kHz pair) /8/8 103/114/112 dB ohms 4 (per 103/114/112 dB 4 x42226H (2 pairpair) in parallel) (per driver /8/8 ohms 2490H/2392 4 (per driver pair) /8/8 ohms 2451H/2352 4 x 2226H (2 pair in parallel) 5644 4 x 2226H (2 pair in parallel) 2490H/2392 5674-M/HF 2490H/2392 2451H/2352 2895.6 x 1118 x 863.6 mm 2451H/2352 1145644 x 44 x 34 in 5674-M/HF 5644kg (378.5 lb) 171.69

5674-M/HF 2895.6 x 1118 x 863.6 mm 114 x 44x x1118 34 inx 863.6 mm 2895.6 114 x 44kgx (378.5 34 in lb) 171.69 171.69 kg (378.5 lb)

5672 5672

CINEMA LOUDSPEAKER SYSTEMS

key features

CINEMA LOUDSPEAKER SYSTEMS

Two-Way Systems key features Two-Way Systems

3677

4670D

Combine classic JBL performance with a natural sound quality 3677 for both music and dialog and you’ve just described the 3677. For extraordinary Combine classic JBL performance with a natural convenience, the all-in-one enclosure requires no sound quality for both music and dialog and field assembly, simplifying set-up and you’ve just described the 3677. Forreducing extraordinary cost of convenience, installation. the all-in-one enclosure requires no

The 4670D is a wide bandwidth system with remarkable dynamic range and consistent 4670D coverage. In fact, the performance of the 4670D The 4670D is a wide bandwidth system with is the foundation for true big-screen commercial remarkable dynamic range and consistent cinema sound. coverage. In fact, the performance of the 4670D

3678

f MAXIMUM VALUE

field assembly, simplifying set-up and reducing cost of installation.

reliability. The 3678 has a 11 1⁄2" shallow profile.

f SMOOTH, EVEN COVERAGE

f MAXIMUM VALUE

f 3678, 4675C-8LF APPROVED FOR THX®

SET-UP AND INSTALLATION f MINIMAL INSTALLATIONS f SMOOTH, EVEN COVERAGE

f 3678, 4675C-8LF APPROVED FOR THX® INSTALLATIONS

The 4675C consists of: one 4638TH System, one 4675C-HFA Kit and built-in passive cross-over network. The 4675C-4LF consists of: one 4648A The 4675C consists of: one 4638TH System, one (LF) System onepassive 4675C-HFA Kit. The 4675C4675C-HFA Kit andand built-in cross-over 8LFThe is THX Approved and of: consists of: one 4648A-8 network. 4675C-4LF consists one 4648A (LF) System and one 4675C-HFA Kit. (LF) System and one 4675C-HFA Kit. The 4675C8LF is THX Approved and consists of: one 4648A-8

These are the speakers chosen (LF) System and one 4675C-HFA Kit. 4675C & 4675C-4(8)LF when nothing but the very best These are the speakers chosen in full-range two way systems will when nothing but the very best suffice. The series delivers uniform in full-range two way throughout systems will the listening area frequency response suffice. The series delivers uniform with high sound pressure levels. The 4675C-4LF frequency response throughout the listening area (4 ohms) and 4675C-8LF (8 ohms) are designed for with high sound pressure levels. The 4675C-4LF bi-amplified whereare andesigned externalfor elec(4 ohms) and applications 4675C-8LF (8 ohms) tronic crossover or cinema processor is used bi-amplified applications where an external elec-in conjunction with amplifiers for the tronic crossover orseparate cinema processor is used in high and low-frequency sections. conjunction with separate amplifiers for the high and low-frequency sections.

4675C

4675C4675C-4(8)LF 4675C-4(8)LF

4670D

Harman Pro Group | 2010

THX Approved design in the 3678 mode. JBL’s bi-amplified THXVented Approved in the patented Gapdesign Cooling™ bi-amplified mode. JBL’s keeps the 2226H low frequency patented Vented Gap Cooling™ working optimally while the JBL keeps the 2226H low frequency 2342 Bi-Radial® horn and 2426 pure titanium working optimally while the JBL compression driver ensure smooth, even 2342 Bi-Radial® horn and 2426 pure titanium coverage, natural sound and unsurpassed compression driver ensure smooth, even 1⁄2" shallow profile. reliability. The 3678 has a 11 coverage, natural sound and unsurpassed

is the foundation for true big-screen commercial

4675C 4675C-4(8)LF cinema & sound.

f MINIMAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

4670D

Section:

3677 3677

3678 3678

specifications specifications 3677

FREQUENCY RANGE 367740 Hz - 20 kHz (-10 dB) - 12(-10 kHz (± FREQUENCY RESPONSE 40 Hz -4520HzkHz dB)3 dB) FREQUENCY RANGE CAPACITY 1 45 Hz -250 12WkHz (± 3 dB) FREQUENCY POWER RESPONSE COVERAGE ANGLES1(H x V) 250 W90° x 40° POWER CAPACITY 1.2 kHz CROSSOVER FREQUENCY 2 90° x 40° COVERAGE ANGLES (H x V) 99 dB SPL SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 m 1.2 kHz CROSSOVER FREQUENCY 2 8 ohms NOMINAL IMPEDANCE 99 dB SPL SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 m 8 ohms NOMINAL IMPEDANCE 2035H LF DRIVER(S) HF DRIVER

2416-1

3678

30 Hz - 20 kHz (-10 dB) 3678 kHz (-10 (± 3 dB) 3045HzHz- -2012kHz dB) 45300 HzW- 12 kHz (± 3 dB) 90°Wx 90° 300 1 kHz 90° x 90° 98 dB SPL 1 kHz 8 ohms 98 dB SPL 8 2226H ohms 2425HS

2226H LF DRIVER(S) HORN 2035H2373 2342 2425HS 3678-LF HF DRIVER SYSTEM ELEMENTS: LF 2416-1(All-in-one enclosure) 3678-HF 2342 HORN HF 2373 765 x 651 x 292 mm 1019 x 651 x 292 mm DIMENSIONS (All-in-one enclosure) 3678-LF SYSTEM ELEMENTS: LF 30.125 x 25.625 x 11.5 in 40.125 x 25.625 x 11.5 in (H x W x D) 3678-HF HF 39 kg (85 lb) 41 kg (90 lb) NET WEIGHT (EACH) 765 x 651 x 292 mm 1019 x 651 x 292 mm DIMENSIONS 30.125 1x 25.625 x 11.5 in 40.125 x 25.625 x 11.5 in (H x W x D) IEC filtered random noise (50 Hz - 5 kHz) with a crest factor 39 kg (85(peak lb) to average ratio) of 6 dB. 41 kg (90 lb) NET WEIGHT (EACH) 1 IEC filtered random noise (50 Hz - 5 kHz) with a crest factor

(peak to average ratio) of 6 dB.

4670D

35 4670D Hz - 20 kHz (-10 dB) 40 35 Hz -Hz 16-kHz (± 3 (-10 dB) dB) 20 kHz 60040WHz - 16 kHz (± 3 dB) 90°600 x 40°W 500 Hz 90° x 40° 100 dB SPL 500 Hz 4 ohms

100 dB SPL

ohms 2 x42035H 2446H 2 x 2035H 2380A 2446H 4638TH 4670D-HF 2380A 1289 x 673 x 438 mm 4638TH 50.75 x 26.5 x 17.25 in 4670D-HF 92 kg (203 lb)

4675C

35 Hz - 20 kHz (-10 dB) 4675C 40 Hz - 16 dB) (-10 dB) 35kHz Hz -(±203 kHz 600 W 40 Hz - 16 kHz (± 3 dB) 90° x 40°600 W 500 Hz 90° x 40° 100 dB SPL 500 Hz 4 ohms

100 dB SPL

4 ohms 2 x 2035H 2446H 2 x 2035H 2360B W/2506C 4638TH2446H 4675C-HFA 2360B W/2506C 1797 x 770 x 949 mm 4638TH 70.75 x 30.312 x 37.375 in 4675C-HFA 98 kg (215 lb)

1289 x 673 x 438 mm 1797 x 770 x 949 mm 50.75 x 26.5 x 17.25 in 70.75 x 30.312 x 37.375 in large format drivers are specified with Hz crossovers. 92 kg (203compression lb) 98 kg500(215 lb)

4675C-4LF/4675C-8LF

35 Hz - 20 kHz4675C-4LF/4675C-8LF (-10 dB) 40 Hz - 16 kHz35(±Hz3 -dB) 20 kHz (-10 dB) 1200 W (LF) 100 W -(HF) 40 Hz 16 kHz (± 3 dB) 90° x 40° 1200 W (LF) 100 W (HF) 500 Hz 90° x 40° 100 dB SPL (LF) 500 Hz LF: 4 ohms (4LF)/ 8 ohms (8LF)100 dB SPL (LF) 2 x 2226H (J)LF: 4 ohms (4LF)/ 8 ohms (8LF) 2446H 2 x 2226H (J) 2360B W/2506C 2446H 4648A/4648A-8 (8LF) 4675C-HFA 2360B W/2506C 1797 x 770 x 4648A/4648A-8 949 mm (8LF) 70.75 x 30.312 x 37.375 in 4675C-HFA 98 kg (215 lb)

2 Due to standard motion picture recommendations, theater systems with

1797 x 770 x 949 mm 70.75 x 30.312 x 37.375 in 98 kg (215 lb)

2 Due to standard motion picture recommendations, theater systems with

large format compression drivers are specified with 500 Hz crossovers.

Page 331

CINEMA LOUDSPEAKER SYSTEMS CINEMA LOUDSPEAKER SYSTEMS CINEMA LOUDSPEAKER SYSTEMS

Surround Surround Systems Systems

Surround Systems key key features features

f DESIGNED FOR SMALL, MEDIUM, LARGE VERY LARGE VENUES DESIGNED FOR SMALL, MEDIUM, LARGE f AND AND VERYEVEN LARGE VENUES SMOOTH, COVERAGE f f DESIGNED FOR SMALL, MEDIUM, LARGE SMOOTH, EVEN COVERAGE AND f VERY LARGE VENUES THX® APPROVED f f THX® EVENAPPROVED COVERAGE f SMOOTH,

key features

f THX® APPROVED

Harman Pro Group | 2010

8320 8320 8320

8350

8350 8350

Section:

8340A 8340A 8340A

8320 8320 The 8320 features a 200 mm (8 in) low frequency 8320 The 8320 features a 200 mm (8 in) low frequency driver and a 25 mm (1 inch) soft dome driver

The 8320 mmsoft (8 in) lowdriver frequency driver andfeatures a 25 mma(1200 inch) dome combined with internal Thermomaster® driver and awith 25 mm (1 inch) soft dome driver combined internal Thermomaster® technology allowing for 150 watts of power. combined with internal technology allowing forThermomaster® 150 watts of power. The two-way 8320 reliability and performance technology allowing foras150 of power. The two-way 8320 reliability and postion this surround thewatts idealperformance low cost, The compact two-way 8320 for reliability and performance postion this surround as the ideal low cost, choice today’s digital theatre. postion this surround as thedigital ideal low cost, compact choice for today’s theatre. compact choice for today’s digital theatre.

8340A 8340A

specifications specifications specifications 8320

FREQUENCY RANGE FREQUENCY RESPONSE FREQUENCY RANGE 1 POWER CAPACITY FREQUENCY RANGE FREQUENCY RESPONSE COVERAGE ANGLES (H x V) 1 FREQUENCY RESPONSE POWER CAPACITY CROSSOVER FREQUENCY: 1 POWER CAPACITY COVERAGE ANGLES (H x V) SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 m COVERAGE ANGLES (H x V) CROSSOVER FREQUENCY: NOMINAL IMPEDANCE CROSSOVER FREQUENCY: SENSITIVITY: 1DRIVERS: W, 1 m LF SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 m MF NOMINAL IMPEDANCE HF NOMINAL DRIVERS: IMPEDANCE LF DIMENSIONS DRIVERS: (H x MF WLFx D) HF MF NET WEIGHT (EACH)

HF DIMENSIONS (H x W x D) DIMENSIONS (H x (EACH) W x D) NET WEIGHT NET WEIGHT (EACH)

50 Hz - 20 kHz (-10 dB) 8320 65 Hz - 18 kHz (± 3 dB) 8320 50 Hz - 20 kHz (-10 dB) 150 W

8340A

8350 8350

The 8340A Surround speaker The 8350 Surround offers 8340A 8350 The 8340A Surround speaker The 8350 Surround offers is an unbeatable choice when very high power handling, The Surround speaker The 8350 Surround offers is an8340A unbeatable choice when very high power handling, very high power handling, high sensitivity, and extended is an high unbeatable choice when very high powerand handling, very power handling, high sensitivity, extended high sensitivity, extended bass bass response required for the very high handling, high sensitivity, and extended high sensitivity, extended bass cabinet are response fortoday’s the response andpower a remarkably compact extendedbass dynamic rangerequired required by high sensitivity, extended bass response thepowerby today’s response and aThe remarkably compact cabinet aredigital cinemas. extended range required the requirements. two-waybass 8340A’s proven Thedynamic 8350required features afor high response a remarkably cabinet arelong-throw extended dynamic today’s the requirements. The two-way 8340A’s proven digital cinemas. 8350required features a high power reliability andand performance have compact positioned it as 250 mm (10 in) The lowrange frequency driverby the requirements. The two-way digital cinemas. The 8350 features a high power reliability and performance have8340A’s positioned it asand a high long-throw 250mm mm (10 low frequency driver the industry standard for the extended dynamicproven frequency 38 (1.5 in)in) coil diameter range required by today’s digital sound formats. reliability and performance positioned it ascompression long-throw 250 mm (10 low frequency driver the industry standard for thehave extended dynamic and adriver. high frequency 38in) mm (1.5 in) coil diameter Atrange 19 pounds, installation isfor quick and painless. the industry standard the extended and a high frequency required by today’s digital sounddynamic formats. compression driver. 38 mm (1.5 in) coil diameter

range requiredinstallation by today’s is digital formats. At 19 pounds, quicksound and painless. At 19 pounds, installation is quick and painless.

45 Hz - 18 kHz (-10 dB) 8340A 70 Hz - 16 kHz (± 3 dB) 8340A 45 Hz - 18 kHz (-10 dB) 250 W 45 Hz - 16 18 kHz (± (-103 dB) 70 100° x 80° 70 HzW- 16 kHz (± 3 dB) 250 2.2 kHz 250 96100° dB Wx 80° 100° x 80° kHz 8 2.2 ohms 2.2mm kHz(10 in) 96 dB 250

8350

60 Hz - 19 kHz (-10 dB) 8350 75 Hz - 17 kHz (± 3 dB) 8350 60 Hz - 19 kHz (-10 dB) 350W 60 Hz - 17 19 kHz (± (-103 dB) 75 100° x 80° 75 Hz - 17 kHz (± 3 dB) 350W 1.4 kHz 350Wx 80° 99 dB100° 100°kHz x 80° 8 ohms1.4 1.4(10 kHzin) 99 dB 250 mm

50 Hz - 18 20 kHz (± (-103 dB) 65 100° x 90° 65 HzW- 18 kHz (± 3 dB) 150 3 kHz 15094WdB 100° x 90° x 90° 3100° kHz 8 ohms 3 kHz 94 dB mm (8 in) 200 dB dB dB 894ohms 896ohms 899ohms 25 mm (1 in) 25 mm (1 in) exit 25 mm (1 in) exit 8 ohms 8 ohms 8 ohms 200 mm (8 in) 250 mm (10 in) 250 mm (10 in) 406 x 343 x 224 mm 457 x 457 x 260 mm 457 x 457 x 260 mm 20016mm (8xin) (10 inin) mm in(10 in) x 13.5 8.8 in 18250 x 18mm x 10.25 18 x 18250 x 10.25 25 mm (1 in) 25 mm (1 in) exit 25 mm (1 in) exit 5 kg (11 lb) 8.6 kg (19 lb) 9.5 kg (21 lb) 25 mm (1 in) 25 mm (1 in) exitmm 25 mm exitmm 406 x 343 x 224 mm 457 x 457 x 260 457 x 457(1xin)260 1 IEC filtered random crest ratio) ofx610.25 dB. 16 x x13.5 xx8.8 inmm noise (50 Hz - 5 kHz) 18 xa10.25 inmm (peak to average18 x x18457 406 343 224 457xwith x18457 x 260factor 457 x 260inmm x 8.8 in 18 xkg18(19 x 10.25 18 xkg18(21 x 10.25 516kgx 13.5 (11 lb) 8.6 lb) in 9.5 lb) in 5 kg (11 lb) 8.6 kg (19 lb) 9.5 kg (21 lb) 1

IEC filtered random noise (50 Hz - 5 kHz) with a crest factor (peak to average ratio) of 6 dB.

1 IEC filtered random noise (50 Hz - 5 kHz) with a crest factor (peak to average ratio) of 6 dB.

Page 332

compression driver.

Mann Grauman’s Chinese Theatre: Hollywood, California

Mann Grauman’s Chinese Theatre: Hollywood, California Mann Grauman’s Chinese Theatre: Hollywood, California

CINEMA LOUDSPEAKER SYSTEMS CINEMA LOUDSPEAKER SYSTEMS

Subwoofers Subwoofers

CINEMA LOUDSPEAKER SYSTEMS

Subwoofers

key key features features key features

f EXCEPTIONAL LOW FREQUENCY EXCEPTIONAL LOW FREQUENCY f AUGMENTATION AUGMENTATION f APPROVED FOR THX® INSTALLATIONS THX® INSTALLATIONS f APPROVED LOWFOR FREQUENCY f EXCEPTIONAL AUGMENTATION

f APPROVED FOR THX® INSTALLATIONS

3635 3635

3635

4645C 4645C 4645C

4641 4641 4641

Harman Pro Group | 2010

4642A 4642A 4642A

Section:

06 3635 3635 When a small cinema and an equally small 3635 When a small cinema and an equally small

budget are the orders of the day, the JBL 3635 When aisare small an day, equally budget thecinema ordersand of the the small JBL 3635 the perfect choice. It features one 460 mm (18 budget the orders the day, the JBLmm 3635 is the perfect choice. Itof features one 460 (18 in)are transducer, an unobtrusive shallow enclosure is the perfect featuresshallow one 460 mm (18 in) transducer, an unobtrusive true JBLItperformance and a enclosure surprising (14 1⁄2"),choice. 1⁄2"), true JBL in) transducer, unobtrusiveand shallow enclosure a surprising (14 price. anperformance 1⁄2"), true JBL performance and a surprising (14 price. price. 4641

4641 When a 600 Watt cinema system whatWatt you need, thesystem 4641 is the 4641 ais600 When cinema

choice for4641 cost effective, When 600need, Watt cinema system is whataperfect you the is the frequency augmentation. is whatlow you need, 4641 is the perfect choice for the cost effective, The 4641 features one 460 mm (18 in) JBL 2241 perfect choice for cost effective, low frequency augmentation. VGC™ (Vented Gap Cooling) low-frequency low frequency augmentation. The 4641 features one 460 mm (18 in) JBL 2241 transducer. The 4641 is THX® approved. The 4641 features 460 mm (18 in) JBL 2241 VGC™ (Vented Gapone Cooling) low-frequency VGC™ (Vented Cooling) transducer. TheGap 4641 is THX®low-frequency approved. 3635 transducer. The 4641 is THX® approved.

4642A 4642A The 4642A is a dual 460 mm 4642A The 4642A is a dual 460 mm

(18 in) subwoofer system The 4642A is a dual 460 mm (18 in) subwoofer system featuring two VGC (Vented Gap (18 in) subwoofer system featuring two VGC (Vented Gap Cooling) 2241H low-frequency featuring two VGC (Vented Gap cost Cooling) 2241H low-frequency transducers. This high-performance, Cooling) low-frequency transducers. high-performance, cost effective 2241H 1200This Watt system is ideal for lowtransducers. This high-performance, cost effective Watt system is smooth ideal forresponse lowfrequency1200 augmentation when down to the lowest frequencies effective 1200 Wattaudible system is ideal forislowfrequency augmentation when smooth response required. An outstanding performer! The 4642A frequency augmentation when smooth response down to the lowest audible frequencies is is THX® Also available with grilles. down toapproved. the audible frequencies required. An lowest outstanding performer! Theis4642A

required. An outstanding performer! 4642A is THX® approved. Also available withThe grilles. is THX® approved. Also available with grilles.

specifications specifications specifications FREQUENCY RANGE (-10 dB) FREQUENCY RESPONSE (± 3 dB) FREQUENCY RANGEPOWER (-10 dB) CAPACITY FREQUENCY RANGE (-10 dB) CROSSOVER FREQUENCY RESPONSE (± 3FREQUENCY SENSITIVITY: 1 W, 1 m FREQUENCY RESPONSE (± 3 dB) POWER CAPACITY NOMINAL IMPEDANCE POWER CAPACITY CROSSOVER FREQUENCY LF 1DRIVER(S) CROSSOVER FREQUENCY SENSITIVITY: 1 W, m SENSITIVITY: 1 W,DIMENSIONS 1m NOMINAL IMPEDANCE (H x W x D) NOMINALLFNET IMPEDANCE DRIVER(S) WEIGHT (EACH)

LF DRIVER(S) DIMENSIONS (H x W x D) DIMENSIONS (H x (EACH) W x D) NET WEIGHT NET WEIGHT (EACH)

28 Hz - 500 Hz 363538 Hz - 100 Hz 3635 28 Hz300 - 500 W Hz 28 - 500 HzHz 38 Hz100 100 dBHz 38 HzW100 - 100 300 300 Hz W8 ohms 100 Hz2042H (18 in) 100 dB dB1168 x 651 x 368 mm 8100 ohms 46 x 25.625 x 14.5 in 8 ohms(18 in) 2042H 51 kg (113 lb)

2042Hx (18 1168 651in) x 368 mm 46 x 25.625 14.5mm in 1168 x 651 xx368 46 kg x 25.625 x 14.5 in 51 (113 lb) 51 kg (113 lb)

4645C 4645C

4641

25 Hz - 500 Hz 4641 See individual spec sheet 4641 25 HzW- 500 Hz 600 25 -150 500HzHz spec sheet 80Hz to See individual 97 dB Hz) sheet See individual 600 W (40 - 100spec 8 ohms 600 80 toW150 Hz (18Hz 802241H to 150 97 dB (40 -in) 100 Hz) 999.6 x 647.7 dB (40 - 100x 450 Hz)mm 897ohms 39 x 25.5 x 17.75 in 8 ohms(18 in) 2241H 60 kg (131 lb)

2241Hx(18 in) x 450 mm 999.6 647.7 39 x 25.5 x 17.75 in mm 999.6 x 647.7 x 450 39 kg x 25.5 17.75 in 60 (131x lb) 60 kg (131 lb)

Approved by THX®, the 4645C is 4645C Approved by THX®, the 4645C is the industry standard. The 4645C Approved bystandard. THX®, theThe 4645C is the industry 4645C is a single 460 mm (18 in) direct the industry standard. Thedirect 4645C is abass single 460 mm (18 in) radiator reflex subwoofer is featuring a singlebass 460 mm (18 in)(Super directVented radiator subwoofer system thereflex 2242 SVG™ radiatorfeaturing bass transducer reflex subwoofer system the 2242 SVG™ (Super Vented Gap) low-frequency for highest system featuring thetransducer 2242 SVG™for Vented Gap) highest output withlow-frequency lowest distortion. The 4645C is(Super the choiceoutput whenever performance single Gap) low-frequency transducer for highestis the witha premium lowest distortion. The 4645C 460 mm (18 in) 800 lowest Watt system is required output with distortion. Thefor 4645C issingle the choice whenever a premium performance low-frequency augmentation. choice a premium performance 460 mmwhenever (18 in) 800 Watt system is requiredsingle for

460 mm (18 in) augmentation. 800 Watt system is required for low-frequency low-frequency augmentation.

4642A

4645C

22 Hz - 500 Hz See4642A individual spec sheet 4642A 120022 WHz - 500 Hz Hzindividual - 500 Hz spec sheet 80 to22 100 Hz See 1011200 dB SPL See individual spec sheet W 4 ohms 1200 80 to W 100 Hz 2 x 2241H (18 80 todB100 Hz 101 SPLin) 762101 x 1219 610 mm dBxSPL 4 ohms 30 x 48 x 24 in 24 xohms 2241H 98 kg (216 lb) (18 in)

To 22 Hz (no EQ) 4645C See individual spec sheet 4645C 22 Hz (no EQ) 800 W To Hz (no EQ) 80 to 100To Hz22individual See spec sheet 97 dB (40800 - 100 See individual spec sheet WHz) 8 ohms 80 800toW100 Hz 2242H (18 80in) to 100 97 dB (40 Hz - 100 Hz) 999.6 x 647.7 450 -mm dBx (40 100 Hz) 897ohms 39 x 25.5 x 17.75 in 8 ohms(18 in) 2242H 63 kg (138 lb)

2 x 2241H in) mm 762 x 1219(18 x 610 30 x 24xin610 mm 762x x481219 30 kg x 48(216 x 24lb)in 98 98 kg (216 lb)

2242Hx(18 in) x 450 mm 999.6 647.7 39 x 25.5 x 17.75 in mm 999.6 x 647.7 x 450 39 kg x 25.5 17.75 in 63 (138x lb) 63 kg (138 lb)

Page 333

Studio Monitors Studio Monitors

JBL PROFESSIONAL IS THE PROUD RECIPIENT OF THE 2005 TECHNICAL GRAMMY® JBL PROFESSIONAL IS THEAcademy PROUD RECIPIENT OF THE TECHNICAL GRAMMY® The National Of Recording Arts 2005 and Sciences Presented the The National Academy Of Recording Arts and Sciences Presented the JBL PROFESSIONAL IS THE PROUD RECIPIENT OF THE 2005 TECHNICAL GRAMMY® 2005 Technical GRAMMY® Award to JBL Professional for Continual Mastery 2005 Technical GRAMMY® Award to JBL Professional for Continual Mastery The National Recording Arts and Presented and Innovation inAcademy Concert,OfStudio, Cinema andSciences Broadcast Soundthe and Monitors and in Concert, Studio, andMost Broadcast Sound Monitors 2005Innovation Technical GRAMMY® Award to JBLCinema Professional for Continual Mastery to Ensure Exacting Standards for the Accurate Sonicand Experience. to Ensure Exacting the Most Accurate Sonic Experience. and Innovation in Concert, Studio,Standards Cinema andfor Broadcast Sound and Monitors to Ensure Exacting Standards for the Most Accurate Sonic Experience.

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

JBL has more experience in designing and building transducers studio monitors than any company. We JBLfor hasprofessional more experience in designing andother building transducers JBL hasonly more in designing and building transducers not useexperience the latestmonitors engineering andany design equipment, for professional studio than other company. We but also the most important test device of all, theequipment, human ear. We for studio monitors than any other company. notprofessional only use the latest engineering and design believe in physics, not fads, while pick not only usemost the latest engineering and other design equipment, butWe also the important testsodevice of all,companies the human ear. parts off somebody else’s shelf, we createofour components from but also the most important test device all, the human We believe in physics, not fads, so while other companiesear. pick scratch. And by utilizing years of experience in transducerpick We believe in physics, not60 fads, so other companies parts off somebody else’s shelf, wewhile create our components from design, we create the perfect transducer for each system. parts offAnd somebody else’s60shelf, our components from scratch. by utilizing yearswe ofcreate experience in transducer In the great tradition of JBL Studio Monitors, we are pleased scratch. And by utilizing 60 years of experience in transducer design, we create the perfect transducer for each system. to offer LSR6300 Series, the LSR4300 Series, andsystem. the new design, wethe create the perfect transducer for each In the great Series tradition JBL Studio Monitors, we are pleased LSR2300 thatof include the latest in transducer and system In great tradition of with JBL Studio Monitors, weand are pleased to the offer the LSR6300 Series, the LSR4300 Series, the new technology combined recent breakthroughs in research to offer the LSR6300 Series, the LSR4300 Series, and the new and development provide a more accurate studio reference. LSR2300 Series thatto include the latest in transducer and system LSR2300 Series that include the latest in transducer and system technology combined with recent breakthroughs in research technology combined with recent breakthroughs in research and development to provide a more accurate studio reference. and development to provide a more accurate studio reference.

Page 334

The Linear Spatial Reference (LSR) philosophy is based on a set of design goals thatSpatial carefully control the overall performance The Linear Reference (LSR) philosophy is based on a set of The Linear Reference (LSR) philosophy is based on a set of of the system in aSpatial variety of acoustic spaces. Instead of focusing design goals that carefully control the overall performance on adesign simple measurement such as on-axis frequency response, JBLfocusing goals that carefully control the overall performance of the system in a variety of acoustic spaces. Instead of measures systems in a field 360 degrees around the speaker and of the system in a variety of acoustic spaces. Instead of focusingJBL on a simple measurement such as on-axis frequency response, engineers the entire system to ensure off-axis response reflected on a simple measurement such as on-axis frequency response, JBL measures systems in a field 360 degrees around the speaker and to the mix position is alsoin smooth and accurate. Then JBL goes measures systems a field 360 degrees around the speaker and engineers the entire system to ensure off-axis response reflected a step further to overcome problems caused by low frequency engineers the entireissystem to ensure response reflected to the mix position also smooth and off-axis accurate. Then JBL goes room modes which plague mix engineers. A JBL first, the RMC™ to the mix position is also smooth and accurate. Then JBL goes a step further to overcome problems caused by low frequency Room Mode Correction system is included in the LSR6300 and a step further to overcome problems caused by low frequency roomSeries modes whichand plague mix engineers. A JBLSystem first, the RMC™ LSR4300 monitors the optional MSC1 Monitor room which plague mix engineers. A the RMC™ Roommodes Mode Correction system is included inJBL thetofirst, LSR6300 and Controller. The RMC system includes everything needed Room Mode Correction system is included in the LSR6300 and LSR4300 Seriesand monitors the optional Monitor System analyze LF problems restoreand accuracy at the mixMSC1 position.

LSR4300 Series andincludes the optional MSC1 Monitor System Controller. The monitors RMC system everything needed to Controller. The RMC system includes everything needed to analyze LF problems and restore accuracy at the mix position. analyze LF problems and restore accuracy at the mix position.

STUDIO MONITORS STUDIO MONITORS

key key features features STUDIO MONITORS

The LSR features The key LSR Series Series The LSR Series

f LINEAR SPATIAL REFERENCE DESIGN LINEAR SPATIAL REFERENCE DESIGN f f RMC™ ROOM MODE CORRECTION RMC™ ROOM MODE CORRECTION f f MOUNTING POINTS FOR INDUSTRY STANDARD

f BALANCED AND UNBALANCED INPUTS THAT WIDE RANGE OF INPUTTHAT BALANCED ANDAUNBALANCED INPUTS f ACCOMODATE SIGNAL LEVELS A WIDE RANGE OF INPUT ACCOMODATE SIGNAL LEVELS ON- AND OFF-AXIS PERFORMANCE f EXCELLENT LINEAR SPATIAL REFERENCE DESIGN STANDARD f BALANCED AND UNBALANCED INPUTS THAT f MOUNTING HARDWARE POINTS FOR INDUSTRY f EXCELLENT ONAND OFF-AXIS PERFORMANCE ACCOMODATE A WIDE RANGE OF INPUT f RMC™ ROOMHARDWARE MODE CORRECTION f HIGH SPL CAPABILITY f MOUNTING SIGNAL LEVELS HIGH SPL CAPABILITY f f MOUNTING POINTS FOR INDUSTRY STANDARD MOUNTING HARDWARE

f EXCELLENT ON- AND OFF-AXIS PERFORMANCE f HIGH SPL CAPABILITY

The JBL LSR6300, LSR4300 and the New LSR2300 Series go “beyond accurate”all the way to “stunning”by incorporating features which The JBLthe LSR6300, LSR4300 andinthe LSR2300 Series accurate”all the way to “stunning”by incorporating reduce effect of problems theNew room. We start withgo JBL“beyond transducer and network technologies that provide ultra-flatfeatures responsewhich and reduce the effect of problems in the room. We start with JBL transducer and network technologies that provide ultra-flat The JBL LSR6300, LSR4300 and the New LSR2300 Series go “beyond accurate”all the way to “stunning”by incorporating features which exceptional dynamic range. Then we incorporate features that help to overcome the contributions of the room. So even ifresponse you workand in a exceptional dynamic range. Then incorporate features that help tomodels overcome contributions ofinthe even if you work in a reducestudio, the effect of problems inwe the room.atWe with JBL transducer and network technologies thatuse provide ultra-flat response and small home you’ll have clear sound thestart mix position. All LSR arethe engineered for theroom. mostSodemanding production exceptional dynamic ThenSeries, we incorporate features that to overcome theSeries, contributions ofisthe room. evendemanding if you work inproduction a small home studio, you’ll have clear sound at the mix position. All LSR models are engineered use in theSomost environments. With JBL’srange. LSR6300 LSR4300 Series, and help the New LSR2300 mixingfor a pleasure. small homeWith studio, you’ll have clear sound at the mix position. models are engineered for useisinathe most demanding production environments. JBL’s LSR6300 Series, LSR4300 Series, andAll theLSR New LSR2300 Series, mixing pleasure.

Elliptical Oblate Spheroidal (EOS) Waveguide LSR6332 Designed for a targeted listening window of ± 30 degrees horizontally and ±15 degrees LSR6332 Elliptical Oblate Spheroidal (EOS) Waveguide

* (LSR6328P, LSR6332, LSR6312SP)

vertically, the EOS provides smooth response through the entire listening window

Designed aoftargeted listening window of ±The 30listener, degreeseven horizontally and Elliptical Spheroidal Waveguide within 1.5for dBOblate the on-axis response. The(EOS) result: far off-axis, can hear ±15 degrees smooth through the and entire Designed forrepresentation avertically, targetedthe listening window of ± 30response degrees horizontally an accurate ofEOS the provides on-axis response. listening window withinthe 1.5EOS dB provides of the on-axis response. Thethrough result: the The entire listener, ±15 degrees vertically, smooth response Composite High Frequency Device even far off-axis, hear1.5 andome accurate representation of The the result: on-axis response. listening windowcan within dB ofhigh the frequency on-axis response. The listener, The 1" magnetically shielded device incorporates titanium and even far off-axis, cantohear an accurate representation of the on-axis The response. composite materials improve transientDevice response and reduce distortion. result: Composite High Frequency By 1" reducing distortion inFrequency the lower operating range where the human ear is most The magnetically dome high frequency device incorporates titanium Composite Highshielded Device sensitive, listener fatigue istodramatically reduced. and composite materials improve transient response andincorporates reduce distortion. The 1" magnetically shielded dome high frequency device titanium The result: By reducing distortion in the lower operating range where the human 500G Midrange Transducer and composite materials to improve transient response and reduce distortion. The midrange is a 2" neodymium motor with a 5-inch woven Kevlar™ cone. The ear is most sensitive, listener fatigue is dramatically reduced. The result: By reducing distortion in the lower operating range where the human powerful motor structure was chosen the low reduced. crossover point to the woofer. ear is most sensitive, listener fatiguetoissupport dramatically 500G Midrange Transducer In order to achieve the goal of accurate spatial response, the crossover points match the The midrange is a 2" neodymium motor with a 5-inch woven Kevlar™ cone.The The 500G Midrange Transducer directivity characteristics of the three transducers for optimum spatial response. powerful motoris pinpoint structure was chosen to with support the low crossover point to the The midrange a 2" neodymium motor a 5-inch woven Kevlar™ cone. The result: Absolute accuracy. woofer. Inmotor orderstructure to achieve the goal of accurate spatial response, the crossover powerful Dynamic Braking was chosen to support the low crossover point to the points match thetodirectivity characteristics of thespatial threeresponse, transducers optimum woofer. order achieve the goal accurate thefor crossover LSR6300Inlow frequency transducers areofequipped with an electromagnetic braking coil spatial response. The result: Absolute pinpoint accuracy. points match theeffects directivity characteristics of the three transducers optimum that reduces the of extreme excursion with high transient material.for This causes spatial response. The result: Absolute pinpoint accuracy. more linear compliance Dynamic Brakingresulting in lower distortion, more accurate reproduction and increasedlow reliability. LSR6300 frequency transducers are equipped with an electromagnetic braking Dynamic Braking coil that reduces the effects of extreme transient material. LSR6300 low frequency transducers are excursion equipped with high an electromagnetic braking This causes morethe linear compliance resulting in lower morematerial. accurate coil that reduces effects of extreme excursion withdistortion, high transient reproduction andlinear increased reliability. This causes more compliance resulting in lower distortion, more accurate reproduction and increased reliability.

Reinforced mounting points on LSR speakers allow convenient positioning and installation of multi-channel surround systems for any mixing application, in any studio environment. Reinforced mounting points on LSR speakers

allow convenient positioning installation Reinforced mounting pointsand on LSR speakersof multi-channel surround systems any mixing allow convenient positioning andfor installation of application, in any studio environment. multi-channel surround systems for any mixing application, in any studio environment.

Page 335

Harman Pro Group | 2010

It takesenvironments. more than an With accurate JBL’sspeaker LSR6300system Series, LSR4300 Series, and the NewCorrection) LSR2300 Series, mixing is a pleasure. RMC™ (Room Mode Built-in Boundary Compensation It takes than an accurate speaker system to have more accurate response at the mix position. RMC™ (Room Mode Correction) Built-in Boundary Compensation Room modes or standing waves can mislead With the advent of multi-channel production, takes more thandramatically an accurate speaker system to haveIt accurate response at the mix position. Problems in the room color what RMC™ (Room Mode Correction) Boundary Compensation Room modes standing wavesofcan mislead With the advent ofmay multi-channel production, you give you aorfalse impression low frequency Built-in space limitations compromise the posito have accurate response at the mix position. Problems inthe themix room dramatically colorcorners what you hear at position. Walls and Room modes standing can mislead With the advent multi-channel production, you give you false impression of low frequency space limitations may compromise theLSR6300 posicontent in theaormix. JBL iswaves first to supply a tioning of of the speakers. JBL’s powered Problems theposition. roomstanding dramatically you affect hear atresponse. the in mix Wallswaves andcolor corners can And atwhat you givein you impression frequency spacemodels limitations mayspeakers. compromise thepowered posicontent thea false mix.for JBLidentifying is first of to low supply a tioning of the JBL’s LSR6300 complete solution and overcoming include boundary compensation you hear at can the mix Walls andat corners content insolution theeffect mix. JBL first to supply a overcoming of the speakers. JBL’s powered LSR6300 can mix affect response. And standing waves the position leadposition. you to misjudge bass complete for identifying and models include boundary compensation the negative of is room modes. The LSR6328P, tioning switches, while the RMC™ Systems in the LSR4300 affect response. And wavesbass at complete solution for identifying and overcoming models include boundary compensation the mixcan position canalead youstanding to misjudge content. As a result, speaker which measures the negative effect of room modes. The LSR6328P, switches, while the RMC™ Systems in the LSR4300 6312SP, all LSR4300 models and the New MSC1 and the new MSC1 Monitor System Controller the mix position can lead you to misjudge bass the negative effect of room modes. The LSR6328P, switches, while the RMC™ Systems in the LSR4300 content. a result, a speaker which flat in an As anechoic chamber may “tellmeasures you 6312SP, all LSR4300 modelsare and the Newwith MSC1 and the filters new MSC1 Monitor System in Controller Monitor System Controller equipped include to offset the increase bass content. As a result, a speaker which measures 6312SP, all LSR4300 models and the New MSC1 and the new MSC1 Monitor System Controller flat in an anechoic chamber may “tell a different story” in the room. The keyyou to Monitor System Controller areMode equipped with include filters offsetwhen the increase in bass RMC™, JBL’s ingenious Room Correction response that to occurs the speaker is placed flat in an anechoic chamber may “tell you Monitor System Controller are equipped with include filters to offset the increase in bass a different inthe the room. The keykey to to accuracy is story” tackling of boundaries, RMC™, ingenious Room Mode Correction response that when is placed System. The LSR6300 RMC Calibration kit includes response near a wall, in aoccurs corner or onthe a work surface. a different story” ineffect the room. The RMC™, JBL’s JBL’s ingenious Room Mode Correction that occurs when the speaker isspeaker placed accuracy is tackling the effect of In boundaries, standing waves reflections. System. LSR6300 RMC Calibration kit includes in a or corner or onsurface. a work surface. accuracy isand tackling the effect ofdeveloping boundaries, everything to identify roomkit modes and System. The Theneeded LSR6300 RMC Calibration includes near anear wall,ainwall, a corner on a work standing waveswaves andexamined reflections. In problem developing the LSRstanding Series, JBL each in Stunning Sound and reflections. In developing everything needed identify room modes set the LSR6300 series on-board parametric everything needed totoidentify room modes andand LSRthe Series, JBLand examined each problem inin the environment created theeach perfect soluStunning Sound LSR Series, JBL examined problem Stunning Sound Starting with application-designed and built set serieson-board on-board parametric equalizer. JBL engineers took the RMC solution setthe the LSR6300 LSR6300 series parametric the environment and the perfect soluthe and created the perfect solution.environment Even if you work in a created small control room, with application-designed built andaccurate Starting withengineered application-designed built equalizer. JBL took thethe RMC solution transducers forand extremely equalizer. JBLengineers engineers took RMC solution one step further by equipping the LSR4300 Series Starting tion. ifwork you work insmooth a small control room, tion. Even ifEven you in a small control room, an LSR system will provide accurate engineered for extremely accurate accurate onestep step further further equipping the LSR4300 Series transducers engineered for extremely response and superb power handling, the stunone by equipping the LSR4300 Series transducers speakers with anby automated analyzer and correcLSR system will provide smooth accurate an LSRan system will provide smooth accurate and superb power the stunresponse at the mixer’s chair. speakers with automated analyzer and correcresponse and power the stunning sound of superb the LSRhandling, Series handling, Studio Monitors speakers an automated analyzer and correcresponse tive filter.with Bothan systems dramatically improve response the mixer’s chair. ning sound of themix LSR Series Monitors tivefrequency filter. Both Both systems response at theatmixer’s chair. ning sound of the LSRStudio Series StudioThe Monitors make long sessions a pleasure. LSR6300 tive filter. systemsdramatically dramatically improve low performance at theimprove mix position. LSR (Linear Spatial Reference Technology) makemake long mix sessions a pleasure. The LSR6300 lowfrequency frequency performance thethe mixmix position. long mix sessions a pleasure. The LSR6300 line* incorporates the single most significant low performance at position. The LSR2300 Series owner at can enjoy the benefits LSR (Linear Spatial Reference Technology) line* incorporates the single most significant The LSR2300 Series owner can enjoy the benefits LSR Technology) Much(Linear of whatSpatial you hearReference at the mix position is line* incorporates singleJBL’s mostpatented significant advance in monitorthe history: The LSR2300 Series owner enjoy benefits of JBL RMC Technology by can adding thethe optional Much of what you hear at the mix position is advance in monitor history: JBL’s patented of JBL RMC Technology by adding the optional Much of what you hear at theLinear mix position reflected—not direct sound. Spatial is advance in monitor history: JBL’sProviding patentedunparDifferential Drive® Technology. of JBL RMC Technology by adding the optional MSC1 Monitor System Controller with RMC that, reflected—not direct sound. Linear Spatial Differential Drive® Technology. Providing unparMSC1 Monitor System Controller with RMC that, reflected—not direct sound. Linear Spatial Reference Technology ensures midmid andand high Differential Drive® Technology. unparperformance, thepermanently wooferProviding permanently MSC1 Monitor System Controller with RMC in tocontrolling controlling the system, tunes it for alleledalleled Reference Technology ensures high performance, the woofer inaddition addition to the system, tunes it forthat, Reference Technology ensures mid and frequency response of our is neutral at at alleled performance, the woofer permanently dispels the notion that better linearity, higher frequency response ofspeakers our speakers ishigh neutral inperfect addition to in controlling perfect mixes inany anyroom. room.the system, tunes it for dispels the notion that better linearity, higher mixes frequency response ourexact speakers is of neutral at the mixthe position. Theofexact geometry the wavemix position. The geometry of the wavedispels theand notion that betterdynamic linearity,accuracy higher handling and greater perfect mixes in any room. powerpower handling greater dynamic accuracy the mixthe position. The exact geometry ofand the waveguide, interaction of the woofer and tweeter, guide, the interaction of the woofer tweeter, power handling and greater dynamic accuracy are somehow unobtainable. JBL’s Differential are somehow unobtainable. JBL’s Differential Carbon Fiber Carbon Fiber guide, interaction of woofer tweeter, and the network arethe designed toand provide accuand thethe network are designed to provide anan accuComposite DriveDrive usessomehow two drive with twice the thermal are unobtainable. JBL’s Differential Composite Cone uses twocoils drive coils with twice the thermal Carbon Cone Fiber rate listening of ±degree 30 provide degree horizontal, and the network arewindow designed to an accurate listening window of ± 30 horizontal, surface areauses ofarea traditional speakers. As atwice result,As Composite Cone Drive two drive coils with the thermal surface of traditional speakers. a result, Dual Magnetic Gaps Dual Magnetic Gaps ± 15 degree vertical. As30a result, reflected rate window degree horizontal, ± 15listening degree vertical. Asofa±result, the the reflected LSR6300 systems provide higher peak output surface area of traditional speakers. As output a result, LSR6300 systems provide higher peak Dual Magnetic sound that reaches mix position Dynamic BrakeGaps Coil with less spectral shift that causes to output ± 15 degree vertical. As mix athe result, the reflected sound that reaches the position Dynamic Brake Coil LSR6300 provide higher with less systems spectral shift thatmonitors causespeak monitors to is smooth and the accurate. soundsound different when driven different power sound that reaches mix position is smooth and accurate. Dynamic Brake Coil Neodymium Magnet with less spectral shiftatdriven that causes monitors to different when at different power Neodymium Magnet levels. All LSR Series speakers withstand the JBL is smooth and accurate. sound All different when driven at differentthe power levels. LSR Series speakers withstand JBL Aluminum Neodymium Magnet loudspeaker torture test driven at full rated power Aluminum levels. All LSRtorture Series speakers withstand thepower JBL loudspeaker test driven at full rated Diecast Heatsink for over 100 hours. Meeting higher standards Diecast Heatsink Aluminum loudspeaker tortureMeeting test driven atJBL’s full rated power for over 100 hours. higher standards than any other loudspeaker manufacturer, Dual Drive Coils Diecast Heatsink for over 100 hours. Meeting than any other loudspeaker manufacturer, JBL’s Dual Drive Coils demanding test ensures that the LSRhigher Studio standards Diecast Frame thangive anyyou other manufacturer, demanding testloudspeaker ensures the StudioJBL’s Dual Drive Coils Monitors accurate mixesthat year afterLSR year. Diecast Frame demanding test ensures thatmixes the LSR Monitors give you accurate yearStudio after year. Differential Drive® Technology Diecast Frame * (LSR6328P, LSR6332, Differential Drive® Technology Monitors giveLSR6312SP) you accurate mixes year after year. * (LSR6328P, LSR6332, LSR6312SP) LSR6332 Differential Drive® Technology

Section:

f LINEAR SPATIAL REFERENCE DESIGN

f THX pm3® APPROVED

f RMC™ ROOM MODE CORRECTION SYSTEM

f INTEGRATED MOUNTING POINTS

f LINEAR SPATIAL REFERENCE DESIGN

f THX pm3® APPROVED

f RMC™ ROOM MODE CORRECTION SYSTEM

f INTEGRATED MOUNTING POINTS

LSR6300 Series

f PATENTED DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE® TECHNOLOGY

LSR6300 SERIES f PATENTED DIFFERENTIAL DRIVE® TECHNOLOGY

LSR6300 SERIES

LSR6300 Series

LSR6325P-1 The compact LSR6325P-1 provides exceptional performance for use in applications where accuLSR6325P-1 racy is a must, but space is limited. With a 5.25" The compact LSR6325P-1 provides exceptional high-excursion damped titanium performancewoofer, for use in1"applications where accucomposite 150 watts ofWith amplificaracy is a tweeter, must, butand space is limited. a 5.25" tion,high-excursion it outperforms many larger systems. A woofer, 1" damped titanium boundary compensation adjusts response composite tweeter, and setting 150 watts of amplificawhen used on workstation WhenA used tion, it outperforms many surfaces. larger systems. compensation settingthe adjusts response withboundary the LSR6312SP Subwoofer, LSR6325P-1 when used on workstation surfaces. When is the heart of an exceptionally accurate yetused space with the LSR6312SP Subwoofer, the LSR6325P-1 efficient full-range system.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

is the heart of an exceptionally accurate yet space

TheLSR6328P LSR6328P is THE choice for stereo and multi-channel music andchoice post for audio applicaThe LSR6328P is THE stereo and tionsmulti-channel where accuracy are required. musicand andhigh post SPL audio applicaWithtions ruler-flat dB/-1.5 dBhigh response 50 where+1 accuracy and SPL arefrom required. Hz to 20 kHz, low+1 frequency to 3650Hz, With ruler-flat dB/-1.5 dBextension response from boundary andextension JBL’s newtoRMC™ Hz to 20compensation kHz, low frequency 36 Hz, boundary compensation JBL’s new RMC™ system, the LSR6328P givesand you exceptional the LSR6328P givesin you exceptional low system, frequency performance any room. The low is frequency performance in any room. system bi-amplified with a 250 Watt LF The amplisystem is bi-amplified with a 250Based Watt LF amplifier and a 120 Watt HF amplifier. around fier and a 120 Watt HF amplifier. Based around JBL’s patented 8" Differential Drive® carbon-fiber JBL’s patented 8" Differential Drive® carbon-fiber woofer and a 1" titanium composite tweeter, the woofer and a 1" titanium composite tweeter, the system produces smooth extraorsystem produces smoothresponse response and and extraordinary SPL.SPL. Wall mounting the dinary Wall mountingprovisions provisions make make the LSR6328P perfect LSR6328P perfect for installation in multifor installation in multichannel editorial rooms. channel editorial rooms.

LSR6312SP

If you need a larger monitor with high SPL, for

The LSR6312SP powered subwoofer is based 2004 WINNER

mid-field, soffit or behind the screen applications, on a 12" woofer with JBL’s patented neodymium If you need a larger monitor with high SPL, for LSR6312SP the LSR6332 your choice. This three-way Differential Drive and 260 watts of power. An mid-field, soffit orisbehind the screen applications, The LSR6312SP powered subwoofer is based non-powered system can handle 200 watts bass-management system provides all the LSR6332 is your choice. This three-way on a 12" integral woofer with JBL’s patented neodymium continuoussystem pink noise/800 peak and will Differential theDrive features youwatts needoffor today’s non-powered can handlewatts 200 watts and 260 power. An multi-format generatepink 112noise/800 dB SPL atwatts 1 meter. surround production including: continuous peakThe and LSR6332 will integral bass-management system provides LCR all and Direct generate 112 dB aSPL 1 meter. The LSR6332 incorporates 12"atneodymium Differential Drivethe features LFEyou inputs, output for chaining multiple needsummed for today’s multi-format incorporates a 12" neodymium Differential dual coil woofer, 5" Kevlar™ midrangeDrive speaker surroundsubwoofers, -4 dB alignment setting, and JBL’s production including: LCR and Direct dual coil 5" Kevlar™ midrange speaker summed outputMode for chaining multiple and 1"woofer, titanium composite tweeter. The system LFE inputs, new RMC Room Correction system. RMC and 1" titanium composite tweeter. The system JBL’s is exceptionally flat, +1 dB/ –1.5 dB from 60 Hz tosubwoofers, -4 dB alignment setting, andCalibration Kit is exceptionally flat, +1 dB/ –1.5 dB from 60 Hz to 22 kHz with LF extension to 35 Hz. User features new RMC Room Mode Correction system. RMC included. 22 kHz with LF extension to 35 Hz. User features Calibration Kit include a –1 dB HF level setting, and dual 5-way include a –1 dB HF level setting, and dual 5-way included. binding posts for bi-wire capability. binding posts for bi-wire capability.

efficient full-range system. LSR6328P

Section:

2004 WINNER

LSR6332

RMC™ (Room Mode Correction) Calibration Kit

RMC™ (Room Mode and Correction) Kitequipped with RMC–JBL’s The LSR6328P LSR6312SPCalibration Subwoofer are The LSR6328P and LSR6312SP are equipped with RMC–JBL’s ingenious methodSubwoofer of zeroing-out bass problems at the mix position ingenious method bassAproblems the mix position caused ofbyzeroing-out room modes. built-in at 1/10th octave parametric equalizer caused by room modes. A built-in 1/10th octave parametric equalizer allows you to correct problems below 100 Hz. The RMC Calibration Kit allows you to correct problems below 100 Hz. The RMC Calibration Kit gives youyou everything you need to identify problematic gives you everything need to identify problematic room modes and room modes and tune your Theand LSR6325P-1 andthe LSR6332 enjoy tune your system. The system. LSR6325P-1 LSR6332 enjoy benefits of the benefits of when usedwith in athe system with the LSR6312SP Subwoofer. RMC when RMC used in a system LSR6312SP Subwoofer.

LSR6332

LSR6328P

LSR6332

specifications specifications LSR6325P-1

LSR6325P-1

FREQUENCY RESPONSE LOW FREQUENCY EXTENSION FREQUENCY RESPONSE AMPLIFIER POWER (LF/HF) LOW FREQUENCY EXTENSION 1 SPL (CONTINUOUS/PEAK AMPLIFIER POWER (LF/HF) ) LONG-TERM MAXIMUM POWER 1 SPL (CONTINUOUS/PEAK ) DRIVERS (LF, MF, HF) LONG-TERM MAXIMUM POWER SENSITIVITY DRIVERS (LF, MF, HF) SYSTEM IMPEDANCE SENSITIVITY CROSSOVER FREQUENCIES SYSTEMHF IMPEDANCE ADJUSTMENT CROSSOVER FREQUENCIES INPUTS HF ADJUSTMENT MAGNETIC SHIELDING MOUNTING CAPABILITY INPUTS FINISH MAGNETIC SHIELDING DIMENSIONS MOUNTING CAPABILITY (H x W x D) FINISH NET WEIGHT (each)

DIMENSIONS (H x W x D) NET WEIGHT (each)

LSR6328P

LSR6325P-1

70 Hz - 20 kHz (+1, -2 dB) LSR6325P-1

: 48kHz Hz (+1, -2 dB) 70-10 HzdB - 20 100dBW/50 -10 : 48 W Hz 106W/50 dB/109 100 W dB 106 dB/109 dB 5.25 in/1 in 96 dB/1m

5.25 in/1 in 962.3dB/1m kHz

+1.5 dB/-1.5 dB

LSR6328P

50 LSR6328P Hz - 20 kHz (+1, -1.5 dB) -1050 dBHz : 36- 20 Hz kHz (+1, -1.5 dB) 250-10 W/120 dB : W36 Hz 108250 dB/111 dB W W/120

108 dB/111 dB

8 in/1 in 96 dB/1m

1.796 kHzdB/1m +1 dB/-1 dB XLR,1.71⁄4kHz in Yes+1 dB/-1 dB YesXLR, 1⁄4 in Dark YesGraphite 406Yes x 330 x 325 mm (16 x 13 x 12.5 in) Dark Graphite 17.7 kg (39 lb)

LSR6312SP

LSR6332

2.3XLR, kHzRCA +1.5 Yes dB/-1.5 dB YesRCA XLR, Dark Graphite Yes 269 x 173 x 241 mm Yes (10.6 x 6.8 x 9.5 in) Dark Graphite 7.7 kg (17 lb) 269 x 173 x 241 mm 406 x 330 x 325 mm 1 Calculated using average 1 watt/ 1 meter sensitivity and peak amplifier output. (10.6 x 6.8 x 9.5 in) (16 x 13 x 12.5 in) 7.7 kg (17 lb) 17.7 kg (39 lb)

LSR6332

LSR6312SP

60 Hz - 22 kHz (+1, -1.5 dB) 28 Hz - 80 HzLSR6312SP (-6 dB) LSR6332 -10 dB :60 35 Hz Hz - 22 kHz (+1, -1.5 dB) -10 dB : 26 Hz28 Hz - 80 Hz (-6 dB) 260 W -10 dB : 35 Hz -10 dB : 26 Hz 112 dB/115 dB 260 W 200 W cont/800 W peak 200 W cont/800 W peak 112 dB/115 dB 12 in 12 in/5 in/1 in 200 W cont/800 W peak 200 W cont/800 W peak 96 dB/1 W/1 m 93 dB/2.83V/1 m (90 dB/1 W/1 m) 12 in 12 in/5 in/1 in 4 ohms 96 dB/1 W/1 m 93 dB/2.83V/1 m (90 dB/1 W/180m)Hz 250 Hz/2.2 kHz -1 dB 4 ohms 250 Binding Hz/2.2 kHz Dual 5-Way XLR, 1⁄4 in 80 Hz Yes -1 dB Yes Yes Dual 5-Way Binding Yes XLR, 1⁄4 in Dark Graphite Dark GraphiteYes Yes 635 x 394 394 x 635 x 292 Yesx 292 mm Yesmm (25 x 15.5 x 11.5 in) (15.5 x 25 x 11.5 in) Dark Graphite Dark Graphite 20.4 kg (45 lb) 22.7 kg (50 lb) 635 x 394 x 292 mm 394Kitx 635 x 292with mmLSR6312SP RMC Calibration Included

1 Calculated using average 1 watt/ 1 meter sensitivity and peak amplifier output.

Page 336

LSR6312SP

(25 x 15.5 x 11.5 in) 20.4 kg (45 lb)

(15.5 x 25 x 11.5 in) 22.7 kg (50 lb) RMC Calibration Kit Included with LSR6312SP

STUDIO MONITORS

key features

STUDIO MONITORS

LSR4300 Series key features LSR4300 Series

LSR4326P

f LINEAR SPATIAL REFERENCE DESIGN f AUTOMATED RMC™ ROOM MODE CORRECTION SPATIAL REFERENCE DESIGN ffLINEAR SUPPLIED WIRELESS REMOTE

CONTROL AND CONTROL RMC™LSR4300 ROOM MODE f AUTOMATED CORRECTION CENTER SOFTWARE f SUPPLIED WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROL AND LSR4300 CONTROL CENTER SOFTWARE

LSR4328P

LSR4326P

f HARMAN HIQNET™ NETWORK FOR SYSTEM CONTROL

LSR4328P

f MOUNTING POINTS FOR INDUSTRY-

STANDARD MOUNTING HIQNET™ NETWORK FORHARDWARE f HARMAN SYSTEM CONTROL ACCURATE IN ANY f EXCEPTIONALLY f

POINTS FOR INDUSTRYMIX ENVIRONMENT f MOUNTING STANDARD MOUNTING HARDWARE f EXCEPTIONALLY ACCURATE IN ANY MIX ENVIRONMENT

LSR4312SP LSR4312SP

post, broadcast, stereo and surround-sound production.

ACCURACY

ACCURACY JBL’s next generation automated RMC™ Room JBL’s next generation automated RMC™ Room Mode Correction system incorporates a powerful Mode system incorporates powerful analyzer intoCorrection each speaker that measuresaand analyzer into each speaker that measures and automatically compensates for problems caused automatically compensates for problems caused by low frequency standing waves and proximity by low frequency standing waves and proximity to boundaries. This creates a stunningly clear and to boundaries. This creates a stunningly clear and articulate soundsound stagestage enabling reliable mixes articulate enabling reliable mixes that translate faithfully to the world. that translate faithfully to outside the outside world.

System calibration is accomplished by simply Systemplugging calibration is accomplished simply the LSR4300 calibrationby microphone plugging the calibration microphone intoLSR4300 the speaker and pushing a button.

into the speaker and pushing a button.

CALIBRATION & CONFIGURATION

CALIBRATION & CONFIGURATION Truly putting technology to work, system caliTruly putting technology to system cali- the bration is accomplished bywork, simply plugging bration iscalibration accomplished by simply plugging LSR4300 microphone into thethe speaker LSR4300 calibration microphone into the speaker and pushing a button. The results are a revoluand pushing a button. The results are a revolution in professional mixing: a calibrated listening tion in professional mixing: a calibrated listening environment where the monitors truly work in environment where the monitors truly work in harmony withthe theroom. room. LSR4300 System harmony with LSR4300 System withwith Harman HiQnet™Network Network allows centralized Harman HiQnet™ allows centralized control allsystem systemsettings settings using LSR4300 control of of all using thethe LSR4300 elegant panelcontrols, controls, supplied infrared elegant front front panel supplied infrared remote orcomputer computer software. remote control control or software. TheLSR4300 LSR4300 Series can be be configured The Seriessystems systems can configured with up up to to eight in any desired with eightmain mainspeakers speakers in any desired mixof of 6" 6" and two subwoofers. mix and8" 8"models modelsand and two subwoofers. The system is automatically aligned so the sound The system is automatically aligned so the sound arriving at the mix position from all speakers is arriving at the mix position from all speakers is balanced even in rooms with space limitations. balanced even in rooms with space limitations.

8" woofer and 1" silk-dome tweeter.

LSR4328P

LSR4312SP The LSR4328P is a bi-amplified system with The LSR4312SP is a 450 watt, powered 12" 8" woofer and 1" silk-dome tweeter. subwoofer with automated RMC* and powerful features for stereo and surround sound LSR4312SP production including bass management of the LSR4312SP is aadjustable 450 watt,crossover powered 12" L, C, R,The LS, RS channels with subwoofer with automated RMC* and powerful points* plus a dedicated LFE (Low Frequency Effects) inputs. for stereo and surround sound features

production including bass management of the L, C, R, LS, RS channels with adjustable crossover points* plus a dedicated LFE (Low Frequency Effects) inputs.

*When used in a system with LSR4326P or LSR4328P

LSR4326P The LSR4326P is a bi-amplified system with 6" woofer and 1" silk-dome tweeter.

specifications specifications LSR4326P

LSR4326P

LSR4328P The LSR4326P is a bi-amplified system with The LSR4328P a bi-amplified system with 6" wooferisand 1" silk-dome tweeter.

LSR4328P

FREQUENCY RESPONSE LSR4326P ± 1.5 dB: 55 Hz – 20 kHz ± 1.5 dB: 50 Hz – 20 kHz LSR4328P 22 kHz dB: 43 Hz – 22 kHz FREQUENCY RESPONSE ± 1.5 -3dB:dB:5547HzHz––20 kHz ±-31.5 dB: 50 Hz – 20 kHz -10 dB: 39 Hz – 32 kHz -10 dB: 35 Hz – 32 kHz -3 dB: 47 Hz – 22 kHz -3 dB: 43 Hz – 22 kHz 70W 150W/ AMPLIFIER POWER (LF/HF) -10 dB:150W/ 39 Hz – 32 kHz -10 dB:70W 35 Hz – 32 kHz 106 dB / 112 dB 106 dB / 112 dB SPL (CONTINUOUS/PEAK 1) 150W/ 70W 150W/ 70W AMPLIFIER POWER (LF/HF) 6.25" 436H / 1" 431 G; Self-Shielded 8" 438H / 1" 431G; Self-Shielded DRIVERS (LF/HF) 106 dBNeodymium / 112 dB Motor Structures 106 dB / 112Motor dB Structures SPL (CONTINUOUS/PEAK 1) Neodymium 6.25" 436H / 1" 431 G; Self-Shielded 8" DRIVERS (LF/HF) 94 dB/1m 94438H dB/1m/ 1" 431G; Self-Shielded SENSITIVITY (+4 dBU, -10 dBV) Neodymium Motor Structures Neodymium Motor Structures XLR, 1⁄4" Balanced, +4 dBU, -10 dBV XLR, 1⁄4" Balanced, +4 dBU, -10 dBV INPUTS:ANALOG 94 dB/1m 94 dB/1m SENSITIVITY (+4 dBU, -10 dBV) XLR, S/PDIF RCA-10 dBV AES/EBU XLR, S/PDIF+4 RCAdBU, -10 dBV 1⁄4" Balanced, XLR, 4" Balanced, +4 dBU, INPUTS:ANALOGDIGITAL XLR, 1⁄AES/EBU 24 Bit, 96 kHz 24 Bit, 96 kHz DIGITAL PROCESSING XLR,HiQnet™ S/PDIF RCA AES/EBU XLR, S/PDIF RCAUSB, RMC Mic Harman Network, USB, RMC Mic Harman HiQnet Network, DATADIGITAL CONNECTIONS AES/EBU YesBit, 96 kHz SHIELDING 24 Bit,Yes 96 kHz 24 DIGITALMAGNETIC PROCESSING YesHiQnet™ Network, USB, RMC Mic Yes CAPABILITY Harman Harman HiQnet Network, USB, RMC Mic DATAMOUNTING CONNECTIONS Gray Soft Touch/Gray FINISH: BAFFLE/ENCLOSURE Yes Gray Soft Touch/Gray Yes MAGNETIC SHIELDING 438 x 267 x 269 mm DIMENSIONS Yes 387 x 236 x 262 mm Yes MOUNTING CAPABILITY (15.25 x 9.3 x 10.3 in) (17.25 x 10.5 x 10.6 in) (H x W x D) Gray Soft Touch/Gray Gray Soft Touch/Gray FINISH: BAFFLE/ENCLOSURE 12.7 kg (28 lb) 14.1 kg (31 lb) NET WEIGHT (each) 387 x1 236 x 262using mm 6dB crest factor pink noise in free 438space x 267atx 1269 mmC weighted DIMENSIONS Measured Meter (15.25 x 9.3 x 10.3 in) (17.25 x 10.5 x 10.6 in) (H x W x D) 12.7 kg (28 lb) 14.1 kg (31 lb) NET WEIGHT (each)

LSR4312SP

27 HzLSR4312SP - 250 Hz (-6 dB) -3dB: 29 Hz 27 Hz - 250 Hz (-6 dB) -10 dB: 24 Hz -3dB: 29 Hz 450W-10 dB: 24 Hz 116 dB / 125 dB 450W 12" 432G; Self-Shielded

116 dB / 125 dB 12" 432G; Self-Shielded 94 dB/1m

LSR4300 Accessory Kit *

LSR4300 Accessory Kit * Includes: Includes: • LSR4300 Calibration Microphone and mic clip • LSR4300 Calibration Microphone • LSR4300 Calibration Microphone

• Remote Control and mic clip • LSR4300 Control Center Software • Remote Control • USB Cable • LSR4300 Control Center Software

XLR, 1⁄4" Balanced, +4 dBU, -10 dBV, • USB Cable 94 dB/1m LFE +10 dB Gain * AES/EBU OUT; S/PDIF IN,-10 OUTdBV, 1⁄4"IN, XLR,XLR Balanced, +4RCA dBU, 24 Bit, kHz dB Gain LFE96+10 AES/EBU IN, OUT; RCA IN, OUT Harman HiQnetXLR Network, USB,S/PDIF RMC Mic Yes 24 Bit, 96 kHz No Harman HiQnet Network, USB, RMC Mic Gray Yes Soft Touch/Gray 501 xNo 406 x 495 mm (19.75 x 16 x 19.25 in) Gray Soft Touch/Gray 29.5 kg (66 lb) Included in the LSR4326P/PAK and LSR4328P/PAK

501 x 406 x 495 mm (19.75 x 16 x 19.25 in) 29.5 kg (66 lb)

Included in the LSR4326P/PAK and LSR4328P/PAK

1 Measured using 6dB crest factor pink noise in free space at 1 Meter C weighted

Page 337

Harman Pro Group | 2010

The first “self-aware” monitoring system, the JBL LSR4300 Studio Monitors incorporate powerful network intelligence and RMC™ Room Mode The first “self-aware” system,sound the JBLand LSR4300 Studiomixes Monitors incorporate powerful and RMC™ Room Mode Correction in the speaker,monitoring to deliver superb accurate in any room. With digitalnetwork inputs,intelligence and computer connectivity, the LSR4300s the speaker, to deliver superb sound and accurate mixesThe in any room. With andTHE computer the LSR4300s are theCorrection ultimateinmonitor for the modern production environment. LSR4300 seriesdigital haveinputs, become choiceconnectivity, of facilities engaged in music, are the ultimate monitor for the modern production environment. The LSR4300 series have become THE choice of facilities engaged in music, post, broadcast, stereo and surround-sound production.

Section:

f LINEAR SPATIAL REFERENCE DESIGN f HIGH OUTPUT FOR SUPERIOR SPATIALACCURACY REFERENCEAND DESIGN HIGH OUTPUTMOUNTING POINTS f LINEAR f INTEGRATED f IMAGING FOR SUPERIOR ACCURACY AND INTEGRATED MOUNTING POINTS f OPTIONAL MSC1 MONITOR SYSTEM f IMAGING LOW FREQUENCY f EXCEPTIONAL SPATIAL REFERENCE DESIGN f LINEAR f HIGH OUTPUT CONTROLLER WITH RMC™ ROOM OPTIONAL MSC1 MONITOR SYSTEM f PERFORMANCE EXCEPTIONAL LOW AND FREQUENCY FOR ACCURACY f SUPERIOR MODE CORRECTION CONTROLLER WITH RMC™ ROOM MOUNTING POINTS f INTEGRATED PERFORMANCE IMAGING CORRECTION OPTIONALMODE MSC1 MONITOR SYSTEM

key key features features

LSR2300 Series features LSR2300key Series LSR2300 Series

Harman Pro Group | 2010

LSR2310SP LSR2310SP

LSR2325P LSR2325P

LSR2328P LSR2328P

LSR2310SP

LSR2325P

LSR2328P

f EXCEPTIONAL LOW FREQUENCY PERFORMANCE

MSC1

CONTROLLER WITH RMC™ ROOM MODE CORRECTION

MSC1 MSC1

JBL Professional proudly introduces the new LSR2300 Series and The MSC1 Monitor System Controller delivering professional performance at a JBL Professional the newLSR2300 LSR2300 Series MSC1 Monitor System Controller delivering performance at a Professional proudly introduces new Series andand TheThe MSC1 Monitor System Controller delivering professional performance at athe LSR6300 priceJBL within reachproudly of any introduces studio. Thethe LSR2300 models incorporate the same Linear Spatial Reference design professional that have made price within reach of any studio. The LSR2300 models incorporate the same Linear Spatial Reference design that have made the LSR6300 price within reach of any studio. The LSR2300 models incorporate the same Linear Spatial Reference design that have made the LSR6300 and LSR4300 Series the choice of top professionals and facilities world-wide. To produce an extraordinary monitor system at these price and LSR4300 Series of top topprofessionals professionals and facilities world-wide. To produce anthe extraordinary ataudio thesemixing price and LSR4300 Seriesthe thechoice choice facilities world-wide. produce an extraordinary monitor monitor system atsystem these price points, our award-winning engineers pushed theand limits in every aspect ofTothe design. With understanding that today’s award-winning engineers limits in every aspect of theofdesign. With the understanding that mixes today’s mixing points, ourour award-winning pushed limits in every aspect thea design. With the understanding that today’s audio mixing andpoints, recording is carried outengineers in a broadpushed range the ofthe environments, JBL designed system that delivers perfect inaudio any room. and recordingis iscarried carriedout outin in a broad range ofofenvironments, JBL JBL designed a system that delivers perfect mixes in mixes any room. and recording broad range environments, designed a system that delivers perfect in any room. highly-acclaimed RMC ™ Room Mode Correction SONIC ACCURACY HIGH OUTPUT SONIC ACCURACY SONIC ACCURACY Meeting LSR Linear Spatial

MeetingLSR LSRLinear Linear Spatial Meeting Spatial Reference criteria produces Reference criteria produces Reference criteria and produces superior imaging superior imaging and superior what imaging ensures, youand hear ensures, what you hear you hear at the mixmix position isensures, neutral ininaabroad range at the position is neutralwhat broad range at the mix positionThe isThe neutral in awave broad range of environments. precision guide of environments. precision wave guide of environments. The precision wave guide and crossover design, and developed and crossover design, andaanewly newly developed andElliptical crossover design, and aresult newlyin Elliptical Tweeter Aperture superior Tweeter Aperture result indeveloped superior accuracy imaging the mixposition. position. Elliptical Tweeter Aperture result in superior accuracy andand imaging atatthe mix accuracy and imaging at the mix position. EXTENDEDLOW LOW FREQUENCY FREQUENCY EXTENDED RESPONSELOW FREQUENCY EXTENDED RESPONSE

Section:

developedlong-excursion long-excursion low RESPONSE JBLJBL developed low frequency transducers, and custom

JBL developed long-excursion low frequency transducers, and custom tuned ports that work in concert frequency custom tuned portstransducers, that work inand concert to produce deep accurate Low tuned portsdeep that work in concert to produce accurate Low Frequency Response. to produceResponse. deep accurate Low Frequency Frequency Response.

RMC ™ Room Mode Correction HIGH OUTPUT highly-acclaimed ™ your Room Mode Correction HIGH OUTPUThigh-sensitivity transducers, highly-acclaimed that measures andRMC tunes monitor system JBL-engineered that measures and tunes and yourtunes monitor system JBL-engineered high-sensitivity thatbetter measures your monitor system for mixes. MSC1 main “A” speaker outputs JBL-engineered high-sensitivity high-output amplifiers andtransducers, paidtransducers, careful attenfor better mixes. MSC1 main “A” speaker outputs high-output amplifiers and paid careful attenfor better mixes. EQ MSC1 speaker outputs include monitor andmain RMC.“A” The subwoofer high-output amplifiers and paid attention to the thermal properties of careful the system, include monitor EQ and RMC. The subwoofer tion to the thermal properties of the system, includehas monitor EQlevel and RMC. The subwoofer output its own and crossover controls, tion to the thermal properties of the system, allowing each model in the LSR2300 line to output has its own level and crossover controls, allowing each model in the LSR2300 line to output has own level and crossover controls, RMC toits perfectly blend the “A” allowing each model inpressure the LSR2300 line produce exceptional sound pressure levelto(SPL).and RMCand to perfectly blend the sub withthe thesub “A” with produce exceptional sound level (SPL). and to perfectly blend the sub with the “A” The very affordable MSC1 works with produce exceptional sound pressure (SPL). three LSR2300 models survived JBLspeakers.speakers. TheRMC very affordable MSC1 works with AllAll three LSR2300 models have have survived thelevel JBLthe speakers. Thesystem. very affordable MSC1 works with any speaker All three in LSR2300 models have survived the JBL torture-test in which each system must at any speaker system. torture-test which each system must play atplay any speaker system. torture-test inforwhich each system must play at rated power for hours 100 hours before becoming fullfull rated power 100 before becoming a production-ready rated powerdesign. for 100 hours before becoming afull production-ready design. a production-ready design. MSCI MONITOR SYSTEM CONTROLLER MSCI MONITOR SYSTEM CONTROLLER The new MSC1 Monitor System Controller is a MSCI MONITOR SYSTEM CONTROLLER The new MSC1 Monitor System Controller is a desk-top unit that allows monitoring of a range The new MSC1 Monitor System Controller is a desk-top unit that allows monitoring of a range if input sources and connection of two sets of desk-top unit that monitoring a range if input sources andallows connection of twoofsets of speakers and a subwoofer. Since the bulk of if input sources and connection two setsofof speakers and a subwoofer. Sinceofthe bulk today’s work is carried out in acoustically lessspeakers and subwoofer. Since theJBL's bulklessof today’s work isa carried out in acoustically than perfect rooms, he MSC1 incorporates

FREQUENCY RESPONSE (±3 dB) LOW FREQUENCY EXTENSION FREQUENCY RESPONSE (±3(-10dB) dB) AMPLIFIER POWER (LF/HF) FREQUENCY RESPONSE (±3 dB) LOW FREQUENCY EXTENSION (-10dB) MAX SPL CONTINUOUS (EACH / PAIR ) LOW FREQUENCY EXTENSION (-10dB) AMPLIFIER POWER (LF/HF) MAX SPL PEAK (EACH/ PAIR) ) AMPLIFIER POWER MAX SPL CONTINUOUS (EACH /(LF/HF) PAIR DRIVERS (LF/HF) MAX SPL CONTINUOUS (EACH / PAIR )

MAX SPL PEAK (EACH/ PAIR ) MAXINPUT SPL PEAK (EACH/(LF/HF) PAIR1/4" ) DRIVERS SENSITIVITY: XLR, DRIVERS -10dBV; RCA(LF/HF) -20 dBV INPUT SENSITIVITY: XLR,INPUTS 1/4" -10dBV; RCAXLR, -20 1/4" dBV INPUT SENSITIVITY: OUTPUTS -10dBV; RCA -20 dBV INPUTS USER CONTROLS INPUTS OUTPUTS MAGNETIC SHIELDING OUTPUTS USER CONTROLS MOUNTING CAPABILITY USER CONTROLS BAFFLE MAGNETICFINISH: SHIELDING ENCLOSURE MAGNETICCAPABILITY SHIELDING MOUNTING DIMENSIONS (H x W x D) MOUNTING CAPABILITY FINISH: BAFFLE ENCLOSURE FINISH: BAFFLE NET WEIGHT (each) DIMENSIONSENCLOSURE (H x W x D) DIMENSIONS (H x W x D) NET WEIGHT (each) NET WEIGHT (each)

Page 338

LSR2328P 44 Hz - 18 kHz LSR2328P 37HzHz- 18 kHz 44

4495W 18 kHz 37 Hz /- 70W dB / >109 dB 37>Hz103 95W / 70W 117 dB // >109 >123 dB 95W / 70W >>103 dB dB 238GdB/ /1">109 231H; Silk Substrate >8"103 117 >123 dB Neodymium >96238G 117 dB // >123 8" 231H;dBSilk Substrate dB SPL/ 1" 1m Neodymium 8" 238G / 1" 231H; Silk Substrate Neodymium 96XLR,1⁄4" dB SPL Balanced, / 1m 96RCA dBUnbalanced SPL / 1m N/A XLR,1⁄4" Balanced, Input Level; HF Trim, LF Trim RCA Unbalanced XLR,1⁄4" Balanced, N/A RCA Unbalanced Yes Level; HF Trim, LF Trim N/A Input Yes Level; HF Trim, LF Trim Input Metallic Anthracite Paint Yes Matte Black PVC Yes 395 x 254 x 310 mm Yes Metallic 15.5 x 10Anthracite x 12.5 in Paint Matte Black PVC Paint Metallic Anthracite 12.3 kg (27 lb) Matte Blackx 310 PVCmm 395 x 254 15.5 10 xx12.5 in 395 xx254 310 mm 15.5 kg x 10(27x 12.5 12.3 lb) in 12.3 kg (27 lb)

MSC1 Rear Panel MSC1 Rear Panel

MSC1 Features & Specifications:

today’s workrooms, is carried in acoustically than perfect heout MSC1 incorporateslessJBL's MSC1 Features & Specifications: than perfect rooms, he MSC1 incorporates JBL's • Master Volume Control MSC1 Features & Specifications:

specifications specifications specifications LSR2328P

MSC1 Rear Panel

LSR2325P

LSR2310SP

LSR2325P LSR2310SP 52 Hz - 18 kHz 31 Hz - 150 Hz (-6dB) LSR2325P LSR2310SP 43 Hz 29 Hz 31 52 Hz - 18 kHz Hz - 150 Hz (-6dB) 50W43 35W- 18 kHz 180W 29 52/ Hz 31 Hz - 150 Hz (-6dB) > 99 > 103 dB180W 43dBHz// >105 29 Hz 50W 35W dB >112 dB/dB / 35W >118 dB dB >113 dB> 50W 180W > 99 / >105 103 dB 5" 235G 1" 231H; Silk Substrate 10" 230H; Self-Shielded > 99/dB > 103dB dB >112 dB//>105 >118dB dB >113 Neodymium >112 dB / >118 dB >113 dB 5" 235G / 1" 231H; Silk Substrate 10" 230H; Self-Shielded 96 dB SPL / 1m 96 dB SPL / 1m (80 Hz cross over)

• Master Volume Control • Master Volume Control

• A/B Speaker Select

• A/B Speaker Select • A/B/C Input Source Select • A/B Speaker Select

• A/B/C Input Source Select • Subwoofer Output with Level Control • and Selectable Crossover Frequencies • A/B/C Input Source Select Subwoofer Output with Level Control • Adjustable Low and High Frequency Selectable Crossover Frequencies • and Subwoofer Output with Level Control Speaker EQ and Selectable Crossover Frequencies

• Adjustable Low and High Frequency

• Headphone Output with Volume Control EQ • Speaker Adjustable Low and High Frequency

Speaker EQ • Monitor Mute Control • Headphone Output with Volume Control Neodymium 5" 235G / 1" 231H; Silk Substrate 10" 230H; Self-Shielded • RMC On/Bypass Control • Headphone Output with Volume Control • Monitor Mute Control Neodymium 96 dBBalanced, SPL / 1m 96 dB SPL / 1m (80 Hz cross over) XLR,1⁄4" (L&R) XLR,1⁄4" Balanced, • Balanced Outputs, Balanced & • RCA96Unbalanced RCA Unbalanced dB SPL / 1m 96 dB SPL / 1m (80 Hz cross over) • Monitor Mute Control RMC On/Bypass Control Unbalanced Inputs N/AXLR,1⁄4" Balanced, (L&R) XLR,1⁄4" Balanced Balanced, (L&R) XLR,1⁄4" • Balanced Outputs, Balanced & RMC On/Bypass Control • Input Level; HFBalanced, Trim, LF Trim Input Level; Crossover 80 Hz, RCA Unbalanced RCA Unbalanced (L&R) XLR,1⁄4" Balanced, • Included: Calibration Microphone and XLR,1⁄4" Unbalanced Inputs Balanced Outputs, Balanced & 120 Hz, External; Polarity Balanced MSC1• Control Center Software N/A (L&R) XLR,1⁄4" RCA Unbalanced RCA Unbalanced Inputs YesN/A XLR,1⁄4" Balanced Input Level; HF Trim, LF Trim Yes (L&R) Input Level; Crossover 80 Hz, • Frequency Response: +0/-0.5 dB, 20 Hz - • Unbalanced Included: Calibration Microphone and YesInput Level; HF Trim, LF Trim No 120 External; Polarity 20 kHz Control Center Software InputHz,Level; Crossover 80 Hz, • MSC1 Included: Calibration Microphone and Metallic MetallicYes Anthracite Paint Polarity 120 Hz, External; Yes Anthracite Paint MSC1 Control Center Software • S/N, Dynamic Range: 110 dB typical, • Frequency Response: +0/-0.5 dB, 20 Hz - Matte Black PVC Matte Black PVC; Black Metal Grille Yes Yes No A-weighted, 20 Hz - 20 kHz 20 kHz • Frequency Response: +0/-0.5 dB, 20 Hz - 298 x 187 x 248 mm 415 x 381 x 438 mm Yesx 7.38 Anthracite Nox 17.25Anthracite Metallic Metallic Paint • Dimensions W x D x H: 11.75 x 9.63 in Paint 16.12 x 15 in 20 kHz PVC Paint Matte PVC; Black Metal Grille198 x • 165S/N, Dynamic Range: 110 dB typical, Metallic Metallic Anthracite Paint x 83 mm (7.8 x 6.5 x 3.25 in) 6.8Matte kg (15 Black lb)Anthracite 20.2 kg (44.5 lb)Black A-weighted, 20 Hz - 20 kHz • S/N, Dynamic Range: 110 dB typical, Matte Blackx 248 PVCmm Matte Black PVC;mm Black Metal Grille 298 x 187 415 x 381 x 438 A-weighted, 20 Hz - 20 kHz 11.75 x 7.38 x 9.63 16.12 x 15xx438 17.25 • Dimensions W x D x H: 298 x 187 x 248 mmin 415 x 381 mmin 11.75 7.38 16.12kgx 15 x 17.25 x 165 x 83 mm (7.8 x 6.5 x 3.25 in) • 198 Dimensions W x D x H: 6.8 kgx(15 lb)x 9.63 in 20.2 (44.5 lb) in 198 x 165 x 83 mm (7.8 x 6.5 x 3.25 in) 6.8 kg (15 lb) 20.2 kg (44.5 lb)

Product Product Index Index

Product Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. Page . Page .325 . .325 Page . .325 45 . .325 .325 45 . .304 45 . .304 .304 45 . .302 .302 46 . .326 . .326 46 . .326 46 . .326 46 . .326 46 . .326 46 .326 45 . .325 . .325 304 45 304 45 . .325 . .325 53 .325 51 . .300 . .300 .326 51 .326 48 . .333 . .333 .331 49 . .331 49 . .331 .328 .328 49 . .329 . .329 53 . .329 53 . .333 .329 53 . .333 51 . .333 51 .333 51 . .331 . .331 51 . .331 48 . .331 49 . .331 .328 49 .328 50 . .329 . .329 50 . .329 4 .329 4 . .330 . .330 .330 . .278 . .278 52 . .278 52 .278 15 . .332 . .332 15 . .332 15 . .332 .295 15 . .295 14 . .295 . .295 14 .295 15 . .293 . .293 15 . .293 .295 15 . .295 15 . .295 14 . .295 14 . .295 .293 13 . .293 13 . .293 .292 13 . .292 . .293 .292 . .293 . .293

Product . . . . . . . . . . . Product . . .&. 95 ....... AM6200/64 AM6200/64 & 95 . . . . . AM6315/64 AM4315/64 & 95 AM6315/64 & 95 . . . . . AM6340/64 AM6200/64 & 95 AM6340/64 & 95 . . . . . AM7212/64-44-95-00-26 AM6212/00, 64 & 95 AM7212/64-44-95-00-26 AM7215/64-44-95-26 .. AM6215/64 & 95 . . AM7215/64-44-95-26 ASB4128 ........ AM6315/64 ASB4128 ASB6112 . . . &. 95 ...... AM6340/64 ASB6112 . . . &. 95 ASB6115 ...... ASB4128. . . . . . . . . . ASB6115 ASB6118 ASB6118. . . . . . . . . . ASB6118 ASB6125 ASB6128. . . . . . . . . . ASB6125 ASB6128 ASB6128V ASB6128 .......... ASB6128V ASB6128V ASH6118. . . . . . . . . . ASB7118 ASB7118 ASB7128 ........ Control .1 .Pro ASB7128 ASH6118 ......... Control .126W/126WT ASH6118 ......... C2PM . . .128W/128WT Control C2PM . . .19CS/19CST ......... C2PS. Control C2PS. . . . CBT 100LA . ........ Control 226C/T CBTControl 100LA ......... 50LA .227C 50LA. . . . . . . . . . . CBTControl 70J 227CT CBT 70J 70JE. . . . . . . . . . . Control 23/23T CBT 70JE1 Pro .......... Control Control 24C/24CT Micro Control 1126W/126WT Pro . . . . . . . . Control 24C/24CT 126W/126WT Control 128W/128WT .. Control 24CT Micro Plus Control 128W/128WT 19CS/19CST .... Control 25/25T. . . . . . 19CS/19CST Control 226C/T Control 25AV Control 226C/T 227C ........ Control 25AV-LS 227C ........ Control 227CT Control 26C/26CT 227CT ....... Control 23/23T Control 26-DT . Micro 23/23T ..... Control 24C/24CT Control 28/28T-60 Micro Control 24C/24CT ..... 24C/24CT .... Control 29AV-1 Control 24CT Micro. Plus 24CT Control 25/25T . . Plus .... Control 2P Micro Control 25/25T 25AV Control 30 . . . . . . . . 25AV ........ Control 25AV-LS Control 312CS 25AV-LS Control 26C/26CT Control 321C/CT. . . . . . 26C/26CT Control 26-DT ....... Control 322 C/CT 26-DT ....... Control 28/28T-60 Control 328C/CT 28/28T-60 .... Control 29AV-1 Control 40CS/T. . 29AV-1 Control 2P ......... Control 42C 2P . . . . . . . . . Control 30 Control 47C/T 30 . . . . . . . . . Control 312CS Control 47HC. . . . . . . 312CS Control 321C/CT Control 47LP 321C/CT Control 322 C/CT. . . . . . Control 3225 C/CT. . . . . . Control 328C/CT Control SB-2 . . . . . . . 328C/CT Control 40CS/T Control SB210 40CS/T Control 42C ........ DPAN47C/T Input. Module 42C Control ....... DPCN47HC Input. Module 47C/T Control ....... Control 47HC ....... DPIP Input 47LP .Module EON305 Control 547LP .......... Control 550PACK .......... EON315 50PACK. . . . . . . Control 50S/T EON510 Control 50S/T 52 . . . . . . . . . EON515 52 . . . . . . . . . Control CRV EON518S Control CRV SB-2 . . . . . . . . JRX112M/112Mi SB-2 . . . . . . . . Control SB210 JRX115/115i Control SB210 ....... DPAN Input Module DPAN Input Module . . . . DPCN DPCN DPDA Input Module Module.. . . . DPDAInput InputModule Module.. . . . DPIP DPIP Input Module . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. Page . Page .292 . .292 13 . .292 13 .292 . .293 13 . .293 13 . .293 .294 13 . .294 13 . .294 14 . .294 14 . .294 14 . .294 14 . .294 14 . .294 . .294 3 . .294 9 . .294 .277 9 . .277 5 .277 . .288 7 . .288 7 . .288 7 . .288 11 .288 . .277 5 . .277 .283 5 . .283 5 . .279 .283 11 . .279 .281 11 . .281 11 . .281 4 .281 . .284 4 . .284 .279 11 . .279 . .279 11 . .279 .284 3 . .284 10 . .284 8 . .284 .278 8 . .278 8 .278 . .284 8 . .284 6 .284 . .277 6 .277 . .284 6 .284 . .282 6 . .282 6 . .282 3 . .282 11 .282 . .280 11 . .280 27 . .280 27 . .280 . .280 27 .280 31 . .277 . .277 .287 31 . .287 30 . .287 30 . .287 .285 30 . .285 35 . .285 35 . .285 .307 . .307 . .307 . .307 . .307

Product . . . . . . . . . Product . . . . . . . . . EON305 EON305 . . . . . . . . . EON315 JRX118S/118SP EON315 . . . . . . . . . EON510 JRX125 EON510 . . . . . . . . . EON515 LSR2310SP EON515 . . . . . . . . . EON518S LSR2325P EON518S . . . . . . . . JRX112M/112Mi LSR2328P JRX112M/112Mi JRX115/115i ...... LSR4300 Accessories JRX115/115i ...... JRX118S/118SP LSR4312SP JRX118S/118SP JRX125 ......... LSR4326P JRX125 . . . . . . . . . LSR2310SP LSR4328P LSR2310SP . . . . . . . LSR2325P LSR2325P . . . . . . . LSR6312SP LSR2328P LSR2328PAccessories ....... LSR6325P-1 LSR4300 LSR4300 Accessories LSR4312SP ....... LSR6328P LSR4312SP . . . . . . . LSR4326P LSR6332 LSR4326P . . . . . . . LSR4328P MRX512M LSR4328P LSR6312SP . . . . . . . MRX515 LSR6312SP . . . . . . . LSR6325P-1 MRX518S LSR6325P-1 LSR6328P . . . . . . . MRX525 LSR6328P. . . . . . . . LSR6332 MRX528S LSR6332 MRX512M. . . . . . . . MTC-30MK-WH MRX512M. . . . . . . . MRX515 MTC-300BB12 MRX515 MRX518S . . . . . . . . MTC-300BB8 MRX518S . . . . . . . . MRX525 MTC-19MR MRX525 MRX528S . . . . . . . . MTC-19NC MRX528S MSCI .......... MTC-200BB6 MSCI .......... MTC-19MR MTC-300SG12 MTC-19MR . . . . . . . MTC-19NC MTC-300T150 MTC-19NC . . . . . . . MTC-200BB6 MTC-51 MTC-200BB6 MTC-2P ......... MTC-52 MTC-2P . . . . . . . . . MTC-300BB12 MTC-300BB12. . . . . . MTC-8 MTC-300BB8 MTC-300BB8 MTC-300SG12 MTC-CM Series . . . . . . MTC-300SG12 ..... MTC-300T150 MTC-H Series MTC-300T150 . . . . . MTC-30MK-WH MTC-PC2 MTC-30MK-WH MTC-51 ......... MTC-RG6/8 MTC-51Series MTC-52 ......... MTC-SB2 MTC-52. . . . . . . . . . MTC-8 MTC-SSG MTC-8 . . . . . . . . . . MTC-81BB8 MTC-SG6/8 MTC-81BB8. . . . . . . MTC-81TB8 MTC-TB6/8 MTC-81TB8. . . . . . . MTC-CBT-SMB1 MTC-UB MTC-CBT-SMB1 MTC-CM Series . . . . . MTC-V SeriesSeries . . . . . MTC-CM MTC-H Series. MTC-WMG MTC-H Series MTC-PC2 ........ MTC-xxMR MTC-PC2 . . . . . . . . MTC-RG6/8 MTC-xxNC MTC-RG6/8 ....... MTC-SB2 Series PD5122 MTC-SB2 Series MTC-SG6/8 ....... PD5125 MTC-SG6/8. . . . . . . . MTC-SSG PD5200/43, MTC-SSG 64 . .&. 95 ..... MTC-TB6/8 PD5212/43, MTC-TB6/8 ..... MTC-UB . 64 . .&. 95 MTC-UBSeries . 64 . .&. 95 PD5322/43, MTC-V ..... MTC-V Series. . . . . . . MTC-WMG PD743 MTC-WMG . . . . . . . MTC-xxMR PD764 MTC-xxMR MTC-xxNC . . . . . . . PRX512M MTC-xxNC . . . . . . . MTC-xxTR PRX515 MTC-xxTR PD5122 . . . . . . . . . PRX518S PD5122 . . . . . . . . . PD5125 PRX525 PD5125 . . . 64 . .&. 95 ... PD5200/43, PD5200/43, 64 & 95 . PD5212/43, PD5212/43, PD5322/43, 64 & 95 . PD5322/43, PD743 . . . . 64 . .&. 95 ... PD743. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Product . . . . . . . . . . . . Page Product. . . . . . . . . . . . . Page .311 PD764 PD764. . . . . . . . . . . . . .311 PRX535PMB-BK/-WH 35 .311 PMB-BK/-WH . . . . . . . . .310 PRX512M/PRX512MI SRX712M 35 PRX512M/PRX512MI . . . .310 PRX515 ......... SRX715/715F 58 PRX515 . . . . . . . . . . . . .310 PRX518S .310 SRX718SPRX525 PRX518S. . . . . . . . . . 58 . . .315 . 58 . . .315 SRX722/722F PRX525 . . . . . . . . . PRX535 PRX535 . . . . . . . . . . 57 . . .315 SRX725/725F PRX718S . 57 . . .315 SRX728SSRX712M PRX718S . . . . . . . . .315 SRX738/738F SRX712M . . . . . . . . . 57 . . .338 SRX715/715F SRX715/715F . 57 . . .338 SS3-BK SRX718S ........ SRX718S . . . . . . . . . 56 . . .338 SS4-BK SRX722/722F .338 VLA301SRX725/725F SRX722/722F . . . . . . 56 . . .337 . 56 . . .337 VLA301HSRX728S SRX725/725F ........ SRX728S . . . . . . . . . 56 . . .337 VLA601SRX738/738F SS3-BK . . . . . . . . . . 37 . . .337 VLA601HSRX738/738F SS3-BK . . . . . . . . . . 37 . . .337 .336 VLA901SS4-BK SS4-BK . . . . . . . . . . 37 . . .336 VLA901HVLA301 VLA301 . 37 . . .336 VP7210/95DP VLA301H. . . . . . . . . VLA301H. . . . . . . . . . . . .336 VLA601 VP7212/64DPAN 37 VLA601 . . . .317 .336 VLA601H. . . . . . . . . VP7212/95DPAN 10 VLA601H. . . . . . . . . . . . .317 VLA901 VP7212/95DPC 8 VLA901 . . . .317 VLA901H. . . . . . . . . VLA901H . . . . . . . . . .8. .317 VP7212MDP VP7210/95DP . .7. .317 VP7215/64DPAN VP7210/95DP ..... VP7212/64DPAN . .7. .317 VP7212/64DPAN . . . .338 VP7215/95DPAN VP7212/95DPAN . .7. .281 .338 VP7215/95DPC VP7212/95DPAN VP7212/95DPC . . . . . .8. .281 VP7315/64DPAN VP7212/95DPC VP7212MDP ...... VP7212MDP . . . . . . . .8. .281 VPSB7118DPAN VP7215/64DPAN . .3. .281 VP7215/64DPAN . . . .277 VRX915M VP7215/95DPAN .277 VRX915SVP7215/95DPC VP7215/95DPAN. . . . . .3. .282 VP7215/95DPC . . . . . .3. .282 VRX915S-WH VP7315/64DPAN VP7315/64DPAN. . . . . 10 . . .282 VRX918SVPSB7118DPAN . 10 . . .282 VRX918S-WH VPSB7118DPAN VRX915M ........ .282 VRX918SP VRX915M . . . . . . . . . 10 . . .285 VRX915S . .7. .285 VRX915S . . . . . . . . .277 VRX928LA VRX915S-WH VRX915S-WH . 10 . . .277 VRX928LA-WH VRX918S ........ VRX918S . . . . . . . . VRX918SP . 10 . . .277 VRX932LA-1 VRX918SP . . . . . . . .277 VRX918S-WH . .7. .278 VRX932LA-1/WH VRX918S-WH . . . .278 VRX928LA ....... 7 VRX932LAP VRX928LA . . . . . . . .278 VRX928LA-WH . . . .288 10 VT Accessories VRX928LA-WH. . . . . . .288 VRX932LA-1 . . . .285 10 VRX932LA-1 . . . . . . . . . .285 VT4880VRX932LA-1/WH VRX932LA-1/WH . 10 . . .285 VT4880AVRX932LAP ...... VRX932LAP .285 VT4880ADP VT Accessories. . . . . . . .5. .281 VT Accessories .281 VT4881AVT4880 ......... . .5. .285 VT4880 . . . . . . . . . . 16 . . .285 VT4880A .281 VT4880ADP VT4880A . . . . . . . . . 16 . . .281 .285 VT4882VT4880ADP VT4880ADP . 16 . . .285 VT4881A ........ .281 VT4880ADP ........ . 16 . . .281 VT4881ADP .285 VT4887AVT4881A VT4881ADP VT4882 ......... . 16 . . .285 VT4880ADP ......... . 18 . . .285 VT4888VT4882 VT4882DP VT4882DP .285 VT4880ADP VT4883 ......... . 18 . . .279 . 33 . . .279 VT4889VT4883 VT4886 . . . . . . . . . . 33 . . .279 VT4889-1 VT4886 . . . . . . . . . VT4887A . 33 . . .279 VT4887A ........ .296 VT4880ADP VT4887ADP VT4887ADP . 33 . . .296 VT4888 ......... . . . .296 VT4888 ......... VT4888ADP VT4888ADP . . . .296 VT4889 ......... . . . .296 VT4889 VT4889-1. . . . . . . . . . . . .296 VT4889-1 . . . . . . . . .298 VT4889ADP . . . .298 VT4889ADP . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

... ... . 33 .. ... 41 ... 41 ... . 41 .. . 41 .. . 41 .. . 41 .. . 41 .. . 33 .. . 41 .. . 19 .. . 19 .. . 19 .. . 19 .. . 19 .. . 19 .. . 21 .. ... 21 ... 21 ... 21 ... 21 ... . 21 .. . 21 .. . 21 .. . 21 .. . 21 .. . 43 .. . 43 .. . 43 .. . 43 .. . 43 .. . 43 .. . 43 .. . 43 .. . 43 .. . 43 .. ... 43 ... 24 ... 23 ... . 23 .. . 26 .. . 23 .. . 26 .. . 23 .. . 26 .. . 23 .. . 26 .. . 23 .. . 26 .. . 23 .. . 23 .. . 26 .. ... ... ... ... ... ...

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. Page . Page .298 .298 . .285 .285 . .313 . .313 . .313 . .313 . .313 . .313 .313 . .320 . .320 . .320 . .320 . .320 . .320 . .320 . .320 .313 .313 . .305 .305 . .299 . .299 . .299 . .299 . .299 . .299 .299 . .301 . .301 . .301 . .301 . .301 . .301 . .301 . .301 . .301 . .301 . .301 .323 . .323 . .323 . .323 . .323 . .323 . .323 . .323 . .323 . .323 . .323 .323 . .305 . .305 .303 . .303 .303 . .306 . .306 .303 . .306 .303 . .306 .303 . .303 .306 .306 . .303 . .303 . .303 . .306 .303 . .306 .303 . .306 .303 . .306 .303 . .303 .303 . .306 . .306 Page 339

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Product . . . . . . . . . . . . Product. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2206H 2206H. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2226H/J Product 2226H/J 2241H ............. 2206H 2241H. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2242H 2242H. 2226H/J 2250H ............ 2250H. 2241H 2255H ............ 2255H. 2242H 2269H ............ 2269H. 2352 2352 ............ 2352 . 2370A 2370A ............ 2370A . 2380A 2380A ............ 2380A . 2382A 2382A ............ 2382A . 2385A 2385A ............ 2385A . 2386A 2386A ............ 2386A . 2426H/J ............ 2426H/J 2426H/J 2435H . 2450H/J ............ 2435H. 2451H/J ............ 2450H/J 2450H/J ........... 2451H/J3635 2451H/J3677 2452H-SL ........... 2452H-SL 2509A . 3678 ............ 2509A . 3722/3722N 3635 ............ 3635 ............ 3677 . 3731[T] 3677 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3678 3732[T] 3678 ............. 3722/3722N 3739 3722/3722N 3731[T] ............ 4641 3731[T] 3732[T] . . . . . . . . . . . . 3732[T]. 4642A ............ 3739 3739 ............ 4641 . 4645C 4641 . 4670D 4642A ............ 4642A ............ 4645C . 4675C 4645C . 4675C-4LF ............ 4670D 4670D. 4675C-8LF 4675C ............ 4675C . 4722/4722N ............ 4675C-4LF 4675C-4LF 4675C-8LF .......... 4732[T] 4675C-8LF 4722/4722N 4739. . . . . . . . . . 4722/4722N 4732[T] ............ 5672 4732[T]. 5674 ............ 4739 4739 . 8124 5641 ............ 5641 . 8128 5672 ............ 5672 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5674 8320 5674 . 52 8124 ............ 8124 . 8340A 8128 ............ 8128 . 8350 8138 ............ 8138 . AC15 8320 ............ 8320 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8340A AC16 8340A . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8350 AC18/26 8350 AC15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC18/95 AC15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC16 & 95 AC16 . AC2212/00, . . . . . . . 64 AC18/26 ..... AC2215/00, 64 AC18/26 . . . . . . . .&. 95 AC18/95 .. AC18/95AC25 . .64. .&.95. . . . . . AC2212/00, AC2664 & 95 . . . . . AC2212/00, AC2215/00, AC2215/00, AC25 . AC28/26 . . .64. .&.95. . . . . . AC25 . AC28/95 AC26 ............ AC26 . AL6115 ............ AC28/26 AC28/26AL6125 AC28/95 ........... AC28/95 .... AL6115AM4200/64 . . . . . . . &. 95 AL6115AM4212/00, AL6125 . . . . . . . .64. &. 95 .. AL6125 . . .&. 95 . . . &. 95 .... AM4200/64 AM4215/64 AM4200/64 & 95 . . . . . . AM4315/64 AM4315/64 & 95 . . . . . . AM5212/64-44-95-00-26 AM5212/64-44-95-00-26 AM5215/64-66-95-26 ... AM5215/64-66-95-26 . . .

Section:

JBL AUDIO ENGINEERING FOR SOUND REINFORCEMENT by John Eargle and Chris Foreman JBL AUDIO ENGINEERING FOR SOUND REINFORCEMENT JBL AUDIO ENGINEERING FOR SOUND REINFORCEMENT This book comprehensively covers all aspects of speech and music sound by John Eargle and Chris Foreman reinforcement. It is divided into four sections: Section 1 provides the tutorial

by John Eargle and Chris Foreman

fundamentals that all audio engineers will need, discussing subjects such This book comprehensively covers all aspects of speech and music sound book comprehensively covers all aspectsSection of speech and music sound asThis fundamentals ofdivided acoustics, psychoacoustics, basic electrical theory reinforcement. It is into four sections: 1 provides the tutorial

reinforcement. It is divided into four sections: Section 1 provides the tutorial fundamentals that all audio engineers will need, subjects suchof and digital processing. Section 2 deals with thediscussing fundamental classes fundamentals that all audio engineers will need, discussing subjects such

as fundamentals of acoustics, psychoacoustics, basic electrical systems theory hardware that the modern engineer will use, such as loudspeaker as fundamentals of acoustics, psychoacoustics, basic electrical theory

andcomponents, digital processing. Sectionmixers, 2 deals amplifiers with the fundamental classes of and microphones, and signal processors. and digital processing. Section 2 deals with the fundamental classes of

hardware that theismodern will use, such assystem loudspeaker systems Special attention given toengineer digital techniques for control and to hardware that the modern engineer will use, such as loudspeaker systems

and components, microphones, amplifiers and signal processors. audio signal analysis. Section 3 mixers, deals with the basics of system design, and components, microphones, mixers, amplifiers and signal processors.

Special attention is given to digital techniques for system control and to from concept to final realization. It covers topics such as basic system type Special attention is given to digital techniques system controldesign, and to audio signal analysis. Section 3 deals with thefor basics of system

and speech intelligibility, site survey, user needs analysis and project audio signal analysis. Section 3 deals with the basics of system design,

Harman Pro Group | 2010

from concept to final realization. It covers topics such as basic system type

management. Section 4 discusses design areas, as sports from concept to final realization. It individual covers topics such as basicsuch system type and speech intelligibility, site survey, user needs analysis and project

facilities, large-scale tour sound systems, music and speech intelligibility, site survey, user high-level needs analysis andplayback, project management. Section 4 discusses individual design areas, such as sports

systems formanagement. the theater, religious facilities, individual and otherdesign meeting spaces. The book Section 4 discusses areas, such as sports facilities, large-scale tour sound systems, high-level music playback,

is written in an accessible style, butfacilities, does notlarge-scale lack for ample of technical information. JBL and tour amounts sound systems, high-level music playback, systems for the theater, religious facilities, and other meeting spaces. The book HProisbrand products are prominently as examples toamounts illustrate the principles and applications. systems for featured the theater, facilities, and meeting spaces. The written in an accessible style, but does not lackreligious for ample ofother technical information. JBLbook and is written in products an accessible style, not lack for ample to amounts of the technical information. JBL and Available at bookstores and on line.but does HPro brand are prominently featured as examples illustrate principles and applications. HPro brand areand prominently Available at products bookstores on line. featured as examples to illustrate the principles and applications. Available at bookstores and on line.

Section:

06 07 JBL LIMITED WARRANTY

JBL LIMITED WARRANTY The JBL Warranty on professional loudspeaker products (except for enclosures) remains in effect for five years from the date of the first consumer purchase. JBLJBL LIMITED WARRANTY The Warranty on professional products for enclosures) in effect years the date the first consumer purchase. JBL amplifiers are warranted for three loudspeaker years from the date of(except the original purchase.remains Enclosures andfor allfive other JBLfrom products areofwarranted for two years from Theof JBL professional loudspeaker products for enclosures) remains in effect forallfive years the date the first consumer purchase. JBL amplifiers are on warranted for three years from the date(except of the original purchase. Enclosures and other JBLfrom products areof warranted for two years from the date theWarranty original purchase. JBL amplifiers warranted for three years from the date of the original purchase. Enclosures and all other JBL products are warranted for two years from the date of theare original purchase.

Your JBL Warranty protects the original owner and all subsequent owners as long as: A.) Your JBL product has been purchased in the Continental United the date the original purchase. JBL of Warranty the original and all owners as longelsewhere as: A.) Your JBL product has beenby purchased in the Continental United States,Your Hawaii or Alaska.protects (This Warranty doesowner not apply tosubsequent JBL products purchased except for purchases military outlets. Other purchasers Your JBL Warranty protects the original owner and all subsequent owners long as: A.) Your JBL product has beenbywhenever purchased in the Continental Hawaii or Alaska. (This Warranty does not apply to JBL products elsewhere except forispurchases military outlets. Other purchasers shouldStates, contact the local JBL distributor for warranty information.) and B.) purchased Theasoriginal dated bill of sale presented warranty service isUnited required. States, Hawaii Alaska. Warranty does not apply to JBL products purchased elsewhere except forispurchases military outlets. Other purchasers should contactorthe local (This JBL distributor for warranty information.) and B.) The original dated bill of sale presentedby whenever warranty service is required.

Exceptshould as specified below, your JBL Warranty all defects in material workmanship. Theoffollowing are not whenever covered: Damage caused byrequired. accident, contact the local JBLyour distributor forcovers warranty and B.)and The dated bill sale is presented warranty service Except as specified below, JBL covers information.) alloccurring defects induring material andoriginal workmanship. The following not covered: caused byisaccident, misuse, abuse, product modification or Warranty neglect; damage shipment; damage resulting fromare failure to followDamage instructions contained in your Except as specified below, your JBL Warranty covers all defects in material workmanship. following not covered: caused by accident, misuse, abuse, product modification or neglect; damage occurring during and shipment; damageThe resulting fromare failure to follow Damage instructions contained in your Instruction Manual; damage resulting from the performance of repairs by someone not authorized by JBL; claims based upon any misrepresentations by misuse, abuse, product modification neglect; damage occurring during shipment;not damage resulting from failure to follow contained inby your Instruction Manual; damage resultingorfrom the performance of repairs by someone authorized by JBL; claims based uponinstructions any misrepresentations the seller; any JBL product on which the serial number has been defaced, modified or removed. JBL will pay all labor and material expenses for all repairs Instruction Manual; damage from thenumber performance of repairs bymodified someoneor not authorized based anyexpenses misrepresentations by the seller; any JBL product onresulting which the serial has been defaced, removed. JBL by willJBL; payclaims all labor andupon material for all repairs covered by this warranty. the seller;byany product on which the serial number has been defaced, modified or removed. JBL will pay all labor and material expenses for all repairs covered thisJBL warranty. covered by this warranty.

JBL continually engages in research related to product improvement. New materials, designrefinements refinementsare areintroduced introduced into JBL continually engages in research related to product improvement. New materials,production productionmethods methods and design into existing without notice as a as routine expression that philosophy. any JBLand product may differininsome some respect from JBLproducts continually engages innotice research toexpression productofimprovement. NewFor materials, production methods design refinements are introduced into existing products without arelated routine of that philosophy. Forthis thisreason, reason, anycurrent current product may differ respect from itsits existing products without notice as a routine oforiginal that philosophy. For this reason, any current JBL product may differ in some respect from its published description but always will always equal orexpression exceed design specifications unless otherwise stated. published description but will equal or exceed thethe original design specifications unless otherwise stated. published description but will always equal or exceed the original design specifications unless otherwise stated.

JBL Professional JBL Professional JBL Professional Balboa Boulevard 85008500 Balboa Boulevard 8500 BalboaCA Boulevard Northridge, 91329 USA Northridge, CA 91329 USA Northridge, CAat91329 USA Visit us online www.jblpro.com VisitVisit us online at www.jblpro.com us online at www.jblpro.com Page 340

Telephone (818)894-8850 894-8850 Telephone (818) TelephoneSales Fax (818) (818) 830-7801 894-8850 Domestic Domestic Sales Fax (818) 830-7801 Domestic Sales FaxFax (818) 830-7801 International Sales (818) 830-7802 International Sales Fax(818) 830-7802 International SalesFax Fax(818) (818)830-7881 830-7802 Customer Service Customer CustomerService ServiceFax Fax(818) (818)830-7881 830-7881

Harman Pro Group | 2010

TWO THOUSAND TEN PRODUCT 2010 PRODUCT GUIDE GUIDE RECORDING INTERFACES REVERB/EFFECTS PROCESSORS

Section:

06 07

Lexicon_ProductGuide10.1.indd 1

12/4/09 3:20:55 PM

Page 341

LEXICON

PRODUCT GUIDE

Touchstone Heritage

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Lexicon® occupies a unique position as a leading innovator in both professional and consumer audio industries. Since the release of the first digital reverb in 1971, Lexicon has stood at the forefront of digital audio with a reputation as a manufacturer of exceptional professional audio and home theater products and an inventor of new technologies. Years of research, development, and experience allow us to continue expanding the boundaries of the listening experience. Our professional products are prominent in the creation of worldwide music, television and film productions. These products have won numerous awards, including an Emmy® and numerous TEC awards, most recently a TEC Hall of Fame award for the Lexicon Delta T-101, the world’s first digital delay. Lexicon processors have been embraced as the standard in professional signal processing since the introduction of the 480L Digital Effects Processor, which has retained tremendous popularity for the past 22 years. It has since been replaced as the standard in professional signal processing by the 960L Multi-channel Digital Effects System, which has itself garnered an impressive following of producers, artists, and engineers. Growing demand for proprietary Lexicon technologies has led to its appearance in numerous applications – with dramatic results. Our processing is relied upon to enhance the sound of prestigious live halls and venues. Our critically acclaimed LOGIC7® technologies have

Section:

LEXICON

Lexicon_ProductGuide10.1.indd 2

Page 342

been successfully incorporated in several world-renowned automobiles, including select models from BMW® and Mercedes®. LOGIC7 technologies have also been licensed to other audio companies such as harman/kardon® and AKG®. Knowingly or unknowingly – you experience Lexicon products and technologies on a daily basis. Chances are that Lexicon processing was involved in the television program you watch at home, the film you see at the cinema, or the song you listen to on the radio. From the initial tracks to your listening room or automobile, Lexicon is part of the process that brings these recordings to life. Our commitment to the audio professional and content delivery ensures an unbroken chain between the artist and the audience. Now hear this…

PRODUCT GUIDE

12/4/09 3:20:58 PM

PRODUCT GUIDE

LEXICON

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

07 Content RECORDING INTERFACES I•ONIX USB 2.0 DESKTOP USB I•ONIX FIREWIRE

REVERB/EFFECTS PROCESSORS MX SERIES PCM SERIES PCM NATIVE PLUG-INS

PRODUCT GUIDE

Lexicon_ProductGuide10.1.indd 3

LEXICON

12/4/09 3:21:01 PM

Page 343

U 04S B 2 . 0

RECORDING INTERFACES

Take Your Recording Studio. To The Next Level.

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

07 RECORdINg INTERfaCE STUdIOS

A complete recording solution in a small, streamlined package. Each recording interface is a hardware mixer that connects to your DAW via FireWire or USB, each with itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s own I/O configuration to fit your personal needs. Front panel controls let you adjust Direct/ Playback mix and input levels, toggle monitoring between stereo and mono, plug in an instrument directly and monitor with headphones. Also included is a software suite that has all the tools necessary to complete your mix and compete with the major labels.

USB 2.0

Lexicon_ProductGuide10.1.indd 4

Page 344

RECORDING INTERFACES

12/4/09 3:21:07 PM

R E RCEOCRODRI D N IGN G I N ITNE TR EF RA FCAECS ES S S

UUS SBB 205 .0

I•ONIX U42S Brilliantly designed to fit between your keyboard and monitor, the I·ONIX U42S features dbx® 60V high-voltage ultra-low noise microphone preamps on every channel to provide professional recordings that keep your music sounding its best. The preamps run on a 60V supply to guarantee stability and provide you optimal headroom and extremely low distortion. Ultra high-definition converters ensure pristine 24-bit/96kHz audio to capture every subtle detail of your performance. Bundled with Lexicon’s own Pantheon™ II VST/AU reverb plug-in, Cubase® LE 4 recording software, and Toontrack® EZDrummer™ Lite, the I·ONIX U42S provides all the tools you need to create professional quality recordings without sacrificing your desktop.

Input gain level control knobs

USB to your computer

MIDI In/Out

Stereo monitor selector switch

S/PDIF In/Out

Input level LEDs

Main Output level control knob

Stereo main outputs 4 XLR and ¼” combi-jack balanced mic/line inputs

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Headphone level control knobs

Monitor mix level control knob 2 separate +48V Phantom Power switches

Section:

Hi-Z Instrument Inputs

High output headphone jacks

U22

U42S

U82S

Combi-jack Analog Inputs

Simult. Recording Sources

dbx® 60V Mic Preamps

Hi-Z Instrument Inputs

S/PDIF

Yes

MIDI I/O

Yes

Headphone Connections

¼" TRS Analog Outputs

RECORDING INTERFACES

Lexicon_ProductGuide10.1.indd 5

USB 2.0

12/4/09 3:21:16 PM

Page 345

USB 2.0

RECORDING INTERFACES

I•ONIX U82S Say hello to the big brother of the I·ONIX Desktop Series. In addition to all the features found on the U42S we’ve added just a few inches to the sides and doubled your inputs! Now you’ve got eight ¼" TRS or XLR combi-jacks, all equipped with dbx® 60V high-voltage, ultra-low noise mic preamp’s. You still have S/PDIF digital I/O to sync up some of your other highend gear, plus MIDI capabilities, 2 seperate headphone amps and all the front panel controls to stay on top of your mix. The I·ONIX U82S has all the I/O you need to record drums or your band without sacrificing any more of your desktop.

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

I•ONIX U22 With the I·ONIX U22 we’ve made no compromise in quality, it simply takes up less room between your keyboard and monitor, which is typically unused dead space anyhow. Equipped with one side panel instrument input and two dbx® 60V high-voltage, ultra-low noise microphone preamps that are accessed via rear panel combi-jacks. The I·ONIX U22 is a great fit for songwriting and home recording so compact you’ll want to take it everywhere you go. If you get a moment of inspiration and want to capture something new, or you’re a producer on the run, then the U22 has all the tools you need for high-quality recording without all the hassle.

USB 2.0

Lexicon_ProductGuide10.1.indd 6

Page 346

RECORDING INTERFACES

12/4/09 3:21:24 PM

RECORDING INTERFACESS

USB 2.0

I•ONIX™ U42S Specifications

I•ONIX™ U22 Specifications

MICROPhONE INPUTS Connectors (8) Female XLR Pin 2 Hot Impedance 3k Ohms balanced Phantom Power +48 Volts Max Gain +58 dB EIN (150Ω source) -125 dB @ 58 dB gain typical -128 dB @ 58 dB gain typical A-weighted Max Input Level +20 dBu Frequency Response +/−1.0 dB, 20Hz - 20kHz THD+N <0.01%, 20Hz - 20kHz, +4dBu output (mic input to main output) <0.008%, 1kHz, +4 dBu (mic input to main output)

MICROPhONE INPUTS Connectors (4) Female XLR Pin 2 Hot Impedance 3k Ohms balanced Phantom Power +48 Volts Max Gain +58 dB EIN (150Ω source) -125 dB @ 58 dB gain typical -128 dB @ 58 dB gain typical A-weighted Max Input Level +20 dBu Frequency Response +/−1.0 dB, 20Hz - 20kHz THD+N <0.01%, 20Hz - 20kHz, +4dBu output (mic input to main output) <0.008%, 1kHz, +4 dBu (mic input to main output)

MICROPhONE INPUTS Connectors (2) Female XLR Pin 2 Hot Impedance 3k Ohms balanced Phantom Power +48 Volts Max Gain +58 dB EIN (150Ω source) -125 dB @ 58 dB gain typical -128 dB @ 58 dB gain typical A-weighted Max Input Level +20 dBu Frequency Response +/−1.0 dB, 20Hz - 20kHz THD+N <0.01%, 20Hz - 20kHz, +4dBu output (mic input to main output) <0.008%, 1kHz, +4 dBu (mic input to main output)

lINE INPUTS Connectors

(8) ¼" TRS balanced or unbalanced Impedance 20k Ohms balanced 13k Ohms unbalanced Max Input Level +32 dBu Frequency Response +0/−1.0 dB, 20Hz - 20kHz THD+N <0.015%, 20Hz - 20kHz, +4dBu (line in to main out) <0.005%, 1kHz, +4 dBu INSTRUMENT INPUT Connectors Impedance Max Input Level Frequency Response THD+N

lINE OUTPUTS Connectors Level Impedance Headphone Output

(2) ¼" TS unbalanced 1M Ohms +13 dBu +0/−1.0 dB, 20Hz - 20kHz <0.05%, 20Hz - 20kHz, +4 dBu (instrument in to main out) <0.007%, 1kHz, +4dBu

(2) ¼" TRS balanced or unbalanced >+18 dBu maximum 32 Ohms bal, 16 Ohms unbal. (2) ¼" stereo jack 350mW per channel @ 50 Ohms

(4) ¼" TRS balanced or unbalanced Impedance 20k Ohms balanced 13k Ohms unbalanced Max Input Level +32 dBu Frequency Response +0/−1.0 dB, 20Hz - 20kHz THD+N <0.015%, 20Hz - 20kHz, +4dBu (line in to main out) <0.005%, 1kHz, +4 dBu INSTRUMENT INPUT Connectors Impedance Max Input Level Frequency Response THD+N

lINE OUTPUTS Connectors Level Impedance Headphone Output

(2) ¼" TS unbalanced 1M Ohms +13 dBu +0/−1.0 dB, 20Hz - 20kHz <0.05%, 20Hz - 20kHz, +4 dBu (instrument in to main out) <0.007%, 1kHz, +4dBu

(2) ¼" TRS balanced or unbalanced >+18 dBu maximum 32 Ohms bal, 16 Ohms unbal. (2) ¼" stereo jack 350mW per channel @ 50 Ohms

(2) ¼" TRS balanced or unbalanced Impedance 20k Ohms balanced 13k Ohms unbalanced Max Input Level +32 dBu Frequency Response +0/−1.0 dB, 20Hz - 20kHz THD+N <0.015%, 20Hz - 20kHz, +4dBu (line in to main out) <0.005%, 1kHz, +4 dBu INSTRUMENT INPUT Connectors Impedance Max Input Level Frequency Response THD+N

lINE OUTPUTS Connectors Level Impedance Headphone Output

(1) ¼" TS unbalanced 1M Ohms +13 dBu +0/−1.0 dB, 20Hz - 20kHz <0.05%, 20Hz - 20kHz, +4 dBu (instrument in to main out) <0.007%, 1kHz, +4dBu

DIGITAl INPUT AND OUTPUT Connectors Dual RCA phono Format S/PDIF 24-bit D/A - A/D Sample Rate 44.1kHz, 48kHz, 88.2kHz, or 96kHz determined by DAW

DIGITAl INPUT AND OUTPUT Connectors N/A Format N/A D/A - A/D Sample Rate 44.1kHz, 48kHz, 88.2kHz, or 96kHz determined by DAW

DyNAMIC RANGE 20hz-20khz A/D (24-Bit) 102 dB typical, A-weighted D/A (24 Bit) 106 dB typical, A-weighted A/D/A (24 Bit) 101 dB typical, A-weighted

CONTROl INTERFACE USB Version 2.0, Type B socket; MIDI In/Out 5-pin DIN

GENERAl Power

Size (W/H/D) Weight

Power adaptors available for 100–240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 18 Watts 15” W x 4.25” H x 4” D (38cm x 11cm x 10cm) Packaged approx. 5 lbs. Unit alone approx. 3.1 lbs.

Size (W/H/D) Weight

Section:

(2) ¼" TRS balanced or unbalanced >+18 dBu maximum 32 Ohms bal, 16 Ohms unbal. (1) ¼" stereo jack 350mW per channel @ 50 Ohms

DIGITAl INPUT AND OUTPUT Connectors Dual RCA phono Format S/PDIF 24-bit D/A - A/D Sample Rate 44.1kHz, 48kHz, 88.2kHz, or 96kHz determined by DAW

Power adaptors available for 100–240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 24 Watts 18" W x 4.25" H x 4" D (46cm x 11cm x 10cm) Packaged approx. 6 lbs. Unit alone approx. 4 lbs.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

I•ONIX™ U82S Specifications

Power adaptors available for 100–240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 12 Watts 12” W x 4.25” H x 4” D (31cm x 11cm x 10cm) Packaged approx. 3.5 lbs. Unit alone approx. 2.5 lbs.

All specifications subject to change

RECORDING INTERFACES

Lexicon_ProductGuide10.1.indd 7

USB 2.0

12/4/09 3:21:24 PM

Page 347

USB

RECORDING INTERFACES

Alpha

Lambda

The smallest and simplest of the three, the Alpha Studio™ is

With four inputs and two outputs, Lambda is the perfect

perfect for solo artists. The Alpha is USB-powered so you can

medium. The Lambda Studio™ can record two tracks at

record anywhere you take your laptop. Alpha also features a ¹⁄8”

once, and features phantom power for condenser mics,

headphone monitoring jack and two unbalanced RCA line level

MIDI In/Out, and a ¹⁄8” headphone monitoring jack.

outputs (in addition to its ¼” balanced/unbalanced outputs).

Lambda is USB-powered, so it works wherever you and

Alpha, Lambda, and Omega all come packaged with a software

your computer happen to go.

suite that includes Lexicon’s own Pantheon™ VST reverb plug-in and Cubase® LE 4.

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

Omega The heavy hitter of the three, the Omega Studio™ features eight inputs and can record up to four tracks at once. Omega is also the only unit in the family that includes S/PDIF digital I/O as well as the standard TRS and XLR. Phantom power is available for condenser mics and Omega is powered with an included AC power adaptor.

The Omega® Studio is also sold as a bundle that includes an AKG® D88S Mic with cable and case, along with Steinberg® Cubase® LE 4 and Lexicon’s Pantheon™ reverb plug-in.

USB

Lexicon_ProductGuide10.1.indd 8

Page 348

RECORDING INTERFACES

12/4/09 3:21:27 PM

USB

RECORDING INTERFACESS

Omega Studio™ Specifications

Lambda Studio™ Specifications Alpha Studio™ Specifications

MICROPhONE INPUTS Connectors Two female XLR Pin 2 Hot Impedance 600 Ohms balanced Phantom Power +48 Volt DC Gain +50 dB EIN (150Ω source) -120 dB A-weighted @ 50 dB gain Frequency Response +0, –0.2 dB 20 Hz - 20kHz, ref. 1kHz THD+N <.005%, 20Hz - 20kHz

MICROPhONE INPUTS Connectors Two female XLR Pin 2 Hot Impedance 600 Ohms balanced Phantom Power +48 Volt DC Gain +44 dB EIN (150Ω source) -120 dB A-weighted @ 44 dB gain Frequency Response +0, –0.5 dB 20 Hz - 20kHz, ref. 1kHz THD+N <.005%, 20Hz - 20kHz

MICROPhONE INPUTS Connectors One female XLR Pin 2 Hot Impedance 600 Ohms balanced Phantom Power N/A Gain +44 dB EIN (150Ω source) -115 dB A-weighted @ 50 dB gain Frequency Response +0, –0.5 dB 20 Hz - 20kHz, ref. 1kHz THD+N <.005%, 20Hz - 20kHz

INSERT INPUTS Connectors

Two ¼" TRS balanced or unbalanced Send Level (tip) +19 dBu maximum Max Rtrn Level (ring) +19 dBu maximum

Four ¼" TRS balanced or unbalanced Impedance 20k Ohms balanced 10k Ohms unbalanced Max Input Level +22 dBu Frequency Response +0, –0.2 dB 20 Hz - 20kHz, ref. 1kHz THD+N <.009% A/D, 20Hz - 20kHz INSTRUMENT INPUT Connectors Impedance Max Input Level Frequency Response THD+N Crosstalk

lINE OUTPUTS Connectors Level Impedance Headphone Output

One ¼" mono jack 1 MΩ unbalanced +19 dBu +0, –0.25 dB 20 Hz - 20kHz, ref. 1kHz <.0125% A/D <–74dB any input or output to any recording channel, 20Hz20kHz <–95dB at 1kHz typical

Two ¼" TRS balanced or unbalanced +19 dBu maximum 110 Ohms One ¼" stereo jack 100mW per channel @ 50 Ohms

Send Level (tip) N/A Max Rtrn Level (ring) N/A

lINE INPUTS Connectors

Two ¼" TRS balanced or unbalanced Impedance 20k Ohms balanced 10k Ohms unbalanced Max Input Level +13 dBu Frequency Response +0, –0.5 dB 20 Hz - 20kHz, ref. 1kHz THD+N <.009% A/D, 20Hz - 20kHz INSTRUMENT INPUT Connectors Impedance Max Input Level Frequency Response THD+N Crosstalk

lINE OUTPUTS Connectors Level Impedance Headphone Output

N/A

One ¼" mono jack 1 MΩ unbalanced +8.5 dBu +0, –0.25 dB 20 Hz - 20kHz, ref. 1kHz <.0125% A/D <–74dB any input or output to any recording channel, 20Hz20kHz <–95dB at 1kHz typical

Two ¼" TRS balanced or unbalanced +16 dBu maximum 1k Ohms bal, 500 Ohms unbal. One 1/8" stereo jack 25mW per channel @ 50 Ohms

lINE INPUTS Connectors

Two ¼" TRS balanced or unbalanced Impedance 20k Ohms balanced 10k Ohms unbalanced Max Input Level +12 dBu Frequency Response +0, –0.5 dB 20 Hz - 20kHz, ref. 1kHz THD+N <.009% A/D, 20Hz - 20kHz INSTRUMENT INPUT Connectors Impedance Max Input Level Frequency Response THD+N Crosstalk

lINE OUTPUTS Connectors Level Impedance Headphone Output

One ¼" mono jack 1 MΩ unbalanced +8.5 dBu +0, –0.25 dB 20 Hz - 20kHz, ref. 1kHz <.0125% A/D <–74dB any input or output to any recording channel, 20Hz20kHz <–95dB at 1kHz typical

DIGITAl INPUT AND OUTPUT Connectors N/A Format N/A D/A - A/D Sample Rate 44.1kHz or 48kHz, determined by DAW

DyNAMIC RANGE 20hz-20khz A/D (24 Bit) 104 dB typical, A-weighted D/A (24 Bit) 105 dB typical, A-weighted A/D/A (24 Bit) 103 dB typical, A-weighted Analog Path 118 dB typical, A-weighted

DyNAMIC RANGE 20hz-20khz A/D (24 Bit) 96 dB typical, A-weighted D/A (24 Bit) 100 dB typical, A-weighted A/D/A (24 Bit) 95 dB typical, A-weighted Analog Path 109 dB typical, A-weighted

CONTROl INTERFACE USB Version 1.1, Type B socket; 1.1 hubs are not supported MIDI In/Out 5-pin DIN

GENERAl Power

Size (W/H/D) Weight

USB Bus-powered 3.4" W x 6.5" H x 6.5" D (86mm x 165mm x 165mm) 1.92 lbs. (0.86 kg)

Size (W/H/D) Weight

Section:

Two ¼" TRS balanced or unbalanced, Two RCA jacks +16 dBu maximum 1k Ohms bal, 500 Ohms unbal. One 1/8" stereo jack 20mW per channel @ 50 Ohms

DIGITAl INPUT AND OUTPUT Connectors Dual RCA phono Format S/PDIF 24-bit D/A - A/D Sample Rate 44.1kHz or 48kHz, determined by DAW

PS0913-B 9VAC adapter requires 18 Watts @ 120V 4.625" W x 7.25" H x 7.75" D (118mm x 184mm x 197mm) 2 .65 lbs. (1.2 kg)

Harman Pro Group | 2010

lINE INPUTS Connectors

Two ¼" TRS balanced or unbalanced Send Level (tip) +19 dBu maximum Max Rtrn Level (ring) +19 dBu maximum

USB Bus-powered 6.75" W x 1.6" H x 6.5" D (171mm x 40mm x 165mm) 1.1 lbs. (0.49 kg)

All specifications subject to change

RECORDING INTERFACES

Lexicon_ProductGuide10.1.indd 9

USB

12/4/09 3:21:27 PM

Page 349

fIREWIRE

RECORDING INTERFACES

I•ONIX FW810S With a wealth of features – including dbx® 63V high-voltage, ultra-low noise mic preamp’s, PantheonTM II reverbs, and a powerful hardware mixing console with integrated dbx dynamics (compressor, gate, limiter) – the Lexicon® I·ONIX FW810S is more than just an 8-in, 10-out FireWireTM audio interface. It’s a pro recording studio contained in a single rack unit. With built-in dbx Type IVTM conversion, your digital recordings will preserve their dynamic range even when levels get too high. Select one of nine hardware monitor reverb types to dial in the sound of your sub-mix. You can even save and load up to five monitor mixes – one for the main control mix, and up to four for individual band members. This FW810S does all the processing, so when you’re finished recording you can mix and fine tune your productions in real time with zero latency.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

2 XLR and ¼" combijacks accept mic, line, or instrument inputs

Standard IEC line cord

8 gain control knobs with +48V phantom power indicator LEDs dbx® Dynamics indicator LEDs

High output headphone jack

Front panel level control

Stereo main (control room) outputs

S/PDIF In/Out MIDI In/Out

Channel Input LEDs with integrated dbx® Type IV™ Conversion

FireWire® 400 ports

8 analog TRS outputs

6 XLR and ¼" combi-jack balanced mic/line inputs

Section:

07 I•ONIX FW810S KEY fEaTURES You also get the benefit of Lexicon’s world-class reverbs with the Pantheon II VST/AU reverb plug-in. Featuring many of the same algorithms that can be found on legendary recorded music and movie soundtracks, Pantheon II delivers mega-studio quality signal processing to your home, with 6 reverb types and 35 factory presets. Each reverb type has 16 editable parameters to let you create your own variations on the legendary “Lexicon Sound.”

0 FireWire 400 connection to DAW 0 44.1 to 96kHz sample rates, 24-bit resolution 0 6 analog combi-jack inputs on the rear panel for mic/line inputs 0 2 front panel combijacks accept mic, line, or instrument signals 0 8 analog TRS outputs (7.1 surround capable) and stereo main (control room) outs 0 dbx® Type IV™ conversion feature emulates tape saturation at high levels 0 Zero latency hardware mixer

fIREWIRE

Lexicon_ProductGuide10.1.indd 10

Page 350

0 5 unique stereo monitor mixes using all 10 analog channels 0 9 monitor reverb types with up to 4 adjustable parameters 0 dbx 63V high-voltage, ultra-low noise mic pre’s on all 8 channels 0 dbx dynamics (compressor, limiter, gate) and EQ on all 8 channels 0 Software suite includes Steinberg® Cubase® LE4, Toontrack® EZdrummer® Lite, and Lexicon Pantheon II VST/AU reverb plug-in 0 Supports Windows® and Mac® platforms

RECORDING INTERFACES

12/4/09 3:21:33 PM

RECORDING INTERFACESS

The powerful hardware mixer lets you easily route signal paths and apply real-time dynamics (compressor, limiter, gate) and EQ adjustments. Create your sub-mixes, choose your monitor reverb type, and start tracking.

fIREWIRE

I•ONIX™ FW810S Specifications MICROPhONE INPUTS Connectors Female XLR Pin 2 Hot Impedance 3k Ohms balanced Phantom Power +48 Volt Gain +55 dB EIN (150Ω source) -127 dB @ 55 dB gain typical -130 dB @ 55 dB gain typical A-weighted Max Input Level +8 dBu Frequency Response +/−1.5 dB, 20Hz - 20kHz THD+N <0.02%, 20Hz - 20kHz <0.002%, 1kHz, -6 dBu lINE INPUTS Connectors

Mixer Window

INSTRUMENT INPUT Connectors Impedance Max Input Level Frequency Response THD+N lINE OUTPUTS Connectors Level Impedance

Dynamics Window

EQ Window

Steinberg® is a world leader in computerbased recording. From the first idea to complete compositions, Cubase® is the production suite of choice for musicians and producers looking for a creative way to realize their projects. Steinberg’s intuituve cross-platform Cubase LE 4 features 48 audio and 64 MIDI tracks with full automation, 2 inserts and 4 aux sends per channel, up to 8 VST instruments, and supports VST System Link and ReWire 2. Cubase LE 4 communicates seamlessly with the Lexicon USB I/O mixers through our custom-written ASIO drivers to achieve a completely integrated, easy-to-use recording solution that includes all of the modules that you need

Headphone Output

Harman Pro Group | 2010

¼” TRS balanced or unbalanced Impedance 20k Ohms balanced 13k Ohms unbalanced Max Input Level +22 dBu Frequency Response +/−1.5 dB, 20Hz - 20kHz THD+N <0.02%, 20Hz - 20kHz <0.002%, 1kHz, +18 dBu

¼” TS unbalanced 500k Ohms +10 dBu +/−2.5 dB, 20Hz - 20kHz <0.08%, 1kHz, +4 dBu

Section:

¼” TRS balanced or unbalanced +20 dBu maximum 32 Ohms balanced 16 Ohms unbalanced ¼” stereo jack, 250mW per channel @ 50 Ohms

DIGITAl INPUT AND OUTPUT Connectors Dual RCA phono Format S/PDIF 24-bit D/A - A/D Sample Rate 44.1kHz, 48kHz, 88.2kHz, or 96kHz determined by DAW DyNAMIC RANGE 20hz-20khz A/D (24-Bit) 110 dB typical, A-weighted D/A (24-Bit) 110 dB typical, A-weighted A/D/A (24-Bit) 108 dB typical, A-weighted CONTROl INTERFACE FireWire 2 IEEE 1394 FireWire 400 ports MIDI In/Out 5-pin DIN GENERAl Power Size (W/H/D) Weight

Power adaptors available for 100–240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 15 Watts 19” W x 1.7” H x 10.5” D 7.7 lbs.

All specifications subject to change

to track, edit and mix your masterpiece.

RECORDING INTERFACES

Lexicon_ProductGuide10.1.indd 11

fIREWIRE

12/4/09 3:21:33 PM

Page 351

REVERB/EFFECTS PROCESSORS

You Don’t Follow The Crowd. You Play To Them.

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

MX SERIES PROCESSORS

The MX series adds world-renowned lexicon reverbs and effects to your studio recordings and your live performance. Multiple processors let you combine different reverbs and effects to suit your needs. Multiple effects routing options (easily configured on the front panel) and MIDI In and Thru make each MX unit a very versatile addition to any rack. All parameters of every reverb, delay and dynamic effect are available inside ® any VST or AU compatible DAW program via USB. The included MX™ Edit librarian software lets you store and manage your presets from your computer as well.

REVERB/EFFECTS PROCESSORS

Lexicon_ProductGuide10.1.indd 12

Page 352

12/4/09 3:21:38 PM

REVERB/EFFECTS PROCESSORS

MX400/MX400XL Four processors let you add dual stereo or true surround effects to your recordings. The built-in LCD display and front-panel parameter adjustment knobs make selecting and editing presets extremely easy. The MX400 features two ¼" output pairs, two ¼" input pairs, and dual S/PDIF I/O; the MX400XL features two XLR input pairs, two XLR output pairs, and dual S/PDIF I/O. Both models include seven effects routing options and 24-bit 44.1/48kHz digital sample rates.

Input gain level controls

Configuration LEDs

Standard IEC line cord

Main LCD screen shows routing configurations, program names, effects, parameters, and system settings

Footswitch jack USB to your computer

MIDI In and Thru

Three parameter Effect Bypass Page Select Program indicator Program/Load selects factory or user presets knob for effect adjustment knobs Store User presets and system Tempo button menu selection manually sets Program Bypass delay times

Dual S/PDIF digital inputs and outputs

¼" TRS balanced / unbalanced outputs (MX400XL) XLR balanced outputs

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Dual stereo Gain LED ladders

¼" TRS balanced / unbalanced inputs (MX400XL) XLR balanced inputs

Section:

MX300 The MX300 features two processors, so you can apply two effects simultaneously or combine different effects in one of five routing options. The MX300 also includes stereo XLR inputs and outputs as well as ¼" TRS inputs and outputs for greater versatility. Dedicated parameter knobs and an LCD screen make preset selecting and editing extremely easy, on a dark stage or in the recording studio.

Dual stereo gain LEDs

Configuration LEDs

Input gain level control

Standard IEC line cord

Footswitch jack USB to your computer

Main LCD screen shows routing configurations, program names, effects, parameters, and system settings

Three parameter Effect Bypass Program indicator Program/Load selects Page Select factory or user presets knob for effect adjustment knobs Store user presets and system Tempo button menu selection manually sets Program Bypass delay times

S/PDIF digital MIDI In and Thru input and output

¼" TRS balanced / unbalanced outputs and XLR balanced outputs

¼" TRS balanced / unbalanced inputs and XLR balanced inputs

REVERB/EFFECTS PROCESSORS

Lexicon_ProductGuide10.1.indd 13

12/4/09 3:21:40 PM

Page 353

REVERB/EFFECTS PROCESSORS

MX200 With two processors, the MX200 lets you apply or combine two reverbs or effects to your recording at the same time, in one of four routing options. The front panel Matrix displays which reverbs and effects are active, and all editing functions require only a single button push or turn of a knob. Independent controls for each processor/effect provide instant access and control over parameters for the selected effect. The Audition button plays one of five digitally recorded audio samples through the selected effects to audition their settings without the need for an external audio source.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Input gain level control

Active Reverb/Effect LED matrix

Reverb Wet/Dry mix knobs

9V AC Power Supply

Routing allows you Effect Select allows to select one of four you to select from 32 routing configurations reverbs and effects

Footswitch jack MIDI In and Thru USB to your computer

Parameter adjustment knobs allow you to refine each of your selected reverbs/effects

Tempo button Effect Bypass manually sets delay times Store User presets

S/PDIF digital input and output

Program/Load selects factory or user presets

Program indicator ¼" TRS balanced / unbalanced outputs

Audition previews effect

¼" TRS balanced / unbalanced inputs

Section:

07 REVERBS

MX200 MX300 MX400

Small Hall

Large Hall

Surround Hall

Small Plate

Large Plate

Room Chamber Gated

DELAYS

MX200 MX300 MX400

Vocal Hall

Studio Delay

Mono Delay

Digital Delay

Drum Hall

9 9

Drum Plate

Tape Delay

Ambience

Pong Delay

Studio

Mod Delay

Arena

Reverse Delay

Spring

2-Tap Delay

REVERB/EFFECTS PROCESSORS

Lexicon_ProductGuide10.1.indd 14

Page 354

Reverse Vocal Plate

MX processors include dbx Dynamics such as Compressor and De-Esser tools. They also share a suite of modulated effects that includes Chorus, Flanger, Phaser, Tremolo/Pan, Rotary, Vibrato, Pitch Shift, and Detune.

12/4/09 3:21:41 PM

REVERB/EFFECTS PROCESSORS

MX Routing Configurations * Reverb

Reverb

Reverb Reverb

Reverb

*Configurations only available with MX400/MX400XL

MX300 Specifications

MX200 Specifications

ANAlOG AUDIO INPUTS Connectors Four ¼" TRS or XLR balanced or unbalanced Impedance 50k Ohms bal., 25k Ohms unbal. Input Level +4 dBu nominal, +24 dBu maximum 48kHz or 44.1kHz A/D Conversion 24-bit, 48kHz 128 x oversampling

ANAlOG AUDIO INPUTS Connectors Two ¼" TRS, Two XLR female Impedance 50k Ohms bal., 25k Ohms unbal. Input Level +4 dBu nominal, +24 dBu maximum 48kHz or 44.1kHz 24-bit, 48kHz A/D Conversion 128 x oversampling

ANAlOG AUDIO INPUTS Connectors Two ¼" TRS balanced or unbalanced Impedance 20k Ohms balanced, 10k Ohms unbalanced Input Level +4 dBu nominal, +20 dBu max 48kHz or 44.1kHz A/D Conversion 24-bit, 48kHz 128 x oversampling

ANAlOG AUDIO OUTPUTS Connectors Four ¼" TRS or XLR balanced or unbalanced Impedance 2k Ohms balanced 1k Ohms unbalanced Output Level +4 dBu or –10 dBV nominal (software adjustable), 24 dBu maximum 48kHz or 44.1kHz D/A Conversion 24-bit, 48kHz 128 x oversampling

ANAlOG AUDIO OUTPUTS Connectors Two ¼" TRS bal. or unbal. Two XLR male Impedance 2k Ohms balanced, 1k Ohms unbalanced ¼" only Output Level +4 dBu or –10 dBV nominal (software adjustable), 24 dBu maximum 48kHz or 44.1kHz D/A Conversion 24-bit, 44.1/48kHz 128x oversampling

ANAlOG AUDIO OUTPUTS Connectors Two ¼" TRS balanced or unbalanced Impedance 2k Ohms balanced, 1k Ohms unbalanced ¼" only Output Level +4 dBu or –10 dBV nominal (software adjustable), 20 dBu maximum 48kHz or 44.1kHz D/A Conversion 24-bit, 44.1/48kHz 128x oversampling

ANAlOG AUDIO PERFORMANCE Frequency Response 10 Hz – 20kHz +0 dB/–0.5 dB THD+N <0.0019% 10Hz – 20kHz Dynamic Range >109 dB (A-weighted) A/A Crosstalk typical <–80 dB 20Hz – 20kHz

ANAlOG AUDIO PERFORMANCE Frequency Response 20 Hz – 20kHz, ref. 1kHz +/–1 dB THD+N <0.007% 20Hz – 20kHz Dynamic Range >107 dB (A-weighted) A/A Crosstalk <-80 dB 20Hz – 20kHz

DIGITAl INPUT AND OUTPUT Connectors Dual RCA phono (S/PDIF) Format S/PDIF 24-bit Sample Rate 44.1 or 48kHz Processing Delay 3.7 ms @ 48 kHz Frequency Response 10Hz to 22kHz ±0.5 dB @ 48kHz

DIGITAl INPUT AND OUTPUT Connectors RCA phono (S/PDIF) Format S/PDIF 24-bit Sample Rate 44.1kHz or 48kHz Processing Delay 3.7 ms @ 48 kHz Frequency Response 10Hz to 22kHz ±0.5 dB @ 48kHz

CONTROl INTERFACE USB USB 1.0 for MX-EDIT™ Editor/Librarian and VST™/Audio Units plug-ins MIDI In/Out 5-pin DIN Foot Pedal ¼" phone jack

CONTROl INTERFACE USB USB 1.0 for MX-EDIT™ Editor/Librarian and VST™/Audio Units plug-ins MIDI In/Thru 5-pin DIN Footswitch ¼" phone jack

CONTROl INTERFACE USB USB 1.0 for MX-EDIT™ Editor/Librarian and VST™/Audio Units plug-ins MIDI In and Out/Thru 5-pin DIN Footswitch ¼" phone jack

GENERAl Power

Size (W/H/D) Weight

117 VAC or 230 VAC, 18 Watts 19" x 1.75" x 7.25" (483 x 44 x 185mm) 5.8 lbs (2.6 kg)

Size (W/H/D) Weight

100–120 VAC 50/60Hz, 18 Watts 220–240 VAC 50/60Hz, 18 Watts 19" x 1.75" x 7.25" (483 x 44 x 185mm) 5.8 lbs (2.63kg)

Size (W/H/D) Weight

Harman Pro Group | 2010

MX400/XL Specifications

Section:

9 VAC 1.3A 50/60Hz, 18 Watts 19" x 1.75" x 7.25" (483 x 44 x 185mm) 5.8 lbs (2.63kg)

All specifications subject to change

REVERB/EFFECTS PROCESSORS

Lexicon_ProductGuide10.1.indd 15

12/4/09 3:21:42 PM

Page 355

PCM

REVERB/EFFECTS PROCESSORS

New and Legendary Reverbs. Seamless Studio Integration.

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

PCM SERIES PROCESSORS

The PCM92, PCM96 and the PCM96 Surround provide the professional quality mono, stereo and surround reverbs and effects that are respected and admired by pros and hobbyists alike. The PCM series features hundreds of presets based on the best algorithms in the business. you can also customize them all with pre-selected parameters near the surface, or go deep and modify elements at a microscopic level to realize your sonic vision.

PCM

Lexicon_ProductGuide10.1.indd 16

Page 356

REVERB/EFFECTS PROCESSORS

12/4/09 3:21:45 PM

PCM

REVERB/EFFECTS PROCESSORS

PCM96 The PCM96 is the first PCM processor that works with your DAW, streaming audio via FireWire for seamless integration into your studio. This powerhouse boasts a comprehensive selection of legendary Lexicon reverbs and effects, including the return of Lexicon’s prized Concert Hall reverb. Appearing for the first time are new Room and Hall algorithms, plus an assortment of new mono reverbs and effects. And selectable, reversible reflection patterns, multimode filters, and “infinity switches” provide additional new capabilities.

Large navigation knob

Three parameter adjustment knobs

Tap Tempo button ®

AES input/output

MIDI in, thru and out

Ethernet connections

Load button

Word clock input

FireWire 400 ports

Standard IEC line cord

Compact flash preset storage

Store button Compare button

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Main OLED screen shows routing configurations, program names, effects and parameters, system settings

Stereo gain LED ladders

XLR analog balanced inputs/outputs

Section:

MULTIPLE EffECTS ROUTINg OPTIONS

The PCM96 can be divided into four virtual machines and includes standard I/O and

STANDAlONE MODE ROUTING (Analog, Digital)

1 1

2 2

Dual Super Mono Dual Super

9 DAW automation through plug-in format

1 1

Cascade Stereo Cascade

Mono to Stereoto Mono

Mono In/ Combined Stereo Mono In/ Out

Stereo

Combined Stereo Out

Super Stereo

Cascade Mono Cascade

Super Stereo Mono Mono PlUG-IN MODE ROUTING (FireWire)

9 28 legendary Lexicon reverbs, room models, modulation, delay, and pitch effects ®

streaming plug-in configurations, providing arbitrary routing capability.

PCM96 KEY fEaTURES

9 FireWire streaming through plug-in format 9 Quick softrow keys for fast navigation through complex algorithms 9 “Hardware Plug-In” feature with Mac VST® and Audio Units plug-in software 9 MIDI In, Out, and Thru 9 Compact Flash preset storage 9

compatible

9 32-bit floating point processing

9 Multiple sample rates: 44.1, 48, 88.2, and 96 kHz

Super Stereo

Dual Stereo

Super Mono

Quad Mono

Mono+Stereo

Super Stereo

Dual Stereo

Super Mono

Quad Mono

Mono+Stereo

9 +4 dBu or –10 dBV selectable input and output levels 9 External BNC Wordclock input

REVERB/EFFECTS PROCESSORS

Lexicon_ProductGuide10.1.indd 17

PCM

12/4/09 3:21:47 PM

Page 357

PCM

REVERB/EFFECTS PROCESSORS

PCM96 Surround Building on the success of the PCM96, the new PCM96 Surround offers more presets, more configuration options, and more inputs and outputs. The PCM96 Surround gives you industry standard reverbs and effects, with tremendous flexibility. Use the PCM96 Surround as a plug-in with your DAW, or keep it connected to your mixer. Either way, you have a multitude of configuration options to choose from, without having to move any cables. The PCM96 Surround is available with either 6 channels of XLR/ AES inputs and outputs, or 2 DB25 6-channel analog I/O and 1 DB25 6-channel digital I/O. Both versions also feature MIDI, Wordclock, Ethernet, and FireWire速.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Surround gain LED ladders

Main OLED screen shows routing configurations, program names, effects and parameters, system settings

Large navigation knob

Store button Compare button

Compact flash preset storage

Tap Tempo button Word clock input

FireWire 400 ports 速

Ethernet connections

MIDI in, thru and out

Load button AES/EBU digital XLR balanced inputs/outputs

PCM96SUR-D

Standard IEC line cord

Three parameter adjustment knobs

Section:

2 DB25 6-channel Analog I/O

PCM96SUR-A

1 DB25 6-channel Digital AES I/O

The PCM96 and PCM96 Surround come equipped with a software plug-in user interface that integrates seamlessly with your DAW, allowing you access to all adjustable parameters at the click of a mouse. All preset changes and corresponding parameter adjustments made in your DAW are instantaneously reflected in your hardware, and vice versa.

PCM

Lexicon_ProductGuide10.1.indd 18

Page 358

STEREO aNd SURROUNd REVERBS aNd EffECTS

Room Hall Chamber Random Delay Classic (Random Hall) Plate Dual Delay Ambience Resonant Chords Chorus/Flange Concert Hall Signal Generator VSO Pitch Multivoice Pitch

MONO REVERBS aNd EffECTS

Chamber Hall Plate Room Chorus/Flange Dual Delay Random Delay Random Hall Resonant Chords Signal Generator VSO Pitch Multivoice Pitch

REVERB/EFFECTS PROCESSORS

12/4/09 3:21:51 PM

PCM

REVERB/EFFECTS PROCESSORS

PCM96 SURROUNd KEY fEaTURES PCM96 SURROUND KEY FEATURES

9 Seamless automation and control via Ethernet or FireWire Available in two models: 5 6 channels of9XLR/AES inputs and outputs 9 Over 2200 factory presets, 5 6 channels of XLR/AES inputs and outputs including recognizable classics 5 2 DB25 6-channel analog from Lexicon's immense library I/O and 1 DB25 6-channel 5 2 DB25 6-channel analog of sounds digital I/O I/O and 1 DB25 6-channel 9 Hardware Plug-In capability digital 9 New Parallel Stereo and I/O inside Mac® VST®, Audio Surround configurations 9 New Parallel Stereo and Units, or RTAS software Surround configurations 9 50 legendary Lexicon 9 32-bit floating point processing reverbs, delays,9 Lexicon’s and new Surround Room 9 Samplea rates up to 96kHz modulation effects algorithm, used to generate 9 Available in two models:

Harman Pro Group | 2010

vast array of room-related effects 9 External BNC Wordclock 9 Lexicon’s new Surround Room forgenerate music and algorithm, used to a post 9 MIDI in, out, and thru vast array of room-related 9 Over 2200effects factory presets, 9 1024 user presets for music and post including recognizable classics 9 Compact from Lexicon's immense library Flash for additional 9 New Pitch algorithms storage of sounds

Section:

MULTIPLE EffECTS ROUTINg OPTIONS

In FireWire mode or standalone mode, the PCM96 Surround can process up to six inputs and six outputs in the following configurations: ®

PlUG-IN MODE ROUTING (FireWire)

er Stereo

2 1

Dual Stereo

213243

Dual Super Mono

11 2 2 3

Dual Stereo

Super Stereo

4 3

DualDual Mono / Super Single Mono Stereo

Quad Mono

Dual Super Mono

1 1

21 3

1 21

1 2

ono / Dual Stereo Dual StereoOut Two In/Five In/Four Six In/Six Out Two In/Four Out Four Five/ In/Five Out OutMono Dual Cascade Cascade Stereo Mono In Single Stereo Mono Stereo

Cascade Stereo

Mono to Stereo

Cascade Stereo

Mono to Stereo

Cascade Mono

Two In/Four Out Four In/Four Out Two In/Five Out

Cascade Stereo

Mono to Stereo

Cascade Mono

Two In/Four Out Four In/Four Out Two In/Five Out

Five In/Five Out

Six In/Six Out

Five In/Five Out

Six In/Six Out

Mono to Stereo

Two In/Four Out Four In/Four Out Two In/Five Out

Two In/F

1 3

Dual Mono / Single Stereo

REVERB/EFFECTS PROCESSORS

Lexicon_ProductGuide10.1.indd 19

The PCM96 Surround can be divided into four virtual machines, each of which can run its own algorithm. This allows the signal from each input to be routed through a variety of algorithm combinations.

Dual Out Stereo Six In/Six OutDual Stereo Five In/Five Mono In

1 2

DualOut StereoSix In/Six Out Dual Mono / Five In/Five Mono In Single Stereo

Dual MonoSuper / Four In/Four Out Two Dual Six In/Six Out Cascade Two In/Four OutDual MonoMonoSuper Stereo Out Mono In/Five Out Five In/Five Dual Stereo Stereo Stereo Dual SuperQuad Quad Super / Single StereoMono In Mono In ono Mono Single Stereo Mono

3 1

Quad Mono Super Stereo Super Stereo In/Four Out Two Two In/Four Out Four In/Five Out Mono In

Mono / Super QuadDual Mono DualIn/Five StereoOut Stereo Super Stereo Four In/Four Out Two Two In/Four Out Single Stereo Mono In

Quad Mono Dual Super Mono

STANDAlONE MODE ROUTING (Analog, Digital)

PCM

12/4/09 3:21:59 PM

Page 359

Six In/Si

PCM

REVERB/EFFECTS PROCESSORS

PCM92 The PCM92 utilizes the latest DSP technology and the finest collection of classic Lexicon algorithms to offer the ultimate processor for live performances and the recording studio. This powerhouse processor delivers 28 mono and stereo reverbs, delays, and modulation effects; flexible routing configurations; and a comprehensive library of over 1200 finely-crafted presets. The PCM92 also features 24-bit A/D-D/A conversion and 44.1 to 96 kHz sample rates to complement any console.

Main OLED screen shows routing configurations, program names, effects and parameters, system settings

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Stereo gain LED ladders

Large navigation knob

Tap Tempo button Load button

Store button Compare button

Word clock input

Foot control and foot switch inputs

Standard IEC line cord

Three parameter adjustment knobs

AES input/output

MIDI thru, in and out

Ethernet connections

XLR and ¼” TRS analog balanced outputs

XLR and ¼” combi-jack balanced inputs

Section:

MULTIPLE EffECTS ROUTINg OPTIONS

The PCM92 can be divided into three virtual machines which allow the signal from each input to be routed through a variety of algorithm combinations ROUTING OPTIONS (Analog, Digital)

1 1

PCM92 KEY fEaTURES

9 Comprehensive library of over 1200 finely-crafted studio presets

Dual Super Mono

Super Stereo

Cascade Mono

9 28 Signature Lexicon reverbs, delays and modulatioin effects

Cascade Stereo

Mono to Stereo

9 Full system configuration and control with

Mono In/ System Architect Combined Stereo Out

9 44.1 to 96 kHz sample rate 9 Ethernet connectivity

2 2

9 MIDI In, Out, and Thru

2 1

1 22

Cascade ual Super Stereo Mono

Mono Stereo Stereo QuadtoMonoSuper Mono Super In/ Stereo Dual Super Stereo Stereo Combined Stereo Out Mono In

PCM

9 Foot controller inputs make 1 to2change 3 presets and it easy 2 adjust parameters during live performances. 9 32-bit floating point processing

Cascade Stereo

Mono to Stereo

Mono+Stereo Dual Stereo Dual Mono / Cascade 9 High-resolution OLED display Mono In Single Stereo Mono

3 REVERB/EFFECTS PROCESSORS

Lexicon_ProductGuide10.1.indd 20 per Mono Quad Mono Mono+Stereo

Page 360

Super Mono Quad Mono Dual Stereo

12/4/09 3:22:05 PM

PCM

REVERB/EFFECTS PROCESSORS

PCM92 Specifications

PCM96 Specifications

PCM96 Surround Specifications

ANAlOG AUDIO INPUTS Connectors Two XLR / ¼" TRS combi-jack balanced inputs Impedance 20k Ohms balanced Input Level +4 dBu mode; +20dBu max -10 dBv mode; +8.2dBu max Type IV mode; +26dBu max

ANAlOG AUDIO INPUTS Connectors Two XLR balanced Impedance 20k Ohms balanced Input Level +4 dBu mode; 20 dBu max. -10 dBv mode; 8.21 dBu max. Type IV mode; +26 dBu max.

ANAlOG AUDIO INPUTS [PCM96SUR-A] Connectors 25-pin Dsub female connector Impedance 20k Ohms balanced Input Level +4 dBu mode; 20 dBu max. -10 dBv mode; 8.21 dBu max.

ANAlOG AUDIO OUTPUTS Connectors Two male XLR and two female ¼" TRS Impedance 30 Ohms balanced (elec.) Output Level +20 dBu

AUDIO PERFORMANCE Frequency Response (96kHz) 20Hz - 20kHz ±.25dB 20kHz to 40kHz, +0/-3dB THD <0.003%, 20Hz - 20kHz @ 4dBu Dynamic Range >112 dB unweighted, 115 dB A-weighted Crosstalk (1kHz) <-90dB, 20Hz to 20kHz @+20dBu input Internal Audio DSP 32/64-bit floating point SyNChRONIzATION TTL Word Clock Input 75 Ohms, BNC CONTROl INTERFACE MIDI In/Thru/Out 5-pin DIN’s Footswitch ¼" TRS connector for independent momentary footswitches Foot Controller ¼" TRS connector for foot pedal 100 Ohms – 10k Ohms (Impedance) GENERAl Power

Size (W/H/D)

Weight Operating Temp. Maximum Humidity

DIGITAl INPUT AND OUTPUT Connectors XLR I/O Format AES/EBU balanced Sample Rate 44.1kHz, 48kHz, 88.2kHz, 96kHz Conversion 24-bit A/D; 24-bit D/A AUDIO PERFORMANCE Frequency Response 20Hz - 20kHz ± .25dB 20Hz - 40kHz +0/-3dB <0.002%, 20Hz - 20kHz @ +4dBu THD Dynamic Range D/A: >112dB typical, 20Hz - 20kHz A/D: >112dB typical, 20Hz - 20kHz A/A: >111dB typical, 20Hz - 40kHz Crosstalk -90dB, 20Hz to 40kHz Internal Audio DSP 32/64-bit floating point CONTROl INTERFACE Memory Cards Compact Flash Type I Format Supports all size memory cards MIDI In/Thru/Out 5-pin DIN’s Footswitch N/A Foot Controller N/A GENERAl Power

Size (W/H/D) 100–240 VAC 50/60Hz, <14 Watts Automatic switching, (3-pin IEC connector) 19" W x 1.75" H x 9.5" D (483 x 45 x 241.3 mm) rack mount standard 8 lbs (3.63 kg) 59° to 95°F (15° to 35°C) 75% relative humidity max.

Weight Operating Temp. Maximum Humidity

100–240 VAC 50/60Hz, 20 Watts Automatic switching, (3-pin IEC connector) 19" W x 1.75" H x 12.5" D (483 x 45 x 318 mm) rack mount standard 8.65 lbs (3.93 kg) 59° to 95°F (15° to 35°C) 75% relative humidity max.

ANAlOG AUDIO OUTPUTS [PCM96SUR-A] Connectors 25-pin Dsub female connector Impedance 30 Ohms balanced Output Level +4 dBu mode; +20 dBu max. -10 dBv mode; 8.21 dBu max. DIGITAl INPUT AND OUTPUT Connectors XLR 3/3 I/O [PCM96SUR-D] 25-pin Dsub female connector [PCM96SUR-A] Format AES/EBU balanced Sample Rate 44.1kHz, 48kHz, 88.2kHz, 96kHz Conversion 24-bit A/D; 24-bit D/A

Harman Pro Group | 2010

DIGITAl INPUT AND OUTPUT Connectors One female XLR input and one male XLR output Format AES/EBU balanced Sample Rate 44.1kHz, 48kHz, 88.2kHz, 96kHz Conversion 24-bit A/D; 24-bit D/A

ANAlOG AUDIO OUTPUTS Connectors Two XLR balanced (elec.) Impedance 30 Ohms balanced Output Level +4 dBu mode; +20 dBu max. -10 dBv mode; 8.21 dBu max.

AUDIO PERFORMANCE Frequency Response 20Hz - 20kHz ± .15dB 20Hz - 40kHz ± .5dB <0.002%, 20Hz - 20kHz @ +4dBu THD Dynamic Range D/A: >112dB typical, 20Hz - 20kHz A/D: >112dB typical, 20Hz - 20kHz A/A: >111dB typical, 20Hz - 40kHz 112 dB unweighted, 115 dB A-weighted Crosstalk -75dB, with a +20 dBu signal Internal Audio DSP 32/64-bit floating point

Section:

CONTROl INTERFACE Memory Cards Compact Flash Type I Format Supports all size memory cards MIDI In/Thru/Out 5-pin DIN’s Footswitch N/A Foot Controller N/A GENERAl Power

Size (W/H/D)

Weight Operating Temp. Maximum Humidity

100–240 VAC 50/60Hz, 26 Watts Automatic switching, (3-pin IEC connector) 19” W x 1.75” H x 16” D (483 x 45 x 406 mm) rack mount standard 14.25 lbs (4.48 kg) 59° to 95°F (15° to 35°C) 75% relative humidity max.

All specifications subject to change

REVERB/EFFECTS PROCESSORS

Lexicon_ProductGuide10.1.indd 21

PCM

12/4/09 3:22:05 PM

Page 361

P C M N aT I V E

REVERB/EFFECTS PROCESSORS

A Generation Redefined. The Legacy Continues.

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

NaTIVE PLUg-IN PROCESSORS

hearing is believing. Select one of the superb reverb plug-ins and turn off the lights. you’ll hear lexicon’s proprietary modeling create an unbelievable acoustic environment. hear for yourself how large and enveloping the sweet spot is, how stable the imaging, and how realistic the sound. you’ll immediately understand how the PCM Native Reverb Bundle has set a new standard for the next generation of sound professionals.

P C M N aT I V E

Lexicon_ProductGuide10.1.indd 22

Page 362

REVERB/EFFECTS PROCESSORS

12/4/09 3:22:10 PM

REVERB/EFFECTS PROCESSORS

P C M N aT I V E

PCM NATIVE | REVERB BUNDLE For over 35 years Lexicon has been regarded as the gold standard of digital reverb and effects processing. Now that same distinctive, smooth, rich â&#x20AC;&#x153;Lexicon Soundâ&#x20AC;? is available as a collection of native plug-ins. The PCM Native Reverb Bundle delivers seven signature Lexicon reverb plug-ins with over 950 of the most versatile and finely-crafted studio presets. An artful blend of heritage and innovation, the PCM Native Reverb Bundle is the ultimate studio plug-in package for creating professional, inspirational mixes within popular DAWs such as Pro Tools, Logic, Nuendo or any other RTAS, AudioUnit, or VST compatible host. Designed to bring unsurpassed sonic quality to all of your audio applications, the PCM Native Reverb Bundle will take center stage in your DAW.

Random Hall

Concert Hall

Plate

Vintage Plate

Hall

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Chamber

Room

Section:

REVERB/EFFECTS PROCESSORS

Lexicon_ProductGuide10.1.indd 23

P C M N aT I V E 12/4/09 3:22:12 PM

Page 363

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

07 08

Lexicon

www.lexiconpro.com

8760 South Sandy Parkway, Sandy, UT 84070, USA • Tel: (801) 566-8800 • Fax: (801) 568-7662 For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.lexiconpro.com ©2010 All Rights Reserved, Harman International Industries Inc. Specifications subject to change. Lexicon, MX-Edit, dbx Professional Products, harman/kardon, AKG, LOGIC7, HiQnet, I•ONIX, Alpha Studio, Lambda Studio and Omega Studio are all trademarks of Harman International Industries, Inc. Cubase LE4, ASIO and VST are trademarks of Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH. FireWire and Mac are trademarks of Apple Computer Corporation. Windows is a trademark of the Microsoft Corporation.

Lexicon_ProductGuide10.1.indd 24

Page 364

12/4/09 3:22:12 PM

#26265 - HPro Full Line Cat:Layout 1 01/12/2009 12:01 Page 1

Digital Live Live Multi-Purpose Recording /Post-Production Broadcast Power Supply Units Harman Pro Group | 2010

SOUNDCRAFT MIXING CONSOLES

Section:

07 08

RANGE CATALOGUE

Page 365

#26265 - HPro Full Line Cat:Layout 1 01/12/2009 12:01 Page 2

The Soundcraft Range From analogue to digital, live sound to post-production, Soundcraft mixing consoles are built to perform. With professional features, intuitive operation and uncompromised sound quality, Soundcraft consoles are relied upon throughout the professional audio industry, delivering optimum performance time after time. Drawing from more than 30 years’ mixing console design and manufacturing expertise, Soundcraft has developed a unique insight into professional audio requirements. World-class production techniques, combined with extensive testing procedures, ensure that every mixing console is built to the same exacting standards.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

A unique collaboration between Soundcraft and our sister company Studer, with processing supplied by Lexicon and BSS Audio, the

Section:

remarkable Soundcraft The Si3 brings digital mixing to Thornapple Church Vi Series™ Digital Live consoles continue to set the standard for intuitive operator control on tours and installations. Meanwhile, new Soundcraft® Si Series Digital Live consoles offer a ‘one box’ digital mixing solution that simply plugs in where the analogue console used to be, to deliver all the power and operational benefits of digital mixing with minimal upheaval. From the highly-specified dual-format MH Series through the value-formoney GB Series and on to the LX7ii and the innovative GigRac powered mixer, An MH3 at The Knitting Factory in NYC Soundcraft analogue Live consoles combine superb sonic performance with uncompromising build quality, offering exceptional reliability, great flexibility and unprecedented mixing control. In this catalogue, a comparison chart provides an at-a-glance guide to the range’s features, simplifying the choice of console for any live application. Comparison charts are also provided for multi-purpose and recording/post-production consoles. Soundcraft’s Multi-Purpose console range combines professional facilities and sound quality with exceptional value. Suitable for

stage and studio use, these consoles are ergonomically designed, achieving optimum performance from compact frames. With a choice of 6, 8, 12 and 20 mono input frame sizes – Multi-purpose consoles bring trademark Soundcraft each with 2 stereo channels sound to a massive range of applications as standard, the EPM, EFX, MPMi and MFXi Series mixers encompass a massive range of applications. Soundcraft’s Recording / Post-Production consoles are used in a wide variety of applications, from location audio to multitrack music recording. And as project studio recording grows ever more sophisticated, Soundcraft has responded with the refreshingly versatile Ghost LE mixer. Designed for the varied requirements of on-air, TV and radio production, Soundcraft manufactures a full range of Broadcast

Students at Full Sail, FL, where 12 Ghost consoles are installed.

consoles. This catalogue contains features and specifications and on individual Soundcraft consoles and power supply units. For further information, please contact Soundcraft for a product information CD Soundcraft has received ISO 9001:2000 certification, following a (see next page) or major investment in our processes and manufacturing facilities an individual product brochure, or visit the Soundcraft website at www.soundcraft.com

Soundcraft is part of the Harman International Group, which includes other leading pro audio innovators AKG, BSS, Crown, dbx, JBL, Lexicon and Studer. The inclusion of artists in this publication does not imply endorsement.

Page 366

#26265 - HPro Full Line Cat:Layout 1 01/12/2009 12:01 Page 3

Also available from Soundcraft Additional information about the wide range of Soundcraft products can be found by visiting our website at www.soundcraft.com or by requesting an individual product brochure. We have also produced a number of guides and information CD-ROMs, designed to help you quickly find the information you need straight from your desktop.

PRODUCT INFORMATION CDS Our Product Information CD is PC and Mac compatible and is designed to run on any standard web browser. The information CD features product summary pages, which contain a picture and brief description of each console in the Soundcraft range, together with brochures, technical data and user guides.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

MIXING GUIDES To help you get the most out of your Soundcraft console, we have produced a mixing guide - The Soundcraft Guide to Mixing available in booklet and DVD formats. The guide contains information on choosing and using your mixer and sound equipment, together with connection and setup guides, mixing techniques, sample applications and troubleshooting. The guide is also available on the Product Information CD as a PDF file.

SOUNDCRAFT WEBSITE

Section:

Our website www.soundcraft.com is updated regularly and provides a great source for all the latest news from Soundcraft. Here you can find useful information in the form of downloadable brochures, user guides, technical data sheets, mark-up sheets, application guides, software updates, logos, images and advertisements. The website also contains contact information for all sales, technical support and service enquiries. For further information, please contact our Marketing Department on +44 (0)1707 665000 or via email at soundcraft@harman.com

Page 367

#26265 - HPro Full Line Cat:Layout 1 01/12/2009 12:01 Page 4

Soundcraft Vi Series™

Pictured : Vi6

Harman Pro Group | 2010

· Digital live sound consoles with highly intuitive operation · Vistonics™ II touchscreen interface relieves the burden of complex mental mapping · FaderGlow™ illumination of fader tracks for at a glance status display · Vi6 offers simultaneous mixing of up to 96 inputs into 35 outputs, with 24 insert send/return pairs assignable to any of the input or output channels · Vi4 offers simultaneous mixing of up to 72 inputs inputs into 35 outputs, with 24 insert send/return pairs assignable to any of the input or output channels

• Vi2 uses standard stagebox/local rack hardware to handle as many inputs as Vi4 and Vi6 on compact control surface with 8 input faders · 32 Group/Aux/Matrix busses · 40-bit floating point digital audio processing · Cat5 or Cat7 connection to remote stagebox · Optional Fibre Optic interface · Lexicon / BSS Audio processing

TYPICAL SPECIFICATIONS Frequency Response

Stagebox Mic input to Line output . . . . . . . . . . . . .+0/-1dB, 20Hz-20kHz AES/EBU In to AES/EBU Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+0/-0.2dB, 20Hz-20kHz

Mains Voltage operating range

T.H.D. & Noise 22Hz-22kHz

Stagebox Mic In (min gain) to Local Line Out . . . . . . . . .<0.003% @ 1kHz Stagebox Mic In (max gain) to Local Line Out . . . . . . . .<0.020% @ 1kHz Local Line In to Line Out (max gain) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<0.003% @ 1kHz

Mains Power Consumption

Mic Input E.I.N.

22Hz-22kHz bandwidth, unweighted . . . . . . . . .<-126dBu (150Ω source)

Residual Noise

Stagebox line output; no inputs routed, Mix fader @0dB . . . . . . . . -95dBu

CMRR

Stagebox Mic input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80dB @ 1kHz

Section:

Sampling Frequency Latency

Control Surface: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155W (165W redundant option) Local Rack: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140W (150W redundant option) Stagebox*: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140W (150W redundant option)

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Height

Control Surface (Vi6/Vi4/Vi2 – uncased) . . . . . . . 326.4mm (12.9") Local Rack* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 950mm (37.4") Stagebox* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 870mm (34.3")

Width

Control Surface (Vi6 - uncased) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1757mm (69.2") Control Surface (Vi4 - uncased) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1447mm (57.0") Control Surface (Vi2 - uncased) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 846mm (33.3") Local Rack* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600mm (23.6") Stagebox* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600mm (23.6")

Depth

Control Surface (Vi6/Vi4/Vi2 - uncased) . . . . . . . 725.1mm (28.5") Local Rack* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 670mm (26.4") Stagebox* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540mm (21.3")

Weight

Control Surface (Vi6 - uncased) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63kg (140lbs) Control Surface (Vi4 - uncased) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52kg (115lbs) Control Surface (Vi2 - uncased) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.5kg (70lbs) Local Rack* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50kg (110lbs) Stagebox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40kg (88lbs)

. . . . . . . . . . 44.1kHz, 48kHz (96kHz with DSP upgrade, when available) Stagebox Mic Input to Local Line output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < 2ms @48kHz

AES/EBU Input Sample Rate

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32–108kHz (with SRC enabled)

DSP resolution

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-bit floating point

Internal clock

Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < +/-50ppm Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < +/-5ns

External Sync

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC Wordclock, AES/EBU sync in, Video sync in

Oscillator

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Hz to 20kHz/Pink/White Noise, variable level

Stagebox HP Filter Channel HP filter Channel LP filter

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Hz fixed, 12dB per octave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Hz-600Hz, 18dB per octave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1kHz-20kHz, 18dB per octave

EQ (Inputs and bus Outputs)

HF: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Hz-20kHz, +/-18dB Hi-Mid: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Hz-20kHz, +/-18dB Lo-Mid: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Hz-20kHz, +/-18dB LF: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Hz-20kHz, +/-18dB Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.3-8.7

Metering

Internal 20-segment LED bargraphs plus 9-segment gain reduction meters for all inputs and Outputs. Peak hold variable from 0-2s.

Page 368

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-264V, 47-63Hz, autoranging

* Standard Flightcase

#26265 - HPro Full Line Cat:Layout 1 01/12/2009 12:01 Page 5

Digital Live

LOCAL RACK AND STAGEBOX CONNECTIONS

Local Rack

57.15

399.2

209.55

57.15

0.6

419.1

404.15 449

423.1

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

Stage Box

57.15

399.2

209.55

0.6

419.1

404.15

423.1

449

Page 369

#26265 - HPro Full Line Cat:Layout 1 01/12/2009 12:01 Page 6

Soundcraft® Si Series

Pictured : Si3

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• 80 inputs to mix (Si3)/64 inputs to mix (Si2) /48 inputs to mix (Si1) • 64 mono mic inputs (Si3) /48 mono mic inputs (Si2) /32 mono mic inputs (Si1) • 4 stereo inputs and 4 dedicated FX returns, plus 8 assignable external inserts • 24 Group/Aux/FX busses • 8 Matrix busses with sends from all Group, Aux, FX and Main L/R/C busses

• 12 VCA Groups and 8 independent Mute Groups • 4-band fully parametric EQ on every input and output, with HPF on every input • 35 full 30-band BSS Audio graphic equalisers • 4 independent stereo Lexicon FX processors • Compressor and gate on every input, compressor on every output • Delay adjustable on every input and output • Metering for every Group/Aux/FX, Masters and Monitors/Solo • Full DSP horsepower to handle all functions at any time.

TYPICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Section:

Frequency Response

Mic input to Line output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+0/-1dB, 20Hz-20kHz Stereo input to master output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+0/-0.5dB, 20Hz-20kHz

Filters

Channel HP Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Hz-1kHz, 18dB per octave Channel LP Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500Hz-20kHz, 18dB per octave

T.H.D. & Noise 10Hz-22kHz

Mic In (min gain) to Bus output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.006% @ 1kHz Mic In (max gain) to Bus output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.008% @ 1kHz Stereo input to master output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.005% @ 1kHz

EQ (Inputs and Bus Outputs)

HF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Hz-1kHz, +/-15dB, Q=0.3-6.0 or Shelving Hi-Mid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Hz-1kHz, +/-15dB, Q=0.3-6.0 Lo-Mid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Hz-1kHz, +/-15dB, Q=0.3-6.0 LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Hz-1kHz, +/-15dB, Q=0.3-6.0 or Shelving

Mic Input E.I.N.

22Hz-22kHz bandwidth, unweighted . . . . .<-126dBu (150 Ohms source)

Residual Noise

Master output; no inputs routed, Mix fader @0dB . . . . . . . . . . . <-88dBu

CMRR

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80dB @ 1kHz Mic input

Sampling Frequency

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48kHz

Convertor Resolution

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 bit

Latency

Mic Input to Bus output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < 1ms @48kHz

Metering

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Internal 14-segment LED bargraphs 12-section plus 9-section gain reduction OLED meters for all Inputs

Mains Voltage operating range

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-264V, 47-63Hz, autoranging

Mains Power Consumption

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400W

Temperature/ Humidity Range

Operating Temperature Range . . . . . . . 0ºC – 45ºC (32ºF – 113ºF) Relative Humidity . . . 0% – 90%, non-condensing Ta=40ºC (104ºF) Storage Temperature Range . . . . . . . -20ºC – 60ºC (-4ºF – 140ºF)

AES/EBU Input Sample Rate

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32–108kHz (with SRC enabled)

DSP resolution

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-bit floating point

Internal clock

Height

Input & Output Levels Mic Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +26dBu max Stereo Inputs / Returns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +28dBu max Bus Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +22dBu max Nominal Operating Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0dBu (-22dBFS)

Si1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340mm (13.4") Si2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340mm (13.4") Si3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340mm (13.4")

Width

Si1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1202mm (47.3") Si2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1414.8mm (55.7") Si3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1684.6mm (66.3")

Input & Output Impedances

Mic Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.8 kOhms All other analogue Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >10 kOhms Line Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <75 Ohms

Depth

Si1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 791mm (31.1") Si2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 791mm (31.1") Si3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 791mm (31.1")

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Hz to 20kHz Sine/Pikn Noise, variable level

Weight

Si1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38kg (84lb) Si2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48kg (106lb) Si3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61kg (134lbs)

Oscillatior

Page 370

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT

#26265 - HPro Full Line Cat:Layout 1 01/12/2009 12:02 Page 7

MH4 Live · Now equipped to handle 16 separate monitor mixes · Fully modular frame sizes: 32+4, 40+4, 48+4, 56+4 · Flexible Auxiliary Bus structure (with up to four stereo sends for inear monitoring) allows use as FOH, Monitors or a combination · 8 Group busses with 12 Aux busses in total (FOH mode) · 16 Monitor busses (configurable as 16 mono, 12 mono/2 stereo, 8 mono/4 stereo) in Monitor mode · LCR panning on inputs · Semi-parametric EQ on stereo aux outputs · Integral 20x8 Ouptut matrix · 8 VCA groups and 8 Mute groups · Snapshot automation and MIDI control · Integrated control of dbx DriveRack and BSS Varicurve

Frequency Response

XLR Input to any Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +0/-0.5dB, 20Hz – 20kHz

T.H.D. (@+10dBu)

XLR In to Direct Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < 0.006% @ 1kHz < 0.01% @ 10kHz XLR In to Mix Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < 0.006% @ 1kHz < 0.01% @ 10kHz

Noise

Crosstalk (1kHz, +20dBu input signals)

Mic Input E.I.N. (22Hz-22kHz, unweighted) . . . . . . . < - 128dBu (150Ω source) Mix Output Residual Noise (no inputs routed, Mix fader @ 0dB) . . . . . . . -90dB Mix Output Bus Noise (48 ch. routed, faders @ -∞, Mix fader @ 0dB) . < -84dBu Grp Output Bus Noise (48 ch. routed, faders @ -∞, Grp fader @ 0dB) < -84dBu Aux Output Bus Noise (48 ch. routed, sends @ -∞, Grp fader @ 0dB) . < -85dBu Input Channel muting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 102dB Input fader cutoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 100dB Input pan pot isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 60dB Mix routing isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 102dB Group routing isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 88dB Group-group crosstalk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -90dB Group-Mix crosstalk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -90dB Mix-group crosstalk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -95dB Aux send off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -93dB

CMRR

Mono input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -85dB @ 1kHz

Oscillator

63Hz to 10kHz/Pink Noise, variable level

HP Filter (Mono Input) 30-400Hz, 12dB/octave EQ (Mono Input)

Metering

HF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2kHz - 20kHz, ±15dB Hi-Mid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 750Hz - 12kHz, ±15dB Lo-Mid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Hz - 1.2kHz, ±15dB LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Hz - 550Hz, ±15dB Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 - 3.0 Overbridge 8 VU Meters monitoring Group/Aux/Matrix, + 3 VU Meters monitoring Left Mix/AFL/PFL, Right Mix/AFL/PFL & Mono (centre) Mix + Peak LEDs Mono & Stereo Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-LED bargraph + Peak LED

Power Consumption 48 Ch Console, each 17V rail takes 6.5A (nominal) (measured without Littlites connected) The 8V rail takes 0.5A (nominal) Operating conditions

Temperature Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -10ºC to +30ºC Relative Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0% to 80%

Power Supply Unit

Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPS800

Harman Pro Group | 2010

TYPICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Section:

INPUT / OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS Input & Output Levels

Mic Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +26dBu max. Balanced Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +21dBu max. Balanced Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +21dBu max. Nominal Operating Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0dBu

Input & Output Impedances

Mic Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2kΩ All other Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 10kΩ Headphone Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Ω All other Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < 75Ω

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Height

All frame sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365mm (14.4")

Width

32 channel 40 channel 48 channel 56 channel

Depth

All frame sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 813mm (32.0")

Weight

32 channel 40 channel 48 channel 56 channel

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1715mm (67.5") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1969mm (77.5") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2223mm (87.5") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2476mm (97.5")

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 kg (196 lbs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 kg (225 lbs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 kg (253 lbs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 kg (557 lbs)

Page 371

#26265 - HPro Full Line Cat:Layout 1 01/12/2009 12:02 Page 8

MH3 Live

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• Semi-modular frame sizes: 24+4, 32+4, 40+4, 48+4, 56+4 • Flexible Auxiliary Bus structure with 2 stereo sends for in-ear monitoring • 8 group busses and 12 aux busses (FOH mode) • 12 monitor busses: 12 mono, or 8 mono + 2 stereo (Monitor mode) • Swap mode allows fader control of Aux outputs in Monitor mode • Integral 12x4 Output matrix, optional expansion to 12x8 • 3-band EQ on FX Returns 1-8, switchable to Group or Aux outputs • LCR panning on inputs • 8 VCA groups and 8 Mute groups • Integrated control of dbx DriveRack and BSS Varicurve • Integral LED bargraph metering for all inputs and outputs • Optional VU output meterbridge

TYPICAL SPECIFICATIONS Frequency Response

XLR Input to any Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +0/-1dB, 20Hz – 20kHz

T.H.D. (@+10dBu)

XLR In to Direct Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < 0.015% @ 1kHz < 0.02% @ 10kHz XLR In to Mix Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < 0.015% @ 1kHz < 0.02% @ 10kHz

Noise

Section:

08 Crosstalk (1kHz, +20dBu input signals)

Mic Input E.I.N. (22Hz - 22kHz, unweighted) . . . . . . < -128dBu (150Ω source) Mix Output Residual Noise (no inputs routed, Mix fader @ 0dB) . . . . . . . -95dB Mix Output Bus Noise (48 ch. routed, faders @ -∞, Mix fader @ 0dB) . < -85dBu Grp Output Bus Noise (48 ch. routed, faders @ -∞, Grp fader @ 0dB) < -85dBu Aux Output Bus Noise (48 ch. routed, sends @ -∞, Grp fader @ 0dB) . < -86dBu Input Channel muting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 95dB Input fader cutoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 88dB Input pan pot isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 72dB Mix routing isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 100dB Group routing isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 99dB Group-group crosstalk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -92dB Group-Mix crosstalk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -100dB Mix-group crosstalk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -100dB Aux send off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -80dB

CMRR

Mono input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85dB @ 1kHz

Oscillator

55Hz to 11kHz/Pink Noise, variable level

HP Filter (Mono Input) 30-400Hz, 12dB/octave EQ (Mono Input)

HF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1kHz - 20kHz, ±15dB Hi-Mid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 750Hz - 13kHz, ±15dB Lo-Mid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Hz - 1.3kHz, ±15dB LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Hz - 500Hz, ±15dB Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 - 3.0

Metering

All inputs and outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . Internal 12-segment LED bargraphs (24-segment for L/R/C outputs) Optional VU Meterpod 8VU meters monitoring O/P Faders 1-8/Aux 912/Matrix 1-4 via bank selection, and L/R/C

Power Consumption Mains Power: 56 Ch - 600VA max., 24 Ch - 300VA 48 Ch Console, each 17V rail takes 8.5A (nominal)(measured with 4 Littlites connected). The 8V rail takes 0.2A (nominal) Operating conditions

Temperature Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -10ºC to +30ºC Relative Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0% to 80%

Power Supply Unit

Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPS800

INPUT / OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS Input & Output Levels

Input & Output Impedances

Mic Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2kΩ All other Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 10kΩ Headphone Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.33Ω Recommended Headphone Impedance . . . . . . 4-600Ω All other Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < 75Ω

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Height

All frame sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276mm (10.9")*

Width

24 channel 32 channel 40 channel 48 channel 56 channel

Depth

All frame sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 813mm (32.0")

Weight

24 channel 32 channel 40 channel 48 channel 56 channel

* Excluding optional meterpod

Page 372

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1419mm (55.8") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1683mm (66.2") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1947mm (76.5") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2211mm (87.0") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2475mm (97.4")

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 kg (150 lbs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 kg (176 lbs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 kg (202 lbs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 kg (227 lbs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 kg (253 lbs)

#26265 - HPro Full Line Cat:Layout 1 01/12/2009 12:02 Page 9

MH2 Live

Frequency Response

XLR Input to any Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +0/-1dB, 20Hz – 20kHz

Power Consumption Mains Power: 48 Ch: 300W max

T.H.D. (@+10dBu)

XLR In to Mix Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < 0.03% @ 1kHz < 0.03% @ 10kHz

Operating conditions

Temperature Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -10ºC to +30ºC Relative Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0% to 80%

Noise

Mic Input E.I.N. (22Hz - 22kHz, unweighted) . . . . . . < -128dBu (150Ω source) Mix Output Residual Noise (no inputs routed, Mix fader @ 0dB) . . . . . . . -90dB Mix Output Bus Noise (48 ch. routed, faders @ -∞, Mix fader @ 0dB) . < -83dBu Grp Output Bus Noise (48 ch. routed, faders @ -∞, Grp fader @ 0dB) < -82dBu Aux Output Bus Noise (48 ch. routed, sends @ -∞, Grp fader @ 0dB) . < -84dBu

Power Supply Unit

Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Internal/DPS-4

INPUT / OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS

Harman Pro Group | 2010

TYPICAL SPECIFICATIONS

• Frame sizes: 24+4, 32+4, 40+4 and 48+4 • Single-piece front panel and individual channel PCBs • MH3/4 mic amp design with 50dB range plus -20dB pad and separately switchable 1/4" Line input • Swept high-pass filter and fully-swept 4-band EQ • 8 group busses and 10 aux busses (FOH mode) • 10 monitor busses: 10 mono or 8 mono + 1 stereo (Monitor mode) • Pre/post fader switching in pairs (except 5-8 as one block of 4) • LCR panning on inputs to mix • 8 VCAs and 6 Mute Groups • 4 Stereo Input channels with mic/line capability • 4 Stereo line returns with 3-band fixed EQ, returns can route to output channels • 11x4 Matrix built-in • 12-segment Input and Output metering

Section:

Crosstalk (1kHz, +20dBu input signals)

Input Channel muting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 95dB Input fader cutoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 90dB Input pan pot isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 75dB Mix routing isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 90dB Group routing isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 90dB Aux send off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 80dB

CMRR

Mono input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 84dB @ 1kHz

Oscillator

63Hz to 10kHz, variable level

Input & Output Levels

Input & Output Impedances

Mic Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2kΩ All other Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 10kΩ Headphone Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Ω Recommended Headphone Impedance . . . . . 50-600Ω All other Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < 75Ω

HP Filter (Mono Input) 30-400Hz, 12dB/octave EQ (Mono Input)

Metering

HF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2kHz - 20kHz, ±15dB Hi-Mid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 750Hz - 13kHz, ±15dB Lo-Mid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Hz - 1.3kHz, ±15dB LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Hz - 500Hz, ±15dB Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Height

All frame sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256mm (10.0")*

Width

24 channel 32 channel 40 channel 48 channel

Depth

All frame sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 753mm (29.7")

Weight

24 channel 32 channel 40 channel 48 channel

12-segment LED bargraphs for all inputs. 12-segment LED bargraphs for 8 Fader-controlled Outputs, plus LR & C. Aux 9/10 metered via the LR meters.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1271mm (50.0") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1509mm (59.4") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1732mm (68.2") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1956mm (77.0")

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 kg (113 lbs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 kg (147 lbs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 kg (183 lbs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 kg (220 lbs)

Page 373

#26265 - HPro Full Line Cat:Layout 1 01/12/2009 12:02 Page 10

GB8 Live

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• 24, 32, 40 and 48 channel frame sizes • GB30 mic preamp and precision equalisation circuitry • 4 full feature stereo channels • 4 stereo returns • Direct outputs on every channel (pre/post selectable) • 4 segment input meters on every channel • 100mm faders • Switchable 48V phantom powering on every channel • 8 Aux sends • 18dB/octave high pass filter • 8 sub groups • 4 mute groups • 11x4 output matrix • 12-segment LED metering • Record output with limiter and alternate output • VU meterpod • Integral power supply, with an external power supply link option

TYPICAL SPECIFICATIONS

INPUT / OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS

Frequency Response

Mic/Line Input to any output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Hz – 20kHz, < 1dB

Input & Output Levels

T.H.D.

Mic sens. -30dBu, +20dBu at all outputs . . . . . . . . . . < 0.006% @ 1kHz

Noise

Measured RMS, 22Hz to 22kHz Bandwidth Mic Input E.I.N. @ unity gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -128dBu (150Ω source) Mix Output, 40 inputs routed to mix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -82dBu Group Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -83dBu Aux Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -80dBu Matrix Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -89dBu

Mono & Stereo Mic Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . +15dBu max. Mono & Stereo Line Inputs . . . . . . . . . . +30dBu max. Stereo Inputs & Insert Returns . . . . . . . . +20dBu max. All Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +20dBu max. Nominal operating level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0dBu max. Headphone power . . . . . 2 x 250mW into 200Ω phones

Input & Output Impedances

Mic Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2kΩ Line Inputs and Stereo Returns . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10kΩ Input Channel Insert Return . . . . . . . . 5k (with EQ in, otherwise worst case 3kΩ Mix, Group, Aux, Matrix & Direct outputs . . . . . . . 150Ω Insert Sends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Ω Recommended headphone impedance . . . . . 50-600Ω

Section:

Page 374

Crosstalk (@ 1kHz)

Filter

HP (mono input) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Hz, 18dB/octave

EQ (Mono Input)

HF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13kHz, +/-15dB Hi-Mid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550Hz – 13kHz, +/-15dB Lo-Mid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Hz – 1.9kHz, +/-15dB LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Hz, +/-15dB Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5

Metering

Input channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . tri-colour 4-segment LED bargraph Output channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . tri-colour 12-segment LED bargraphs

Power

AC mains supply (internal PSU) 85V-270V AC, 50/60Hz universal input Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Less than 150W

Operating Conditions

Temperature Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -10°C to +30°C Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0% to 80%

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Height

All frame sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159mm (6.26")*

Width

24 channel 32 channel 40 channel 48 channel

Depth

All frame sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .656mm (25.83")

Weight

24 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 kg (66.1 lbs) 32 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 kg (77.2 lbs) 40 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 kg (88.2 lbs) 48 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 kg (99.2 lbs)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1208mm (47.56") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1442mm (56.77") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1666mm (65.59") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1889mm (74.37")

* Height with meterpod = 235mm (9.23")

#26265 - HPro Full Line Cat:Layout 1 01/12/2009 12:02 Page 11

GB4 Live • 12, 16, 24, 32 and 40 channel frame sizes • GB30 mic preamp and precision equalisation circuitry • 2 full feature stereo channels • 2 stereo returns • Direct outputs on every channel (pre/post selectable) • 4 segment input meters on every channel • 100mm faders • Switchable 48V phantom powering on every channel • 8 Aux sends • 18dB/octave high pass filter • 4 sub groups • 4 mute groups • 7x4 output matrix • 12-segment LED metering • Record output with limiter • Integral power supply, with an external power supply link option

INPUT / OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS

Frequency Response

Mic/Line Input to any output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Hz – 20kHz, < 1dB

Input & Output Levels

T.H.D.

Mic sens. -30dBu, +20dBu at all outputs . . . . . . . . . . < 0.006% @ 1kHz

Noise

Input & Output Impedances

Crosstalk (@ 1kHz)

Filter

HP (mono input) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Hz, 18dB/octave

EQ (Mono Input)

Metering

Input channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . tri-colour 4-segment LED bargraph Output channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . tri-colour 12-segment LED bargraphs

Power

AC mains supply (internal PSU) 85V-270V AC, 50/60Hz universal input Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Less than 150W

Operating Conditions

Temperature Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -10°C to +30°C Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0% to 80%

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Height

All frame sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159mm (6.26")

Width

12 channel 16 channel 24 channel 32 channel 40 channel

Depth

All frame sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .656mm (25.83")

Weight

12 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 kg (44.1 lbs) 16 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 kg (48.5 lbs) 24 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 kg (59.5 lbs) 32 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 kg (70.5 lbs) 40 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 kg (81.6 lbs)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .730mm (28.73") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .842mm (33.13") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1065mm (41.93") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1300mm (51.17") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1523mm (59.96")

Page 375

Harman Pro Group | 2010

TYPICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Section:

#26265 - HPro Full Line Cat:Layout 1 01/12/2009 12:02 Page 12

GB2 Live • 16, 24 and 32 channel frame sizes • Switchable 48V phantom powering on every channel • 6 Aux sends • 4 Sub groups (paired) • 6 x 2 Output matrix • GB30 mic preamps • 4-band GB30 EQ • Integral power supply, with an external power supply link option • All metal TRS jacks and Neutrik XLRs • Direct outputs on all mono input channels

Harman Pro Group | 2010

TYPICAL SPECIFICATIONS

INPUT / OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS

Frequency Response

Mic/Line Input to any output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Hz – 20kHz, < 1dB

Input & Output Levels

T.H.D.

Mic sens. -30dBu, +20dBu at all outputs . . . . . . . . . . < 0.006% @ 1kHz

Noise

Input & Output Impedances

Section:

Page 376

Crosstalk (@ 1kHz)

Filter

HP (mono input) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Hz, 18dB/octave

EQ (Mono Input)

Metering

Input channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Signal present and peak LEDs Left and right output channels . . . . tri-colour 12-segment LED bargraphs

Power

AC mains supply (internal PSU) 85V-270V AC, 50/60Hz universal input Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Less than 150W

Operating Conditions

Temperature Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -10°C to +30°C Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0% to 80%

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Height

All frame sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159mm (6.26")

Width

16 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .790mm (31.10") 24 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1013mm (39.88") 32 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1247mm (49.09")

Depth

All frame sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .656mm (25.83")

Weight

16 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 kg (48.5 lbs) 24 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 kg (55.1 lbs) 32 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 kg (66.1 lbs)

#26265 - HPro Full Line Cat:Layout 1 01/12/2009 12:02 Page 13

GB2R

Live • Rotatable rear connector panel for rack or desktop use • 12/2 channel version with 12 mono inputs and 2 stereo inputs, stereo Sub Group Output, Mix and Mono Sum Outputs – total inputs to mix 26 • 16 channel version with 16 mono inputs, Stereo Mix and Mono Sum outputs – total inputs to mix 22 • 8 (GB2R 16) or 10 (GB2R 12/2) busses • 2 stereo inputs (GB2R 12/2 only) • GB30 mic preamp and precision equalisation circuitry • 6 Aux Outputs • Direct Outputs on every mono channel • 100mm faders • Switchable +48V phantom power on every mic input • 100Hz high pass filter • Internal switched mode power supply • Record output

Pictured : GB2R 16

INPUT / OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS

Frequency Response

Mic/Line Input to any output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Hz – 20kHz, < 1dB

Input & Output Levels

T.H.D.

Mic sens. -30dBu, +10dBu at all outputs . . . . . . . . . . < 0.006% @ 1kHz

Noise

Measured RMS, 22Hz to 22kHz Bandwidth Mic Input E.I.N. @ unity gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -128dBu (150Ω source) Mix Output, 16 inputs routed to mix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -86dBu Group Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -86dBu Aux Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -86dBu

Mono & Stereo Mic Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . +15dBu max. Mono & Stereo Line Inputs . . . . . . . . . . +30dBu max. Stereo Returns & Insert Returns . . . . . . . +20dBu max. Any Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +20dBu max. Nominal operating level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0dBu max. Headphone power . . . . 2 x 250mW into 200Ω phones

Input & Output Impedances

Mic Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2kΩ Line Inputs and Stereo Returns . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10kΩ Input Channel Insert Return . . . . . . . . 5k (with EQ in, otherwise worst case 3kΩ Mix, Group, Aux, & Direct outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Ω Insert Sends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Ω Recommended headphone impedance . . . . . 50-600Ω

Crosstalk (@ 1kHz)

Filter EQ (Mono Input)

Input channel muting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -97dB Input fader cutoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -95dB Input pan pot isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -77dB Mix routing isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -97dB Group routing isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -97dB Adjacent channel isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -99dB Group-Mix crosstalk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -89dB Aux send off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -84dB Typical CMRR at max gain @ 1kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90dB HP (mono input) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Hz, 18dB/octave HF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13kHz, +/-15dB, 2nd order shelving Hi-Mid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550Hz – 13kHz, +/-15dB Lo-Mid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Hz – 1.9kHz, +/-15dB LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Hz, +/-15dB, 2nd order shelving Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5

EQ (Stereo Input) (GB2R 12/2 only)

HF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13kHz, +/-15dB, 2nd order shelving Hi-Mid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2kHz, +/-15dB Lo-Mid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450Hz, +/-15dB LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Hz, +/-15dB, 2nd order shelving Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.8

Metering

Input channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single LEDs, Signal Present and Peak Left and right output channels . . . . tri-colour 12-segment LED bargraphs

Power

AC mains supply (internal PSU) 85V-270V AC, 50/60Hz universal input Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Less than 150W

Operating Conditions

Temperature Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -10°C to +30°C Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0% to 80%

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Depth (at deepest point) Rearcon rotated to rack mount Rearcon rotated for desktop use

Both models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159mm (6.26") Both models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190mm (7.48")

Width Without rack ears

Both models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .483mm (19") Both models . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440mm (17.32")

Height

Both models . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445mm (17.52")

Weight

GB2R 12/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12.2 kg (27 lbs) GB2R 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.2 kg (27 lbs)

With rack ears

Page 377

Harman Pro Group | 2010

TYPICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Section:

#26265 - HPro Full Line Cat:Layout 1 01/12/2009 12:02 Page 14

Live 8 Live • 24, 32 and 40 channel frame sizes • 8 sub groups • UltraMic+ preamp with up to 66dB gain range • +48V phantom power, individually switchable on each channel • 4-band EQ with two swept mid bands • 4 mute groups • Additional outputs on 10 x 2 matrix • Direct outputs on all mono channels

Harman Pro Group | 2010

TYPICAL SPECIFICATIONS

INPUT / OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS

Frequency Response

Line In to Mix Out via Group (longest path) . . . . . . . -1dB, 25Hz – 20kHz

Input & Output Levels

T.H.D.

-10dBu Input routed to Mix +20dBu out . . . . . . . . . . < 0.005% @ 1kHz

Noise

Mic Input E.I.N. (maximum gain) . . . . . . . . . . . -129dBu (150Ω source) Mix (32 mono & 4 stereo inputs routed to Mix, faders @ unity) . . -81dBu Mix (32 mono & 4 stereo inputs routed to Mix, faders down) . . . -95dBu Aux (32 mono & 4 stereo inputs routed, O/P @ max, faders down) -86dBu Direct Output (input to post-fade output @ unity gain) . . . . . . . . -90dBu Direct Output (input to post-fade output @ 40dB gain) . . . . . . . . -81dBu Matrix Output (output @ max, sends down) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -93dBu

Mic/Line Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +28dBu max. Stereo Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +25dBu max. Cassette / CD Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +18dBu max. Stereo Return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +22dBu max. Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . +22dBu max., +4dBu nominal

Input & Output Impedances

Mic Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.8kΩ All other Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 10kΩ Headphone Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Ω All other Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Ω

Section:

Page 378

Crosstalk (@ 1kHz)

Fader Attenuation to Direct Output . . . . . . 92dB @ 1kHz, 80dB @ 10kHz Fader Attenuation to Mix (36 ch. routed) . . 94dB @ 1kHz, 89dB @ 10kHz Fader Attenuation to Mix (1 ch. routed) . . 101dB @ 1kHz, 89dB @ 10kHz Typical Aux Attenuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88dB @ 1kHz, 83dB @ 10kHz Pan Isolation (36 ch. to Mix) . . . . . . . . . . . 76dB @ 1kHz, 68dB @ 10kHz Adjacent Channel Crosstalk . . . . . . . . . . . 99dB @ 1kHz, 95dB @ 10kHz Routing Isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86dB @ 1kHz, 86dB @ 10kHz Mute Offness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104dB @ 1kHz, 88dB @ 10kHz Typical CMRR at medium gain (50Hz – 10kHz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 80dB Typical CMRR at high gain (50Hz – 10kHz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 85dB

Filter

HP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Hz, 18dB/octave

EQ (Mono Input)

Metering

Integral meterbridge with 12-segment LED bargraph Output channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . integral

Power Consumption

99W (16 channel), 175W (24, 32 & 40 channel)

Operating Conditions

Temperature Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -10°C to +30°C Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0% to 80%

Power Supply Unit

Type . . . . . . . . . DCP125 (16 channel), DCP200 (24, 32 & 40 channel)

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Height

All frame sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178mm (7")

Width

24 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1114mm (44.0") 32 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1347mm (53.0") 40 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1581mm (62.3")

Depth

All frame sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 685mm (26")

Weight

24 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38.2 kg (84 lbs) 32 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45.6 kg (100 lbs) 40 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53.6 kg (118 lbs)

#26265 - HPro Full Line Cat:Layout 1 01/12/2009 12:02 Page 15

LX7ii

Live • 16, 24 and 32 channel frame sizes • GB30 mic preamp and 4-band GB30 EQ • 48V phantom power • True 7-bus architecture • Channel direct outputs • Talkback facility • Full-size 100mm faders • Integral universal voltage, switched-mode PSU for light weight

INPUT / OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS

Frequency Response

XLR input to any Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Hz – 20kHz, +0/-1dB

Input & Output Levels

T.H.D.

All measurements at +10dBu output, 30dB gain XLR input to Direct output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < 0.007% @ 1kHz XLR input to Mix output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < 0.008% @ 1kHz

Mic Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +15dBu max. Line Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +30dBu max. Stereo Inputs & Insert Returns . . . . . . . . +20dBu max. All Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +20dBu max. Nominal operating level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0dBu max. Headphone power . . . . . . 2 x 250mW into 200 phones

Noise

Mic Input E.I.N. (maximum gain) . . . . . . . . . . <-128dBu (150Ω source) Mix (32 ch. routed to mix, faders down, 22Hz – 22kHz) . . . . . . < -85dBu Group (32 ch. routed to mix, faders down, 22Hz – 22kHz) . . . . < -85dBu Aux (32 ch. routed to mix, faders down, 22Hz – 22kHz) . . . . . . < -88dBu

Input & Output Impedances

Mic Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2kΩ Line Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 10kΩ Input Channel Insert Return . 5k (with EQ in, otherwise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .worst case 1.8kΩ Mix, Group, Aux Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Ω Insert Sends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Ω Recommended headphone impedance . . . . 50-600Ω

Crosstalk (@ 1kHz)

Input channel muting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 98dB Input fader cutoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 98dB Input pan pot isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 82dB Mix routing isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 98dB Group routing isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 98dB Adjacent channel isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 100dB Group-Mix crosstalk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -84dB Aux send off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -94dB Typical CMRR at max gain @ 1kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80dB

Filter

HP (mono input) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Hz, 18dB/octave

EQ (Mono Input)

Metering

Output channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 tri-colour 12-segment LED bargraphs

Power

AC mains supply (internal PSU) 85V-270V AC, 50/60Hz universal input Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Less than 50W

Operating Conditions

Temperature Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -10°C to +30°C Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0% to 80%

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Height

All frame sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164mm (6.5")

Width

16 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 653mm (25.7") 24 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 856mm (33.7") 32 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1059mm (41.7")

Depth

All frame sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503mm (19.8")

Weight (packed)

16 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.2 kg (40.0 lbs) 24 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.8 kg (48.0 lbs) 32 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.4 kg (56.0 lbs)

Page 379

Harman Pro Group | 2010

TYPICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Section:

#26265 - HPro Full Line Cat:Layout 1 01/12/2009 12:02 Page 16

GigRac Live • Available in 2 models: GigRac 600 & GigRac 1000st • 8 channel mixer • XLR, jack and phono inputs • 2-band channel equalisation (GigRac 600) • 3-band channel equalisation (GigRac 1000st) • On-board 7-band graphic equalisation • High quality digital effects programmes • 10-segment precision LED metering • Independent Main and Monitor mixes GigRac 1000st shown

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

TYPICAL SPECIFICATIONS

INPUT / OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS

Frequency Response

20Hz - 22kHz rel 1kHz Line in to Main out . . . . . . . . . . . . . +0.2/-2.5dB

Input & Output Levels

T.H.D.

Mic I/P -20dB Pad 0dBu I/P at Main out (22Hz-22kHz) . . . . . . . 0.15% Mic I/P to Amp Out @ full power (22Hz-22kHz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.15%

Noise

Mic Input E.I.N. (maximum gain) . . . . . . . . . . <-123dBu (150Ω source) Main out (Level control mid) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -78dBu Mon out (Level control mid) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -80dBu Amp out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -57dBu

Max Input Mic (20dB pad) (Ch1-Ch4) Max Input Mic (20dB pad) (Ch5-Ch8) Max Input Line (20dB pad) (Ch1-Ch4) Max Input Line (20dB pad) (Ch5-Ch8) Max Mic Gain to Main Out (Ch1-Ch4) Max Mic Gain to Main Out (Ch5-Ch8)

Input & Output Impedances

Mic Input (Ch1-Ch4) Mic Input (Ch5-Ch8) Line Input (Ch1-Ch4) Line Input (Ch5-Ch8)

Crosstalk / Isolation

Main cutoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -80dB Mon cutoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -80dB

Outputs

Max out Main / Mon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18dBu Power Output GigRac 600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 300W ref 4Ω Power Output GigRac 1000st . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 500W ref 4Ω

Metering

10-segment LED bargraph displays mix output levels

Power

Internal power supply

Page 380

GigRac 600

GigRac 1000st

Power Amp @ 4 Ohms Size (Uncased) Channel EQ Stereo Pan Controls Graphic EQ

2 x 300W 4U / 7 inches 2 band fixed No No 1 x 7 band Selectable to Main or Monitor path

GigFX Presets Output Meters

8 1 - Main Mix only

Playback Input Standby Mute Submix Input Mix output

No No Mono Mono

2 x 500W 5U / 8.75 inches 3 band fixed Yes Yes 1 x Stereo 7 band for Main Mix 1 x Mono 7 band for Monitor Mix 10 2 - Main L/R or Mono Main/Monitor Mixes Yes Yes Stereo Stereo

.................... .................... .................... ....................

5.5kΩ 2.4kΩ 30kΩ 40kΩ

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Height

GigRac 600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222mm (8.75") GigRac 1000st . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267mm (10.5")

Width

GigRac 600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495mm (19.5") GigRac 1000st . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495mm (19.5")

Depth

GigRac 600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322mm (12.7") GigRac 1000st . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322mm (12.7")

Weight

GigRac 600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.7 kg (27.9 lbs) GigRac 1000st . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.0 kg (26.4 lbs)

COMPARISON OF FEATURES Feature

. . . . . . -3.5dBu . . . . . . -18dBu . . . . . . 10dBu . . . . . . . 3dBu . . . . . . . 60dBu . . . . . . . 50dBu

#26265 - HPro Full Line Cat:Layout 1 01/12/2009 12:02 Page 17

Notepad Series • Four mic inputs (Notepad 124/124FX) with Soundcraft GB30 high-quality mic preamps • Two mic inputs (Notepad 102) with Soundcraft GB30 highquality mic preamps • Four stereo line channels for use with keyboards, MP3 player and similar • Switchable +4dBu/-10dBV sensitivity on stereo inputs (Notepad 124/124FX) • Classic sounding Soundcraft GB30 3 band British EQ • 100Hz High Pass filter on each mic input to eliminate rumble and low frequency noise • Over 100 powerful built-in digital effects (Notepad 124FX)

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT

Frequency Response

Mic / Line Input to any Output . . . . . . . . . . . . +1/-1.5dB, 20Hz – 20kHz

Height (max)

T.H.D.

Mic Sensitivity -30dBu, +10dBu @ Mix output . . . . . . < 0.005% @ 1kHz

Width

102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215mm (8.5") 124/124X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242mm (9.53")

Noise

Mic Input E.I.N. (maximum gain) . . . . . . . . . -128.5dBm (150Ω source) Aux, Mix and Masters (@ 0dB, at unity) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -85dBu

Depth

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220mm (8.66")

Weight

102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2kg (2.6lbs) 124/124X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6kg (3.5lbs)

Crosstalk (@ 1kHz)

Channel Faders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 87dB Master Faders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 100dB

CMRR (@ 1kHz)

Master Faders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 90dB

High Pass Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Hz @ 12dB/Octave HF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12kHz, +/-15dB, MF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1kHz, +/-15dB LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Hz, +/-15dB Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.7

Power Consumption

Less than 40W

Operating Conditions

Temperature Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5°C to 40°C

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45mm (1.77")

INPUT / OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS Input & Output Levels

Mic Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +10dBu max. Line Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +22dBu max. Stereo Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +20dBu max. Mix Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +25dBu max. Headphones (@32Ω) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300mW

Input & Output Impedances

Mic Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2kΩ Line Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18kΩ Stereo Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20kΩ Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Ω

Page 381

Harman Pro Group | 2010

TYPICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Section:

#26265 - HPro Full Line Cat:Layout 1 01/12/2009 12:02 Page 18

FX16ii Multi-Purpose • 26 inputs as standard • 16 mono channels with UltraMic™ preamps • 4 stereo returns • 4-bus architecture with sub-group routable to mix • 24-bit Lexicon effects processor • Direct ouputs individually switchable pre/post fade • 100mm faders • Inserts on all mono channels • Inserts on stereo mix bus • 3-band EQ with swept mid band on mono inputs • 100Hz high-pass filter • +48V phantom power • 2 sub-group outputs • Rack mountable with rotating rear panel

Harman Pro Group | 2010

TYPICAL SPECIFICATIONS Frequency Response Mic / Line Input to any Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +/1dB, 20Hz – 20kHz T.H.D.

Mic Sensitivity -30dBu, +14dBu @ Mix output . . . . . . < 0.009% @ 1kHz

Noise

Mic Input E.I.N. (maximum gain) . . . . . . . . . . . -127dBu (150Ω source) Aux, Mix and Masters (@ 0dB, faders down) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -84dBu

Crosstalk (@ 1kHz)

Channel Mute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 96dB Fader Cut-off (rel +10 mark) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 90dB Aux Send Pots Offness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 86dB

EQ (Mono inputs)

HF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12kHz, +/-15dB, MF (swept) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Hz – 3.5kHz, +/-15dB LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Hz, +/-15dB Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5

Section:

Power Consumption Less than 40W Operating ConditionsTemperature Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5°C to +30°C

INPUT / OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS Input & Output Levels

Mic Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +15dBu max. Line Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +30dBu max. Stereo Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +30dBu max. Mix Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +20dBu max. Headphones (@150Ω) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300mW

Input & Output Impedances

Mic Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2kΩ Line Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10kΩ Stereo Input . . . . . . . . . 65k (stereo), 35k (mono) Outputs . . . . . . 150 (balanced), 75 (unbalanced)

For more than 35 years, Lexicon has been synonymous with the best reverb and processing in the business, continuously introducing ground-breaking technology to the audio industry. Today, Lexicon processing is heard on over 80% of all recordings - broadcast and film soundtracks. Now Soundcraft empowers the FX16ii (along with the EFX/MFX – see pages 40 and 44) with stunning 24-bit digital effects processing using the same AudioDNA® processor used in the highly-acclaimed Lexicon MX500 processor. A total of 32 preset effects including reverbs, delays and choruses are available along with 3 effects parameter controls and a tap tempo button. The versatility of the effects section is further enhanced by the facility to store user-defined effects settings allowing the user to return to their favourite settings time after time.

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT

Effects can be switched on and off using a footswitch.

Height

148mm (5.8")

Note: FX section pictured here is from EFX. Functions and features are the same for FX16ii, EFX and MFX.

Width

Without rack brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442mm (17.4") With rack brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481mm (19.0")

Depth

442mm (17.4")

Weight

8.5kg (19lbs)

Page 382

#26265 - HPro Full Line Cat:Layout 1 01/12/2009 12:02 Page 19

Soundcraft M Series Multi-Purpose • 4, 8 or 12 mono inputs with 3-band EQ (swept mid) • 4 stereo inputs • Rugged chassis design, with integral rackmount capability • 4 dedicated level-controlled FX returns with master level control • 4 auxiliary sends – 2 pre-fade, 2 post-fade • Pre- /post-fade switchable direct output on every mono input channel • Signal detect and peak LEDs on all input channels • S/PDIF digital output • Global 48V phantom power • 100mm faders throughout

INPUT / OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS

Frequency Response

Mic / Line Input to any Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +/-1dB, 20Hz – 20kHz

Input & Output Levels

T.H.D.

Mic Sensitivity -30dBu, +20dBu @ all outputs . . . . . . < 0.008% @ 1kHz

Noise

Mic Input E.I.N. (max. gain, 22Hz – 22kHz, unweighted) . . . . . . -128dBu Aux and Mix Outputs (8 ch. routed, faders down, 22Hz – 22kHz, unweighted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -84dBu

Microphone Input Maximum Level . . . . . . . . . +12dBu Mono Channel Line Input Maximum Level . . . . +38dBu Stereo Input Maximum Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . +21dBu Headphones Output (into 200Ω) . . . . . . . . . . 150mW All Other Audio Outputs . . . . . . . . . +21dBu into 10kΩ

Input & Output Impedances

Mic Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ 2kΩ Mono Channel Line Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 40kΩ Stereo Input (Stereo Mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 30kΩ Stereo Returns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 10kΩ Headphone Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ 40Ω All Other Audio Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Ω

Crosstalk

Channel Mute . . . . . . . . < 90dB 20Hz – 10kHz, < 80dB 10kHz – 20kHz Fader Cut-Off (ref. Fader 0dB) . < 90dB 20Hz – 10kHz, < 80dB 10kHz – 20kHz Routing Isolation . . . . . . < 90dB 20Hz – 10kHz, < 80dB 10kHz – 20kHz

Filter

HP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Hz, 18dB/octave

EQ (Mono Input)

HF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12kHz, +/-15dB MF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240Hz – 6kHz, +/-15dB LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Hz, +/-15dB

Operating Conditions

Temperature Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -10°C to +30°C Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0% to 80%

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Height

All frame sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119mm (4.7")

Width

4 channel, with sides . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 channel, without sides . . . . . . . . . . 8 / 12 channel, with sides . . . . . . . . . 8 / 12 channel, without sides (rackmount) . . . . . . . . .

397mm (15.6") 373mm (14.7") 506mm (19.9") 483mm (19.0")

Depth

All frame sizes, with sides . . . . . . . . . 523mm (20.6") All frame sizes, without sides (rackmount) . . . . . . . . . 490mm (19.3"), . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .fits into 11U

Weight (incl. power supply)

4 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.75 kg (14.8 lbs) 8 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.25 kg (18.1 lbs) 12 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.55 kg (18.8 lbs)

Page 383

Harman Pro Group | 2010

TYPICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Section:

#26265 - HPro Full Line Cat:Layout 1 01/12/2009 12:02 Page 20

EPM Series Multi-Purpose • Frame sizes 6 mono + 2 stereo, 8 mono + 2 stereo and 12 mono + 2 stereo • Precision GB30 mic preamps • +48V phantom power • 2 configurable auxiliary buses • XLR-type and 1/4" metal jack connector sockets • 2-track playback inputs and record outputs • Aux send globally switchable pre or post fade • 3- band EQ with swept mid band (mono inputs) • 2- band EQ on stereo inputs • Inserts on all mono inputs • 10-segment LED output metering • Headphone output • Simple rack mounting options

Pictured : EPM12

Harman Pro Group | 2010

TYPICAL SPECIFICATIONS

INPUT / OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS

Frequency Response

Mic / Line Input to any Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . +/-0.5dB, 20Hz – 20kHz

Input & Output Levels

T.H.D.

Mic Sensitivity -30dBu, +14dBu @ Mix output . . . . . . < 0.007% @ 1kHz

Noise

Mic Input E.I.N. (maximum gain) . . . . . . . . . . . -128dBu (150Ω source) Aux, Mix and Masters (@ max, faders down) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -85dBu

Mic Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +17dBu max. Line Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +30dBu max. Stereo Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +30dBu max. Mix Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +20dBu max. Headphones (@200Ω) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300mW

Crosstalk (@ 1kHz)

Channel Mute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 96dB Fader Cut-off (rel +10 mark) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 96dB Aux Send Pots Offness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 86dB

Input & Output Impedances

Mic Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4kΩ Line Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11kΩ Stereo Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100kΩ Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Ω

EQ (Mono inputs)

HF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12kHz, +/-15dB, MF (swept) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Hz – 3kHz, +/-15dB LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Hz, +/-15dB Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5

Power Consumption

Less than 20W

Operating Conditions

Temperature Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -10°C to +30°C

Section:

Page 384

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Height

All frame sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91mm (3.6")

Width

EPM6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280mm (11.0") EPM8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330mm (13.0") EPM12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432mm (17.0")

Depth

All frame sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362mm (14.3")

Weight

EPM6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 kg (8.8 lbs) EPM8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6 kg (10.1 lbs) EPM12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.8 kg (12.8 lbs)

#26265 - HPro Full Line Cat:Layout 1 01/12/2009 12:03 Page 21

EFX Series Multi-Purpose • Frame sizes 8 mono + 2 stereo and 12 mono + 2 stereo • Built- in Lexicon 24-bit effects • Precision GB30 mic preamps • +48V phantom power • 1 configurable auxiliary bus • 1 dedicated FX send • XLR-type and 1/4" metal jack connector sockets • 2-track playback inputs and record outputs • Aux send globally switchable pre or post fade • 3- band EQ with swept mid band (mono inputs) • 3- band EQ on stereo inputs • Inserts on all mono inputs • 10-segment LED output metering • Headphone output • Simple rack mounting options

Pictured : EFX8

TYPICAL SPECIFICATIONS

INPUT / OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS

Frequency Response

Mic / Line Input to any Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . +/-1.5dB, 20Hz – 20kHz

Input & Output Levels

T.H.D.

Mic Sensitivity -30dBu, +14dBu @ Mix output . . . . . . . < 0.02% @ 1kHz

Noise

Mic Input E.I.N. (maximum gain) . . . . . . . . . . . -127dBu (150Ω source) Aux, Mix and Masters (@ 0dB, faders down) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -85dBu

Crosstalk (@ 1kHz)

Input & Output Impedances

Mic Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2kΩ Line Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10kΩ Stereo Input . . . . . . . . . 65kΩ (stereo), 35kΩ Ω(mono) Outputs . . . . . . 150Ω (balanced), 75Ω (unbalanced)

EQ (Mono inputs)

EQ (Stereo inputs)

HF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12kHz, +/-15dB, MF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720Hz, +/-15dB LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Hz, +/-15dB

Power Consumption Operating Conditions

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Height

All frame sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91mm (3.6")

Width

EFX8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330mm (13.0") EFX12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432mm (17.0")

Less than 35W

Depth

All frame sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362mm (14.3")

Temperature Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5°C to 40°C

Weight

EFX8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6 kg (10.1 lbs) EFX12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.8 kg (12.8 lbs)

Page 385

Harman Pro Group | 2010

See Soundcraft FX16ii for Lexicon Effects Information

Section:

#26265 - HPro Full Line Cat:Layout 1 01/12/2009 12:03 Page 22

MPMi Series Multi-Purpose

Pictured : MPMi20

Harman Pro Group | 2010

TYPICAL SPECIFICATIONS

INPUT / OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS

Frequency Response

Mic / Line Input to any Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . +/-0.5dB, 20Hz – 20kHz

Input & Output Levels

T.H.D. + Noise

Mic gain 30dB, -20dBu input Mix out, fader max @ 1kHz, i/p fader @ 0dB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.004 %

Mic Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +16dBu max. Line Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +30dBu max. Stereo Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +30dBu max. Mix Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +20dBu max. Headphones (@200Ω) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300mW

Noise (22Hz-22kHz

Mic Input E.I.N. (maximum gain) . . . . . . . . . . . -128dBu (150Ω source)

Input & Output Impedances

measurement bandwidth) Aux, Mix and Masters (@ max, faders down) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -83dBu

Section:

Page 386

• Frame sizes 12 mono + 2 stereo and 20 mono + 2 stereo • Individual channel modules with nutted pots fixed to compact and rugged steel chassis for increased strength and rigidity • Precision GB30 mic preamps • +48V phantom power • 2 group busses • 3 Aux sends, 2 switchable pre or post fade, 1 post fade • 3-band EQ with swept mid band on mono inputs • 3-band EQ on stereo inputs • XLR-type and 1/4" metal jack connector sockets • 2-track playback inputs and record outputs • Stereo Mix, Monitor and Headphone outputs • Optional rack ears available for 20 channel, included with 12 channel

Crosstalk (@ 1kHz)

Channel Mute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 93dB Fader Cut-off (rel +10 mark) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 93dB Aux Send Pots Offness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 83dB

EQ (Mono inputs)

HF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8kHz, +/-15dB MF (swept) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Hz – 3.5kHz, +/-15dB LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Hz, +/-15dB Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Height

All frame sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196mm (7.7")

Power Consumption

MPMi20/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Watts MPMi12/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Watts

Width

MPMi12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585mm (23.0") MPMi20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 790mm (31.0")

Operating Conditions

Temperature Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0°C to +40°C

Depth

All frame sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485mm (19.1")

Weight

MPMi12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.6 kg (18.9 lbs) MPMi20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.5 kg (25.3 lbs)

#26265 - HPro Full Line Cat:Layout 1 01/12/2009 12:03 Page 23

MFXi Series Multi-Purpose

Pictured : MFXi12/2

TYPICAL SPECIFICATIONS

INPUT / OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS

Frequency Response

Mic / Line Input to any Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . +/-1.5dB, 20Hz – 20kHz

Input & Output Levels

T.H.D.

Mic Sensitivity -30dBu, +14dBu @ Mix output . . . . . . . < 0.02% @ 1kHz

Noise

Mic Input E.I.N. (maximum gain) . . . . . . . . . . . -127dBu (150Ω source) Aux, Mix and Masters (@ 0dB, faders down) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < -85dBu

Crosstalk (@ 1kHz)

Input & Output Impedances

EQ (Mono inputs)

EQ (Stereo inputs)

Power Consumption

Less than 40W

Operating Conditions

Temperature Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5°C to 40°C

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Height

All frame sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196mm (7.7")

Width

MFXi8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487mm (19.2") MFXi12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585mm (23.0") MFXi20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 790mm (31.1")

Depth

All frame sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485mm (19.1")

Weight

MFXi8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.4 kg (16.3 lbs) MFXi12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.6 kg (18.9 lbs) MFXi20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.5 kg (25.3 lbs)

Page 387

Harman Pro Group | 2010

• Frame sizes 8 mono + 2 stereo, 12 mono + 2 stereo and 20 mono + 2 stereo • Individual channel modules with nutted pots fixed to compact and rugged steel chassis for increased strength and rigidity • Built- in Lexicon 24-bit effects • Precision GB30 mic preamps • +48V phantom power • 2 group busses • 2 Aux sends, globally switchable pre or post fade • Dedicated FX send • 3-band EQ with swept mid band on mono inputs • 3-band EQ on stereo inputs • XLR-type and 1/4" metal jack connector sockets • 2-track playback inputs and record outputs • Stereo Mix, Monitor and Headphone outputs • Optional rack ears available for 8 and 20 channel, included with 12 channel See Soundcraft FX16ii for Lexicon Effects Information

Section:

#26265 - HPro Full Line Cat:Layout 1 01/12/2009 12:03 Page 24

Ghost LE Recording/Post • Highly versatile 8-bus mixing console • 24 and 32 channel sizes • Comprehensive 4-band EQ, with 2 fully parametric mid-ranges • Low noise mic amp • External tape machine transport control • 10 auxiliary send busses • Powerful EQ

Harman Pro Group | 2010

TYPICAL SPECIFICATIONS

INPUT / OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS

Frequency Response

Mic/Line Input to any Output (sens. @ 30dB) . +0/-0.5dB, 20Hz – 20kHz

Input & Output Levels

T.H.D.

Mic/Line to Direct Output (EQ out) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < 0.002% @ 1kHz Mic/Line to Direct Output (EQ in) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < 0.003% @ 1kHz Mix B to Direct Output (Swap pressed) . . . . . . . . . . . . < 0.002% @ 1kHz

Mic Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -60dBu to -8dBu Line Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -40dBu to +12dBu Group Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -10dBV / +4dBu Mix Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +4dBu

Noise

Mic Input E.I.N. (sensitivity @ -60dBu) . -128dBu measured at input point Mic Input E.I.N. (sensitivity @ -30dBu) . . . . . . . -128dBu (150Ω source) Direct Output (22Hz–22kHz, mic sens. @ -10dB, ch. fader @ unity, EQ out) -95dBu Direct Output (22Hz–22kHz, mic sens. @ -10dB, ch. fader @ unity, EQ in) -93dBu Bus Noise (22Hz – 22kHz, Gp O/Ps 1-8, no ch. routed, faders down) . -90dBu Bus Noise (22Hz – 22kHz, Gp O/Ps 1-8, 24 ch. routed, faders down) . -80dBu Mix Output (no ch. routed, mix fader @ unity, ch. faders down) . . . . . . . -90dBu Mix Output (24 ch. routed, mix fader @ unity, ch. faders down) . . . . . . . -80dBu

Input & Output Impedances

Mic Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2kΩ All other Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 10kΩ All Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < 75Ω

Section:

Crosstalk (@ 1kHz)

Mic Input to Line Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -100dB Line Input to Mic Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -90dB Mix B to Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -80dB Channel to Mix B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -75dB Fader Attenuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -80dB

CMRR (@ 1kHz)

Mic Input, typical at sensitivity -30dBu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -90dB Line Input, typical at sensitivity 0dBu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -60dB

Filter

HP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Hz, 18dB/octave

EQ (Mono Input)

HF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12kHz, +/-15dB Hi-Mid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400Hz – 20kHz, +/-15dB Lo-Mid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Hz – 1.5kHz, +/-15dB LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Hz, +/-15dB Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.7 – 6

Metering

Via a single LED that glows brighter as level increases and a peak LED Optional overbridge is available, with 12-segment LED bargraph metering

Power Consumption

450W

Operating Conditions

Temperature Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -10°C to +30°C Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0% to 80%

Power Supply Unit

Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPS275

Page 388

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Height

All frame sizes, with optional meterbridge . . . . . . . . . . . 227.79mm (8.97")

Width

24 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1059.36mm (41.71") 32 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1303.20mm (51.31")

Depth

All frame sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 780.71mm (30.74")

Weight

24 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.0 kg (97 lbs) 32 channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53.6 kg (118 lbs)

#26265 - HPro Full Line Cat:Layout 1 01/12/2009 12:03 Page 25

Power Supply Units All Soundcraft power supply units feature high quality components throughout. Features on the top-of-the-range CPS2000 include:

• Linear circuitry, using industry standard components • Fewer voltage rails for greater simplicity and reliability • Load is spread across several power devices on each rail, for optimum heat dissipation • Voltage monitoring for world-wide use • Front panel status LEDs indicating thermal shutdown and low mains power • Heavy current wiring is all hard soldered, minimising number of connectors • Built-in diode output linking allows two supplies to be paralleled for redundant operation, without a separate switcher box • Heavy-duty Socapex® DC connectors on both the console and power supply • Thermal sensing fan speed control for reduced noise and longer life

CPS2000

TYPICAL SPECIFICATIONS CPS2000

CPS800

CPS450/B

CPS275

CPS150

Height

177.0mm (7.0"), 4U

132.5mm (5.2"), 3U

88.1mm (3.5"), 2U

85.0mm (3.3")

Width at Front

482.6mm (19.0")

287.0mm (11.3")

Width at Rear

440.0mm (17.3")

434.0mm (17.1")

424.0mm (16.7")

427.5mm (16.8")

287.0mm (11.3")

Depth

436.0mm (17.2")

371.5mm (14.6")

305.0mm (12.0")

350.5mm (13.8")

190.0mm (7.5")

Weight

30 kg (66 lbs)

16 kg (35 lbs)

13.2 kg (29 lbs)

11 kg (24.2 lbs)

5.2 kg (11.4 lbs)

Output Voltage

+/-17V, +48V, +8V

+/-17V, +48V, +24V, +8V

+/-17V, +48V, +5V

+/-17V, +48V

Power Consumption

980W

650W

400W

450W

100W

Rackmount (as standard)

Yes

Rackmount Kit Available

–

Yes

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Power Supply Unit

Section:

TYPICAL SPECIFICATIONS Power Supply Unit

DCP200

DCP125

DPS-2

DPS-3

DPS-4

Height

85.0mm (3.3")

88.1mm (3.5"), 2U

90.0mm (3.6")

89.0mm (3.5")

Width at Front

375.0mm (14.8")

185.0mm (7.3")

482.6mm (19.0")

190.0mm (7.5")

483.0mm (19.0")

Width at Rear

375.0mm (14.8")

185.0mm (7.3")

431.0mm (17.0")

190.0mm (7.5")

431.0mm (17.0")

Depth

180.0mm (7.1")

210.0mm (8.3")

160.0mm (6.3")

240.0mm (9.45")

245.0mm (9.65")

Weight

7.8 kg (17.2 lbs)

4.2 kg (9.2 lbs)

3.0 kg (6.6 lbs)

2.5 kg (5.5 lbs)

4.0 kg (8.8 lbs)

Output Voltage

+/-17V, +48V, 12VAC

+/-17V

+/-15V, +48V, +5V, +8V

+/-17V, +48V, +12V

Power Consumption

175W

99W

80W

150W

300W

Rackmount (as standard)

Yes

–

Yes

Rackmount Kit Available

Yes

–

Yes

–

Page 389

#26265 - HPro Full Line Cat:Layout 1 01/12/2009 12:03 Page 26

Live Comparison Chart Front of House

MH4 (dual purpose)

MH3 (dual purpose)

MH2 (dual purpose)

GB8

GB4

Mono Inputs

40-56ch

24-56ch

24-48ch

12-40ch

Sub Groups

8 (individual sends)

8 (paired sends)

4 (paired sends)

Master Outputs

L/R + Mono

Matrix

20 x 8

12 x 4 standard

11 x 4 standard

7x4 standard

4 standard, more optionall

4 standard

2 standard

4 swept, 2 parametric

4 swept

2 fixed, 2 swept

Filters

Swept HPF

100Hz HPF

Aux Sends

12 Mono

10 Mono, 2 may be set as a stereo pair

FX Returns

4 full stereo + 4 stereo with 4 band EQ

4 full stereo + 8 stereo with 3 band EQ

4 stereo with 3 band EQ

4 + 2 stereo inputs

2 stereo inputs

Linking

Audio + Logic

Other Features

LCR pan, Mute + MIDI

LCR pan, Mic and Line

Integral PSU 12-segment output

snapshot

input selection External MIDI Mute Control.

metering

VCA Groups Stereo Inputs

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Mute Groups

Section:

COMPARISON CHARTS

metering

Stage Monitor

MH4 (dual purpose)

MH3 (dual purpose)

MH2 (dual purpose)

32-56ch

24-56ch

24-48ch

Monitor Sends

8 mono + 4 stereo, or 12 mono + 2 stereo, or 16 mono

8 mono + 2 stereo

8 mono + 1 stereo, or 10 mono

Master Outputs

Stereo Wedge

20 x 8

12 x 4 (expandable to 12 x 8)

11 x 4

4 standard, more optional

4 standard

4 swept, 2 parametric

4 swept

Swept HPF

Mono Inputs

Matrix VCA Groups Stereo Inputs EQ Filters Mute Groups FX Returns Linking Other Features

Page 390

Line I/P to each group Line I/P to each group

4 x stereo routable to groups

Audio + Logic

AFL selects page on BSS™ Varicurve or dbx DriveRack.

Integral PSU, 12-segment output stereo modules

#26265 - HPro Full Line Cat:Layout 1 01/12/2009 12:03 Page 27

Live Comparison Chart Front of House

COMPARISON CHARTS

GB2R 16

GB2R 12/2

Live 8

LX7ii

Mono Inputs

16-32ch

16ch

12ch

24-40ch

16-32ch

Sub Groups

8 (paired sends)

4 (paired sends)

Master Outputs

L/R + Mono

L/R

L/R + Mono

Matrix

6x2 standard

2 standard

VCA Groups

Stereo Inputs

2 standard more optionall

2 fixed, 2 swept

2 fixed 2 swept

100Hz HPF

Aux Sends

6 switched in pairs)

6 (4 Pre/Post

Mute Groups

2, stereo inputs

3 stereo returns

Up to 5 stereo returns + 2 stereo inputs

8 + 4 stereo inputs

Built-in LED input metering + VU meterpod

Integral PSU

EQ Filters

FX Returns Linking Other Features

Integral PSU 12 segment output metering available

GigRac Powered Mixers

Integral PSU Integral PSU 12-segment output metering 12-segment output metering Integral rack mounting kit Integral rack mounting kit

GigRac 600

GigRac 1000st

Mono Inputs

8ch

Stereo Inputs

4 stereo inputs (mono summed)

4 stereo inputs

2 fixed on inputs + 7-band graphic

3 fixed on inputs + 2 x 7-band graphic

Filters

Aux Sends

FX Returns

1 stereo return (submix input)

Other Features

2 x 300W portable 8 built in FX presets

2 x 500W, portable, 10 built in FX presets

meterbridge

Page 391

Harman Pro Group | 2010

GB2

Section:

#26265 - HPro Full Line Cat:Layout 1 01/12/2009 12:03 Page 28

Multi-Purpose Comparison Chart FX16ii

M Series

EPM

EFX

MPMi

MFXi

Notepad

Rack Mount

Rack ears supplied

4,8 & 12 Integral ( 4 uses rack extender )

Optional

Optional for 20 ch Standard on 12 ch

Optional for 8/20 ch Standard on 12 ch

Frame Sizes

4, 8, 12

6, 8, 12

8, 12

12, 20

8, 12, 20

2, 4

Mono Channels (mic or line)

4, 8, 12

6, 8, 12

8, 12

12, 20

8, 12, 20

2, 4

Integral Lexicon FX

✔

124FX

Inserts

Mono inputs, Sub-mix, Mix

Mono inputs, Mix

Mono inputs

4 stereo returns

4 stereo inputs

2 stereo inputs

4 stereo inputs

Direct Outs

All mono channels

EQ Bands (mono inputs)

3 (swept mid)

EQ Bands (stereo inputs)

2 band fixed on stereo inputs

3 band fixed on stereo inputs

100Hz HPF mono inputs

3 + Lexicon FX

4 ( 2 pre, 2 post)

1 + Lexicon FX

2 + Lexicon FX

5 stereo returns

4 stereo returns

1 stereo return

2 stereo returns

1 stereo return

2 stereo returns

Switchable 1-8, 9-16

Global

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Stereo Channels

Groups

Section:

✔

Filters Auxiliary Sends Returns (Stereo returns include 2-track input)

Phantom Power

Typical Applications: Band/PA Setups

✔

Small Venues, Conferences

✔

Installed Sound

✔

Schools, Houses of Worship

✔

Studio Recording

✔

Video Pre/ Post-Production

✔

Sub/Location Mixing

✔

Multimedia

✔

Page 392

#26265 - HPro Full Line Cat:Layout 1 01/12/2009 12:03 Page 29

Recording/Post-Production Ghost LE Digital/Analogue Audio

Analogue

Frame Sizes

24, 32

Meterbridge

Optional

4-band (with 2 fully parametric mids) 10

Groups

Mono Channels

24/32

Tape Returns

24/32

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Aux Sends

Section:

Stereo Channels / Returns

Dynamics

Expansion

24 Channel Expander available

Faders MIDI Control

100mm 4 Faders (not LE)

Transport Controls

Yes

Phantom Power

Yes

Dynamic Automation

Mutes

Page 393

#26265 - HPro Full Line Cat:Layout 1 01/12/2009 12:03 Page 30

Broadcast Consoles Broadcast Consoles Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

PRODUCTION CONSOLES

RADIO CONSOLES

Soundcraft. We Talk Broadcast.

Page 394

series

#26265 - HPro Full Line Cat:Layout 1 01/12/2009 12:03 Page 31

Every day, all over the world, broadcast facilities large and small rely on Soundcraft consoles. During our 30 year history, Soundcraft has established an enviable reputation for innovation, reliability and intuitive design, along with unbeatable value for money. Facilities can choose from a comprehensive range of seven consoles, each of them modular in design and configurable to match precisely the relevant application. A console for broadcast, the choice is Soundcraft.

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

Page 395

#26265 #26265 - HPro - HPro FullFull Line Line Cat:Layout Cat:Layout 1 01/12/2009 1 01/12/2009 12:03 12:03 Page Page 3232

Soundcraft Soundcraft Broadcast Broadcast Consoles: Consoles: Soundcraft Soundcraft Broadcast Broadcast Consoles: Consoles: AA AAComparison Comparison ofofFeatures Features Comparison Comparison of of Features Features TV/RADIO TV/RADIO PRODUCTION PRODUCTION

RADIO RADIO PRODUCTION PRODUCTION / ON-AIR / ON-AIR

B400 B400

BB100 BB100

Series Series 15 15

Series Series 10 10

Digital/Analogue Digital/Analogue

Analogue Analogue

Frame Frame sizes sizes

24,24, 32,32, 40,40, 48,48, 56 56

14,14, 22,22, 30,30, 38,38, 46 46

16,16, 24,24, 32 32

Script Script Tray Tray

- -

optional optional

Output Output busses busses

ST1ST1 (stereo) (stereo)

ST ST (stereo) (stereo)

STEREO STEREO (stereo) (stereo)

ST2ST2 (stereo) (stereo)

8 GROUPS 8 GROUPS 8 GROUPS 8 GROUPS (4 (4 mono/4 mono/4 stereo) stereo) (8 (8 mono) mono)

MONO MONO (mono) (mono)

Harman Pro Group | 2010

B800 B800

8 GROUPS 8 GROUPS 3 AUX 3 AUX (4 (4 mono/4 mono/4 stereo) stereo) (mono) (mono)

8 AUX 8 AUX (mono) (mono)

AUX AUX (mono) (mono)

6 AUX 6 AUX (mono) (mono)

1 AUX 1 AUX (stereo) (stereo)

4 GROUP 4 GROUP (stereo) (stereo)

- -

2 AUX 2 AUX (stereo) (stereo)

- -

External External inputs inputs

8 stereo 8 stereo

- -

4 4

Effects Effects returns returns

1 per 1 per group group module module

1 per 1 per group group pair pair 1 to 1 to thethe mixmix

- -

2 (production 2 (production

External External talkback talkback inputs inputs

yesyes

- -

2 2

Talkback Talkback output output

yesyes

- -

yesyes

Equalisation Equalisation

4-band 4-band sweep sweep

3-band, 3-band, swept swept midmid

4-band 4-band swept swept midsmids (mono) (mono)

3-band 3-band * *

HPHP variable variable

HPHP 80Hz 80Hz

Section:

Filters Filters

HPHP 100Hz 100Hz (mono (mono + stereo) + stereo)

3-band 3-band swept swept mid mid (stereo) (stereo)

LP LP 12kHz 12kHz (stereo) (stereo) Remote Remote start start / stop / stop (Mono (Mono Module) Module)

yesyes

- -

yesyes

Remote Remote start start / stop / stop (Stereo (Stereo Module) Module)

yesyes

- -

yesyes

Fader Fader start start

yesyes

Auto-cue Auto-cue / pfl / pfl

Auto-cue Auto-cue

pflpfl

Auto-pfl Auto-pfl

Phantom Phantom power power

yesyes

Headphone Headphone outs outs

Engineer's Engineer's / / Studio Studio / Guest / Guest

Engineer’s Engineer’s

Presenter's Presenter's / / Studio Studio / Guest / Guest

Presenter's Presenter's / / Studio Studio

* EQ* EQ is optional is optional Page 396

#26265 - HPro Full Line Cat:Layout 1 01/12/2009 12:03 Page 33

RADIO PRODUCTION / ON-AIR RM100

Digital/Analogue

Analogue

Frame sizes

8, 12, 20

Script Tray

optional

Output busses

PGM (stereo)

AUX (stereo)

AUD (stereo)

MONO (mono)

External inputs

Effects returns

Lexicon FX)

External talkback inputs

2 on 12 fader

Talkback output

yes

Equalisation

2-band *

none

Filters

Remote start / stop (Mono Module)

Remote start / stop (Stereo Module)

yes

Fader start

yes

Auto-cue / pfl

Auto-cue

Phantom power

yes

Headphone outs

Presenter's / Guest

Harman Pro Group | 2010

RM105

Section:

Page 397

#26265 #26265 - HPro - HPro FullFull Line Line Cat:Layout Cat:Layout 1 01/12/2009 1 01/12/2009 12:03 12:03 Page Page 3434

On-Air On-Airs e& &Production ProductionConsole Console srei re ise s

Harman Pro Group | 2010

xtending xtending Soundcraft’s Soundcraft’s highly highly successful successful range range of of analogue analogue radio radio consoles, consoles, thethe Series15 Series15 is aisfully a fully modular modular mixer mixer designed designed forfor on-air on-air andand broadcast broadcast production production useuse within within local local radio radio stations stations andand smaller smaller studios studios of of national national broadcasters. broadcasters. TheThe Series15 Series15 is the is the most most comprehensively comprehensively equipped equipped console console in Soundcraft’s in Soundcraft’s analogue analogue range, range, offering offering features features such such as as four four stereo stereo groups, groups, insert insert points points andand highly highly flexible flexible monitoring monitoring capabilities. capabilities.

Section:

TheThe Series15 Series15 is available is available as as a broadcast a broadcast version, version, or or as as a production a production version version which which hashas four four stereo stereo groups, groups, in frame in frame sizes sizes of of 16,16, 24 24 or or 32 32 modules. modules. In addition In addition to to thethe Master Master andand Monitor Monitor modules modules which which areare included included as as standard standard on on both both variants variants of of thethe console, console, there there is aischoice a choice of of Dual Dual Mic, Mic, Stereo Stereo Line Line andand Mono Mono or or Stereo Stereo total total number number of of module module variants variants offered offered available in broadcast in broadcast or or production production Telco Telco input input modules, modules, as as well well as as a Source a Source available thethe Series15 Series15 is an is an incredible incredible 18.18. Each Each versions, together together with with further further options options forfor Select Select module. module. TheThe factfact that that all all Series15 Series15 versions, module is shown is shown on on thethe following following spread. spread. such such as as EQEQ andand limiting, limiting, means means that that thethe module modules modules - input - input andand output output - are - are

Page 398

#26265 - HPro Full Line Cat:Layout 1 01/12/2009 12:03 Page 35

Typical Series 15 Console Layouts On-Air Version: 16, 24, 32 module frame sizes available

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

Inputs / Scripts Tray positions

Master Position

Production version: 16, 24, 32 module frame sizes available

Inputs / Scripts Tray positions

Groups Position

Master Position

NOTES A typical Series 15 Production Console will offer 4 sub-groups and a master module, which reduces by 8 the number of input channels from the specified frame size. A typical Series 15 On-Air Console requires a master module which reduces by 4 the number of input channels from the specified frame size. An optional script tray will reduce this number by a further 8 input channels. The colours on these diagrams representing the different module positions correspond to the coloured strips above the modules overleaf.

Page 399

#26265 - HPro Full Line Cat:Layout 1 01/12/2009 12:03 Page 36

On-Air s e&r i e sProduction Console

Page 400

Stereo Input Module with EQ - production version

STEREO GROUP OUTPUT MODULE The Stereo Group Module has outputs via balanced XLR and unbalanced D-type connectors. Each stereo group can be

Stereo Input Module - production version

Telco Input Module with EQ - production version

Telco Input Module with EQ - broadcast version

MONO OR STEREO TELCO MODULES Both the Mono and Stereo Telco Modules allow connection to a telephone hybrid, enabling live connection of telephone callers on-air. The Stereo Telco Module’s features are similar to those of the Stereo

Module - it is available in the same three variants - but it has a stereo clean feed output instead of insert sends, enabling signals to be relayed to a remote studio via ISDN lines. When PFL is selected, the console’s talkback is routed to the clean feed, allowing a two way conversation to take place. The Mono Telco Module complete with EQ in either broadcast or production variants - has a mono line input and clean feed output, with levels adjustable via recessed presets. The PFL switch routes the talkback to the clean feed as on the Stereo Telco Module and, when PFL is cancelled, a Hold button latches the telephone hybrid when waiting to put the caller on air. External talkback inputs are also provided.

Stereo Input Module - broadcast version

STEREO MODULE There are three variants of the Stereo Module; broadcast or production without EQ, and production with EQ. The Stereo Module has connections for two stereo line inputs; Line 1 has adjustable input sensitivity, while Line 2 is fixed at 0dB gain. Line 2 is selectable from the front panel. Remote Start and Stop functions may be controlled by the fader when FDR is selected, with these buttons lighting to display remote status. The Fader Open LED lights whenever a fader moves from its back stop. EQ, where specified, offers the same specifications as on the Dual Mic Module.

Dual Mic Input Module with EQ - production version

Dual Mic Input Module - production version

Dual Mic Input Module - broadcast version

Dual Mic Input Module with EQ - broadcast version

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

DUAL MIC INPUT MODULE The Series15’s Dual Mic Module is available in four variants; broadcast or production, and with or without EQ. There are two mic inputs on each channel with a pushbutton selecting the second signal. Phantom power is set via an internal jumper, while input sensitivity is adjusted by recessed presets at the top of the panel. Signal level is controlled via the 100mm VCA fader, with Pan control and Group buttons (Group buttons on production versions only) positioning the signal in the stereo mix. Cue light signalling can be controlled by the master fader when FDR is selected, and a warning LED shows when the fader is open. An auxiliary send routes the signal to the mono aux bus, with balanced insert points (pre EQ) selectable via an internal PCB switch. The optional 3band EQ delivers ±10dB gain at 180Hz, 3kHz and 10kHz, with a high pass filter also provided even if EQ is not specified.

#26265 - HPro Full Line Cat:Layout 1 01/12/2009 12:03 Page 37

OPTIONS • A recessed script tray or blank panel can be installed. • Meterbridge options include: single or twin mono VU or PPM meters (large or small), custom bargraph panel, cue loudspeaker, and dual digital timer. • Faders can be specified as either carbon or conductive plastic. • The Master Module is available with or without master faders. • The console is powered by an external CPS275 power supply which can be optionally rackmounted, and linked to an additional CPS275 for redundancy if required.

Section:

C/Room and Studio Monitor Module - production version

Stereo Master Module - production version

Stereo Master Module - broadcast version

Stereo Group Output Module with limiter

Stereo Telco Input Module with EQ - production version

Stereo Telco Input Module - production version

Stereo Telco Input Module - broadcast version

meter output is sourced from the Meter Selector switches which are located in the centre of the console - either EXT, AUX, PGM, or pre fade if any PFL is selected.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

STEREO MASTER MODULE The Series15 has three main outputs stereo and mono programme and mono auxiliary; the Master Module offers global control over master levels for these busses. The production version of this module has a 100mm VCA fader to control stereo output, while the broadcast version has no master fader, thereby avoiding accidental or inadvertent ducking during transmission or layoff. The aux signal may be routed to the PFL bus via the AFL switch, with +10dB of gain flexibility provided by the Aux Master control.

MONITOR MODULE The Monitor Module is essentially three modules in one. On the left are the monitoring controls for the Control Room, Presenter’s headphones and the first Guest headphone output, and on the right is an identical set of controls, this time applying to the Studio monitors, Studio headphones and the second Guest Headphone output. Each set offers a choice of PGM, AUX or EXT, with the EXT then being selected further up the module between the four stereo external inputs and the four subgroups (when they are installed on the production version of the console). When Auto PFL is pressed on either side, the PFL signal will be monitored. Dim and Mute buttons are provided for the Control Room side, with a T/B switch and mic on the Studio side for communicating to the Studio headphones and monitors as well as dimming the control room monitors. The

Stereo Group Output Module

routed to the main stereo mix using the PGM switch, or can be summed to mono. The PFL switch routes the group output (pre-fade) to the PFL bus; this can be programmed to cancel on the opening of the fader. An optional limiter section has controls for threshold and release time, with gain reduction displayed via LEDs.

Page 401

#26265 - HPro Full Line Cat:Layout 1 01/12/2009 12:03 Page 38

On-Air & Production Console series

TELCO MODULE Designed for connection to a telephone hybrid, the Telco Module’s features are similar to those found on the mono module, but instead of a second input it offers a balanced clean feed output. MASTER MODULE The Series10 has two main outputs Master Stereo and Master Mono. In addition to these it has an Auxiliary send for effects, foldback or an isolated record feed. The Production version has two mono effects returns with Level and Pan controls. Studio Monitor, Studio

Page 402

LINE

3 2 1

4 6

6 AUX 7 8

4 6

8 10+

4 6

8 10+

4 6

1 PAN 2 3

2 3

4 5R

AUX

3 2

7 8

9 10 0

2 HF 4 6

4 6

MF 4 6

4 6

LF 4 6

4 6

0 2

7 8

HF 4 6

8 10+ 0

MF 4 6

2 3

80Hz 1 BAL 2 3

2 3

1 PAN 2 3

4 L 5

4 5R

STUDIO MONITOR MUTE 4 5 6

10 0

AUX MASTER

PAN 2 3

2 3

6 LEVEL 7

10 PEAK

FX RETURN

15+ PEAK

-15

15+ PEAK

STRT

COMM

PFL

50 60

•

AUX

6 LEVEL 7

EXT

10 PEAK

AUX

40 50 60 70

•

40 50 60 70

•

AUTO PFL STUDIO HEADPHONES 4 5 6 3 7 2 8 0

AUTO PFL

STUD

2 MONO

•

MONITOR SELECTOR EXT 1

EXT 2

EXT 3

EXT 4

AUTO PFL PRES. HEADPHONES 4 5 6 3 7 2 8 1

AUX

METER FOLLOW MONITOR

C/ROOM MONITOR MUTE 5 6 4 3 7 2 8 1

AUX

EXT

2 3

4 5 R

15+ PEAK

REM

PAN

MASTER

STEREO -15

PFL

GAIN

4 L 5

4 5R

EXT

PFL

4 5R

GAIN

4 L 5

4 6

8 10+

80Hz

8 10+ 0

GAIN

8 -10

8 10+ 10+

AUX

9 10

8 -10

8 10+ 0

8 -10

8 10+

8 -10

80Hz

4 L 5

2 3

8 -10

LF 4 6

8 10+

8 -10

2 MF 4 6

8 -10

4 6

2 HF 4 6

8 -10

4 6

3 2

9 10

0 2

DIVERT

LINE 2

• A stereo Source Select Module is available, which allows connection of multiple stereo signals without using additional inputs. • Faders can be specified as either carbon or conductive plastic. • The Master Module is available with or without master faders. • The 90-240V power supply can be optionally rackmounted.

SPLIT PFL

Master Module

STEREO MODULE Two line level stereo sources can be connected to the Stereo Module; the Line 2 button toggles between them. Independent L/R gain is adjustable via the recessed presets at the top of the channel strip, and fine control is afforded by the Balance pot. A high quality 100mm longthrow fader governs output level.

Telco Module

OPTIONS • A recessed script tray with an equivalent width of eight modules can be specified. • A six module wide script blank panel can be fitted. • Meter bridge options include: Single or twin mono VU or PPM meters (large or small), custom bargraph panel, cue loudspeaker, and dual digital timer.

Stereo Module

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

MONO MODULE The Line button at the top of the Mono Module toggles between the microphone and line level inputs. Sensitivity is adjusted by the recessed presets on the top of the front panel. An auxiliary send is provided for external effects, as a record feed, or for foldback purposes. An HP filter and three band EQ combine with a PFL bus and Pan and Gain controls to offer total versatility in the broadcast environment.

Headphones, Control Room Monitor and Presenter’s Headphones can all be derived from either of the Master busses, the Auxiliary send, or the four external inputs. Comprehensive presenter to studio talkback facilities are also available.

Mono Module

he Series10 is a fully modular onair mixing console designed for use in local radio stations and smaller studios of national radio broadcasters. It has been designed specifically to meet the needs of broadcast and production engineers by offering total operational flexibility and a wide choice of configurations. 12, 20 or 28-input frames may be specified, which comprise Mono, Stereo, Telco and Source Select Modules.

#26265 - HPro Full Line Cat:Layout 1 01/12/2009 12:03 Page 39

On-Air Console

LEFT RIGHT

LINE 3 2 1

C/F

LINE 2

4 5

LINE

7 8 9

AUX

3 2 1

DIVERT

4 5 6

7 8 9

HF -10 0

-15

+10

3 2 1

4 5 6

7 8 9

+10 EQ

-10 0

+10 EQ

LF -10

GAIN

+15

-15

CUE

+10

LF -10

GAIN

+15

-15

CUE

+10

GAIN

+15

CUE

•

AUX

+10 EQ

LF -10

AUX

•

Master Module

TELCO MODULE Providing an efficient means of connecting telephone callers straight to air, the Telco Module accepts a balanced input and offers a balanced clean feed. A pre-fade insert point allows external signal processing. The optional switchable 2-band EQ offers ±10dB at 100Hz and 8kHz. The Aux pot permits routing to the AUX (Auxiliary) bus.

MIC LINE

Telco Module

STEREO MODULE The Line 2 button at the top of the channel strip switches between the two stereo line level inputs. Recessed presets attenuate the L/R sensitivity, and the optional switchable 2-band EQ offers a gain range of ±10dB at 100Hz and 6.5kHz. The signal can be routed to the AUX bus via the post-fade Aux pot.

OPTIONS • A seven module wide script tray can be installed. • PPMs can be specified instead of VUs. • The deluxe meterbridge provides a digital machine timer and Cue speaker.

Stereo Module

MONO MODULE The Mono Module accepts an input source at microphone or line level, with 48V phantom power enabled internally if required. Input gain is attenuated by the recessed presets. An insert point allows external signal processing. The channel output is always sent to the PGM (Program) bus, and can be routed to the post-fade AUX (Auxiliary) bus via the Aux pot. The optional switchable 2-band EQ affords a gain range of ±10dB at 100Hz and 8kHz.

• The 20-channel frame is fitted with four meters, one pair being permanently fed from the PGM output. • A stereo Source Select Module is available, which allows connection of multiple stereo signals without using additional inputs. • The VCA faders can be specified as either carbon or conductive plastic. • The Master Module is available with or without master faders. • The 90-240V power supply can be optionally rackmounted.

Page 403

Harman Pro Group | 2010

The RM105’s frame can be specified to be 8, 12 or 20 input channels wide. Mono, Stereo, Telco and Source Select input modules are available, in addition to a Master Module which is included as standard.

MASTER MODULE The RM105 has three main outputs - stereo Program, stereo Auxiliary and a Mono output that can be sourced from either PGM or AUX. The line level Control Room Monitor output can be derived from PGM, AUX or Ext 1, and the Presenter’s and Guest Headphones are independently selectable between PGM, AUX, and the four external inputs (which are connected via a 15-pin D-connector). The meters can be set to measure PGM, AUX, or to read the Control Room Monitor selection.

Mono Module

esigned for use in local radio and other broadcast applications where ease of use must be married with an added level of functionality, the Soundcraft RM105 is a fully modular on-air console which provides a versatile and cost-efficient studio control package.

Section:

#26265 - HPro Full Line Cat:Layout 1 01/12/2009 12:03 Page 40

On-Air Console

Harman Pro Group | 2010

The RM100 is available in three frame sizes of 8, 12 or 20 input channels. The modules are selected from the range of Mono, Stereo, Telco and Source Select. A Master Module is standard with every console.

Section:

MONO MODULE A mono source at microphone or line level can be connected to the Mono Module. 48V phantom power can be enabled internally, with input sensitivity adjusted via the recessed presets. An insert point allows external signal processing. The signal can be routed to the PGM (Program) and AUD (Audition) busses using the large illuminated routing switches. Channel level is controlled by a high quality carbon or conductive plastic 100mm VCA fader.

Room Monitor output is derived from either PGM, AUD or Ext 1, and the Presenter’s and Guest Headphones sources can be independently selected from PGM, AUD, or the four external inputs (which are connected via a 15-pin D-connector). The meters can be set to measure PGM, AUD, or to follow the Control Room Monitor source. OPTIONS • A script tray with an equivalent width of seven modules can be specified. • PPMs are available instead of VUs. • The deluxe meterbridge provides a digital machine timer and integral Cue speaker. • The 20-channel frame is fitted with four meters, one pair being fed from the PGM output.

• A stereo Source Select Module is available, which allows connection of multiple stereo signals without using additional inputs. • The VCA faders can be specified as either carbon or conductive plastic. • The Master Module is available with or without master faders. • The 90-240V power supply can be optionally rackmounted.

MIC

LINE

C/F

GUEST HEADPHONES

7 8

2 1

STEREO MODULE Two stereo line level sources can be connected to each Stereo Module; the B switch toggles between them. L/R gain is adjustable between -12dB and +9dB via recessed presets, and the signal can be routed to the PGM and AUD busses.

LINE

DIVERT

PGM

AUD

CUE

EXT 1 PGM

AUD

CUE

Page 404

MUTE

AUD

7 8

2 0

AUTO CUE

EXT 1 EXT 2 EXT 3 EXT 4 PGM AUD 3

•

OFF

PGM

Telco Module

•

7 8

2 0

PRES. HEADPHONES

•

Stereo Module

•

Mono Module

MASTER MODULE The RM100 has three main outputs stereo Program, stereo Audition and a Mono output that can be sourced from either PGM or AUD. The line level Control

AUD C/ROOM MONITOR

PGM

MON

TELCO MODULE Designed for connection to an external telephone hybrid, the Telco Module’s input gain and clean feed output attenuation are adjusted via recessed presets. A prefade insert point allows external signal processing. Routing controls are similar to those on the Mono Module.

T/B

PGM

METER SELECT

CUE

AUTO CUE MONO OUTPUT SOURCE

PGM

AUD

RM100

Master Module

he Soundcraft RM100 is a fully modular radio on-air console which is ideal for use in local radio and other smaller broadcast applications. Designed with ease of use as the prime consideration, it offers a fully-featured yet affordable studio control package.

#26265 - HPro Full Line Cat:Layout 1 01/12/2009 12:03 Page 41

Production Console

The BB100 is a versatile member of our range of professional audio mixing consoles with a flexible design aimed primarily at broadcasters, yet suitable for use in many other applications. FEATURES: • Up to 32 channels can be fitted • Up to 8 subgroups can be fitted • 8 Aux sends, Aux 1-2 can be configured as stereo

• Up to 5 Stereo FX returns (depending on the number of subgroups fitted) • Four chassis sizes are available — typical configurations are: 8 + 2 stereo / 4 / 2; 16 + 2 stereo / 4 / 2; 24 / 8 / 2; 32 / 8 / 2 • Mono channels have 4 band EQ, Stereo channels have 3 band EQ. Both have swept mids with adjustable Q and In/Out switch • LED indication on all important switches • Major inputs and outputs are balanced • Stereo PFL/AFL bus • Many internal jumper links for user configuration • Line up oscillator with 3 frequencies • Metering uses 28 segment led meters and moving coil meters FEATURES USEFUL TO BROADCASTERS: • Up to 4 Cleanfeed Outputs with talkback. These outputs can be changed (using

MODULES AVAILABLE: Mono Input Stereo Input Dual Subgroup Aux Master & Comms Master & Monitor

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS: NOISE EIN - 200Ω source, Gain 70dB, 20kHz band RMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .-127dBu One Line input to Stereo, Gain unity, 20kHz band RMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .-86 dBu THD Mic input to Main output with 10k or 600Ω load, Test signal -30dBu @ 1kHz, Gain 40dB . .<0.03% Line input to Main output with 10k or 600Ω load, Test signal +20dBu @ 1kHz, Gain unity .<0.01% FREQUENCY RESPONSE All Filters & EQ out, output load 10k Mic input to Main output, Gain 60dB, test signal -40dBu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+/- 0.5dBu (20Hz - 20kHz) Line input to Main output, Unity gain, test signal +20dBu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+/- 0.5dBu (20Hz - 20kHz)

CROSSTALK Channel breakthrough ...........Better than -90dBu (40Hz - 15kHz) (CH1 to Subgroup 1, CH4 to Subgroup 4, Gain unity, Test signal +20dBu to CH1, 200Ω load to CH4, Measured @ Subgroup 4 output)

IMPEDANCE Mic input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .> 1 k2 (20Hz - 20kHz) Line input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15k (20Hz - 20kHz) Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75Ω (@ 1 kHz) POWER CONSUMPTION 10-4-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .console approx. 0.5 kW 32-8-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .console approx. 1.2 kW

Channel Pan cut-off . . . . . . . . . . . .Better than -65dBu (@ 1kHz) (CH1 to Subgroup 4, Pan hard right, Gain unity, Test signal +20dBu to CH1, Measured @ Subgroup 3 output) MAXIMUM SIGNAL HANDLING Mic input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+25dBu (with PAD) Line input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+25dBu Subgroup & Main Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+25dBu (600Ω load or higher)

Page 405

Harman Pro Group | 2010

ith the relentless expansion of Broadcasting in all parts of the world, we have recognised the market’s need for a new, more costeffective, small format audio console which is not only well-featured, but also able to deliver the performance and build quality expected by today’s Broadcast professionals.

internal jumpers) to an output matrix fed from the groups and main output • Fader Starts and External Mutes • “Soft” Mute circuits • Stereo channels have M-S (Sum and Difference) Switches • Control Room Monitor with external inputs and outputs for Main and Nearﬁeld speakers. One of the sources has a 4 input sub mixer for returns from video machines • Direct Outputs on all mono input channels • Channel Meters reading the prefade signal • Studio Monitor with talkback. This output is automatically muted by the On Air switch or when a channel fader is open and that channel is selected to “Mic” • Conductive plastic faders • The On-Air Switch also inhibits line-up tone and oscillator signals and provides an output which can be used to operate an external On-Air lamp. The On-Air function can also be activated from outside the console

Section:

#26265 - HPro Full Line Cat:Layout 1 01/12/2009 12:03 Page 42

Also available:

Also available: Production Consoles

inding the right console for demanding broadcast applications has never been easy. The varied requirements of live TV broadcast, production and OB installations means that only highly customised versions of existing mixers have been suitable, especially where space is at a premium.

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Soundcraft changes all this with the B400 and B800, specialised yet highly flexible modular broadcast consoles enabling the user to configure a powerful, compact mixing solution that precisely meets their needs. To obtain further information on any of these consoles, please contact Soundcraft for a brochure, or visit the website.

Section:

Based on the B800, the B400 delivers a level of configurability unrivalled in its class. Input frames can comprise any combination of Mono, Stereo and Stereo Telco modules. 8 Mono or 4 Stereo Groups can be specified while the individual Monitor, Communications and Stereo Master Modules, fitted to the B400 as standard, offer a range of facilities to satisfy the most demanding engineer. Yet despite its specification, the B400 provides a budget-friendly solution for facilities of all sizes.

Extensive configuration options available within modules mean that the features and flexibility you would previously have expected only on a customised desk are available within the B800â&#x20AC;&#x2122;s compact frame. In terms of audio routing, remote control and signalling facilities, the B800 sets a new standard for versatility, and compact, ergonomic efficiency. Five frame sizes are available, accepting up to 48 inputs. The desk can be configured with 8 mono or 4 stereo groups,

Page 406

and there are two fully independent stereo master output modules. 6 mono and 2 stereo aux sends are provided. Extensive monitoring and cue facilities include stereo AFL/PFL, and several sets of speaker and phones outputs. There are 4 VCA groups for additional level control.

#26265 - HPro Full Line Cat:Layout 1 01/12/2009 12:03 Page 43

Series15

Series10

RM105

RM100

20Hz-20kHz, +0, -0.5dB

20Hz-20kHz +0, -0.5dB

20Hz-20kHz +0, -1dB

NOISE (20Hz-20kHz bandwidth unweighted) Mic E.I.N. Line E.I.N.

<-128dBu <-86dBu

<-127dBu <-83dBu

DISTORTION THD and noise

0.015% @ 1kHz

<0.01% @ 1kHz

<0.02% @ 40Hz-20kHz

0.02% @ 40Hz-20kHz

-70dBu to -20dBu 0dBu n/a

-70dBu to -23dBu -2dBu n/a -10dBu to 0dBu

-70dBu to -20dBu +4dBu -10dBu unbal -30dBu to +6dBu

-70dBu to -20dBu +6dBu -10dBu unbal -48dBu to +2dBu

Line 1: -10dBu to +4dBu Line 2: 0dBu

Line 1: -10dBu to 0dBu Line 2: 0dBu or -10dBV

-10dBu to +4dBu

-12dBu to +9dBu

Telco input

-10dBu to +4dBu

-10dBu to 0dBu

-10dBu to +4dBu

-12dBu to +9dBu

INPUT IMPEDANCES Microphone input Mono line input Stereo line input Telco

~2k2Ω n/a >10kΩ >10kΩ

>1.5kΩ >20kΩ >10kΩ >10kΩ

2.2kΩ >20kΩ >40kΩ >40kΩ

>1.5kΩ 20kΩ 40kΩ 40kΩ

STE, MON, AUX, Insert, Clean feed, Groups +26dBu (All)

Left, Right, Mono, Aux, Clean feed +21dBu (All)

PGM, AUX, Mono, Clean feed +26dBu (All)

PGM, AUD, Mono, Clean feed +26dBu into 600Ω (PGM, AUD, Mono) +20dBu into 600Ω (Telco clean feed)

0dBu for PPM4 (+4dBu for 0VU)

>75Ω

<75Ω

FREQUENCY RESPONSE Mic / Line input

OUTPUT LEVELS Balanced outputs Max output level

Nominal output level OUTPUT IMPEDANCES Output impedances

-127dBu -85dBu

Harman Pro Group | 2010

INPUT LEVELS* Microphone input Maximum input level Mic/Line /Telco insert point Mono line input Stereo line input

-127dBu -85dBu

Section:

*All channel inputs are electronically balanced

Page 407

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Section:

08 09

Page 408

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Section:

08 09

Page 409

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Section:

Page 410

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Section:

Page 411

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Section:

Page 412

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Section:

Page 413

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Section:

Page 414

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Section:

Page 415

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Section:

Page 416

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

VIRTUAL SURROUND PANNING

Page 417

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Section:

Page 418

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Section:

Page 419

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Section:

Page 420

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Section:

Page 421

Vista 8 – Palace of Arts, Budapest (Hungary)

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

Vista 7 – Det Norske Teater Norway, Oslo (Norway)

Vista 7 – VCF OB Van, Paris (France)

Page 422

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Section:

Page 423

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Section:

09 10

Product Index

Page 424

Harman Pro Group | 2010

Product Index

Page 425

09 10

PRODUCT INDEX

Section:

Product Index:

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

10 Product Index Page 426

PRODUCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PAGE

AKG Products

CS 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 CU 4000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 CU 700 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 D 112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 D 230 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 D 40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 D 44 S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 D 5, D 5 S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 D 542 ST-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 D 542, D 542 E . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 D 55 S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 D 58 E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 D 7, D 7 S, D 7 LTD . . . . . . . . . . . 46 D 77 S/XLR, D 77 S/Jack . . . . . . 48 D 770 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 D 88 S/XLR, D 88 S/Jack . . . . . 48 DHT 700 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 DMM 4/2/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 DMM 4/2/4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 DMS 700 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 DPT 700 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 DSR 700 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 GB 40 FLEXX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 GN 155 Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 GN E 5Pin Series . . . . . . . . . . . 70 GN E Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 GN ESP Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 GN Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 HC 577 L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 HiQnetTM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99 HM 1000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 HSC 171 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 HSC 271 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 HSD 171 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 HSD 271 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 HSD 271 Single . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 HT 40 PRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 HT 450 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 HT 4500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 HUB 4000 Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Installation/Modular Series . . 65 IP 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 IVM 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 IVM 4 Multi-Channel Systems . 111 IVM 4 Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 K 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 K 141 MK II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 K 171 MK II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 K 181 DJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 K 240 MK II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

K 271 MK II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 K 44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 K 702 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 K 77 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 K 81 DJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 K 99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Key to Product Names . . . . . . 131 Microphone Elements . . . . . . 99 Patents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 P 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 P 3 S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 P 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 P 5/P 5 S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Perception 120 . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Perception 120 USB . . . . . . . . 41 Perception 170 . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Perception 220 . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Perception 420 . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Perception 820 Tube . . . . . . . . 38 PT 40 PRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 PT 450 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 PT 4500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 RA 4000 W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Reference Projects . . . . . . . . . 60 SE 300 B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Specifications – comparison chart . . . . . . 132-148 SPC 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 SPR 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 SR 40 PRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 SR 450 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 SR 4500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 SRA 2W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 SST 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 System Description/ Compact Series . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 System Description/ Modular Series . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 System Components/Wireless . . 100 Transformer Set SINGLE . . . . . 107 Wireless Multi-Channel Systems . . . . . . 101 WMS 40 PRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 WMS 40 PRO Sets . . . . . . . . . 106 WMS 450 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 WMS 450 Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 WMS 4500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . 122-125 Accessories Matrix . . . . . 126-127 AMM 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Application Guide . . . . . . 128-129 Architectural Microphone Series . . . . . . . . . 62 BP 4000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 C 1000 S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 C 12 VR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 C 214 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 C 2000 B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 C 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 C 391 B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 C 4000 B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 C 411 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 C 414 XL II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 C 414 XLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 C 417 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 C 430 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 C 4500 B-BC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 C 451 B, C 451 B/ST . . . . . . . . . 27 C 480 B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 C 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 C 516 ML . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 C 518 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 C 519 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 C 520 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 C 535 EB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 C 542 BL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 C 547 BL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 C 555 L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 C 562 CM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 C 568 B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 C 747 V11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 CGN 321 E, CGN 521 E . . . . . . . 74 CGN 323 E, CGN 523 E . . . . . . . 75 CHM 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 CK 31, CK 32, CK 33 . . . . . . . . . . 72 CK 47, CK 80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 CK 55 L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 CK 61-ULS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 CK 62-ULS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 CK 63-ULS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 CK 69-ULS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 CK 77 WR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 CK 91, CK 92, CK 93, CK 94 . . . . 36 CK 98 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37,81 CS 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

PRODUCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PAGE

BSS Audio Soundweb™ London . . . 158-163 Soundweb™ Lite . . . . . . . . . . 164 FDS-366T OMNIDRIVE™ COMPACT plus . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 FDS-336T Minidrive™ FDS-334T Minidrive™ . . . . . . 165 Whiseworks - Neville Thiele Method Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 FCS-960 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 FCS-966 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 AR-133 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Crown Audio AMPLIFIERS Installed Sound CTs Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 CTs Multi-Channel Series: The New Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 CTs Multi-Channel Series: With CobraNet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 CDI Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 DSI Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 COMERCIAL AUDIO Preamplifier-Mixers 14M, 28M190 Amplifiers 180A, 280A, 1160A 192 Amplifiers 660A . . . . . . . . . . 194 Mixer-Amplifiers 180MA, 280MA, 1160MA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Mixer-Amplifiers 135MA, 160MA . 198 Mixer-Amplifiers 140MPA . . . 200 XM Business Music Systems 180MAx Pack . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 PORTABLE PA XTi Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 XLS-III Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 XLS Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 TOURING I-Tech Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Macro-Tech i Series . . . . . . . . 216 RECORDING & BROADCAST D Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

Product Index: PRODUCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PAGE

PRODUCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PAGE

CINEMA DSI Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 DSI-8M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226 CTs 2-Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 CTS Multi-Channel . . . . . . . . 229

160A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166XL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1066 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1046 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1074 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266XL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3739 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 4641 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 4642A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 4645C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 4670D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 4675C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 4675C-4LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 4675C-8LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 4722/4722N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328 4732[T] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 4739 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 5641 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 5672 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 5674 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330 8124 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 8128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 8138 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 8320 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 8340A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 8350 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 AC15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 AC16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 AC18/26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 AC18/95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 AC2212/00, 64 & 95 . . . . . . . 293 AC2215/00, 64 & 95 . . . . . . . 293 AC25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 AC26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 AC28/26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 AC28/95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 AL6115 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 AL6125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 AM4200/64 & 95 . . . . . . . . . . 292 AM4315/64 & 95 . . . . . . . . . . 292 AM5212/64-44-95-00-26 . . . 293 AM5215/64-66-95-26 . . . . . . 293 AM6200/64 & 95 . . . . . . . . . . 292 AM6315/64 & 95 . . . . . . . . . . 292 AM6340/64 & 95 . . . . . . . . . . 292 AM7212/64-44-95-00-26 . . . 293 AM7215/64-44-95-26 . . . . . . 293 ASB4128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 ASB6112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 ASB6115 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 ASB6118 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 ASB6125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 ASB6128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 ASB6128V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 ASB7118 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 ASB7128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

ASH6118 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 C2PM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 C2PS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 CBT 100LA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 CBT 50LA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 CBT 70J . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 CBT 70JE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 Control 1 Pro . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 Control 126W/126WT . . . . . . . 283 Control 128W/128WT . . . . . . . 283 Control 19CS/19CST . . . . . . . . 279 Control 226C/T . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Control 227C . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Control 227CT . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Control 23/23T . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Control 24C/24CT Micro . . . . . 279 Control 24C/24CT . . . . . . . . . . 279 Control 24CT Micro Plus . . . . 279 Control 25/25T . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Control 25AV . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Control 25AV-LS . . . . . . . . . . 284 Control 26C/26CT . . . . . . . . . .278 Control 26-DT . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Control 28/28T-60 . . . . . . . . 284 Control 29AV-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Control 2P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 Control 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Control 312CS . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Control 321C/CT . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Control 322 C/CT . . . . . . . . . . 282 Control 328C/CT . . . . . . . . . . 282 Control 40CS/T . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Control 42C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Control 47C/T . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Control 47HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Control 47LP . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Control 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 Control 50PACK . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Control 50S/T . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Control 52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Control CRV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 Control SB-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 Control SB210 . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 DPAN Input Module . . . . . . . .307 DPCN Input Module . . . . . . . .307 DPDA Input Module . . . . . . . . 307 DPIP Input Module . . . . . . . . 307 EON305 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 EON315 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 EON510 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

261 261 262 262 263 263

dbx Professional

CROSSOVERS 223 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .264 223XL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 234 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 234XL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

SC SC 64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 SC 32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

PREMIUM DIRECT BOXES dB10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 dB12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

DRIVERACK® DriveRack 4800/4820 . . . . . . DriveRack 260 . . . . . . . . . . . . DriveRack 220i . . . . . . . . . . . DriveRack PA+ . . . . . . . . . . . . DriveRack PX . . . . . . . . . . . . .

OTHER AFS 224 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 120A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266 286A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 PB-48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

NETWORKED PRODUCTS & ACCESSORIES PIPs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232-233

248 249 250 251 252

ZonePRO™ ZonePRO 1260 (M)/ 1261 (M) . 253 ZonePRO 640 (M)/ 641 (M) . . 253 ZonePRO Zone Controllers . . 254 BLUE/PURPLE SERIES - QUANTUM II 160SL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 162SL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 EQs iEQ-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iEQ-31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2215 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2231 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2031 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1215 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1231 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

256 256 257 257 257 258 258 259 259 259

SILVER SERIES 386 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 376 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 DYNAMICS

JBL 2206H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 2226H/J . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 2241H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 2242H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 2250H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 2255H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 2269H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 2352 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 2370A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 2380A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 2382A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 2385A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 2386A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 2426H/J . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 2435H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 2450H/J . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 2451H/J . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 2452H-SL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 2509A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 3635 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 3677 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 3678 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 3722/3722N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328 3731[T] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 3732[T] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .329

Page 427

Section:

10 Product Index

PRODUCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PAGE

Harman Pro Group | 2010

PRODUCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PAGE

Product Index:

Harman Pro Group | 2010 Section:

10 Product Index Page 428

PRODUCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PAGE

EON515 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 EON518S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 JRX112M/112Mi . . . . . . . . . . . 315 JRX115/115i . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 JRX118S/118SP . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 JRX125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 LSR2310SP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 LSR2325P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 LSR2328P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 LSR4300 Accessories . . . . . . 337 LSR4312SP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 LSR4326P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 LSR4328P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 LSR6312SP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 LSR6325P-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 LSR6328P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 LSR6332 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 MRX512M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 MRX515 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 MRX518S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 MRX525 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 MRX528S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 MSCI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 MTC-19MR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 MTC-19NC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 MTC-200BB6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 MTC-2P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 MTC-300BB12 . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 MTC-300BB8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 MTC-300SG12 . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 MTC-300T150 . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 MTC-30MK-WH . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 MTC-51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 MTC-52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 MTC-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 MTC-81BB8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 MTC-81TB8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 MTC-CBT-SMB1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 MTC-CM Series . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 MTC-H Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 MTC-PC2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 MTC-RG6/8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 MTC-SB2 Series . . . . . . . . . . . 285 MTC-SG6/8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 MTC-SSG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 MTC-TB6/8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 MTC-UB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 MTC-V Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 MTC-WMG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 MTC-xxMR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279

MTC-xxNC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 MTC-xxTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 PD5122 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296 PD5125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296 PD5200/43, 64 & 95 . . . . . . . 296 PD5212/43, 64 & 95 . . . . . . . 296 PD5322/43, 64 & 95 . . . . . . . 296 PD743 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 PD764 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 PMB-BK/-WH . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 PRX512M/PRX512MI . . . . . . . . 313 PRX515 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 PRX518S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 PRX525 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 PRX535 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 PRX718S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 SRX712M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 SRX715/715F . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 SRX718S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 SRX722/722F . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 SRX725/725F . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 SRX728S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 SRX738/738F . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 SS3-BK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 SS4-BK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 VLA301 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .299 VLA301H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 VLA601 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 VLA601H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 VLA901 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 VLA901H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 VP7210/95DP . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 VP7212/64DPAN . . . . . . . . . . 301 VP7212/95DPAN . . . . . . . . . . 301 VP7212/95DPC . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 VP7212MDP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 VP7215/64DPAN . . . . . . . . . . 301 VP7215/95DPAN . . . . . . . . . . 301 VP7215/95DPC . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 VP7315/64DPAN . . . . . . . . . . 301 VPSB7118DPAN . . . . . . . . . . . 301 VRX915M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 VRX915S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 VRX915S-WH . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 VRX918S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 VRX918SP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 VRX918S-WH . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 VRX928LA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 VRX928LA-WH . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 VRX932LA-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323

VRX932LA-1/WH . . . . . . . . . . VRX932LAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VT Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . VT4880 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VT4880A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VT4880ADP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VT4881A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VT4881ADP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VT4882 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VT4882DP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VT4883 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VT4886 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VT4887A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VT4887ADP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VT4888 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VT4888ADP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VT4889 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VT4889-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VT4889ADP . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

GB4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GB2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GB2R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Live 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LX7ii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GigRac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Notepad Series . . . . . . . . . . . FX16ii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Soundcraft M Series . . . . . . . EPM Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EFX Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MPMi Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MFXi Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ghost LE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Supply Units . . . . . . . . Series 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Series 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RM105 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RM100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BB100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

323 323 305 303 303 306 303 306 303 306 303 303 303 306 303 306 303 303 306

Lexicon RECORDING INTERFACES I-ONIX U42S . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 I-ONIX U82S . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 I-ONIX U22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .346 Alpha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 Lambda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 Omega . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 I-ONIX FW810S . . . . . . . . . . . 350 REVERB/EFFECTS PROCESSORS MX400/MX400XL . . . . . . . . . 353 MX300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353 MX200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354 PCM96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357 PCM96 Surround . . . . . . . . . . 358 PCM92 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 PCM Native . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362

Soundcraft Soundcraft Vi Series . . . . . . . 368 Soundcraft Si Series . . . . . . . 370 MH4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371 MH3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 MH2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373 GB8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374

375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 398 402 403 404 405 406 406

Studer OnAir 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412 OnAir 2500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 Vista 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416 Vista 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 Vista 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418 Vista 5 SR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419 Route 6000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420 D21m I/O System . . . . . . . . . . 421 D21 MultiFeed . . . . . . . . . . . . 421 D21 MasterSync . . . . . . . . . . . 421 CMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422

Index: Contact Information HiQnet

www.harmanpro.com/hiqnet

8760 South Sandy Parkway, Sandy, Utah 84070, USA, Tel: (801) 566-8800, Fax: (801) 568-7662 For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.harmanpro.com/hiqnet

www.akg.com

AKG Acoustics

HarmanPro ProGroup Group | | 2010 2010 Harman

www.bssaudio.com

BSS Audio

8760 South Sandy Parkway, Sandy, Utah 84070, USA, Tel: (801) 566-8800, Fax: (801) 568-7662 For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.bssaudio.com

Crown Audio, Inc.

www.crownaudio.com

1718 W. Mishawaka Road, Elkhart, IN 46517, USA, Tel: (574) 294-8000, www.crownaudio.com For other products and distributors worldwide, see our website: www.crownaudio.com

Section:

10 00

www.dbxpro.com

dbx Professional Products

Product Index

www.jblpro.com

JBL Professional

Lexicon

www.lexiconpro.com

8760 South Sandy Parkway, Sandy, UT 84070, USA, Tel: (801) 566-8800, Fax: (801) 568-7662, web: www.lexicon.com For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.lexiconpro.com

Soundcraft

www.soundcraft.com

Studer Professional Audio GmbH

www.studer.ch

Page 429

pn #18-1607